Deuteronomy 1:1 46. Moses on the Importance of Established Authority

Transcription

1 Dutronomy 1 Dutronomy 1:1 46 Moss on th Importanc of Establishd Authority Ths studis ar dsignd for blivrs in Jsus Christ only. If you hav xrcisd faith in Christ, thn you ar in th right plac. If you hav not, thn you nd to hd th words of our Lord, Who said, For God so lovd th world that H gav His only-bgottn [or, uniquly-born] Son, so that vry [on] bliving [or, trusting] in Him shall not prish, but shall b hav trnal lif! For God did not snd His Son into th world so that H should judg th world, but so that th world shall b savd through Him. Th on bliving [or, trusting] in Him is not judgd, but th on not bliving has alrady bn judgd, bcaus h has not blivd in th Nam of th only-bgottn [or, uniquly-born] Son of God. (John 3:16 18). I am th Way and th Truth and th Lif! No on coms to th Fathr xcpt through [or, by mans of] M! (John 14:6). Evry study of th Word of God ought to b prcdd by a naming of your sins to God. This rstors you to fllowship with God (1John 1:8 10). If thr ar popl around, you would nam ths sins silntly. If thr is no on around, thn it dos not mattr if you nam thm silntly or whthr you spak aloud. Somtim ago, I did a vrs-by-vrs xgsis of th books of th Pntatuch, and, in my opinion, did not rally giv ths books th full tratmnt that thy dsrvd. Hr, I am going back and rdoing th book of Dutronomy. All of th information from that prvious study will b includd in hr and this study will vntually supplant th shortr study of th book of Dutronomy (HTML) (PDF). From tim to tim, thr will b concpts and xgtical matrial which will b rpatd, bcaus I do not always do a good job in th nd diting this matrial. Links to th compltd chaptrs of Dutronomy ar found hr (HTML) (PDF). This chaptr is a part of that study. On mor thing: it is not ncssary that you rad th gry Hbrw xgsis tabls. Thy ar st apart from 1 th rst of th study so that you can asily skip ovr thm. Howvr, if you vr doubt a translation of a phras or a vrs, ths translation tabls will tll you xactly whr that translation cam from. th Dut. 1:1a, 3a, 5b: Ths ar th words which Moss spok to all Isral byond th Jordan; in th 40 yar, in th st th 11 month on th 1 day of th month. [H] bgan to xplain this law, saying... Th Voic (commntary): Th Book of Dutronomy, vn as it follows a covnant-traty form, has almost a cinmatic quality to it. Much of th action taks plac in flashbacks as Moss rcalls vnts and dscribs thm to th Isralits in a drama. As w'v bn sing in this opning historical sction of th book, somtims thr ar vn layrs of voics. At on point, Moss spaks in th voic of th popl as thy spak in th voic of th spis. Shortly w'll s Moss spaking in th voic of th Lord as H spaks in Moss' own voic! It bgins by showing a storytllr and thn shifts locations rpatdly in spac and tim to dpict th various pisods h's dscribing, with his voic providing continuity throughout. Dutronomy has a timlss, ancint-modrn fl This was don as a rsult of th complaints of a clos frind, now fac to fac with th Lord, who said that I intrmingld th 1 Hbrw and th xplanation so much that h did not lik it. Thrfor, all of th Hbrw xgsis is visually st apart and may b asily skippd ovr.

2 75 Th Book of Dutronomy bcaus th story of God's work on arth rally is writtn and told by popl as thy struggl, with varying dgrs 2 of succss, to undrstand God's purposs and to join with thos popl of God who hav gon bfor us. J. Vrnon McG: Moss is rviwing th journys of th childrn of Isral and intrprting a grat dal of what had takn plac. All of that gnration is now dad, with th xcption of Calb and Joshua. H is prparing th nw gnration to ntr th land, and rharsing th xprincs of thir fathrs so that thy might profit from 3 thm rathr than rpat th failurs. Kukis (2013): A good Bibl tachr is going to us th world around him to mak this or that bit of doctrin undrstandabl. You may not rlat to this or that passag whr Moss is taking his popl into th land; but you occasionally rad a nwspapr or a nws wbsit, and you ar awar of crtain currnt vnts. By rfrncing ths currnt vnts, you gt to s parallls btwn thm. You gt to s this history as found in Dutronomy placd sid-by-sid a rcnt vnt concrning which you hav som knowldg. Th ida is, you will b abl to tak your currnt knowldg and bttr undrstand th tim of Moss with that knowldg. Kukis (2013): Black libration thology has takn th book of Exodus and has givn it a grat distortion, somhow idntifying th African-Amricans as th Jws in slavry; and now thy ar fr, so, in som wird way, thy ar to suddnly support big govrnmnt libral solutions to vrything. Thr ar many chaptr commntaris on th book of Dutronomy. This will b th most complt and accurat xamination of Dut. 1 availabl, whr you will b abl to xamin in dpth vry word of th original txt. An altrnat titl for this chaptr: Moss Bgins On of His Final Srmons to th Isralits Outlin of Chaptr 1: Introduction vv. 1 5 Introduction to th Grat Srmons of Moss to th Gnration of Promis vv. 6 8 Historic vnt: God Tlls Isral to Lav Mount Horb for th Land of Promis vv Historic vnt: Moss Dlgats His Authority vv Historic vnt: Spis ar Snt out to Rconnoitr th Land of Promis vv Historic vnt: Th Farful Jws Rfus to Tak th Land vv Historic vnt: Moss Rminds th Popl of God s Powr and Faithfulnss vv Historic vnt: God Judgs Gn X Bcaus of Thir Lack of Faith vv Historic vnt: Gn X Attacks th Amorits and Loss; God is not With Thm Addndum Charts, Maps and Short Doctrins: Introduction Moss Plading with Isral (graphic) Introduction Th Prqul of Dutronomy 1 Introduction Th Principals of Dutronomy 1 Introduction A Synopsis of Dutronomy 1 Introduction Matthw Hnry Summarizs Dutronomy 1 Introduction Introductory Matrial from th Expositor s Bibl Commntary 2 From accssd Novmbr 1, From archiv.org, accssd Octobr 21, 2013.

3 Dutronomy Chaptr 1 76 Introduction Moss in th Book of Dutronomy v. 1 Dutronomy 1:1 (graphic) v. 1 Rlif map of th Arabah v. 1 Map of Hazroth v. 1 Whdon Summarizs th Gographical Placs Namd v. 2 Map of Horb v. 2 Map of th Way of Mount Sir v. 2 Summary of Dutronomy 1:1 2 v. 3 Th Grat Analogy of th Exodus v. 3 Why Dos Moss Nd to Giv a Scond Law? v. 5 A Summary of Dutronomy 1:1 5 v. 6 Quotation formatting in Dutronomy v. 6 A Summary of What is Happning v. 6 Whn Critics Ask: Isn t this formr gnration dad? v. 7 Map of Canaan v. 7 Dscriptions of th Aras in Dutronomy 1:7 v. 8 God s Promiss to Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob v. 8 Dutronomy 1:8 (graphic) v. 8 Ptr Ptt s Chiasmos of Dutronomy 1:6 8 v. 8 Evidnc of th Land Grant to Gnration X v. 11 Dutronomy 1:11 (graphic) v. 11 God Blsss His Popl with Childrn v. 15 Clark on th Authority Structur of th Isralits v. 16 Isral, th Law, and Immigrants v. 17 Th Pulpit Commntary on Th Blssing of Good Govrnmnt v. 18 Summary and Application of Dutronomy 1:9 18 v. 21 Th Logical Progrssion of Dut. 1:6 21 v. 21 Th Morality of Taking th Land of Promis v. 21 Charls Fostr s Offring to Molch (graphic) v. 22 Th Sovrignty of God vrsus th Fr Will of Man v. 23 Th Likly Ordr of Evnts in Choosing Spis to Go into th Land v. 25 Numbrs 13 Intrlud v. 25 Map of th Trk of th Spis v. 25 Map of Isral s Early Inhabitants v. 28 Th Anakim v. 28 Numbrs 14:1 39 intrlud v. 28 Th Jws, Ngativ to th Plan of God, Rationaliz thir Ngativ Volition v. 29 Th Christian and War Links v. 30 Dutronomy 1:29 30a (graphic) v. 30 Dutronomy 1:30 (graphic) v. 31 Dutronomy 1:31 (graphic) v. 35 God Wants to Kill All Isral and thn H Changs His Mind v. 35 Th Paralll that Moss Sts Up as Isral s Mdiator v. 37 Moss, this Statmnt and th Inspiration of Dutronomy v. 38 Moss Exprtis in th Ralm of Public Spaking v. 41 Gn X has rpntd and thy ar going to war; what ar thy doing wrong? v. 44 Th Intrprtations Of Dutronomy 1:44 v. 44 Map of Numbrs v. 44 Numbrs 14:40 45 Intrlud v. 46 Explaining th Final Phras of Dut. 1:46

4 77 Th Book of Dutronomy Addndum What W Larn from Dutronomy 1 Addndum Josphus History of this Tim Priod Addndum A Complt Translation of Dutronomy 1 Addndum Word Cloud from a Rasonably Litral Paraphras of Dutronomy 1 Addndum Word Cloud from Exgsis of Dutronomy 1 Chaptr Outlin Forward Charts, Maps and Short Doctrins Doctrins Covrd and Alludd to Chaptrs of th Bibl Alludd To Psalms Appropriatly Exgtd with this Chaptr Othr Chaptrs of th Bibl Appropriatly Exgtd with this Chaptr Dfinition of Trms Introduction Txt Addndum Exgtical Studis in Dutronomy Doctrins Covrd Doctrins Alludd To Th Law Cod of Hammurabi Th Anakim Parts On and Two Arabah Historical Military Evnts and Prsonnl in Isral Laws of Divin Establishmnt Libralism, Consrvatism and Christianity Military Military Doctrins Rlatd to th Word of God Typology War Will of God Gn. 6 Gn. 24 Chaptrs of th Bibl Alludd To Psalm 78 Psalm 106 Psalms Appropriatly Exgtd with this Chaptr Othr Chaptrs of th Bibl Appropriatly Exgtd with this Chaptr Numbrs 13 Numbrs 14 Many who rad and study this chaptr ar 1 or 2 gnration studnts of R. B. Thim, Jr., so that much of st nd this vocabulary is scond natur. On of Bob s contributions to thology is a frsh vocabulary along with a numbr of concpts which ar thologically nw or rworkd, yt still orthodox. Thrfor, if you ar unfamiliar with his work, th dfinitions blow will hlp you to fully undrstand all that is bing said. In addition to this, I will us a numbr of othr mor traditional tchnical thological trms which will b usd and thrfor dfind

5 Dutronomy Chaptr 1 78 as wll. Dfinition of Trms Anthropopathism Antityp Biblical inspiration Faith-rst Gn X Gnration of Promis This is th assignmnt of human flings, passions or charactristics to God, attributing to Him flings or charactristics which H dos not possss. This oftn hlps to xplain God s actions in human trms. A typ is a prson, thing or circumstanc which looks forward into th futur and finds its fulfillmnt in an antityp, which may b a prson, thing or circumstanc. Exampl: Moss striking th rock and from it flows watrs of lif is a typ; Christ bing judgd on th cross for our sins and from Him flows living watrs is th antityp. Biblical inspiration may b dfind as human authors wrot as movd by th Holy Spirit, so that, without waving thir human intllignc, thir vocabulary, thir prsonal flings, thir litrary styl, thir prsonality, thir nvironmntal influncs or thir individuality, thy rcordd God s complt and connctd mssag to man with prfct accuracy in th original languags of Scriptur, th vry words baring th authority of divin 4 authorship. Th is known as th vrbal, plnary viw of inspiration. Faith-Rst is taking th promiss from th Bibl and mixing thm with faith. This approach to lif is charactrizd by a momnt-by-momnt tranquillity, happinss, and stability, vn whn you ar in th midst of prssur, advrsity, and disastr. This is a short and clvr rfrnc to th gnration of th Exodus. I was going to try to rprsnt this as Gn Ex, but that lookd too much lik I was just naming th first two books of th Bibl. At last with Gn X, most undrstand that w ar spaking of a spcific gnration. Gn X stands for gnration xodus; th gnration of adults who lft Egypt. Thir childrn with thm and th childrn born in th wildrnss will b calld th gnration of promis. Ths ar th Isralits who will actually go into th Land of Promis and tak it (which procss is dscribd in th first half of th book of Joshua). Thy wr undr th ag of 20 at laving Egypt in th xodus and som of thm wr born in th dsrtwildrnss, ithr as sons of Gn X-rs or as sons of th gnration of promis. Quit obviously, it would hav bn coolr to rfr th scond gnration as GOP, but that dsignation may nd not hav as asily contributd to your undrstanding of th 2 gnration. Laws of Divin Establishmnt Rbound (Rstoration to fllowship with God) Ths ar natural laws which apply to popl and nations, which caus a nation to b prsrvd and a popl to b prptuatd. Ths laws ar dsignd for blivrs and unblivrs alik. In th Nw Tstamnt, this is naming your sins to God, so that you ar both rstord to tmporal fllowship with God and ar thn filld with th Spirit of God. In th Old Tstamnt, naming your sins to God would rsult in a rstoration of fllowship and, in som cass, th mpowrmnt of th Holy Spirit onc again (th Holy Spirit was not givn to all Old Tstamnt blivrs). 4 Quotd and paraphrasd from R. B. Thim, Jr., Canonicity; 1973 by R. B. Thim, Jr.; p. 5, who in turn took this from Lwis Sprry Chafr, Systmatic Thology; Abridgd Edition; Victor Books, 1984, Vol. Two, p. 71.

6 79 Th Book of Dutronomy Dfinition of Trms Typ A typ is a prordaind rprsntation whrin crtain prsons, vnts, and institutions of th O.T. stand for corrsponding prsons, vnts, and institutions of th N.T. Typs ar picturs or objct lssons by which God has taught His rdmptiv plan. Thy ar a shadow of things to com, not th imag of thos things (Col. 2:17 Hb. 8:5 10:1). Th Mosaic systm, for xampl, was a kind of kindrgartn in which God's popl wr 5 traind in divin things and taught to look forward to th ralitis of things yt to com. Som of ths dfinitions ar takn from An Introduction to Dutronomy 1 I ntroduction: Dut. 1 bgins svral srmons givn by Moss to th gnration of promis. This chaptr in particular will covr a tim priod of on yar at th bginning, and thn tak us back to th prsnt tim. At th bginning of this book, w ar ast of th Jordan and Moss is spaking to th popl, bfor thy cross ovr th rivr and bgin taking th land. Although th book of Dutronomy appars to b mostly a rhash of th things which hav alrady takn plac in th livs of th popl of Isral, this is an important book, and you will not fl as if you ar just covring old ground hr that you alrady covrd bfor. In fact, thr is so much information packd into this chaptr that, I would not b surprisd if this xgtical study ran 400 pags whn all is said and don. Howvr, Moss will bgin to talk about th first tim that ths Isralits cam to this Land of Promis, and how thy snt in spis, and thn how th popl rfusd to ntr into th land. Moss, in this srmon, will tak ths popl from Mount Sinai to th Land of Promis and nd with Isral's failur at th foot of th land promisd thm by God. At this tim, th gnration of twnty yars and oldr who lft Egypt (also known as Gnration Exodus, Gnration X, Gn X) hav all did, with th xcption of Moss, Joshua and Calb. Thir failurs discussd by Moss wr obsrvd by th childrn of gnration X; now Moss will giv th divin viwpoint concrning ths failurs in hops that th nw gnration, th gnration of promis, will profit by th mistaks of th ldrs rathr than rpat thm. In this chaptr, as in all of th book of Dutronomy, Moss will rcall vnts in a topical mannr. For much of th book of Dutronomy, Moss is going to giv his listnrs a tru tlling and intrprtation of thir history. Thy livd this history, but Moss is going to mak crtain that thy undrstand it. 5 From Dak, accssd Octobr 15, 2013.

7 Dutronomy Chaptr 1 80 Moss Plading with Isral (graphic), as in Dut. 6:1-15, illustration from a Bibl card publishd 1907 by th Providnc Lithograph Company from thbiblrvival.com, accssd Novmbr 7, Application: In our country, much of what is taught as Amrican history in public schools is slantd to th far lft. Amrica is oftn prsntd as a villain in taking this country, as a prptrator of gnocid, and as nthusiastic slav-ownrs. Th founding fathrs ar oftn prsntd as dists, who bliv that God bgan this world, but thn just wandrd off somwhr, laving us hr on our own. W ar taught that FDR got us out of th Grat Dprssion. All of ths things ar lis at worst; distortions at bst. What would chang our young popl would b for thm to larn som ral Amrican history and larn th idals upon which this country was foundd; and non of our history can b sparatd from th Christian faith that most of th original sttlrs and th founding fathrs had. It is stimatd by som that 90% of thos who originally sttld th Unitd Stats would b considrd Protstant Christians today. So this is what Moss is doing. Evn though ths popl hav xprincd this history, Moss is making sur that thy undrstand thir own history, and how it rlats thm to God. Th book of Dutronomy is a rsult of God tlling Moss to spak to th popl bfor thy ntrd into th Land of Promis: And Yahwh spok to Moss in th plains of Moab by th Jordan at Jricho, saying, Spak to th sons of Isral, and say to thm, Whn you+ pass ovr th Jordan into th land of Canaan, thn you+ will driv out all th inhabitants of th land from bfor you+, and dstroy all thir figurd [stons], and dstroy all thir moltn imags, and dmolish all thir high placs: and you+ will tak possssion of th land, and dwll in it; for to you+ I hav givn th land to possss it. And you+ will inhrit th land by lot according to your+ familis; to th mor you+ will giv th mor inhritanc, and to th fwr you will giv th lss inhritanc: whrvr th lot falls to any man, that will b his; according to th tribs of your+ fathrs you+ will inhrit. But if you+ will not driv out th inhabitants of th land from bfor you+, thn will thos who you+ lt rmain of thm b as pricks in your+ ys, and as thorns in your+ sids, and thy will vx you+ in th land in which you+ dwll. And it will com to 6 pass, that, as I thought to do to thm, so I will do to you+. (Num. 33:50 56; Updatd Bibl Vrsion 2.11 ) 7 John Gill maks th brilliant obsrvation that, w find out in this chaptr that it is not Moss (who rprsnts th Law) who will lad this popl into th Land of Promis but Joshua, whos nam mans savior. It is important to undrstand what has gon bfor. Th Prqul of Dutronomy 1 Y howah God originally brought th childrn of Isral out of Egypt, whr thy had bn slavs for svral cnturis. H workd through Moss, who bcam thir spiritual and national ladr. Th dsignation popl of Isral rfrs not to Isral th nation which dos not xist yt but to thir patriarch Isral, originally namd 6 7 Th + signd rfr to th plural you all. Dr. John Gill, John Gill s Exposition of th Entir Bibl; from -Sword, Dut. 1:38.

8 81 Th Book of Dutronomy Th Prqul of Dutronomy 1 Jacob, but rnamd Isral by God. Th popl standing bfor Moss ar dscndd from Isral (Jacob). God brought thm out of Egypt with grat signs and wondrs. Ths popl, onc fr of Egypt, first crossd ovr th Sa of Rds and wnt to Mount Sinai, also known as Mount Horb. Thr, God gav thm th Law. God first spok to th childrn of Isral audibly, giving thm th Tn Commandmnts, and thy rqustd that God spak only to Moss, and that Moss would spak to thm. Aftr rciving th Law of God, which was mor than simply th Tn Commandmnts, God ld thm northward into what would bcom southrn Judah, and told thm to tak th land that H promisd thm. First thy snt 12 spis into th land, and thy confirmd that th land was vrything that God said it was a land flowing with milk and hony. Howvr, thy also brought back storis of th fortifid citis and th siz and powr of thir advrsaris in th land. Tn of th spis activly lobbid th popl to not go into th land, and that night aftr th spis rturnd, th popl crid and accusd God of bringing thm thr to kill thm and thy did not want to go into this good land. Two spis, Calb and Joshua, wr rady to lad th popl into th land to tak it. Thy blivd God s promiss and th rst of th popl did not. God was quit disgustd with thm; and thn, suddnly, aftr God told thm to turn around and go back into th dsrt, many of thm dcidd that thy had changd thir minds and thy would attack th Amorits in th land. God told Moss to tll thm not to do this, bcaus H would not b with thir whiny, sorry butts if thy trid to attack th Amorits. Thy still wnt and attackd and thy wr soundly dfatd, and chasd all ovr, until thy finally cam back to Kadsh, whr all th popl had bn campd out. Thy livd thr for awhil. Thy movd around to diffrnt parts of th dsrt. During this tim, God killd off all th oldr gnration Gn X as I hav dsignatd thm (th gnration of th xodus) all thos who wr 20 and oldr whn thy lft Egypt. Thy droppd lik flis in th dsrt, dying th sin unto dath, yt whil God prsrvd thir childrn and thir childrn s childrn. So now it is 38 or so yars aftr thir failur at Kadsh-barna and God is lading this nw gnration of Isralits I will call thm th gnration of promis back to tak th land. Ths ar th popl who wr 20 or youngr whn thy lft Egypt, who ar now btwn th ags of 40 and 60, and who hav thir own childrn now. As adults, all thy hav known is God taking car of thm in th dsrt-wildrnss. Thr is also a st of young adults, agd 20 40, who wr born in th dsrt (all thos btwn ags 1 and 40 wr born in th dsrt-wildrnss). Th young adults will b considrd a part of th gnration of promis; thy will not b distinguishd from thos btwn th ags of 40 and 60. In th final fw chaptrs of Numbrs, God brings this nw gnration up along th ast sid of th Dad Sa, to Mountains ovrlooking th Jordan Rivr to th wst of thm. God will bring thm across this rivr in th book of Joshua to tak th land H has promisd thm. Howvr, thr is a problm, and that is that Moss will not go with thm. H will di ast of th Dad Sa. God will not allow Moss to lad thm into th land. Hr s what happnd: Nar th bginning of this trk from Egypt to th land, thr was no watr, and th popl complaind, and God providd watr for thm through Moss. Moss was to strik this hug rock (which rprsnts th judgmnt of Jsus on th cross) and from that rock would flow a rivr of living watrs (just as Jsus, by His sacrific, would provid us with th living watr of salvation). This watr gushd out and gav th popl th watr thy ndd; without which, thy would hav did in that dry, dsolat plac. This sam no-watr tst occurrd again nar th nd of this 40 yars in th dsrt. Th popl wr again thirsty thr was no watr. This tim, God told Moss to spak to th rock. Jsus, thir Savior, rprsntd

9 Dutronomy Chaptr 1 82 Th Prqul of Dutronomy 1 by th rock, would again giv thm all th watr that thy ndd. Moss was not to strik th rock, bcaus Jsus did for our sins on tim H is nvr judgd again for our sins. That had alrady bn rprsntd whn Moss struck th rock prviously. Thrfor, th propr way to rprsnt this is by spaking to th rock. Moss was upst with th popl, and h ylld at thm, and h hit that rock hard, twic, with his walking stick. God still providd th popl watr, but H could not allow Moss to lad thm into th Land of Promis, as h had faild to continu th typ which God was stting up. Sinc Jsus was not judgd twic for our sins, th rock was only to b struck on tim, which occurrd during th first no-watr tst. For Moss and for many cnturis of Jws, this is sn as simply an act of disobdinc. Howvr, sinc Jsus did on th cross, w undrstand that thr was mor to th provision of watr than just obdinc or lack throf. God wantd th striking of th rock to rprsnt Jsus dying on th cross for our sins and from Him would flow a rivr of living watrs. Whn on wishd to b rfrshd by thos watrs aftr th crucifixion, h mr spaks to th rock (for th blivr, this is rbound; for th unblivr, this is xprssing saving faith in Jsus Christ). God wantd Moss to stablish that as a typ; Moss did not; and so Moss was not allowd to cross ovr th Jordan. So, hr Isral stands, ast of th Jordan Rivr, about to cross ovr and tak th land. Moss is going to spak a fw words to thm which words will fill up th book of Dutronomy. Only a fw vrss will introduc this book. Most of it will b Moss spaking to th popl. Chaptr Outlin Charts, Maps and Short Doctrins W nd to know who th popl ar who populat this chaptr. Th Principals of Dutronomy 1 Moss Calb Joshua Charactrs Th childrn of Isral Gn X Th Gnration of Promis Commntary Moss is th ladr of th childrn of Isral, thos h ld out of Egypt with grat signs and wondrs don by God signs and wondrs which wr sn both by th Egyptians and th Isralits. Calb is on of th 12 spis who was rady to go into th Land of Promis from th vry bginning and tak it. Moss will indicat that h will go into th Land of Promis bcaus h fully followd God. Joshua was th othr on of th 12 spis who was willing to oby God and go into th land to tak it. Joshua would bcom Isral s nxt grat ladr aftr Moss. This is a gnral trm applid to th popl who lft with Moss out of Egypt. On could includ th childrn who wr born to thm whn in th dsrt in this catgory. Thr ar actually two distinct gnrations to which Moss will only occasionally rfr. Gn X ar thos who ar 20 and oldr whn thy bgin to considr taking th Land of Promis, which lis bfor thm. Ths would b thos considrd adult nough to go to war. God would wip out this gnration of Jws bcaus of thir cowardic and unblif. Gn X is a trm I cam up with; it is not found in th Bibl. Thos who ar childrn whn th Isralits com to th southrn bordr of Judah (what would soon bcom Judah), who wr not old nough to fight whn God told thm to tak th land, thy ar th gnration of promis. Thm and thos born to thm in th dsrt ovr th nxt 40 yars.

10 83 Th Book of Dutronomy Th Principals of Dutronomy 1 Charactrs Gnration of Promis A Gnration of Promis B Commntary If you wantd to b complt accurat, thr ar actually two gnrations which mak up th gnration of promis: th GOP A and th GOP B. Th GOP A ar thos who wr btwn th ags of 1 and 20 and thy cam into th land with thir parnts, following Moss. Aftr 40 yars in th dsrt, thy ar now btwn th ags of 40 and 60. GOP B ar thos who wr born in th dsrt wildrnss to any of th gnrations namd abov. Thy would b btwn th ags of 1 and 40, and thy had nvr known slavry or Egypt. This dos not man that thy do not suffr from th bad influnc of thir parnts. That is, ths sam popl, having nvr bn undr slavry, may xprss a dsir to rturn to thir tru homland, which is Egypt (to thir way of thinking). Bcaus of th ovrlapping and fluid natur of gnrations, ths distinctions ar only occasionally mad. Most of th tim that ths distinctions ar mad, I will b making thm as a part of th xgsis. Moss is spaking to th childrn of Isralits, h is actually spaking to th gnration of promis about thir parnts, Gn X. Chaptr Outlin Charts, Maps and Short Doctrins On of th fascinating things to m both th powr of Moss s voic and his grat intllignc at this tim, at ag 120. Today, w cannot imagin a prson bing ag 120, lt alon a man having all of his facultis, in xcllnt physical halth, and talking for 20 or so hours ovr a priod of a fw days. Moss is cognt and compltly organizd in his thinking. This is trmndous blssing from God for a man to hav his facultis all th way until his dath. This is in accordanc with Dut. 34:7 Moss was on hundrd and twnty yars old whn h did. His ys had not dimmd nor had his natural vigor abatd. (VW) Joshua was also blssd in th sam way (Joshua 14:11). Hr is what to xpct in Dutronomy 1: A Synopsis of Dutronomy 1 It would b vry asy to intrprt this chaptr in th light of Moss xplaining th important of obdinc to stablishd authoritis. H will not b going with th Jws ovr th Jordan Rivr to tak th land; and thy must thrfor b abl to submit thmslvs to th stablishd authoritis. Moss will giv xampls of how thir disobdinc causd thm troubl. Dut. 1:1 5 is simply th historical st up for th book of Dutronomy. It tlls us whn and whr this all took plac, and what vnts immdiatly prcdd th taching of this chaptr. God told Isral that thy ndd to go into th land and to tak th land which H has givn thm. Dut. 1:6 8 Moss appars to go off on a tangnt, at this point, about how h was unabl, as a ladr, to function as th sol authority ovr Isral. Howvr, th rason that h was unabl to lad thm is, just as God had promisd, Isral had grown gratly in population. Th connction thy wr supposd to mak is, God both promisd to giv thm th land of Canaan and h promisd to incras thm in numbr. Thy could look around and s that th lattr had takn plac; thrfor, thy should hav th faith to oby God and to tak th land. Dut. 1:9 11 Bcaus Moss alon could function as thir sol authority, h stablishd a numbr of intrmdiat positions of authority, som in th courts and som for th military. Dut. 1:12 16

11 Dutronomy Chaptr 1 84 A Synopsis of Dutronomy 1 Moss told th judgs how thy wr to oprat with fairnss to all. H had also takn tak to lay out th Law of God to thm. Dut. 1:17 18 At that tim, thy ndd to lav Horb (Mount Sinai), and to travl to th land of Canaan, and to tak it from th prsnt occupants as God had told thm to do. Dut. 1:19 21 Th popl suggst that thy first snd spis into th land. Moss viws this suggstion with favor; and apparntly consults God about it in th book of Numbrs. Dut. 1:22 23 Th spis go into th land, and obsrv th popl, th citis and bring back hug clustrs of graps, to show just how wondrful this land was. Dut. 1:24 25 Howvr, just as Calb and Joshua appar to b th mn who bring thm th good nws of th land, th othr tn spis ar afraid and xprss this far, and thy sway th Israli popl against going into th land. This would b going against what God had told thm to do. Dut. 1:26 28 Moss tlls thm that thy should not b afraid, and that thy should undrstand that thy ar going into Canaan with God on thir sid. Thy know first-hand how God ld thm out of Egypt and how H sustaind thm in th dsrt for two yars. Thrfor, Moss rasons, thy should b abl to trust this sam God. Dut. 1:29 33 Howvr, God hard thir whining and H was disgustd with thm and H swor that thy would not ntr into th land with th xcption of Calb and Joshua. In fact, th popl had givn th xcus of thir childrn thy could not invad Canaan bcaus thir childrn would b takn into slavry as a rsult. Wll, ths sam childrn would b th ons to go into th land and tak it. Dut. 1:34 39 God told thm to go back, but thy changd thir minds and dcidd to invad. God told Moss to tll thm that H is not with thm, and thy invadd Canaan anyway. Thy wr batn back badly and thy rtratd back to Kadsh. Dut. 1:40 46 You will not that almost vry sction dals with th authoritis to which Isral should hav subjctd hrslf to. Lik all chaptrs of th Word of God, you nd mor than just th simpl plot outlin to undrstand what God wants us to know. Chaptr Outlin Charts, Maps and Short Doctrins It is always good to s how somon ls ss this chaptr. Matthw Hnry Summarizs Dutronomy 1 Th first part of Moss's farwll srmon to Isral bgins with this chaptr, and is continud to th lattr nd of th fourth chaptr. In th first fiv vrss of this chaptr w hav th dat of th srmon, th plac whr it was prachd (Dut. 1:1, Dut. 1:2, Dut. 1:5), and th tim whn (Dut. 1:3, Dut. 1:4). Th narrativ in this chaptr rminds thm, I. Of th promis God mad thm of th land of Canaan (Dut. 1:6 8). II. Of th provision mad of judgs for thm (Dut. 1:9 18). III. Of thir unblif and murmuring upon th rport of th spis (Dut. 1:19 33). IV. Of th sntnc passd upon thm for it, and th ratification of that sntnc (Dut. 1:34, tc.).

12 85 Th Book of Dutronomy Evn though Hnry dos not mphasiz th authority factor, you will notic that vry sction dals with an authority issu. John Gill s Outlin and Summary Matthw Pool s Outlin and Summary Chaptr Outlin Charts, Maps and Short Doctrins F. B. Hol givs us a brif introduction to this chaptr: Th titl of this book, which translatd into English, is "Scond-Law," indicats its charactr; for in it Moss rcapitulats and nforcs th whol law systm to which Isral was committd. Dutronomy 1:2-3 rmind us that th wildrnss journy from Horb, whr th law was givn, to th bordr of th land would normally occupy lvn days; thy had takn forty yars bcaus of thir unblif. Th old gnration that had bn at Horb had did out and so th law had to b frshly mphasizd to th nw gnration. Onc givn, th binding forc of th law rmaind, as w saw in our last issu, whn considring th closing words of Malachi, 8 writtn probably about a thousand yars latr. Th Expositor s Bibl Commntary maks som good introductory rmarks. Som diting was don (such as, instad of th author of Dutronomy, I simply usd th nam of Moss. Introductory Matrial from th Expositor s Bibl Commntary It was natural and it was invitabl, thrfor, that Moss, th author of Dutronomy, standing, as h did, on th thrshold of a grat crisis in th history of Isral, should turn th thoughts of his popl back to th history of th past. To him th grat figur in th history of Isral in thos trying and vntful yars during which thy wandrd btwn Horb, Kadsh-Barna, and th country of th Arnon, is Yahwh thir God. God is bhind all thir movmnts, implling and inciting thm to go on and njoy th good land H had promisd to thir fathrs. H wnt bfor thm and fought for thm. H bar thm in th wildrnss, as a man bars his son. H watchd ovr thm and guidd thir footstps in cloud and fir by day and night. Morovr all th nations by whom thy passd had bn ld by Him and assignd thir placs, and only thos nations whom Yahwh chos had bn givn into Isral's hand. In th intrnal affairs of th community, too, H had assrtd Himslf. Thy wr Yahwh's popl, and all thir national action was to b according to His rightous charactr. Espcially was th administration of justic to b pur and impartial, yilding to nithr far nor favor bcaus th "judgmnt is God's." And how had thy rspondd to all this grac on th part of God? At th first hint of srious conflict thy shrank back in far. Notwithstanding that th land which God had givn thm was a good and fruitful country, and notwithstanding th promiss of Divin hlp, thy rfusd to incur th ncssary toils and risks of th conqust. Evry difficulty thy might ncountr was xaggratd by thm; thir vry dlivranc from Egypt, which thy had bn wont to considr "thir crowning mrcy," bcam to thir faithlss cowardic an vidnc of hatrd for thm on th part of God. To mn in such a stat of mind conqust was impossibl; and though, in a spasmodic rvulsion from thir abjct cowardic, thy mad an attack upon th popl thy wr to dispossss, it ndd, as it could not but nd, in thir dfat and rout. Thy wr condmnd to forty yars of wandring, and it was only aftr all that gnration was dad that Isral was again prmittd to approach th land of promis. But Yahwh had bn faithful to thm, and whn th tim was com H opnd th way for thir advanc and gav thm th victory and th land. For His lov was patint, and always mad a way to blss thm, vn through thir sins. That was th pictur that Moss sprad out bfor th ys of his countrymn, (th nxt gnration), to th intnt that thy might know th lov of God, and might s that safty lay for thm in a willing yilding of thmslvs to that lov. Th disastrous rsults of thir wayward and faint-hartd shrinking from this Divin 8 From accssd Novmbr 5, 2013.

13 Dutronomy Chaptr 1 86 Introductory Matrial from th Expositor s Bibl Commntary calling is th only dirct thrat h uss, but in th passag thr is anothr warning, all th mor imprssiv that it is vagu and shadowy, God is to Moss th univrsal rulr of th world. Th nations ar raisd up and cast down according to His will, and until H wills it thy cannot b dispossssd. But H had willd that fat for many, and at vry stp of Isral's progrss thy com upon tracs of vanishd popls whom for thir sins H had suffrd othrs to dstroy. Th Emim in Moab, th Zamzummim in Ammon, th Horits in Slf, and th Avvims in Philistia, had all bn dstroyd bfor th popl who now occupid ths lands, and th whol background of th narrativ is on of judgmnt, whr mrcy had bn of no avail. Th sword of th Lord is dimly sn in th archaological nots which ar so frqunt in this sction of our book and thus th final touch is givn to th pictur of th past which is hr drawn to b an impuls for th futur. Whil all th forground rprsnts only God's lov and patinc ovrcoming man's rbllion, th background is, lik th path is somtims strwn with th rmains of prdcssors in th sam path. With strn, mnacing fingr this grat tachr of Isral points to ths vidncs that th Divin lov and patinc may b, and hav bn, outworn, and sms to r-cho in an vn mor imprssiv way th languag of Isaiah: "Th angr of Yahwh was kindld (against ths popls), and H strtchd forth His hand (against thm) and smot (thm); and th hills did trmbl, and (thir) carcasss wr as rfus in th midst of th strts. For all this His angr is not turnd away, but His hand is strtchd out still." Without a word of dirct rbuk h opns his popl's ys to s that shadowy outstrtchd hand. Bhind all th turmoil of th world thr is a prsnc and a powr which supports all who sk good, but which is strnly st against all vil, rady, whn th momnt coms, "to strik onc and strik no mor." Som of th matrial abov has bn ditd. Takn from accssd Novmbr 4, Chaptr Outlin Charts, Maps and Short Doctrins Arno Gablin's Annotatd Bibl introducs and summarizs Dut. 1: Th popl wr still on...[th ast] sid of Jordan in th wildrnss. Th scond vrs, containing a parnthtical statmnt, givs th story of thir unblif, as rcordd in th Book of Numbrs. "Thr ar lvn days' journy from Horb by th way of Mount Sir unto Kadsh-barna." Thy might hav rachd th plac thy occupid now, facing Jordan and th land, in lvn days. [Howvr, instad] It took thm almost forty yars. Unblif had kpt thm back. It was towards th nd of th fortith yar, in th lvnth month, that Moss bgan his wondrful addrsss. In th first month of that mmorabl yar Miriam had did (Numbrs 20:1). His brothr Aaron had did in th fifth month (Numbrs 33:38). Moss was soon to follow him at th clos of th fortith yar, at th...ag of on hundrd and twnty. Forty yars wr spnt by Moss in th palacs of Egypt; forty yars h was a shphrd in th land of Midian and forty yars h was th ladr of God's popl through th wildrnss. Bfor h wnt to th top of Pisgah to bhold th land and to di, h...[tachs this nw gnration of Isralits Bibl doctrin]. His words wr "according unto all that th Lord had givn him." All h had rcivd from th Lord, h passd on faithfully to th Lord's popl. "Moss vrily was faithful in all God's hous, as a srvant, for a tstimony of thos things, which wr to b spokn aftrward" (Hbrws 3:5). Onc mor, thrfor, h placd th words of th Lord bfor thir harts [that is, thir thinking]...[thrfor, bfor his 9 dath], Moss dclard [God s lov, His provision, and] th Law unto thm. Thr ar things about th book of Dutronomy which ar absolutly uniqu. Moss in th Book of Dutronomy 1. In th books of Exodus, Lviticus and Dutronomy, Moss is vry carful about sparating God s words from his words from narrativ. W always know who is spaking in ths 3 books. 9 From accssd Novmbr 4, 2013 (ditd).

14 87 Th Book of Dutronomy Moss in th Book of Dutronomy 2. In Dutronomy, thr is going to b a chang, and that will occur in this first chaptr. Thr will b a point at which Moss bgins to spak for God, but h dos not mak a clar transition. H will not say, And this is what God is saying to you... or This is what God has said... or This is what God would b saying to you... H simply bgins to spak for God. His words bcom God s Word. Moss, through th powr of th Holy Spirit, spaks truth to th childrn of Isral. As a rsult, no Jw and no Christian vr viws th words of Moss, which compris almost all of th book of Dutronomy, as bing infrior to th words of God. Thy ar sn as th inspird Word of God. 3. Dutronomy is oftn rfrrd to as th scond law; but it is nvr calld th scondary law. 4. Thr ar svral things about Moss which ar typically ignord. H was traind to b a ladr in Egypt. H was groomd to b th prim ministr or pharaoh of Egypt. H would hav larnd law and history and gography and warfar and languag. H was not lost in th dsrt; h was at hom as a judg ovr Isral; and h knw what to do to lad his mn in battl. 5. Moss was traind, unlik anyon ls, to lad this rcalcitrant popl. 6. Furthrmor, Moss would possss knowldg that non of th Isralits would possss again, about law, gography, history, warfar and languag. 7. Moss, in many of ths arly chaptrs of Dutronomy, is going to tach history to ths Jws. It is important that you hav an accurat undrstanding of history. Propagandists hav discovrd that, you can lad a popl astray if your li to thm about thir own history (which prtty much dscribs th taching of history in our public schools). 1) As an asid, lt m giv you two xampls of what I larnd in school. I was not a good history studnt I rcall vry fw things about Amrican history. Howvr, I walkd out of high school knowing two things: that our founding fathrs wr mostly dists and that FDR savd us from th Grat Dprssion. Ths ar both dmonstrably fals statmnts. Thy ar lis. But I larnd thm in school, and, as a rsult, that hlpd to shap my thinking about our foundrs and about FDR. 2) Similarly, I know a Chins woman an adult Chins woman living hr in Amrica. Sh knows nothing about how Mao Ts Tung killd millions upon millions of his own popl. This is how fals history was taught to hr, and it crtainly shapd hr thinking. Evn today, aftr living prhaps 20 yars in Amrica, sh dos not raliz what a dpravd, vicious tyrant Mao was. 3) Controlling th ducation mans you control th popl. 8. Thrfor, Moss is going to tach th Isralits thir tru history, history which thy thmslvs livd and obsrvd, and h will tach thm many spiritual lssons by doing this. 1) As an asid, many of us in th midst of a varity of historical vnts, ar not abl to proprly intrprt thm or to giv thm thir corrct historical contxt. 2) Moss sparats out what is important about th history and r-tachs it to th gnration of promis. 3) This also stablishs th powr of th Word of God in th souls of blivrs. This gnration of promis, bcaus of th implantd Word of God, will do bttr than thir parnts did. Th implantd Word of God is much mor powrful than all of th miracls which thy obsrvd. Ths points ar usful to tak not of throughout th book of Dutronomy. Chaptr Outlin Charts, Maps and Short Doctrins Th Gnva Bibl maks som commnts about th failur of th prvious gnration: Th wondrful lov of God toward His popl is activly st forth in this book. Evn through thir ingratitud and many rbllions against God, for th spac forty yars. (Dutronomy 9:7) thy dsrvd to hav bn cut off from th numbr of his popl, and forvr to hav bn dprivd of th us of his holy word and ordinancs: yt h vr prsrvd His popl vn for his own mrcy s sak, and would still hav his nam calld upon among thm. Whrfor h brings thm into th land of Canaan, dstroys thir nmis, givs thm thir country, towns and goods, and xhorts thm by th xampl of thir

15 Dutronomy Chaptr 1 88 fathrs (whos infidlity, idolatry, adultris, complaining and rbllions, h had most svrly punishd) to far and oby th Lord, to mbrac and kp his law without adding to it or diminishing from it. For by his word h would b known to b thir God, and thy his popl, by His Word H would govrn His popl, and by th sam thy would larn to oby Him: by His Word th blivr would b abl to discrn th fals propht from th tru, light form darknss, ignoranc from knowldg, and his own popl from all th othr nations and infidls: taching thm by it to rfus and dtst, dstroy and abolish whatvr is not agrabl to his holy will, sm it othrwis nvr so good or prcious in th ys of man. For this caus God promisd to rais up kings and govrnors, for th stting forth of his word and prsrvation of His popl, giving to thm a spcial charg for th xcuting of it: whom thrfor h wills to xrcis thmslvs diligntly in th continual study and mditation of th sam: that thy might larn to far th Lord, lov thir subjcts, abhor covtousnss and vics, and whatvr offnds th majsty of God. As H had bfor instructd thir fathrs in all things blonging both to his spiritual srvic and also for th maintnanc of that socity which is btwn mn: so h prscribs hr anw all such laws and ordinancs, which ithr concrn his divin srvic, or ls ar ncssary for a common good: appointing to vry stat and dgr thir charg and duty: as wll, how to rul and liv in th far of God, as to nourish frindship toward thir nighbours, and to prsrv th ordr which God has stablishd among mn: thratning most horribl plagus to thm that transgrss His commandmnts, and promising blssings and happinss 10 to thos who obsrv and oby thm. Thr is on thing which should b notd about Moss audinc ths ar adults who hav spnt thir adult lif in th dsrt watching thir parnts all di th sin unto dath. Thy hav no xprinc in warfar or in farming and ranching; thy do not vn know how to wav and sow. God has takn car of thm for all thir adult livs (from ags 20 to 60). Furthrmor, whras oftn a fathr will impart his knowldg and skills to his childrn; that was not th cas hr. Thrfor, thr ar going to b many things which Moss tachs ths popl which ar simply a mattr of common sns not common sns to thm, bcaus thy nvr larnd ths things. Moss, as a fathr figur, tachs thm som basic things in this book of Dutronomy som things which ar of a nutral moral valu. W will s that ths things ar oftn takn out of contxt by dtractors of God s Word, and st sid-by-sid with som moral valu taught in th Word of God. Th ida is, thy want to mak th Word of God sm foolish and arbitrary. On xampl is, on pro-gay sits, thy will tll you that th sam Bibl which trats homosxual acts as a sin, also says that you cannot war cotton blnd clothing. Thy try to quat ths two things, whil glossing ovr what is rally said about cotton blnd clothing. So, as a gnral principl: mixing typs of cloth (cotton and wool) whn making cloths is a mattr of common sns; is not a moral issu. Th banning of homosxual acts is a moral issu. Thr was no pnalty for mixing wool and cotton whn making a cloak, apart from that cloak bcoming worthlss aftr th first tim it is washd. Th pnalty for homosxual acts was dath. So whn you s som clvr graphic trying to trat ths issus as bing morally quivalnt in th Bibl thy ar not, nor dos th Bibl prsnt ths as bing morally quivalnt. This coms from th lis of pro-gay sits. I usd th trm lis for this rason. If you contact on of ths sits and xplain xactly what is going on with th mixtur of cotton and wool, thy will not rspond by saying, Oh, okay; now I undrstand what th Bibl was saying; and that this is not som kind of grat moral issu in th Bibl. So I will tak my anti-bibl graphic down. Thy won t do that. Thy want popl to turn away from th Bibl. If a dishonst graphic facilitats that, that is fin with thm. Pro-gay sits (and I am using thm as on xampl of anti-bibl sits) do not car what th Bibl says nor do thy car about how to intrprt th Bibl; thy want othrs to b turnd away from th Bibl. That is thir purpos. 10 From accssd Octobr 6, 2013 and ditd in ordr to mak this passag accurat. Th Gnva Bibl kpt using th word church whn thy should hav simply calld thm th Isralits, th popl, th popl of God.

16 89 Th Book of Dutronomy Now, why ar ths non-moral, practical information issus found in th Bibl? Originally, ths non-spiritual issus ar just what thy appar to b on th surfac common sns advic from Moss, who is a gnius in many filds, dlivrd to a gnration of Isralits who hav almost no common sns, givn thir upbringing in th dsrt. Howvr, ths non-moral issus ar oftn usd as illustrations of spiritual issus. Thy thmslvs ar not spiritual issus; but thy can b usd to illustrat spiritual issus. On which coms to mind is yoking two diffrnt animals togthr to pull a plow. This is not a moral issu. Moss was not going to obsrv Charly Brown putting a mul and an ox into a dual harnss, and thn sntnc Charly to 30 lashs. This is a mattr of practicality. Howvr, Paul would us this illustration many cnturis latr to tach that a blivr should not marry an unblivr that thy should not b unqually yokd. It is asy to hav th mistakn notion that, if you hav studid th books of Exodus, Lviticus and Numbrs, that you can bypass th book of Dutronomy. That is a mistak. Throughout th Bibl, thr ar many paralll and ovrlapping passags. Th gospls ar 4 diffrnt biographis of th sam Man ovr roughly th sam priod of tim; yt ach gospl is important, and ach gospl has important information, as wll as an important narrativ for us to know. Th book of Dutronomy is far mor than just a rhash of prvious history; and vn whn it is, thr ar many important things for us to larn. Furthrmor, God taks many incidnts in th history of Isral and discusss thm in a varity of ways, somtims in th Psalms and somtims by various prophts. And, in this cas, Moss, simply rcalling things which occurrd ovr th past 40 yars. If you giv this xgsis of Dut. 1 som tim, you will find our som things that you did not know bfor; and you will bgin to mak connctions which you hav nvr mad bfor. As is prtty much vry chaptr of th Bibl, this chaptr is rich with spiritual information. I namd this chaptr Moss on th Importanc of Establishd Authority, bcaus th Isralits just spnt th last 38 yars in th dsrt bcaus thy simultanously rjctd th authority of Moss and of God. All that th Isralits hav suffrd is a rsult of thir ngativ volition and unblif. God would tll thm to do X and thy would quickly do not-x. Moss had also st up a systm of authority, which th popl thmslvs had participatd in, to allow thm both good military ladrship as wll as a quickr rsolv of thir grivancs. Evn this brok down, as 10 of th spis (who would hav bn considrd high military authoritis) wr not on board for God s plan. Moss will also introduc his rplacmnt, Joshua, nar th nd of this chaptr, with th implication, Don t trat him as you hav tratd m. In short all of th guidanc and th dirction that was ncssary for th Isralits to tak th land was providd, and gnration X (th xodus gnration) was so lockd into ngativ volition that thy wr oftn uncontrollabl. Chaptr Outlin Charts, Maps and Short Doctrins Introduction to th Grat Srmons of Moss to th Gnration of Promis Kukis slavishly litral: Kukis modratly litral: Ths [ar] th words which spok Moss Ths [ar] th words which Moss spok to unto all Isral in a rgion byond th Jordan Isral in th rgion byond th Jordan, in th in th wildrnss in th Arabah opposit wildrnss, in th Arabah opposit Suph and in Dutronomy Suph in btwn Paran and in btwn btwn Paran and Tophl, Laban, Hazroth 1:1 2 Tophl and Laban and Hazroth and Dizahab; on-tn day from Horb, a way of from Horb, [along th] way of Mount Sir, [to and Di-zahab. [It taks] lvn days [to go] Mount Sir, as far as Kadsh-barna. gt] to Kadsh-barna. Kukis not so litral:

17 Dutronomy Chaptr 1 90 Moss spok th following words whil h was ast of th Jordan, in th wildrnss, in th Arabah which is opposit Suph and in btwn Paran, Tophl, Laban, Hzroth and Di-zahab. It taks lvn days to go from Horb, along th road around Mount Sir, to gt to Kadsh-barna. Hr is how othrs hav translatd this vrs: Ancint txts: Not: I compar th Hbrw txt to English translations of th Latin, Syriac and 11 Grk txts, using th Douay-Rhims translation ; Gorg Lamsa s translation, and Sir Lanclot Charls L Brnton s translation as rvisd and ditd by Paul W. Esposito, rspctivly. I oftn updat ths txts with non-substantiv changs (.g., you for thou, tc.). I oftn us th txt of th Complt Apostls Bibl instad of Brnton s translation, bcaus it updats th English txt. 11 Th Sptuagint was th arlist known translation of a book (circa 200 B.C.). Sinc this translation was mad bfor th txtual criticism had bn dvlopd into a scinc and bcaus diffrnt books appar to b translatd by diffrnt mn, th Grk translation can somtims b vry unvn. Whn thr ar srious disparitis btwn my translation and Brnton s (or th txt of th Complt Apostls Bibl), I look at th Grk txt of th Sptuagint (th LXX) to s if a substantiv diffrnc actually xists (and I rflct ths changs in th English rndring of th Grk txt). I us th Grk LXX with Strong s numbrs and morphology availabl for -sword. Th only problm with this rsourc (which is a problm for similar rsourcs) is, thr is no way to furthr xplor Grk vrbs which ar not found in th Nw Tstamnt. Although I usually quot th Complt Apostls Bibl hr, I hav bgun to mak changs in th translation whn thir translation conflicts with th Grk and not what thos changs ar. Th Masortic txt is th Hbrw txt with all of th vowls (vowl points) insrtd (th original Hbrw txt lackd vowls). W tak th Masortic txt to b th txt closst to th original. Howvr, diffrncs btwn th Masortic txt and th Grk, Latin and Syriac ar worth noting and, onc in a grat whil, rprsnt a mor accurat txt possssd by thos othr ancint translators. In gnral, th Latin txt is an outstanding translation from th Hbrw txt into Latin and vry trustworthy (I say this as a non-catholic). Unfortunatly, I do not rad Latin apart from som vry obvious words so I am dpndnt upon th English translation of th Latin (principally, th Douay-Rhims translation). Undrlind words indicat diffrncs in th txt. Bracktd portions of th Dad Sa Scrolls ar words, lttrs and phrass lost in th scroll du to various typs of damag. Undrlind words or phrass ar thos in th Dad Sa Scrolls but not in th Masortic txt. I will not mak too many rfrncs to th Dad Sa Scrolls, bcaus thy ar not gnrally hlpful whn trying to clar up ancint translations which disagr. Not nough of th Bibl survivd in th Dad Sa Scrolls to allow us to chck ach and vry vrs. Th Targum of Onklos is actually th Pntatuchal Targumim, which ar Th Targums of Onklos and Jonathan Bn Uzzil. On th Pntatuch With Th Fragmnts of th Jrusalm Targum From th Chald by J. W. Ethridg, M.A. I hav bgun to doubt my -sword Douay-Rhims vrsion, so I now us

18 91 Th Book of Dutronomy Ancint txts: Takn from and first publishd in Targum (trans. By Cook) Jrusalm targum Latin Vulgat Masortic Txt (Hbrw) Pshitta (Syriac) Ths ar th words of admonition which Moshh spak with all Isral. H gathrd thm togthr to him whil thy wr byond th Jordan, and answrd and said to thm: Was it not in th wildrnss at th mountain of Sinai that th law was givn to you? and in th plains of Moab you wr mad to undrstand how many miracls and signs th Holy On, blssd b H, had wrought for you, from th tim that you passd ovr th bordr of th Wdy Sa, whr H mad for you a way for vry on of your tribs. But you dclind from His word, and wrought provocation bfor Him, in Pharan, on account of th words of th spis, and put togthr lying words against Him, and murmurd about th manna, which H had mad to com down for you, whit from th havns; in Hazroth you dmandd flsh, and mad yourslvs dsrving to prish from th midst of th world, but for th mmory, on your bhalf, of th mrit of your rightous fathrs, th tabrnacl of ordinanc, and th ark of th covnant, and th holy vssls which you had covrd with pur gold, and mad atonmnt for you on account of th sin of th goldn calf. It is a journy of lvn days (only) from Horb by th way of Mount Gbal unto Rkm Giah; but bcaus you dclind and provokd th Lord to displasur, you hav bn rtardd forty yars. Ths ar th words which Moshh, spak with all Isral, rproving thm, whil as yt thy wr situat byond th Jordan. Moshh answring said to thm: Was it not in th wildrnss at Mount Sinai, that th law was givn to you? and on th plains of Moab was shown you what miracls and mighty acts th Word of th Lord had wrought on your bhalf. Whn you stood by th Wdy Sa, th sa was dividd bfor you, and thr wr mad twlv ways of on way, (a path) for ach trib. Yt you provokd Him at th sa, and rblld at th Sa of Suph. On account of th mattr of th spis who had bn snt from th wildrnss of Pharan, th dcr (cam forth) against you, that you should not ntr into th land of Isral; and for that of th manna, of which you said, Our soul is afflictd with this brad, whos ating is too light, th srpnts wr lt loos upon you; and in Hazroth, whr your carcasss fll on account of th flsh, and concrning th calf that you had mad, H would hav spokn in His Word to dstroy you, had H not bn mindful of th covnant which H swar to your fathrs, Abraham, Izhak, and Jakob, and of th tabrnacl of ordinanc which you had mad unto His nam, and th ark of th covnant of th Lord, and of your burnt sacrifics in th midst (of th tabrnacl and th ark) which you covrd with purifid gold. A journy of lvn days is it from Mount Horb by way of Mount Gbal unto Rkm Giah; yt, bcaus you sinnd and provokd angr bfor Him, you hav bn dlayd, and hav bn journying for forty yars. Ths ar th words, which Moss spok to all Isral byond th Jordan, in th plain wildrnss, ovr against th Rd Sa, btwn Pharan and Thophl and Laban and Hasroth, whr thr is vry much gold. Elvn days' journy from Horb by th way of mount Sir to Cadsbarn. Ths [ar] th words which spok Moss unto all Isral in a rgion byond th Jordan in th wildrnss in th Arabah opposit Suph in btwn Paran and in btwn Tophl and Laban and Hazroth and Di-zahab; on-tn day from Horb, a way of Mount Sir, as far as Kadsh-barna. THESE ar th words which Moss spok to all Isral byond th Jordan in th wildrnss, in th low dsrt plain opposit th Rd Sa, btwn Paran and

19 Dutronomy Chaptr 1 92 Sptuagint (Grk) Significant diffrncs: Tophl and Lbanon and Hazroth and Dizahab. (Thr ar lvn days journy from Horb to mount Sir to Rakim-gia.). Ths ar th words which Moss spok to all Isral on this sid of th Jordan in th dsrt towards th wst nar th Rd Sa, btwn Paran, Tophl, Laban, and Aulon, and th gold works. It is a journy of lvn days from Horb to Mount Sir as far as Kadsh Barna. You will not that thr is a gob of additional sntncs in th two targums. Howvr, bar in mind that ths ar as much commntary as anything ls. It might b bst to viw thm as a vry word th Voic, but without bing carfully italicizd. Thought-for-thought translations; paraphrass: You will not a mntiond of gold in th Grk, Syriac and Latin; that is a translation of th Hbrw word, which I translitratd. Common English Bibl Contmporary English V. Easy English Easy-to-Rad Vrsion Good Nws Bibl (TEV) Th Mssag Nw Brkly Vrsion Th first hading: Introducing Dutronomy Ths ar th words that Moss spok to all Isral across th Jordan Rivr, in th dsrt, on th plain across from Suph, btwn Paran and Tophl, Laban, Hazroth, and Di-zahab. (It is lvn days from Horb to Kadsh-barna along th Mount Sir rout.) This book contains th spchs that Moss mad whil Isral was in th land of Moab, campd nar th town of Suph in th dsrt ast of th Jordan Rivr. Th town of Paran was in on dirction from thir camp, and th towns of Tophl, Laban, Hazroth, and Dizahab wr in th opposit dirction. Earlir, Moss had dfatd th Amorit King Sihon of Hshbon. Moss had also dfatd King Og of Bashan, who usd to liv in Ashtaroth for part of th yar and in Edri for th rst of th yar. Although it taks only lvn days to walk from Mount Sinai to Kadsh- Barna by way of th Mount Sir Road, ths spchs wr not mad until forty yars aftr Isral lft Egypt. Th LORD had givn Moss his laws for th popl of Isral. And on th first day of th lvnth month, Moss bgan xplaining thos laws by saying:... Ths ar th first 5 vrss. Ths ar th words that Moss spok to th *Isralits. Thy wr in th *dsrt on th ast sid of th Jordan rivr. This is th Jordan vally opposit to Suph. It is btwn th towns calld Paran, Tophl, Laban, Hazroth and Dizahab. (It is a journy of 11 days from *Mount Sinai (Horb) to Kadsh-Barna, past *Mount Sir.) v3 Moss spok on th first day of th 11th month, in th 40th yar. H rpatd to th *Isralits all th words that th *Lord had spokn about thm. This is th mssag that Moss gav th popl of Isral. H told thm ths things whil thy wr in th Jordan Vally, in th dsrt ast of th Jordan Rivr. This was across from Suph, btwn th dsrt of Paran and th citis Tophl, Laban, Hazroth, and Dizahab. Th trip from Mount Horb (Sinai) through th Sir mountains to Kadsh Barna taks only lvn days. In this book ar th words that Moss spok to th popl of Isral whn thy wr in th wildrnss ast of th Jordan Rivr. Thy wr in th Jordan Vally nar Suph, btwn th town of Paran on on sid and th towns of Tophl, Laban, Hazroth, and Dizahab on th othr. (It taks lvn days to travl from Mount Sinai to Kadsh Barna by way of th hill country of Edom.) Ths ar th srmons Moss prachd to all Isral whn thy wr ast of th Jordan Rivr in th Arabah Wildrnss, opposit Suph, in th vicinity of Paran, Tophl, Laban, Hazroth, and Dizahab. It taks lvn days to travl from Horb to Kadsh Barna following th Mount Sir rout. Fbruary-March, 1406 B.C.

20 93 Th Book of Dutronomy Nw Cntury Vrsion Nw Living Translation Th Voic Ths ar th words which Moss spok to all Isral on th othr sid of th Jordan, in th wildrnss, in th Arabah [Th trm Arabah or Plain is in common us in th O.T. to dsignat any rgion of th Jordan vally from th Sa of Galil to and including th Dad Sa and th trritory south of it. Our words Arab and Arabian ar rlatd to it.] opposit Suph, btwn Paran on th on hand and Tophl, Laban, Hazroth and Di-Zahab on th othr. By th Mount Srir rod it is lvn days journy from Horb to Kadsh-barna. Dutronomy is on of th grat books of th Old Tstamnt. It xprsss truths which always rflct th mind of God. Its lading thought for Isral was that sh must vr rmmbr that God is on; and that H chos hr for a grat mission. To b tru to Him sh must always b tru to th Covnant which H had mad with hr at th bginning. Dutronomy shows th way. Jsus knw this wondrful book. Compar Mark 12:28 30 with Dut. 6:4 5. Moss Talks to th Isralits This is th mssag Moss gav to all th popl of Isral in th dsrt ast of th Jordan Rivr. Thy wr in th dsrt ara nar Suph, btwn Paran and th towns of Tophl, Laban, Hazroth, and Dizahab. (Th trip from Mount Sinai to Kadsh Barna on th Mount Sir road taks lvn days.) Introduction to Moss' First Addrss Ths ar th words that Moss spok to all th popl of Isral whil thy wr in th wildrnss ast of th Jordan Rivr. Thy wr campd in th Jordan Vally[a] nar Suph, btwn Paran on on sid and Tophl, Laban, Hazroth, and Di-zahab on th othr. Normally it taks only lvn days to travl from Mount Sinai[b] to Kadsh-barna, going by way of Mount Sir. Ths ar th words Moss spok to all th popl of Isral who wr gathrd in th wildrnss in th Arabah Vally ast of th Jordan Rivr, across from Suph. Thy'd travld through many placs on thir way hr, from Paran through Tophl and on to Laban, Hazroth, and Dizahab. Ths placs srv as various dstinations along Isral's wildrnss rout bfor thy rach th plains of Moab, facing th Jordan Rivr, just outsid th land of Canaan. Partially litral and partially paraphrasd translations: Amrican English Bibl Ths ar th things that Moss said to all th IsraElits whil thy wr in th dsrt, on th ast sid of th JorDan, nar th Rd Sa (btwn Pharan-Tophol, Lobon, Aulon, and th gold works), lvn day's journy from th Dry Plac (Horb) by way of Mount Sir, to Kadsh Barn. Bck s Amrican Translation This is what Moss said to all Isral ast of th Jordan, in th wildrnss, in th Jordan vally, in front of Eupph, btwn Paran, Rophtl, Laban, Hazroth, and Dizahab. (It taks 11 days to go from Horb by way of th mountains of Sir to Kadshbarna.) Christian Community Bibl Ths ar th words that Moss spok to all Isral, at th othr sid of th Jordan Rivr, in th Arabah dsrt. Thy wr facing Suf, btwn Paran, Tophl, Laban, Hazroth and Dizahab. From Mount Horb to Kadsh-Barna thy had had a journy of lvn days through th mountains of Sir. God s Word This is th spch Moss gav in th dsrt ast of th Jordan Rivr, on th plains, nar Suph, btwn Paran and Tophl, and nar Laban, Hazroth, and Di Zahab. H spok to all th Isralits. (It taks 11 days to go from Mount Horb to Kadsh Barna by way of Mount Sir.) Nw Advnt (Knox) Bibl It was thus Moss spok to th popl of Isral whil thy wr still on th othr sid of Jordan, in th dsrt plain that looks towards th Rd Sa, with Pharan and

21 Dutronomy Chaptr 1 94 Nw Amrican Bibl Nw Amrican Bibl (R.E.) NIRV Nw Simplifid Bibl Rvisd English Bibl Today s NIV Thophl and Laban and Hasroth, a country whr gold abounds, for its frontirs; th plain that is spannd by a journy of lvn days from Horb to Cads-Barn, by way of mount Sir. It is not crtain whthr th first words of th sntnc rfr to what wnt bfor, or to what follows. Th gographical indications hr givn sm to b vry vagu, and hav occasiond much controvrsy. `A country whr gold abounds' should prhaps b a frsh propr nam, Dizahab. Ths ar th words which Moss spok to all Isral byond th Jordan (in th dsrt [Th local stting of all ths discourss is in th land of Moab byond th Jordan (cf Dut 1:5), also known as th plains of Moab (Numbrs 36:13).], in th Arabah, opposit Suph, btwn Paran and Tophl, Laban, Hazroth and Dizahab; it is a journy of lvn days from Horb to Kadsh-barna by way of th highlands of Sir). Introduction. Ths ar th words that Moss spok to all Isral byond th Jordan [Th ntir book of Dutronomy is st "byond th Jordan," in th land of Moab (cf. v. 5; Nm 36:13), on th v of th Isralits' crossing of th Jordan (Jos 3). Th Arabah: th vally of th Jordan and th dprssion south of th Dad Sa.] in th wildrnss, in th Arabah, opposit Suph, btwn Paran and Tophl, Laban, Hazroth, and Dizahab. It is a journy of lvn days from Horb [Horb: an altrnativ nam for Mount Sinai, th wildrnss mountain whr th Isralits rcivd rvlation from God (cf. Ex 3; 19). Kadsh-barna: th southrn gatway to th land of Canaan, from which Moss snt spis to rconnoitr th land (cf. Nm 13:26; 32:8). Sir: Edom, th land just south of Moab.] to Kadsh-barna by way of th highlands of Sir. Th Lord Commands Isral to Lav Mount Horb Ths ar th words Moss spok to all of th popl of Isral. At that tim, thy wr in th dsrt ast of th Jordan Rivr. It's in th Arabah Vally across from Suph. Thy wr btwn Paran and Tophl, Laban, Hazroth and Dizahab. It taks 11 days to go from Mount Horb to Kadsh Barna if you travl on th Mount Sir road. Ths ar th words Moss spok to all Isral. H was on this sid of th Jordan in th dsrt wildrnss, in th plain nar th Rd Sa (Suph), btwn Paran, Tophl, Laban, Hazroth, and Dizahab. It is only an lvn-day journy from Horb by th way of Mount Sir to Kadsh-barna. Ths ar th words that Moss addrssd to all Isral in th wildrnss byond th Jordan, that is to say, in th Arabah opposit Suph, btwn Paran on th on sid and Tophl, Laban, Hazroth, and Dizahab on th othr. (Th journy from Horb through th hill-country of Sir to Kadsh-barna taks lvn days.) Th Command to Lav Horb Ths ar th words Moss spok to all Isral in th wildrnss ast of th Jordan--that is, in th Arabah--opposit Suph, btwn Paran and Tophl, Laban, Hazroth and Dizahab. (It taks lvn days to go from Horb to Kadsh Barna by th Mount Sir road.) Mostly litral rndrings (with som occasional paraphrasing): Ancint Roots Translinar Bibl in Basic English Ths ar th words which Moss spok to all of Isral in th wildrnss across th Jordan, in th plain ara of th Sa of Rds, btwn Cntral-Sinai, and btwn Tophl, Laban, Hazroth, and Dizahab: lvn days' journy from Horb by th way of th Sir mountains to th rst-stop in Barna. Ths ar th words which Moss said to all Isral on th far sid of Jordan, in th wast land in th Arabah opposit Suph, btwn Paran on th on sid, and Tophl, Laban, Hazroth, and Dizahab on th othr. It is lvn days' journy from Horb by th way of Mount Sir to Kadsh-barna.

22 95 Th Book of Dutronomy Th Expandd Bibl Frar-Fnton Bibl NET Bibl NIV, 2011 Moss Talks to th Isralits L This is th mssag [ Ths ar th words] Moss gav to all th popl of Isral in th dsrt [wildrnss] ast of th Jordan Rivr. Thy wr in th dsrt [wildrnss] ara nar Suph, btwn Paran and th towns of Tophl, Laban, Hazroth, and Dizahab. (Th trip from Mount Sinai to Kadsh Barna on th Mount Sir road taks lvn days.) Th following ar th Spchs which Moss addrssd to all th Childrn of Isral, bfor th passag ovr th Jordan, in th dsrt, xtnding from Suf, btwn Paran, and Thofl. and Laban. and Khatzroth and Yahb. This Introduction was probably writtn by Aliazr, th High Prist, for th Sacrd Copy kpt in th Ark of th Covnant.- F. F. (It is lvn days' journy from Horb, whn marching by th way of Mount Santo Kadsh-Barna.) V. 2, in parnthss, is an xplanatory not of an old Hbrw ditor. - F. F. Th Covnant Stting This is what [Hb "Ths ar th words."] Moss said to th assmbly of Isral [Hb "to all Isral."] in th Transjordanian [Hb on th othr sid of th Jordan. This would appar to favor authorship by somon living on th wst sid of th Jordan, that is, in Canaan, whras th biblical tradition locats Moss on th ast sid (cf. v. 5). Howvr th Hbrw phras áìàòåáæø äçéìøàãìåï (bÿ vr hayyrÿdn) is a frozn form maning Transjordan, a nam appropriat from any gographical vantag point. To this day, on standing ast of th Jordan can dscrib himslf as bing in Transjordan.] wastlands, th arid country opposit [Th Hbrw trm îåéì (mol) may also man in front of or nar (cf. NCV, TEV, CEV, NLT).] Suph [This plac is othrwis unattstd and its location is unknown. Prhaps it is Khirbt Sufah, 4 mi (6 km) SSE of Madaba, Jordan.], btwn [Th Hbrw trm áìåéï (bn) may suggst in th ara of. ] Paran [Paran is th wll-known dsrt ara btwn Mount Sinai and Kadsh Barna (cf. Num 10:12; 12:16).] and Tophl [Tophl rfrs possibly to t -T afîlh, 15 mi (25 km) SE of th Dad Sa, or to Da,bîlu, anothr nam for Paran. S H. Cazlls, "Tophl (Dut. 1:1)," VT 9 (1959): ], Laban [Prhaps this rfrs to Libnah (Num 33:20).], Hazroth [Hazroth. This probably rfrs to àain Khadra. S Y. Aharoni, Th Land of th Bibl, ], and Di Zahab [Di Zahab. Prhaps this rfrs to Mina al-dhahab on th astrn Sinai coast.] Now it is ordinarily an lvn-day journy [An lvn-day journy was about 140 mi (233 km).] from Horb [Horb is anothr nam for Sinai. "Horb" occurs 9 tims in th Book of Dutronomy and "Sinai" only onc (33:2). "Sinai" occurs 13 tims in th Book of Exodus and "Horb" only 3 tims.] to Kadsh Barna [Kadsh Barna. Possibly this rfrs to àain Qudis, about 50 mi (80 km) southwst of Br Shba, but mor likly to àain Qudirat, 5 mi (8 km) NW of àain Qudis. S R. Cohn, Did I Excavat Kadsh-Barna? BAR 7 (1981): ] by way of Mount Sir [Mount Sir is synonymous with Edom. "By way of Mount Sir" rfrs to th rout from Horb that ndd up in Edom Cf. CEV "by way of th Mount Sir Road"; TEV "by way of th hill country of Edom."]. Whn it coms to making an actual matrial chang to th txt, th NET Bibl is prtty good about indicating this. Sinc most of ths corrctions will b clar in th mor litral translations blow and within th Hbrw xgsis itslf, I will not continu to list vry NET Bibl footnot. Th Command to Lav Horb Ths ar th words Moss spok to all Isral in th wildrnss ast of th Jordan [Nu 13:29; Dt 4:46]-that is, in th Arabah [vr 7; Dt 2:8; 3:17; Jos 3:16; 8:14; 11:2; Ez 47:8]-opposit Suph, btwn Paran [Nu 10:12] and Tophl, Laban, Hazroth and Dizahab. (It taks lvn days to go from Horb [Ex 3:1] to Kadsh Barna [G 14:7; Dt 2:14; 9:23; Jos 15:3] by th Mount Sir [Nu 24:18] road.) [vr 19]. Jwish/Hbrw Nams Bibls:

23 Dutronomy Chaptr 1 96 Complt Jwish Bibl xgss companion Bibl JPS (Tanakh 1985) Kaplan Translation Ths ar th words Mosh spok to all Isra'l on th far sid of th Yardn Rivr, in th dsrt, in th 'Aravah, across from Suf, btwn Pa'ran and Tofl, Lavan, Hatzrot and Di-Zahav. It is lvn days' journy from Horv to Kadsh-Barna by way of Mount S'ir. RESUME' OF THE SONS OF YISRA EL Ths ar th words Moshh wordd to all Yisra El on this sid Yardn in th wildrnss, in th plain opposit th rds, btwn Paran and Tophl and Laban and Hazroth and Di Zahab - lvn days from Horb by th way of mount Sir to Qadsh Barna. Ths ar th words that Moss addrssd to all Isral on th othr sid of th Jordan. Through th wildrnss, in th Arabah nar Suph, btwn Paran and Topht, Laban, Hazroth, and Di-zahab, it is lvn days from Horb to Kadshbarna by th Mount Sir rout. Th last portion of ths two vrss is unclar; compar Dut. 1:19 and Num.33: Introduction Ths ar th words that Moss spok to all Isral [Although Moss taught th Isralits many things, most wr taught through Aaron and th ldrs (Eruvim 54b). From hr until Dutronomy 4:49, howvr, thr ar prsntd orations that Moss himslf dlivrd to all Isral (Ramban; Chizzkuni; Adrth Eliahu; Malbim; HaKthav VHaKabbalah). Ths orations wr statd in th placs mntiond in this vrs.] on th ast bank [Litrally, 'far sid.'] of th Jordan, in [Or, 'rgarding' (Targum; Rashi; Ralbag). Som say that Moss namd aras around th Isralit camp aftr vnts that had happnd to thm arlir (Hirsch).] th dsrt [S Dutronomy 1:9-14, 1:16,17.] [and] in th Arabah [This is th dp vally running to th north and south of th Dad Sa. Spcifically, it usually dnots th vally to th south, lading to th Gulf of Aqaba (s Dutronomy 2:8; Chizzkuni).], nar Suf [Many sourcs idntify this with th Yam Suf, th 'Rd Sa,' th 'Southrn Sa,' or th 'Rd Sa,' possibly idntifid hr with th Gulf of Aqaba (Targum; Rashi; Saadia; Sptuagint). It may also b idntifid with Sufah in Numbrs 21:14.], in th vicinity [Or, litrally, 'btwn.' or, '[and] in th vicinity.'] of Paran [Th ara to th north of Sinai and wst of th Aravah, now known as th wildrnss of l-tih. Th rfrnc is most probably to Rithmah (Numbrs 33:18), or Kadsh Barna (Numbrs 13:3), th plac from which th spis wr snt (Rashi). Th rfrnc would thn b to Dutronomy 1:20,21, 1: Th contxt thn sms to indicat that th Aravah and Suf wr placs btwn Sinai and Kadsh Barna. It appars that instad of hading dirctly north, th Isralits took a roundabout way to Kadsh Barna through th Aravah passing by th Gulf of Aquaba (Suf). Som say that this was whn Moss appointd judgs in Dutronomy 1:16,17 (cf. Adrth Eliahu ad loc.). Suf might thn hav bn Kivroth HaTaavah (Numbrs 11:34) along th wst shor of th Gulf of Aqaba. S not on 'Tofl' blow.], Tofl [Som say that Suf was btwn Paran and Tofl, whr Tofl is idntifid with th Kivroth HaTaavah ara (Sifri; Rashi). Othrs say that it is in th ara of Shittim, prhaps whr th Tabrnacl stood (Ralbag). Othrs idntify it with Marah (Paanach Razah). Th Sptuagint nots that Tofl was in th Paran Dsrt. Som sourcs idntify it with l Tafil, a villag about 15 mils southwst of th Dad Sa.], Lavan [Som say that this was th plac of Korach's rbllion (Ralbag). Othrs idntify it with th plac whr thr wr complaints about th Manna (Sifri; Rabbi; cf. Numbrs 11:6). It is also possibly idntifid with Livnah in Numbrs 33:20.], Chatzroth [S Numbrs 11:35, 33:17. Som say that this was th plac of Korach's rbllion (Rashi; Lkach Tov; Chizzkuni).] and Di Zahav [A plac nam (Ibn Ezra; Abarbanl). Som say that it was th ara whr th Goldn Calf was

24 97 Th Book of Dutronomy Orthodox Jwish Bibl Th Scripturs 1998 built (Targum; Sifri; Brakhoth 32a; Rashi). Othrs idntify it as th ara whr th Tabrnacl stood (Paanach Razah). Th Sptuagint translats it as katachrusa, litrally, 'th gold works.' Thr ar a numbr of possibl intrprtations rgarding ths plac nams: 1. That thy ar placs surrounding th Aravoth Moab whr th Isralits wr now campd. 2. That thy wr placs along th way, whr Moss prsntd ths orations to Isral (th intrprtation favord in our translation). 3. That thy wr placs rgarding which Moss spok in his orations.]. [This is in th ara] [Following th scond intrprtation abov, all ths placs wr in that ara. (cf. Chizzkuni; Abarbanl).] which is an lvn day journy [Th distanc btwn Sinai and Kadsh Barna is actually 150 mils.] from Horb [(Ramban on Dutronomy 1:6). This was th ara around Sinai (Exodus 17:6, Dutronomy 1:6, 4:10, cf. Bn Sirah 48:7). Sinai is thus somtims rfrrd to as 'th mountain of Horb' (Exodus 33:6). Othrs, howvr, say that Horb was th lowr of th two paks of Sinai (cf. Ibn Ezra on Dutronomy 1:6). Most arly sourcs idntify Mount Sinai with Jbl Musa or Mount Cathrin on th southrn Sinai pninsula, a fiv day journy (200 mils) from Egypt, and som 40 mils from th Rd Sa (Ma'asoth Binyamin 24; Masa Rabbi Obadiah Brtnoro 3). According to this, Moss had travld approximatly 100 mils along th wst coast of th Gulf of Aqaba. Thr ar som difficultis, with this, howvr, sinc this 'Mountain of God' sms to hav bn on a dirct rout btwn Midian and Egypt (Exodus 4:27), and not mor than a thr day journy (som 120 mils) from whr th Isralits livd (Exodus 3:18). On th basis of this, it may b conjcturd that Mount Sinai was Jbl Ya'llaq (som 32 mils from th northrn nd of th Gulf of Suz) or Jbl Sinn Bishr (60 mils du ast of Bittr Laks). Obviously, this qustion is vry important in dtrmining th rout of th Exodus. Th ara was calld Horb (Chorbh) bcaus of its drynss (Ibn Ezra). S not on Exodus 3:2.] to Kadsh Barna [Som say that thy wr thn in Rithma, which was th nxt stop aftr Chatzroth as w s in Numbrs 33:18 (Sforno on Numbrs12:16). Othr sourcs, howvr, indicat that thy wr in Kadsh Barna, as vidnt from Numbrs 13:26 (Chizzkuni on Numbrs 12:16; Lkach Tov on Numbrs 13:17). S Numbrs 32:8; Dutronomy 1:19,22, 9:23, Joshua 14:7. Howvr, it appars that Kadsh Barna is simply anothr nam for Rithmah (Chizzkuni on Numbrs 33:16). Kadsh Barna is not to b confusd with th Kadsh to which th Isralits cam at th nd of th 40 yars (Numbrs, 20:1; Ramban, Chizzkuni, ad loc.).] by way of th Sir highlands. Th Kaplan Translation, particularly in Exodus through Dutronomy, taks not of historic rabbinic opinions. Ths ar th dvarim (words) which Mosh spok unto kol Yisrol on th far sid of th Yardn in th midbar, in th Aravah opposit Suf btwn Paran, and Tophl, and Lavan, and Chatzrot, and Di-Zahav. (Thr is lvn days' journy from Chorv unto Kadsh-Barna by way of Mount Sir.). Ths ar th words which Moshh spok to all Yisra l byond th Yard n in th wildrnss, in th dsrt plain opposit Suph, btwn Paran and Tophl, and La ban, and Hòats roth, and Di Zaha b, lvn days journy from Hòor b by way of Mount S ir to Qa d sh Barn a. Litral, almost word-for-word, rndrings: Th Amplifid Bibl English Standard V. UK Ths ar th words which Moss spok to all Isral [still] on th [ast] sid of th Jordan [Rivr] in th wildrnss, in th Arabah [th dp vally running north and south from th astrn arm of th Rd Sa to byond th Dad Sa], ovr nar Suph, btwn Paran and Tophl, Laban, Hazroth, and Dizahab. It is [only] lvn days' journy from Horb by th way of Mount Sir to Kadsh-barna [on Canaan's bordr; yt Isral took forty yars to gt byond it]. Th Command to Lav Horb

25 Dutronomy Chaptr 1 98 Th Gnva Bibl NASB Nw King Jams Vrsion Syndin/Thim Third Millnnium Bibl A Voic in th Wildrnss Wbstr s Bibl Translation Young s Updatd LT Th gist of this vrs: Ths ar th words that Moss spok to all Isral byond th Jordan in th wildrnss, in th Arabah [ch. 3:17] opposit Suph [[Num. 21:14]], btwn Paran [1 Sam. 25:1] and Tophl, Laban, Hazroth, and Dizahab. It is lvn days' journy from Horb by th way of Mount Sir to Kadsh-barna [ch. 2:14; 9:23; Num. 13:26; 32:8; 34:4]. Ths [b] th words which Moss spak unto all Isral on this sid Jordan [In th country of Moab. ] in th wildrnss, in th plain [So that th wildrnss was btwn th sa and th plain of Moab. ] ovr against th Rd [sa], btwn Paran, and Tophl, and Laban, and Hazroth, and Dizahab. ([Thr ar] lvn days [journy] from Horb [In Horb, or Sinai, forty yars bfor th law was givn: but bcaus all that wr thn of ag and judgmnt wr now dad, Moss rpats th sam to th youth who ithr thn wr not born, or had not judgmnt. ] by th way of mount Sir unto Kadshbarna.) Isral's History aftr th Exodus Ths ar th words which Moss spok to all Isral across th Jordan [Dut 4:46] in th wildrnss, in th Arabah [Dut 2:8] opposit Suph [Prhaps Rd Sa], btwn Paran and Tophl and Laban and Hazroth and Dizahab. It is lvn days' journy from Horb [Ex 3:1; 17:6] by th way of Mount Sir [Gn 32:3] to Kadsh-barna [Num 13:26; 32:8; Dut 9:23]. Th Prvious Command to Entr Canaan Ths ar th words which Moss spok to all Isral on this sid of th Jordan in th wildrnss, in th plain[a] opposit Suph,[b] btwn Paran, Tophl, Laban, Hazroth, and Dizahab. It is lvn days' journy from Horb by way of Mount Sir to Kadsh Barna. Ths b th words/'doctrinal communications' {dabar} which Moss spok unto all Isral on this sid of th Jordan {Rivr} in th dsrt, in th plain ovr against th Rd sa, btwn Paran, and Tophl, and Laban, and Hazroth, and Dizahab. (thr ar lvn days' journy from Horb by th way of mount Sir unto Kadshbarna.). Ths ar th words which Moss spok unto all Isral on this sid of th Jordan in th wildrnss, in th plain opposit th Rd Sa, btwn Paran, and Tophl, and Laban, and Hazroth, and Dizahab. (Thr ar lvn days' journy from Horb by th way of Mount Sir unto Kadshbarna.) Ths ar th words which Moss spok to all Isral on this sid of th Jordan in th wildrnss, in th plain opposit Suph, btwn Paran, Tophl, Laban, Hazroth, and Dizahab. (It taks lvn days to gt from Horb by way of Mount Sir to Kadsh Barna.). Ths [ar] th words which Moss spok to all Isral on th ast sid of Jordan in th wildrnss, in th plain ovr against Suf, btwn Paran, and Tophl, and Laban, and Hazroth, and Dizahab. ([Thr ar] lvn days [journy] from Horb by th way of mount Sir to Kadsh-barna.) Ths ar th words which Moss has spokn unto all Isral, byond th Jordan, in th wildrnss, in th plain ovr-against Suph, btwn Paran and Tophl, and Laban, and Hazroth, and Di-Zahab; lvn days from Horb, th way of mount Sir, unto Kadsh-Barna. Ths first fw vrss st up this book for Moss final spchs to his popl. This tlls whr Moss and th popl ar and how far thy ar from Mount Horb (Mount Sinai). Th first fiv vrss of Dut. 1 just giv us a summary of tim and plac; most of this book will b Moss spaking to th popl, which bgins in v. 6 (but thr ar important things to know bfor w gt thr).

26 99 Th Book of Dutronomy Dutronomy 1:1a Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs êllh (àåììæä) [pronouncd ALE-lh] ths, ths things dmonstrativ plural adjctiv (oftn th vrb to b is implid) Strong's #428 BDB #41 d bârîym (ãìàáèøäéí) b [pronouncd daw -vawr- EEM] words, sayings, doctrins, commands; things, mattrs, rports masculin plural noun with th dfinit articl Strong's #1697 BDB #182 Th book of Dutronomy is somtims calld Ellh hadbarim aftr ths first two words. ãshr (àâéùæø) [pronouncd uh-sher] that, which, whn, who, whom rlativ pronoun; somtims th vrb to b is implid Strong's #834 BDB #81 dâbar (ãìèáçø) [pronouncd b daw -VAHR] to spak, to talk [and back with action], to giv an opinion, to xpound, to mak a formal spch, to spak out, to promis, to propos, to spak kindly of, to dclar, to proclaim, to announc rd 3 prson masculin singular, Pil imprfct Strong s #1696 BDB #180 Th Pil stm is intnsiv, making dâbar is strongr. It can carry with it th ida of providing guidanc and dirction, if not a st of mandats (and this would b dtrmind by contxt). Th kind of intnsification is dtrmind by contxt. Th Pil may call for talk, backd with action; giv your opinion; xpound; mak a formal spch; spak out; talk it around, to giv a sombr and tragic rport. Moshh (îéùæä) [pronouncd moh- SHEH] to draw out [of th watr] and is translitratd Moss masculin propr noun Strong s #4872 BDB #602 l (àæì) [pronouncd hl] unto; into, among, in; toward, to; against; concrning, rgarding; bsids, togthr with; as to dirctional prposition (rspct or dfrnc may b implid) Strong's #413 BDB #39 kôl (ëìéì) [pronouncd kohl] vry, ach, all of, all; any of, any masculin singular construct not followd by a dfinit articl Strong s #3605 BDB #481 Yis râ êl (éäùòàøçàåì) [pronouncd yis-raw- ALE] God prvails; contndr; soldir of God; translitratd Isral masculin propr noun Strong s #3478 & #3479 BDB #975 With a voluntativ, cohortativ or jussiv, th wâw conjunction mans that, so that. It xprsss intntion. Th wâw conjunction can xprss informal infrnc or consqunc (so, thn, thrfor); spcially at th bginning of a spch. Th wâw conjunction can connct altrnativ cass or contrasting idas and b proprly rndrd or, but, yt. Th wâw conjunction can also b rndrd for. Translation: Ths [ar] th words which Moss spok to Isral... Th book of Dutronomy is somtims calld Ellh hadbarim aftr ths first two words. Translatd, Ths [ar] th words.

27 Dutronomy Chaptr This actually rprsnts quit a chang, and this is ky in undrstanding th book of Dutronomy. Prior to this, for most of th 40 yars Moss was with th childrn of Isral in th dsrt, h was vry carful to sparat narrativ from th words of God and from his own words. Whn h spok, it was from Moss; whn God spok, it was from God. Howvr, at this point, Moss spaks with grat authority; and traditionally, all hav accptd his authority in this book as th words of God. Yt in th book of Dutronomy, thr is no longr a clar-cut distinguishing btwn what coms from Moss and what cam from God. In othr words, in all rspcts, th words of Moss bcom th word of God. Moss is said to spak to Isral. Thr ar about 2 million popl and this is a vry spcific group of popl. Whn th popl of Isral (thos who wr dscndd from Jacob), vry on of thm walkd out of Egypt, having bn slavs to th Egyptians. Howvr, ths wr actually two distinct groups of Jws: th parnts, whom I hav calld Gn X (thos who lft Egypt at ag 20 and abov) and th gnration of promis, thos who wr undr ag 20 whn thy lft Egypt. Gn X was supposd to go into th land of Canaan and tak it. Thy wr unabl to bcaus of far. Bsids this, thy thwartd God s will at vry turn. If God told thm to jump, thn thy all sat down. Ovr and ovr again, aftr agring to oby God, thy disobyd Him. God killd thm all in th dsrt vry last on of thm, with th xcption of Moss, Joshua and Calb. Ths ar th only mn to surviv from Gn X (Moss is actually from th gnration bfor thm). God wants to tak this nw gnration into th land of Canaan, and thy will tak th land, undr God s dirction. Dutronomy 1:1b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs h b (áìà) [pronouncd b ] in, into, at, by, nar, on, with, bfor, upon, against, by mans of, among, within a prposition of proximity BDB #88 êbr (òåáæø) [pronouncd B ÌAY -vr] rgion byond [across]; rgion on th othr sid [of a vally, stram, sa]; th opposit rgion [sid]; byond, sid masculin singular construct Strong's #5676 BDB #719 Th bêyth prposition with th masculin noun êbr litrally man in th opposit rgion, in th opposit sid; togthr, thy oftn act as th singl prposition byond, on th othr sid of. Yâr dên (éèøàãåï) [pronouncd yar -DAYN] translitratd Jordan propr noun with th dfinit articl Strong s #3383 BDB #434 h b (áìà) [pronouncd b ] in, into, at, by, nar, on, with, bfor, upon, against, by mans of, among, within a prposition of proximity BDB #88 mid bâr (îäãàáèø) [pronouncd mid - BAWR] wildrnss, unpopulatd wildrnss, dsrt wildrnss; mouth masculin singular noun with th dfinit articl Strong s #4057 BDB #184 Translation:...in th rgion byond th Jordan, in th wildrnss,... Moss is a vry prcis prson. H got that as a rsult of bing raisd to rul ovr Egypt; and from his xprinc as a judg. As a judg, vrything has to b vry prcis and in accordanc with st norms and standards.

28 101 Th Book of Dutronomy Moss is at Jordan Rivr, across from th city of Jricho whr Joshua will invad in a month or so. Th phras, byond th Jordan, rfrs to th ast sid of th Jordan (Dut. 3:20, 25). Th trm wildrnss is a gnral trm, rfrring to th uninhabitd aras that th Jws transvrsd. W oftn s this word translatd dsrt, and much of that is bcaus th way th Land of Promis looks today. Howvr, it was much mor ovrgrown and watrd in th tim of Moss and Joshua. At this point in tim, ths popl ar all ast of th Jordan. W followd thir movmnt along th ast sid of th Dad Sa travling north along th King s Highway throughout much of th book of Numbrs. Moss faild at th vry nd. God gav him som vry spcific instructions, and Moss did not follow ths instructions. At th first, thr was no watr, and th popl complaind, Moss was to strik th rock on tim. Aftr striking th rock on tim, from th it would flow watrs of lif. Moss obyd ths instructions. This is an illustration of Jsus bing struck for our sins, on tim; and from Him flow th watrs of lif. Jsus told th woman at th wll, "Evryon who drinks of this watr will b thirsty again, but whovr drinks of th watr that I will giv him will nvr b thirsty again. Th watr that I will giv him will bcom in him a spring of watr wlling up to trnal lif." (John 4:13 14; ESV) S also John 7: And in both th Old and Nw Tstamnts, Jsus is th Rock of God. Thr is non holy lik th Lord; thr is non bsids You; thr is no rock lik our God (1Sam. 2:2; ESV capitalizd). Th Lord is my rock and my fortrss and my dlivrr (2Sam. 22:2; ESV) As it stands writtn, "Bhold, I plac in Zion a Ston-of-stumbling, and a Rock-of-offns, and vryon bliving on Him will not b shamd." (Rom. 9:33; Isa. 28:16 8:14). Paul also tstifid in 1Cor. 10:4 And all drank th sam spiritual drink; for thy drank of th spiritual rock following, and that Rock was Christ. H was rfrring back to thos who drank from this rock, from which flowd living watrs. In summary, this first no-watr situation was a typ. What God told Moss to do and what happnd all lookd ahad to th antityp to Jsus on th cross dying for our sins, having bn struck by God th Fathr. For furthr information, s th Doctrin of Typology (HTML) (PDF) (WPD). A scond no-watr situation occurs with th nw gnration of Isralits. God tlls Moss to spak to th rock so that living watrs would flow from it. Howvr, Moss dos mor than simply spak to th rock. H is quit nragd at this gnration, aftr all of th miracls that thy hav sn, and h striks th rock twic. That was not what God wantd him to do. To rciv th living watrs from Jsus Christ w nd only spak to Him. H cannot b crucifid a scond tim. Bcaus Moss msstup this typ, God would not allow him to cross ovr th Jordan and to lad th popl into th land of Canaan to tak it. So that thr is no misundrstanding, Moss simply undrstood that h disobyd God s xplicit instructions; and this is how this was undrstood by vryon during Old Tstamnt tims. H did not fully undrstand typs and antityps. Moss had a slight clu, as h spok of God raising up a propht lik himslf (rfrring to th Mssiah). Moss undrstood that God would rais up a Mssiah, and that thr wr similaritis btwn himslf and this Mssiah. Howvr, Moss did not know anything mor than this. Today, in th Church Ag, it is clar Who th Rock was, and what it stood for, and what th living watrs wr. Today, w undrstand what th problm was, God was stting up a typ of Christ, and Moss mssd that up. Dspit this mistak, Moss had a quit fw things to say to th popl bfor h did and bfor thy crossd ovr into Canaan. That is what th book of Dutronomy is all about it is a sris of svral srmons givn by Moss to th popl of Isral. That Moss mad this mistak will b touchd upon in this chaptr, but thr will b no dtails coming from th mouth of Moss. (1) H saw it only as a mattr of disobdinc and (2) Moss was probably ashamd that h disobyd God in this way.

29 Dutronomy Chaptr Dutronomy 1:1c Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs h b (áìà) [pronouncd b ] in, into, at, by, nar, on, with, bfor, upon, against, by mans of, among, within a prposition of proximity BDB #88 Ãrâbâh (or, ãrâbâh) (òâøèáèä) [pronouncd guhraw b -VAW] plain; arid, stril rgion; a dsrt; translitratd Arabah with th dfinit articl somtims a propr noun; fminin singular noun; with th dfinit articl Strong s #6160 BDB #787 With th dfinit articl, ãrâbâh oftn rfrs to th vally which runs from th Sa of Chinnrth (th Sa of Galil) down to th Gulf of Aqaba. mûwl (îåìåì) [pronouncd mool ] in front of, opposit prposition Strong's #4136 BDB #557 Çûwph (ñåìó) [pronouncd soof] rd, rush, sa wd; translitratd Cuph, Suph masculin singular noun Strong s #5489 BDB #693 Considrd to b th wdy sa, and thrfor rfrring to th Arabian Gulf. Translation:...in th Arabah opposit Suph... First of all, w know whr w ar. Rgardlss of what Moss is tlling us hr, w know that w ar ast of th Jordan Rivr, ovr which Joshua will vntually cross. Thrfor, w should b abl to plac ths aras basd upon knowing whr w ar. Dutronomy 1:1 (graphic). Imag from th Daily Bibl Plan, accssd Novmbr 7, Th Arabah taks in a hug vally which runs all th way from th Sa of Chinnrth (th Sa of Galil) down to th Gulf of Aqaba. It would tak in th Jordan Rivr and th Dad Sa. It is th vally around ths watr formations. Th nam Arabah is rtaind in th nam Wady l- Arabah. Ths othr aras might dscrib th bordr of Arabah. Th Doctrin of th Arabah (HTML) (PDF) will provid a grat dal mor information about this land and whr it occurs in Scriptur. Rlif map of th Arabah from Sk th Old Paths. Th map on th right shows th southrn portion of th Arabah, not showing th Gulf of Aqaba, th Jordan Rivr, or th Sa of Chinnrth. Vry oftn, Arabah rfrs to just th southrn portion of this vally, that portion which is blow th Dad Sa.

30 103 Th Book of Dutronomy W hav nvr hard of Suph bfor, and it occurs nowhr ls in th Bibl. Th word mans rds and it might b th ara of th Dad Sa which xtnds southward or th gulf of Aqaba xtnding northward. In ithr cas, it is south of whr Moss and th childrn of Isral ar right now. Anothr option is that thr ar rds off th Jricho Rivr at that plac. Rgarding Suph, ISBE offrd a fw of th common thoris, and thn concludd: No idntification 12 is possibl. Th Arabah is a fairly sprad out ara. Whn Moss says that thy ar in th Arabah opposit Suph, that tlls us that w ar at a vry particular part of th Arabah (w know this to b a littl north of th Dad Sa). In Moss tim, thy undrstood whr th Arabah and Suph wr, and whr Moss was whn h said thy wr in th Arabah opposit Suph. Barns tackls this location as wll: This could not hav bn th Rd Sa, not only bcaus th word yam, sa, is not joind with it as usual, but bcaus thy wr now ast of Jordan, and farthr from th Rd Sa than vr. It sms to b th sam which is calld Suphah in Num. 21:14; which must ncssarily signify som plac in or adjoining to th plains of Moab, and not far from th Jordan and Arnon. Ptolmy mntions a popl calld Sophonits that dwlt in Arabia Ptra, who may hav 13 takn thir nam from this plac. Suph appars to b a much smallr location than th Arabah, so it is not th Arabah which is opposit Suph, but Moss and th Isralits which ar opposit Suph. So, it is vry likly that th popl of Isral ar not far from Suph, and that it is vry likly th Suphah namd in Num. 21:14, which is not far from Arnon. This undrstanding dos not caus us any problms with othr gographical rfrncs. Dutronomy 1:1d Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs bêyn (áìåéï) [pronouncd ban] in th midst of, btwn, among; whn found twic, it mans btwn prposition Strong's #996 BDB #107 Pâ rân (ôìèàøèï) [pronouncd paw- RAWN] (possibly) boughs; abounding in foliag [or cavrns]; and is translitratd Paran propr noun/location Strong s #6290 BDB #803 w (or v ) (åà or åì) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though; as wll as simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 bêyn (áìåéï) [pronouncd ban] in th midst of, btwn, among; whn found twic, it mans btwn prposition Strong's #996 BDB #107 Tôphl (úìéôæì) [pronouncd TOH-fhl] whit; tastlss, unsasond; whitwashd; translitratd Tophl propr singular noun/location Strong s #8603 BDB #1074 w (or v ) (åà or åì) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though; as wll as simpl wâw conjunction BDB # Th Intrnational Standard Bibl Encyclopdia; Jams Orr, Editor; 1956 Wm. B. Erdmans Publishing Co.; h by Hndrickson Publishrs; from E-Sword; Topic: Suph. 13 Albrt Barns, Barns Nots on th Old Tstamnt; from -Sword, Dut. 1:1.

31 Dutronomy Chaptr Dutronomy 1:1d Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs Lâbân (ìèáèï) [pronouncd b law -VAWN] whit; shining; gntl; brittl; and is translitratd Laban masculin singular propr noun; location Strong s #3838 BDB #526 w (or v ) (åà or åì) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though; as wll as simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 Chãtsêrôwth (çâöåøåéú) [pronouncd khats-ay- ROWTH] sttlmnt, villags; palacs translitratd Hazroth; Chazroth propr singular noun/location Strong s #2698 BDB #348 w (or v ) (åà or åì) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though; as wll as simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 Dîy-zâhâb (ãìäéîæèäèá) [pronouncd d-zaw- V HAWB ] nough gold, whr much gold is; and is translitratd Dizahab propr singular noun location Strong s #1774 BDB #191 I addd th bar in th nam; that is not found in th Hbrw. Translation:...and in btwn Paran and Tophl, Laban, Hazroth and Di-zahab. Paran is a roughly dfind ara north-northwst of th Gulf of Aqaba and Hazroth, a stopping point, was along th Gulf of Aqaba. Th city or ara of Laban is mntiond only hr and som think it might rfr to Libnah, although that would b possibly too far north. Tophl is somtims idntifid with Tafil, which is fiftn mils southast of th Dad Sa. I could not vn find D-Zahab or Zahab in my Bibl dictionaris or ncyclopdias. Th point of this gography is that ths aras ar prtty wll sprad out, howvr, thy likly ar th bordring ara for Arabah. Laban, as a city, occurs only hr. Tophl and Di-zahab only occur hr. Laban is possibly Libnah found in Num. 33:20. Howvr, w cannot today clarly idntify any of ths placs, apart from Paran and Hazroth. Whras, for many yars it is possibl that th popl of Isral knw ths placs; at this point and tim, w do not. All w know is, if w put a dot whr w know Moss and company to b, thn ths citis or placs would b lik th points of a star around that point. Barns idntifis th location of ths placs with grat confidnc: Suph is ithr th pass Es Sufah nar Ain l Wibh (Num. 13:26 not), or th nam of th alluvial district (th Num. 21:14 not). Tophl is idntifid with Tufilh, th Tafyl of Burckhardt, still a considrabl plac som littl distanc southast of th Dad Sa. Paran is probably Mount Paran Dut. 33:2; or a city of th sam nam nar th mountain. Compar Gn. 14:6. Laban is gnrally idntifid with Libnah Num. 33:20, and Hazroth with Ain Hadhrah (Num. 11:34 not); but th position of Dizahab is 14 uncrtain. Hazroth is also found in Num. 11:35 33:17 18, and it is on of th placs whr th childrn of Isral travld. All of th maps I hav viwd plac Hazroth way down in th southrn ara nxt to th Gulf of Aqaba, which is far, far south of whr Moss and th childrn of Isral ar. So ths placs could b stting up vry sprad out placs, within which is Moss and th Isralits. This Map of Hazroth coms from Biblatlas.org (accssd Sptmbr 29, 2013). You s how it is locatd far into th south nar th Gulf of Aqaba. Th wildrnss of Paran is locatd abov Hazroth. 14 Albrt Barns, Barns Nots on th Old Tstamnt; from -Sword, Dut. 1:1 2.

32 105 Th Book of Dutronomy BDB tlls us that Paran usually rfrs to a wildrnss ara boundd on th north by Palstin, on th wst by th wildrnss of Etham, on th south by th dsrt of Sinai, 15 and on th ast by th vally of Arabah. Mor simply th dsrt-wildrnss of Paran is simply th land btwn Mount Sinai and Kadsh-barna. Svral xgts say that th dsignations of Paran and Hazroth as w undrstand thm must b incorrct, as thy ar quit far from whr Moss is. If th citis or placs that Moss is naming ar clumpd togthr closly, that would crtainly b tru. Howvr, Moss may b giving som placs which ar sprad apart, and that h and th childrn of Isral ar in btwn thos placs. Thr is no rason to think that Moss can s th various placs simply by looking in a diffrnt dirction. Now, if Laban is takn to rfr to th ara whr Laban livd, also quit a distanc from thr (in Haran nar th Tigris and th Euphrats Rivrs), thn Moss is taking in a vry wid viw of this ara. As a formr pharaoh in training, Moss would hav rcivd xtnsiv training in law, gography and history. H would hav had a map of th Middl East in his had, so that h could hovr abov it and tak in this grand ara (somthing which most popl would hav not had th training to do). v. 1 rads: Ths ar th words which Moss spok to all Isral byond th Jordan; in th wildrnss, in th Arabah, opposit to Suph, btwn Paran and Tophl, and Laban and Hazroth, and Dizahab;... (Grn s litral translation) Danil Whdon dos a nic summary of th placs namd abov. Whdon Summarizs th Gographical Placs Namd Plac On this sid Jordan In th wildrnss In th plain Ovr against th Rd sa Whdon s Dscription Th Hbrw xprssion which is usd hr is in othr placs translatd byond Jordan; and it was unqustionably mployd as a gographical trm for th rgion ast of th Jordan, which in th tim of our Saviour was calld Pra. Th trm dos not indicat th location of th writr, whthr h livd on th ast or wst sid of th rivr. In this connxion it is quivalnt to th xprssion bfor thy crossd th Jordan. That rgion north of th Sinaitic pninsula, xtnding to th Mditrranan Sa and th mountains of Judah on th north, and from th isthmus of Suz to th Arabah. It bars at th prsnt tim th nam Badut t Tih, litrally signifying th "Dsrt of th Wandring." Th Hbrw word hr translatd plain is usd as a propr nam - in th Arabah. Th broad vally which xtnds from th Dad Sa to th Gulf of Akabah, a distanc of about a hundrd mils, is now calld l Arabah. Rathr, ovr against Sufah. Our vrsion adds, improprly, w think, th word sa. Knobl supposs th pass Sufah is mant. It was probably nar Ain l Wibh, not far from th southrn bordr of Palstin. 15 Th Brown-Drivr-Briggs Hbrw and English Lxicon; Hndrickson Publishrs; h1996; Paran (Strong s #6290 BDB #803).

33 Dutronomy Chaptr Whdon Summarizs th Gographical Placs Namd Plac Btwn Paran, and Tophl Tophl Laban Hazroth Dizahab Whdon s Dscription In Numbrs 10:12, w rad: "Th childrn of Isral took thir journys out of th wildrnss of Sinai, and th cloud rstd in th wildrnss of Paran." It is gnrally hld that th wildrnss of Paran comprisd th whol of th dsrt of t Tih, and that Mount Paran was th southrnmost portion of th mountain platau in th northast part of it. Paran was associatd with rmmbrancs of Jhovah's manifstations to his popl: "H shind forth from Mount Paran." Dutronomy 33:2. So th propht Habakkuk, in his sublim od, Habakkuk 3:3 : "God cam from Tman, and th Holy On from Mount Paran." This is idntifid with th modrn Tufilh, locatd in th mountains of Edom, southast of th Dad Sa. It is surroundd with grovs of fruit trs, which ar abundantly watrd by numrous fountains. Th inhabitants furnish supplis to th caravans. It is thought that this is th plac whr th Isralits purchasd food of th Edomits. Dutronomy 2:29. Thought to b th sam as Libnah. Numbrs 33:20. "It may, prhaps, hav bn th plac rfrrd to in Numbrs 16, whr th rbllion of th company of Korah occurrd." - Kil. Litrally, nclosurs. It may b th plac mntiond in Numbrs 11:35, whr Aaron and Miriam spak against Moss, and whr Miriam bcam lprous. Numbrs 12:10. "W may without difficulty idntify Hazroth with Ain Hudhrah, not only in th Smitic orthography of th nam, but also in bing situatd xactly a day's journy from Erwis l Ebrrig." - Dsrt of th Exodus. Erwis l Ebrrig has bn idntifid with Kibroth-hattaavah, or "gravs of lust." Numbrs 11:34. This nam mans a plac of gold. Robinson thought it might b Dahab, a plac on a tongu of land on th wst coast of th Gulf of Akabah. Th sns of th passag is, that what has bn narratd in th prcding books Moss spok to th popl bfor thy crossd th Jordan, whil thy wr in th Dsrt of Wandring, and in th Arabah opposit Sufah, as thy journyd btwn Paran and Tophl, and whn thy wr at Libnah and at Hazroth and at Dizahab. Th discourss that ar to follow wr spokn "in th plains of Moab, by Jordan, nar Jricho." From accssd Novmbr 5, Chaptr Outlin Charts, Maps and Short Doctrins In any cas, although th nams and locations of ths placs may caus us som difficulty, w can rst assurd, basd upon his training, that Moss knw th placs of which h spok. In fact, this is our takaway from v. 1. By all of ths placs namd by Moss, it is quit clar that h is not lost or vn slightly confusd as to whr h is. H knows xactly whr h is and h has always known xactly whr h is. His movmnt or lack of sam with Isral was nvr basd upon confusion or not knowing xactly whr to go; h stayd in a fw spcific placs simply bcaus that was God s gographical will for th popl of Isral. Thy wr not just wandring about trying to find th Land of Promis. Moss knw vry minut of th day xactly whr that land is. This tlls us that Moss undrstood maps, h undrstood whr h was, and that h had a map of his surroundings in his brain. H larnd this ara probably whn bing brought up to bcom pharaoh in th palac of th pharaoh. Obviously, h would hav larnd gography and law; h would hav bn compltly untraind to bcom th pharaoh had h not larnd thos two topics. J. Vrnon McG givs th brif dscription of th promisd land, including Jrusalm, which h could s from Mount Nbo: What I saw did not look lik a promisd land at all. It lookd lik a total wast, and this rvals what has happnd to that land down through th cnturis. Whn Moss lookd

34 107 Th Book of Dutronomy at it, I think h was sing a grn and a good land. Today it is a dsrt. It looks lik th dsrt ara 16 of California and Arizona. So far, v. 1 rads: Ths [ar] th words which Moss spok to Isral in th rgion byond th Jordan, in th wildrnss, in th Arabah opposit Suph and in btwn Paran and Tophl, Laban, Hazroth and Di-zahab. Krtzmann: Th gographic rfrnc at this point rcalls th ntir journy and offrs a pictur of th ntir country travrsd, as it xtndd from th Rd Sa to th northrn boundary of th Wildrnss 17 of Paran, and from thr to th wstrn boundary of Edom and Moab. Dutronomy 1:2a Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs châd (àæçèã) [pronouncd h- KHAWD] on, first, crtain, only; ach, vry; but it can also man a composit unity; possibly particular; anyon numral adjctiv Strong's #259 BDB #25 âsâr (òèùòèä) [pronouncd ìaw-sawr] tn; tn [rsulting in numbrs 11 19] masculin/fminin singular noun Strong s #6240 BDB #797 yôwm (éåéí) [pronouncd yohm] day; tim; today (with a dfinit articl); possibly immdiatly masculin singular noun Strong s #3117 BDB #398 min (îäï) [pronouncd min] from, off, out from, of, out of, away from, on account of, sinc, than, mor than prposition of sparation Strong's #4480 BDB #577 Chôrêb (çéøåá) B [pronouncd khoh-re V] wast, dsrt and is translitratd Horb propr noun Strong s #2722 BDB #352 Translation:...[It taks] lvn days [to go] from Horb,... Th journy from Mount Sinai (or, Horb) to Kadshbarna, would b lvn days. It was normal in th ancint world to assign a tim fram to this or that trip, allowing 20 mils a day if travling on foot; 30 mils a day if travling by caml; and 25 mils in a day if travling 18 by caravan. Thr is a crtain amount of irony xhibitd by th author hr; from Mount Sinai, to ntr into th land, for th th avrag prson, would hav bn an lvn day journy. This stands in contrast to th mntion of th 40 yar in th nxt vrs. Isral took ovr thirty-ight yars to complt this sam journy. Again, it has nothing to do with bing lost, as Moss clarly knw xactly whr h was and whr vrything ls was around him. Moss simply kpt th childrn of Isral within God s gographical will. 16 J. Vrnon McG, Dutronomy, p From accssd Novmbr 3, From accssd Novmbr 3, Coffman taks it from Robrt Jamison, A. R. Fausst and David Brown; Commntary Critical and Explanatory on th Whol Bibl; 1871; p. 120.

35 Dutronomy Chaptr This Map of Horb coms from Bibl-history.com (accssd Sptmbr 29, 2013). Mount Horb is th sam as Mount Sinai, and Moss sms to b suggsting hr that, on a forcd march, h could hav takn ths Jws from Mount Horb to whr h stands bfor thm. Horb mans dsrt. Thr ar around twnty stops btwn th wildrnss of Sinai and Kadsh-barna listd in Num. 33: ZPEB associats Horb (th Mount of God in Ex. 3:1) with Mount Sinai, which maks sns bcaus th goldn calf incidnt, which occurrd whn Moss was rciving th Law, was at th foot of Mount Sinai (Ex. 32 Psalm 106:19). Howvr, Horb is sparat from Mount Sinai in Ex. 17:6 in Rphidim, which is on stop away from Mount Sinai (Ex. 17:1 17 Num. 33:14 15). This obviously causs us som problms. Horb is thought to b synonymous with Mount Sinai, but thn sparatd from Mount Sinai. What appars to b th cas is, Mount Horb could simply b a prominnt mountain (rang) on th Sinai Pninsula. Or, Horb is th gnral ara (or mountain rang) and Mount Sinai is a particular mountain. Th stimats ar, th distanc btwn Mount Horb (Sinai) and whr thy ar is mils, which corrsponds nicly to an 11 day march. This tlls us that Moss knows and knw that, if h wantd to lad th childrn of Isral to this ntry into th land of promis, h could hav don it in 11 days. Now, th popl undr his command? Thy probably had no ida as to whr thy wr or whr thy wr going. But that was not tru of Moss. H knw whr h was, h knw whr h was going; but h had to allow God to lad him. This is about a mil march, which would thrfor rquir a mil pr day pac, which is not a difficult march. Now, sinc it dos not appar that Moss doubld-back and took th childrn of Isral back to Mount Sinai, Moss is indicating hr that h knows whr h is and how long it would hav takn him to lad th childrn of Isral to whr thy ar now. Again, considr Moss background. H did not gt lost in th dsrt. H was not confusd and ld th popl of Isral in circls (or whatvr). Moss ld th childrn of Isral as h did bcaus thos wr God s dirctions. Onc Gn X rfusd to cross ovr and go to war against th popl of Canaan, so that mant thy could not progrss into th land until th gnration did in th dsrt (which thy all did). Thr was a point in tim for thm to march into th land and tak it, and thy rfusd. But now Moss stands bfor a nw gnration, and that gnration will go into th Land of Promis. Ptr Ptt: Th indication of th lngth of journy from Horb to Kadsh-barna of lvn days, contrasts strongly with th fact that it was now th fortith yar and thy wr still not yt in th land. 19 What thn had causd th dlay? Th rason for it will shortly b brought out. L. M. Grant: Thus this Scriptur mphasizs that if Isral had bn obdint to th Lord thy might hav ntrd th land only 11 days aftr laving Mount Horb, but bcaus of disobdinc th tim was lngthnd to about 40 yars. Moss spok to thm hr just on month bfor th forty yars was complt (v.3). This tlls blivrs today that our wildrnss history dos not ncssarily hav to b long, but bcaus of our natural slfish propnsitis it is ncssary for God to put us through th 20 trial of hard circumstancs in ordr to larn that obdinc is th only way of blssing. In that From accssd Novmbr 5, From accssd Novmbr 4, 2013.

36 109 Th Book of Dutronomy yars, som did th sin unto dath; and othrs, who ngativ volition was not as pronouncd, did a natural dath. Dutronomy 1:2b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs drk (ãìæøæêó) [pronouncd DEH-rk ] way, distanc, road, path; journy, cours; dirction, towards; mannr, habit, way [of lif]; of moral charactr masculin singular construct Strong's #1870 BDB #202 har (äçø) [pronouncd har] hill; mountain, mount; hillcountry, a mountainous ara, mountain rgion masculin singular construct Strong s #2022 (and #2042) BDB #249 Sê îyr (ùòåòäéø) [pronouncd say-ìeer] hairy, shaggy; translitratd Sir masculin singular, propr noun Strong s #8165 BDB #973 ad (òçã) [pronouncd ìahd] as far as, vn to, up to, until prposition of duration or of limits Strong s #5704 BDB #723 Qâdêsh ( ÈãÅ) [pronouncd kaw- DAYSH] sacrd, holy, st apart; translitratd Kadsh propr noun; location Strong s #6946 and #6947 BDB #873 Bar nêa (áìçøàðåòç) [pronouncd bahr-nayaì] dsrt of a fugitiv; translitratd Barna propr noun; location Strong s #6947 BDB #873 Togthr, thy man holy plac in th dsrt of wandring; and thy ar translitratd Kadsh-barna; Kadsh of [th] Wildrnss of Wandring. Translation:... [along th] way of Mount Sir, [to gt] to Kadsh-barna. Mount Sir is in Edom, whr th dscndants of Esau, Jacob's twin brothr, livd. This placs th Jws dirctly north of th Gulf of Aqaba (map to follow), along which th Isralits travld toward th Land of Promis. Kadsh-barna was thir last stop prior to snding th spis into th land. This short travlogu will b th tim priod which Moss spaks of in this chaptr, which bgins in Num. 10:11, th dat bing 2/20/02 AE (Aftr th Exodus) and nds with Num. 14:45, prhaps a fw months latr (with th xcption of Moss choosing mn to judg undr him, which gos back to Ex. 18, not too much arlir than 2/20/02 AE). Moss is ltting us know th rout which h could hav takn. H could hav movd up from Mount Horb along a rout along Mount Sir, up to Kadsh-barna. This rout along Mount Sir (which is dirctly south of th southrn tip of th Dad Sa), would hav brought thm clos to Kadsh-barna. As an asid, whn w rad somthing lik along th rout [or, way] of Mount Sir, this rfrs to a commonly travld road that gos to Mount Sir, just as th Way of th Rd Sa simply rfrs to a road that would vntually tak you to th Rd Sa. It dos not man that is th dirction in which you ar going; it simply has this nam, and that is how th popl of that tim undrstood it. W hav a road hr calld Aldin Wstfild; and it simply conncts thos two aras. Howvr, a prson may not gt onto Aldin Wstfild in ordr to go to Aldin or to go to Wstfild. If thy wr going to travl to whr thy ar now, thn thy would hav circld around Mount Sir, first going north and thn vring astward taking caravans to th ast sid of th Jordan and up th King s Highway. Again, bcaus of his training, Moss knw all of th trading routs. H knw how to gt from point A to point B. H

37 Dutronomy Chaptr knw whr all of ths routs travld to. Had thy run into a trading caravan, Moss could hav dtrmind whr that caravan had bn and whr it was going to. Map of th Way of Mount Sir, from jsuswalk.com (accssd Sptmbr 29, 2013). What Moss appars to b taking into considration is th rout that th Jws originally followd. Thy wr going to up through southrn Judah, which mant that thy would not tak th King s Highway starting at Zion-gbr, but thy would follow th rd path up to Kadsh-barna (which is placd in svral locations according to th maps which I hav lookd at). This rout would tak us around Mount Sir, which is th land of Edom (whr Esau and his dscndants livd). I hav always bn a map-lovr; and oftn whn I go to a plac that I hav nvr bn, I lik having a map of that plac in my had, whr I know what is north or ast; and what th major roadways ar. Givn Moss languag in this book, h had a map of all th ara in his own mind. V. 2 rads: It taks lvn days to go from Horb, along th road around Mount Sir, to gt to Kadsh-barna. I bliv was Moss is doing hr is ssntially documnting a path and a tim priod ovr which Isral could hav gon from Mount Sinai on up whr h stands right now, north of Moab. H is not bragging or showing off; h is simply indicating a rout and a rasonabl tim fram. Application: No doubt, you hav mad som mistaks in your lif and this or that blssing was put on hold bcaus of your mistaks. You ar not ncssarily bing punishd (although that is a possibility), but you lack th capacity to njoy th blssings which God has for you. Thrfor, God puts ths blssings on hold until you rach th point whr you can apprciat thm. Th popl of Isral could hav gon right into th land. It would hav takn thm 11 days to stand whr thy stand right now. But, instad, it has takn thm 40 yars. Thy rfusd to gt with God s program, and, as a rsult, thir grat blssing was st asid for thos 40 yars. Hr was God s will for th popl: H wantd to lad thm out of Egypt, into th land of Canaan; hav thm tak th land of Canaan as thir own, and sttl into this land a popl who wr onc slavs now, yars latr, living in thir own homs looking out upon thir own orchard, living in pac and prosprity. This could hav bn thir futur. Living for 40 yars out in th dsrt is thir choic. As Moss would latr say to th popl: So I spok to you, yt you did not listn to m; you dfid th clar dirction of Y howah and you showd arroganc, and you ascndd to th hill-country [whn God told you not to]. (Dut. 1:43). And Jsus spok to Isral saying, "Yrushalayim! Yrushalayim! You kill th prophts! You ston thos who ar snt to you! How oftn I wantd to gathr your childrn, just as a hn gathrs hr chickns undr hr wings, but you rfusd! (Matt. 23:37; CJB). "For forty yars I loathd that gnration, And said thy ar a popl who rr in thir hart [or, thy go astray in thir thinking], And thy do not know My ways. (Psalm 95:10: NASB). And with whom was H angry for forty yars? Was it not with thos who sinnd, whos bodis fll in th wildrnss? (Hb. 3:7). Thrfor, vn as th Holy Spirit says, "Today if you will har his voic, Don't hardn your harts, as in th provocation, Lik as in th day of th trial in th wildrnss, Whr your fathrs continually tstd M, vn though thy saw My works for forty yars. Thrfor I was displasd with that gnration, And

38 111 Th Book of Dutronomy said, 'Thy always rr in thir hart, But thy didn't know my ways;' As I swor in my wrath, 'Thy will not ntr into my rst.' " Bwar, brothrs, so that no on of you has an vil hart of unblif, and fall away from th living God. (Hb. 3:7 12). Ths words ar not just for blivrs back in th tim of Moss and thn latr in th first cntury A.D. Application: W all hav a st tim on this arth as blivrs. W might liv to ag 60 and w might liv to ag 80. But w ar always moving toward th nd of our livs. God has blssings for us hr on arth, and w can grab thos blssings if w choos to, but that involvs bing in th plan and will of God. W gt into God s plan first by bliving in Jsus Christ; and thn by spiritual growth. If w choos not to do this, thn w ar lik Gn X, who rjctd God s will for thir livs. Thy could hav gon into th land and takn it, but thy chos not to. For that rason, thy will di off in th dsrt. If that dscribs your spiritual lif, living in a dsrt, yt you sm to b so clos to grat blssings, thn prhaps it is your own damn fault. Th ntir first two vrss rad: Moss spok th following words whil h was ast of th Jordan, in th wildrnss, in th Arabah which is opposit Suph and in btwn Paran, Tophl, Laban, Hzroth and Di-zahab. It taks lvn days to go from Horb, along th road around Mount Sir, to gt to Kadsh-barna. Summary of Dutronomy 1: Ths will b th final srmons of Moss. H will rmain ast of th Jordan and h will di thr. 2. Ovr this 40 yars in th dsrt, th first gnration of adults, Gn X, has did out, and a nw gnration, th gnration of promis, has takn thir plac. Moss is spaking to this nw gnration. 3. Th only ons who rmain from Gn X ar Calb and Joshua. 4. Th childrn of Isral could hav mad this trip in 11 days, from Horb to Kadsh-barna. It is thir ngativ volition which kpt thm from going into th land and taking it. 5. Originally, th popl wr to lav Horb (Mount Sinai) and go north into what would bcom southrn Judah and tak th land. Bcaus th popl wr unwilling, thy spnt a total 40 yars in th dsrt. 6. This nw gnration has travld up along th astrn bordr of th Dad Sa, and now thy stand poisd to cross ovr th Jordan, to com into th Land of Promis through th middl sction from th ast. 7. Joshua will lad thm into th Land of Promis, and h will rplac Moss. Application: All ladrs will di and all ladrs will b rplacd. Th ky to th failur of Gn X was th charactr of th popl, not th ladrship of Moss. Application: Ladrs ar oftn a rflction of th popl that thy lad. Prsonally, I am lss than happy with Prsidnt Obama; but whn thr ar millions of popl who think thy simply dsrv to tak from somon ls s work, or thy don t know whr mony coms from, or thy fl lik vryon ought to giv thm a fr rid, a socity lik that is dgnrat, and changing th ladrship will not chang this dgnracy. Thrfor, th ky is not changing Obama, th ky is th population of th Unitd Stats. Chaptr Outlin Charts, Maps and Short Doctrins Ths first two vrss ti th book of Dutronomy to th rst of th Pntatuch. If w lav out th aras listd, 21 thn w hav Th srmons of Moss to th popl up to th lvnth month of th fortith yar. Ths words ar th titl for th book of Dutronomy. 21 As pr Barns' Nots, Vol. II, p. 270.

39 Dutronomy Chaptr And h is in th fortith yar in on+tn month in a first to a month spok Moss unto sons of Isral as all that had commandd Y howah him unto thm aftr his dfating Sihon king of th Amorit who livs in Hshbon and Og a king of th Bashan who livs in Ashtaroth in Edri, in a rgion byond th Jordan in a land of Moab had undrtakn Moss h mad clar th law th this, to say,... Dutronomy 1:3 5 And it is in th fortith yar in th lvnth month at th first of th month [whn] Moss spok to th sons of Isral according to all that Y howah had commandd him concrning thm aftr h dfatd Sihon, th king of th Amorits (who livd in Hshbon) and Og, th king of Bashan (who livd in Ashtaroth in Edri in th rgion byond th Jordan in th land of Moab). Moss bgan to clarify [and xplain] th law [of God], saying,... th th And it cam about in th 11 month of th 40 yar, on th first day of th month that Moss spok to th sons of Isral according to all that Jhovah had commandd him aftr h dfatd Sihon and Og (Sihon was th king of th Amorits who livd in Hshbon and Og was th king of Bashan who livd ast of th Jordan in th land of Moab). Moss, thrfor, bgan to clarify and r-xplain this law of God, saying,... Hr is how othrs hav translatd this vrs: Ancint txts: Targum of Onklos Latin Vulgat Masortic Txt (Hbrw) Pshitta (Syriac) Sptuagint (Grk) Significant diffrncs: And it was at th nd of forty yars, in th lvnth month, th month of Shbat, on th first of th month, that Moshh spak with th sons of Isral according to all that th Lord had givn him commandmnt for thm. Aftr H had smittn Sihon king of th Amorits, who dwlt in Hshbon, and Og th king of Mathnan, who dwlt at Astarvata in Edrhath, byond Jordan, in th land of Moab, bgan Moshh to spak th words of this law, saying: Th Lord our God spak with us (and not I, of my own mind) in Horb, saying:... In th fortith yar, th lvnth month, th first day of th month, Moss spok to th childrn of Isral all that th Lord had commandd him to say to thm Aftr that h had slain Shon king of th Amorrhits, who dwlt in Hsbon: and Og king of Basan who abod in Astaroth, and in Edrai, Byond th Jordan in th land of Moab. And Moss bgan to xpound th law, and to say:... And h is in th fortith yar in on+tn month in a first to a month spok Moss unto sons of Isral as all that had commandd Y howah him unto thm aftr his dfating Sihon king of th Amorit who livs in Hshbon and Og a king of th Bashan who livs in Ashtaroth in Edri, in a rgion byond th Jordan in a land of Moab had undrtakn Moss h mad clar th law th this, to say,... And it cam to pass in th fortith yar, in th lvnth month, on th first day of th month, that Moss spok to th childrn of Isral according to all that th LORD had givn him in commandmnt concrning thm; Aftr h had slain Sihon th king of th Amorits, who dwlt in Hshbon, and Og th king of Mathnin, who dwlt in Astaroth and in Erdi, Byond th Jordan, in th land of Moab; Moss bgan to xplain this law, saying,... And it cam to pass in th fortith yar, in th lvnth month, on th first day of th month, that Moss spok to all th childrn of Isral, according to all things which th Lord commandd him for thm; aftr h had killd Sihon king of th Amorits who dwlt in Hshbon, and Og th king of Bashan who dwlt in Ashtaroth and in Edri. Byond th Jordan in th land of Moab, Moss bgan to dclar this law, saying,... You may notic that I hav th word rgion and that is lacking in th oldr translations. This is simply bcaus that is th way I chos to translat a particular word (in a rgion byond); and thy simply whn with byond.

40 113 Th Book of Dutronomy Thought-for-thought translations; paraphrass: As usual, thr ar a lot of additional words in th targum. Common English Bibl Easy English Easy-to-Rad Vrsion Good Nws Bibl (TEV) Th Mssag Nw Brkly Vrsion Nw Cntury Vrsion It was in th fortith yar, on th first day of th lvnth month, that Moss spok to th Isralits prcisly what th Lord had commandd him for thm. (This was aftr th dfat of Sihon, th Amorit king who ruld in Hshbon, and Og, Bashan's king, who ruld in Ashtaroth and [LXX, Syr, Vulg; MT lacks and] Edri.) Byond th Jordan, in th land of Moab, Moss bgan to xplain this Instruction. H said th following:... Moss spok on th first day of th 11th month, in th 40th yar. H rpatd to th *Isralits all th words that th *Lord had spokn about thm. Ths popl ar th childrn of th *Isralits who lft Egypt. Thy wr born in th *dsrt. Thy hav now arrivd on th ast sid of th Rivr Jordan. Thy nd to har th *Law of God bfor thy cross th rivr. It will tach thm how to liv in Canaan. This happnd aftr Moss had batn Sihon, king of th *Amorits. Sihon ruld in th town calld Hshbon. Moss had also batn Og, th king of Bashan, at th town calld Edri. Og ruld in th town calld Ashtaroth. Moss bgan to spak on th ast sid of th Jordan rivr, in th country calld Moab. H xplaind th *Law of God. H said,... But it was 40 yars from th tim th popl of Isral lft Egypt until th tim thy cam to this plac. On th first day of th lvnth month of th 40th yar, Moss spok to th popl. Moss told thm all th things th Lord commandd. This was aftr th Lord dfatd Sihon and Og. (Sihon was th king of th Amorit popl. Sihon livd in Hshbon. Og was th king of Bashan. Og livd in Ashtaroth and Edri.) Th popl of Isral wr on th ast sid of th Jordan Rivr in th land of Moab, and Moss bgan to xplain th things that God commandd. Moss said:... On th first day of th lvnth month of th fortith yar aftr thy had lft Egypt, Moss told th popl vrything th LORD had commandd him to tll thm. This was aftr th LORD had dfatd King Sihon of th Amorits, who ruld in th town of Hshbon, and King Og of Bashan, who ruld in th towns of Ashtaroth and Edri. It was whil th popl wr ast of th Jordan in th trritory of Moab that Moss bgan to xplain God's laws and tachings. H said,... It was on th first day of th lvnth month of th fortith yar whn Moss addrssd th Popl of Isral, tlling thm vrything GOD had commandd him concrning thm. This cam aftr h had dfatd Sihon king of th Amorits, who ruld from Hshbon, and Og king of Bashan, who ruld from Ashtaroth in Edri. It was ast of th Jordan in th land of Moab that Moss st out to xplain this Rvlation. H said:... In th fortith yar, on th first day of th lvnth month, Moss addrssd Isral in accord with all that th LORD had commandd him to say to thm. Aftr [Shortly bfor his dath, Moss dlivrd four addrsss to th Isralits.] h had dfatd Sihon, king of th Amorits, whos capital was Hshbon, and Og king of Bashan, who dwlt in Ashtaroth and Edri byond th Jordan in th land of Moab, Moss bgan to xplain this law. H said,... (Th trip from Mount Sinai to Kadsh Barna on th Mount Sir road taks lvn days.) Forty yars aftr th Isralits had lft Egypt, on th first day of th lvnth month, Moss told th popl of Isral vrything th Lord had commandd him to tll thm. This was aftr th Lord had dfatd Sihon and Og. Sihon was king of th Amorit popl and livd in Hshbon. Og was king of Bashan and livd in Ashtroth and Edri.

41 Dutronomy Chaptr Nw Lif Bibl Nw Living Translation Th Voic Now th Isralits wr ast of th Jordan Rivr in th land of Moab, and thr Moss bgan to xplain what God had commandd. H said:... V. 2 is includd for contxt. On th first day of th lvnth month in th fortith yar, Moss spok to th childrn of Isral. H told thm all th Lord said thy must do. This was aftr h had won th war against Sihon th king of th Amorits, who livd in Hshbon, and Og th king of Bashan, who livd in Ashtaroth and Edri. On th othr sid of th Jordan in th land of Moab, Moss talkd to th popl about this Law. H said,... Normally it taks only lvn days to travl from Mount Sinai[b] to Kadsh-barna, going by way of Mount Sir. But forty yars aftr th Isralits lft Egypt, on th first day of th lvnth month [Hbrw In th fortith yar, on th first day of th lvnth month. This day in th ancint Hbrw lunar calndar occurrd in January or Fbruary.], Moss addrssd th popl of Isral, tlling thm vrything th Lord had commandd him to say. This took plac aftr h had dfatd King Sihon of th Amorits, who had ruld in Hshbon, and King Og of Bashan, who had ruld in Ashtaroth and Edri. Whil th Isralits wr in th land of Moab ast of th Jordan Rivr, Moss carfully xplaind th Lord's instructions as follows. V. 2 is includd for contxt. th Now on th first day of th 11 month, 40 yars aftr th nation lft Egypt and somtim aftr Moss had dfatd Sihon (king of th Amorits who ruld in Hshbon) and Og (king of Bashan who ruld in Ashtaroth and Edri), Moss bgan to giv to a nw gnration of th Isralits ach word th Etrnal had commandd him to tll thm. Byond th Jordan Rivr in th land of Moab, Moss trid to xplain this law and its outworking for th popl. Moss now xplains to th currnt gnration of Isralits what th Lord has don for thm, so th Isralits can confidntly giv thir full allgianc to this On God, who has alrady provn Himslf as thir protctor and guid. Evn today it's hlpful for us to rmmbr God's faithfulnss to arlir gnrations in our own familis and nations. Our confidnc in God is strngthnd most whn w rcall how H has workd dirctly in our own livs to protct, provid for, and guid us. Partially litral and partially paraphrasd translations: Amrican English Bibl It was th first day of th lvnth month of th fortith yar that Moss spok to th childrn of IsraEl, and [h rcountd] all th instructions that Jhovah had givn Him concrning thm. This was aftr h had cut down Son, th king of th Amorits (who livd in Hsh-Ebonh), as wll as Og, th king of BaShan (who livd in AstarOth and Edrain), in th land of Moab. Moss said this about [God's] Law:... th th Bck s Amrican Translation In th 40 yar, on th first day of th 11 month, Moss told Isral vrything th LORD ordrd him to tll thm aftr dfating Sihon, king of th Amorits, who livd in Hshbon, and Og, king of Bashan, who livd in Ashtaroth and Edri. Thr in th country of Moab ast of th Jordan Moss undrtook to stat clarly th following instructions. Christian Community Bibl But now it was th first day of th lvnth month of th fortith yar aftr thy lft Egypt, whn Moss told th childrn of Isral all that Yahwh had commandd him rgarding thm. Aftr dfating Sihon, th king of th Amorits, who livd in Hshbon, and Og, th king of Bashan who ruld in Ashtaroth and in Edri, Moss bgan to xplain this law. Thy wr in th land of Moab, at th othr sid of th Jordan. Nw Advnt (Knox) Bibl It was th first day of th lvnth month of th fortith yar, whn Moss handd on to th Isralits th commands which th Lord had ntrustd to him. H had now givn thm victory ovr Shon, king of th Amorrhits, that livd at Hsbon, and Og, king of Basan, that livd at Astaroth and Edrai, still byond th Jordan, in th Moabit country.

42 115 Th Book of Dutronomy Moss, thn, bgan to xpound th law, with ths words:... Nw Amrican Bibl In th fortith yar, on th first day of th lvnth month, Moss spok to th Isralits all th commands that th LORD had givn him in thir rgard. Aftr h had dfatd Sihon, king of th Amorits, who livd in Hshbon, and Og, king of Bashan, who livd in Ashtaroth and in Edri, Moss bgan to xplain th law in th land of Moab byond th Jordan, as follows:... Nw Amrican Bibl (R.E.) In th fortith yar [counting from th xodus from Egypt (cf. Ex 12:2; 13:20-22).], on th first day of th lvnth month, Moss spok to th Isralits according to all that th LORD had commandd him to spak to thm, aftr h had dfatd Sihon, king of th Amorits, who rignd in Hshbon,a and Og, king of Bashan, who rignd in Ashtaroth and in Edri. Byond th Jordan, in th land of Moab, Moss undrtook to xplain this law:... th NIRV It was now th 40 yar sinc th popl of Isral had lft Egypt. On th first day th of th 11 month, Moss spok to thm. H told thm vrything th Lord had commandd him to tll thm. Thy had alrady won th battl ovr Sihon. Sihon was th king of th Amorits. H had ruld in Hshbon. Isral had also won th battl ovr Og at Edri. Og was th king of Bashan. H had ruld in Ashtaroth. Th popl wr ast of th Jordan Rivr in th trritory of Moab. Thr Moss bgan to xplain th law. Hr is what h said. Nw Jrusalm Bibl It was in th fortith yar, on th first day of th lvnth month, that Moss told th Isralits vrything that Yahwh had ordrd him to tll thm. H had dfatd Sihon king of th Amorits, who livd at Hshbon, and Og king of Bashan, who livd at Ashtaroth and Edri. Thr, in Moab byond th Jordan, Moss rsolvd to xpound this Law. H said:... Nw Simplifid Bibl It was th fortith yar, lvnth month, on th first day of th month. Moss spok to th childrn of Isral, according to all th commandmnts Jhovah (YHWH) gav him for thm. Aftr h killd Sihon king of th Amorits, who livd in Hshbon, and Og king of Bashan, who livd at Astaroth in Edri: On this sid (ast) of Jordan in th land of Moab, Moss dclard th Law. H said:... Rvisd English Bibl On th first day of th lvnth month of th fortith yar, Moss rpatd to th Isralits all th commands that th LORD had givn him for thm. This was aftr th dfat of Sihon king of th Amorits who ruld in Hshbon, and th dfat of Edri of King Og of Bashan who ruld in Ashtaroth, and it was byond th Jordan, in Moab, that Moss rsolvs to xpound this law. Ths wr his words. Mostly litral rndrings (with som occasional paraphrasing): Ancint Roots Translinar Bibl in Basic English Th Expandd Bibl It was in th yar forty, in th lvnth month, on on of th month. Moss spok to th sons of Isral all that Yahwh commandd to thm aftr h smot King Sihon of North-Jordan that dwlld in Hsban, and King Og of South-Syria that dwlld in Ashtaroth in Dra. Across th Jordan, contnt in th land of Cntral-Jordan, Moss inscribd this Torah, saying,... Now in th fortith yar, on th first day of th lvnth month, Moss gav to th childrn of Isral all th ordrs which th Lord had givn him for thm; Aftr h had ovrcom Sihon, king of th Amorits, ruling in Hshbon, and Og, king of Bashan, ruling in Ashtaroth, at Edri: On th far sid of Jordan in th land of Moab, Moss gav th popl this law, saying,... L Forty yars aftr th Isralits had lft Egypt [ In th fortith yar], on th first day L T of th lvnth month, Moss told th popl [ sons; childrn] of Isral vrything th Lord had commandd him to tll thm. This was aftr th Lord had dfatd L [ struck] Sihon and Og. Sihon was king of th Amorit popl and livd in Hshbon. Og was king of Bashan and livd in Ashtroth and Edri [Num. 21:21-35].

43 Dutronomy Chaptr Frar-Fnton Bibl HCSB NET Bibl Nw Hart English Bibl NIV, 2011 L L Now th Isralits [ thy] wr ast of [ byond] th Jordan Rivr in th land of Moab, and thr Moss bgan to xplain [mak clar] what God had commandd L [ this law/instruction]. H said:. It was during th fortith yar, in th lvnth month, upon th first of th month, Moss rlatd to th childrn of Isral all that th EVER-LIVING had commandd him for thm; aftr h had dfatd Sihon, King of th Amorits, who livd in Hsnbon, and Og King of Bashan, who livd at Ashtaroth, in Adarai, on this sid [That is th astrn sid. This gographical dscription provs this Introduction to hav bn writtn bfor Joshua invadd Palstin, and shows th ag of th Orations, and is an intrnal proof that w hav thm now as Moss wrot and spok, xcpt for a fw insrtd xplanatory nots which I shall indicat as my vrsion procds. - F. F.] of th ford of th Jordan, in th land of Moab, Moss bgan to publish th law, and said ; -... In th fortith yar, in th lvnth month, on th first of th month, Moss told th Isralits vrything th LORD had commandd him to say to thm. This was aftr h had dfatd Sihon king of th Amorits, who livd in Hshbon, and Og king of Bashan, who livd in Ashtaroth, at Edri. Across th Jordan in th land of Moab, Moss bgan to xplain this law, saying:... Howvr, it was not until [Hb "in" or "on." Hr thr is a contrast btwn th ordinary tim of lvn days (v. 2) and th actual tim of forty yars, so "not until" brings out that vast disparity.] th first day of th lvnth month [Th lvnth month is Shbat in th Hbrw calndar, January/Fbruary in th modrn (Grgorian) calndar.] of th fortith yar [Th fortith yar would b 1406 B.C. according to th "arly" dat of th xodus. S E. H. Mrrill, Kingdom of Prists, ] that Moss addrssd th Isralits just as [Hb "according to all which."] th Lord had instructd him to do. This took plac aftr th dfat [Hb "whn h struck [or "smot"]."] of King Sihon [S Dut 2:26-3:22.] of th Amorits, whos capital was [Hb "who livd."] in Hshbon [Hshbon is probably modrn Tll Hsban, about 7.5 mi (12 km) south southwst of Amman, Jordan.], and King Og of Bashan, whos capital was [Hb "who livd."] in Ashtaroth [Ashtaroth is probably Tll àashtarah, about 22 mi (35 km) du ast of th Sa of Galil.], spcifically in Edri [Edri is probably modrn Dràa, 60 mi (95 km) south of Damascus (s Num 21:33; Josh 12:4; 13:12, 31).]. So it was in th Transjordan, in Moab, that Moss bgan to dlivr ths words [Hb this instruction ; KJV, NIV, NRSV this law ; TEV God s laws and tachings. Th Hbrw noun úåéøèä (torah) is drivd from th vrb éèøèä (yarah, to tach ) and hr it rfrs to th Book of Dutronomy, not th Pntatuch as a whol.]:... It happnd in th fortith yar, in th lvnth month, on th first day of th month, that Moss spok to th childrn of Isral, according to all that th LORD had givn him in commandmnt to thm; aftr h had struck Sihon th king of th Amorits, who livd in Hshbon, and Og th king of Bashan, who livd in Ashtaroth, at Edri. Byond th Jordan, in th land of Moab, bgan Moss to dclar this law, saying,... In th fortith yar [Nu 14:33; 32:13; Dt 8:2; Hb 3:7-9], on th first day of th lvnth month [G 50:3; Dt 34:8; Jos 4:19], Moss proclaimd [Dt 4:1-2] to th Isralits all that th Lord had commandd him concrning thm. 4 This was aftr h had dfatd Sihon [Nu 21:21-26] king of th Amorits [G 10:16; S 14:7], who rignd in Hshbon [Nu 21:25], and at Edri had dfatd Og [Nu 21:33-35; Dt 3:10] king of Bashan, who rignd in Ashtaroth [Jos 9:10; 12:4; 1Ch 11:44]. East of th Jordan in th trritory of Moab [Nu 21:11], Moss bgan to xpound this law, saying:... Jwish/Hbrw Nams Bibls:

44 117 Th Book of Dutronomy Complt Jwish Bibl xgss companion Bibl JPS (Tanakh 1985) Judaica Prss Complt T. Kaplan Translation Orthodox Jwish Bibl Th Scripturs 1998 On th first day of th lvnth month of th fortith yar, Mosh spok to th popl of Isra'l, rviwing vrything ADONAI had ordrd him to tll thm. This was aftr h had dfatd Sichon, king of th Emori, who livd in Hshbon, and 'Og, king of Bashan, who livd in 'Ashtarot, at Edr'i. Thr, byond th Yardn, in th land of Mo'av, Mosh took it upon himslf to xpound this Torah and said:... And so b it, in th fortith yar, in th lvnth month, on th first of th month, Moshh words to th sons of Yisra El, according to all Yah Vh misvahd concrning thm; aftr h smot Sichon th sovrign of th Emoriy who sttld in Hshbon and Og th sovrign of Bashan who sttld at Astaroth in Edri: on this sid Yardn in th land of Moab, Moshh willd to xplain this torah, saying,... It was in th fortith yar, on th first day of th lvnth month, that Moss addrssd th Isralits in accordanc with th instructions that th LORD had givn him for thm, aftr h had dfatd Sihon king of th Amorits, who dwlt in Hshbon, and King Og of Bashan, who dwlt at Ashtaroth [and] [Compar Joshua 12:4 13:12, 31.] Edri. On th othr sid of th Jordan, in th land of Moab, Moss undrtood to xpound this Taching. H said:... It cam to pass in th fortith yar, in th lvnth month, on th first of th month, that Moss spok to th childrn of Isral according to all that th Lord had commandd him rgarding thm; Aftr h had smittn Sihon, king of th Amorits, who dwlt in Hshbon, and Og, king of th Bashan, who dwlt in Ashtaroth in Edri. On that sid of th Jordan, in th land of Moab, Moss commncd and xplaind this Law, saying,... On th first of th lvnth month [1 Shvat, 2488 (January 18, 1273 B.C.E.).] in th fortith yar, Moss [also] [(cf. Adrth Eliahu; Ramban). S Dutronomy 5:1 ff.] spok to th Isralits rgarding all that God had commandd him for thm. This was aftr h had dfatd Sichon [Numbrs 21:21-24, Dutronomy 3:2.] king of th Amorits who livd in Chshbon, and Og [Numbrs 21:31-35, Dutronomy 3:3.], king of th Bashan, who livd in Ashtaroth, [who was dfatd in] [(Ramban). Or, 'Ashtaroth in Edr'i' (Rashi).] Edr'i [S Numbrs 21:33.]. Moss bgan [(Rashi). Or, 'spok at lngth' (Saadia). S not on Gnsis 18:27.] to xplain this law on th ast bank of th Jordan, in th land of Moab [Th formr land of Moab, which had bn takn by Sichon.], saying:... And it cam to pass in th fortith yar, in th lvnth month, on th first day of th month, that Mosh spok unto th Bni Yisrol, according unto all that Hashm had givn him in commandmnt unto thm, Aftr h had slain Sichon Mlch HaEmori, which dwlt in Chshbon, and Og Mlch HaBashan, which dwlt in Ashtarot at Edr'i; On th far sid of th Yardn, in Ertz Moav, bgan Mosh to xpound this torah, saying,... And it cam to b in th fortith yar, in th lvnth month, on th first day of th month, that Moshh spok to th childrn of Yisra l according to all that éäåä had commandd him concrning thm, aftr h had smittn Sihòon sovrign of th Amorits, who dwlt in Hòshbon, and Og sovrign of Bashan, who dwlt at Ashtaroth in E dr i. Byond th Yard n, in th land of Mo a b, Moshh undrtook to dclair this Torah, saying,... Litral, almost word-for-word, rndrings: Th Amplifid Bibl And in th fortith yar, on th first day of th lvnth month, Moss spok to th Isralits according to all that th Lord had givn him in commandmnt to thm,

45 Dutronomy Chaptr Concordant Litral Vrsion Contxt Group Vrsion Grn s Litral Translation NASB Nw King Jams Vrsion Nw RSV Syndin/Thim Wbstr s Bibl Translation Young s Updatd LT Aftr H had dfatd Sihon king of th Amorits, who livd in Hshbon, and Og king of Bashan, who livd in Ashtaroth [and] Edri. Byond (ast of) th Jordan in th land of Moab, Moss bgan to xplain this law, saying,... It cam to b in th fortith yar, in th lvnth month, on day on of th month, that Moss spok to all th sons of Isral according to all that Yahwh had instructd him concrning thm, aftr his smiting Sihon king of th Amorit (who was dwlling in Hshbon) and Og king of Bashan (who was dwlling in Astaroth) at Edri. In Transjordan in th country of Moab, Moss was disposd to mak this law plain by saying. In th fortith yar, in th lvnth month, on th first day of th month, Moss spok to th sons of Isral, according to all that YHWH had givn him in commandmnt to thm; aftr h had struck Sihon th king of th Amorits, who dwlt in Hshbon, and Og th king of Bashan, who dwlt in Ashtaroth, at Edri. Byond th Jordan, in th land of Moab, Moss bgan to dclar this law, saying,... And it happnd, in th fortith yar, in th lvnth month on th first of th month, Moss spok to th sons of Isral according to all that Jhovah had commandd him concrning thm; aftr h had strickn Sihon th king of th Amorits, who livd in Hshbon, and Og th king of Bashan, who livd in Ashtaroth in Edri, byond th Jordan in th land of Moab, Moss bgan to xplain this law, saying,... In th fortith yar [Num 33:38], on th first day of th lvnth month, Moss spok to th childrn of Isral, according to all that th Lord had commandd him [Dut 4:1, 2] to giv to thm, aftr h had dfatd [Lit smittn] Sihon [Num 21:21-26; Dut 2:26-35; Josh 13:10; Nh 9:22] th king of th Amorits, who livd in Hshbon, and Og [Num 21:33-35; Josh 13:12] th king of Bashan, who livd in Ashtaroth [Josh 12:4] and [So with ancint vrsions; M.T. omits and] Edri. Across th Jordan in th land of Moab, Moss undrtook to xpound this law, saying,... Now it cam to pass in th fortith yar, in th lvnth month, on th first day of th month, that Moss spok to th childrn of Isral according to all that th Lord had givn him as commandmnts to thm, aftr h had killd Sihon king of th Amorits, who dwlt in Hshbon, and Og king of Bashan, who dwlt at Ashtaroth in [Sptuagint, Syriac, and Vulgat rad and (compar Joshua 12:4).] Edri. On this sid of th Jordan in th land of Moab, Moss bgan to xplain this law, saying... In th fortith yar, on th first day of th lvnth month, Moss spok to th Isralits just as th Lord had commandd him to spak to thm. This was aftr h had dfatd King Sihon of th Amorits, who rignd in Hshbon, and King Og of Bashan, who rignd in Ashtaroth and* in Edri. Byond th Jordan in th land of Moab, Moss undrtook to xpound this law as follows:... And it cam to pass in th fortith yar, in th lvnth month, on th first day of th month, that Moss spok unto th childrn of Isral, according unto all that Jhovah/God had givn him in commandmnt unto thm... aftr h had slain Sihon, th king of th Amorits, who dwlt in Hshbon, and Og, th king of Bashan, who dwlt at Astaroth in Edri. On this sid Jordan {Rivr}, in th land of Moab, bgan Moss to dclar this law, saying,... And it cam to pass in th fortith yar, in th lvnth month, on th first [day] of th month, [that] Moss spok to th childrn of Isral, according to all that th LORD had givn him in commandmnt to thm; Aftr h had slain Sihon th king of th Amorits, who dwlt in Hshbon, and Og th king of Bashan, who dwlt at Astaroth in Edri: On th ast sid of Jordan, in th land of Moab, bgan Moss to dclar this law, saying,... And it coms to pass in th fortis yar, in th lvnth month, on th first of th month has Moss spokn unto th sons of Isral according to all that Jhovah has commandd him concrning thm; aftr his smiting Sihon king of th Amorit who is dwlling in Hshbon, and Og king of Bashan who is dwlling in Ashtaroth in Edri,

46 119 Th Book of Dutronomy byond th Jordan, in th land of Moab, has Moss bgun to xplain this law, saying,... Th gist of this vrs: st th th On th 1 day of th 11 month of th 40 yar, Moss bgan to spak to th sons of Isral according to what God had commandd him rgarding th sons of Isral. This communication btwn God and Moss took plac aftr Isral had dfatd Sihon and Og. Dutronomy 1:3a Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs w (or v ) (åà or åì) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though; as wll as simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 hâyâh (äèéèä) [pronouncd haw-yaw] to b, is, was, ar; to bcom, to com into bing; to com to pass rd 3 prson masculin singular, Qal imprfct Strong's #1961 BDB #224 Without a spcific subjct and objct, th vrb hâyâh oftn mans and it will com to b, and it will com to pass, thn it cam to pass (with th wâw conscutiv). It may b mor idiomatically rndrd subsquntly, aftrwards, latr on, in th cours of tim, aftr which. Gnrally, th vrb dos not match th gndr whatvr narby noun could b th subjct (and, as oftn, thr is no noun narby which would fulfill th conditions of bing a subjct). h b (áìà) [pronouncd b ] in, into, at, by, nar, on, with, bfor, upon, against, by mans of, among, within a prposition of proximity BDB #88 ar bâ îym (àçøàáèòäéí) [pronouncd ar -BAW- ÌEEM] forty undclinabl plural noun Strong s #705 BDB #917 shânâh (ùèðèä) [pronouncd shaw-naw] yar fminin singular noun Strong s #8141 BDB #1040 h b (áìà) [pronouncd b ] in, into, at, by, nar, on, with, bfor, upon, against, by mans of, among, within a prposition of proximity BDB #88 ash têy (òçùàúìåé) [pronouncd ìahsh-tay] on; lvn, lvnth numral Strong s #6249 BDB #799 This word appars to b usd only in conjunction with Strong s #6240. âsâr (òèùòèä) [pronouncd ìaw-sawr] tn; tn [rsulting in numbrs 11 19] masculin/fminin singular noun Strong s #6240 BDB #797 chôdsh (çéãæù) [pronouncd KHOHdsh] nw moon, month; monthly; first day of th month masculin singular noun Strong s #2320 BDB #294 h b (áìà) [pronouncd b ] in, into, at, by, nar, on, with, bfor, upon, against, by mans of, among, within a prposition of proximity BDB #88

47 Dutronomy Chaptr Dutronomy 1:3a Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs châd (àæçèã) [pronouncd h- KHAWD] on, first, crtain, only; ach, vry; but it can also man a composit unity; possibly particular; anyon numral adjctiv Strong's #259 BDB #25 lâmd (ìà) [pronouncd l ] to, for, towards, in rgards to dirctional/rlational prposition BDB #510 chôdsh (çéãæù) [pronouncd KHOHdsh] nw moon, month; monthly; first day of th month masculin singular noun with th dfinit articl Strong s #2320 BDB #294 Translation: And it is in th fortith yar in th lvnth month at th first of th month... Moss is a vry prcis man. H is vry conscious of tim and plac. H is not just wandring about aimlssly with th rst of th popl of Isral. H was raisd in th palac of Egypt with th intntion of him bcoming pharaoh. Thrfor, h undrstood gography and gopolitical situations. This was scond natur to Moss. Ptr Ptt: Such dating was common in ancint rcords long bfor th tim of Moss, and its form 22 bars comparison with othr ancint rcords, Egyptian and othrwis. Throughout th books of th Law, Moss kpt us informd as to whn vrything was occurring. Thr was th tim priod during which th childrn of Isral lft Egypt with Moss and thy walkd out of a lif in bondag and God gav thm th Law. Thn thy wr to go into th land of Canaan to tak it. Howvr, thy did not, bringing thir progrss to a halt. Black libration thology has takn th book of Exodus and has givn it a grat distortion, somhow idntifying th African-Amricans as th Jws in slavry; and now thy ar fr, so, in som wird way, thy ar to suddnly support big govrnmnt libral political solutions to vrything. It is a mistak to think that th Old and Nw Tstamnts ar disparat thologis, somtims at war with on anothr. What is found in th Old Tstamnt dirctly lads us into th Nw Tstamnt. Thr is no st of warring thologis; thr is no man God in th Old Tstamnt and a loving God in th Nw. It is all th sam God; ths simply rprsnt looking forward to Jsus (th Old Tstamnt); th lif and ministry of Jsus (th gospls); and looking backward to Jsus (th rst of th Nw Tstamnt). in any cas, Jsus is th sam today, ystrday and forvr (Hb. 13:8). Th Grat Analogy of th Exodus Th Exodus Th childrn of Isral wr in slavry; thy wr in a hlplss, hoplss situation. What it Rprsnts As humans, w ar born into th slav markt of sin. W hav sinnd prsonally and w hav a sin natur. For ths rasons, w ar compltly unaccptabl to God. 22 From accssd Novmbr 5, 2013.

48 121 Th Book of Dutronomy Th Grat Analogy of th Exodus Th Exodus Moss bcam thir ladr and ld thm out of bondag. A slav cannot purchas anothr slav; popl cannot buy thmslvs from th slav markt. It took somon who was not a slav to lad th Isralits to frdom. Th Law of God, givn at Mount Sinai, dfins rightous bhavior, and rvals how w ar lacking in rightousnss. Moss lads us to th rock, which h striks with his walking stick, and out from that rock flows rivrs of living watr. What it Rprsnts Jsus Christ is not in th slav markt of sin. H was not born into sin as w ar. Jsus is abl to di for our sins bcaus H is not subjct to a sin natur or to prsonal sin. W cannot kp th Law of God for salvation. Th Law tlls us that w nd a Savior. Jsus is th Rock Who was struck (judgd) for our sins, and from Him flow th rivrs of lif. Non of this is complx; nor should it b controvrsial. Chaptr Outlin Charts, Maps and Short Doctrins It was in th first yar or two of Moss and th childrn of Isral in btwn Egypt and Canaan whn th progrss of th sons of Isral suddnly cam to a stop. Thy wr supposd to invad th land and tak it, and thy did not (mor dtails will b givn latr in this chaptr). As a rsult, 38 yars go by as ths adults fail tst aftr tst aftr tst; and God kills thm off in th dsrt, vry adult dying a natural dath or th sin unto dath during that 38 yars (with th xcption of Moss, Joshua and Calb). What thy ar lft with is th gnration of promis, who wr childrn whn thy lft slavry to Egypt, and thy hav known nothing ls, apart from this dsrt-wildrnss whr thy hav bn raisd. Thr ar also th childrn who hav bn born in th dsrt, som of whom ar now young adults. At this point, thy hav spnd narly 40 yars in th dsrt, and thy wr takn car of by God. Thir parnts hav all did. Furthrmor, thir grat ladrs did at this tim. Miriam, th sistr of Moss, did in th first month of yar 40 st th (Num. 20) and Aaron did on th 1 day of th 5 month (Num. 33:38). Although th popl do not raliz it yt, but Moss will also di during this yar. A nw gnration with a nw gnration of ladrs will go into th Land of Promis. Now w com to th final yar or so in th land ast of th Jordan, whr ths popl hav marchd du north with th intntion of coming across th Jordan and attacking th land of Canaan in th cntr coming from th ast. Dutronomy 1:3b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs w (or v ) (åà or åì) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though; as wll as simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251

49 Dutronomy Chaptr Dutronomy 1:3b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs dâbar (ãìèáçø) [pronouncd b daw -VAHR] to spak, to talk [and back with action], to giv an opinion, to xpound, to mak a formal spch, to spak out, to promis, to propos, to spak kindly of, to dclar, to proclaim, to announc rd 3 prson masculin singular, Pil imprfct Strong s #1696 BDB #180 Th Pil stm is intnsiv, making dâbar is strongr. It can carry with it th ida of providing guidanc and dirction, if not a st of mandats (and this would b dtrmind by contxt). Th kind of intnsification is dtrmind by contxt. Th Pil may call for talk, backd with action; giv your opinion; xpound; mak a formal spch; spak out; talk it around, to giv a sombr and tragic rport. Som translations translat this to rpat. Moshh (îéùæä) [pronouncd moh- SHEH] to draw out [of th watr] and is translitratd Moss masculin propr noun Strong s #4872 BDB #602 l (àæì) [pronouncd hl] unto; into, among, in; toward, to; against; concrning, rgarding; bsids, togthr with; as to dirctional prposition (rspct or dfrnc may b implid) Strong's #413 BDB #39 bânîym (áìèðäéí) [pronouncd baw- NEEM] sons, dscndants; childrn; popl; somtims rndrd mn masculin plural construct Strong s #1121 BDB #119 Yis râ êl (éäùòàøçàåì) [pronouncd yis-raw- ALE] God prvails; contndr; soldir of God; translitratd Isral masculin propr noun Strong s #3478 & #3479 BDB #975 Translation:... [whn] Moss spok to th sons of Isral... Moss was going to tach all of ths popl of Isral most of whom had formrly bn childrn takn out of Egypt. Most of th book of Dutronomy is Moss spaking to ths adults, who ar btwn th ags of 20 and 60 now (thos btwn 20 and 40 had bn born in th dsrt). Th dat of this mssag is 11/1/40 A.E., thirty-ight yars aftr th vnts hrin dscribd, making this roughly 1407 B.C. Almost all of th book of Dutronomy will b th spchs of Moss dlivrd to th childrn of Isral. This is his swan song, his farwll srmon. Bing that this srmon is about thirty-fiv pags long, this would hav bn dlivrd ovr a priod of svral days. Moss will rcall this history of th fathrs of his listnrs and proprly intrprt this history for thm. This vrs dos not tll us that God spcifically commandd Moss to dlivr ths srmons; Moss took it upon himslf, oprating undr th influnc and guidanc of God th Holy Spirit, to tach th things to th gnration of promis th things spokn by God to Moss and dlivrd to thir parnts, Gn X.

50 123 Th Book of Dutronomy Dutronomy 1:3c Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs kaph or k (ëìà) [pronouncd k ] lik, as, according to; about, approximatly prposition with a pronominal suffix BDB #453 kôl (ëìéì) [pronouncd kohl]; also kôl (ëìéì) [pronouncd kohl] all, all things, th whol, totality, th ntirty, vrything masculin singular noun without th dfinit articl Strong s #3605 BDB #481 ãshr (àâéùæø) [pronouncd ash-er] that, which, whn, who, whom rlativ pronoun Strong's #834 BDB #81 tsâvâh (öèåèä) [pronouncd tsaw-vaw] to commission, to mandat, to appoint; to ordain; to lay charg upon, to giv charg to, charg, command, ordr; to instruct [as in, giving an ordr] rd 3 prson masculin singular, Pil prfct Strong's #6680 BDB #845 YHWH (éäåä) [pronunciation is possibly yhoh-wah] translitratd variously as Jhovah, Yahwh, Y howah propr noun Strong s #3068 BDB #217 êth (àæç) [pronouncd ayth] him; untranslatd mark of a dirct objct; occasionally to him, toward him sign of th dirct objct rd affixd to a 3 prson masculin singular suffix Strong's #853 BDB #84 l (àæì) [pronouncd hl] unto; into, among, in; toward, to; against; concrning, rgarding; bsids, togthr with; as to dirctional prposition (rspct or dfrnc may b implid) with th rd 3 prson masculin plural suffix Strong's #413 BDB #39 Translation:...according to all that Y howah had commandd him concrning thm... W do not know xactly how God commandd ths things to Moss. Did God tak Moss asid, as H did bfor, and tach him mor things? Or did Moss, by writing down th Law and studying th Law, com to a point whr ths laws wr ingraind in his soul and spirit? In that way, Moss would not nd to hav God com and spak to him prsonally, but h had accss to all of th commandmnts of God. Logically, I would intrprt this litrally, that God had spokn to Moss w ar givn th tim, but not a lot of dtails. Assuming that God has bn talking with Moss aftr Isral dfatd th armis which opposd thm, this would suggst that whn God told Moss that h was not to go into th land, God spok to him about othr things as wll. Ths talks sm to b fairly spcific, covring what Moss is to say to th popl and th consquncs of Moss not doing what God told him to do in Num , at th nd of Num. 33 and Num Howvr, Moss took ths things and xpoundd upon thm gratly, going into mor dtail than is rcordd in th book of Numbrs. This ithr mans that God laid out anothr list of vry xplicit commands for Moss, or that Moss, filld with th Spirit, basd upon his lif undr God s command and a fw things said to him aftr th military victoris, figurd out what h should say. I lan toward this lattr approach, whr Moss is no longr quoting God, word-for-word, but has som gnral guidlins or guidanc and gos with that. This would xplain why Moss is not giving long quotations from God; and it hlps to xplain th concpt of Biblical inspiration.

51 Dutronomy Chaptr Although God clarly spok with Moss aftr th battls mntiond in v. 4, it appars as if ths things which God spok about wr attndd to immdiatly. Thr dos not appar to b a priod of tim ncssarily whr God spok to Moss and said, Okay, hr is what I want you to say in th book of Dutronomy. In prvious sssions, it has always bn clar what is dialogu, what ar th commands from God, what is simply narrativ; but this is lss clar in Dutronomy. Moss just starts talking. Th last fw chaptrs of Numbrs is mostly God spaking to Moss; so it is possibl that ths final chaptrs of Numbrs ar a prlud to ths final mssags by Moss. Th fact that, on prvious occasions, Moss was vry spcific about what God said and whn H said it; but hr, Moss just talkd to th popl and rviwd thir history and som of th Law with thm this suggsts that God gav Moss a mor gnral dirction as to what to do. It was as if God said, Now, Moss, you ar not going ovr th Jordan with your popl; but this is a nw gnration, so you nd to prpar thm for going into th land. You nd to tll thm th things which thy nd to know. Obviously, this quot dos not occur anywhr in th Bibl; but th communication of Moss to th popl in this book suggsts God giving Moss mor gnral instructions. On on occasion, Paul wrot, W hav th mind of Christ (1Cor. 2:16b). And Paul, throughout his pistls, tachs with grat authority. This suggsts, along with th book of Dutronomy, that som mn on som occasions, can spak th words of God, as thir thinking is so alignd with th Word of God. Quit obviously, this was th cas for vry writr of Scriptur. This was clarly th cas for th humanity of Jsus Christ. And this was th cas for Ptr, for Stphn, and for Paul in many portions of th book of Acts, whr what thy taught was accurat, as if from th mouth of God. Lt m suggst th possibility that, on som occasions, throughout som srmons, thr ar som pastor-tachrs whos minds ar so alignd with th mind of Christ, that much of thir taching is as if it cam from th mouth of God. I do not want to suggst that this occurs with many pastors or vn a larg sgmnt of pastors (I hav sn a numbr of abysmal pastors on tlvision); but with thos who hav had th propr training, and hav put in th hours or study, God maks it possibl for thm to communicat divin viwpoint thinking to thir congrgation. Moss failur gos all th way back to Num. 20. Moss will spak of it about midway through this chaptr (although h will not giv any dtails). But, again, what is most rmarkabl is Moss spaking to th popl without clarly idntifying xactly what God told him to say. Whras w hav grat, lngthy word-for-word quotations in prvious books, w do not hav that hr Moss is simply spaking, although hr, h dos says that this cam from God. Taking it in this way, this would suggst that Moss has a soul filld with doctrin and divin viwpoint. H knows th mind of God and h is abl to xprss God s thinking without nailing down a spcific quotation. God gav him an agnda, but thr is nothing to suggst that this is only things which God said to Moss; nor is thr a suggstion that what Moss says is a word-for-word quotation of what God said to him. This brings us to th logical qustion: Why Dos Moss Nd to Giv a Scond Law? Or, rstatd, why do w hav th book of Dutronomy? If God has spokn to all of th popl through Moss and has givn thm th Law, thn why is thr a rason to go back ovr it and add som matrial? Did God forgt som stuff? Would Exodus, Lviticus and Numbrs b incomplt without Dutronomy? 1. Th most important rason is, this is a nw gnration. Thy would hav bn 20 and youngr whn Moss first gav thm th Law. Thrfor, sinc thir Kindl Radrs appar to hav bn lost in th mail, Moss walks thm through th Law onc again. Thy nd to hav frsh ys on th Law (or portions and applications of th Law); bcaus thy may not hav apprciatd it bfor. 2. Moss is also lik a fathr-figur to ths young mn. Thir parnts all did in th dsrt dying th sin

52 125 Th Book of Dutronomy Why Dos Moss Nd to Giv a Scond Law? unto dath. Thy livd in th dsrt whr God providd all of thir nds. So Moss nds to provid for thm som simpl, common sns information (that thy should not link up two diffrnt incompatibl animals togthr; that thy should not mix cotton and wool thrads in th sam garmnt, tc.). Thy did not know any of this common sns stuff. No rason to larn it in th dsrt and now, hr thy ar, about to ntr into a nw lif in th Land of Promis, and thy do not hav any ida how lad normal livs. Moss will provid this information for thm. 1) What is fascinating about this information is, God th Holy Spirit will us many of ths principls and mak spiritual applications, taking a common sns suggstion and turning it into a spiritual application. 2) On xampl of this is, Moss tlls his popl not to hook togthr to plow animals who ar incompatibl. A common sns thing; but if you hav nvr farmd bfor, it might b good to know this. Paul will tak this bit of common sns and say that incompatibl popl should not b linkd in marriag in particular, you should not link togthr a blivr and an unblivr in marriag. 3. Th Mosaic Law rquird parnts to tach this law to thir childrn. But th parnts wr Gn X, who wr constantly rblling against God and against Moss. Thrfor, w do not xpct thm to hav taught thir childrn as thy should of. This continus, bcaus if you hav on gnration that dos not tach thir childrn; thn that gnration dos not tach thir childrn. So w hav 2 gnrations (all summd up as th gnration of promis) who hav not bn taught th Law of God. 4. During this tim, Moss has bn handling a myriad of court cass, as hav his undrlings. Whn court cass ar brought bfor a judg, this stuff all taks a lot of tim. So Moss is going to giv som rulings which will prclud som popl from bringing a cas to court. Oh, that is how this should shak out? is what th potntial litigants would say; and thn thy would sttl mattrs. 5. A larg portion of Dutronomy dals with rcnt history and its maning and importanc. Popl do not 1 tnd to undrstand thir own history and oftn misapply history that thy rally do not undrstand. 6. This also sts us up for th way things will b. Nvr again will thr b a grat ladr who gos off in th mountains and communs with God, and thn coms back with God s Word and th dsign for a country in a world of sin. This is don but on tim. Thr will b prophts and thos who spak with God, but nothing will occur as occurrd with Moss. Thrfor, th popl nd to b abl to accpt th authority of Moss, vn if h dos not prfac vry fw paragraphs with, And thn God told m to tll you this Thrfor, what w hav in th book of Dutronomy is th tru concpt of Biblical inspiration. Th short answr is, this is a nw gnration whos parnts did not tach thm th Law; so thy nd to har th Law. Scondly, this ssntially dfins Biblical inspiration for us for th rst of th Bibl. 1 Gorg W. Bush is a grat xampl of this. If you can put asid your silly notions about this man, h was on of th most larnd, wll-rad prsidnts of my liftim, and h knw history. But, hr is th problm: th ky to our currnt rlationship with Grmany and Japan is th Unitd Stats snding ovr missionaris to thos countris. That sam factor is in play in South Kora. Prsidnt Bush crtainly had a good undrstanding of thos conflicts and what happnd as a rsult, but h mistaknly blivd that th ky was stablishing a dmocracy in thos countris. That was wrong. Th ky was vanglism and th sprading of Bibl doctrin to th population of thos countris. That is how w took popl who wr ithr our nmis or our unasy allis, and changd thm, bcaus th Word of God changd thir thinking. It just turns out that thr can b a good allianc btwn th popl of God and a constitutional rpublic. Howvr, instad of flooding Iraq and Afghanistan with missionaris, th sprading of th gospl of Jsus Christ was curtaild; and this is why I can say, with absolut confidnc, that ths countris will not hav a long-lasting good rlationship with th Unitd Stats similar to th rlationship that w hav with South Kora, Grman and Japan. Th point that I am making hr is, you hav to know mor than history; you nd to undrstand how to proprly intrprt history. Chaptr Outlin Charts, Maps and Short Doctrins Application: On thing I hav notics among unblivrs and vn som Christians is, thy do not sm to lik th ida that w can know th mind of God. Somhow, that ida is arrogant. Howvr, God purposfully rvals

53 Dutronomy Chaptr His thinking in Scriptur. Not only ar w abl to larn how to think as God thinks, but God wants us to think as H thinks. Lt this mind b in you, which was also in Christ Jsus (Philip. 2:5; KJV). W larn this from th Bibl, and from th Nw Tstamnt, bcaus Paul and th apostls had th mind of Christ (1Cor. 2:16). Thinking lik God thinks is what w ar dsignd to do as blivrs in Jsus Christ. Dutronomy 1:4a Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs achãrêy (àççâøåé) [pronouncd ah-kuh- RAY] bhind, aftr; following; aftr that, aftrwards; hindr parts prposition; plural form Strong s #310 BDB #29 Th plural form of this prposition occurs mor oftn than th singular, although I am uncrtain as to any diffrnc in maning whn usd as a prposition. nâkâh (ðèëèä) [pronouncd naw-kawh] to smit, to assault, to hit, to strik, to strik [somthing or somon] down, to dfat, to conqur, to subjugat Hiphil infinitiv construct rd with th 3 prson masculin singular suffix Strong #5221 BDB #645 êth (àæç) [pronouncd ayth] untranslatd gnrally; occasionally to, toward indicats that th following substantiv is a dirct objct Strong's #853 BDB #84 Çîychôn (ñäéçéï) [pronouncd s- KHOWN] warrior; tmpstuous; and is translitratd Sihon masculin singular propr noun Strong s #5511 BDB #695 mlk ( îæìæ) [pronouncd MEH-lk] king, rulr, princ masculin singular construct Strong s #4428 BDB #572 môrîy (àáîéøäé) [pronouncd h-moh- REE] mountainr (possibly); and is translitratd Amorit gntilic adjctiv; with th dfinit articl Strong s #567 BDB #57 ãshr (àâéùæø) [pronouncd ash-er] that, which, whn, who, whom rlativ pronoun Strong's #834 BDB #81 yâshab (éèùçá) [pronouncd yaw- B SHAH V] ar inhabiting, wr staying, rmaining, dwlling, sitting Qal activ participl Strong's #3427 BDB #442 h b (áìà) [pronouncd b ] in, into, at, by, nar, on, with, bfor, upon, against, by mans of, among, within a prposition of proximity BDB #88 Chsh bôwn (çæùàáìåéï) [pronouncd khsh- BOHN] stronghold; translitratd Hshbon, Chshbon propr singular noun/location Strong s #2809 BDB #363 Translation:...aftr h dfatd Sihon, th king of th Amorits (who livd in Hshbon)... This all took plac during a particular tim priod. 38 yars passd whil Gn X did off in th dsrt and thn in Num. 20 w pick up th narrativ onc again whr Miriam, th sistr of Moss, dis. Thn th popl bgin to mov again and in Num. 21:21 33, th Isralits dfat Sihon. This is th nw gnration; this is th gnration of promis that dfats Sihon.

54 127 Th Book of Dutronomy Th narrativ that Moss is rfrring to is Num. 21:21 26 And Isral snt mssngrs to Sihon king of th Amorits, saying, Lt m pass through your land; w will not turn into a fild or into a vinyard; w will not drink watrs of a wll; w will go in th king's highway until w hav passd ovr your bordr. And Sihon would not allow Isral to pass through his bordr. And Sihon gathrd all his popl and wnt out to mt Isral in th wildrnss, and thy cam to Jahaz and fought against Isral. And Isral struck him by th mouth of th sword and sizd his land, from Arnon to Jabbok, to th sons of Ammon. For th bordr of th sons of Ammon was strong. And Isral took all ths citis. And Isral dwlt in all th citis of th Amorit, in Hshbon and in all its daughtr villags. For Hshbon was th city of Sihon king of th Amorits. And h had fought against th formr king of Moab and had takn his land out of his hand, to Arnon. (Grn s Litral translation) Moss trid to go past Sihon, as h had no dirct fight with him. Howvr, Sihon s ngativ volition toward th Jws mant that h had ngativ volition toward God. God allowd Sihon s ngativ volition to b an occasion for th Jws to larn how to fight in a war. This would hav also givn th Jws som additional confidnc whn going into th Land of Promis. Application: This battl with Sihon illustrats ngativ volition in a diffrnt way. Thr was no nd for Sihon to hav a fight with th Jws. Moss told thm that thy wr just passing through; Moss mad no thrats against Sihon or his popl; Moss simply indicats that th popl wantd to go from point A to point B. Sihon did not nd to mak a big dal out of this, but h chos to. Dutronomy 1:4b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs w (or v ) (åà or åì) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though; as wll as simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 êth (àæç) [pronouncd ayth] untranslatd gnrally; occasionally to, toward indicats that th following substantiv is a dirct objct Strong's #853 BDB #84 Ôwg (çåéâ) [pronouncd ìohg] round; long-nckd; translitratd Og masculin singular propr noun Strong s #5747 BDB #728 mlk ( îæìæ) [pronouncd MEH-lk] king, rulr, princ masculin singular construct Strong s #4428 BDB #572 Bâshân (áìèùèï) [pronouncd baw- SHAWN] sandy soil; fruitful; and is translitratd Bashan propr singular noun; a location; with th dfinit articl Strong s #1316 BDB #143 Own mistaknly says thr is anothr dirct objct hr; but it is a dfinit articl. ãshr (àâéùæø) [pronouncd ash-er] that, which, whn, who, whom rlativ pronoun Strong's #834 BDB #81 yâshab (éèùçá) [pronouncd yaw- B SHAH V] ar inhabiting, wr staying, rmaining, dwlling, sitting Qal activ participl Strong's #3427 BDB #442 h b (áìà) [pronouncd b ] in, into, at, by, nar, on, with, bfor, upon, against, by mans of, among, within a prposition of proximity BDB #88 Ash târôwth (òçùàúìèøåéú) [pronouncd ìahsh-taw- ROHTH] star; translitratd Ashtaroth, Ashtarts, Ashtaroths fminin propr noun; plural form Strong s #6252 BDB #800

55 Dutronomy Chaptr Dutronomy 1:4b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs h b (áìà) [pronouncd b ] in, into, at, by, nar, on, with, bfor, upon, against, by mans of, among, within a prposition of proximity BDB #88 Ed r îy (àæãàøæçäé) [pronouncd hd-reh] goodly pastur; mighty; translitratd Edri propr singular noun/location Strong s #154 BDB #204 Translation:...and Og, th king of Bashan (who livd in Ashtaroth in Edri... Along with Sihon, th childrn of Isral also dfat Og, also information found in Num. 21. Own's translats this as th king of Bashan, whras it actually rads king of th Bashan; which accounts for othr translations you may hav rad. Bashan mans plain, larg opn ara, champaign; and, as was mntiond back in Num. 33:21, is not ncssarily th nam givn to that country by th nativs, but could b a dsignation givn it by Moss or by th Isralits. Th dfinit articl sms to indicat that. It is common for som aras to by typically prcdd by a dfinit articl (lik th Philippins). Th way v. 4 rads, it sounds as though Ashtaroth is in Edri; howvr, this is proprly undrstood as Ashtaroth is whr Og, king of th Bashan livd; and Edri is possibly whr h did. This is lliptical and it should rad: Aftr his striking down of Sihon king of th Amorit, who was dwlling in Hshbon, and Og, king of th Bashan [or, king of th wid, opn ara], who was dwlling in Ashtaroth [whom h struck down] in Edri. Th and as is found in svral of th othr codics, hlps us somwhat with this undrstanding. It is clar from Num. 21:33 and Dut. 3:1 that Edri is whr th Isralits dfatd Og, king of th Bashan. Isral has just had two grat victoris ast of th Jordan, conquring a grat dal of land which has gon to th tribs of Rubn, Gad and a portion of th trib of Manassh. Ths victoris wr principally th fforts of th gnration of promis. But Sihon would not prmit Isral to pass through his bordr. So Sihon gathrd all his popl and wnt out against Isral in th wildrnss, and cam to Jahaz and fought against Isral. Th Isral struck him down with th dg of th sword, and took possssion of his land from th Arnon to th Jabbok, as far as th sons of Ammon; for th bordr of th sons of Ammon [was] Jazr. And Isral took all ths citis and Isral livd in all th citis of th Amorits, in Hshbon, and in all hr villags (Num. 21:23 25). Th narrativ of this is in Num. 21:33 35 And thy turnd and wnt th way of Bashan. And Og king of Bashan cam out to mt thm, h and all his popl, to battl at Edri. And Jhovah said to Moss, Do not far him, for I hav givn him into your hand, and all his popl and his land. And you shall do to him as you hav don to Sihon king of th Amorits, who dwlt at Hshbon. And thy struck him and his sons and all his popl until h did not hav a rmnant lft. And thy sizd his land. Whn it says that Og king of Bashan cam out to mt thm, that would suggst that h cam out with a complt army, rady to go to war with th Isralits. Bar in mind that th Isralits would hav had a rputation. God ld thm out of Egypt, th gratst army of that rgion. It was vry clar that this was a spiritual battl and that th Jws had bn ld by thir God. Thrfor, th popl of Bashan would hav known all of this. Thy probably knw that th Jws dfatd Sihon. Howvr, ngativ volition causs popl to do awful and awfully stupid things. Application: Th powr of ngativ volition is phnomnal. Narly vry prson knows that hroin and cocain and mthamphtamin ar highly addictiv drugs. Som prson in th drug cultur probably, bfor his first us of any of ths drugs, knows mth-hads or hroin addicts. Such a prson, if h rally thought about it, would think, That is not rally how I want to liv my lif or I don t want to nd up lik that. And yt, tns of thousands of popl bgin taking ths drugs yar aftr yar aftr yar, until thy bcom somon ls s bad xampl.

56 129 Th Book of Dutronomy Application: In politics, th Unitd Stats of Amrica has th worst prsidnt of my liftim, Barack Obama (I writ this in Octobr 1013). H has clarly mad a complt mss of th financs of th Unitd Stats; and for any prson who knows vn a littl history, it should b clar that his plan to jump-start th Amrican conomy through a massiv stimulus bill did not work. It cam nowhr clos to working. Lss than a 2% growth pr yar is ssntially no growth, as that many popl ntr th workforc vry yar. Thrfor, whn th growth rat for yars on nd ar in that rang and lowr, it ought to b clar that, what h is doing rgarding th conomy is not working (or, if you bliv in conspiracy thoris, th absolut lack of growth is Obama s intntion). In any cas, thr ar millions of popl who support th prsidnt and bliv that h is brilliant in th ralm of th financial world, dspit any sort of vidnc for this. Many of his supportrs that h works with fl th sam way. Prsidnt Obama himslf probably fls th sam way. All of thm hav accss to simpl information to tll thm that, what h is doing is not working; and yt, h continus to mov in th sam dirction oftn calld moving th country forward. Thy nvr vn attmpt a partial consrvativ conomic approach (vn though h gos out of his way on many occasions to us consrvativ languag, usd for th purpos of slling vry libral idas). Many of his supportrs ar young, collg-agd kids, and thy ar xiting collg with $25,000 in studnt-loan dbt, and looking around and sing that thr ar no jobs, and still, 5 yars aftr th prsidncy of Gorg W. Bush, thy still blam Prsidnt Bush for dstroying th conomy and imput absolutly no blam whatsovr to Prsidnt Obama who has bn prsidnt for th last 5 yars. And ths ar collg studnts! Popl you would xpct to hav a clu, and yt, thy do not. Th problm is, thy hav ngativ volition toward th Laws of Divin Establishmnt (HTML) (PDF) (WPD). Thrfor, thy oppos God s ways of doing things. If w fll into th worst dprssion in Amrican history tomorrow, I will guarant you that 90% or mor of ths studnts would ithr blam Rpublicans in Congrss or thy would blam Bush still for that dprssion. It would not vn occur to thm to blam Prsidnt Obama. V. 4 onc again: Aftr his striking down of Sihon king of th Amorit, who was dwlling in Hshbon, and Og, king of th Bashan [or, king of th wid, opn ara], who was dwlling in Ashtaroth [whom h struck down] in Edri. It is actually quit surprising just how many tims Og and Sihon ar mntiond. Bcaus this chaptr is so filld with information as it is, I go into any furthr dtail, but, at som point, this should b furthr xamind. Dut. 2: :1 11 Num. 21:21 35 Joshua 12:2 6 13:10 12 Nh. 9:22 Psalm 135:11 136:19, 20. What appars to b th cas is, ths battls with Og and Sihon wr suddn. Thr was no tim for apprhnsion to build up; thy just happnd. And th Jws trustd God and wnt into th battl and thy wr victorious. Moss spaks of ths battls on svral occasions in part to giv th Jwish soldirs confidnc in God, and in His Prsnc during war. Ptr Ptt: This took plac aftr th dfat of Sihon and Og, kings of th Amorits (Numbrs 21:21-35). Th dfat of thos kings, which would vntually lad to th possssing of thir land, brought hom to Isral that th dram was now bcoming a rality. Thy had achivd thir first victoris in th procss of possssing th land, and thir harts wr liftd high. Unlik thir fathrs 23 thy wr going forth in blif and obdinc. th th So far, vv. 3 4 rad: And it cam about in th 11 month of th 40 yar, on th first day of th month that Moss spok to th sons of Isral according to all that Jhovah had commandd him aftr h dfatd Sihon and Og (Sihon was th king of th Amorits who livd in Hshbon and Og was th king of Bashan who livd ast of th Jordan in th land of Moab). Ths victoris ought to b significant to th Isralits. Ths victoris ar mpirical proof that God is with thm; and that God is lading thm corrctly into th Land of Promis. Had anyon xprssd hsitation lik th 10 spis 38 yars prvious, somon would hav said, W just dfatd Sihon and Og; that should clarly tll us that God is with us. Ths victoris rprsnt a turning point in nation Isral and in God s rlationship to thm. Isral is back on track, listning to God (through Moss) and not rblling against God s dirctivs. Thy ar popl that God can work with. 23 From accssd Novmbr 5, 2013.

57 Dutronomy Chaptr Application: Th gnration of promis rprsnt just how much can chang in on gnration. Of th prvious gnration, God spaks many tims of how much H dspisd that gnration in th Old and Nw Tstamnts (God s hatrd is an anthropopathism). Dutronomy 1:5a Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs h b (áìà) [pronouncd b ] in, into, at, by, nar, on, with, bfor, upon, against, by mans of, among, within a prposition of proximity BDB #88 êbr (òåáæø) [pronouncd B ÌAY -vr] rgion byond [across]; rgion on th othr sid [of a vally, stram, sa]; th opposit rgion [sid]; byond, sid masculin singular construct Strong's #5676 BDB #719 Th bêyth prposition with th masculin noun êbr litrally man in th opposit rgion, in th opposit sid; togthr, thy oftn act as th singl prposition byond, on th othr sid of. Yâr dên (éèøàãåï) [pronouncd yar -DAYN] translitratd Jordan propr noun with th dfinit articl Strong s #3383 BDB #434 h b (áìà) [pronouncd b ] in, into, at, by, nar, on, with, bfor, upon, against, by mans of, among, within a prposition of proximity BDB #88 rts (àæøæõ) [pronouncd EH-rts] arth (all or a portion throf), land, trritory, country, continnt; ground, soil; undr th ground [Shol] fminin singular construct Strong's #776 BDB #75 Môw âb (îåéàèá) B [pronouncd moh-aw V] of his fathr; translitratd Moab masculin singular, propr noun Strong s #4124 BDB #555 Translation:...in th rgion byond th Jordan in th land of Moab). This all taks plac ast of th Jordan, around th Moab ara (which is ast of th Dad Sa). This is whr ths two altrcations tak plac. Originally, th Moabits livd in this ara (rmmbr that thy ar dscndd from Lot via an unholy rlationship btwn Lot and his daughtrs). Howvr, at this tim, th Amorits control th land (Num. 21:25). Dutronomy 1:5b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs yâ al (éèàçì) [pronouncd yaw-ahl] to willingly chos, to b willing to, to willingly undrtak; to giv ascnt to; to undrtak, to attmpt, to try rd 3 prson masculin singular, Hiphil prfct (not found in th Qal) Strong's #2974 BDB #383 Moshh (îéùæä) [pronouncd moh- SHEH] to draw out [of th watr] and is translitratd Moss masculin propr noun Strong s #4872 BDB #602

58 131 Th Book of Dutronomy Dutronomy 1:5b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs bâ ar (áìèàçø) [pronouncd baw-ahr to mak distinct, to mak clar [plain], to xpound; lttrs on a tablt rd 3 prson masculin singular, Pil prfct Strong s #874 BDB #91 24 Clark: to mak bar, clar, tc., fully to xplain, this law. Th Pulpit Commntary: Th Hbrw word hr usd...signifis primarily to cut or dig, thn to cut into, to grav, and thn to cut or dig out so as to mak vidnt, 25 to dclar, to mak plain. êth (àæç) [pronouncd ayth] untranslatd gnrally; occasionally to, toward indicats that th following substantiv is a dirct objct Strong's #853 BDB #84 tôwrah (èåéøçä or èéøçä) [pronouncd TOH-rah] instruction, doctrin; [human and divin] law, dirction, rgulations, protocol; custom; translitratd Torah fminin singular noun with th dfinit articl Strong s #8451 and #8452 BDB #435 zô th (æéàú) [pronouncd zoth] hr, this, this on; thus; possibly anothr fminin of singular zh; dmonstrativ pronoun, advrb Strong s #2063 (& 2088, 2090) BDB #260 lâmd (ìà) [pronouncd l ] to, for, towards, in rgards to dirctional/rlational prposition BDB #510 âmar (àèîçø) [pronouncd aw-mahr] to say, to spak, to uttr; to say [to onslf], to think; to command; to promis; to xplain; to intnd Qal infinitiv construct Strong s #559 BDB #55 Translation: Moss bgan to clarify [and xplain] th law [of God], saying,... Th Law hr (litrally, this Law) rfrs of cours to th Law which Moss rcivd on Mount Sinai, which includs th Tn Commandmnts and th myriads of othr laws givn to him from God. Th NIV Study Bibl: In Dutronomy th laws ar summarizd and intrprtd, and adjustd to th nw spcific situation Isral would fac in Canaan. Thus Dutronomy is, in ssnc, a covnant 26 rnwal (and updating) documnt. Moss is going to try or h is willingly going to assnt to making th law clar and undrstandabl. This suggsts that many of thos in this nw gnration had not had th law fully xplaind to thm. Although thr was a lot of th Law which was supposd to b passd on from parnts to thir childrn, rcall that Gn X was a rcalcitrant gnration, so that thy probably did littl or nothing about passing down th Law to thir childrn. Thr is a vrb in th nxt vrs which is modratly difficult. First lt's xamin what othr translators hav don: Th Amplifid Bibl Moss bgan to xplain this law, saying Adam Clark, Commntary on th Bibl; from -Sword, Dut. 1:5. 25 Th Pulpit Commntary; ; by Josph S. Exll, Hnry Donald Mauric Spnc-Jons, courtsy of -sword, Dut. 1:5. 26 Th NIV Study Bibl; 1995 by Th Zondrvan Corporation; p. 242 (footnot).

59 Dutronomy Chaptr Th Emphasizd Bibl 27...did Moss tak in hand [or, to tak upon himslf] to xpound this law, saying... KJV...bgan Moss to dclar this law, saying,... NASB Moss undrtook to xpound this law, saying,... NIV Moss bgan to xpound this law, saying,... NRSV Moss undrtook to xpound this law as follows: Own's Translation Moss undrtook to xplain this law as follows Th vrb in qustion is th Hiphil prfct of yâ al (éèàçì) [pronouncd yaw-ahl] and BDB givs its manings variously as to show willingnss, to b plasd, to dtrmin, to undrtak. In th Niphal, th asir vrsion, this mans to b foolish. Howvr, th Hiphil is toughr to follow. W find this vrb in th Hiphil prfct in Gn. 18:27 and 31, translatd in th NASB vntur, and footnotd as undrtakn. W don't s this vrb again in th Hiphil prfct until Joshua 7:7, whr it is translatd willing, contnt. W find this vrb svral tims in th Hiphil imprfct in Ex. 2:21 Joshua 17:12 Judgs 1:27, 35 17:11. What appars to b th cas is that this is an act of fr will, this is an act whr a prson dsirs to do somthing, but it coms not from lust but from contntmnt from a comfortabl position; vn from a rlaxd mntal attitud. I hav willingly chosn to translat this willingly chos. This mans that, God told Abraham, I want you to go back with this popl and r-xplain and clarify th Law for thm. Abraham was glad to do this. H was happy to do this. Strong's #2974 BDB #383. God had alrady givn th Law to Moss who had givn it to th popl. Moss had bn njoind to writ it down, which h did, and, w will s latr in Dutronomy, that th Law was, in som way, distributd not to vry prson or to vry trib, but th gnral population did hav som accss to it, as thy will b dirctd to writ vrss down and carry thm around and larn thm. So Moss is not giving thm th Law hr, but h is xplaining it. Th Law which Moss spok of was mor than th actual words spokn by God btwn Ex. 20 and Num. 36. Hr, th us of th word Law, gos byond th Tn Commandmnts and th ordinancs and th civil and criminal laws rcordd by Moss. Hr, th word law, if w look to what Moss will bgin xplaining, covrs th rcordd vnts of th prvious thr books of Scriptur. Th Pulpit Commntary: What Moss st himslf to do, thn, was not to publish a nw law, but to mak plain to th popl th Law alrady promulgatd, to st forth clarly and pointdly what thy wr rquird by th Law to b and to do...th xprssion usd by Moss plainly indicats that this book was not intndd to furnish a scond cod of laws diffrnt from th formr, but simply to xplain 28 and nforc what had bfor bn njoind. God th Holy Spirit dfinitly, and Moss, probably, rcognizd that all which had bn rcordd by Moss in th Pntatuch was th Law of God. Nar th nd of his lif, Moss will dfinitly raliz that h is rcording God's Word. That will b th clar indication of Dut. 4:1 2 (And now, Isral, listn to th statuts and to th judgmnts which I am taching you to do, so that you may liv and go in, and possss th land which Jhovah th God of your fathrs is giving to you. You shall not add to th Word which I command you, nor tak from it, to kp th commandmnts of Jhovah your God which I command you Grn s litral translation). and 12:32 (All th things that I command you, tak hd to do thm and you shall not add to it, nor tak away from it. Grn s litral translation). Moss tachs, dvlops, intrprts, and adjusts th Law throughout th book of Dutronomy, applying it to diffrnt sts of circumstancs (thy wr in pac outsid of thir country and how thy wr looking at ntring thir land, going to war and bing at war for a considrabl amount of tim. Th book of Dutronomy rnws th covnant which God had mad with thir fathrs. Although th book of Numbrs appard to nd artificially and abruptly. thr is no doubt that this is a nw topic or a nw book. W hav fiv vrss which introduc this book. As you hav found out, I am intrstd in crtain dtails, such as, how did this com to b writtn down? I hav thr diffrnt notions: (1) Moss wrot his srmons down, much in th way that many studid pastors do, making crtain points, rfrring back to crtain doctrins and occurrncs, kping in mind that this is bing spokn to an audinc. (2) Moss may hav 27 According to th Oxford Gssius, which is a Hbrw and English Lxicon of th Old Tstamnt, which is basd upon th Lxicon of William Gsnius. 28 Th Pulpit Commntary; ; by Josph S. Exll, Hnry Donald Mauric Spnc-Jons, courtsy of -sword, Dut. 1:5.

60 133 Th Book of Dutronomy vrbally put this srmon togthr and spok it to his srvant Joshua, who wrot it down and Moss dlivrd it from his nots. (3) Moss may hav spokn xtmporanously, which at first appars to b th cas, but thn it had to b writtn down in ordr for us to hav it in th form that w do today. Eithr Moss wrot this down aftr th fact (which I find doubtful) or ths ar th nots that Joshua took. I lik option #1 just bcaus a pastor should hav somthing to say and that coms as a rsult of study. Th ida of a pastor just standing in front of his congrgation just winging it, as though God's Word coms dirctly from him, is an incorrct notion. If you hav a pastor who spaks from th hart most of th tim, maning that h dos not study bfor taching, thn I rcommnd you find anothr pastor. Usually what is dlivrd undr thos circumstancs is pap, half-truths and 29 a grat many inaccuracis. At bst, th pastor might vangliz his congrgation for th umptnth tim. Moss did hav a diffrnt sort of sminary profssor than most of us hav had (th Lord Jsus Christ Himslf); but thn his profssor was crtainly mor xacting than ours. In any option, Moss had th studnt hours bhind him. I originally land toward option #3, as w smoothly mov from th book of Dutronomy into th dath of Moss, into th book of Joshua, both of which wr rcordd by Joshua. What mor natural thing would thr hav bn than to hav writtn th srmons of Moss as h gav thm and thn continu with a post script? Aftr writing about th dath of Moss, thn Joshua would hav ralizd that that is part of his dutis undr Y howah, to rcord th history of Isral and th doctrin of Jsus Christ. Howvr, thr is a passag or two in Dutronomy (Dut. 31:9, 24) which tll us this was writtn by th hand of Moss. Th problm I hav with Moss simply spaking xtmporanously is, ths ar a lot of topics to b dlivrd without a st of nots. On th othr hand, I bliv that th closr man was to Adam, th gratr th dvlopmnt of man s brain. So it is not difficult to imagin som man lik Moss, with grat intllignc, bing abl to put togthr an outlin of a srmon, of topics, in his own mind, and thn to go from thr. For instanc, I might b abl to talk for 5 minuts about Num from th top of my had. It is not out of th qustion that Moss, who livd ths vnts, who is much mor intllignt than I am, to giv this topic an hour, if nd b. On of th things which I find fascinating ar th actual nuts and bolts of what is rally occurring. I don't bliv that I hav vn sn this addrssd in this way. Thr ar ovr two million Isralits. With a microphon systm and a stag spakr, it would hav bn difficult to addrss vn a quartr of that numbr. Thr is no indication that Moss had ithr, nor hav I found yt a suprnatural implication. Thr ar millions of Christians on this plant; vn in this nation. Only a fraction of thos actually hav a ral intrst in God's Word. If thr is an inconvninc tid to attnding church, such as distanc or lack of a nursry, thn som will not attnd. If thy ovrslp or don't fl lik gtting up in th morning, othrs will not attnd. If it is not a frindly church or if thr ar no activitis arrangd for th young popl or for th singl adults or for th rtird but still activ, thn som will not attnd. Th point hr is that not all two million of ths Isralits hav a strong intrst in God's Word and thr ar crtainly inconvnincs and things that thy would objct to. W too oftn try to lump groups of popl togthr as though thy ar on prson. This is th ssntial basis of all prjudic. Hr w hav two million individuals, far gratr than thir prdcssors, but all carrying within thm on ach old sin natur. Thrfor, som would attnd ths talks of Moss and many would not. W will s a crtain amount of rptition in ths srmons of Moss thy ar givn in such a way, that thos who attnd svral sssions will gt somthing nw ach tim, but thos who attnd only a fw, will walk away with important information also. I rcall bringing an vanglist into our high school and h spok six or svn tims in a row. Th studnts flockd to s him, som staying for all sssions. H gav th sav ssntial mssag ach tim, but ach tim is was diffrnt nough that anyon attnding all sssions got somthing nw vry tim. I know this, as I attndd all sssions. So w hav Moss spaking to a hug group of popl, prhaps as many as tns of thousands during ach sssion. W hav complt silnc during his mssag and all th wathr conditions ar prfctly suitd for his mssag to rach th ntir congrgation. Furthrmor, this information was also rcordd, word-for-word, so that othrs could rad what Moss had to say. 29 Paul urgs Timothy to do th work of an vanglist (2Tim. 4:5), but a local church must do mor than simply tach th gospl.

61 Dutronomy Chaptr On of th grat diffrncs of th book of Dutronomy and th othr books of th Law is, prviously, Moss would carfully distinguish what God said and giv th Isralits a complt, xact quot. That will not b th cas in Dutronomy. A fw quotations from God ar givn; but mostly Moss will spak in his own voic to th popl. Thr ar two pics of information which ar quit prtinnt at this tim: Moss has bn formally traind in law whn h was prparing to bcom th pharaoh. H would hav known th laws in all of th narby aras, and how wll thy workd or did not work. Furthrmor, Moss has bn th suprm court judg ovr a myriad of cass which this population of 2 million had bn bringing against on anothr. Chaptr Outlin Charts, Maps and Short Doctrins Th first 5 vrss, which st up th book of Dutronomy, rad lik this: Moss spok th following words whil h was ast of th Jordan, in th wildrnss, in th Arabah which is opposit Suph and in btwn Paran, Tophl, Laban, Hzroth and Di-zahab. It taks lvn days to go from Horb, along th road around Mount th th Sir, to gt to Kadsh-barna. And it cam about in th 11 month of th 40 yar, on th first day of th month that Moss spok to th sons of Isral according to all that Jhovah had commandd him aftr h dfatd Sihon and Og (Sihon was th king of th Amorits who livd in Hshbon and Og was th king of Bashan who livd ast of th Jordan in th land of Moab). Moss, thrfor, bgan to clarify and r-xplain this law of God, saying,... A Summary of Dutronomy 1: This givs us th tim, and th plac, as wll as th who. Moss is spaking ast of th Jordan nar th th nd of th 40 yar. 2. W gt th background: th childrn of Isral had just dfatd Sihon and Og in battl, which ar imprssiv victoris, as th Isralits wr not soldirs. 3. W find out th Moss knows xactly whr thy ar and xactly th day and th tim in history. This tlls us that h clarly had a calndar systm and was rcording information prtinnt to thir tim in th dsrt-wildrnss. In othr words, thr wr othr rcords kpt bsids Holy Writ. 4. Jhovah Elohim had told Moss that h must tach th childrn of Isral. 5. Th contnt of th Mosaic Law would b clarifid and r-xplaind to th gnration of promis. 6. Thir prsonal history must also b proprly xplaind and intrprtd. 7. What w ar not informd of hr, but will find out latr in th book of Dutronomy is, Moss is going to stop right hr; h will not go with th Isralits in to tak th Land of Promis. As an asid, ths first 5 vrss tll us that Moss was not lost nor confusd about whr h was or how to gt from point A to point B. If you pick up a commntary, and it says anything about Moss or th childrn of Isral wr lost and/or confusd, thn you know you ar rading th thoughts of an amatur. Chaptr Outlin Charts, Maps and Short Doctrins Historic vnt: God Tlls Isral to Lav Mount Horb for th Land of Promis Numbrs 10:11 13 V. 5 rads: Moss bgan to clarify [and xplain] th law [of God], saying,... What Moss will say bgins in v. 6 and continus through Dut. 4:43. H is prparing th popl of Isral, thos standing bfor him, to ntr into th land promisd thm by God. H must rviw thir history, so that thy undrstand how thy ar rlatd to God and whr God has bn in thir livs and what God will do for thm in th futur. Moss nds to inspir confidnc in thm not toward thmslvs or thir own abilitis but toward God, Who has bn with thm vry stp of th way sinc Egypt. Moss will contrast faith and unblif; obdinc (Dut. 2:1 3:22) and disobdinc

62 135 Th Book of Dutronomy (Dut. 1:19 46). Finally, Moss must mak ths popl undrstand thir plac in history, and God s uniqu rlationship with thm (Dut. 4:1 43). 30 At this point, I will idntify th sort of topic that Moss is spaking about, whthr it is an historic vnt or somthing ls. For this chaptr, Moss will start at Horb, go to th dg of th land, and tll how th popl shirkd from God s ordrs to tak th land. Thn, nar th nd of this chaptr, h will bring thm right back up to dat. Quotation formatting in Dutronomy: Almost all of Dutronomy is Moss spaking to th popl. Within ths spchs h will quot God, h will quot himslf, and h will quot things which th popl hav said. Proprly, I should bgin ach nw paragraph with a frsh st of quots. I won t b doing that. I will us a st of quotation marks for all that Moss says in this first chaptr and in th final chaptr, with th propr quots within quots in ths chaptrs. For th chaptrs in btwn, I will not us ovrall quotation marks for what Moss is saying, unlss that chaptr spcifically mixs a bit of narrativ with what Moss is saying. Furthrmor, a quot within what Moss is saying will b dnotd with singl quotation marks ; and a quot within that will b dnotd with italics. In subsqunt chaptrs, whr quotation marks ar not applid to Moss, quotations of othrs will b dnotd with normal quotation marks. You nd to gt th pictur of what is going on hr. It is actually slightly confusing. A Summary of What is Happning 1. Moss is with th childrn of Isral and it is 38 yars sinc Mount Sinai. 2. Thir parnts wr supposd to ntr into Isral and tak th land; thy did not (Num ). So Moss spnt 40 yars total in th dsrt and God spnt that tim killing off th oldr Isralits. 3. Thr ar two gnrations of Isralits: Gn X ar thos who wr 20 and oldr whn thy lft Egypt; th gnration of promis ar thos who ar 20 and youngr whn thy lft Egypt. Includd with this lattr gnration ar thos born in th dsrt-wildrnss (comparing th population numbrs givn prviously, w know that familis did xprinc som growth, dspit th killing off of Gn X). 4. A portion of th gnration of promis lft Egypt as childrn, but thy now stand bfor Moss as adults, 40 yars latr. Anothr portion of thm wr born in th dsrt and grw to adulthood in th dsrt. Thr is a third portion who wr born in th dsrt and thy ar still undr Evryon in Gn X is now dad, xcpt for Joshua and Calb. Moss is actually from a gnration bfor thm. 6. Th popl to whom Moss is spaking is th gnration of promis. 7. Moss will spak to thm as if thr is no diffrnt btwn th gnrations. Although, from tim to tim, h will mak rfrncs to th two diffrnt gnrations, most of th tim h will just spak to ths popl as th childrn of Isral. This is bcaus of th ovrlapping quality of gnrations; and bcaus thy ar all Isralits. 8. Thrfor, Moss will spak to his audinc as if thy ar participants in actions 38 yars ago, whn, for th most part, thy wr not. Som may hav bn; but th bulk of his audinc saw ths things occur, but thy wr not activ participants in ths acts. This may gt a littl confusing. 9. So Moss is going to addrss thm as you all in th vrbs and suffixs which h uss, spaking to thm as sons of Isral as a group. 10. Howvr, what Moss is rally doing is mostly talking to th youngr gnration about what thir fathrs did. 11. At first, I thought that Moss movs back to th masculin singular vrbs and masculin singular suffixs, h is actually spaking dirctly to th popl bfor him; and that th masculin plural vrbs rfr to thir fathrs. Howvr, that is a thory which did not pan out. This dos happn on a fw occasions, but I do not yt discrn a pattrn. Portions paraphrasd from Th Opn Bibl; th Nw Living Translation; Thomas Nlson Publishrs, Nashvill, TN; 1996, 30 p. 239 (footnot).

63 Dutronomy Chaptr A Summary of What is Happning 12. Moss will continu in this mannr throughout most of th book of Dutronomy, as th youngr gnration, th gnration of promis, thos who stand bfor him, will bcom oldr and bcom participants, to som dgr, in what occurs ovr ths 38 yars of wandring. 13. Howvr, whn it all shaks out, all of thir parnts will di in th dsrt, dropping lik flis; and th gnration of promis, th gnration to whom Moss is now spaking, will continu and go into th Land of Promis undr th ladrship of Joshua. 14. Most of this narrativ to which Moss rfrs is found in th book of Numbrs. 15. Moss ralizs that h will di, that h will not go into th land with th popl h is lading, and that h has a limitd amount of tim to impart Bibl doctrin to th Isralits known as th gnration of promis. Thrfor, Moss, in th book of Dutronomy, taks into considration that his tim on arth is limitd, his tim with his popl is limitd, and h nds to lay out a lot of important information bfor th cross ovr th Jordan with Joshua to tak th land. Th topic of Num is mostly what Moss will talk about in this chaptr. Chaptr Outlin Charts, Maps and Short Doctrins This bgins Moss' first spokn discours as rcordd in Dutronomy. This will continu until Dut. 4:40, whrin w will hav prhaps a word of xplanation or an addndum (vv ), followd by his scond 31 dissrtation. Y howah our Elohim spok unto us in Y howah our Elohim spok to us in Horb, Dutronomy Horb, to say, Much to you [all] rmaining at saying, You hav rmaind at this mountain 1:6 th mountain th this. [for too] long. Jhovah your God spok to us in Horb, saying, You hav rmaind at this mountain for too long. Hr is how othrs hav translatd this vrs: Ancint txts: Targum of Onklos Latin Vulgat Masortic Txt (Hbrw) Pshitta (Syriac) Sptuagint (Grk) Significant diffrncs: Th Lord our God spak with us (and not I, of my own mind) in Horb, saying: It is nough for you, and hath bn profitabl for you until this tim (during) which you hav rcivd th law, and hav mad th tabrnacl and its vssls, and appointd your princs ovr you; but now it would b vil for you to tarry longr at this mount. Th Lord our God spok to us in Horb, saying: You hav stayd long nough in this mountain. Y howah our Elohim spok unto us in Horb, to say, Much to you [all] rmaining at th mountain th this. Th LORD our God said to us in Horb, You hav dwlt long nough in this mountain. Th Lord your God spok to us in Horb, saying, Lt it suffic you to hav dwlt so long in this mountain. Thr is all kinds of additional txt in th targum. Thought-for-thought translations; paraphrass: Common English Bibl Laving Mount Horb 31 Thr ar svral opinions about whn th first addrss stops.

64 137 Th Book of Dutronomy Contmporary English V. Easy English Good Nws Bibl (TEV) Nw Brkly Vrsion Nw Living Translation Th Voic At Horb, th Lord our God told us: You'v bn at this mountain long nough. Popl of Isral, whn w wr in our camp at Mount Sinai, th LORD our God told us: You hav stayd hr long nough. `Th *Lord our God said to us at *Mount Horb, "You hav stayd for a long tim at this mountain. "Whn w wr at Mount Sinai, th LORD our God said to us, 'You hav stayd long nough at this mountain. At Horb [Most of th discours, Dut. 1:6 3:29, is a rviw of Isral s xprincs from th tim thy lft Horb until th dath of Moss. Dut. 4:1 10 constituts th appal to obsrv th Law, to bwar of idols, and to cling to vidncs of God s lov for His popl.] th LORD our God told us, You hav now tarrid at this mountain long nough;... Th Command to Lav Sinai "Whn w wr at Mount Sinai, th Lord our God said to us, `You hav stayd at this mountain long nough. Moss: Th Etrnal, our Tru God, spok to us back at Horb. H told us, "You'v stayd long nough at this mountain!. Partially litral and partially paraphrasd translations: Amrican English Bibl 'It was whil w wr in th Dry Plac (Horb) that Jhovah our God spok to us and said, You hav stayd at this mountain long nough. Bck s Amrican Translation Isral Should Tak Canaan At Horb th LORD our God told us: You hav stayd at this mountain long nough. Christian Community Bibl First discours of Moss: th judgs Moss said, Yahwh, our God, spok to us at Mount Horb: You hav stayd long nough at this mountain. Nw Advnt (Knox) Bibl W wr still at Horb whn th Lord our God said to us, This mountain has bn your hom long nough;. Nw Amrican Bibl (R.E.) Dpartur from Horb. Throughout this sction Moss is rviwing th vnts following th dpartur from Horb, as a basis for th xhortation bginning in 4:1. Most of ths vnts ar narratd with som variation in th Book of Numbrs. Th LORD, our God, said to us at Horb [Horb: th nam givn to th mountain of rvlation in th Elohist and Dutronomic traditions; this mountain is calld Sinai in th Yahwist and Pristly traditions.]: You hav stayd long nough at this mountain. Ex 32:34-33:3. Rvisd English Bibl Th LORD our God spaking to us at Horb said, You hav stayd at this mountain long nough; up, brak camp, and mak for th hill-country of th Amorits, and pass on to all thir nighbors in th Arabah, in th hill-country, in th Shphlah, in th Ngb, and on th coast; in short, all Canaan and th Lbanon as far as th Grat Rivr, th Euphrats. V. 7 is includd for contxt. Mostly litral rndrings (with som occasional paraphrasing): Ancint Roots Translinar Th Expandd Bibl Frar-Fnton Bibl NET Bibl Yahwh our God spok to us in Horb, saying, "Your lgions will dwll in this mountain. L C Th LORD our God spok to us at Mount Sinai [ Horb; anothr nam for Sinai] and said, "You hav stayd long nough at this mountain. SPEECH I Our EVER-LIVING God spok to us in Horb, saying; - You hav rmaind long nough on this mountain. Evnts at Horb

65 Dutronomy Chaptr Jwish/Hbrw Nams Bibls: Th Lord our God spok to us at Horb and said, "You hav stayd [Hb "livd"; "dwlld."] in th ara of this mountain long nough. Complt Jwish Bibl xgss companion Bibl Hbrw Nams Vrsion Kaplan Translation Orthodox Jwish Bibl "ADONAI spok to us in Horv. H said, 'You hav livd long nough by this mountain. Yah Vh our Elohim wordd to us in Horb, saying, You sttl too much in this mount:... Th LORD our God spok to us in Chorv, saying, You hav livd long nough in this mountain:... God our Lord spok to us at Horb, saying, 'You hav rmaind nar this mountain too long. Hashm Elohinu spok unto us in Chorv, saying, Y hav dwlt long nough at this mountain;... Litral, almost word-for-word, rndrings: Concordant Litral Vrsion English Standard Vrsion Th Gnva Bibl NASB Nw RSV Third Millnnium Bibl World English Bibl Young s Updatd LT Th gist of this vrs: Yahwh our Elohim, H spok to us at Horb saying, Many days hav you dwlt at this mountain. "Th LORD our God said to us in Horb, 'You hav stayd long nough at this mountain. Th LORD our God spak unto us in Horb [In th scond yar and scond month, (Numbrs 10:11).], saying, Y hav dwlt long nough in this mount. "Th Lord our God spok to us at Horb [Num 10:11-13], saying, `You hav stayd [Lit dwlt] long nough at this mountain. Th LORD our God spok to us at Horb, saying, `You hav stayd long nough at this mountain. "Th LORD our God spok unto us in Horb, saying: 'Y hav dwlt long nough in this mount. Yahwh our God spok to us in Horb, saying, You hav livd long nough in this mountain:... Jhovah our God has spokn unto us in Horb, saying, Enough to you of dwlling in this mount. Thr was a point at which th Isralits ndd to lav Mount Sinai. You may hav noticd from th translation abov that thr ar two viws of th first discours: on viw is, it nds in Dut. 3:29 and th othr is that it nds in Dut. 4:40. Th big diffrnc is, Moss will spak of historical vnts in Dut. 1 3 and about th laws in Dut. 4. Bcaus of this stark diffrnc, som commntators sparat ths into diffrnt srmons. In Dut. 5, Moss picks up with historical vnts that lad us into th giving of th Tn Commandmnts. So Dut. 5 will combin actual vnts with th Law of God. Furthrmor, th fact that Moss is spaking, is alludd to again. So, Dut. 1 4 can b sn as Moss first srmon, which srmon is dividd btwn th propr intrprtation of history (Dut. 1 3) and som of th laws which Isral is subjct to (Dut. 4). Thn Dut. 5 picks up aftr a lunch brak (or whatvr).

66 139 Th Book of Dutronomy Dutronomy 1:6a Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs YHWH (éäåä) [pronunciation is possibly yhoh-wah] translitratd variously as Jhovah, Yahwh, Y howah propr noun Strong s #3068 BDB #217 Ìlôhîym (àìéääéí) [pronouncd l-o-heem] God; gods, forign gods, god; rulrs, judgs; suprhuman ons, angls; translitratd Elohim masculin plural noun st with th 1 prson plural suffix Strong's #430 BDB #43 dâbar (ãìèáçø) [pronouncd b daw -VAHR] to spak, to talk [and back with action], to giv an opinion, to xpound, to mak a formal spch, to spak out, to promis, to propos, to spak kindly of, to dclar, to proclaim, to announc rd 3 prson masculin singular, Pil prfct Strong s #1696 BDB #180 Th Pil stm is intnsiv, making dâbar is strongr. It can carry with it th ida of providing guidanc and dirction, if not a st of mandats (and this would b dtrmind by contxt). Th kind of intnsification is dtrmind by contxt. Th Pil may call for talk, backd with action; giv your opinion; xpound; mak a formal spch; spak out; talk it around, to giv a sombr and tragic rport. l (àæì) [pronouncd hl] unto; into, among, in; toward, to; against; concrning, rgarding; bsids, togthr with; as to dirctional prposition (rspct or dfrnc may b implid) with th st 1 prson plural suffix Strong's #413 BDB #39 h b (áìà) [pronouncd b ] in, into, at, by, nar, on, with, bfor, upon, against, by mans of, among, within a prposition of proximity BDB #88 Chôrêb (çéøåá) B [pronouncd khoh-re V] wast, dsolat, dsrt and is translitratd Horb propr noun Strong s #2722 BDB #352 Translation: Y howah our Elohim spok to us in Horb,... Moss is going to spak to this popl, and h is going to giv thm a history lsson. H taks thm back 38 yars whn thy had bn at Mount Sinai, also known as Mount Horb. God had givn th Law to Moss and Moss had taught th Law to his popl. st Moss says that God spok to thm in Horb, using th 1 prson plural suffix. Narly all of thos popl ar dad, so why would h us th trm us? Whn Critics Ask: Isn t this formr gnration dad? DEUTERONOMY 1:6 ff How could any from th formr gnration b prsnt whn thy all did in th wildrnss? PROBLEM: According to Numbrs 26:64 65, all th unbliving gnration of Isralits did in th wildrnss, with not a man of thos who wr numbrd by Moss rmaining to go into th Promisd Land. Howvr, whn Moss spok to th popl at th nd of th wandrings h rfrrd rpatdly to thir bing witnsss to what happnd bfor th wandrings (cf. Dut. 1:6, 9, 14 ; 5:2, 5 ; 11:2, 7 ).

67 Dutronomy Chaptr Whn Critics Ask: Isn t this formr gnration dad? SOLUTION: First of all, in Dutronomy, Moss is addrssing th nation as a nation and, thrfor, may not b making a distinction btwn individuals in th arlir priod as opposd to thos in th latr priod. Scond, thr wr a larg numbr of womn prsnt who had prsonally rmmbrd th things to which Moss rfrrd. Third, both th Lvits and thos who wr undr 20 yars of ag bfor th 40 yars wr xmpt from th gnral pronouncmnt that non of th mn would ntr th Promisd Land ( Num. 26:64 ). So also wr Joshua and Calb, who had bn faithful spis ( Num. 32:12 ). So thr wr plnty of popl prsnt who could witnss to what Moss was saying, vn though a whol gnration of mn (abov th ag of 20) had prishd in th wildrnss, as God had said. From Norman Gislr and Thomas How, Whn Critics Ask; Victor Books; takn from -Sword, Dut. 1:6. Chaptr Outlin Charts, Maps and Short Doctrins 15 tims, Moss will spak of Y howah our Elohim (Dut.1:6, 19, 20, 25, 41 2:29, 33, 36, 37 3:3 4:40 5:27 6:4, 24, 25); and twic at th vry nd (Dut. 29:18, 29). Howvr, vn mor surprising is, th dsignation Y howah your Elohim is found 241 tims in th book of Dutronomy. Moss has not bn short-shriftd by God; but much of what h will say to th Isralits will apply to thm in th land, bing ld by God, aftr Moss is dad. Thrfor, Y howah your Elohim is mor applicabl. Obviously, aftr awhil, this will b th only way that Moss uss and h will lay th us of Y howah our Elohim asid. Both of ths xprssions ar found mor oftn in th book of Dutronomy than in any othr book (th book of Joshua uss Y howah our Elohim 5 tims). Nowhr ls is God s rlationship to His popl mor dirct and intimat than in th book of Dutronomy. Jamison, Fausst and Brown: Horb was th gnral nam of a mountainous district; litrally, "th 32 parchd" or "burnt rgion," whras Sinai was th nam appropriatd to a particular pak. I don t know if that was th cas thn, but that gnral ara is known as th Sinai dsrt. Howvr, that may hav com to pass simply bcaus Mount Sinai has bcom so wll-known. Jamison, Fausst and Brown sm to contradict thmslvs hr: Th dsrt has its provincs, or divisions, distinguishd by a varity of nams; and th "dsrt of Sinai" is that wild and dsolat rgion which occupis th vry cntr of th pninsula, comprising th lofty rang to which th mount of God blongs. It is a wildrnss of shaggy rocks of porphyry and rd granit, and of vallys for th most part bar of 33 vrdur. Whdon: Horb is supposd to indicat th mountain-rang, Sinai th summit on which th law was 34 givn. Th phras th dsrt of Sinai is found in Ex. 19:2, which suggsts that th ovrall dsrt ara is Sinai. Furthr, B thr may b a rlationship btwn th word for mountain and Chôrêb (çéøåá) [pronouncd khoh-re V]. Th word for mountain is har (äçø) [pronouncd har]. Strong s #2022 (and #2042) BDB #249. Thr is a clos rlationship btwn th lttrs ä hê [pronouncd hay] and ç chth or hth. So it is possibl that Chôrêb is basd in part upon th word har. What God says that Moss rcalls hr, is not going to b anothr st of prcpts and laws. At th first, God spok dirctly to th popl; thn th popl askd that Moss act as an intrmdiary; so that God would spak to him; and h would rlay th law to thm. It disturbd thm gratly to har God s voic. This is actually a good thing. Thy rcognizd th absolut nd of an intrmdiary. 32 Robrt Jamison, A. R. Fausst and David Brown; Commntary Critical and Explanatory on th Whol Bibl; 1871; from -sword, Dut. 1:6. 33 Robrt Jamison, A. R. Fausst and David Brown; Commntary Critical and Explanatory on th Whol Bibl; 1871; from -sword, Ex. 19:2. 34 From accssd Novmbr 5, 2013.

68 141 Th Book of Dutronomy Dutronomy 1:6b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs lâmd (ìà) [pronouncd l ] to, for, towards, in rgards to dirctional/rlational prposition BDB #510 âmar (àèîçø) [pronouncd aw-mahr] to say, to spak, to uttr; to say [to onslf], to think; to command; to promis; to xplain; to intnd Qal infinitiv construct Strong s #559 BDB #55 rab (øçá) [pronouncd b rah v] many, much, grat (in th sns of larg or significant, not acclaimd) masculin singular adjctiv Strong's #7227 BDB #912 lâmd (ìà) [pronouncd l ] to, for, towards, in rgards to dirctional/rlational prposition with th 2 nd prson masculin plural suffix BDB #510 yâshab (éèùçá) [pronouncd yaw- B SHAH V] to rmain, to stay; to dwll, to liv, to inhabit; to sit Qal infinitiv construct Strong's #3427 BDB #442 har (äçø) [pronouncd har] hill; mountain, mount; hillcountry, a mountainous ara, mountain rgion masculin singular noun with th dfinit articl Strong s #2022 (and #2042) BDB #249 zh (ææä) [pronouncd zh] hr, this, this on; thus; possibly anothr masculin singular dmonstrativ adjctiv with a dfinit articl Strong s #2088, 2090 (& 2063) BDB #260 Translation:...saying, You hav rmaind at this mountain [for too] long. A minor clarifying point on th punctuation. You will notic that all of this chaptr will b wrappd insid a pair of quots (btwn vv. 6 46). Quotations within that will b dnotd by singl quots; and quots within that will b dnotd with italics. Th ovrall pair of quots will only b usd whr it is actually statd that Moss is spaking (as w s in v. 5). Historically, th Jws spnt a yar at Mount Sinai (compar Ex. 19:1 2 Num. 10:11). Moss ndd to spnd a grat dal of tim gtting th laws from God, thn h had to rlay this information to th Jws. Also, th Jws got involvd in som vil bhavior, so that Moss ndd to straightn thm out. Howvr, aftr Moss rcivd th ntir law and th popl hard th ntir law, it was tim for him to lad th Jws into th Land of Promis. Whdon: Th Isralits cam to Mount Sinai in th third month of th first yar of th wandring, (Exodus 19:1-2,) and stayd till th twntith day of th scond month of th scond yar. Numbrs 35 10: Jamison, Fausst and Brown: About a yar had bn spnt among th rcsss of that wild solitud, in laying th foundation, undr th immdiat dirction of God, of a nw and pculiar community, as to its social, political, and, abov all, rligious charactr; and whn this purpos had bn 35 From accssd Novmbr 5, 2013.

69 Dutronomy Chaptr accomplishd, thy wr ordrd to brak up thir ncampmnt in Horb. Th command givn thm 36 was to march straight to Canaan, and possss it. Kil and Dlitzsch: Th words, you hav dwlt long nough at this mountain, imply that th purpos for which Isral was takn to Horb had bn answrd, i.., that thy had bn furnishd with th laws and ordinancs rquisit for th fulfilmnt of th covnant, and could now go to Canaan to tak 37 possssion of th promisd land. God has a purpos for ths Jws. Thy ar not to rmain at th foot of Mount Sinai for th rst of thir natural livs. God has placs for thm to go to; God has a mission for thm to accomplish. Application: It is th sam for us in our Christian livs. God did not just sav us, and thn say, Hy, s you all in trnity. Hav a good tim on arth. W ar on this arth as blivrs for a purpos. This dos not man that God is going to wrck our cool livs with all of this Christian stuff. Jsus has com to giv us lif, and that mor abundantly (John 10:10). God had a marvlous lif plannd for th popl of Isral; all thy had to do was go along with th program. Application: As ought to b abundantly clar in your own lif, God is not standing ovr your shouldr saying, Do this, do that; don t turn to th lft, turn to th right! Walk fastr. Stop dawdling. God taks an hour from our livs daily for th study of th Word of God; and thn our livs simply go, whr divin viwpoint ovrcoms human viwpoint; and guidanc from God coms from His Word implantd in our souls. Application: What God has plannd for our livs is th gratst and most abundant lif w could hav. God wants us to njoy our livs hr and God wants our livs to b full. If you grow, which is dpndnt upon taking in th Word of God, thn your production will b a natural outgrowth of that. Whn you at right and xrcis, your body dvlops muscls it is a natural outgrowth. Spiritual production functions much th sam way. V. 6 rads: Jhovah your God spok to us in Horb, saying, You hav rmaind at this mountain for too long. Now, w do not hav this xact quot prviously rcordd in th book of Numbrs. W can put our fingr on th tim that this happnd, which is prtty much right bfor th Isralits bgan to gt organizd to lav Mount Sinai; but this quot from God to Moss is rcordd only hr in Dutronomy. Hr it maks sns for us to b spaking of Mount Sinai, which is th scond longst plac whr th Jws stayd prior to ntring th land (thy rmaind thr about a yar). Th mthod hr is spcific. God spok dirctly to Moss and told Moss it was tim to mov out. This commandmnt was crtainly not intndd for Moss only, but for all th congrgation of Isral. Howvr, Moss, as commandr and chif of two million popl was h to wandr about from tnt to tnt saying, it's tim to gt going? That is impractical. Now it cam about in th scond yar, in th scond month on th twntith of th month that th cloud was liftd from ovr th tabrnacl of th tstimony; and th sons of Isral st out on thir journys from th wildrnss of Sinai. Thn th cloud sttl down in th wildrnss of Paran. so thy movd out for th first tim according to th commandmnt of Y howah through Moss (Num. 10:11 13). God had alrady commandd th childrn of Isral that whn th cloud was liftd up from th tabrnacl that it was tim to mov out. Thy movd to Mount Sinai undr thos dirctions and, having spnt a yar or so thr, wr moving out again. 36 Robrt Jamison, A. R. Fausst and David Brown; Commntary Critical and Explanatory on th Whol Bibl; 1871; from -sword, Dut. 1:6. 37 Kil and Dlitzsch, Commntary on th Old Tstamnt; from -Sword; Dut. 1:6 (slightly ditd).

70 143 Th Book of Dutronomy Turn and pull up staks [to mov] and go Turn and pull up staks [to mov] and go to into a mountain of th Amorit and unto all th hill country of th Amorit and to all of his his nighbors in th Arabah, in th hill nighbors in th Arabah, in th mountainous Dutronomy country and in th Shphlah and in th ara, in th Shphlah, in th Ngv and along 1:7 Ngv and in th coast of th sa th land th coastal rgion to th land of th of th Canaanit and th Lbanon as far as Canaanit and [to] Lbanon as far as th Grat th rivr th grat, a rivr of Euphrats. Rivr, th Rivr Euphrats. Turn around from hr and go toward th hill country of th Amorits as wll as to all of his nighbors in th Arabah, th mountainous aras, th Shphlah, th Ngv and along th costal rgions to th land of th Canaanit and to Lbanon, vntually going as far as th Grat Rivr, th Rivr Euphrats. Hr is how othrs hav translatd this vrs: Ancint txts: Targum of Onklos Latin Vulgat Masortic Txt (Hbrw) Pshitta (Syriac) Sptuagint (Grk) Significant diffrncs: Turn you, and journy to Arad and Hormah, and go up to th mountain of th Amorits; and to th dwlling-placs of Ammon, Moab, and Gbala, in th plains of th forsts, in mountain and vally, and by th south on th shor of th sa, Ashklon and Kisrin, th land of th Knaanit unto Kaldohi, and Lbanon, th plac of th mountain of th sanctuary, to th grat rivr, th Rivr Phrat. Turn you, and com to th mountain of th Amorrhits, and to th othr placs that ar nxt to it, th plains and th hills and th vals towards th south, and by th sa shor, th land of th Chanaanits, and of Libanus, as far as th grat rivr Euphrats. Turn and pull up staks [to mov] and go into a mountain of th Amorit and unto all his nighbors in th Arabah, in th hill country and in th Shphlah and in th Ngv and in th coast of th sa th land of th Canaanit and th Lbanon as far as th rivr th grat, a rivr of Euphrats. Turn and st out on your journy, and go to th mountain of th Amorits, and to all th placs round about it, in th low dsrt plain, in th mountain, in th lowland and in th south and by th sa sid, to th land of th Canaanits, and to Lbanon, as far as th grat rivr, th rivr Euphrats. Turn and dpart, and ntr into th mountain of th Amorits, and go to all that dwll nar about Arabah, to th mountain and th plain and to th south, and th land of th Canaanits nar th sa, and to Lbanon, as far as th grat rivr, th Rivr Euphrats. Th words Arabah and Shphlah ar translitrations. Thr ar translations of ths words found in th English of th Syriac and Latin. Th targum is filld with additional txt, as usual. Thought-for-thought translations; paraphrass: Common English Bibl Contmporary English V. Easy English Gt going! Entr th hills of th Amorits and th surrounding aras in th dsrt, th highlands, th lowlands, th arid southrn rgion, and th sacoast-th land of th Canaanits-and th Lbanon rang, all th way to th grat Euphrats Rivr. Lav this plac and go into th land that blongs to th Amorits and thir nighbors th Canaanits. This land includs th Jordan Rivr vally, th hill country, th wstrn foothills, th Southrn Dsrt, th Mditrranan sacoast, th Lbanon Mountains, and all th trritory as far as th Euphrats Rivr. Pack up your *tnts and bgin to travl. Go to th hills of th *Amorits and to all th countris nar to thm. Go to th Jordan vally and to th hills and into th

71 Dutronomy Chaptr Easy-to-Rad Vrsion Good Nws Bibl (TEV) Th Mssag Nw Brkly Vrsion Nw Cntury Vrsion Nw Lif Bibl Nw Living Translation Th Voic vallys. Go towards th south and to th Mditrranan coast. Go to th country calld Canaan, to Lbanon and as far as th grat rivr Euphrats. Go to th hill country whr th Amorit popl liv. Go to all th placs around thr. Go to th Jordan Vally, th hill country, th wstrn slops, th Ngv [Th dsrt ara south of Judah.], and th sacoast. Go through th land of Canaan and Lbanon as far as th grat rivr, th Euphrats. Brak camp and mov on. Go to th hill country of th Amorits and to all th surrounding rgions---to th Jordan Vally, to th hill country and th lowlands, to th southrn rgion, and to th Mditrranan coast. Go to th land of Canaan and on byond th Lbanon Mountains as far as th grat Euphrats Rivr. On your way now. Gt moving. Had for th Amorit hills, whrvr popl ar living in th Arabah, th mountains, th foothills, th Ngv, th sashor--th Canaanit country and th Lbanon all th way to th big rivr, th Euphrats....brak camp, trk your way into th hill country of th Amorits and to all th land nighboring upon it; th Arabah, th highlands, th foothills, th southrn plains, th sacoast th land of th Canaanits and Lbanon as far as th grat rivr, th rivr Euphrats. Gt rady, and go to th mountain country of th Amorits, and to all th placs around thr-th Jordan Vally, th mountains, th wstrn hills, th southrn ara, th sacoast, th land of Canaan, and Lbanon. Go as far as th grat rivr, th Euphrats. Gt rady to travl now. Go to th hill country of th Amorits, and to all thir nighbors in th Arabah, in th hill country and in th vally, in th Ngv and by th sa, th land of th Canaanits, and Lbanon, as far as th big rivr, th rivr Euphrats. It is tim to brak camp and mov on. Go to th hill country of th Amorits and to all th nighboring rgions-th Jordan Vally, th hill country, th wstrn foothills [Hbrw th Shphlah.], th Ngv, and th coastal plain. Go to th land of th Canaanits and to Lbanon, and all th way to th grat Euphrats Rivr. Brak camp, and had up into th Amorit highlands, into th trritoris of all thir nighbors-into th arid vally [Hbrw, Arabah], th hills, th lowlands, th southrn dsrt [Hbrw, Ngv], and th Mditrranan sacoast. Go into th land of th Canaanits, as far north as Lbanon and all th way ast to th grat Euphrats Rivr. Partially litral and partially paraphrasd translations: Amrican English Bibl God s Word Nw Advnt (Knox) Bibl Nw Amrican Bibl Now, turn around and go! Entr th mountains of th Amorits and of thos who liv nar nxt to th dsrt. from thir mountains and vallys in th south, to th coast of th land of th CanaAnits, to [th bordrs] of Lbanon, and on to th grat EuPhrats Rivr. Brak camp, and gt rady! Go to th mountain rgion of th Amorits, and go to vryon living on th plains, in th mountains, in th foothills, in th Ngv, on th whol Mditrranan coast (th land of th Canaanits), and into Lbanon as far as th Euphrats Rivr. 6 W wr still at Horb whn th Lord our God said to us, This mountain has bn your hom long nough; 7 it is tim for you to turn back, and mak your way to th hill country of th Amorrhits and its nighbourhood. Low ground and high ground, southrn plain and sa-coast, all Chanaan including mount Lbanon, right up to th grat rivr Euphrats, 8 I hav givn it all (said h) into your hands; go in and tak possssion of it; it is th hom th Lord promisd to Abraham, Isaac and Jacob, and thir postrity aftr thm. Vv. 6 & 8 ar includd for contxt. Lav hr and go to th hill country of th Amorits and to all th surrounding rgions, th land of th Canaanits in th Arabah, th mountains, th foothills, th

72 145 Th Book of Dutronomy Nw Amrican Bibl (R.E.) NIRV Nw Jrusalm Bibl Today s NIV Ngb and th sacoast; to Lbanon, and as far as th Grat Rivr (th Euphrats). Th Amorits and th Canaanits formd th principal part of th pr-isralit population of Palstin. Th foothills: th hills on th wstrn slop of th Judan mountain rang. Th Arabah: th vally of th Jordan and th dprssion south of th Dad Sa. Th Ngb: th arid land in southrn Palstin. Lav hr and go to th hill country of th Amorits and to all th surrounding rgions, th Arabah, th mountains, th Shphlah, th Ngb and th sacoast-th land of th Canaanits and th Lbanon as far as th Grat Rivr, th Euphrats. Th hill country of th Amorits: th cntral mountain rang of Palstin. Th Ngb: th arid land in southrn Palstin. Th Lbanon: th mountain rang of Phonicia, north of Palstin. This is an idalizd prsntation of th land th Isralits wr to occupy; Isral nvr hld powr as far as th "Grat Rivr" (th Euphrats). Th Amorits and th Canaanits wr only two of svral diffrnt popls occupying th land (cf. 7:1). Tak your tnts down. Go into th hill country of th Amorits. Go to all of th popl who ar thir nighbors. Go to th popl who liv in th Arabah Vally. Travl to th mountains and th wstrn hills. Go to th popl in th Ngv Dsrt and along th coast. Travl to th land of Canaan and to Lbanon. Go as far as th grat Euphrats Rivr. Mov on, continu your journy, go to th highlands of th Amorits, to all thos who liv in th Arabah, in th highlands, in th lowlands, in th Ngb and in th coastland; go into Canaan and to Lbanon as far as th grat Rivr Euphrats. Brak camp and advanc into th hill country of th Amorits; go to all th nighboring popls in th Arabah, in th mountains, in th wstrn foothills, in th Ngv and along th coast, to th land of th Canaanits and to Lbanon, as far as th grat rivr, th Euphrats. Mostly litral rndrings (with som occasional paraphrasing): Ancint Roots Translinar Bibl in Basic English Th Expandd Bibl Frar-Fnton Bibl HCSB NET Bibl Journy into th mountain in North-Jordan. Fac and com at all its rsidnts in th plains, th mountains, and th lowlands from South-Canaan, from th sa shor, and th land of th Canaanits from Lbanon unto th grat rivr, th rivr Euphrats. Mak a mov now, and go on your way into th hill-country of th Amorits and th placs nar it, in th Arabah and th hill-country and in th lowlands and in th South and by th sasid, all th land of th Canaanits, and Lbanon, as far as th grat rivr, th rivr Euphrats. L Gt rady [ Turn fac], and go to th mountain country of th Amorits, and to all L th placs around thr-th Jordan Vally [ Arabah], th mountains, th wstrn L L hills [ Shphlah], th southrn ara [ Ngv], th sacoast, th land of Canaan, and Lbanon. Go as far as th grat rivr, th Euphrats [Gn. 15:18-21]. Turn and march, and procd with all your camps to th highlands of th Amorits, and all thir nighbours in th dry lands of th hills, and thnc to th plains and dsrt along th shor of th sa of th land of Canan, and from Lbanon, as far as th grat rivr Frath [Euphrats. - F. F.]. Rsum your journy and go to th hill country of th Amorits and thir nighbors in th Arabah, th hill country, th lowlands, th Ngv and th sa coast--to th land of th Canaanits and to Lbanon as far as th Euphrats Rivr. Gt up now [Hb "turn"; NAB "Lav hr"; NIV, TEV "Brak camp."], rsum your journy, hading for [Hb "go (to)."] th Amorit hill country, to all its aras [Hb "its dwlling placs."] including th arid country [Hb "th Arabah" (so ASV, NAB, NIV, NRSV).], th highlands, th Shphlah [Hb "lowlands" (so TEV) or "stpps"; NIV, CEV, NLT "th wstrn foothills."] [Th Shphlah is th gographical rgion btwn th Mditrranan coastal plain and th Judan hill country.], th Ngv

73 Dutronomy Chaptr [Th Hbrw trm Ngv mans litrally "dsrt" or "south" (so KJV, ASV). It rfrs to th ara south of Br Shba and gnrally wst of th Arabah Vally btwn th Dad Sa and th Gulf of Aqaba.], and th coastal plain - all of Canaan and Lbanon as far as th Grat Rivr, that is, th Euphrats. NIV, 2011 Brak camp and advanc into th hill country of th Amorits [vr 19; Dt 2:24; 7:1; Jos 10:5]; go to all th nighboring popls in th Arabah [S vr 1], in th mountains, in th wstrn foothills, in th Ngv [Nu 21:1; Jos 11:16; 12:8; 2Sa 24:7] and along th coast, to th land of th Canaanits [G 10:18] and to Lbanon [Dt 11:24], as far as th grat rivr, th Euphrats [G 2:14]. Jwish/Hbrw Nams Bibls: Complt Jwish Bibl xgss companion Bibl Hbrw Nams Vrsion JPS (Tanakh 1985) Judaica Prss Complt T. Kaplan Translation Orthodox Jwish Bibl Turn, gt moving and go to th hill-country of th Emori and all th placs nar thr in th 'Aravah, th hill-country, th Sh'flah, th Ngv and by th sashor - th land of th Kna'ani, and th L'vanon, as far as th grat rivr, th Euphrats Rivr....turn your fac and pull staks and go to th mount of th Emoriy and to all th tabrnacls narby - in th plain, in th mountains and in th lowlands and in th south and by th sa havn, to th land of th Knaaniy and to Lbanon, to th grat rivr, th rivr Euphrats....turn, and tak your journy, and go to th hill country of th Amori, and to all [th placs] nar thr, in th `Aravah, in th hill country, and in th lowland, and in th South, and by th sashor, th land of th Kna`anim, and Lvanon, as far as th grat rivr, th rivr Prat. Start out and mak your way to th hill country of th Amorits and to all thir nighbors in th Arabah, th hill country, th Shphlah [Othrs lowland ], th Ngb, th sacoast, th land of th Canaanits, and th Lbanon, as far as th Grat Rivr, th rivr Euphrats. Turn and journy, and com to th mountain of th Amorits and to all its nighboring placs, in th plain, on th mountain, and in th lowland, and in th south and by th sashor, th land of th Canaanits [Phoncia], and th Lbanon, until th grat rivr, th Euphrats Rivr. Turn around and had toward th Amorit highlands and all its nighboring trritoris in th Aravah, th hill country, th lowlands, th Ngv, th sashor, th Canaanit trritory, and Lbanon, as far as th Euphrats Rivr.. Turn you, and tak your journy, and go to th Har HaEmori (hill country of th Amorits), and unto all th placs nigh thrunto, in th Aravah, in th hills, in th Shflah, and in th Ngv, and by th sacoast, to th Ertz HaKna'ani (Land of th Canaanits), and unto Lbanon, unto th grat rivr, th rivr Euphrats. Litral, almost word-for-word, rndrings: Concordant Litral Vrsion Contxt Group Vrsion Turn around and tak your journy and ntr th hill-country of th Amorit; go to all his nighbors in th Aravah, in th hill-country, in th low foothills, in th Ngv and on th sa shor, th country of th Canaanit and th Lbanon as far as th Grat Stram, th stram Euphrats....turn { pl }, and tak your { pl } journy, and go { pl } to th hill-country of th Amorits, and to all [ th placs ] narby, in th Arabah, in th hill-country, and in th lowland, and in th South, and by th sa-shor, th land of th Canaanits, and Lbanon, as far as th grat rivr, th rivr Euphrats.

74 147 Th Book of Dutronomy Darby Translation Emphasizd Bibl English Standard V. UK Grn s Litral Translation NASB Nw RSV Wbstr s Bibl Translation Young s Updatd LT Th gist of this vrs: Turn and tak your journy, and go to th hill-country of th Amorits, and unto all th nighbouring placs in th plain, in th mountain, and in th lowland, and in th south, and by th sasid, th land of th Canaanits, and Lbanon, unto th grat rivr, th rivr Euphrats. Turn y and st yourslvs forward, and ntr into th hill country of th Amorits, and into all th placs nar, in th plain, in th mountain, and in th lowland, and in th south, and in th coast of th sa, th land of Canaan and th Lbanon, as far as th grat rivr, th rivr Euphrats. Turn and tak your journy, and go to th hill country [[Num. 13:29]] of th Amorits and to all thir nighbours in th Arabah [[S vr. 1 abov]; ch. 3:17], in th hill country [Josh. 9:1] and in th lowland and in th Ngb and by th sa coast [Joshua 9:1], th land of th Canaanits, and Lbanon, as far as th grat rivr, th rivr Euphrats....turn and pull up staks and go into th hills of th Amorits, and to all its nighboring placs in th Arabah, in th hills, and in th low country, and in th Ngb, and in th shor of th sa, th land of th Canaanits and of Lbanon, to th grat rivr, th Euphrats Rivr. Turn and st your journy, and go to th hill country [Gn 15:18; Dut 11:24; Josh 10:40] of th Amorits, and to all thir nighbors in th Arabah, in th hill country and in th lowland and in th Ngv [I.. South country] [Gn 12:9] and by th sacoast, th land of th Canaanits, and Lbanon, as far as th grat rivr, th rivr Euphrats. Rsum your journy, and go into th hill country of th Amorits as wll as into th nighbouring rgions-th Arabah, th hill country, th Shphlah, th Ngb, and th sa coast-th land of th Canaanits and th Lbanon, as far as th grat rivr, th rivr Euphrats. Turn you, and tak your journy, and go to th mount of th Amorits, and to all [th placs] nigh to it, in th plain, on th hills, and in th val, and in th south, and by th sa-sid, to th land of th Canaanits, and to Lbanon, to th grat rivr, th rivr Euphrats. Turn and journy for you, and ntr th mount of th Amorit, and unto all its nighbouring placs, in th plain, in th hill-country, and in th low country, and in th south, and in th havn of th sa, th land of th Canaanit, and of Lbanon, unto th grat rivr, th rivr Phrat. Th Jws wr to procd northward into th Land of Promis, and to travl through and tak all of it. Dutronomy 1:7a Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs pânâh (ôìèðèä) [pronouncd paw-nawh] to turn, to turn away from, to turn toward, to turn on s fac away from, to turn on s fac to nd 2 prson masculin plural, Qal imprativ Strong's #6437 BDB #815 w (or v ) (åà or åì) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though; as wll as simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 nâça (ðèñçò) [pronouncd naw-sahì] to pull up [staks], to pull out, to brak camp and mov out, to st out, to journy, to march, to dpart; to bnd a bow nd 2 prson masculin plural, Qal imprativ Strong s #5265 BDB #652

75 Dutronomy Chaptr Translation: Turn and pull up staks [to mov]... W ar continuing with God s ordrs to th childrn of Isral. God had ordrs for th sons of Isral. Thy had bn in th Mount Horb ara for long nough, and had rcivd th Law of God; now it was tim for thm to mov north and to tak th land. Dutronomy 1:7b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs w (or v ) (åà or åì) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though; as wll as simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 bôw (áìåéà) [pronouncd boh] com [in], go [in], ntr, advanc nd 2 prson masculin plural, Qal imprativ Strong s #935 BDB #97 har (äçø) [pronouncd har] hill; mountain, mount; hillcountry, a mountainous ara, mountain rgion masculin singular construct Strong s #2022 (and #2042) BDB #249 môrîy (àáîéøäé) [pronouncd h-moh- REE] mountainr (possibly); and is translitratd Amorit gntilic adjctiv; with th dfinit articl Strong s #567 BDB #57 Translation:...and go to th hill country of th Amorit... Th third ordr is what God said to th popl, that thy wr to go up into th hill country whr th Amorits livs. Amorit is a masculin singular gntilic adjctiv which stands for th trib of Amorits. Many translations us a plural noun instad, and Moss, in subsqunt vrss, will spak of thm in th plural. 38 This hill country spokn of hr is th cntral mountain rang of Palstin. Howvr, most sourcs sm to 39 agr that ths ar th southrn and cntral mountains of Canaan. Thr is a slight possibility that this is th mountainous ara south of th Dad Sa. Dutronomy 1:7c Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs w (or v ) (åà or åì) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though; as wll as simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 l (àæì) [pronouncd hl] unto; into, among, in; toward, to; against; concrning, rgarding; bsids, togthr with; as to dirctional prposition (rspct or dfrnc may b implid) Strong's #413 BDB #39 kôl (ëìéì) [pronouncd kohl] with a plural noun, it is rndrd all of, all; any of masculin singular construct with a masculin plural noun Strong s #3605 BDB # From accssd Octobr 7, Th NIV Study Bibl; 1995 by Th Zondrvan Corporation; p. 242 (footnot).

76 149 Th Book of Dutronomy Dutronomy 1:7c Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs shâkên (ùèëåï) [pronouncd shaw- KAYN] inhabitants, nighbors, thos living narby; dwllrs masculin plural adjctiv usd hr as a substantiv with th 3 rd prson masculin singular suffix Strong s #7934 BDB #1015 h b (áìà) [pronouncd b ] in, into, at, by, nar, on, with, bfor, upon, against, by mans of, among, within a prposition of proximity BDB #88 Ãrâbâh (or, ãrâbâh) (òâøèáèä) [pronouncd guhraw b -VAW] plain; arid, stril rgion; a dsrt; translitratd Arabah with th dfinit articl somtims a propr noun; fminin singular noun; with th dfinit articl Strong s #6160 BDB #787 Translation:...and to all of his nighbors in th Arabah,... Th Arabah was th vally surrounding th Dad Sa and going north and south from thr. His rfrs back to th Amorit, which is spokn of hr in th singular. This is not unusual to spak of a popl in th singular (for instanc, th Apach, th Iroquois). Dutronomy 1:7d Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs h b (áìà) [pronouncd b ] in, into, at, by, nar, on, with, bfor, upon, against, by mans of, among, within a prposition of proximity BDB #88 har (äçø) [pronouncd har] hill; mountain, mount; hillcountry, a mountainous ara, mountain rgion masculin singular noun with th dfinit articl Strong s #2022 (and #2042) BDB #249 w (or v ) (åà or åì) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though; as wll as simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 h b (áìà) [pronouncd b ] in, into, at, by, nar, on, with, bfor, upon, against, by mans of, among, within a prposition of proximity BDB #88 sh phêlâh (ùàôåìèä) [pronouncd sh -fay- LAW] lowland, vally, plain; a strip of land wst of th Judæan mountains; a strip of land nar th coast of Carml; translitratd Shphlah fminin singular noun with th dfinit articl Strong s #8219 BDB #1050 Translation:...in th mountainous ara, in th Shphlah,... W hav two diffrnt rgions spokn of as mountainous ara, using th sam Hbrw noun. On rfrs to th hill country of Judah and anothr rfrs to anothr mountainous rgion abov not too far north from whr th Jws ar.

77 Dutronomy Chaptr Isral has svral mountainous rgions within it. Thr ar mountains on both sids of th Dad Sa and th Jordan. Thn, going furthr north, thr ar anothr st of mountains around th Sa of Chinnrth. Th hill country could b that rgion abov th Isralits which is wst of th Dad Sa and continus up along th wst sid of th Jordan Rivr. This would b latr known as th hill country of Judah, which strtchd furthr into Bnjamin and into Ephraim. My guss would b that God is rfrring to th mountainous rgion known as th hill country of Judah; and th othr mountainous ara is probably th hill country of th Edom. Although I am not sur which rfrs to which, my guss is, God knows this land and so dos Moss. Th Shphlah was wst of th hill country; ths ar th flat lands btwn th hill country and th coast of Isral along th Mditrranan Sa (a map will b providd for all of this at th nd of this vrs). Dutronomy 1:7 Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs w (or v ) (åà or åì) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though; as wll as simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 h b (áìà) [pronouncd b ] in, into, at, by, nar, on, with, bfor, upon, against, by mans of, among, within a prposition of proximity BDB #88 ngb (ðæâæá) [pronouncd B n-ghe V] south, south-country; southrn portion of Judah, southrn district of Palstin; oftn translitratd Ngv or Ngb masculin singular noun with th dfinit articl Strong's #5045 BDB #616 w (or v ) (åà or åì) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though; as wll as simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 h b (áìà) [pronouncd b ] in, into, at, by, nar, on, with, bfor, upon, against, by mans of, among, within a prposition of proximity BDB #88 chôwph (çåéó) [pronouncd khohf] sa shor, shor, coast; [shltrd] cov masculin singular construct Strong s #2348 BDB #342 yâm (éèí) [pronouncd yawm] sa, lak, rivr, saward, wst, wstward masculin singular noun with th dfinit articl Strong s #3220 BDB #410 Translation:...in th Ngv and along th coastal rgion... Th Ngv would b almost all of southrn Judah and th costal rgion would b that ara along th coast of th Mditrranan Sa. Dutronomy 1:7f Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs rts (àæøæõ) [pronouncd EH-rts] arth (all or a portion throf), land, trritory, country, continnt; ground, soil; undr th ground [Shol] fminin singular construct Strong's #776 BDB #75

78 151 Th Book of Dutronomy Dutronomy 1:7f Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs K na ãnîy (ëìàðçòâðäé) [pronouncd k -nah-ìuh- NEE] mrchant, tradr; and is translitratd Canaanit, Canaanits adjctiv/nominativ gntilic; with th dfinit articl Strong s #3669 BDB #489 w (or v ) (åà or åì) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though; as wll as simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 L bânôwn (ìàáèðåéï) b [pronouncd l -vaw- NOHN] whit; and is translitratd Lbanon propr noun/location with th dfinit articl Strong s #3844 BDB #526 Translation:... to th land of th Canaanit and [to] Lbanon... All of th ara to th north of whr th Isralits wr campd is known as th land of th Canaanit. Furthr north would b Lbanon. Dutronomy 1:7g Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs ad (òçã) [pronouncd ìahd] as far as, vn to, up to, until prposition of duration or of limits Strong s #5704 BDB #723 nâhâr (ðèäèø) [pronouncd naw-hawr] stram, rivr masculin singular noun with th dfinit articl Strong s #5104 BDB #625 gâdôwl (âìèãåéì) [pronouncd gaw-dohl] larg, grat or mighty [in powr, nobility, walth; in numbr, or magnitud and xtnt], loud, oldr, important, distinguishd; vast, unyilding, immutabl, significant, astonishing masculin singular adjctiv with a dfinit articl Strong s #1419 BDB #152 nâhâr (ðèäèø) [pronouncd naw-hawr] stram, rivr masculin singular construct Strong s #5104 BDB #625 Ph rât (ôìàøèú) [pronouncd f -RAWT] to brak forth, rushing; translitratd Euphrats masculin singular propr noun Strong s #6578 BDB #832 Translation:...as far as th Grat Rivr, th Rivr Euphrats. It is quit apparnt that th land dscribd hr by Moss is th most of th land givn to Isral by God. It is not a puny slic of land, as Isral controls today. Going up to th Euphrats Rivr suggsts that th boundaris of th land which God giv to Isral is quit hug. Hr is what w hav so far: Turn around from hr and go toward th hill country of th Amorits as wll as to all of his nighbors in th Arabah, th mountainous aras, th Shphlah, th Ngv and along th costal rgions to th land of th Canaanit and to Lbanon, vntually going as far as th Grat Rivr, th Rivr Euphrats.

79 Dutronomy Chaptr Whdon Summarizs th Aras Namd Scriptur Mount of th Amorits All th placs nigh Th plain (th Arabah); th hills Th val (th Shphlah) Th south Th sa sid Txt/Commntary Dnoting all th mountainous rgion inhabitd by th Amorits, xtnding into th Ngb, or south country. This nation, as th most powrful, oftn stands for all th popl of Canaan. Litrally, all its nighbours. Th whol land is mor spcifically mntiond according to its natural divisions. Th modrn Ghor, or Jordan vally. Th mountain or highlands, aftrward calld th mountains of Judah and Ephraim. Th lowlands, th low, lvl country lying btwn th mountains of Judah and th Mditrranan Sa, xtnding from Carml to Gaza. Th Ngb, or south country. Th narrow strip of coast from Joppa almost to Tyr, hr dnominatd th land of th Canaanits. Lbanon Th [northrn] boundary, as laid down in Numbrs 34:7-9. Th grat rivr Th Euphrats is mntiond as th xtrm astrn boundary in th covnant Jhovah mad with Abraham whn h said, "Unto thy sd hav I givn this land, from th rivr of Egypt unto th grat rivr, th rivr Euphrats." Gnsis 15:18. From accssd Novmbr 6, Chaptr Outlin Charts, Maps and Short Doctrins V. 7 rads: Turn around from hr and go toward th hill country of th Amorits as wll as to all of his nighbors in th Arabah, th mountainous aras, th Shphlah, th Ngv and along th costal rgions to th land of th Canaanit and to Lbanon, vntually going as far as th Grat Rivr, th Rivr Euphrats. This ar th placs whr God has told Isral to go. This is not a travlogu, lik Num. 33, but it is a list of that which God would giv to Isral. Th mount of th Amorit is th ara ast of th Jordan, around th two sas; th Arabah is th ara south, south ast of Isral north, northwst of th Gulf of Aqaba. Th Ngv is th ara dirctly south and southwst of Isral. Th land of th Canaanits is Isral, with Lbanon bing slightly north of that on th coast of th Mditrranan. Th last phras is th surpris this is th common dsignation for th Rivr Euphrats. Suddnly w ar thrown into th middl of th cradl of modrn civilization, to th far ast of Isral, in th land of Babylon. Evn as a bordr, it is som distanc from whr w considr to b Isral propr. Howvr, this is th land promisd originally by God to Abram. On that day, Y howah mad a covnant with Abram, saying, "To your dscndants I hav givn this land, from th rivr of Egypt as far as th grat rivr, th rivr Euphrats." (Gn. 15:18). "Evry plac on which th sol of your foot will trad will b yours; your bordr will b from th wildrnss to Lbanon from th rivr, th rivr Euphrats, as far as th Wstrn Sa [i.., th Mditrranan]." (Dut. 11:24). This dsignation is in lin with th boundaris of land controlld by Solomon during his rign. Clark writs: Thir South bordr might xtnd to th mount of th Amorits; thir Wst to th bordrs of th Mditrranan Sa; thir North to Lbanon; and thir East bordr to th rivr Euphrats: and to this xtnt Solomon rignd; s 1Kings 4:21 (And Solomon rignd ovr all kingdoms from th Rivr to th land of th Philistins, and to th bordr of Egypt. Thy brought prsnts and srvd Solomon all

80 153 Th Book of Dutronomy 40 th days of his lif. MKJV). Bringing prsnts rfrs to tribut that th popl of that ara paid to Solomon. Map of Canaan takn from th Bran Bibl study group wbsit, accssd Octobr 5, All of v. 7 rads: Turn and pull up staks [to mov] and go to th hill country of th Amorit and to all of his nighbors in th Arabah, in th m ountainous ara, in t h Shphlah, in th Ngv and along th coastal rgion to th land of th Canaanit and [to] Lbanon as far as th Grat Rivr, th Rivr Euphrats. Nar th bottom of this map, w can s th Ngv. Abov that is th Shphlah and th hill country of Judah. To th lft is obviously th coastal rgion. Th Arabah is immdiatly blow Edom on this map; and continus du north as th vally surrounding th watr which runs through Isral. Lbanon is to th immdiat north of this map. Th Euphrats Rivr is a distanc northast of this map. God obviously knw what land was givn to th Jws and I also bliv that Moss knw what God had promisd th Jws. I bliv that h may hav had accss to th book of Gnsis, possibly in th library of th Pharaoh, as Moss was growing up and in training to bcom th nxt pharaoh. H knw that h was a Jw and h knw that his popl wr nslavd to th Egyptians, th adoptd popl of Moss. Moss both knw th gography of th land of Canaan through his training and study; and h also knw th promiss which God had mad to Abraham, concrning this land. 41 Howvr, thr ar mixd opinions concrning xactly who was whr. Barns spaks of th Amorits as bing in th hills of Judah; this map shows thm as bing ast of th Dad Sa. Dut. 1:7 rads: Turn around from hr and go toward th hill country of th Amorits as wll as to all of his nighbors in th Arabah, th mountainous aras, th Shphlah, th Ngv and along th costal rgions to th land of th Canaanit and to Lbanon, vntually going as far as th Grat Rivr, th Rivr Euphrats Adam Clark, Commntary on th Bibl; from -Sword, Dut. 1:7. Albrt Barns, Barns Nots on th Old Tstamnt; from -Sword, Dut. 1:7.

81 Dutronomy Chaptr Dscriptions of th Aras in Dutronomy 1:7 Kil and Dlitzsch dscrib all of ths aras: Th mount of th Amorits is th mountainous country inhabitd by this trib, th lading fatur in th land of Canaan, and is synonymous with th land of th Canaanits which follows; th Amorits bing mntiond instar omnium as bing th most powrful of all th tribs in Canaan, just as in Gn. 15:16 (s at Gn. 10:16). ùëðéå, thos who dwll by it, ar th inhabitants of th whol of Canaan, as is shown by th numration of th diffrnt parts of th land, which follows immdiatly aftrwards. Canaan was naturally dividd, according to th charactr of th ground, into th Arabah, th modrn Ghor (s at Dut. 1:1); th mountain, th subsqunt mountains of Judah and Ephraim (s at Num. 13:17); th lowland (shphlah), i.., th low flat country lying btwn th mountains of Judah and th Mditrranan Sa, and strtching from th promontory of Carml down to Gaza, which is intrsctd by only small undulations and rangs of hills, and gnrally includs th hill country which formd th transition from th mountains to th plain, though th two ar distinguishd in Joshua 10:40 and Joshua 12:8 (s at Joshua 15:33.); th south land (ngb: s at Num. 13:17); and th sa shor, i.., th gnrally narrow strip of coast running along by th Mditrranan Sa from Joppa to th Tyrian laddrs, or Râs l Abiad, just blow Tyr (vid., v. Raumr, Pal. p. 49). Th spcial mntion of Lbanon in connction with th land of th Canaanits, and th numration of th sparat parts of th land, as wll as th xtnsion of th astrn frontir as far as th Euphrats (s at Gn. 15:18), ar to b attributd to th rhtorical fulnss of th styl. Th rfrnc, howvr, is not to Antilibanus, but to Lbanon propr, which was within th northrn bordr of 1 th land of Isral, as fixd in Num. 34:7 9. Th Pulpit Commntary: Thos "that dwll thron" ar th inhabitants of th whol of Canaan. Th Amorits (Hbrw Emori, so calld from Amor, or Emor) oftnr than onc appar as standing for th Canaanits gnrally (Gn. 15:16; Dut. 1:20, Dut. 1:21, tc.) That all th inhabitants of Canaan ar intndd hr is vidnt from th spcification of th diffrnt districts of th land of Canaan which immdiatly follows. In th plain: th Arabah (s vr. 1). In th hills: th hill country of Judah. (Num. 13:17) In th val: th shphlah, or lowland, th country lying btwn th mountain rang of Judah and th Mditrranan Sa, and strtching northwards from th paralll of Gaza to that of Carml. In th south: th ngb, or southland (litrally, drynss), th district which formd th transition from th dsrt to th cultivatd land, xtnding from th south of th Dad Sa wstwards to Gaza, a vast stpp or prairi, for th most part pastur land. Th sashor: th narrow strip of land on th coast of th Mditrranan from Joppa to Tyr. (in th Nw Tstamnt, "th coast of Tyr and Sidon," Luk 6:17) Th land of th Canaanits: th whol country of which ths wr th sparat parts. And unto Lbanon: th Whal Mountain, so calld, probably, from th snow which rsts on its summit. Th grat rivr, th rivr Euphrats. Th Phrath, or Euphrats, which has its sourcs in th mountains of Armnia, and in its cours divids Armnia from Cappadocia, formd th astrn limit of th 2 trritory promisd by God to Abraham. Th Pulpit Commntary adds: Lbanon and th Euphrats [ar]...includd in what God promisd to Abraham 2 and his sd (Gn. 15:18 Ex. 23:31 Dut. 11:24 Joshua 1:4). Dut. 11:24 Evry plac on which th sols of your ft shall trad shall b yours, from th wildrnss and Lbanon, from th rivr, th rivr Euphrats, vn to th furthst sa shall your bordr b. Joshua 1:4 From th wildrnss and this Lbanon vn to th grat rivr, th rivr Euphrats, all th land of th Hittits, and to th Grat Sa toward th going down of th sun, shall b your bordr. From th Nw Amrican Bibl, Rvisd Edition: Th hill country of th Amorits: th cntral mountain rang of Palstin. Th Ngb: th arid land in southrn Palstin. Th Lbanon: th mountain rang of Phonicia, north of Palstin. This is an idalizd prsntation of th land th Isralits wr to occupy; Isral nvr hld powr as far as th "Grat Rivr" (th Euphrats). Th Amorits and th Canaanits wr only two of svral 3 diffrnt popls occupying th land (cf. 7:1). 1 Kil and Dlitzsch, Commntary on th Old Tstamnt; from -Sword; Dut. 1:7. 2 Th Pulpit Commntary; ; by Josph S. Exll, Hnry Donald Mauric Spnc-Jons, courtsy of -sword, Dut. 1:7. 3 From accssd Octobr 7, 2013.

82 155 Th Book of Dutronomy Chaptr Outlin Charts, Maps and Short Doctrins Th coastal rgion rfrs to that ara along th Mditrranan Sa, which ara was occupid by Phœnicians. 42 Somtims, in th Bibl, ths ar calld Canaanits. 43 Whn God told Moss, this is whr you Jws ar going to go and sttl, Moss knw this gnral ara alrady. H had studid it as a young man and h knw it from th study of th book of Gnsis. W don t know whn h ncountrd th book of Gnsis. I would suggst that it was in th library of th pharaoh, and Moss pickd it up to rad; and h was probably also xposd to it during th 40 yars whn Moss was not in Egypt. His mothr or sistr may hav xposd him to this book and to his background as a son of Abraham. Thr ar a numbr of thoris concrning th authorship of Gnsis, most of thm cntring upon Moss bing th author. I do not bliv that th prsonal natur of thos passags would suggst a Mosaic authorship; or an authorship of anyon othr than th popl of th book of Gnsis. Furthrmor, thr ar dramatic changs of styl in th book of Gnsis Gn. 24 (HTML) (PDF) (WPD) stands out in particular to m which would prclud th ida that God dictatd th book of Gnsis to Moss (or that Moss took som matrials, gathrd thm togthr, and ditd it into th book of Gnsis). Th diffrnc of styls is just far too stark to suggst any sort of common authorship. Howvr, it is crtainly possibl that Moss vntually ditd th book of Gnsis, allowing prvious historians th bulk of thir contributions to rmain intact. Intrstingly nough, at bst, thr ar vagu clus to th book of Gnsis xisting during th tim of Moss, basd only upon th kind of knowldg th popl dscndd from Jacob knw. Thy knw nough that thy had a rlationship with Y howah Elohim; thy apparntly knw Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob; and th promiss which God mad to thm (as blid by this passag). Othr clus would b that Moss knw somthing about his hritag which crtainly could b rvald to him by his oldr sistr and mothr; but this knowldg smd to incras whn h lft Egypt (thr smd to b a vry strong connction btwn Moss and his fathr-in-law Jthro; and it is possibl that Jthro knw or had th book of Gnsis). So, ths popl ithr knw th book of Gnsis or knw its contnts. It is possibl that this book was transmittd vrbally, vn to th tim of Moss youth. In any cas, although w cannot say for crtain in what form th book of Gnsis is in during Moss lif; w may rasonably dduc that its contnts ar known to th popl of Isral and to Moss. Look, I hav givn to your facs th land. Go in and tak possssion of th land which swor Y howah to your fathrs to Abraham, to Isaac, and to Jacob to giv to thm and to thir sd aftr thm. Dutronomy 1:8 Look, I hav givn th land bfor you go into [it] and tak possssion of th land which Y howah swor to your fathrs to Abraham, to Isaac and to Jacob to giv [this vry land] to thm and to thir dscndants aftr thm. Look, I hav put you fac to fac with this land which is bfor you this is your land. Go into this land and tak it th vry land which Jhovah swor to giv to your fathrs, Abraham, Isaac and Jacob. This is th vry land which H promisd to giv to thm and to giv to you, thir dscndants. Hr is how othrs hav translatd this vrs: Ancint txts: Targum of Onklos S, I hav givn up th inhabitants of th land bfor you; nor shall it b ndful to carry arms; go in and possss th land, and appoint th allottrs, and divid it, 42 Robrt Jamison, A. R. Fausst and David Brown; Commntary Critical and Explanatory on th Whol Bibl; 1871; from -sword, Dut. 1:7. 43 This is rasonabl conjctur, basd upon th background of Moss.

83 Dutronomy Chaptr Latin Vulgat Masortic Txt (Hbrw) Pshitta (Syriac) Sptuagint (Grk) Significant diffrncs: vn as th Lord swar to your fathrs, to Abraham, Izhak, and Jakob, that H would giv it unto thm and thir sons aftr thm. Bhold, said h, I hav dlivrd it to you: go in and possss it, concrning which th Lord swor to your fathrs Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, that h would giv it to thm, and to thir sd aftr thm. Look, I hav givn to your facs th land. Go in and tak possssion of th land which swor Y howah to your fathrs to Abraham, to Isaac, and to Jacob to giv to thm and to thir sd aftr thm. Bhold, I hav givn you th land bfor you; go in and possss th land which th LORD swor to your fathrs, Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, to giv to thm and to thir dscndants aftr thm. Bhold, God has dlivrd th land bfor you; go in and inhrit th land, which I swor to your fathrs, Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob; to giv it to thm and to thir sd aftr thm. Excss wordag in th targum. Thought-for-thought translations; paraphrass: Common English Bibl Contmporary English V. Easy English Good Nws Bibl (TEV) Nw Brkly Vrsion Nw Lif Bibl Nw Living Translation Th Voic Look, I hav laid th land bfor you. Go and possss th land that I [Sam, LXX; MT th Lord] promisd to giv to your ancstors Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, as wll as to thir dscndants aftr thm. I giv you this land, just as I promisd your ancstors Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. Now you must go and tak th land. Look! I hav givn you all this country. Go in and tak it. Th *Lord promisd to giv this country to your fathrs. H promisd to giv it to Abraham, Isaac, Jacob and thir childrn." All of this is th land which I, th LORD, promisd to giv to your ancstors, Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, and to thir dscndants. Go and occupy it.' " S, I hav put th land at your disposal; ntr it and tak possssion of th land which th LORD swor to your fathrs, Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, to giv thm and thir dscndants aftr thm. S, I hav st th land in front of you. Go in and tak for your own th land which th Lord promisd to giv to your fathrs, Abraham, Isaac and Jacob, and to thir childrn aftr thm.' Look, I am giving all this land to you! Go in and occupy it, for it is th land th Lord swor to giv to your ancstors Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, and to all thir dscndants.'" Look! I'v brought you right to th dg of th land that I, th Etrnal, swor I'd giv to your ancstors Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, and to thir dscndants aftr thm. Go in, and tak possssion of it!" Partially litral and partially paraphrasd translations: Amrican English Bibl Christian Community Bibl God s Word Nw Amrican Bibl Look! God has givn you all th land that is bfor you! So, go thr and inhrit th land that I swor to your ancstors (AbraHam, IsaAc, and Jacob) that I would giv to thm and to thir sd. Look: I offr you this land; you will tak possssion of it and liv in th land which Yahwh swor to giv to your fathrs, to Abraham, Isaac and Jacob and to all thir dscndants. I'm giving you this land. Entr, and tak possssion of th land th LORD swor to giv to your ancstors Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, and to you, thir dscndants." I hav givn that land ovr to you. Go now and occupy th land I swor to your fathrs, Abraham, Isaac and Jacob, I would giv to thm and to thir dscndants.'

84 157 Th Book of Dutronomy Nw Amrican Bibl (R.E.) S, I hav givn that land ovr to you [Dt 6:10, 23; 9:5, 27; 29:13; 30:20; 34:4; Gn. 12:7; 13:14-15; 15:18-21; 17:8; 26:3-5; 28:13-14.]. Go now and possss th land that th LORD swor to your ancstors, Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, to giv to thm and to thir dscndants aftr thm. NIRV "I hav givn you all of that land. Go in and tak it as your own. I took an oath. I promisd I would giv th land to your fathrs. I promisd it to Abraham, Isaac and Jacob. I also said I would giv it to thir childrn aftr thm." Nw Jrusalm Bibl Look, that is th country I hav givn you; go and tak possssion of th country that Yahwh promisd on oath to giv to your ancstors, Abraham, Isaac and Jacob, and to thir dscndants aftr thm." Nw Simplifid Bibl»I hav givn you this land. Go in and possss th land Jhovah pldgd to giv to your fathrs, Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob and to thir dscndants (offspring) aftr thm. Rvisd English Bibl I hav laid th land opn bfor you; go in and occupy it, th land which th LORD swor to giv to your forfathrs aic, and to thir dscndants aftr thm. Mostly litral rndrings (with som occasional paraphrasing): Ancint Roots Translinar Bibl in Basic English Th Expandd Bibl Frar-Fnton Bibl NET Bibl Bhold, I will giv you th land in front of you. Com and possss th land which Yahwh swor to your fathrs, to Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, to giv to thm and to thir sd aftr thm." S, all th land is bfor you: go in and tak for yourslvs th land which th Lord gav by an oath to your fathrs, Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, and to thir sd aftr thm. S, I hav givn you this land, so go in and tak it for yourslvs. Th Lord promisd it [swor] to your ancstors-abraham, Isaac, and Jacob and thir dscndants [Gn. 12:1-3; 15:17-20]." Attnd! I hav opnd th country to you! Go and siz th land which th Evr-living promisd to giv to your fathrs, to Abraham, to Isaac, and to Jacob, - to giv it to thm and to thir postrity aftr thm. Look! I hav alrady givn th land to you [Hb "I hav placd bfor you th land."]. Go, occupy th trritory that I [Hb "th Lord." Sinc th Lord is spaking, it is prfrabl for clarity to supply th first prson pronoun in th translation.], th Lord, promisd [Hb "swor" (so NAB, NIV, NRSV, NLT). This rfrs to God's promis, mad by solmn oath, to giv th patriarchs th land.] to giv to your ancstors [Hb "fathrs" (also in vv. 11, 21, 35).] Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, and to thir dscndants [Hb "thir sd aftr thm."]." Jwish/Hbrw Nams Bibls: Complt Jwish Bibl xgss companion Bibl Judaica Prss Complt T. Kaplan Translation I hav st th land bfor you! Go in, and tak possssion of th land ADONAI swor to giv to your ancstors Avraham, Yitz'chak and Ya'akov, and thir dscndants aftr thm.' S, I giv th land at your fac: go in and possss th land Yah Vh oathd to giv your fathrs, Abraham, Yischaq and Yaaqov and thir sd aftr thm. S, I hav st th land bfor you; com and possss th land which th Lord swor to your forfathrs, to Abraham, to Isaac, and to Jacob, to giv thm and thir dscndants aftr thm. S! I hav placd th land bfor you. Com, occupy th land that God swor H would giv to your fathrs, Abraham, Isaac and Jacob, and to thir dscndants aftr thm.'

85 Dutronomy Chaptr Orthodox Jwish Bibl S, I hav st ha'artz (th land) bfor you; go in and possss ha'artz which Hashm swor unto Avotichm, Avraham, Yitzchak, and Ya'akov, to giv unto thm and to thir zra aftr thm. Litral, almost word-for-word, rndrings: Concordant Litral Vrsion Contxt Group Vrsion English Standard Vrsion Grn s Litral Translation NASB S! I hav st th land bfor you. Entr and tnant th land about which Yahwh had sworn to your fathrs, to Abraham, to Isaac and to Jacob, to giv to thm and to thir sd aftr thm. Look, I hav st th land { or arth } bfor you { pl }: go in and possss th land { or arth } which YHWH swor to your { pl } fathrs, to Abraham, to Isaac, and to Jacob, to giv to thm and to thir sd aftr thm. S, I hav st th land bfor you. Go in and tak possssion of th land that th LORD swor to your fathrs, to Abraham, to Isaac, and to Jacob, to giv to thm and to thir offspring aftr thm.' Bhold! I hav givn bfor you th land; go in and possss th land which Jhovah has sworn to your fathrs, to Abraham, to Isaac, and to Jacob, to giv to thm, and to thir sd aftr thm. S, I hav placd th land bfor you; go in and possss th land which th Lord swor to giv to your fathrs [Gn 12:7; 26:3; 28:13; Ex 33:1; Num 14:23; 32:11; Hb 6:13, 14], to Abraham, to Isaac, and to Jacob, to thm and thir dscndants [Lit sd] aftr thm.' Nw RSV S, I hav st th land bfor you; go in and tak possssion of th land that I* swor to your ancstors, to Abraham, to Isaac, and to Jacob, to giv to thm and to thir dscndants aftr thm.' Young s Updatd LT S, I hav st bfor you th land; go in and possss th land which Jhovah has sworn to your fathrs, to Abraham, to Isaac, and to Jacob, to giv to thm, and to thir sd aftr thm. Th gist of this vrs: God tlls thm that this is th land which H promis to Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob; and that thy ar to go into this land and tak it. Dutronomy 1:8a Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs râ âh (øèàèä) [pronouncd raw-awh] look, s, bhold, viw, s hr, listn up nd 2 prson masculin singular, Qal imprativ Strong's #7200 BDB #906 nâthan (ðèúçï) [pronouncd naw-thahn] to giv, to grant, to plac, to put, to st; to mak st 1 prson singular, Qal prfct Strong's #5414 BDB #678 lâmd (ìà) [pronouncd l ] to, for, towards, in rgards to dirctional/rlational prposition BDB #510 pânîym (ôìèðäéí) [pronouncd paw- NEEM] fac, facs countnanc; prsnc masculin plural noun (plural acts lik English singular); with th 2 nd prson masculin plural suffix Strong s #6440 BDB #815 Togthr, thy man bfor you, bfor your fac, in your prsnc, in your sight, in front of you. Whn usd with God, it can tak on th mor figurativ maning in Your judgmnt.

86 159 Th Book of Dutronomy Dutronomy 1:8a Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs êth (àæç) [pronouncd ayth] untranslatd gnrally; occasionally to, toward indicats that th following substantiv is a dirct objct Strong's #853 BDB #84 rts (àæøæõ) [pronouncd EH-rts] arth (all or a portion throf), land, trritory, country, continnt; ground, soil; undr th ground [Shol] fminin singular noun with th dfinit articl Strong's #776 BDB #75 Translation: Look, I hav givn th land bfor you... God continus to spak through Moss (Moss would hav bn th on to spak ths words to th popl, but h would hav bn givn ths instructions by God). Th land is bfor thm, th land which H has givn to th Jws. This vrbiag, that th land is put bfor thm, indicats that thr is no impdimnt to taking th land. Thy can go right into th land and tak it, bcaus God has placd it bfor thm. So, thy hav gon north from Mount Sinai, and ar now campd south (= th Ngv) of th inhabitd ara that would somday b calld Judah. Dutronomy 1:8b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs bôw (áìåéà) [pronouncd boh] com [in], go [in], ntr, advanc nd 2 prson masculin plural, Qal imprativ Strong s #935 BDB #97 w (or v ) (åà or åì) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though; as wll as simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 yârash ( éèøç) [pronouncd yaw-rash] possss, tak possssion of, occupy a gographical ara [by driving out th prvious occupants], tak possssion of anyon [or thir goods]; possss; xpl, driv out nd 2 prson masculin plural, Qal imprativ Strong s #3423 BDB #439 êth (àæç) [pronouncd ayth] untranslatd gnrally; occasionally to, toward indicats that th following substantiv is a dirct objct Strong's #853 BDB #84 rts (àæøæõ) [pronouncd EH-rts] arth (all or a portion throf), land, trritory, country, continnt; ground, soil; undr th ground [Shol] fminin singular noun with th dfinit articl Strong's #776 BDB #75 ãshr (àâéùæø) [pronouncd ash-er] that, which, whn, who, whom rlativ pronoun Strong's #834 BDB #81 shâba (ùèáçò) b [pronouncd shaw - VAHÌ] to swar, to imprcat, to curs, to swar an oath, to tak a solmn oath, to swar allgianc rd 3 prson masculin singular, Niphal prfct Strong's #7650 BDB #989

87 Dutronomy Chaptr Dutronomy 1:8b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs YHWH (éäåä) [pronunciation is possibly yhoh-wah] translitratd variously as Jhovah, Yahwh, Y howah propr noun Strong s #3068 BDB #217 lâmd (ìà) [pronouncd l ] to, for, towards, in rgards to dirctional/rlational prposition BDB #510 âb (àèá)[pronouncd b aw v] fathr, both as th had of a houshold, clan or trib; foundr, civil ladr, military ladr masculin plural noun nd with th 2 prson masculin plural suffix Strong s #1 BDB #3 Translation:... go into [it] and tak possssion of th land which Y howah swor to your fathrs... Now it appars that Moss is spaking, to tll thm to go into th land, to tak th land that Y howah swor to thir fathrs. Howvr, thr ar many tims in Scriptur whr God spaks of God in th third prson. Vv. 6 8, so that you can s th quotation marks: Jhovah your God spok to us in Horb, saying, You hav rmaind at this mountain for too long. Turn around from hr and go toward th hill country of th Amorits as wll as to all of his nighbors in th Arabah, th mountainous aras, th Shphlah, th Ngv and along th costal rgions to th land of th Canaanit and to Lbanon, vntually going as far as th Grat Rivr, th Rivr Euphrats. Look, I hav put you fac to fac with this land which is bfor you this is your land. Go into this land and tak it th vry land which Jhovah swor to giv to your fathrs, Abraham, Isaac and Jacob. This is th vry land which H promisd to giv to thm and to giv to you, thir dscndants. My point hr is, it is vry difficult to figur out whr to nd th words of God, which Moss is quoting. Eithr Moss stops in mid-sntnc rd and bgins spaking instad of quoting God; or God spaks of Himslf in th 3 prson. Th lattr sms to b th cas, but this is much mor difficult to dtrmin than might sm from a simpl rading of this passag in whatvr translation you may hav. Now, although I struggld with placing th quotation marks, I did not s an rd xampl of any translation which placd thm diffrntly. A fw translations simply changd th 3 prson to th st 1 prson. Lt m complt this vrs, and thn w will com back to this. What Moss is spaking of hr parallls what took plac in Num. 10:11 13 And it happnd in th scond yar, in th scond month, in th twntith of th month, th cloud wnt up from off th tabrnacl of th tstimony. And th sons of Isral pulld up staks in thir journyings from th wildrnss of Sinai. And th cloud stayd on it in th wildrnss of Paran. And thy pulld up staks first at th mouth of Jhovah, by th hand of Moss. A fw things happn to thm on th way to th southrn rgion of th land, but that is th dirction in which thy will all procd. Th land that is right in front of thm? God had givn that land to thm. God had promisd that land to Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob; and now it was th right tim for thir dscndants to go into that land and to tak it. All thy hav to do is tak it. Salvation is providd for th unblivr in th sam way. It is right in front of any unblivr; all thy hav to do is tak it by faith. Th lif of promis for all blivrs is right in front of any blivr. All h has to do is rach out and tak it. Th mthodology of raching out and taking it varis quit a bit. For th Isralits to whom Moss first said ths words thy had to go into th land and tak it by military forc. For th unblivr, h taks trnal lif by faith an act which taks only sconds to procur. And th blivr looking to liv th lif of promis that is a day-by-day choic; gt back into fllowship as many tims as it taks throughout th day and larn a littl mor doctrin today. On day at a tim.

88 161 Th Book of Dutronomy In ths 3 scnarios, thr is th constant thy rquir positiv volition toward th plan of God; and God has mad vrything possibl to tak advantag of what H has placd bfor us. In all 3 scnarios, thr is th discontinuity of what w ar rquird to do. Dutronomy 1:8c Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs lâmd (ìà) [pronouncd l ] to, for, towards, in rgards to dirctional/rlational prposition BDB #510 Ab râhâm (àçáàøèäèí) v [pronouncd ahb -raw- HAWM] fathr of a multitud, chif of a multitud; translitratd Abraham masculin singular propr noun Strong s #85 BDB #4 lâmd (ìà) [pronouncd l ] to, for, towards, in rgards to dirctional/rlational prposition BDB #510 Yis châq (éäùòàçè ) [pronouncd yihs - KHAWK] h laughs; laughing; translitratd Isaac masculin singular propr noun Strong s #3327 & #3446 BDB #850 w (or v ) (åà or åì) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though; as wll as simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 lâmd (ìà) [pronouncd l ] to, for, towards, in rgards to dirctional/rlational prposition BDB #510 Ya ãqôb (éçòâ Éá) [pronouncd yah-ìuh- B KOH V] supplantr; insidious, dcitful; to circumvnt and is translitratd Jacob masculin propr noun Strong s #3290 BDB #784 Translation:... to Abraham, to Isaac and to Jacob... Y howah swor to giv this land to Abraham, Isaac and Jacob. W hav studid ths promiss in th book of Gnsis. God in th past has promisd this land to th Jws to th dscndants of Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. This gnration who stood at th southrn bordr has bn givn, by God, this land. All thy nd to do is to go in and tak it. God mad ths promiss continually to Abraham. I may hav missd a passag blow. God s Promiss to Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob Patriarch Promiss Abraham Gn. 12:1 3, 7 13: : :7 8 22:16 18 Isaac And Jhovah appard to him [Isaac] and said, Do not go down into Egypt; stay in th land which I shall say to you. Rsid in this land, and I will b with you and blss you, for to you and to your sd I will giv all ths lands. And I will caus to ris My oath which I swor to your fathr Abraham. And I will incras your sd lik th stars of th havns, and I will giv to your sd all ths lands. And all th nations of th arth shall blss thmslvs in your Sd, bcaus Abraham listnd to My voic and hdd My charg, My commands, My statuts, and My laws. (Gn. 26:3 5; Grn s Litral translation)

89 Dutronomy Chaptr God s Promiss to Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob Jacob Patriarch Promiss And h cam on a plac and stayd th night thr, for th sun had gon. And h took stons of th plac and placd thm at his had; and h lay down in that plac. And h dramd. And, bhold, a laddr was placd on th arth, its top raching to th havns. And, bhold, th angls of God wr going up and going down on it! And, bhold, Jhovah stood abov it and said, I am Jhovah th God of your fathr Abraham, and th God of Isaac; th land on which you ar lying, I will giv it to you and to your sd. And your sd shall b as th dust of th arth, and you shall sprad to th wst and to th ast and to th north and to th south; and all th familis of th arth shall b blssd in you and in your Sd. And, bhold, I will b with you and will guard you in vry plac in which you may go, and will bring you back to this land; for I will not forsak you until I hav surly don that which I hav spokn to you. (Gn. 28:11 15; Grn s Litral translation) Th rason why God did not com to Isaac or Jacob on multipl occasions is, ths promiss by God to Abraham had alrady bn stablishd. Both Isaac and Jacob would hav known ths promiss alrady. This is th inhritanc that Jacob wantd instad of Esau. Chaptr Outlin Charts, Maps and Short Doctrins This is on of th passags which tlls us that th popl of Isral wr awar of thir hritag, suggsting furthr that thy knw th contnts of th book of Gnsis. Moss would only mntion Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob bcaus ths nams ar familiar to his audinc; thy knw who thy hav bn dscndd from, and thy know th promiss which God mad to thir fathrs as wll. This vrs ought to act as vidnc as wll that this land is thirs for th taking. Most childrn and tns ar absolutly slf-cntrd, and thy ar asily drawn this way or that bcaus of thir own slf-cntrdnss. But Moss is spaking to adults, adults who at last know thir origins and th promiss mad by God to thir fathrs; thrfor, what is bing said is, This is biggr than just you. This is biggr than just your gnration. Thr is a history hr. Thr is a covnant hr that dats back 400 yars. Charismatic ladrs oftn lad popl into all kinds of wrong dirctions, simply bcaus som popl ar ladrs and othrs ar followrs. Moss was a charismatic ladr; but with ths words, h xplains that this is God s long-standing promis to th Jwish popl; this is not just som crazy ida that Moss suddnly has com up with. Quit obviously, this has to b a st of promiss that ths Isralits ar familiar with. Dutronomy 1:8d Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs lâmd (ìà) [pronouncd l ] to, for, towards, in rgards to dirctional/rlational prposition BDB #510 nâthan (ðèúçï) [pronouncd naw-thahn] to giv, to grant, to plac, to put, to st; to mak Qal infinitiv construct Strong's #5414 BDB #678 lâmd (ìà) [pronouncd l ] to, for, towards, in rgards to dirctional/rlational prposition with th 3 rd prson masculin plural suffix BDB #510

90 163 Th Book of Dutronomy Dutronomy 1:8d Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs w (or v ) (åà or åì) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though; as wll as simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 lâmd (ìà) [pronouncd l ] to, for, towards, in rgards to dirctional/rlational prposition BDB #510 zra (ææøçò) [pronouncd ZEH-rahì] a sd, a sowing; an offspring, progny, dscndant; postrity masculin singular noun rd with th 3 prson masculin plural suffix Strong s #2233 BDB #282 achãrêy (àççâøåé) [pronouncd ah-kuh- RAY] bhind, aftr; following; aftr that, aftrwards; hindr parts prposition; plural form rd with th 3 prson masculin plural suffix Strong s #310 BDB #29 Translation:...to giv [this vry land] to thm and to thir dscndants aftr thm. Th land which is bfor thm is th land givn to Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob as wll as to thir dscndants, who ar th popl standing at th dg of th land, rady to go in. It cannot b mphasizd nough that th faith of th Hbrws is basd upon an historic rlationship with God. Thr was a covnantal rlationship with God that datd back cnturis. So Moss is not just coming up with a st of crazy idas and gtting th popl to follow him. God ld Moss, and this is all th culmination of rcordd promiss that God mad to Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob 400 yars prviously. Dutronomy 1:8 (graphic) from Christian Bibl Study in WordPrss, accssd Novmbr 7, V. 8 rads: Look, I hav put you fac to fac with this land which is bfor you this is your land. Go into this land and tak it th vry land which Jhovah swor to giv to your fathrs, Abraham, Isaac and Jacob. This is th vry land which H promisd to giv to thm and to giv to you, thir dscndants. This has bn God's command to Isral sinc thy lft Mount Sinai thy wr to go into th land and tak it. God gav th land to Abraham, Isaac and Jacob and to thir dscndants. Notic that this promis was not fulfilld until aftr thir daths. God has promiss opn to us concrning our salvation and our trnal futur, th complt fulfillmnt of which dos not com to pass until aftr our dath. I am a big fan of th chiasmos; but I am not sur if I am compltly sing it hr. Ptr Ptt s Chiasmos of Dutronomy 1:6 8 A "You hav dwlt long nough in this mountain (Mount Sinai)" (Dutronomy 1:6). B "Turn you, and tak your journy" (Dutronomy 1:7a). C "Go to th hill-country of th Amorits, and to all th placs nar to it, in th Arabah, in th hill-country, and in th lowland, and in th South, and by th sashor, th land of th

91 Dutronomy Chaptr Ptr Ptt s Chiasmos of Dutronomy 1:6 8 A Canaanits, and Lbanon, as far as th grat rivr, th rivr Euphrats" (Dutronomy 1:7b). B "Look, I hav st th land bfor you" (Dutronomy 1:8a). "Go in and possss th land which Yahwh swor to your fathrs, to Abraham, to Isaac, and to Jacob, to giv to thm and to thir sd aftr thm" (Dutronomy 1:8b). Hr w hav both progrssion and chiasmus. W hav th command to lav th Mount whr thy hav bn ncampd for so long, to ntr th whol of th land, and to go in and possss it, bcaus H had sworn to giv it to thir forfathrs. Th chiasmus lis in `A' in th paralll btwn `You hav dwlt long nough in this mountain' and `Go in and possss th land', with th dscription of th whol land cntral. In `B' "Turn you, and tak your journy" parallls "Look, I hav st th land bfor you." And `C' dscribs th primtrs of th land which thy ar going to possss. From accssd Novmbr 5, Chaptr Outlin Charts, Maps and Short Doctrins It was now th right tim to claim this land. This is not somthing suddnly cookd up by Moss and Joshua. This is not suddnly coming to th Isralits as if God just thought about this. God alrady mad all of ths promiss to Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. This is straight out of th book of Gnsis; but w hav com to th point in tim whn ths sons of Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob ar supposd to go in and tak that land. It is vry important to raliz that Christianity is basd upon historical facts. This is not just som philosophy that got put forth by a fw smart guys and this philosophy has vntually com down to us. This is God working with th popl in ral historical situations, whr thr ar ral choics to b mad and ral consquncs. Hr w ar, many, many gnrations rmovd from thm, but in th midst of th sam anglic struggl. On on sid is truth, rightousnss and lov; and on th othr sid is an array of distortions, sin and hatrd. God givs us th chanc to stp into our own historic participation. This is ral lif; it is ral history and today, it is ral currnt vnts. Th mor doctrin you know, th asir it is to rcogniz God intracting with mankind today, both individually and in groups. And if Jsus is not a tru historical Prson and if Christ is not raisd thn our faith is compltly in vain (1Cor. 15:17). Our faith stands upon stablishd history; it stands upon truth. And w should xpct, at th sam tim, for Satan to us vry mans possibl to mak us doubt th historic truth of Scriptur. Chaptr Outlin Charts, Maps and Short Doctrins Moss, whn h first spok to th popl of Isral about taking th land, stood upon an abundanc of vidnc that this is God s will. Evidnc of th Land Grant to Gnration X 1. Th promis of this land had bn mad to Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, th fathrs of th Jws standing on th southrn bordr of th land givn thm by God. Dut. 1:8 Gn. 12:1 3, 7 13: :3 5 28: Whil in Egypt, ths popl saw many grat signs and wondrs which wr dsignd to b sn by many popl so that th powr of thir God could not b qustiond. Ex Thy wr ld by th fir at night and th cloud by day. Ex. 13:21 Psalm 78:14 4. Ths sam popl saw th dstruction of th Egyptian army bfor thir vry ys on of th gratst military organizations of that day. Ex. 13:17 14:31 5. Thy had bn providd living watrs from th Rock; thy had bn givn manna and quail; and thy had drunk from th swtnd watrs of Mribah all grat acts of God which ach and vry prson

92 165 Th Book of Dutronomy Evidnc of th Land Grant to Gnration X obsrvd. Ex. 15:22 17:7 6. Thy larnd that military victory dpndd upon God in thir war with th Amalkits. Rcall that th battl would go thir way, as long as Moss had his arms raisd up. Ex. 17: Thy hard th vry voic of God giving thm th Law. This was so difficult that th popl rqustd that thr b an intrmdiary. Ex. 20: God promisd to incras thir population, and Moss tlls thm to just look around at on anothr and s how God fulfilld that promis. God promisd both to giv Abraham s sd th land and to also incras Abraham s sd so that thy bcam lik th stars in th skis. Ths promiss go togthr. Gn. 13: :5 6 22:7 Dut. 1: Also, th minority rport of th spis who wnt into th land. Thy saw th land and rportd back that it was vrything that God had promisd thm. Num. 13: Furthrmor, think about this logically: how is God glorifid if th Jws all di in th dsrt or at th ntranc to th Land of Promis? God is not going to spctacularly rscu th Jws from slavry to th Egyptians just to kill thm at th bordr of Canaan. That is compltly illogical. My point hr is, th Jws will go in and tak th land, not basd upon th charismatic ladrship of Moss (and thn Joshua), but basd upon a numbr of vidncs that God is with thm. Application: God dos not giv us, as blivrs, thradbar vidnc, and thn ask us to do our bst. Th mor that you study th Word of God, th gratr will b th vidnc for your faith. Whn you combin fulfilld prophcy, th concpt of typs, th vidnc of th xisting manuscripts, th chang of attitud of th discipls aftr th rsurrction, along with many othr things, it bcoms far too difficult to dny th truth of our faith. Chaptr Outlin Charts, Maps and Short Doctrins Historic vnt: Moss Dlgats His Authority Ex. 18:13 27 Num. 11:11 17 At this point, Moss gos on an odd tangnt. Vv sm to b an odd dirction. W would xpct that thy would advanc toward th land, and th nxt sction would b thm spying out th land, but that is not th cas. Moss thn dlgats authority, which suggsts that this is th chronological ordr which is bing givn hr. And so I said unto you [all] in th tim th Dutronomy So I spok to you at that tim, saying, I am that to say I am not abl to m alon to bar 1:9 unabl to carry you. you [all]. And I said to you at that tim, I am unabl to carry you. Hr is how othrs hav translatd this vrs: Ancint txts: Targum of Onklos Latin Vulgat Masortic Txt (Hbrw) Pshitta (Syriac) And I spak to you at that tim, saying: W will not lav you with but on judg, for I am not abl to bar you alon. And I said to you at that tim: I alon am not abl to bar you... In th Latin, this is vv. 9 10a And so I said unto you [all] in th tim th that to say I am not abl to m alon to bar you [all]. And I said to you at that tim, I am not abl to bar you myslf alon.

93 Dutronomy Chaptr Sptuagint (Grk) Significant diffrncs: And I spok to you at that tim, saying, I shall not b abl by myslf to bar you. As usual, thr ar additional words in th targum. Thought-for-thought translations; paraphrass: Common English Bibl Contmporary English V. Easy English Easy-to-Rad Vrsion Good Nws Bibl (TEV) Nw Brkly Vrsion Nw Lif Bibl Nw Living Translation Th Voic At that sam tim, I told you: I can't handl all of you by myslf. Right aftr th LORD commandd us to lav Mount Sinai, I told you: Isral, bing your ladr is too big a job for on prson. Moss chos ladrs. At that tim I, Moss, said ths words to you. "I alon cannot lad you and hlp you with all your troubls. Moss said, At that tim I told you I couldn t tak car of you by myslf. Moss said to th popl, "Whil w wr still at Mount Sinai, I told you, 'Th rsponsibility for lading you is too much for m. I can't do it alon. At that tim [Whil still at Horb.] I announcd to you, I am no longr abl to tak car of you alon. "At that tim I said to you, *I am not abl to tak car of you alon. Moss Appoints Ladrs from Each Trib Moss continud, "At that tim I told you, `You ar too grat a burdn for m to carry all by myslf. I had to tll you at th tim, "I can't bar you as a popl and dal with all of your cass by myslf anymor. Partially litral and partially paraphrasd translations: Amrican English Bibl 'As I told you bfor; I was unabl to lad you all by myslf. Bck s Amrican Translation Moss Appointd Judgs At that tim I told you I can t do all th work for you alon. Christian Community Bibl I said to you at that tim: I alon can not b rsponsibl for all of you. 9 Nw Advnt (Knox) Bibl It was at this tim, too, that I said to you, 10 Th charg of you is too havy for my own strngth, such incras has th Lord your God givn you. To-day, you ar countlss as th stars in havn; 11 may th Lord, th God of your fathrs, add many thousands yt to your numbr, and grant you th blssing h has promisd! Vv ar includd for contxt. Nw Amrican Bibl "At that tim I said to you, 'Alon, I am unabl to carry you [Carry you: cf Dut. 1:31.]. Nw Amrican Bibl (R.E.) Appointmnt of Eldrs. At that tim I said to you, "I am unabl to carry you by myslf. Dt 1:31. [Dut. 1:9-18] Ex 18:13-26; Nm 11: NIRV Som Officials Hlp Moss At that tim I spok to you. I said, "You ar too havy a load for m to carry alon. Nw Jrusalm Bibl 'At th sam tim, I told you, "I cannot b rsponsibl for you by myslf. Nw Simplifid Bibl»I spok to you thn and said: I am not abl to bar th burdn of you alon. Rvisd English Bibl At that tim I said to you, You ar too havy a burdn for m to bar unaidd. Today s NIV Th Appointmnt of Ladrs At that tim I said to you, "You ar too havy a burdn for m to carry alon. Mostly litral rndrings (with som occasional paraphrasing): Ancint Roots Translinar Bibl in Basic English Th Expandd Bibl I said to you in that priod, "I can not lift you by myslf alon. At that tim I said to you, I am not abl to undrtak th car of you by myslf;... Moss Appoints Ladrs

94 167 Th Book of Dutronomy L At that tim I said, "I am not abl to tak car of you [ lift you up; bar you] by myslf. Frar-Fnton Bibl But I told you all at that tim, I myslf could not support you alon! HCSB "I said to you at that tim: I can't bar th rsponsibility for you on my own. NET Bibl NIV, 2011 Jwish/Hbrw Nams Bibls: I also said to you at that tim, "I am no longr abl to sustain you by myslf. Th Appointmnt of Ladrs At that tim I said to you, "You ar too havy a burdn [Nu 11:14; Ps 38:4] for m to carry alon [Ex 18:18]. Complt Jwish Bibl JPS (Tanakh 1985) Judaica Prss Complt T. Kaplan Translation "At that tim I told you, 'You ar too havy a burdn for m to carry alon. Thrupon I said to you, I cannot bar th burdn of you by myslf. And I said to you at that tim, saying, 'I cannot carry you alon. I thn said to you, 'I cannot lad you all by myslf. Som say that this occurrd 44 aftr thy lft Sinai (Adrth Eliahu). Othrs say that it was bfor (Ramban). Litral, almost word-for-word, rndrings: Contxt Group Vrsion And I spok to you { pl } at that tim, saying, I am not abl to carry you { pl } myslf alon: English Standard V. UK Ladrs Appointd "At that tim I said [Num. 11:14; [Ex. 18:18]] to you, `I am not abl to bar you by myslf. Th Gnva Bibl And I spak [By th counsl of Jthro my fathr-in-law, ( Exodus 18:19 ).] unto you at that tim, saying, I am not abl to bar you myslf alon: NASB "I spok to you at that tim, saying, `I am not abl to bar [Ex 18:18, 24; Num. 11:14] th burdn of you alon. Nw King Jams Vrsion Tribal Ladrs Appointd "And I spok to you at that tim, saying: `I alon am not abl to bar you. Nw RSV At that tim I said to you, `I am unabl by myslf to bar you. World English Bibl I spok to you at that tim, saying, I am not abl to bar you myslf alon: Young's Litral Translation And I spak unto you at that tim, saying, I am not abl by myslf to bar you. Th gist of this vrs: Moss says that h is unabl to handl this ntir population by himslf as thir only ladr and judg. Dutronomy 1:9a Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs wa (or va) (åç) [pronouncd wah] and so, and thn, thn, and; so, that, yt, thrfor, consquntly; bcaus wâw conscutiv BDB #253 âmar (àèîçø) [pronouncd aw-mahr] to say, to spak, to uttr; to say [to onslf], to think; to command; to promis; to xplain; to intnd st 1 prson singular, Qal imprfct Strong s #559 BDB #55 44 This is a fairly silly argumnt to hav. Moss is rcounting th vnts of Num prtty much in ordr.

95 Dutronomy Chaptr Dutronomy 1:9a Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs l (àæì) [pronouncd hl] unto; into, among, in; toward, to; against; concrning, rgarding; bsids, togthr with; as to dirctional prposition (rspct or dfrnc may b implid) with th nd 2 prson masculin plural suffix Strong's #413 BDB #39 h b (áìà) [pronouncd b ] in, into, through; at, by, nar, on, upon; with, bfor, against; by mans of; among; within a prposition of proximity Strong s# non BDB #88 êth (òåú) [pronouncd ìayth] tim, th right tim, th propr tim; opportunity fminin singular noun with th dfinit articl Strong s #6256 BDB #773 hîy (ääéà) [pronouncd h] sh, it; also usd as a dmonstrativ pronoun: that, this (on) rd 3 prson fminin singular, prsonal pronoun; somtims th vrb is, is implid Strong s #1931 BDB #214 Ths thr words togthr sm to man at this tim, at that tim; during this sam tim, during this sam tim priod. Translation: So I spok to you at that tim,... Moss rminds th childrn of Isral what h said to thm. Dutronomy 1:9b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs lâmd (ìà) [pronouncd l ] to, for, towards, in rgards to dirctional/rlational prposition BDB #510 âmar (àèîçø) [pronouncd aw-mahr] to say, to spak, to uttr; to say [to onslf], to think; to command; to promis; to xplain; to intnd Qal infinitiv construct Strong s #559 BDB #55 lô (ìéà or ìåéà) [pronouncd low] not, no ngats th word or action that follows; th absolut ngation Strong s #3808 BDB #518 yâkôl (éèëéì) [also yâkôwl (éèëåéì)] [pronouncd yaw- COAL] to b abl, can, to hav th ability, to hav th powr to; to b abl to bar; to b abl to bring onslf [to do anything]; to b lawful, to b prmittd; to b powrful, to prvail st 1 prson singular, Qal imprfct Strong's #3201 BDB #407 With th ngativ, this mans cannot, to b unabl to, to lack th ability to, to b powrlss to, to lack prmission to, to lack th powr to.

96 169 Th Book of Dutronomy Dutronomy 1:9b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs lâmd (ìà) [pronouncd l ] to, for, towards, in rgards to dirctional/rlational prposition BDB #510 bad (áìçã) [pronouncd bahd] sparation, by itslf, alon masculin singular noun st with th 1 prson singular suffix Strong s #905 BDB #94 Togthr, th lâmd prposition and bad (ã á) man in a stat of sparation, by itslf, alon, only; apart. - nâsâ (ðèùòèà) [pronouncd naw-saw] to lift up, to bar, to carry Qal infinitiv construct Strong s #5375 (and #4984) BDB #669 êth (àæç) [pronouncd ayth] you; untranslatd mark of a dirct objct; occasionally to, toward sign of th dirct objct nd affixd to a 2 prson masculin plural suffix Strong's #853 BDB #84 Translation:...saying, I am unabl to carry you. Thir nds and thir problms had bcom too much for Moss. H was unabl to handl thm all. H was unabl to bar thm all. Moss fathr-in-law suggstd that h not b th only judg, as popl cam bfor him all day long with disputs and problms. H suggstd th Moss hir a fw mor judgs, which Moss did. Logically, this ld to an appointmnt of a military hirarchy. Thy ar about to go into th land and tak it. Moss cannot command an ntir army. H will nd to appoint mn of various rankings ovr th popl. What Moss first said to God is, Look, I can t do this by myslf. Kill m now if you think I am going to lad vryon into th land. Th Pulpit Commntary: Th popl had so incrasd in numbr that Moss found himslf unabl to attnd to all th mattrs that concrnd thm, or to adjudicat in all th diffrncs that aros among 45 thm. Kil and Dlitzsch summariz this gnral passag: As th nation had multiplid as th stars of havn, in accordanc with th promis of th Lord, and h flt unabl to bar th burdn alon and sttl all disputs, h had placd ovr thm at that tim wis and intllignt mn from th hads of th tribs to act as judgs, and had instructd thm to adjudicat upon th smallr mattrs of 46 disput rightously and without rspct of prson. So far, v. 9 rads: And I said to you at that tim, I am unabl to carry you. Moss, on svral occasions, had askd God to rliv him of his dutis. H was rluctant to lad th Jws in th first plac, and facd incrdibl prssur from thir incrdibl malcontnt. Moss appointd mn undr him on a coupl of diffrnt instancs. Moss was first advisd by his fathr-in-law: Ex. 18:13 27 And on th nxt day it happnd that Moss sat to judg th popl. And th popl stood by Moss from th morning to th vning. And whn Moss' fathr-inlaw saw all that h did to th popl, h said, What is this thing which you do to th popl? Why do you sit alon by yourslf, and all th popl stand by you from morning to vning? And Moss said to his fathr-in-law, Bcaus th popl com to m to inquir of God. Whn thy hav a mattr, thy com to m. And I judg btwn on and anothr, and I mak known th statuts of God and His Laws. And Moss' fathr-in-law said to him, Th thing that you do is not good. You will surly war away, both you and this popl that is with you. For this thing is too havy for you; you ar not abl to prform it alon. Listn now to my voic; I will giv you counsl, and God will b with you. You b for th popl toward God, that you may bring th causs to God. And 45 Th Pulpit Commntary; ; by Josph S. Exll, Hnry Donald Mauric Spnc-Jons, courtsy of -sword, Dut. 1: Kil and Dlitzsch, Commntary on th Old Tstamnt; from -Sword; Dut. 1:8 10.

97 Dutronomy Chaptr you shall tach thm ordinancs and laws, and shall mak thm know th way in which thy must walk, and th work that thy must do. And you shall look out of all th popl abl mn, such as far God, mn of truth, hating unjust gain. And plac such ovr thm to b rulrs of thousands, and rulrs of hundrds, rulrs of fiftis, and rulrs of tns. And lt thm judg th popl at all tims. And it shall b, vry grat mattr thy shall bring to you, but vry small mattr thy shall judg. And mak it asir for yourslf, and thy shall bar with you. If you will do this thing, and God command you, thn you shall b abl to ndur, and all this popl shall also go to thir plac in pac. And Moss listnd to th voic of his fathr-in-law, and did all that h had said. And Moss chos abl mn out of all Isral, and mad thm hads ovr th popl, rulrs of thousands, rulrs of hundrds, rulrs of fiftis, and rulrs of tns. And thy judgd th popl at all tims. Th hard causs thy brought to Moss, but vry small mattr thy judgd thmslvs. (MKJV) In this way, w do hav a logical progrssion. Moss tlls thm that thy ar going to th land givn thm by God; but thn, h cannot simply lad thm into th land by himslf. Thr must first b authoritis undr Moss st up in ordr to do this. In addition to this, thr must also b mn who handl som of Moss judicial dutis. H cannot simply judg popl from morning till night. This is what causd his fathr-in-law to bcom concrnd. Somtim latr, Moss also appoints 70 ldrs. And Moss said to Jhovah, Why hav You don vil to Your srvant; and why hav I not found grac in Your ys to put th burdn of all this popl on m? I, hav I concivd all this popl? I, hav I bgottn it, that You say to m, Carry it in your bosom as th fostr fathr bars th suckling, to th land which You hav sworn to its fathrs? Whr shall I gt flsh to giv to all this popl? For thy wp to m, saying, Giv to us flsh that w may at. I am not abl, I alon, to bar all this popl, for it is too havy for m; and if You dal thus with m, plas quickly kill m, if I hav found grac in Your ys, and lt m not look on my affliction. (Num. 11:11 15; Grn s litral translation) And Jhovah said to Moss, Assmbl to M svnty mn of th ldrs of Isral, whom you hav known that thy ar ldrs of th popl, and its officrs. And you shall tak thm to th tabrnacl of th congrgation; and thy shall station thmslvs thr with you. And I shall com down and spak with you thr; and I will tak of th spirit which is upon you, and will put it on thm; and thy will bar th burdn of th popl with you, that you may not bar it yourslf alon. (Num. 11:16 17; Grn s litral translation) Th passag from Numbrs tlls us that Moss, lik us, was mpowrd by th Holy Spirit. W find from this that most, if not all, of th incidnts rcordd in th prvious books ar in chronological ordr. Moss is going to rmind ths popl of what happnd starting with halfway through Num. 10 and going through Num. 14, taking ths various incidnts in ordr, mostly summarizing what happnd; but on occasion xpanding on som of th incidnts. Th ordr is also logical, as thr must first b an organization of authoritis within th popl of Isral in ordr for thm to mov into th land. This organization ptrd out bcaus all of th mn who wr chosn by Moss had did th sin unto dath, with a vry fw xcptions, and Moss had to dlgat th rsponsibility again. So Moss said to Y howah, "Why hav You bn so hard on Your srvant? And why hav I not found grac in Your sight, that You hav laid th burdn of all ths popl upon m? Was it I who concivd all this popl? Was it I who brought thm forth, that You would say to m, 'Carry thm in your bosom, as a nurs carris a nursing infant, to th land which You had sworn to thir fathrs'? Whr am I to gt mat to giv to all this popl? For thy wp bfor m, saying, 'Giv us mat that w may at!' I alon am not abl to carry all this popl, bcaus it is took burdnsom for m." Y howah thrfor said to Moss, "Gathr for M svnty mn from th ldrs of Isral, whom you know to b th ldrs of th popl and thir officrs and bring thm to th tnt of mting, and lt thm tak thir stand thr with you. Thn I will com down and spak with you thr, and I will tak of th spirit, Who is upon you, and I will plac [Him] upon thm; and thy will bar th burdn of th popl with you, so that you will not bar it all alon." (Num. 11:11 14, 16 17). Howvr, this is a diffrnt group of authoritis altogthr. Hr, it says that thr ar mn chosn hr, and Barns stimats that th various captains numbrd 78,600. So, it would mak 47 Albrt Barns, Barns Nots on th Old Tstamnt; from -Sword, Dut. 1:9.

98 171 Th Book of Dutronomy sns that, as mn did, othrs would ris up in th ranks to tak thir placs, until all of th dgnrats had did out. Application: War and slf-govrnanc rquirs a systm of authoritis. Larg groups of popl rquir authoritis ovr thm. Thr is no such thing as gathring too many sin naturs into on plac without thm rquiring som ordr and som guidanc. Y howah your Elohim is multiplying you [all] Y howah your Elohim has multiplid you and, Dutronomy and bhold you [all], a day as stars of th obsrv, you [ar] [this] day as th stars of th 1:10 [two] havns to th multitud. havns [as] to multitud. Jhovah your God has multiplid you bfor my ys, and this vry day, you ar as th stars of th havns in numbr. Hr is how othrs hav translatd this vrs: Ancint txts: Targum of Onklos Latin Vulgat Masortic Txt (Hbrw) Pshitta (Syriac) Sptuagint (Grk) Significant diffrncs: Th Word of th Lord our God hath multiplid you; and, bhold, you ar to-day as th stars of havn for multitud....for th Lord your God hath multiplid you, and you ar this day as th stars of havn, for multitud. Y howah your Elohim is multiplying you [all] and bhold you [all], a day as stars of th [two] havns to th multitud. Th LORD your God has multiplid you, and bhold, you ar this day as th stars of havn in multitud. Th Lord your God has multiplid you, and bhold, you ar today as th stars of havn in multitud. A fw xtra words ar found in th targum. Th Latin appars to lav out bhold you. Thought-for-thought translations; paraphrass: Common English Bibl Contmporary English V. Easy English Easy-to-Rad Vrsion Th Mssag Nw Lif Bibl Th Voic Th Lord your God has multiplid your numbr-you ar now as countlss as th stars in th sky. Th LORD our God has blssd us, and so now thr ar as many of us as thr ar stars in th sky. Th *Lord your God has mad you as many popl as th stars in th sky. And now, thr ar vn mor of you! Th Lord your God has addd mor and mor popl, so that today you ar as many as th stars in th sky! GOD, your God, has multiplid your numbrs. Why, look at you--you rival th stars in th sky! Th Lord your God has mad you bcom many popl. Now you ar as many as th stars of havn. Th Etrnal your God has kpt incrasing your numbrs, and just look at you today! Thr ar as many of you as thr ar stars in th sky! Partially litral and partially paraphrasd translations: Amrican English Bibl For, Jhovah your God has mad you grow. And now, look at how many you'v bcom. lik th stars in th skis in numbr!

99 Dutronomy Chaptr Bck s Amrican Translation Th LORD your God has mad you grow so much you ar now as many as th stars in th sky. Nw Amrican Bibl (R.E.) Th LORD, your God, has mad you numrous, and now you ar as numrous as th stars of th havns. Dt 10:22; Gn 15:5; 22:17; 26:3-4; Ex 32:13. NIRV Th Lord your God has incrasd your numbrs. Today you ar as many as th stars in th sky. Today s NIV Th LORD your God has incrasd your numbrs so that today you ar as many as th stars in th sky.. Mostly litral rndrings (with som occasional paraphrasing): Ancint Roots Translinar Bibl in Basic English Th Expandd Bibl Frar-Fnton Bibl NET Bibl NIV, 2011 Yahwh your God multiplid you. Today, you ar as th stars of havn in abundanc hr. Th Lord your God has givn you incras, and now you ar lik th stars of havn in numbr. Th LORD your God has mad you grow in numbr so that thr ar as many of you as thr ar stars in th sky [havns; Gn. 15:5; 22:17; 26:4; Ex. 32:13]. And now your EVER-LIVING GOD has incrasd you, and, s! you ar to-day lik th stars of th sky in numbr! Th Lord your God has incrasd your population [Hb "multiplid you."] to th point that you ar now as numrous as th vry stars of th sky [Or havns. Th Hbrw trm ùèîçéäí (shamayim) may b translatd havn(s) or sky dpnding on th contxt.]. Th Lord your God has incrasd [vr 11; Ez 16:7] your numbrs [Dt 7:13] so that today you ar as numrous [G 15:5; Isa 51:2; 60:22; Ez 33:24] as th stars in th sky [S G 22:17; S Nu 10:36]. Jwish/Hbrw Nams Bibls: Complt Jwish Bibl xgss companion Bibl for abundanc. Kaplan Translation Orthodox Jwish Bibl ADONAI your God has multiplid your numbrs, so that thr ar as many of you today as thr ar stars in th sky. RESUME' ON DELEGATING JUDGMENT Yah Vh your Elohim aboundd you, and bhold, you ar this day as th stars of th havns God your Lord has incrasd your numbrs until you ar [now] as many as th stars of th sky. Hashm Elohichm hath multiplid you, and, s, y ar today as numrous as th kokhavi HaShomayim. Litral, almost word-for-word, rndrings: Contxt Group Vrsion YHWH your { pl } God has multiplid you { pl }, and s, you { pl } ar this day as th stars of th skis { or havns } for multitud. English Standard Vrsion Th LORD your God has multiplid you, and bhold, you ar today as numrous as th stars of havn. Th Gnva Bibl Th LORD your God hath multiplid you, and, bhold, y [ar] this day as th stars of havn for multitud. Not so much by th cours of natur, as miraculously. NASB Th LORD your God has multiplid you [Gn 15:5; 22:17; Ex 32:13; Dut 7:7; 10:22; 26:5; 28:62], and bhold, you ar this day lik th stars of havn in numbr. World English Bibl Yahwh your God has multiplid you, and, bhold, you ar this day as th stars of th sky for multitud. Young s Updatd LT Jhovah your God has multiplid you, and lo, you ar to-day as th stars of th havns for multitud.

100 173 Th Book of Dutronomy Th gist of this vrs: God has incrasd th population of th Jws so that thy ar lik th stars of th sky. Dutronomy 1:10a Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs YHWH (éäåä) [pronunciation is possibly yhoh-wah] translitratd variously as Jhovah, Yahwh, Y howah propr noun Strong s #3068 BDB #217 Ìlôhîym (àìéääéí) [pronouncd l-o-heem] God; gods, forign gods, god; rulrs, judgs; suprhuman ons, angls; translitratd Elohim masculin plural noun nd with th 2 prson masculin plural suffix Strong's #430 BDB #43 râbâh (øèáèä) [pronouncd b raw -VAWH] to mak [do] much; to multiply, to incras; to giv much; to lay much; to hav much; to mak grat; many [as a Hiphil infinitiv construct] rd 3 prson masculin singular, Hiphil prfct Strong s #7235 BDB #915 êth (àæç) [pronouncd ayth] you; untranslatd mark of a dirct objct; occasionally to, toward sign of th dirct objct nd affixd to a 2 prson masculin plural suffix Strong's #853 BDB #84 Translation: Y howah your Elohim has multiplid you... This vrs xplains th prvious vrs. Moss has said that h is unabl to bar all of Isral; thr ar too many Jws for him to handl. Jhovah thir God has multiplid thm; H has incrasd thir numbr gratly. As was stimatd, thr wr about 2 million mn, womn and childrn to walk out of Egypt on th day of th xodus. This also givs rason why thy nd to bliv th promiss of God. God promisd to giv thm this land and God promisd to multiply th Jws gratly. To s th fulfillmnt of th scond promis, all thy hav to do is look around thm thy ar a massiv population. Thy build thir confidnc in knowing and bliving th Word of God. In fact, this givs thm gratr confidnc than th signs and wondrs which thy and thir fathrs obsrvd. Spiritual powr coms from th insid, not from th outsid. You may s som amazing things; but that is not whr your powr is. I hav sn Pnn and Tllr on svral occasions prform som amazing magic tricks. Thy ar highly ntrtaining. Howvr, this dos not man that I subscrib to Pnn s philosophy (h is an librtarian athist, if mmory srvs), dspit th fact that h and Tllr can do som grat magic. I hav sn somthing which was quit amazing, many, many yars ago (which I hav only dscribd to a coupl of popl). My confidnc in th truthfulnss and th powr of th word dos not com from ths things which I hav sn. Thy com from th Word of God. Th mor tim I hav spnt in th Word, th strongr my confidnc is. Now, it may not b as strong as th confidnc of a prson who blivs in volution, but it is still strngthnd by undrstanding th Word of God. Th first phras of this vrs, Y howah your God, occurs narly 300 tims in this book alon, apart from th numbr of tims th propr nam of God is usd (Y howah). Moss had almost xclusiv spaking rights to God, and th popl thmslvs saw many manifstations of God and many miracls, but thy did not spak to Him fac-to-fac. Moss mphasizs that Y howah is thir God as wll as his; in fact, this phras downplays Moss' spcial rlationship with God and mphasizs that ths Jws hav a particularly clos rlationship with Y howah, God of th Univrs. In a vry fw wks, Moss will b gon; howvr, Isral will not fall apart. God gav thm thir grat ladr and thy still hav God. Thy will not hav th gift (that is, Moss), but thy will still hav th

101 Dutronomy Chaptr Givr, Who is infinitly gratr. Thrfor, Moss will to mphasiz narly 300 tims that, although h will b gon whn thy ntr into th Land of Promis, Y howah thir God will lad thm and H will fight for thm. Application: Evry gnration stands on its own two ft. Thr ar many of us in th oldr gnration who ar concrnd about Amrica and its dirction, but th ky is, positiv and ngativ volition. I am 63 and will fad from viw at som point in tim; but th powr that rmains bhind is th Word of God. How popl rspond to th Word of God will dtrmin th stat of this nation to com. Joshua will follow Moss, and Joshua was a grat man, and a grat military man as wll. Bcaus of his faith in God, and th rspons of th popl of Isral to God, thy will tak th land. Dutronomy 1:10b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs w (or v ) (åà or åì) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though; as wll as simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 hinnêh (ääðìåä) [pronouncd hin-nay] lo, bhold, or mor frly, obsrv, look hr, look, listn, not, tak not; pay attntion, gt this, chck this out intrjction, dmonstrativ particl nd with th 2 prson masculin plural suffix Strong s #2009 (and #518, 2006) BDB #243 This sms to attmpt to tak othrs and put thm in th plac of th prson saying this (so that thy s th sam thing); or to grab th attntion of th radr. From th many tims I hav sn this word usd in a narrativ, I bliv that w may updat th translation to, h obsrvd [that]. This gos along with th ida that this word is to caus us to s things from th viwpoint of somon in th narrativ. êth (àæç) [pronouncd ayth] untranslatd gnrally; occasionally to, toward indicats that th following substantiv is a dirct objct Strong's #853 BDB #84 yôwm (éåéí) [pronouncd yohm] day; tim; today (with a dfinit articl); possibly immdiatly masculin singular noun Strong s #3117 BDB #398 kaph or k (ëìà) [pronouncd k ] lik, as, according to; about, approximatly prposition with a pronominal suffix BDB #453 kôwkâb (ëìåéëèá) [pronouncd koh- B KAW V] star; figurativly, it is usd of Mssiah, brothrs, youth, numrous progny, prsonification, God s omniscinc masculin plural construct Strong s #3556 BDB #456 shâmayîm (ùèîçéäí) [pronouncd shaw-mahyim] havn, havns, skis; th visibl havns, as in as abod of th stars or as th visibl univrs, th sky, atmosphr, tc.; Havn (as th abod of God) masculin dual noun with th dfinit articl Strong s #8064 BDB #1029 lâmd (ìà) [pronouncd l ] to, for, towards, in rgards to, with rfrnc to, as to, with rgards to; blonging to; by dirctional/rlational prposition BDB #510

102 175 Th Book of Dutronomy Dutronomy 1:10b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs rôb (øéá) [pronouncd b roh v] multitud, abundanc, gratnss masculin singular construct Strong s #7230 BDB #913 In 1Chron. 4:38, Gsnius suggsts that pârats is th infinitiv of it vrbal cognat, which, considring th lâmd prfix, maks sns. W hav th sam construction hr. Th vrb mans to bcom much, to b many, to incras. Hr (1Chron. 4:38 12:40), w might rndr this, to incras, to bcom grat in numbr; or lt m suggst to an abundanc; in grat abundanc. In 1Chron. 12:40, ESV, HCSB and NRSV movd this furthr back into th vrs and rndrd it abundant provisions of (in combination with a prvious noun); so did Th Amplifid Bibl rndring it abundant supplis of; God s Word also movd it furthr back in th vrs, rndring it plnty of; so did th NASB (grat quantitis of) and NAB (in grat quantity of). Othrs hav rndrd this as follows: abundantly (MKJV, NKJV); in abundanc (HNV, Rothrham, Tanakh, WEB); abundant (Own); to grat plnty (LTHB). Translation:...and, obsrv, you [ar] [this] day as th stars of th havns [as] to multitud. God promisd th Jws that thy would b grat in numbr. At this point, thy wr vry larg in population unusually larg for a population which had bn nslavd for th past svral hundrd yars; and probably comparabl in siz to any nation s population. Th oprativ prposition hr is th kaph prposition, which mans lik, as, according to; about, approximatly. Thr is no quivalnc st up hr. Thr ar a lot of stars in th havns; and thr ar a lot of Jws standing bfor Moss. Nothing mor complx than that is bing said hr. In any cas, I hav always found this comparison to b fascinating. On a clar night, w can look into th sky and s mayb 3000 or so stars. Is that what God was promising to th Jws? To grow to a population of 3000? Of cours not! God also compard th futur population of Jws to b lik th sand on th shor (Gn. 22:17). At that point, w ar talking about an uncountabl numbr of sand particls. It turns out that, with tlscops, w rcogniz that thr ar an amazing numbr of stars as wll. According to an articl on CNN s wbsit, thr ar 70 million million million stars, or 70 sxtillion stars (that is a 70 followd by 22 zros), which is about 10x th numbr of grains of sand on all th world s bachs and dsrt put togthr. Th comparison is hyprbol; that is, God took an unblivably hug numbr and said that Abraham would hav that many sons. So thr is no confusion, Abraham is not going to hav 70 sxtillion sons. In comparison to all othr groups of popl, Abraham will b th fathr of a grat numbr of popl almost an uncountabl numbr and th Jws, standing thr bfor Moss undrstand that God is fulfilling His promiss of making thm into a hug popl. Anothr wbpag 24 on th Univrs today wbsit suggsts that thr ar 10 stars, at last; and that thr crtainly could b mor. It is fascinating that God, in 2000 B.C., undrstood that on could mak a comparison btwn th numbr of stars in th sky with th numbr of sand particls on th sashor giving us numbrs that w can only writ out, but w cannot fathom such larg numbrs. Thy ar byond our ability to actually grasp (a trillion dollar dficit is byond our ability to grasp; so somthing which is many tims largr than that is much mor difficult to grasp). At this point in tim, thr ar roughly 600,000 adult mals, abl to go to war (Ex. 12:37 Num. 1:46). Thy also hav wivs and childrn, which is whr w gt th approximation of 2 million. As an asid, Abraham has 3 kinds of dscndants: Jws, blivrs in th Church Ag, and Arabs. God is concrnd with th subst of thos who ar blivrs in His Son. It is quit fascinating that God knw who would b st asid and who would b thos who bliv in th Rvald Lord. Most Arabs today ar filld with hatrd and angr and adhr to Islam. Fw of thm fl th slightst kinship toward thir cousins, th Jws. Most fl nothing but angr and rsntmnt toward th Jws.

103 Dutronomy Chaptr Lt s look at vv togthr: And I said to you at that tim, I am unabl to carry you. Jhovah your God has multiplid you bfor my ys, and this vry day, you ar as th stars of th havns in numbr. Moss was unabl to lad thm alon bcaus of how th popl had multiplid in numbr. On of th problms in th book of Numbrs was th vast quantity of Isralits that som scholars hav bn causd to doubt ths numbrs. Howvr, thr is vry indication that thr wr an unusually larg numbr of Jws. A hundrd thousand Jws is larg, but not rally that unusual, othr than thy ar travling togthr as a group. Howvr, two million Jws is an incrdibly larg numbr, apparing to th casual obsrvr as th stars in th havns. Givn that th Jws bgan in Egypt with about 75 in numbr (Gn. 46:8 27 Ex. 1:1 Acts 7:14), it is not numrically impossibl for thm to grow to 2 million in 400 yars. It is only slightly unusual bcaus thy wr mad into slavs, onc a king aros who did not know Josph (Ex. 1:8 11). Whn God first mad this promis to Abram, Abram had no sons whatsovr. And Abram said, "O, Y howah God, what will You giv m, sinc I am childlss, and th hir of my hous is Elazar of Damascus?" And Abram said, "Sinc You hav givn to m no offspring, a son of my hous will b my hir." Thn, obsrv, th Word of Y howah cam to him, saying, "This man will not b your hir, but on who shall com forth from your own loins h will b your hir." And H took him outsid and said "Now look toward th havns and numbr th stars; you ar abl to numbr thm." And H said to him, "So shall your dscndants b." Thn h blivd in Y howah and H dtrmind it to him as rightousnss (Gn. 15:2 6; s also Gn. 18: :15 18). God rpatd ths promiss to Isaac and to Jacob. And Y howah appar to him [Isaac] and said, "Do not go down to Egypt; stay in th land of which I will tll you. Rmain in this land and I will b with you and I will blss you, for to you and to your dscndants will I giv all ths lands, and I will stablish th oath which I swor to your fathr Abraham. And I will multiply your dscndants as th stars of havn and I will giv your dscndants all ths lands; and by your dscndants all th nations of th arth will b blssd; bcaus Abraham obyd M and kpt My [dsignatd] rsponsibilitis [for him] and My commandmnts and My statuts and My laws." (Gn. 26:2 5). And h [Jacob] had a dram, and bhold, a laddr was st on th arth with its top raching to havn; and bhold, th angls of God wr ascnding and dscnding on it. and bhold, Y howah stood abov it and said, "I am Y howah, th God of your fathr Abraham and th God of Isaac; th land on which you li. I will giv it to you and to your dscndants. Your dscndants will also b lik th dust of th arth, and you will sprad out to th wst and to th ast and to th north and to th south; and in you and in your dscndants shall all th familis of th arth b blssd. And, obsrv, I am with you, and I will kp you whrvr you go, and I will bring you back to this land; for I will not lav you until I hav don what I hav promisd you." (Gn. 28:12 15). What God has promiss Abraham has com to pass; what God promisd Isaac has com to pass. What God promisd Jacob has com to pass. Thrfor, ths Jws nd to continu with faith in th God of thir fathrs. Thy nd to bliv in ths promiss and, by this faith, go into th land and tak it. Y howah Elohim of your fathrs incrass (May Y howah, th Elohim of your fathrs, upon you [all] as a thousand of a tims and Dutronomy incras you a thousandfold and [may] H H blsss you [all] as which H said to you [all]. 1:11 blss you xactly as H said H would [lit., as H said to you].) Jhovah, th God of your fathrs, continus to incras you a thousandfold and H continus to blss you, xactly as H said H would. Hr is how othrs hav translatd this vrs: Ancint txts:

104 177 Th Book of Dutronomy Targum of Onklos Latin Vulgat Masortic Txt (Hbrw) Pshitta (Syriac) Sptuagint (Grk) Significant diffrncs: Th Lord God of your fathrs incras you a thousand fold on account of this my bndiction, and blss you byond numbring as H hath said unto you. (Th Lord God of your fathrs add to this numbr many thousands, and blss you as h hath spokn.) Y howah Elohim of your fathrs incrass upon you [all] as a thousand of a tims and H blsss you [all] as which H said to you [all]. (May th LORD God of your fathrs mak you a thousand tims as many mor as you ar, and blss you, as h has promisd you!) May th Lord God of your fathrs add to you a thousand tims mor numrous than you alrady ar, and blss you, as H has spokn to you. Additional vrbiag in th targum. Thought-for-thought translations; paraphrass: Contmporary English V. Easy English Easy-to-Rad Vrsion Good Nws Bibl (TEV) Nw Cntury Vrsion Nw Lif Bibl Th Voic God has vn promisd to blss us a thousand tims mor, and I pray that h will. I hop that th *Lord, th God of your fathrs, will mak you a thousand tims as many popl. And I know that h will mak many good things happn to you. H has promisd to do this. May th Lord, th God of your ancstors [Litrally, "fathrs," maning a prson s parnts, grandparnts, and all th popl thy ar dscndd from.], mak you 1,000 tims mor than you ar now! May h blss you lik h promisd! May th LORD, th God of your ancstors, mak you incras a thousand tims mor and mak you prosprous, as h promisd! I pray that th Lord, th God of your ancstors, will giv you a thousand tims mor popl and do all th wondrful things h promisd. May th Lord, th God of your fathrs, mak you 1,000 tims as many as you ar. May H bring good to you just as H has promisd you! I hop th Etrnal, th God of your ancstors, maks you a thousand tims mor numrous and blsss you just as H said H would. Partially litral and partially paraphrasd translations: Amrican English Bibl God s Word Nw Amrican Bibl For Jhovah, th God of your ancstors, has mad you grow a thousand-tims ovr, and H has spokn to you and blst you! May th LORD God of your ancstors mak you a thousand tims mor numrous, and may h blss you as h has promisd. May th LORD, th God of your fathrs, incras you a thousand tims ovr, and blss you as h promisd! Mostly litral rndrings (with som occasional paraphrasing): Bibl in Basic English Th Expandd Bibl Frar-Fnton Bibl NET Bibl NIV, 2011 May th Lord, th God of your fathrs, mak you a thousand tims gratr in numbr than you ar, and giv you his blssing as h has said! I pray that th Lord, th God of your ancstors [fathrs], will giv you a thousand L tims mor popl and do all th wondrful things [ blss you as] h promisd. And th Evr-living th God of your fathrs will add to you, byond this, a thousand tims, and will blss you, as H promisd. Indd, may th Lord, th God of your ancstors, mak you a thousand tims mor numrous than you ar now, blssing you [Hb "may h blss you."] just as h said h would! May th Lord, th God of your ancstors, incras you a thousand tims and blss you as h has promisd! vr 8; Ex 32:13; 2Sa 24:3; 1Ch 21:3

105 Dutronomy Chaptr Jwish/Hbrw Nams Bibls: Complt Jwish Bibl xgss companion Bibl Judaica Prss Complt T. Kaplan Translation Orthodox Jwish Bibl May ADONAI, th God of your ancstors, incras you yt a thousandfold and blss you, as h has promisd you! Yah Vh Elohim of your fathrs addd to you a thousand tims as many as you ar, and blssd you, as h wordd you! May th Lord God of your forfathrs add to you a thousandfold as many as you ar, and may H blss you, as H spok concrning you! May God, Lord of your fathrs, incras your numbrs a thousandfold, and blss you as H promisd. (Hashm Elohi Avotichm incras you a thousand tims ovr and blss you, as H hath promisd you!) Litral, almost word-for-word, rndrings: Contxt Group Vrsion Darby Translation English Standard V. UK Grn s Litral Translation NASB Third Millnnium Bibl World English Bibl Young s Updatd LT Th gist of this vrs: YHWH, th God of your { pl } fathrs, may h mak you { pl } a thousand tims as many as you { pl } ar, and stm you { pl }, as h has promisd you { pl }! Jhovah, th God of your fathrs, mak you a thousand tims so many mor as y ar, and blss you as h hath said unto you! May [2Sam. 24:3] th Lord, th God of your fathrs, mak you a thousand tims as many as you ar and blss you, as h has promisd you [Gn. 12:2; 22:17; 26:3, 24]! May Jhovah th God of your fathrs add to you a thousand tims mor than you ar, and blss you as H has spokn to you! May th Lord, th God of your fathrs, incras you a thousand-fold mor than you ar and blss you, just as [Dut 1:8, 10] H has promisd [Lit spokn to] you! (Th LORD God of your fathrs mak you a thousand tims so many mor as y ar, and blss you as H hath promisd you!) Yahwh, th God of your fathrs, mak you a thousand tims as many as you ar, and blss you, as h has promisd you! Jhovah, God of your fathrs, is adding to you, as you ar, a thousand tims, and dos blss you as H has spokn to you. Moss sms to parnthtically pray for continud blssing from God, which mant a continud growth in population. Dutronomy 1:11a Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs YHWH (éäåä) [pronunciation is possibly yhoh-wah] translitratd variously as Jhovah, Yahwh, Y howah propr noun Strong s #3068 BDB #217 Ìlôhîym (àìéääéí) [pronouncd l-o-heem] God; gods, forign gods, god; rulrs, judgs; suprhuman ons, angls; translitratd Elohim masculin plural construct Strong's #430 BDB #43 âb (àèá)[pronouncd b aw v] fathr, both as th had of a houshold, clan or trib; foundr, civil ladr, military ladr masculin plural noun nd with th 2 prson masculin plural suffix Strong s #1 BDB #3

106 179 Th Book of Dutronomy Dutronomy 1:11a Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs yâçaph (éèñçó) [pronouncd yaw- SAHPH] to add, to augmnt, to incras, to multiply; to add to do = to do again; to continu to rd 3 prson masculin singular, Hiphil imprfct; apocopatd Strong's #3254 BDB #414 Apocopatd mans that th vrb has bn shortnd. Gnrally, this mans that th final hê (ä) and th vowl which prcds it ar droppd. Apocopation is usd whn th vrb functions as a jussiv or whn th vrb is affixd to a wâw conscutiv (hr, it is affixd to a wâw conjunction). 48 A jussiv xprsss th spakr s dsir, wish or command. W oftn add into th translation may or lt. nd rd Th jussiv involvs only th imprfct form of a vrb and may b usd in th 2 or 3 prsons (although th lattr is th most common). A strong vrb is idntifid as a jussiv by contxt, as it is no diffrnt than th 49 imprfct form. A wak vrb as a jussiv is gnrally a shortnd form of th imprfct. al (òçì) [pronouncd ìahl] upon, byond, on, against, abov, ovr, by, bsid prposition of rlativ proximity with th 3 rd prson masculin plural suffix Strong s #5921 BDB #752 kaph or k (ëìà) [pronouncd k ] lik, as, according to; about, approximatly prposition with a pronominal suffix with rd th 3 prson masculin plural suffix BDB #453 lph (àæìæó) [pronouncd EH-lf] thousand, family, (500?); military unit masculin singular noun Strong s #505 (and #504) BDB #48 pa am (ôìçòçí) [pronouncd PAH-ìahm] bat, foot, anvil, occurrnc, tim, stps; th connotation is th passag of tim fminin plural noun Strong s #6471 BDB #821 Ths two words togthr could probably b rasonably translatd as a thousandfold. Translation: (May Y howah, th Elohim of your fathrs, incras you a thousandfold... Th apocopatd vrb mans that w translat this vrb as a jussiv. In that situation, w add a may to th vrb. This appars to b parnthtical. Moss said that h is unabl to bar so many of ths Jws bcaus God has blssd thm and incrasd thm in population. So h must stat hr that h is not complaining about that; h is not saying, God, w nd fwr Jws. Hav such an incras in numbrs of Jws is a good thing, and this is somthing that th Jws wr good at, whthr as slavs in Egypt or out hr in th dsrt. Thy rproducd many halthy childrn. God promisd to incras th population of th sd of Abraham, and th popl bfor Moss ar proof of that. Ths two million popl ar a hug population of Isralits far mor than anyon could hav prdictd and yt God clarly promisd that to Abraham This is all takn from Biblical Hbrw; by Pag Klly; William B. Erdmans Publishing Co., 1992, pp. 131, 292. Biblical Hbrw; by Pag Klly; William B. Erdmans Publishing Co., 1992, p. 131.

107 Dutronomy Chaptr Dutronomy 1:11b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs w (or v ) (åà or åì) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though; as wll as simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 bârak ( áìèøç) [pronouncd baw RAHK ] to invok God, to prais, to clbrat, to ador, to blss [God]; to blss [mn], to invok blssings; to blss [as God, man and othr cratd things], thrfor to caus to prospr, to mak happy; to salut anyon [with a blssing]; to curs rd 3 prson masculin singular, Pil imprfct Strong s #1288 BDB #138 êth (àæç) [pronouncd ayth] you; untranslatd mark of a dirct objct; occasionally to, toward sign of th dirct objct nd affixd to a 2 prson masculin plural suffix Strong's #853 BDB #84 kaph or k (ëìà) [pronouncd k ] lik, as, according to; about, approximatly prposition BDB #453 ãshr (àâéùæø) [pronouncd ash-er] that, which, whn, who, whom rlativ pronoun Strong's #834 BDB #81 Togthr, ka ãshr (ëìçàâùæø) [pronouncd kah-uh-sher] mans as which, as on who, as, lik as, just as; bcaus; according to what mannr, in a mannr as. Back in 1Sam. 12:8, I rndrd this for xampl. dâbar (ãìèáçø) [pronouncd b daw -VAHR] to spak, to talk [and back with action], to giv an opinion, to xpound, to mak a formal spch, to spak out, to promis, to propos, to spak kindly of, to dclar, to proclaim, to announc rd 3 prson masculin singular, Pil prfct Strong s #1696 BDB #180 lâmd (ìà) [pronouncd l ] to, for, towards, in rgards to, with rfrnc to, as to, with rgards to; blonging to; by dirctional/rlational prposition with th 2 nd prson masculin plural suffix BDB #510 Translation:...and [may] H blss you xactly as H said H would [lit., as H said to you].) W also apply th jussiv of th prvious vrb to this vrb, as that would mak sns. So, ssntially, Moss, in an asid, is saying, And lt thr continu to b an incras of population as God has promisd. Moss is also asking ths Jws who ar bfor him to look at thmslvs and to compar thir status to th promiss of God. What God has promisd thm, H is bringing to pass. If thy undrstand thir history, and if thy undrstand th Word of God, thn thy can put all of this togthr to bliv th Word of God. Application: A part of what is happning is Moss is asking ths Isralits to intgrat thir livs with th promiss of God that is, th Word of God. This is what w nd to do as blivrs as wll. W nd to considr our livs, th Word of God, and mak crtain that ths work togthr in concrt. W continu our faith in God s

108 181 Th Book of Dutronomy Word; and thy wr to continu bliving in th promiss of God, as thy thmslvs wr proof of ths promiss which God had mad to thir fathrs. Dutronomy 1:11 (graphic); from Living Words blog, accssd Novmbr 7, V. 11 rads: Jhovah, th God of your fathrs, continus to incras you a thousandfold and H continus to blss you, xactly as H said H would. Th intnt of th Hiphil (or, causativ) stm likly rads as translatd. Young's updatd Translation rads: Jhovah, God of your fathrs, is adding to you, as y ar, a thousand tims, and blsss you as H has spokn to you. Howvr, in this contxt, it sounds rasonabl for Moss to say, "Y howah, your God has multiplid you, and, obsrv, you ar this day as th stars of havn in multitud. May Y howah, th God of your fathrs, incras you a thousand--fold mor than you ar, and blss you, just as H has promisd you!" Not only has God fulfilld th promis to Abraham to mak his sd, ths Jws, but Moss wishs that God continu to blss thm in numbrs. Rcall that this tim in history was a tim whn soaring population growth was a wondrful thing. Th larg population of Jws is going to caus Moss to mak som changs; but, with v. 11, Moss is not complaining. H still maintains that thir population growth is a good thing. Evn though th bulk of two million Jws had bn sntncd to th sin unto dath and that had bn carrid out, thr wr still a larg numbr of bliving Jws who rmaind. "Your fathrs wnt down to Egypt, svnty prsons in all, and now Y howah your God has mad you as numrous as th stars of havn." (Dut. 10:22). Application: Ovr and ovr again, w s how th Bibl tachs truths which ar antithtical to libralism. 50 Librals ar concrnd about ovr-population, and hav bn for many cnturis. Librals also lov birth control and abortion rights (which rsults in many mor abortions). Th Bibl, on th othr hand, tachs that childrn ar a blssing to parnts; that childrn ar a good thing. Thr ar a grat many issus whr th Bibl clarly lins up with consrvatism and rpudiats libralism. S Libralism, Consrvatism and Christianity (HTML) (PDF) (WPD). Thr will com a tim whn th plant is ovrburdnd with a grat many unblivrs. Howvr, God will dal with that whn that day coms (s th book of Rvlation). That blssing from God can b connctd to having many childrn is asy to confirm. God Blsss His Popl with Childrn Citation Gn 15:5 Txt And God brought Abram outsid and said, Look now toward th havns and count th stars, if you ar abl to count thm. And H said to him, So shall your sd b. 50 Thomas Malthus ( ), a catastrophic vision of population growth causing th collaps of socity has formd an important part of th culturally pssimistic outlook. Back in th ightnth cntury it was prdictd that population growth would lad to famin, starvation and dath. Today's pssimists hav raisd th staks furthr: thy dnounc population growth as a thrat to biodivrsity and to th vry xistnc of th plant. Twnty-first-cntury Malthusians ar not so much worrid about an impnding famin: thy'r mor concrnd that popl ar producing and consuming too much food and othr commoditis. From accssd Octobr 22, 2013.

109 Dutronomy Chaptr God Blsss His Popl with Childrn Citation Gn. 22:15 17 Gn 26:2a, 3 4a Ex. 32:13 Psalm 127:3-5 John 16:21 Txt And th Angl of Jhovah calld to Abraham out of th havns th scond tim, and said, I hav sworn by Myslf, says Jhovah; bcaus you hav don this thing, and hav not withhld your son, your only on; that in blssing I will blss you, and in multiplying I will multiply your sd lik th stars of th havns, and as th sand which is upon th sashor. And your Sd shall possss th gat of His nmis. And Jhovah appard to him and said, Rsid in this land, and I will b with you and blss you. For to you and to your sd I will giv all ths lands; and I will stablish th oath which I swor to Abraham your fathr. And I will mak your sd to multiply as th stars of th havns, and will giv to your sd all ths lands. [Moss is spaking to God] Rmmbr Abraham, Isaac, and Isral, Your srvants, to whom You swor by Your own slf, and said to thm, I will multiply your sd as th stars of th havns, and all this land that I hav spokn of will I giv to your sd, and thy shall inhrit it forvr. Bhold, childrn ar a hritag from th Lord, th fruit of th womb a rward. Lik arrows in th hand of a warrior ar th childrn of on's youth. Blssd is th man who fills his quivr with thm! H shall not b put to sham whn h spaks with his nmis in th gat. Whn a woman is giving birth, sh has sorrow bcaus hr hour has com, but whn sh has dlivrd th baby, sh no longr rmmbrs th anguish, for joy that a human bing has bn born into th world. Libralism says that human population must b controlld; th Bibl says that childrn ar a blssing. Vrss in Gnsis and Exodus cam from th MKJV; th rst from th ESV. Som of ths vrss cam from Trasury of Scriptural Knowldg; by Cann, Brown, Blayny, Scott, and othrs about 1880, with introduction by R. A. Torry; courtsy of E-sword, Dut. 1:11. Othrs cam from accssd Octobr 23, Chaptr Outlin Charts, Maps and Short Doctrins How do I bar to alon your wight and your baring and your strif? Dutronomy 1:12 How can I bar by myslf bar your problms and your prsonal disputs? Hr is how othrs hav translatd this vrs: Ancint txts: How do I alon bar your wight and your burdn and your strif? Targum of Onklos Latin Vulgat Masortic Txt (Hbrw) But how can I alon sustain th labour, your snsuality, your vil thoughts, your words of strif, your offring on shkl for two? I alon am not abl to bar your businss, and th charg of you and your diffrncs. How do I bar to alon your wight and your baring and your strif?

110 183 Th Book of Dutronomy Pshitta (Syriac) Sptuagint (Grk) Significant diffrncs: How can I myslf bar alon your ncumbranc and your burdn and your strif? How shall I alon b abl to bar your labor, and your burdn, and your complaints? As usual, th targum has som additional phrass. Th Hbrw poss this as a qustion; th Latin appars not to. Thought-for-thought translations; paraphrass: Contmporary English V. Easy English Easy-to-Rad Vrsion Good Nws Bibl (TEV) Nw Brkly Vrsion Nw Lif Bibl Nw Living Translation Th Voic But I cannot tak car of all your problms and sttl all your argumnts alon. But I alon cannot hlp you with all your troubls and quarrls. But I couldn t tak car of you and solv all your argumnts by myslf. But how can I alon bar th havy rsponsibility for sttling your disputs? But how can I alon handl your troubls, your burdns and your court cass? How can I alon carry th wight of your troubls? But you ar such a havy load to carry! How can I dal with all your problms and bickring? But how can I alon handl your problms and burdns and cass? Partially litral and partially paraphrasd translations: Amrican English Bibl So, how could I handl all th work, burdns, and complaints by myslf? Bck s Amrican Translation How can I alon bar your troubls, burdns, and quarrls? Christian Community Bibl But how can I alon rsolv all your problms and disputs? God s Word How can I tak car of your problms, your troubls, and your disagrmnts all by myslf? Nw Advnt (Knox) Bibl But I hav not strngth to bar, alon, th wight of all your affairs, all your quarrls; you must giv m mn of rip wisdom and quick minds, high in rput among thir fllow-tribsmn, to b appointd your rulrs. V. 13 is includd for contxt. Nw Amrican Bibl But how can I alon bar th crushing burdn that you ar, along with your bickring? Nw Amrican Bibl (R.E.) But how can I, by myslf, bar th wight, th contntiousnss of you? NIRV But I can't handl your problms and troubls all by myslf. I can't sttl your argumnts Nw Jrusalm Bibl So how can I cop by myslf with th bittr burdn that you ar, and with your bickring? Rvisd English Bibl How an I bar unaidd th havy burdn you ar to m, and put up with your complaints? Today s NIV But how can I bar your problms and your burdns and your disputs all by myslf? Mostly litral rndrings (with som occasional paraphrasing): Ancint Roots Translinar How do I myslf alon lift your harassmnt, your burdn, and your argumnt? Bibl in Basic English How is it possibl for m by myslf to b rsponsibl for you, and undrtak th wight of all your troubls and your argumnts? Th Expandd Bibl L But I cannot tak car of [ How can I lift up/bar...?] your problms, your troubls, and your argumnts by myslf Frar-Fnton Bibl How can I alon bar your troubling? and carry your contntions? NET Bibl But how can I alon bar up undr th burdn of your hardship and strif? NIV, 2011 But how can I bar your problms and your burdns and your disputs all by myslf? S Ex 5:22; S 18:18 Jwish/Hbrw Nams Bibls:

111 Dutronomy Chaptr Complt Jwish Bibl JPS (Tanakh 1985) Kaplan Translation Orthodox Jwish Bibl But you ar burdnsom, bothrsom and quarrlsom! How can I bar it by myslf alon? How can I bar unaidd th troubl of you, and th burdn, and th bickring! But how can I bar th burdn, rsponsibility and conflict that you prsnt if I am all by myslf? How can I myslf alon bar your problms, and your massa and your strif? Litral, almost word-for-word, rndrings: Th Amplifid Bibl How can I bar alon th warinss and prssur and burdn of you and your strif? Concordant Litral Vrsion How shall I alon bar th ncumbranc of you, and th load of you and your contntion? Contxt Group Vrsion How can I myslf alon carry your { pl } ncumbranc, and your { pl } burdn, and your { pl } strif? Darby Translation How can I myslf alon sustain your war, and your burdn, and your strif? English Standard V. UK How can I bar by myslf th wight and burdn of you and your strif? [1 Kgs. 3:8, 9] Th Gnva Bibl How can I myslf alon bar your cumbranc, and your burdn, and your strif? Signifying how grat a burdn it is, to govrn th popl. Grn s Litral Translation How can I by myslf bar your prssur and your burdn, and your strif? Nw King Jams Vrsion How can I alon bar your problms and your burdns and your complaints? Nw RSV But how can I bar th havy burdn of your disputs all by myslf? World English Bibl How can I myslf alon bar your ncumbranc, and your burdn, and your strif? Young's Litral Translation How do I bar by myslf your prssur, and your burdn, and your strif? Th gist of this vrs: Moss hr gos back to th original problm how dos h, as on man, dal with all th popl of Isral as thir ladr. Dutronomy 1:12 Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs êyk ( àåé) [pronouncd aych] how; whr intrrogativ advrb; also usd as an xclamation Strong s #349 BDB #32 nâsâ (ðèùòèà) [pronouncd naw-saw] to lift up, to bar, to carry st 1 prson singular, Qal imprfct Strong s #5375 (and #4984) BDB #669 Nâsâ actually has a varity of Qal manings: It mans to tak up, to lift up, to bar up; to lift up somon s had (this is usd in a favorabl way; i.., it is musd to man to mak on chrful or mrry; to lift up on s own countnanc, i.., to b chrful, full of confidnc, to bar, to carry, to lift up in a balanc, i.., to wigh carfully; to bar on s sin or punishmnt, to lift up th voic (this can b usd in th sns of bwailing, crying, crying out, rjoicing, to lift up any with th voic (a song, an instrumnt); to lift up th soul (i.., to wish for, to dsir); to hav th hart liftd up (i.., thy ar rady and willing to do somthing; to bar on s sin (in such a way to xpiat th sin, to mak atonmnt for th sin, to pardon th sin). This list dos not xhaust th various connotations for nâsâ. BDB adds th following: to support, to sustain, to ndur; to tak, to tak away, to carry off, to forgiv. lâmd (ìà) [pronouncd l ] to, for, towards, in rgards to dirctional/rlational prposition BDB #510

112 185 Th Book of Dutronomy Dutronomy 1:12 Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs bad (áìçã) [pronouncd bahd] sparation, by itslf, alon masculin singular noun Strong s #905 BDB #94 Togthr, th lâmd prposition and bad (ã á) man in a stat of sparation, by itslf, alon, only; apart. - tôrach (èéøçç) [pronouncd TO-rahk] wight, load, burdn masculin singular noun nd with th 2 prson masculin plural suffix Strong's #2960 BDB #382 w (or v ) (åà or åì) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though; as wll as simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 massâ (îçùìòèà) [pronouncd mahs- SAW] a baring, a carrying; load, burdn [which is carrid]; that which th soul lifts up [dsirs]; somthing uttrd, a sntnc, an oracl, an uttranc; singing; a gift masculin singular noun nd with th 2 prson masculin plural suffix Strong s #4853 BDB #672 Th word burdn coms from a vrb, which mans to lift up, to carry, to bar; thrfor, it mans, somthing 51 liftd up and carrid, a load or burdn. w (or v ) (åà or åì) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though; as wll as simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 rîyb (øäéá) [pronouncd b r v] strif, disput, controvrsy, lgal contntion, fornsic caus; an argumnt usd in a public discussion or dbat masculin singular noun nd with th 2 prson masculin plural suffix Strong's #7379 BDB # Rîyb hr dos not man mr contntion, but litigation, lawsuits. Translation: How do I alon bar your wight and your burdn and your strif? God has bgun to fulfill His promis of multiplying Isral into a grat popl, but how can Moss by himslf bar thm and to dal with all of thir problms and all of th prsonal disputs that com up? On anothr lvl, Moss is only a man. Thr is no way that h can bar th burdn for all of ths popl. Jsus must shouldr th burdns of ths popl. That is th undrgirding paralll. It was quit difficult for Moss. H had ld th lif of a quit shphrdr for a long tim, his chif difficulty in lif was his wif howvr, h got along quit wll with his fathr-in-law. Howvr, th Jws wr undr a lot of prssur and thy put Moss undr a lot of prssur; thrfor, Moss flt as if h carrid th wight of th world upon his shouldrs. Evry problm that ths Jws had wr his problms. Popl sk powr for a grat many rasons, but Moss did not. H took rsponsibility for th popl undr his authority and dfndd and protctd thm, although thy oftn had roast Moss for Sunday dinnr. A man with authority taks rsponsibility for thos undr him. To add to ths prssurs wr th tims that ths popl would complain to Moss and oppos God and God's grac. It was mor than any grat man could handl. 51 From Th Pulpit Commntary; ; by Josph S. Exll, Hnry Donald Mauric Spnc-Jons, courtsy of -sword, Dut. 1: Th Pulpit Commntary; ; by Josph S. Exll, Hnry Donald Mauric Spnc-Jons, courtsy of -sword, Dut. 1:12.

113 Dutronomy Chaptr This is whn Moss could no longr handl all th prssur of th continual court cass which wr brought bfor him. Bsids all of his grat rsponsibilitis, h was th judg and jury for all disputs grat and small. It was actually his fathr-in-law who suggstd that h dlgat this rsponsibility to othrs. What is put into plac is a systm of ladrship and authority. Moss askd th qustion, How do I alon bar your wight and your burdn and your strif? Lt s xamin ths thr words. Tôrach (èéøçç) [pronouncd TO-rahk] is a rarly usd word (hr and Isa. 1:14) with a rarly usd vrb cognat (Job 37:11); with such scant rfrncs, w will hav to go with load, burdn, warisom prssur; although thr ar othr Hbrw words which man that. Strong's #2960 BDB #382. Pool said of 53 this burdn: [This is] th troubl of ruling and managing so prvrs a popl. Th scond word is anothr word for burdn: massâ (îçùìòèà) [pronouncd mahs-saw] and it is found throughout th Old Tstamnt consistntly 54 translatd burdn (Num. 4:15, 19 2Kings 8:9 Isa. 15:1 17:1). Strong's #4853 BDB #672 Th last word is rîyb b (øäéá) [pronouncd r v] and it mans strif, disput, controvrsy. This word is usd oftn for lgal contntions. Ths ar all th lgal disputs among on anothr which th Jws brought bfor Moss. Strong's #7379 BDB #936 You might at first think that such powr and authority would b grat. Popl com to you with thir disagrmnts and you gt to tll thm how it's going to b rsolvd. Som lov to solv othr popl's problms. Guarantd, aftr yars of ths disputs, many of thm ptty and riddld with prsonal vndttas, that thy would bcom quit warisom. Kil and Dlitzsch: Th burdn and cumbranc of th nation ar th nation itslf, with all its affairs and 55 transactions, which prssd upon th shouldrs of Moss. Matthw Hnry: Magistracy is a burdn. 56 Moss himslf, though minntly giftd for it, found it lay havily on his shouldrs. Clark: His maning is, that h could not har and try all thir causs, and dtrmin all thir law suits, and dcid th strifs and controvrsis which aros btwn thm; it was too havy for him, and brought too 57 much troubl and incumbranc upon him. Th Pulpit Commntary: All of ths burdns cam upon Moss as th ladr of th nation; and it sms bst, thrfor, to undrstand th first two of troubls and burdns in gnral; and th third is 58 him bing calld upon to compos diffrncs, and adjust compting claims among th popl. Vv rad: Jhovah your God has multiplid you bfor my ys, and this vry day, you ar as th stars of th havns in numbr. Jhovah, th God of your fathrs, continus to incras you a thousandfold and H continus to blss you, xactly as H said H would. How can I bar by myslf bar your problms and your prsonal disputs? God put th land bfor thm th land H swor to giv to Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob and told thm to go in and tak it. This is somthing that ths popl undrstood. Th knw thir background and thy knw of ths promiss. Thy knw that on of God s primary promiss to Abraham, to mak thm a larg popl, had com to pass, so this is vidnc that God s promiss can b trustd. But this causs Moss to go on a tangnt hr bcaus of thir larg population, h could not function as thir only ladr. H ndd a systm of authoritis undr him, which includd judgs, ldrs and military ladrs. Th Pulpit Commntary: It was not th vast incras of th popl in numbrs that distrssd Moss, rathr was this to him a mattr of rjoicing, and his dsir was that thir incras might bcom still gratr, vn a thousandfold. But h flt his own inability, as ladr, rulr, and judg, alon to cop 59 with so vast a multitud. 53 Matthw Pool, English Annotations on th Holy Bibl; h1685; from -Sword, Dut. 1: That is, in th KJV. 55 Kil and Dlitzsch, Commntary on th Old Tstamnt; from -Sword; Dut. 1: Matthw Hnry, Commntary on th Whol Bibl; from -Sword, Dut. 1: Adam Clark, Commntary on th Bibl; from -Sword, Dut. 1: Th Pulpit Commntary; ; by Josph S. Exll, Hnry Donald Mauric Spnc-Jons, courtsy of -sword, Dut. 1:12 (paraphrasd). 59 Th Pulpit Commntary; ; by Josph S. Exll, Hnry Donald Mauric Spnc-Jons, courtsy of -sword, Dut. 1:11.

114 187 Th Book of Dutronomy [Thrfor, I said], Provid for yourslvs mn Provid for yourslvs mn wis and [who ar] wis and prcptiv and prcptiv and knowing for your trib and I Dutronomy knowldgabl rgarding your trib, and I will will plac thm in your hads. And so you 1:13 14 appoint thm [as] your hads [or, to b among answr m and so you say, Good th word your officrs]. Thn you answrd m and which you hav said to do. said, [This] ida which you said to do is good. Thrfor, I said, Giv m a list of popl who ar wis, prcptiv and knowldgabl from your various tribs and I will appoint thm as authoritis ovr you. Thn you answrd m by saying, This is a vry good ida. Hr is how othrs hav translatd this vrs: Ancint txts: Targum of Onklos Latin Vulgat Masortic Txt (Hbrw) Pshitta (Syriac) Sptuagint (Grk) Significant diffrncs: Prsnt, thn, from among you wis mn, prudnt in thir thinking, mn of wisdom, by your tribs, and I will appoint thm to b chifs ovr you. And you answrd m and said: Th thing that you hav spokn it is right for us to do. Lt m hav from among you wis and undrstanding mn, and such whos convrsation is approvd among your tribs, that I may appoint thm your rulrs. Thn you answrd m: Th thing is good which thou manst to do. Provid for yourslvs mn wis and prcptiv and knowing for your trib and I will plac thm in your hads. And so you answr m and so you say, Good th word which you hav said to do. Choos for yourslvs wis mn, who hav undrstanding and ar rnownd among your tribs, and I will mak thm chifs ovr you. And you answrd and said to m, Th thing that you hav spokn is good for us to do. Tak to yourslvs wis and undrstanding and prudnt mn for your tribs, and I will st your ladrs ovr you. And you answrd m and said, Th thing which you hav told us is good to do. Th English of th various languags smoothd out th English of th first and scond sntncs considrably. Thought-for-thought translations; paraphrass: Common English Bibl Contmporary English V. Easy English Easy-to-Rad Vrsion Good Nws Bibl (TEV) Th Mssag Now, for ach of your tribs, choos wis, discrning, and wll-rgardd individuals. I will appoint thm as your ladrs. You answrd m: "What you hav proposd is a good ida." Each trib must choos som xprincd mn who ar known for thir wisdom and undrstanding, and I will mak thos mn th official ladrs of thir tribs. You answrd, "That's a good ida!" You must choos som *wis mn who undrstand you, from ach of your familis. Thn I will giv thm authority ovr you." You answrd m, "That is a good ida!" So {I told you:} Choos som mn from ach family group, and I will mak thm ladrs ovr you. Choos wis mn that hav undrstanding and xprinc. And you said, That is a good thing to do. Choos som wis, undrstanding, and xprincd mn from ach trib, and I will put thm in charg of you.' And you agrd that this was a good thing to do. So slct som wis, undrstanding, and sasond mn from your tribs, and I will commission thm as your ladrs."

115 Dutronomy Chaptr Nw Brkly Vrsion Nw Cntury Vrsion Nw Living Translation Th Voic You answrd m, "Good! A good solution." Slct from your tribs mn of wisdom and undrstanding, mn of xprinc, and I will appoint thm to b your rulrs. You rspondd to m, and said, What you propos to b don is good. W larn from Ex. 18:14 26, that ths stps wr takn at Jthro s suggstion. At that tim I said, "I am not abl to tak car of you by myslf. Th Lord your God has mad you grow in numbr so that thr ar as many of you as thr ar stars in th sky. I pray that th Lord, th God of your ancstors, will giv you a thousand tims mor popl and do all th wondrful things h promisd. But I cannot tak car of your problms, your troubls, and your argumnts by myslf. So choos som mn from ach trib-wis mn who hav undrstanding and xprinc-and I will mak thm ladrs ovr you." And you said, "That's a good thing to do." Vv ar includd for contxt. Choos som wll-rspctd mn from ach trib who ar known for thir wisdom and undrstanding, and I will appoint thm as your ladrs.' "Thn you rspondd, `Your plan is a good on.' Choos som wis, prcptiv, knowldgabl mn from your tribs, and I'll put thm in authority ovr you." You told m you thought it was a grat plan, so I took som ladrs from your tribs who wr wis and wll rspctd; I chos thm as authoritis ovr you all-of groups of thousands or hundrds or fiftis or tns, and I appointd som as tribal rprsntativs. V. 15 is includd for contxt. Partially litral and partially paraphrasd translations: Amrican English Bibl Christian Community Bibl God s Word Nw Amrican Bibl Nw Amrican Bibl (R.E.) NIRV Nw Jrusalm Bibl Nw Simplifid Bibl Rvisd English Bibl Thrfor, [I told you to] slct som wis, undrstanding, and snsibl mn from your tribs whom I would appoint as your ladrs. Thn you answrd m and said: What you'v told us to do is a good thing. But how can I alon rsolv all your problms and disputs? Look for intllignt, kn-sightd and xprincd mn from ach of your tribs, and I will plac thm ovr th popl. And you answrd: What you ask us to do is right. V. 12 is includd for contxt. From ach of your tribs, choos som mn who ar wis, intllignt, and xprincd, and I'll appoint thm to b your ladrs." You agrd that this was a good ida. Choos wis, intllignt and xprincd mn from ach of your tribs, that I may appoint thm as your ladrs.' You answrd m, 'W agr to do as you hav proposd.' Provid wis, discrning, and rputabl prsons for ach of your tribs, that I may appoint thm as your ladrs." You answrd m, "What you hav proposd is good." "So choos som wis mn from ach of your tribs. Thy must undrstand how to giv good advic. Th popl must hav rspct for thm. I will appoint thos mn to hav authority ovr you." You answrd m, "Your suggstion is good." From ach of your tribs pick wis, shrwd and xprincd mn for m to mak your ladrs." You rplid, "Your plan is good."» Tak wis mn with undrstanding, who ar known among your tribs. I will mak thm rulrs ovr you.»you answrd m: Th thing you spak is good for us to do. Choos mn of wisdom, undrstanding, and rput for ach of your tribs, and I shall st thm in authority ovr you. Your answr was, What you propos to do is good.

116 189 Th Book of Dutronomy Today s NIV Choos som wis, undrstanding and rspctd mn from ach of your tribs, and I will st thm ovr you." You answrd m, "What you propos to do is good." Mostly litral rndrings (with som occasional paraphrasing): Ancint Roots Translinar Bibl in Basic English Th Expandd Bibl Frar-Fnton Bibl Grant for yourslvs wis mn with undrstanding, known to your staff, and I will st thm as your hads." You answrd m, and said, "Do th good word which you spok." Tak for yourslvs mn who ar wis, far-sing, and rspctd among you, from your tribs, and I will mak thm rulrs ovr you. And you mad answr and said to m, It is good for us to do as you say. So choos som mn from ach trib-wis mn who hav undrstanding [discrnmnt] and xprinc-and I will mak thm ladrs ovr you." And you said, "That's a good thing to do." Go! Choos for yourslvs skilful, clar-sightd, and ducatd mn to control you, and I will appoint thm your chifs. Whn you answrd m, "What you hav said is good; what you hav said, do it! " NET Bibl Slct wis and practical [Th Hbrw vrb ðàáéðäéí (nÿvonim, from áìäéï [bin]) is a Niphal rfrring to skill or intllignc (s T. Frthim, NIDOTTE 1:652-53).] mn, thos known among your tribs, whom I may appoint as your ladrs." You rplid to m that what I had said to you was good. NIV, 2011 Jwish/Hbrw Nams Bibls: Choos som wis, undrstanding and rspctd mn [G 47:6] from ach of your tribs, and I will st thm ovr you." You answrd m, "What you propos to do is good." Complt Jwish Bibl xgss companion Bibl Kaplan Translation Orthodox Jwish Bibl Pick for yourslvs from ach of your tribs mn who ar wis, undrstanding and knowldgabl; and I will mak thm hads ovr you.' "You answrd m, 'What you hav said would b a good thing for us to do.' Giv wis and discrning mn, known among your scions; and I st thm hads ovr you. And you answrd m and said, Th word you spak is good to work. Dsignat for yourslvs mn who ar wis, undrstanding, and known to your tribs [(Rashi). Or, '... mn from your tribs who ar wis, undrstanding and wll known' (Ramban), or, 'knowldgabl' (Adrth Eliahu; HaKthav VHaKabbalah), or, 'prudnt mn' (Sptuagint).], and I will appoint thm [Although this was Jthro's suggstion (Exodus 18:24), hr th Torah only rcords Moss' oration (s not on Dutronomy 1:1). Som say that Moss did not discuss th appointmnt until aftr Jthro had lft (Abarbanl).] as your ladrs.' You answrd m, 'Yours is a good suggstion.' Tak you anashim chachamim, mn of wisdom and undrstanding, who ar known among your tribs, and I will st thm ovr you. And y answrd m, and said, Th thing which thou hast spokn is tov for us to do. Litral, almost word-for-word, rndrings: English Standard V. UK Choos [Ex. 18:21; Num. 11:16, 17] for your tribs wis, undrstanding, and xprincd mn, and I will appoint thm as your hads.' And you answrd m, `Th thing that you hav spokn is good for us to do.'

117 Dutronomy Chaptr Nw King Jams Vrsion Nw RSV Wbstr s Bibl Translation Young s Updatd LT Th gist of this vrs: Choos wis, undrstanding, and knowldgabl mn from among your tribs, and I will mak thm hads ovr you.' And you answrd m and said, `Th thing which you hav told us to do is good.' Choos for ach of your tribs individuals who ar wis, discrning, and rputabl to b your ladrs.' You answrd m, `Th plan you hav proposd is a good on.' Tak y wis mn, and undrstanding, and known among your tribs, and I will mak thm rulrs ovr you. And y answrd m, and said, Th thing which thou hast spokn [is] good [for us] to do. Giv for yourslvs mn, wis and intllignt, and known to your tribs, and I st thm for your hads; and you answr m and say, Good is th thing which you hav spokn to do. Moss tlls th popl to provid him with a list of nams of mn who ar intllignt and discrning, and h will appoint ths mn in various positions of authority ovr th popl. Th popl agr to this. Dutronomy 1:13a Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs yâhab (éèäçá) [pronouncd V yaw-hawb ] giv, giv hr; grant, prmit; provid [with rflxiv]; plac, put, st; ascrib nd 2 prson masculin plural, Qal imprativ Strong s #3051 BDB #396 lâmd (ìà) [pronouncd l ] to, for, towards, in rgards to, with rfrnc to, as to, with rgards to; blonging to; by dirctional/rlational prposition with th 2 nd prson masculin plural suffix BDB #510 ãnâshîym (àâðèùäéí) [pronouncd uh-nawshm]; also splld îyshîym (àäéùäéí) [pronouncd -SHEEM] mn; inhabitants, citizns; companions; soldirs, followrs masculin plural noun Strong's #376 BDB #35 châkâm (çèëèí) [pronouncd khah- KAWM] capabl of knowing [judging]; intllignt, wis; skillful, adpt, proficint; subtl, crafty masculin plural adjctiv Strong s #2450 BDB # Clark: çëîéí chachamim, such as had gaind knowldg by grat labor and study. w (or v ) (åà or åì) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though; as wll as simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 bîyn (áìäéï) [pronouncd ban] intllignt, prcptiv; prudnt, skillful; wll-instructd masculin plural, Niphal participl Strong s #995 BDB # Clark: Undrstanding [is th Niphal participl] ðáðéí nbonim, prsons of discrnmnt, judicious mn. w (or v ) (åà or åì) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though; as wll as simpl wâw conjunction BDB # Adam Clark, Commntary on th Bibl; from -Sword, Dut. 1:13. Adam Clark, Commntary on th Bibl; from -Sword, Dut. 1:13.

118 191 Th Book of Dutronomy Dutronomy 1:13a Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs yâda (éèãçò) [pronouncd yaw-dahì] knowing, knowing by xprinc [or practic]; skilld; sing; known, rcognizd masculin plural, Qal passiv participl Strong s #3045 BDB #393 Clark: Known [is th Qal passiv participl] éãòéí yduim, prsons practicd in th oprations of natur, capabl 62 of prforming curious and important works. lâmd (ìà) [pronouncd l ] to, for, towards, in rgards to dirctional/rlational prposition BDB #510 shêbþ (ùåáæè) B [pronouncd SHAY -vt] rod, staff, club; spar; scptr and figurativly for a trib, subdivision of a trib or family and for a rulr (scptr-barr), govrnor masculin plural noun nd with th 2 prson masculin plural suffix Strong s #7626 BDB #986 Translation: [Thrfor, I said], Provid for yourslvs mn [who ar] wis and prcptiv and knowldgabl rgarding your trib,... Moss is continuing to rmind th gnration of promis what h said to Gn X arly on. Thy had gottn so larg in population that h could no longr function as thir judg and rulr; thr wr just too many mn for him to do it all. Thrfor, h askd for ths various tribs to suggst mn who wr wis, prcptiv and knowldgabl. Th first dscriptor is châkâm (çèëèí) [pronouncd khah-kawm], which mans, capabl of knowing [judging]; intllignt, wis; skillful, adpt, proficint; subtl, crafty. Strong s #2450 BDB #314. This is a man who is intllignt and capabl of making good and wis dcisions. Th scond dscriptor is bîyn (áìäéï) [pronouncd ban], which mans intllignt, prcptiv; prudnt, skillful; wll-instructd. This is a prson who is prcptiv and prudnt. H may vn b traind in th ara of law. H knows which qustions to ask and which things nds to b considrd. Strong s #995 BDB #106. Th third word is th masculin plural, Qal passiv participl of yâda (éèãçò) [pronouncd yaw-dahì], which mans knowing, knowing by xprinc [or practic]; skilld; sing; known, rcognizd. This is a prson with strt smarts; or knowldg basd upon xprinc. Strong s #3045 BDB #393. Ths 3 words sm to b in stark contrast to what th popl had bcom for Moss, a burdn, a wight; with mor disputs than h is abl to handl. That ths mn ar to b chosn rgarding thir tribs suggsts that thr will b mn of vry trib probably many for ach trib so that ach trib is proprty rprsntd. You will also notic that th concpt of dmocracy and a rprsntativ rpublic ar hrin introducd. Th vrb V is th Qal imprativ of yâhab (éèäçá) [pronouncd yaw-hawb ], which mans giv, giv hr; grant, prmit; provid [with rflxiv]; plac, put, st; ascrib. Strong s #3051 BDB #396. Although no mthod is prscribd hr, this allows for a numbr of various approachs to b utilizd. In most cass, probably th ldrs got togthr and discussd this and chos a man from among thm. Howvr, this could hav bn sprad out furthr, sinc so many mn wr involvd, and both voluntrs or popl nominatd by somon ls could hav bn offrd up. Howvr, in any cas, it appars as though thr ar popl chosn by th popl from amongst th popl. Th mthod, in many cass, would b som form of a dmocracy (not ncssarily vry prson had a vot); and th nd rsult would b a rprsntativ rpublic. 62 Adam Clark, Commntary on th Bibl; from -Sword, Dut. 1:13.

119 Dutronomy Chaptr Application: This ought to b intrsting that such concpts ar found so long ago in th Bibl. This would hav takn plac on two or mor occasions around B.C. Although w ar taught that th first dmocracy was in Attica aftr 550 B.C., hr w hav a form of dmocracy occurring a millnnium bfor that. Application: Notic that Moss had a st of qualifications that should b takn into account. Ths mn should b wis and prcptiv and knowldgabl. This is quit diffrnt from politicians today, many of whom ar crafty, undrhandd and amoral, but ar abl to talk a good fight. Dutronomy 1:13b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs w (or v ) (åà or åì) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though; as wll as simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 sîym (ùòäéí) [pronouncd sm]; also splld sûwm (ùòåìí) [pronouncd soom] to put, to plac, to st; to mak; to appoint st 1 prson singular, Qal imprfct; with th 3 rd prson masculin plural suffix Strong's #7760 BDB #962 h b (áìà) [pronouncd b ] in, into, through; among, in th midst of; at, by, nar, on, bfor, in th prsnc of, upon; with; to, unto, upon, up to; in rspct to, on account of; by mans of, about, concrning primarily a prposition of proximity; howvr, it has a multitud of functions BDB #88 râ shîym (øèàùäéí) [pronouncd raw- SHEEM] hads, princs, officrs, captains, chifs; company, band, division masculin plural noun nd with th 2 prson masculin plural suffix Strong's #7218 BDB #910 Translation:...and I will appoint thm [as] your hads [or, to b among your officrs]. Thr is on minor problm with this portion of v. 13, and that is th bêyth prposition. I would hav xpctd th kaph prposition instad, which would b translatd as. Th two prpositions look vry much alik and prhaps this is a mistak in transcription. Som translations rndr this as your hads [ladrs, officrs]. Howvr, I think th problm is, is th kaph prposition suggsts that ths ar not rally thir hads, but thy ar lik thir hads, which is crtainly not th ida hr. Most usd th bêyth prposition mor as an indication of a dirct objct than as a prposition (which is lgitimat with som vrbs). Kil and Dlitzsch: Th congrgation was to nominat, according to its tribs, wis, intllignt, and 63 wll-known mn, whom Moss would appoint as hads, i.., as judgs, ovr th nation. Pool: Prsons of knowldg, wisdom, and xprinc, mn famous, and had in rputation, for ability 64 and intgrity; for to such thy would mor radily submit. In addition to this, whn a prson is chosn by his own popl, thy ar mor likly to rspct his authority. What w hav hr is an stablishmnt of authoritis coming from thos who will b undr thir authority (in othr words, lik a dmocracy); but Moss has th final word in th way that ths mn will b usd. So w hav mn who ar ovr thm chosn by both th popl (probably only by fr mals; and, no doubt, thr was a minimum 65 ag stablishd as wll ) and by ladrship thos would b thir princs, officrs, captains and chifs Kil and Dlitzsch, Commntary on th Old Tstamnt; from -Sword; Dut. 1: Matthw Pool, English Annotations on th Holy Bibl; h1685; from -Sword, Dut. 1:13. And th prcis mthod of choosing could hav varid considrably by trib or vn by family.

120 193 Th Book of Dutronomy So what w hav hr, but without carfully splling it out, is a mixtur of authoritis; who hav chosn by th popl and placd by Moss, thir ladr. So w hav th concpt of a dmocracy hr. Thr is also a sparation of powrs, to som dgr, bcaus Moss is going to choos th final popl and plac thm in whatvr position h chooss. Thr do not appar yt to b trm limits or vn a lngth of trm of offic. Thr is a minor problm, as Ex. 18:25 rads: Moss chos abl mn out of all Isral, and mad thm hads ovr th popl. Howvr, w gt th complt story hr. Th popl gav him a list of nams, and h chos from this list of nams. Th arly Apostls appar to hav don th xact sam thing in Acts 6:3. McG: W find th account of this back in Exodus 18. Moss bcam provokd, burdnd, and frustratd. H thought h alon carrid th burdn of Isral. Th Lord prmittd him to appoint ldrs; so a committ of svnty was appointd. This latr bcam th Sanhdrin, th organization which 66 committd Christ to dath many yars latr. Dutronomy 1:14a Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs wa (or va) (åç) [pronouncd wah] and so, and thn, thn, and; so, that, yt, thrfor, consquntly; bcaus wâw conscutiv BDB #253 ânâh (òèðèä) [pronouncd ìaw-nawh] to answr, to rspond; to spak loudly, to spak up [in a public forum]; to tstify; to sing, to chant, to sing rsponsivly nd 2 prson masculin plural, Qal imprfct Strong's #6030 BDB #772 êth (àæç) [pronouncd ayth] m; untranslatd mark of a dirct objct; occasionally to, toward sign of th dirct objct st affixd to a 1 prson singular suffix Strong's #853 BDB #84 Translation: Thn you answrd m... Rmmbr that Moss is spaking to th gnration of promis about thir fathrs, Gn X. Howvr, gnrations do not tnd to b discrt ntitis, so h simply addrsss all of thm without making any kind of distinction. Who answrs him ar primarily going to b mn from Gn X. Dutronomy 1:14b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs wa (or va) (åç) [pronouncd wah] and so, and thn, thn, and; so, that, yt, thrfor, consquntly; bcaus wâw conscutiv BDB #253 âmar (àèîçø) [pronouncd aw-mahr] to say, to spak, to uttr; to say [to onslf], to think; to command; to promis; to xplain; to intnd nd 2 prson masculin plural, Qal imprfct Strong s #559 BDB #55 þôwb (èåéá) [pronouncd b toh v] plasant, plasing, agrabl, good, bttr; approvd masculin singular adjctiv which can act lik a substantiv Strong s #2896 BDB # From accssd Novmbr 6, 2013.

121 Dutronomy Chaptr Dutronomy 1:14b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs dâbâr (ãìèáèø) [pronouncd b daw -VAWR] word, saying, doctrin, thing, mattr, command; businss, occupation; cas; somthing; mannr masculin singular noun with th dfinit articl Strong's #1697 BDB #182 ãshr (àâéùæø) [pronouncd ash-er] that, which, whn, who, whom rlativ pronoun Strong's #834 BDB #81 dâbar (ãìèáçø) [pronouncd b daw -VAHR] to spak, to talk [and back with action], to giv an opinion, to xpound, to mak a formal spch, to spak out, to promis, to propos, to spak kindly of, to dclar, to proclaim, to announc nd 2 prson masculin singular, Pil prfct Strong s #1696 BDB #180 lâmd (ìà) [pronouncd l ] to, for, towards, in rgards to dirctional/rlational prposition BDB #510 âsâh (òèùéèä) [pronouncd ìaw-sawh] to do, to mak, to construct, to fashion, to form, to prpar, to manufactur Qal infinitiv construct Strong's #6213 BDB #793 Translation:...and said, [This] ida which you said to do is good. Ths mn think that this is a good ida and thy tll Moss so. Essntially what w hav hr ar authoritis chosn by th popl abov, but also by th popl ovr whom th authoritis hav authority. So thr is a sparation of powrs hr, to som dgr. Th rsult is, Moss is going to choos a numbr of military and civil ladrs. Most of thm will b military ladrs (or that will b th intntion) bcaus Moss xpctd to b on a dcads long military campaign to tak th land, whn h originally proposd this. Now, Moss is looking back ovr th past 40 yars and providing th popl with a doctrinal rtrospctiv. Moss actually had to do this on a coupl of occasions. Onc, whn h was ovrburdnd with court cass (this was at th suggstion of his fathr-in-law) and onc whn th shr prssur of ladrship was byond what h could handl and God gav him mn blow him to dlgat authority to. Principl: W can liv in and xprinc th xact sam history, and yt som will misintrprt what thy just xprincd and som can undrstand what is going on. Moss thrfor gos out of his way to corrctly xplain th history that most of ths popl actually livd. Application: As an xampl, Prsidnt Gorg W. Bush was a good U.S. prsidnt; h was not grat and h crtainly spnt too much and gathrd up far too much powr in Washington D.C. Now, librals who absolutly hat Prsidnt Bush, if giv half a chanc will say, Clinton gav him a surplus and Bush turnd it into a dficit. This is crtainly tru; and it would hav bn much bttr had Prsidnt Bush livd within our mans. Howvr, ths sam librals, whn viwing Prsidnt Obama s dficit, which is 3x to 4x th avrag Bush dficit, thy ar not concrnd. In fact, most librals considr Obama to b a good stward of th country s financs. That is absolut insanity. If you complain about on prsidnt for bing financially irrsponsibl, you cannot turn around

122 195 Th Book of Dutronomy and prais th fiscal rsponsibility of somon who is 3x mor irrsponsibl. That is a complt misrading of contmporary history. Application: Sinc libral policis do not work, Prsidnt Obama s policis hav kpt our country at an conomic standstill. This should b asy for any blivr with doctrin to grasp. Howvr, thr ar popl right now, including thos who ar hurt by th conomy, and thy think that Prsidnt Obama is doing a good job with th conomy. Young studnts and rcnt collg studnts ar lik this; and thy ar supposd to b ducatd, and thy cannot look at simpl historical facts and undrstand thm. Thy ar th vry popl going out into th markt plac looking for a job; thy cannot find out, and thy mov back in with thir parnts. And yt ths sam studnts ar unabl to grasp that it is th conomy of our prsidnt which has causd this. Thrfor, bcaus Gn X was riddld with rvrsionism and almost all of thm did th sin unto dath; and bcaus Moss is spaking to thir childrn, who would hav som warpd thinking passd along to thm from thir parnts, Moss nds to corrctly intrprt history for thm. So, as Moss xplains this rcnt history to thos who hav livd it, h is ssntially bckoning thm to ntr into th no-spin zon. Moss givs thm th divin intrprtation of history. Why dos Moss do this? If this gnration can s thmslvs as God ss thm; and can viw thir own history objctivly, thn thy might b abl to procd with a doctrinal undrstanding of what is going on around thm. On th flip sid, this is a favorit trick of Satan. H distorts history; h rports things which ar fals or which hav bn strtchd to fit a Satanic mold, and h uss this against young popl whom h wishs to lad astray. Vv rad: Thrfor, I said, Giv m a list of popl who ar wis, prcptiv and knowldgabl from your various tribs and I will appoint thm as authoritis ovr you. Thn you answrd m by saying, This is a vry good ida. Simply by allowing th popl to choos thir ladrs indicats that Moss was mor than willing to shar his authority with othrs. Thrfor, I took th hads of your And so I tak hads of your tribs, mn wis tribs mn [w ho ar] w is and and knowldgabl, and so I st thm as knowldgabl and I placd thm as hads hads ovr you [all], commandrs of Dutronomy ovr you, [as] commandrs of thousands, thousands and commandrs of hundrds 1:15 commandrs of hundrds, commandrs of and commandrs of fiftis and commandrs fiftis, and commandrs of tns; as wll as of tns and officials rgarding your tribs. officials of your tribs. Thrfor, I took ths mn whom you suggstd mn who wr chosn for thir wisdom and knowldg and I placd thm in various positions of authority, ovr a thousand, ovr a hundrd, ovr fifty and ovr tn. I also mad thm officials within your tribs. Hr is how othrs hav translatd this vrs: Ancint txts: Targum of Onklos Latin Vulgat So I took th chifs of your tribs, and movd thm kindly with words; wis mn, mastrs of knowldg, but prudnt in thir thoughts, I found not; and I appointd thm chifs ovr you, rabbans of thousands, of hundrds, of fiftis; twlv thousand rabbans of tns, six myriads, officrs of your tribs. And I took out of your tribs mn wis and honourabl, and appointd thm rulrs, tribuns, and cnturions, and officrs ovr fiftis, and ovr tns, who might tach you all things.

123 Dutronomy Chaptr Masortic Txt (Hbrw) Pshitta (Syriac) Sptuagint (Grk) Significant diffrncs: And so I tak hads of your tribs, mn wis and knowldgabl, and so I st thm as hads ovr you [all], commandrs of thousands and commandrs of hundrds and commandrs of fiftis and commandrs of tns and officials rgarding your tribs. So I took th chifs of your tribs, wis mn and rnownd, and mad thm chiftains ovr you, commandrs ovr thousands and captains ovr hundrds and officrs ovr fifty and officrs ovr tn and scribs for your tribs. So I took of you wis and undrstanding and prudnt mn, and I st thm to rul ovr you as rulrs of thousands, and rulrs of hundrds, and rulrs of fiftis, and rulrs of tns, and officrs to your judgs. Th targum has som xtra words in it. Th Grk as a third dscriptor of th mn not found in th Hbrw. Th final phras is diffrnt in th Latin and th final word is diffrnt in th Grk. Thought-for-thought translations; paraphrass: Common English Bibl Contmporary English V. Easy-to-Rad Vrsion Good Nws Bibl (TEV) Th Mssag Nw Lif Bibl Nw Living Translation Th Voic So I took lading individuals from your tribs, popl who wr wis and wll-rgardd, and I st thm up as your ladrs. Thr wr commandrs ovr thousands, hundrds, fiftis, and tns, as wll as officials for ach of your tribs. Thn I took ths mn, who wr alrady wis and rspctd ladrs, and I appointd thm as your official ladrs. Som of thm bcam military officrs in charg of groups of a thousand, or a hundrd, or fifty, or tn, and othrs bcam judgs. A portion of v. 16 was includd to complt th vrs. So I took th wis and xprincd mn you chos from your family groups, and I mad thm your ladrs. In this way, I gav you ladrs ovr 1,000 popl, ladrs ovr 100 popl, ladrs ovr 50 popl, ladrs ovr 10 popl. I also gav you officrs for ach of your family groups. So I took th wis and xprincd ladrs you chos from your tribs, and I placd thm in charg of you. Som wr rsponsibl for a thousand popl, som for a hundrd, som for fifty, and som for tn. I also appointd othr officials throughout th tribs. So I wnt ahad and took th top mn of your tribs, wis and sasond, and mad thm your ladrs--ladrs of thousands, of hundrds, of fiftis, and of tns, officials adquat for ach of your tribs. So I took th ladrs of your family groups, wis and abl mn. I mad thm ladrs ovr you, ladrs of thousands, of hundrds, of fiftis and of tns, and rulrs of your family groups. So I took th wis and rspctd mn you had slctd from your tribs and appointd thm to srv as judgs and officials ovr you. Som wr rsponsibl for a thousand popl, som for a hundrd, som for fifty, and som for tn....so I took som ladrs from your tribs who wr wis and wll rspctd; I chos thm as authoritis ovr you all-of groups of thousands or hundrds or fiftis or tns, and I appointd som as tribal rprsntativs. Partially litral and partially paraphrasd translations: Amrican English Bibl Christian Community Bibl 'So, I took your wis, undrstanding, and snsibl mn and assignd thm to b th rulrs of thousands, of hundrds, of fiftis, and of tns, to srv as your officrs and judgs. Thus, I chos from among th hads of your tribs wis and xprincd mn and placd thm ovr you as ladrs of th thousands, hundrds, fiftis, and tns, and also as scrtaris for ach trib.

124 197 Th Book of Dutronomy God s Word Nw Advnt (Knox) Bibl Nw Amrican Bibl Nw Amrican Bibl (R.E.) Nw Jrusalm Bibl Today s NIV So I took th hads of your tribs who wr wis and xprincd mn and mad thm officrs for ach of your tribs. I put thm in charg of groups of 1,000, or 100, or 50, or 10 popl. And whn I had your answr, approving my dsign, I chos out of all your tribs mn of wisdom and rput, and I appointd thm to b your rulrs, with powrs ovr a thousand mn, or a hundrd, or fifty, or tn togthr, issuing commands to you as nd aros. V. 14 is includd for contxt. So I took outstanding mn of your tribs, wis and xprincd, and mad thm your ladrs as officials ovr thousands, ovr hundrds, ovr fiftis and ovr tns, and othr tribal officrs. So I took th ladrs of your tribs, wis and rputabl, and st thm as ladrs ovr you, commandrs ovr thousands, ovr hundrds, ovr fiftis and ovr tns, and othr tribal officrs. So I took your tribal ladrs, wis, xprincd mn, and appointd thm to lad you, as captains of thousands, hundrds, fiftis, tns, and as scribs for your tribs. So I took th lading mn of your tribs, wis and rspctd mn, and appointd thm to hav authority ovr you--as commandrs of thousands, of hundrds, of fiftis and of tns and as tribal officials. Mostly litral rndrings (with som occasional paraphrasing): Ancint Roots Translinar Bibl in Basic English Th Expandd Bibl Frar-Fnton Bibl NET Bibl I took th had of your staffs, known wis mn, and gav thm as hads ovr you: ladrs of thousands, ladrs of hundrds, ladrs of fiftis, and ladrs of tns as officrs for your staff. So I took th hads of your tribs, wis mn and rspctd, and mad thm rulrs ovr you, captains of thousands and captains of hundrds and captains of fiftis and captains of tns, and ovrsrs of your tribs. So I took th wis and xprincd ladrs of your tribs, and I mad thm your ladrs. I appointd commandrs ovr a thousand popl, ovr a hundrd popl, ovr fifty popl, and ovr tn popl and mad thm officrs ovr your tribs. I thrfor chos as th chifs of your tribs, skilful and ducatd mn, and gav thm to you as your chifs; colonls of rgimnts, and captains of companis, and captains of fiftis, and captains of tns; with magistrats for your tribs. So I chos [Or "slctd"; Hb "took."] as your tribal ladrs wis and wll-known mn, placing thm ovr you as administrators of groups of thousands, hundrds, fiftis, and tns, and also as othr tribal officials. NIV, 2011 So I took [Ex 18:25] th lading mn of your tribs [Ex 5:14; Nu 11:16; Jos 1:10; 3:2], wis and rspctd mn [G 47:6], and appointd thm to hav authority ovr you-as commandrs [Nu 31:14; 1Sa 8:12; 22:7; 1Ki 14:27] of thousands, of hundrds, of fiftis and of tns and as tribal officials [Nu 1:4]. Jwish/Hbrw Nams Bibls: Complt Jwish Bibl xgss companion Bibl So I took th hads of your tribs, mn wis and knowldgabl, and mad thm hads ovr you - ladrs in charg of thousands, of hundrds, of fiftis and of tns, and officrs, trib by trib. And I took th had of your scions wis mn and known and gav thm hads ovr you - govrnors ovr thousands and govrnors ovr hundrds and govrnors ovr fiftis and govrnors ovr tns and officrs among your scions.

125 Dutronomy Chaptr Kaplan Translation Orthodox Jwish Bibl I slctd wis and wll known mn from among your tribal ladrs, and appointd thm as your ladrs - captains of thousands, captains of hundrds, captains of fiftis, captains of tns [Som say that th captains of thousands and hundrds wr primarily military ladrs (cf. Numbrs 31:14), whil th captains of fiftis wr primarily Torah tachrs and ldrs (cf. Isaiah 3:3; Adrth Eliahu; HaKthav VHaKabbalah).], and polic [Or, 'who ar polic' (Ibid.). S Dutronomy 16:18.] for your tribs. So I took th ladrs of your tribs, anashim chachamim, mn of undrstanding, and mad thm hads ovr you, ovr thousands, and ovr hundrds, and ovr fiftis, and ovr tns, shotrim among your tribs. Litral, almost word-for-word, rndrings: Th Amplifid Bibl Concordant Litral Vrsion Contxt Group Vrsion English Standard Vrsion Th Gnva Bibl Grn s Litral Translation Nw King Jams Vrsion Nw RSV World English Bibl Young's Litral Translation Th gist of this vrs: So I took th hads of your tribs, wis, xprincd, and rspctd mn, and mad thm hads ovr you, commandrs of thousands, and hundrds, and fiftis, and tns, and officrs according to your tribs. So I took th hads of your tribs, mn wis and known, and I placd thm as hads ovr you, chifs of thousands, chifs of hundrds, chifs of fiftis, chifs of tns and as suprintndnts for your tribs. So I took th hads of your { pl } tribs, wis mn, and known, and mad thm hads ovr you { pl }, captains of thousands, and captains of hundrds, and captains of fiftis, and captains of tns, and officrs, according to your { pl } tribs. So I took th hads of your tribs, wis and xprincd mn, and st thm [Ex. 18:25] as hads ovr you, commandrs of thousands, commandrs of hundrds, commandrs of fiftis, commandrs of tns, and officrs, throughout your tribs. So I took th chif of your tribs, l wis mn, and known, and mad thm hads ovr you, captains ovr thousands, and captains ovr hundrds, and captains ovr fiftis, and captains ovr tns, and officrs among your tribs. Dclaring what sort of mn ought to hav a public charg, rad ( Exodus 18:21 ). And I took th chifs of your tribs, wis and notd mn, and I gav thm to b rulrs ovr you, commandrs ovr thousands, and commandrs ovr hundrds and commandrs ovr fiftis, and commandrs ovr tns, and officrs, for your tribs. So I took th hads of your tribs, wis and knowldgabl mn, and mad thm hads ovr you, ladrs of thousands, ladrs of hundrds, ladrs of fiftis, ladrs of tns, and officrs for your tribs. So I took th ladrs of your tribs, wis and rputabl individuals, and installd thm as ladrs ovr you, commandrs of thousands, commandrs of hundrds, commandrs of fiftis, commandrs of tns, and officials, throughout your tribs. So I took th hads of your tribs, wis mn, and known, and mad thm hads ovr you, captains of thousands, and captains of hundrds, and captains of fiftis, and captains of tns, and officrs, according to your tribs. And I tak th hads of your tribs, mn, wis and known, and I appoint thm hads ovr you, princs of thousands, and princs of hundrds, and princs of fiftis, and princs of tns, and authoritis, for your tribs. Moss took from thos who wr rcommndd and gav thm various positions of authority.

126 199 Th Book of Dutronomy Dutronomy 1:15a Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs wa (or va) (åç) [pronouncd wah] and so, and thn, thn, and; so, that, yt, thrfor, consquntly; bcaus wâw conscutiv BDB #253 lâqach (ìè Çç) [pronouncd law- KAHKH] to tak, to tak away, to tak in marriag; to siz st 1 prson singular, Qal imprfct Strong s #3947 BDB #542 êth (àæç) [pronouncd ayth] untranslatd gnrally; occasionally to, toward indicats that th following substantiv is a dirct objct Strong's #853 BDB #84 râ shîym (øèàùäéí) [pronouncd raw- SHEEM] hads, princs, officrs, captains, chifs; company, band, division masculin plural construct Strong's #7218 BDB #910 shêbþ (ùåáæè) B [pronouncd SHAY -vt] rod, staff, club; spar; scptr and figurativly for a trib, subdivision of a trib or family and for a rulr (scptr-barr), govrnor masculin plural noun nd with th 2 prson masculin plural suffix Strong s #7626 BDB #986 Translation: Thrfor, I took th hads of your tribs... Moss was givn th nams of hundrds of mn (possibly thousands) to hav positions of authority, and Moss dvisd a systms of authoritis within ths 2 million popl. Ths wr th popls choic, and Moss workd with that. Dutronomy 1:15b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs ãnâshîym (àâðèùäéí) [pronouncd uh-nawshm]; also splld îyshîym (àäéùäéí) [pronouncd -SHEEM] mn; inhabitants, citizns; companions; soldirs, followrs masculin plural noun Strong's #376 BDB #35 châkâm (çèëèí) [pronouncd khah- KAWM] capabl of knowing [judging]; intllignt, wis; skillful, adpt, proficint; subtl, crafty masculin plural adjctiv Strong s #2450 BDB #314 w (or v ) (åà or åì) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though; as wll as simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 yâda (éèãçò) [pronouncd yaw-dahì] knowing, knowing by xprinc [or practic]; skilld; sing; known, rcognizd masculin plural, Qal passiv participl Strong s #3045 BDB #393 Translation:... mn [who ar] wis and knowldgabl... Thir skill st involvd intllignc and knowldg; so thy had to b smart and thy had to work at it that is, thy ndd to incras thir skills whrvr thy

127 Dutronomy Chaptr could. Thy could not simply b smart-asss who wr born smart, but hav not don anything to dvlop thir thinking. Whn I was an honors gomtry tachr, I usd to tll my studnts that many of thm wr thr simply bcaus thy wr born smart; and othrs wr thr bcaus thy workd hard; but I would rquir both from thm. This is what Moss rquird of ths ladrs. Dutronomy 1:15c Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs wa (or va) (åç) [pronouncd wah] and so, and thn, thn, and; so, that, yt, thrfor, consquntly; bcaus wâw conscutiv BDB #253 nâthan (ðèúçï) [pronouncd naw-thahn] to giv, to grant, to plac, to put, to st; to mak st 1 prson singular, Qal imprfct Strong's #5414 BDB #678 râ shîym (øèàùäéí) [pronouncd raw- SHEEM] hads, princs, officrs, captains, chifs; company, band, division masculin plural noun Strong's #7218 BDB #910 al (òçì) [pronouncd ìahl] upon, byond, on, against, abov, ovr, by, bsid prposition of rlativ proximity with th 2 nd prson masculin plural suffix Strong s #5921 BDB #752 Translation:...and I placd thm as hads ovr you,... Moss took ths mn and dvlopd systms of authoritis of various typs. Litrally, th word hr mans hads; but it can b usd to man princs, officrs, captains, chifs. Thy would simply b various sorts of authoritis ovr th popl. You will notic that thr is this whol chcks and balancs systm working hr for th initial st up of intrmdiat authoritis undr Moss. Th popl would submit a list of nams to Moss, and thn h would appoint ths mn to whatvr positions smd right. So thr was input from both sids from th popl who would b ruld ovr and from Moss. Dutronomy 1:15d Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs sar (ùòçø) [pronouncd sar] chiftain, chif, rulr, official, captain, princ, ladr, commandr masculin plural construct Strong s #8269 BDB #978 ãlâpihîym (àâìèôäéí) pronouncd uh-law- FEEM] thousands, familis, [military] units masculin plural noun Strong s #505 (and #504) BDB #48 w (or v ) (åà or åì) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though; as wll as simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251

128 201 Th Book of Dutronomy Dutronomy 1:15d Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs sar (ùòçø) [pronouncd sar] chiftain, chif, rulr, official, captain, princ, ladr, commandr masculin plural construct Strong s #8269 BDB #978 mê ôwth (îåàåéú) [pronouncd may- OHTH] hundrds fminin plural construct; numral Strong s #3967 BDB #547 w (or v ) (åà or åì) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though; as wll as simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 sar (ùòçø) [pronouncd sar] chiftain, chif, rulr, official, captain, princ, ladr, commandr masculin plural construct Strong s #8269 BDB #978 chãmishîym (çèîäùäéí) [pronouncd khuh-mih- SHEEM] fifty, fiftis plural numral Strong s #2572 BDB #332 w (or v ) (åà or åì) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though; as wll as simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 sar (ùòçø) [pronouncd sar] chiftain, chif, rulr, official, captain, princ, ladr, commandr masculin plural construct Strong s #8269 BDB #978 asârâh (òçùòèøèä) [pronouncd ìah-saw- RAW] tn fminin plural numral Strong s #6235 BDB #796 Translation:...[as] commandrs of thousands, commandrs of hundrds, commandrs of fiftis, and commandrs of tns;... Primarily, Moss was stting up systms of authority for war. Ths wr going to b commandrs in war. W know this bcaus thr would b littl rason for a govrnmntal mploy to hav authority ovr 1000, 100, 50 or 10 popl. This is ncssary in war; but not in day-to-day govrning. I must say that this sounds intrsting I can s authoritis ovr fifty, but an authority appointd ovr tn, which is th siz of a larg, basic family unit or a vry small xtndd family unit that sms xcssiv. What I am assuming hr is that thr rsponsibilitis wr vry limitd and probably primarily military in natur. Ths authoritis ovr small groups would also hlp to dissminat information. Thr ar two million popl who ar on th mov, spnding forty yars in a wildrnss and dsrt ara. Information has to b dissminatd on a rgular basis. Not vryon could s th tabrnacl, nor could thr b much organization whn it cam to movmnt. Howvr, this allowd for th dissmination of information. Lt m s if I can xplain this on a lvl that w can undrstand. In taching for twnty or mor yars, thr wr mtings with th ntir faculty (roughly 150) and thr wr mtings with th hads of ach taching dpartmnt, and thy in turn mt with thir dpartmnts (5 20) and xplaind th prtinnt information to thir dpartmnt. So rathr than a court systm dsignd for tn popl (or vn fifty), this was a way that Moss could spak to all of th popl or gt th word out to all of th popl without publishing a daily nwspapr or running th information on a computr srvic that vryon could download or announcing it on th morning show on TV. Dpnding on what was covrd, groups of tn to a thousand would b prtty much th rang of crowd siz that any on individual could communicat to.

129 Dutronomy Chaptr Th Bibl is always pro-authority. You may think you know vrything and that no on ought to b ovr you, but that is not th way it is prsntd in th Bibl. Thr ar systms of authoritis, and w nd to rspct thos authoritis. Dutronomy 1:15 Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs w (or v ) (åà or åì) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though; as wll as simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 shôþêr (ùéèåø) [pronouncd show- TARE] official, commissiond officr, officr; this word rfrs to an official or an officr who is not th highst in command, but holds a subordinat position masculin plural noun (this is actually a masculin plural, Qal activ participl) Strong s #7860 BDB #1009 lâmd (ìà) [pronouncd l ] to, for, towards, in rgards to dirctional/rlational prposition BDB #510 shêbþ (ùåáæè) B [pronouncd SHAY -vt] rod, staff, club; spar; scptr and figurativly for a trib, subdivision of a trib or family and for a rulr (scptr-barr), govrnor masculin plural noun nd with th 2 prson masculin plural suffix Strong s #7626 BDB #986 Translation:...as wll as officials of your tribs. Ths ar th govrnmntal mploys, so to spak; not judgs, as thy ar mntiond spcifically in th nxt vrs; but mn with civil authority. Thr would b officials for ach trib. Thy would logically act as intrmdiaris btwn Moss and th popl. Adam Clark, basd on this and othr passags, nots th kinds of authoritis stablishd in Isral. Thy could not b an ffctiv military forc or a functioning country without systms of authority. Clark on th Authority Structur of th Isralits What a curious and wll-rgulatd conomy was that of th Isralits! S its ordr and arrangmnt: 1. God, th King and Suprm Judg; 2. Moss, God s prim ministr; 3. Th prists, consulting him by Urim and Thummim; 4. Th chifs or princs of th twlv tribs; 5. Chilliarchs, or captains ovr thousands; 6. Cnturions, or captains ovr hundrds; 7. Tribuns, or captains ovr fifty mn; 8. Dcurions, or captains ovr tn mn; and, 9. Officrs, prsons who might b mployd by th diffrnt chifs in xcuting particular commands. All ths hld thir authority from God, and yt wr subjct and accountabl to ach othr. Takn from Adam Clark, Commntary on th Bibl; from -Sword, Dut. 1:15. Chaptr Outlin Charts, Maps and Short Doctrins

130 203 Th Book of Dutronomy I also ordaind [or, chargd] judgs at that And so I ordain th judgs in th tim th tim, saying, Listn [to disputs] btwn that, to say, Haring btwn your brothrs your brothrs and judg rightously btwn Dutronomy and you hav judgd [with] rightousnss; a man and a fllow Isralit [or btwn this 1:16 btwn a man and btwn his brothr and man] and an immigrant [lit., btwn a man btwn his immigrant. and btwn his brothr and btwn his immigrant]. I also ordaind judgs at that tim, tlling thm, Listn to th various disputs and court cass which ar btwn your brothrs and judg rightously and fairly btwn all mn, whthr fllow Isralits or immigrants. Hr is how othrs hav translatd this vrs: Ancint txts: Targum of Onklos Latin Vulgat Masortic Txt (Hbrw) Pshitta (Syriac) Sptuagint (Grk) Significant diffrncs: And I chargd your judgs at that tim with th ordrs of judgmnts, saying: So har your brthrn that on may not (b prmittd to) spak all his words, whil anothr is complld to cut his words short; and so harkn to thir words, as that it may b impossibl for you not to judg thm, and dlivr judgmnt in truth, and to rsolv (a mattr) compltly btwn a man and his brothr, and btwn him who hirs words of litigation. And I commandd thm, saying: Har thm, and judg that which is just: whthr h b on of your country, or a strangr. And so I ordain th judgs in th tim th that, to say, Haring btwn your brothrs and you hav judgd [with] rightousnss; btwn a man and btwn his brothr and btwn his immigrant. And I chargd your judgs at that tim, saying, Har th causs btwn your brthrn, and judg rightously btwn a man and his brothr, and th strangr that is with him. And I chargd your judgs at that tim, saying, Har th cass btwn your brothrs, and judg rightly btwn a man and his brothr, and th strangr that is with him. Th first Hbrw vrb can b translatd in th ways that you s. Th Latin sms to lack som of th txt; and th targum has additional txt. Thought-for-thought translations; paraphrass: Th targum s tak on som of this is actually in opposition to th Mosaic Law. It spaks of cutting tstimony short and not ncssarily giving somon thir fair shot. Common English Bibl Contmporary English V. Easy English At that sam tim, I commandd your judgs: Listn to your fllow trib mmbrs and judg fairly, whthr th disput is btwn on fllow trib mmbr or btwn a trib mmbr and an immigrant....and othrs bcam judgs. I gav ths judgs th following instructions: Whn you sttl lgal cass, your dcisions must b fair. It dosn't mattr if th cas is btwn two Isralits, or btwn an Isralit and a forignr living in your community. And I said to your ladrs at that tim, "Listn to th quarrls btwn your brothrs. Dcid what is right. Do this whn th quarrl is btwn two *Isralits. Do th sam thing whn th quarrl is btwn an *Isralit and a prson from a forign country.

131 Dutronomy Chaptr Easy-to-Rad Vrsion Good Nws Bibl (TEV) Th Mssag Nw Brkly Vrsion Nw Lif Bibl Nw Living Translation Th Voic At that tim, I told thos judgs, Listn to th argumnts btwn your popl. B fair whn you judg ach cas. It dos not mattr if th problm is btwn two Isralit popl or btwn an Isralit and a forignr. You must judg ach cas fairly. "At that tim I instructd thm, 'Listn to th disputs that com up among your popl. Judg vry disput fairly, whthr it concrns only your own popl or involvs forignrs who liv among you. At th sam tim I gav ordrs to your judgs: "Listn carfully to complaints and accusations btwn your fllow Isralits. Judg fairly btwn ach prson and his fllow or forignr. At that tim, I also gav th charg to your judgs, You will b haring cass in disput btwn your brothrs, and you must judg fairly btwn th on and th othr, whthr brothr or rsidnt alin [Th Hbrw word involvd hr is gr [pronouncd gar], translatd variously: sojournr, strangr, immigrants, alin. Th gr was a non-isralit rsidnt who for th most part njoyd qual rights undr th law with his Hbrw nighbor. If poor, h was provid for, along with th Lvits, th orphan and th widow, providd h was circumcisd and conformd to th laws of th Hbrws.]. "Thn I said to your judgs at that tim, 'Listn to th problms btwn your brothrs. And b right in what you dcid btwn a man and his brothr or th strangr who is with him. "At that tim I instructd th judgs, `You must har th cass of your fllow Isralits and th forignrs living among you. B prfctly fair in your dcisions and impartial in your judgmnts. A portion of v. 17 was includd for contxt. Thn I gav your judgs carful instructions: "Listn to th disputs btwn your nighbors that ar brought to you, and judg thm fairly rgardlss of who is involvd-two Isralits or an Isralit and a forignr. Partially litral and partially paraphrasd translations: Amrican English Bibl And at th tim, I told your judgs to har cass btwn you brothrs and to judg honstly, whthr it is [a disput] btwn a man and his brothr, or with him and th convrts who ar living among you... Bck s Amrican Translation At that tim I gav ordrs to your judgs: Har th cass of th popl of Isral, and judg fairly btwn on man and anothr, vn if h s not an Isralit. Christian Community Bibl And I gav this ordr to th judgs: Attnd to th complaints of your brothrs, and judg with justic th law suit btwn an Isralit and his brothr, or btwn an Isralit and a forignr who livs in your midst. God s Word Also at that tim I gav ths instructions to your judgs: "Har th cass that your popl bring. Judg ach cas fairly, no mattr whthr it is a disput btwn two Isralits or a disput btwn an Isralit and a non-isralit. Nw Advnt (Knox) Bibl And this was th charg I gav thm: Listn to th pladings of ach man, and giv a just award to citizn and to strangr alik. Nw Amrican Bibl I chargd your judgs at that tim, 'Listn to complaints among your kinsmn, and administr tru justic to both partis vn if on of thm is an alin. Nw Amrican Bibl (R.E.) I chargd your judgs at that tim, "Listn to complaints among your rlativs, and administr tru justic to both partis vn if on of thm is a rsidnt alin. Dut. 10:17-18; 16: NIRV Hr is what I commandd your judgs at that tim. I said, "Listn to your popl's cass whn thy argu with on anothr. Judg thm fairly. It dosn't mattr whthr th cas is btwn fllow Isralits or btwn an Isralit and an outsidr.

132 205 Th Book of Dutronomy Nw Jrusalm Bibl Rvisd English Bibl Today s NIV At that sam tim I told your judgs, "You must giv your brothrs a fair haring and s justic don btwn on prson and his brothr or th forignr living with him. At that tim also I gav your judgs this command: Har th cass that aris among your kinsmn and judg fairly btwn on prson and anothr, whthr fllow-countryman or rsidnt alin. And I chargd your judgs at that tim: Har th disputs btwn your popl and judg fairly, whthr th cas is btwn two Isralits or btwn an Isralit and a forignr rsiding among you. Mostly litral rndrings (with som occasional paraphrasing): Ancint Roots Translinar Bibl in Basic English Th Expandd Bibl Frar-Fnton Bibl NET Bibl NIV, 2011 I commandd your judgs in that priod, saying, "Har btwn your brothrs, and judg in rightousnss btwn a man, btwn his brothr, and btwn th strangr. And at that tim I gav ordrs to your judgs, saying, Lt all qustions btwn your brothrs com bfor you for haring, and giv dcisions uprightly btwn a man and his brothr or on from anothr nation who is with him. Thn I told your ladrs [judgs], "Listn to th argumnts btwn your popl. L Judg fairly btwn two Isralits [rlativs; brothrs] or btwn an Isralit L [ rlativ; brothr] and a forignr [rsidnt alin]. I also ordrd your judgs at that tim saying ; - " Listn btwn your brothrs, and dcid just judgmnts btwn a man and hisbrothr, and th forignrs among you. I furthrmor admonishd your judgs at that tim that thy [Or "you." A numbr of English vrsions trat th rmaindr of this vrs and v. 17 as dirct discours rathr than indirct discours (cf. KJV, NAB, NIV, NRSV, NLT).] should pay attntion to issus among your fllow citizns [Hb "brothrs." Th trm "brothrs" could, in English, b undrstood to rfr to siblings, so "fllow citizns" has bn usd in th translation.] and judg fairly [Th Hbrw word öæãæ (tsdq, fairly ) carris th basic ida of conformity to a norm of xpctd bhavior or charactr, on stablishd by God himslf. Fair judgmnt adhrs strictly to that norm or standard (s D. Rimr, NIDOTTE 3:750).], whthr btwn on citizn and anothr [Hb "btwn a man and his brothr."] or a citizn and a rsidnt forignr [Hb his strangr or his sojournr ; NAB, NIV an alin ; NRSV rsidnt alin. Th Hbrw word âìåø (gr) commonly mans forignr. ]. And I chargd your judgs at that tim, "Har th disputs btwn your popl and judg [1Ki 3:9; Ps 72:1; Pr 2:9] fairly [G 31:37; Jn 7:24], whthr th cas is btwn two Isralits or btwn an Isralit and a forignr rsiding among you. S Ex 12:19, 49; S 22:21 Jwish/Hbrw Nams Bibls: Complt Jwish Bibl xgss companion Bibl JPS (Tanakh 1985) At that tim I commissiond your judgs, 'Har th cass that aris btwn your brothrs; and judg fairly btwn a man and his brothr, and th forignr who is with him. And I misvahd your judgs at that tim, saying, Harkn btwn your brothrs and judg justnss btwn vry man and his brothr and th sojournr with him:... I chargd your magistrats at that tim as follows, Har out your fllow mn, and dcid justly btwn any man and a fllow Isralit or a strangr.

133 Dutronomy Chaptr Judaica Prss Complt T. Kaplan Translation Orthodox Jwish Bibl And I commandd your judgs at that tim, saying, "Har disputs btwn your brothrs and judg justly btwn a man and his brothr, and btwn his litigant. I thn gav your judgs instructions, saying, 'Listn [to vry disput] among your brthrn, and judg honstly btwn ach man and his brothr, [vn] whr a proslyt [(Targum; Yvamoth 46b, 47a; Sptuagint). Or, 'rsidnt alin' (Saadia), 'imprssiv spakr' (Sifri; Rashi), or, 'common proprty' (Sanhdrin 7b; Rashi).] [is concrnd]. And I chargd your shoftim at that tim, saying, Har th cass btwn your brthrn, and judg rightously btwn vry man and his brothr, and th gr that is with him. Litral, almost word-for-word, rndrings: Concordant Litral Vrsion Contxt Group Vrsion Darby Translation English Standard Vrsion Grn s Litral Translation Nw King Jams Vrsion Nw RSV Wbstr s Bibl Translation World English Bibl Young s Updatd LT Th gist of this vrs: And I instructd your judgs at that tim, saying:you ar to har th disputs btwn your brothrs, and you will judg justly btwn a man and his brothr or his sojournr. And I chargd your { pl } judgs at that tim, saying, Har [ th causs ] btwn your { pl } brothrs, and judg justly { with vindication } btwn a man and his brothr, and th sojournr that is with him. And I commandd your judgs at that tim, saying, Har [th causs] btwn your brthrn, and judg rightously btwn a man and his brothr, and him also that sojournth with him. And I chargd your judgs at that tim, 'Har th cass btwn your brothrs, and judg [ch. 16:18; John 7:24] rightously btwn a man and his brothr or th alin who is with him. And I commandd your judgs at that tim, saying, Har btwn your brothrs; and judg with rightousnss btwn a man and his brothr, and his alin. "Thn I commandd your judgs at that tim, saying, `Har th cass btwn your brthrn, and judg rightously btwn a man and his brothr or th strangr who is with him. I chargd your judgs at that tim: `Giv th mmbrs of your community a fair haring, and judg rightly btwn on prson and anothr, whthr citizn or rsidnt alin. And I chargd your judgs at that tim, saying, Har [th causs] btwn your brthrn, and judg rightously btwn [vry] man and his brothr, and th strangr [that is] with him. I chargd your judgs at that tim, saying, Har th causs btwn your brothrs, and judg rightously btwn a man and his brothr, and th forignr who is living with him. And I command your judgs at that tim, saying, Harkning btwn your brthrn--thn y hav judgd rightousnss btwn a man, and his brothr, and his sojournr. Moss has givn spcial instructions to th judgs to judg th popl fairly, rgardlss of thir backgrounds. Dutronomy 1:16a Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs wa (or va) (åç) [pronouncd wah] and so, and thn, thn, and; so, that, yt, thrfor, consquntly; bcaus wâw conscutiv BDB #253

134 207 Th Book of Dutronomy Dutronomy 1:16a Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs tsâvâh (öèåèä) [pronouncd tsaw-vaw] to commission, to mandat, to appoint; to ordain; to lay charg upon, to giv charg to, charg, command, ordr; to instruct [as in, giving an ordr] st 1 prson singular, Pil imprfct Strong's #6680 BDB #845 êth (àæç) [pronouncd ayth] untranslatd gnrally; occasionally to, toward indicats that th following substantiv is a dirct objct Strong's #853 BDB #84 shâphaþ (ùèôçè) [pronouncd shaw- FAHT] thos judging, th ons judging [govrning]; judgs, govrnors masculin plural, Qal activ participl with th nd 2 prson masculin plural suffix Strong s #8199 BDB #1047 h b (áìà) [pronouncd b ] in, into, through; at, by, nar, on, upon; with, bfor, against; by mans of; among; within a prposition of proximity Strong s# non BDB #88 êth (òåú) [pronouncd ìayth] tim, th right tim, th propr tim; opportunity fminin singular noun with th dfinit articl Strong s #6256 BDB #773 With th bêyth prposition, this mans at th right tim, at th propr tim. hîy (ääéà) [pronouncd h] sh, it; also usd as a dmonstrativ pronoun: that, this (on) rd 3 prson fminin singular, prsonal pronoun; somtims th vrb is, is implid; with th dfinit articl Strong s #1931 BDB #214 Translation: I also ordaind [or, chargd] judgs at that tim,... Moss also ordaind judgs at this tim. It is not clar if thy wr pickd from th group of mn spcifid or whthr ths wr mn that Moss chos himslf. Sinc his fathr-in-law suggstd that Moss hir a lot of judgs to work undr him, this is likly a rfrnc to thos judgs. Charls Simon: To dclin any masur of xrtion in bhalf of prsons committd to our car, may appar to argu a want of lov to thm. But thr ar crtain bounds byond which a man cannot go: his physical strngth will fail; and his attmpts to prsvr byond his capacity of prformanc will dfat th vry objct h has in viw, and prov an injury to th prsons whos wlfar h is labouring to consult. Th car of all th popl of Isral, two millions in numbr, had dvolvd on Moss: and h ndavourd, as thir chif magistrat, to dispns justic to thm all, by haring and dtrmining vry subjct of litigation that was brought bfor him. This occupid him from morning to night, and was obviously impairing his bodily halth: th labour was too grat for him; and h would soon hav sunk undr it. By th advic of Jthro, his fathr-in-law, h appointd prsons, chosn out of all th tribs of Isral, to har all th causs which wr of infrior momnt, and rsrvd to himslf th dtrmination of thos only which wr of a mor difficult natur, and which rquird a mor spcial 67 rfrnc to God himslf. 67 From studylight.org accssd Octobr 21, 2013.

135 Dutronomy Chaptr Dutronomy 1:16b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs lâmd (ìà) [pronouncd l ] to, for, towards, in rgards to dirctional/rlational prposition BDB #510 âmar (àèîçø) [pronouncd aw-mahr] to say, to spak, to uttr; to say [to onslf], to think; to command; to promis; to xplain; to intnd Qal infinitiv construct Strong s #559 BDB #55 shâma (ùèîçò) [pronouncd shaw- MAHÌ] to listn [intntly], to har, to listn and oby, [or, and act upon, giv hd to, tak not of], to harkn to, to b attntiv to, to listn and b cognizant of Qal infinitiv absolut Strong's #8085 BDB #1033 Th infinitiv absolut has four uss: whn found alon, it somtims acts as an English grund, so that w may add ing to th nd of th vrb; Whn found dirctly bfor its vrbal cognat, it srvs to intnsify or strngthn th action or th maning of th vrb which follows; Whn it follows its cognat vrb, it mphasizs th duration or th continuation of th vrbal ida; and, it is somtims usd as a substitut for 68 a finit vrb form. bêyn (áìåéï) [pronouncd ban] in th midst of, btwn, among; whn found twic, it mans btwn prposition Strong's #996 BDB #107 âch (àèç) [pronouncd awhk] brothrs, kinsmn, clos rlativs; tribsmn; fllowcountrymn masculin plural noun nd with th 2 prson masculin plural suffix Strong's #251 BDB #26 w (or v ) (åà or åì) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though; as wll as simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 shâphaþ (ùèôçè) [pronouncd shaw- FAHT] to judg, to condmn, to punish; to dfnd [spcially th poor and opprssd], to dfnd [on s caus] and dlivr him from his nmis; to rul, to govrn nd 2 prson masculin plural, Qal imprfct Strong s #8199 BDB #1047 tsdq (öæãæ ) [pronouncd TZEHdhk] rightnss, straightnss; what is right and just; rightousnss, rightnss, vindication masculin singular substantiv Strong s #6664 BDB #841 bêyn (áìåéï) [pronouncd ban] in th midst of, btwn, among; whn found twic, it mans btwn prposition Strong's #996 BDB #107 îysh (àäéù) [pronouncd sh] a man, a husband; anyon; a crtain on; ach, ach on, vryon masculin singular noun (somtims found whr w would us a plural) Strong's #376 BDB #35 68 Biblical Hbrw; Pag Klly; William B. Erdmans Publishing Co., 1992, pp

136 209 Th Book of Dutronomy Dutronomy 1:16b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs w (or v ) (åà or åì) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though; as wll as simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 bêyn (áìåéï) [pronouncd ban] in th midst of, btwn, among; whn found twic, it mans btwn prposition Strong's #996 BDB #107 âch (àèç) [pronouncd awhk] brothr, half-brothr; kinsman or clos rlativ; on who rsmbls masculin singular noun nd with th 2 prson masculin singular suffix Strong's #251 BDB #26 w (or v ) (åà or åì) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though; as wll as simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 bêyn (áìåéï) [pronouncd ban] in th midst of, btwn, among; whn found twic, it mans btwn prposition Strong's #996 BDB #107 gêr (âåø) [pronouncd gar] sojournr, strangr, immigrant [or, outsidr], tmporary rsidnt [inhabitant]; nwcomr without inhritd [proprty] rights masculin singular noun rd with th 3 prson masculin singular suffix Strong's #1616 BDB #158 Translation:...saying, Listn [to disputs] btwn your brothrs and judg rightously btwn a man and a fllow Isralit [or btwn this man] and an immigrant [lit., btwn a man and btwn his brothr and btwn his immigrant]. With 2 million popl living in such clos proximity, thr wr going to b problms and disagrmnts. Moss originally trid to har all of ths cass and it wor him out. It kpt him working morning til night, and agitatd as wll. It was his fathr-in-law who suggstd that h chos som mn to do this sort of work undr him. This is somthing that th judg must do thy must listn to all sids of a disput, as wll as to rlvant witnsss. This is whr wisdom coms in. In any court cas, Charly Brown is going to mak his sid sound bttr and mor rasonabl; and his opponnt in court, Lucy Van Plt, will mak hr sid sm mor rasonabl. It is up to th judg to listn carfully to what is bing said, to distinguish btwn th shadings of th truth, to b abl to pick out things which ar clarly untruthful, and to mak a judgmnt basd upon this tstimony. Thr is a similar passag in Lviticus. "Thr will b on standard for you; it will b for th migrant as wll as th nativ, for I am Y howah your God." (Lv. 24:22). On of th most rvolutionary aspcts of Jwish Law was th mphasis upon fairnss to b dlivrd to th tmporary rsidnt th man from anothr country who was travling through Isral or who had dcidd to stay for awhil. In most countris, th immigrant and th alin will b th first popl to b xploitd. Thir tratmnt by mployrs, policmn, th court systm will oftn b unduly harsh. Isral was a light to th world thy rprsntd Y howah, th on tru God, to th world. God is a God of rightousnss and justic and prfction and Y howah was th God of all mankind. Thrfor, his srvants could not show partiality. W do not find this in, for instanc, Hammurabi s cod (I think librals lov this cod bcaus it stablishd wag controls). Judgmnt ndd to b honst and fair. Propr judgmnts ndd to b rndrd whthr this involvd follow Isralits or a Jw and a forignr. Although I am not an xprt in ancint law cods, my guss is, thr wr fw if any law cods which undrstood forignrs to hav rights. As mntiond abov, this is not found in th highly vaultd Hammurabi cod. In this passag, Moss placs forignrs on a lvl playing fild with Isralits.

137 Dutronomy Chaptr A lot is mad out of minor vrss hr or thr in th Mosaic Law. Somon sizs upon a prohibition of shllfish or sparation from womn having thir priod, or a warning about mixing cotton with wool, and this is thir vidnc that th Bibl is filld with silly things. With what w know today, many of ths silly laws actually had a purpos, and oftn this purpos was to prsrv th Jwish rac during a tim of no rfrigration. Thr wr also Farmr s Almanac typ advic givn by Moss to ths popl who hav nvr livd on a farm or in a hous bfor. And mor intrsting, many of ths laws ar sizd upon in th Nw Tstamnt and givn a spiritual application. Evn though th laws, rgulations or advic offrd wr xactly what thy smd to b, it was not unusual for Paul to tak on of ths things and giv it a spiritual spin. On xampl is th prohibition against lavn whn Isral was laving Egypt this was bcaus Isral had to mov fast; thy did not hav tim to wait for th brad to ris. Howvr, w hav th Nw Tstamnt spin on this, a littl lavn lavns th whol lump, maning a littl vil can corrupt all thos in contact with it. Anothr xampl is, Moss tlls th popl not to link up two diffrnt farm animals togthr to pull a plow; Paul latr warns th church at Corinth not to b unqually yokd (not to marry an unblivr). In othr words, vn though thos wr simpl words of advic and not som law, th braking of which mant dath, God th Holy Spirit knw that Paul would siz upon that passag and apply it in a spcific way 1500 yars latr. What is ignord by ths sam critics is th xcllnc of ths laws; and thir fairnss. Som claim that thy ar a rhash of th Hammurabi Laws thy ar not. This vrs is an xampl of on of th many ways th Mosaic Law was had and shouldrs abov Hammurabi. I also ordaind judgs at that tim, tlling thm, Listn to th various disputs and court cass which ar btwn your brothrs and judg rightously and fairly btwn all mn, whthr fllow Isralits or immigrants. This particular passag is not som kind of an outlir; somthing which slippd out, but was not gnrally what God xpctd of Isral. This is found throughout th Mosaic Law. Isral, th Law, and Immigrants Passag Ex. 22:21 Ex. 23:9 Lv. 24:22 Dut. 1:16 Dut. 10:17 19 Txt/Commntary You shall not wrong a sojournr or opprss him, for you wr sojournrs in th land of Egypt. It is th natural inclination of a popl to tak advantag of thos who hav just movd into thir country. Th Bibl told Isral, Don t do this. You shall not opprss a sojournr. You know th hart of a sojournr, for you wr sojournrs in th land of Egypt. In cas thy nd som justification for this approach, God givs this to thm hr. You shall hav th sam rul for th sojournr and for th nativ, for I am th LORD your God. I also ordaind judgs at that tim, tlling thm, Listn to th various disputs and court cass which ar btwn your brothrs and judg rightously and fairly btwn all mn, whthr fllow Isralits or immigrants. (Kukis paraphrasd) For th LORD your God is God of gods and Lord of lords, th grat, th mighty, and th awsom God, who is not partial and taks no brib. H xcuts justic for th fathrlss and th widow, and lovs th sojournr, giving him food and clothing. Lov th sojournr, thrfor, for you wr sojournrs in th land of Egypt. Th ky is this popl movd to Isral in ordr to know thir God. This was thir xprssion of positiv volition. Thrfor, th popl and courts of Isral wr not squlch that dsir to know thir God.

138 211 Th Book of Dutronomy Isral, th Law, and Immigrants Passag Dut. 24:14 15 Txt/Commntary You shall not opprss a hird srvant who is poor and ndy, whthr h is on of your brothrs or on of th sojournrs who ar in your land within your towns. You shall giv him his wags on th sam day, bfor th sun sts (for h is poor and counts on it), lst h cry against you to th LORD, and you b guilty of sin. I do not find anything lik this in Hammurabi s Law Cod. All translations from th ESV, with quotations lft out and rfrncs to God capitalizd. Application: You should trat thos whom you hav hird from out of th country honstly and fairly. Although it is much mor difficult to gt outsid labor into th Unitd Stats, this onc was quit common. Passags suggstd by Trasury of Scriptural Knowldg; by Cann, Brown, Blayny, Scott, and othrs about 1880, with introduction by R. A. Torry; courtsy of E-sword, Dut. 1:16. Chaptr Outlin Charts, Maps and Short Doctrins Whn it coms to th claim that Moss usd th Law Cod of Hammurabi for th Mosaic Law, thr ar two problms: (1) Ths two cods ar dramatically diffrnt. On author usd th most convolutd approach to show how thy ar similar, taking on law and saying, You can s whr Moss gts an y for an y. (2) Th Mosaic Law is actually a misnomr. God gav this Law dirctly to nation Isral through Moss, at that point in tim in human history. S Th Law Cod of Hammurabi (HTML) (PDF) (WPD). You [all] will not b partial [to] prsons in th You will not b partial [toward] popl whn judgmnt; as th small as th grat, you [you] judg. As to th small [and] th grat, [all] will har. You will not far from facs of you will har [thm all]. You will not far th Dutronomy man for judgmnt [is] to Elohim Himslf. fac of man bcaus [all] judgmnt blongs to 1:17 And th word which is hard from you [all], Elohim Himslf. Also whn a cas is [too] you [all] bring [it] nar unto m and I will difficult for you, [just] bring [that cas] to m har him. and I will har it. You will not show partiality toward various popl whn you judg. You will har thm all, small or grat. You will not far any man bcaus God ultimatly is our judg. If thr is any cas that is too difficult for you, thn bring that cas to m and I will har it and rndr a vrdict. Hr is how othrs hav translatd this vrs: Ancint txts: Targum of Onklos Latin Vulgat Masortic Txt (Hbrw) You shall not hav rspct to prsons in a judgmnt; you shall har littl words as wll as grat ons, nor b afraid bfor th rich man and th rulr; for a judgmnt is from bfor th Lord, and H sth vry scrt. But th thing that is too hard for you bring to m, and I will har it. Thr shall b no diffrnc of prsons, you shall har th littl as wll as th grat: nithr shall you rspct any man's prson, bcaus it is th judgmnt of God. And if any thing sm hard to you, rfr it to m, and I will har it. You [all] will not b partial [to] prsons in th judgmnt; as th small as th grat, you [all] will har. You will not far from facs of man for judgmnt [is] to Elohim

139 Dutronomy Chaptr Pshitta (Syriac) Sptuagint (Grk) Significant diffrncs: Himslf. And th word which is hard from you [all], you [all] bring [it] nar unto m and I will har him. You shall not b partial to prsons in judgmnt; but you shall har th small as wll as th grat; you shall not b afraid of th fac of man, for th judgmnt is Gods; and th caus that is too hard for you, bring it to m, and I will har it. You shall not hav rspct to prsons in judgmnt, you shall judg small and grat qually; you shall not shrink from bfor th prson of a man, for th judgmnt is God's; and whatsovr mattr shall b too hard for you, you shall bring it to m, and I will har it. Th targum mistaknly says that th judgs ar to har th grat and small words. As usual, th targum has additional txt. Thought-for-thought translations; paraphrass: Common English Bibl Contmporary English V. Easy English Easy-to-Rad Vrsion Good Nws Bibl (TEV) Th Mssag Nw Brkly Vrsion Nw Cntury Vrsion Nw Living Translation Th Voic Don't show favoritism in a dcision. Har both sids out, whthr th prson is important or not. Don't b afraid of anyon bcaus th ruling blongs to God. Any disput that is too difficult for you to dcid, bring to m and I will tak car of it. And it dosn't mattr if on is hlplss and th othr is powrful. Don't b afraid of anyon! No mattr who shows up in your court, God will hlp you mak a fair dcision. If any cas is too hard for you, bring th popl to m, and I will mak th dcision. Do not mak a diffrnc btwn important popl and poor popl. Listn to both of thm in a carful way. Do not b afraid of anyon. God always dcids what is right. If you cannot answr a qustion, bring it to m. I will listn to you. Thn I will dcid what is right." Whn you judg, you must not think that on prson is mor important than anothr prson. You must judg vry prson th sam. Don t b afraid of anyon, bcaus your dcision is from God. But if thr is a cas too hard for you to judg, thn bring it to m and I will judg it. Show no partiality in your dcisions; judg vryon on th sam basis, no mattr who thy ar. Do not b afraid of anyon, for th dcisions you mak com from God. If any cas is too difficult for you, bring it to m, and I will dcid it.' Don't play favorits; trat th littl and th big alik; listn carfully to ach. Don't b imprssd by big nams. This is God's judgmnt you'r daling with. Hard cass you can bring to m; I'll dal with thm." You must show no partiality in your dcisions. You must listn to low and high alik without bing afraid in th prsnc of any man; for judgmnt blongs to God. Th cas that provs too difficult for you, you must bring to m and I will har it. Whn you judg, b fair to vryon; don't act as if on prson is mor important than anothr, and don't b afraid of anyon, bcaus your dcision coms from God. Bring th hard cass to m, and I will judg thm."...and impartial in your judgmnts. Har th cass of thos who ar poor as wll as thos who ar rich. Don't b afraid of anyon's angr, for th dcision you mak is God's dcision. Bring m any cass that ar too difficult for you, and I will handl thm.' Don't show any favoritism whn you judg; whthr a prson is important or unimportant, har him out. Don't b intimidatd by anybody bcaus it's rally God who is th judg; you ar just His agnts. If any cas is too difficult for you, bring it to m, and I'll handl it." Partially litral and partially paraphrasd translations:

140 213 Th Book of Dutronomy Amrican English Bibl...and thy wr not to favor on ovr th othr whn it coms to thir judgmnts. Rathr, thy wr to judg both th rich and th poor in th sam way. Nor wr thy to far anyon, bcaus th judgmnt is God's. Bck s Amrican Translation Whn you judg, don t show any favor to anyon, but listn to low and high alik, bing afraid of nobody, sing it is God who is judging th popl. Any cas that is too hard for you bring to m, and I will har it. Christian Community Bibl Do not b influncd by anyon whn you judg, but listn to th poor and th rich alik, to th powrful as wll as th wak, and do not b afraid of anyon bcaus you act in plac of God. God s Word B impartial in your dcisions. Listn to th last important popl th sam way you listn to th most important popl. Nvr b afraid of anyon, sinc your dcisions com from God. You may bring m any cas that's too hard for you, and I will har it." Nw Advnt (Knox) Bibl Listn impartially to grat and small, without undu rgard for any man; it is God's justic you ar administring. If any quarrl sms hard to dcid, rfr it to m, and I will tak cognisanc of it myslf. S Ex. 18. Nw Amrican Bibl In rndring judgmnt, do not considr who a prson is; giv ar to th lowly and to th grat alik, faring no man, for judgmnt is God's. Rfr to m any cas that is too hard for you and I will har it.' Nw Amrican Bibl (R.E.) In rndring judgmnt, do not considr who a prson is; giv ar to th lowly and to th grat alik, faring no on, for th judgmnt is God's. Any cas that is too difficult for you bring to m and I will har it." NIRV Whn you judg thm, trat vryon th sam. Listn to thos who ar important and thos who ar not. Don't b afraid of any man. God is th highst judg. Bring m any cas that is too hard for you. I'll listn to it." Nw Jrusalm Bibl You must b impartial in judgmnt and giv an qual haring to small and grat alik. Do not b afraid of any human prson, for th vrdict is God's. Should a cas b too difficult, bring it for m to har. Mostly litral rndrings (with som occasional paraphrasing): Ancint Roots Translinar Bibl in Basic English Th Expandd Bibl Frar-Fnton Bibl NET Bibl Rcogniz no fac in a vrdict: har th small and th grat. Nvr stay in front of a man for th vrdict, it's God's. In th hard word for you, offr it to m, and I will har it." In judging, do not lt a man's position hav any wight with you; giv haring qually to small and grat; hav no far of any man, for it is God who is judg: and any caus in which you ar not abl to giv a dcision, you ar to put bfor m and I will giv it a haring. Whn you judg, b fair to vryon [do not show favoritism]; don't act as if on prson is mor important than anothr, and don't b afraid of [intimidatd by] anyon, bcaus your dcision coms from God. Bring th hard cass to m, and I will judg thm.". Do not rgard social station in dciding, whthr low or high. Listn not in far of th station of a man ; for justic blongs to God Himslf. But any mattr that is too difficult for you, bring to m, and I will har it." Thy [Hb "you," and throughout th vrs (cf. NASB, NRSV).] must not discriminat in judgmnt, but har th lowly [Hb "th small," but rfrring to social status, not physical statur.] and th grat alik. Nor should thy b intimidatd by human bings, for judgmnt blongs to God. If th mattr bing adjudicatd is too difficult for thm, thy should bring it bfor m for a haring. Jwish/Hbrw Nams Bibls:

141 Dutronomy Chaptr Complt Jwish Bibl xgss companion Bibl Kaplan Translation Orthodox Jwish Bibl Th Scripturs 1998 You ar not to show favoritism whn judging, but giv qual attntion to th small and to th grat. No mattr how a prson prsnts himslf, don't b afraid of him; bcaus th dcision is God's. Th cas that is too hard for you, bring to m and I will har it.'...rcogniz not facs in judgmnt; and har th small as wll as th grat: far not th fac of man; for th judgmnt is of Elohim: and for th word that is too hard for you, approach m and I har it. Do not giv anyon spcial considration whn rndring judgmnt. Listn to th grat and small alik, and do not b imprssd by any man [(Sptuagint), or, 'far' (Rashi; Targum; Ibn Ezra from Gnsis 15:13), or, 'b concrnd' (Saadia). This is a commandmnt that a judg not b imprssd by th litigants (Sfr HaMitzvoth, Ngativ 277).], sinc judgmnt blongs to God. If any cas is too difficult, bring it to m, and I will har it.' Y shall not rspct prsons in mishpat but y shall har th katon as wll as th gadol; y shall not b afraid of th fac of man; for th mishpat is Elohim's: and th cas that is too hard for you, bring it unto m, and I will har it. Do not show partiality in right-ruling, har th small as wll as th grat. Do not b afraid of anyon s fac, for th right-ruling blongs to Elohim. And th cas which is too hard for you, bring it to m, and I shall har it. Litral, almost word-for-word, rndrings: Concordant Litral Vrsion Contxt Group Vrsion English Standard Vrsion Th Gnva Bibl Grn s Litral Translation Nw RSV Wbstr s Bibl Translation World English Bibl You shall not rcogniz facs with partiality in judgmnt. You shall har th small as th grat. You shall not shrink away from any man's fac, bcaus th judgmnt, it is Elohim's. And th mattr which is too hard for you, you shall bring nar to m that I may har it. You { pl } shall not acknowldg facs in judgmnt; you { pl } shall har th small and th grat alik; you { pl } shall not b afraid of th fac of man; for th judgmnt is God's: and th caus that is too hard for you { pl }, you { pl } shall bring to m, and I will har it. You shall not b partial in judgmnt. You shall har th small and th grat alik. You shall not b intimidatd by anyon, for th judgmnt is God's. And th cas that is too hard for you, you shall bring to m, and I will har it.' Y shall not rspct prsons in judgmnt; [but] y shall har th small as wll as th grat; y shall not b afraid of th fac of man; for th judgmnt [is] Gods [You ar his Liutnants. ]: and th caus that is too hard for you, bring [it] unto m, and I will har it. You shall not rcogniz prsons in judgmnt; you shall har th small as wll as th grat; you shall not b afraid bcaus of th fac of a man, for th judgmnt is God's; and th thing too hard for you, you shall bring nar to m, and I shall har it. I chargd your judgs at that tim: `Giv th mmbrs of your community a fair haring, and judg rightly btwn on prson and anothr, whthr citizn or rsidnt alin. Y shall not rspct prsons in judgmnt; [but] y shall har th small as wll as th grat; y shall not b afraid of th fac of man; for th judgmnt [is] God's: and th caus that is too hard for you, bring to m, and I will har it. You shall not show partiality in judgmnt; you shall har th small and th grat alik; you shall not b afraid of th fac of man; for th judgmnt is God's: and th caus that is too hard for you, you shall bring to m, and I will har it.

142 215 Th Book of Dutronomy Young s Updatd LT Th gist of this vrs: You [all] do not discrn facs in judgmnt; as th littl so th grat you do har; you ar not afraid of th fac of any, for th judgmnt is God s, and th thing which is too hard for you, you bring nar unto m, and I hav hard it. Moss warns th judgs to b impartial, no mattr if th litigants ar poor vrsus rich, or nativ citizn vrsus immigrant. Dutronomy 1:17a Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs lô (ìéà or ìåéà) [pronouncd low] not, no ngats th word or action that follows; th absolut ngation Strong s #3808 BDB #518 nâkar (ðèëçø) [pronouncd naw-kahr] proprly: to b forign, to b strang; to contmplat, to bhold; to hav rspct, to b partial; to rcogniz, to acknowldg; to b acquaintd with; to know, to know how, to know th diffrnc btwn; to car for nd 2 prson masculin plural, Hiphil imprfct Strong s #5234 BDB #649 pânîym (ôìèðäéí) [pronouncd paw- NEEM] fac, facs, countnanc; prsnc; prson; surfac masculin plural construct (plural acts lik English singular) Strong s #6440 BDB #815 h b (áìà) [pronouncd b ] in, into, through; at, by, nar, on, upon; with, bfor, against; by mans of; among; within a prposition of proximity Strong s# non BDB #88 mîsh pâþ (îäùàôìèè) [pronouncd mish - PAWT] judgmnt, justic, a vrdict rndrd by a judg, a judicial dcision, a judicial sntnc, a vrdict, a judgmnt of th court masculin singular noun with th dfinit articl Strong's #4941 BDB #1048 Translation: You will not b partial [toward] popl whn [you] judg. Judgs wr not to show partiality towards thos thy judgd. Thy wr not to choos thir frinds ovr thir nmis; popl thy knw ovr popl thy do not know; rich ovr th poor (or vic vrsa). In both placs whr th word judgmnt appars, it is prcdd by th dfinit articl. This is not a rfrnc to a spcific judgmnt which is pnding; Moss dos not hav a spcific judgmnt in mind that h is rfrring to. Hr th dfinit articl is on of spcis, maning that this rfrs to any particular judgmnt that thy ar facd with. Ptr Ptt: In thos days thr was no sparation btwn th ruling authoritis and th systm of justic. Th rulrs wr th judgs. Th military ladrs in th Book of Judgs wr mainly calld 69 judgs bcaus having gaind thir victoris thy thn bgan to rul thir sction of Isral. 69 From accssd Novmbr 5, 2013.

143 Dutronomy Chaptr Dutronomy 1:17b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs kaph or k (ëìà) [pronouncd k ] lik, as, just as; according to, aftr; about, approximatly; combind with an infinitiv, it can also tak on th maning as, oftn, whn, as soon as prposition of comparison, rsmblanc or approximation BDB #453 qâþân ( ÈèÈï) [pronouncd kaw-tawn] small, young, unimportant, insignificant fminin singular adjctiv; with th dfinit articl Strong s #6996 BDB #881 kaph or k (ëìà) [pronouncd k ] lik, as, just as; according to, aftr; about, approximatly; combind with an infinitiv, it can also tak on th maning as, oftn, whn, as soon as prposition of comparison, rsmblanc or approximation BDB #453 gâdôwl (âìèãåéì) [pronouncd gaw-dohl] larg, grat or mighty [in powr, nobility, walth; in numbr, or magnitud and xtnt], loud, oldr, important, distinguishd; vast, unyilding, immutabl, significant, astonishing masculin singular adjctiv with a dfinit articl Strong s #1419 BDB #152 Whn usd as a substantiv, as hr, gâdôwl mans a grat [mighty, nobl] man. shâma (ùèîçò) [pronouncd shaw- MAHÌ] to listn [intntly], to har, to listn and oby, [or, and act upon, giv hd to, tak not of], to harkn to, to b attntiv to, to listn and b cognizant of nd 2 prson masculin plural, Qal imprfct; pausal form Strong's #8085 BDB #1033 Translation: As to th small [and] th grat, you will har [thm all]. Th illustration that Moss uss hr is th small and th grat. You do not choos on ovr th othr. You har all cass and judg thm basd upon th mrits of th cas, and upon nothing ls. This is particularly important bcaus oftn judgs and juris walk into th courtroom automatically favoring th littl guy or th rich, influntial guy. Gill: You will not...pass judgmnt, and giv sntnc according to th outward apparancs, circumstancs, and rlations of mn; as whthr thy b frinds or fos, rich or poor, old or young, mn or womn, larnd or unlarnd; truth and justic should always tak plac, without any rgard to what prsons ar; but you shall har th small as wll as th grat; prsons in low, lif, and in man circumstancs, as wll as grat and nobl prsonags; or littl causs and of no grat momnt, as 70 wll as thos of th utmost importanc; all must b attndd to. From Cok s Commntary: It was ordrd by Solon, that all th Athnian judgs should tak this oath, "I will har th plaintiff and dfndant both alik." Th Jws undrstand th words in th 16th vrs 70 Dr. John Gill, John Gill s Exposition of th Entir Bibl; from -Sword, Dut. 1:17 (slightly ditd).

144 217 Th Book of Dutronomy as njoining, that a judg was not to har any man whn th advrsary was absnt; but both partis 71 wr to b thr prsnt. Dutronomy 1:17c Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs lô (ìéà or ìåéà) [pronouncd low] not, no ngats th word or action that follows; th absolut ngation Strong s #3808 BDB #518 gûwr (âìåìø) [pronouncd goor] (1) to tmporarily rsid, to sojourn, to stay tmporarily; (2) to stir up, to striv with, to quarrl with; and, (3) to drad, to b afraid of, to stand in aw of nd 2 prson masculin plural, Qal imprfct (this vrb is a homonym; all basic manings ar givn) Strong s #1481 BDB #158 min (îäï) [pronouncd mihn] from, away from, out from, out of from, off, on account of, sinc, abov, than, so that not, byond, mor than prposition of sparation Strong's #4480 BDB #577 pânîym (ôìèðäéí) [pronouncd paw- NEEM] fac, facs, countnanc; prsnc masculin plural construct (plural acts lik English singular) Strong s #6440 BDB #815 Togthr, min pânîym man from bfor th fac of; out from bfor th fac, from th prsnc of. Howvr, togthr, thy can also b a rfrnc to th caus, whthr nar or rmot, and can thrfor b rndrd bcaus of, bcaus that; by. îysh (àäéù) [pronouncd sh] a man, a husband; anyon; a crtain on; ach, ach on, vryon masculin singular noun (somtims found whr w would us a plural) Strong's #376 BDB #35 kîy (ëìäé) [pronouncd k] for, that, bcaus; whn, at that tim, which, what tim xplanatory or tmporal conjunction; prposition Strong's #3588 BDB #471 BDB givs this list of dfinitions: 1) that, for, bcaus, whn, as though, as, bcaus that, but, thn, crtainly, xcpt, surly, sinc; 1a) that; 1a1) ya, indd; 1b) whn (of tim); 1b1) whn, if, though (with a concssiv forc); 1c) bcaus, sinc (causal connction); 1d) but (aftr ngativ); 1) that if, for if, indd if, for though, but if; 1f) but rathr, but; 1g) xcpt that; 1h) only, nvrthlss; 1i) surly; 1j) that is; 1k) but if; 1l) for though; 1m) forasmuch as, for thrfor. mîsh pâþ (îäùàôìèè) [pronouncd mish - PAWT] judgmnt, justic, a vrdict rndrd by a judg, a judicial dcision, a judicial sntnc, a vrdict, a judgmnt of th court masculin singular noun with th dfinit articl Strong's #4941 BDB #1048 lâmd (ìà) [pronouncd l ] to, for, towards, in rgards to dirctional/rlational prposition BDB # From accssd Novmbr 4, 2013.

145 Dutronomy Chaptr Dutronomy 1:17c Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs Ìlôhîym (àìéääéí) [pronouncd l-o-heem] God; gods, forign gods, god; rulrs, judgs; suprhuman ons, angls; translitratd Elohim masculin plural noun Strong's #430 BDB #43 hûw (äåìà) [pronouncd hoo] h, it; himslf as a dmonstrativ pronoun: that, this (on); sam rd 3 prson masculin singular, prsonal pronoun; somtims th vrb to b, is implid Strong s #1931 BDB #214 Translation: You will not far th fac of man bcaus [all] judgmnt blongs to Elohim Himslf. Somtims whn a prson is bing judgd or has committd a crim, thy will thratn th judg. Or, just sing thm bfor you, thy look thratning. Howvr, Moss is saying that thy ar not to b afraid of any man, bcaus all judgmnt is ultimatly God s. No mattr what thy do, thy ar liabl to b judgd by God. Dutronomy 1:17d Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs w (or v ) (åà or åì) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though; as wll as simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 dâbâr (ãìèáèø) [pronouncd b daw -VAWR] word, saying, doctrin, thing, mattr, command; businss, occupation; cas; somthing; mannr masculin singular noun with th dfinit articl Strong's #1697 BDB #182 ãshr (àâéùæø) [pronouncd ash-er] that, which, whn, who, whom rlativ pronoun Strong's #834 BDB #81 qâshâh ( ÈùÈä) [pronouncd kaw- SHAWH] to hardn, to b svr, to stiffn, to b firc; to bcom inflxibl, unyilding and slfwilld; to bcom obstinat, stubborn, pig-hadd and unaltrabl; to b hard [difficult, svr] rd 3 prson masculin singular, Qal imprfct Strong s #7185 BDB #904 min (îäï) [pronouncd mihn] from, away from, out from, out of from, off, on account of, sinc, abov, than, so that not, byond, mor than prposition of sparation nd with th 2 prson masculin plural suffix Strong's #4480 BDB #577 qârab ( ÈøÇá) [pronouncd B kaw-ra V] to caus to approach, to bring [draw] nar, to bring, to offr; to bring togthr; to caus to withdraw, to rmov nd 2 prson masculin plural, Hiphil imprfct Strong #7126 BDB #897

146 219 Th Book of Dutronomy Dutronomy 1:17d Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs l (àæì) [pronouncd hl] unto; into, among, in; toward, to; against; concrning, rgarding; bsids, togthr with; as to dirctional prposition (rspct or dfrnc may b implid) with th st 1 prson singular suffix Strong's #413 BDB #39 w (or v ) (åà or åì) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though; as wll as simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 shâma (ùèîçò) [pronouncd shaw- MAHÌ] to listn [intntly], to har, to listn and oby, [or, and act upon, giv hd to, tak not of], to harkn to, to b attntiv to, to listn and b cognizant of st 1 prson singular, Qal imprfct with th 3 rd prson masculin singular suffix Strong's #8085 BDB #1033 Translation: Also whn a cas is [too] difficult for you, [just] bring [that cas] to m and I will har it. Moss also sts up a systm of highr courts. If thy com to a cas that thy cannot mak a sound judgmnt on, in thir own stimation, thn thy ar to bring this cas to Moss. V. 17 rads: You will not show partiality toward various popl whn you judg. You will har thm all, small or grat. You will not far any man bcaus God ultimatly is our judg. If thr is any cas that is too difficult for you, thn bring that cas to m and I will har it and rndr a vrdict. W hav a similar passag in Lviticus: "You will do no injustic in judgmnt; you will not b partial to th poor nor dfr to th grat, but you ar to judg your nighbor fairly." (Lv. 19:15). Popl ar prjudic in court cass and disputs for all kinds of rasons. In Houston, thr is no zoning, so most nighborhoods ar rgulatd by a nighborhood association. It is not unusual for such an association to com down hard for minor infractions on somon who thy do not know or do not lik, yt to look th othr way for similar offnss committd by a frind on th board or a mmbr of th board itslf. Similarly, nighbors will rport offnss of popl that thy do not know, but rarly rport offnss of somon that thy know and lik. In court cass, som popl will favor a particular rac ovr anothr rac, som will tak th sid of th poor ovr th rich or vic vrsa thr ar so many ways that justic can b prvrtd. Our systm of justic, basd vry dfinitly upon th Mosaic Law, is filld with discrpancis and unfair tratmnt. Moss urgd his popl against such favoritism h urgd thm to listn to a cas basd upon th mrit alon to ignor th facs of thos thy ar trying, whthr frinds, or rlativs, or strangrs, and to xamin th facts and rndr a just dcision basd upon what is right. And in any cas whr a judg flt unabl to rndr a propr vrdict, thn thr was th appllant court, th highst court of th land, th judgmnt of Moss. This vn allowd for a situation whr a judg was prjudic and did not want to rul, afraid to rul in favor of his family or frinds. Such a cas could b takn to Moss. This is also a rhash of what has com bfor: And thy judgd th popl at all tims. Any hard cas thy brought to Moss, but any small mattr thy dcidd thmslvs (Ex. 18:26, ESV). Moss is still looking back to what has alrady bn stablishd and rcalling this information. Such a standard of justic is dmandd bcaus th Jws ar to rflct th charactr of thir God, Y howah Jsus Christ, th crator of th havns and th arth. "For Y howah your God is th God of gods and th Lord of lords, th grat, th mighty and th awsom God Who dos not show partiality nor dos H tak a brib. H xcuts justic for th orphan and th widow, and shows His lov for th alin by giving him food and clothing. So show your lov for th alin, for you wr alins in th land of Egypt. You will far [and rspct] Y howah your God; you will srv Him and cling to Him and you will swar by His nam." (Dut. 10:17 20). This was not a minor point of th Law this was rpatd svral tims: "You will appoint for yourslvs judgs and officrs in all your towns which Y howah your God is giving you, according to your tribs and thy will judg th

147 Dutronomy Chaptr popl with rightous judgmnt. You will not distort justic; you will not b partial and you will not tak a brib, for a brib blinds th ys of th wis and prvrts th words of th rightous. Justic and [only] justic you will pursu, and you may liv and possss th land which Y howah your God is giving you." (Dut. 16:18 20; s also Dut. 24:17). So you ar not a judg or an arbitrator; you ar just Charli Brown, off th strt, whos opinion mans littl vn in your own houshold. Nvrthlss, my brothrs, do not hold your faith in our glorious Lord Jsus Christ with prsonal favoritism. For if a man coms into you assmbly with a gold ring and drssd in fin cloths, and thr also coms in a poor man in dirty cloths, and you pay spcial attntion to th on who is waring th fin cloths, hav you not mad distinctions among yourslvs and bcom judgs with vil motivs? (Jams 2:1 3a, 4). You do this all th tim. You hav this distortd viw of thos who ar clbritis in this lif, whthr movi or TV prsonalitis or sports figurs, and you think thr is somthing spcial about thm bcaus (1) thy ntrtain you and (2) bcaus thy hav mor mony than you can conciv of. Ths ar just popl; thy hav old sin naturs; thy ar unfaithful to thir mats and thy sin; and many of thm will spnd trnity in hll. Th prson waring trashy cloths or th homlss prson th ons you hav spokn disparagingly about thy might b your nxt door nighbors for all of trnity. Ths arthly clbritis, as far as your mmory gos, will b long gon. Thir importanc will fad just lik th montary walth that you accumulatd in this liftim will fad. You ar a witnss to vryon around you, no mattr how infrior or suprior you considr thm to b. Your giving inordinant dffrnc slights both th rich and th poor alik; th rich fl as though thy dsrv your adoration bcaus of somthing thy hav don, and th poor fl as though you hav slightd thm. In ithr cas, you hav bn a poor witnss for Jsus Christ. W hav a long history of what rsults whn w judg a prson incorrctly. Th Jws chos Saul as thir king, bcaus h was tall, handsom, smingly intllignt with what appard to b som spiritual lif. King Saul, Isral's first king, was on of thir worst kings. Wh his succssor, David, was to b chosn, God told th propht Samul: "Do not look at his apparanc or at th hight of his statur, bcaus I hav rjctd him; for god [ss] not as man ss, for man looks at th apparanc, but Y howah looks at th hart." (1Sam. 16:7b). Th Jws ar God s popl (as ar Christians); thrfor, thy nd to rflct His prfct justic. This is why justic and a lack of partiality ar found throughout Scriptur, from th Old Tstamnt to th Nw. Dut. 10:17 16:19 Lv. 19:15 1Sam. 16:7 2Sam. 14:14 Prov. 24:23 Matt. 22:16 Luk 20:21 Acts 10:34 35 Rom. 2:11 Eph. 6:9 Col. 3:25 Jams 2:1, 3, 9 1Ptr 1:17. Do you s how all good law is rflctd hrin? Ths things which Moss is saying right hr mak for a sound and fair judicial systm. This is xactly what w would xpct. Th Pulpit Commntary coms to svral conclusions basd upon ths svral vrss. Th Pulpit Commntary on Th Blssing of Good Govrnmnt I. A WISE MAN DISAVOWS ABSOLUTE MONARCHY. Lgislation, th most difficult dpartmnt of govrnmnt, had bn furnishd for Isral by th Suprm Mind of th univrs; yt Moss found th task of administration too much for a singl arm. Th aim of vry rulr ought to b, not prsonal powr, but univrsal srvic th gratst good of th gratst numbr. No wis man will xpos himslf to th trmndous tmptation of prsonal aggrandizmnt. Bsid, it is a boon to othrs to xrcis th facultis of discrimination and judgmnt. II. POPULAR CHOICE OF RULERS TO BE DETERMINED BY A SINGLE LAW, VIZ. PERSONAL MERIT. To lift th voic for an unqualifid rulr is a crim against th Stat an injury, and not a bnfit, to th prson lct. To allow prsonal qualification to dominat th choic, is to mak God th umpir. This is, in civic affairs, "to do his will on arth as it is don in havn. III. THERE IS ROOM, BOTH IN THE CHURCH AND IN THE STATE, FOR VARIOUS OFFICES. If a man cannot rul fiv thousand, h may b abl to rul fifty. Srvic in a subordinat station may qualify for highr dignity. Gradation of rank bst consrvs th intrsts of th nation. "Ordr is Havn"s first law. IV. ALL HUMAN AUTHORITY IS IN THE STEAD OF GOD. "Th judgmnt is God"s." Magistrats act in

148 221 Th Book of Dutronomy Th Pulpit Commntary on Th Blssing of Good Govrnmnt God"s stad. Parnts likwis. Evry man is bound to act as God would act. H rprsnts God always and vrywhr. All talnt is a trust. W ar th stwards of God"s stat. V. HUMANITY IS FAR SUPERIOR TO NATIONALITY, CLASS, OR SECT. Evry man, howvr poor or ignorant, is to b accountd a brothr. In th commonwalth of Isral thr ar no strangrs. Nationality is but a pastboard sparation. "God hath mad of on blood all nations." Th grat dividr is sin. A havn-kindld y pntrats through vry crust of barbarism and vic, and ss a man bnath. Hr is a kingly natur, though now nslavd. VI. GROWTH OF NUMBERS IS A TOKEN OF DIVINE APPROBATION. In th ratio of matrial abundanc and contntmnt, is incras of population. It was on of th prsags of Mssiah"s kingdom, "thy of th city shall flourish lik grass of th arth." In hathn lands population is spars. War and pstilnc dcimat th ranks. In proportion as sound Christianity prvails, th subjcts of th stat augmnt. Evry additional man ought to b an incrmnt of strngth and usfullnss. VII. PRAYER HAS A RECOGNIZED PLACE IN GOD"S GOVERNMENT. Promis always waits on prayr, as harvst waits on th husbandman"s toil. Howvr abundant ar th promiss, yt for th fulfillmnt God will b inquird of to do it for us. Whn prayr has its root in God"s spcific promis, it must bar fruit in proportion as faith nlargs hr boughs. This is wis building, for w found our xpctations upon trnal rock. VIII. GOOD MEN GREATLY DESIRE THEIR COUNTRY"S GOOD. Patriotism is a goodly virtu, though not th noblst. To fnc ourslvs round with slfish intrsts is dspicabl. W nvy not that man"s narrow soul who has no sympathy nor nrgy for his nation"s wal. Th bst Christian will tak som intrst in vrything in municipal mattrs, intrnational tratis, litratur, scinc, commrc, art. In th broadst sns, h is a citizn of th world. H livs to blss othrs. This is Christ lik. This passag tlls us that division of labor is as important in Church work as in th arts. I. THE NEGLECT OF DIVISION OF LABOR LEADS TO SERIOUS EVILS. 1. Th work is not ovrtakn. "Not abl" (vr. 9). 2. Thos who hav to do it ar gratly ovrtaxd. "Cumbranc," "burdn" (vr. 12). 3. Enrgy is wastd on subordinat tasks which might b applid to bttr purpos. II. THE ADOPTION OF DIVISION OF LABOR SECURES OBVIOUS ADVANTAGES. 1. Rlivs th rsponsibl hads. 2. Expdits businss and promots ordr. 3. Scurs that th work is bttr don. 4. Utilizs varitis of talnt. But partis must b as willing to co-oprat as thy wr hr. III. RIGHTLY TO SECURE THE ADVANTAGES OF DIVISION OF LABOR THERE MUST BE EFFICIENT ORGANIZATION. Whn Moss took in hand th appointmnt of assistants, h did it thoroughly (vr. 15). Th work which ach is to do must not b lft to haphazard, or to "undrstandings," or to th tasts and inclinations of individuals, but should b dfinitly markd out. Thr must b organization and distribution of tasks on a gnral plan, which, whil it affords room for all grads of talnt, allots work with a viw to th aptituds which ach is known to possss. It is charactristic of Moss" schm: 1. That it took advantag of xisting institutions. 2. That it rstd on a broad, popular basis; lctiv (vr. 13). From Th Pulpit Commntary; ; by Josph S. Exll, Hnry Donald Mauric Spnc-Jons, courtsy of -sword, Dut. 1:9 18 (ditd). Chaptr Outlin Charts, Maps and Short Doctrins Application: On mor thing: you will not how th word justic is thrown into a numbr of diffrnt placs whr it dos not blong: racial justic, conomic justic, halthcar justic. Ths ar distortions of th word justic; but it is distortd in this way bcaus this is a powrful word. Tru justic is fundamntal to any socity that hops to prptuat itslf.

149 Dutronomy Chaptr And so I commandd you in th tim th that all th words which you do. Dutronomy 1:18 Thus I commandd you at that tim in all th things that you should do. Hr is how othrs hav translatd this vrs: Ancint txts: Thus I commandd you at that tim all th things that you [should] do. Targum of Onklos Latin Vulgat Masortic Txt (Hbrw) Pshitta (Syriac) Sptuagint (Grk) Significant diffrncs: And at that tim I taught you all th Tn Words which you ar to practis about judgmnts of mony, and judgmnts of lif. And I commandd you all things that you wr to do. And so I commandd you in th tim th that all th words which you do. And I commandd you at that tim all th things that you should do. And I chargd upon you at that tim all th commands which you shall prform. Additional phras in th targum. Commands in th Grk is not a good translation of th Hbrw word. Thought-for-thought translations; paraphrass: Contmporary English V. Easy English Easy-to-Rad Vrsion Th Mssag Nw Brkly Vrsion Nw Cntury Vrsion Th Voic Aftr I gav ths instructions to th judgs, I taught you th LORD's commands. So, at that tim, I told you vrything that you must do. At that sam tim, I also told you all th othr things you must do. I issud ordrs to you at that tim rgarding vrything you would hav to dal with. At that tim I gav you ordrs concrning all th things you wr to do. At that tim I told you vrything you must do. At that tim, I told you vrything you ndd to do. Partially litral and partially paraphrasd translations: Amrican English Bibl And whnvr a cas was too hard for thm, thy wr to bring it to m and I would har it. This is v. 18 in th AEB; thr is no corrsponding vrs for what w hav in th Hbrw. Bck s Amrican Translation At that tim I gav you ordrs about vrything you wr to do. Christian Community Bibl At that tim, I stablishd what you had to do. God s Word So I told you how to handl ths situations. Nw Advnt (Knox) Bibl At this tim, too, I gav you all th commandmnts you wr to follow. Nw Amrican Bibl Thrupon I gav you all th commands you wr to fulfill. Nw Amrican Bibl (R.E.) Thus I chargd you, at that tim, with all th things you wr to do. Nw Jrusalm Bibl And on that occasion I gav you instructions about vrything you wr to do." Rvisd English Bibl At th sam tim I instructd you in all your dutis. Today s NIV And at that tim I told you vrything you wr to do. Mostly litral rndrings (with som occasional paraphrasing): Ancint Roots Translinar I commandd you in that priod all th words which you did. Bibl in Basic English And at that tim I gav you all th ordrs which you wr to do. Th Expandd Bibl At that tim I told you vrything you must do [Ex. 18:13-23]. Frar-Fnton Bibl I instructd you also at that tim as to what things you ought to do. ET Bibl Instructions at Kadsh Barna

150 223 Th Book of Dutronomy So I instructd you at that tim rgarding vrything you should do. NIV, 2011 And at that tim I told you vrything you wr to do. S G 39:11 Jwish/Hbrw Nams Bibls: Complt Jwish Bibl xgss companion Bibl JPS (Tanakh 1985) Kaplan Translation I also gav you ordrs at that tim concrning all th things you wr to do. And I misvahd you at that tim all th words for you to work. Thus I instructd you, at that tim, about th various things that you should do. At that tim, I gav you instructions rgarding vrything that you must do. Litral, almost word-for-word, rndrings: Concordant Litral Vrsion Contxt Group Vrsion English Standard Vrsion Grn s Litral Translation Nw RSV Young s Updatd LT Th gist of this vrs: Thus I instructd you at that tim in all th things which you should do. And I commandd you { pl } at that tim all th things which you { pl } should do. And I commandd you at that tim all th things that you should do. And at that tim I commandd you all th things which you wr to do. So I chargd you at that tim with all th things that you should do. And I command you, at that tim, all th things which you [all] do. It was at this sam tim priod that Moss gav all of th othr mandats from God to th popl. Dutronomy 1:18 Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs wa (or va) (åç) [pronouncd wah] and so, and thn, thn, and; so, that, yt, thrfor, consquntly; bcaus wâw conscutiv BDB #253 tsâvâh (öèåèä) [pronouncd tsaw-vaw] to commission, to mandat, to appoint; to ordain; to lay charg upon, to giv charg to, charg, command, ordr; to instruct [as in, giving an ordr] st 1 prson singular, Pil imprfct Strong's #6680 BDB #845 êth (àæç) [pronouncd ayth] you; untranslatd mark of a dirct objct; occasionally to, toward sign of th dirct objct nd affixd to a 2 prson masculin plural suffix Strong's #853 BDB #84 h b (áìà) [pronouncd b ] in, into, through; at, by, nar, on, upon; with, bfor, against; by mans of; among; within a prposition of proximity Strong s# non BDB #88 êth (òåú) [pronouncd ìayth] tim, th right tim, th propr tim; opportunity fminin singular noun with th dfinit articl Strong s #6256 BDB #773 With th bêyth prposition, this mans at th right tim, at th propr tim. hîy (ääéà) [pronouncd h] sh, it; also usd as a dmonstrativ pronoun: that, this (on) rd 3 prson fminin singular, prsonal pronoun; somtims th vrb is, is implid; with th dfinit articl Strong s #1931 BDB #214

151 Dutronomy Chaptr Dutronomy 1:18 Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs êth (àæç) [pronouncd ayth] untranslatd gnrally; occasionally to, toward indicats that th following substantiv is a dirct objct Strong's #853 BDB #84 kôl (ëìéì) [pronouncd kohl] with a plural noun, it is rndrd all of, all; any of masculin singular construct with a masculin plural noun Strong s #3605 BDB #481 d bârîym (ãìàáèøäéí) b [pronouncd daw -vawr- EEM] words, sayings, doctrins, commands; things, mattrs, rports masculin plural noun with th dfinit articl Strong's #1697 BDB #182 ãshr (àâéùæø) [pronouncd ash-er] that, which, whn, who, whom rlativ pronoun Strong's #834 BDB #81 âsâh (òèùéèä) [pronouncd ìaw-sawh] to do, to mak, to construct, to fashion, to form, to prpar, to manufactur nd 2 prson masculin plural, Qal imprfct Strong's #6213 BDB #793 Translation: Thus I commandd you at that tim all th things that you [should] do. At that tim, Moss was thir suprm commandr. What Moss told thm to do, it was if a king had told thm. In fact, bcaus most of what Moss said cam from God, it was as if God had told thm to do ths things. Ths would hav bn all th things which God instructd Moss on Mount Sinai. Gill: Dlivrd to thm all th laws, moral, crmonial, and judicial, which wr thn givn him at 72 Mount Sinai. Moss was th highst authority of th land in th human ralm. On of th gratst ladrs you can hav is a prson who has th ability to lad but dos not dsir that position. Most ladrs ar warpd by lust for powr and approbation, as wll as grd. Moss was a man of grat intgrity who would hav spnt th rst of his lif shphrding in Midian had not God spcifically calld for him to lad Isral. Chaptr Outlin Charts, Maps and Short Doctrins And I said to you at that tim, I am unabl to carry you. Jhovah your God has multiplid you bfor my ys, and this vry day, you ar as th stars of th havns in numbr. Jhovah, th God of your fathrs, continus to incras you a thousandfold and H continus to blss you, xactly as H said H would. How can I bar by myslf bar your problms and your prsonal disputs? Thrfor, I said, Giv m a list of popl who ar wis, prcptiv and knowldgabl from your various tribs and I will appoint thm as authoritis ovr you. Thn you answrd m by saying, This is a vry good ida. Thrfor, I took ths mn whom you suggstd mn who wr chosn for thir wisdom and knowldg and I placd thm in various positions of authority, ovr a thousand, ovr a hundrd, ovr fifty and ovr tn. I also mad thm officials within your tribs. 72 Dr. John Gill, John Gill s Exposition of th Entir Bibl; from -Sword, Dut. 1:18.

152 225 Th Book of Dutronomy I also ordaind judgs at that tim, tlling thm, Listn to th various disputs and court cass which ar btwn your brothrs and judg rightously and fairly btwn all mn, whthr fllow Isralits or immigrants. You will not show partiality toward various popl whn you judg. You will har thm all, small or grat. You will not far any man bcaus God ultimatly is our judg. If thr is any cas that is too difficult for you, thn bring that cas to m and I will har it and rndr a vrdict. Thus I commandd you at that tim in all th things that you should do. Summary and Application of Dutronomy 1: God had incrasd th siz of Isral, as H had promiss, to a point whr no singl man could lad thm. A plthora of authoritis had bcom ncssary. 2. God st Moss ovr th popl and Moss would st Joshua ovr th popl; but a myriad of ladrs would b ndd for thir civil lif, thir rligious lif, thir military lif and thir judicial lif. 3. Moss allowd th popl to choos thir ladrs, but h had a chck and balanc of assigning thm thir positions. 4. This sction, thrfor, introducs th concpts of dmocracy, a rprsntativ govrnmnt (a rpublic) and chcks and balancs. Vry likly, in many cass, a nomination procss was usd. 5. W do not know xactly how th individual ladrs wr chosn, but, in som cass this would hav bn by th ldrs; and othrs, prhaps, by th popl thmslvs. 6. Th Lvits had alrady bn slctd by God to b th authority in th spiritual lif of Isral. Thy wr supportd with a 10% yarly tax. 7. Moss had bn slctd by God, and h was wll-traind for his position. On of th things which angrd m about th 2013 tlvision sris Th Bibl (bsids bing filld with inaccuracis) is, Moss was prsntd as som kind of a goofy nutball. H was anything but. H was th gratst ladr of th priod of tim and on of th gratst ladrs in all human history. H was also wll-traind for such a position; h did not just walk into it without training. 8. Primarily, th mn of Isral would function as a military, so thy ndd mn ovr thm, and this is whr w gt authoritis ovr 1000's, 100's, 50's and 10's. Ths would b military units. Thr is no implication hr that w nd that many civil srvants. 9. Moss also stablishd lowr courts, and cass which th lowr courts did not fl comptnt to judg could b kickd upstairs for Moss (or whomvr) to judg. Moss was going to b lft bhind to di, whil th Isralits prssd forward into th land to tak it; thrfor, h would not b thir judg. Thrfor, thr would b on man at th top who would mak th final judgmnts. 10. Moss told th judgs blow him that thy ndd to b fair and impartial, taking in all of th facts of th cas, and rndring a dcision basd upon th facts of th cas and justic, as all judgmnt is of God. Thy ndd to b God s rprsntativs on th bnch. I hav to admit, vry tim I saw th actor playing Moss in th Bibl sris, I got so incrdibly irritatd. A prson could not hav bn found who was mor unlik Moss than that actor and his wird intrprtation of Moss (my guss is, whn somon talks to God, thn Hollywood has to figur that man has a numbr of scrws loos). Chaptr Outlin Charts, Maps and Short Doctrins Historic vnt: Spis ar Snt out to Rconnoitr th Land of Promis Num. 13:1 24

153 Dutronomy Chaptr And so w pull up staks from Horb and so w go toward all th wildrnss th grat and th farful thing th that which you saw [on] a way [to] hill country of th Amorit as which commandd Y howah our Elohim us. And so w com as far as Kadsh-barna. Dutronomy 1:19 So w pulld up staks in Horb and wnt toward all th grat and farful dsrtwildrnss which you saw on th way to th hill country of th Amorit, just as Y howah our Elohim commandd us; and w cam as far as Kadsh-barna. So w pulld up staks in Horb and movd out, going toward that grat and fard dsrt-wildrnss ara, which you saw along th way to th hill country of th Amorits, just as Jhovah our God commandd us. Thus w cam as far as Kadsh-barna. Hr is how othrs hav translatd this vrs: Ancint txts: Targum of Onklos Latin Vulgat Masortic Txt (Hbrw) Pshitta (Syriac) Sptuagint (Grk) Significant diffrncs: And w journyd from Horb, and cam through all that grat and farful dsrt, whr you saw srpnts lik boughs, and loathsom scorpions darting at you lik arrows, on th way of th mountain of th Amoraah, as th Lord our God had commandd us, and cam to Rkm Giah. And dparting from Horb, w passd through th trribl and vast wildrnss, which you saw, by th way of th mountain of th Amorrhit, as th Lord our God had commandd us. And whn w wr com into Cadsbarn,... And so w pull up staks from Horb and so w go toward all th wildrnss th grat and th farful thing th that which you saw [on] a way [to] hill country of th Amorit as which commandd Y howah our Elohim us. And so w com as far as Kadsh-barna. And whn w journyd from Horb, w wnt through all that grat and trribl wildrnss, which you saw by th way of th mountain of th Amorits, as th LORD our God commandd us; and w cam as far as Rakim-gia. And w dpartd from Horb, and wnt through all that grat and trribl wildrnss, which you saw, by th way of th mountain of th Amorit, as th Lord our God chargd us, and w cam as far as Kadsh Barna. Two additional phrass ar found in th targum. Thought-for-thought translations; paraphrass: In th Hbrw, th word for mountain is th sam as th word for hill country. Th plac which thy arriv to sound much diffrnt in th targum and Syriac. Common English Bibl Contmporary English V. Easy English Easy-to-Rad Vrsion Th spy disastr W lft Horb and journyd through that vast and trrifying dsrt you saw, on th way to th hills of th Amorits, xactly as th Lord our God commandd us. Thn w arrivd at Kadsh-barna. Th LORD had commandd us to lav Mount Sinai and go to th hill country that blongd to th Amorits, so w startd out into th hug dsrt. You rmmbr how frightning it was, but soon w wr at Kadsh-Barna,... Moss snt out mn to xplor. Thn th *Lord our God told us to start our journy from *Mount Horb. So w wnt towards th hills of th *Amorits. W walkd through all that larg and frightning *dsrt that you hav sn. And so w rachd Kadsh-Barna. Thn w obyd th Lord our God. W lft Mount Horb (Sinai) and travld toward th hill country of th Amorit popl. W wnt through that big and trribl dsrt that you saw. W cam to Kadsh Barna.

154 227 Th Book of Dutronomy Th Mssag Nw Lif Bibl Nw Living Translation Th Voic Thn w st out from Horb and hadd for th Amorit hill country, going through that hug and frightning wildrnss that you'v had mor than an yful of by now- -all undr th command of GOD, our God--and finally arrivd at Kadsh Barna. "Thn w lft Mount Sinai. W wnt through th big dsrt you saw which fills popl with far, on th way to th hill country of th Amorits, just as th Lord our God had told us. And w cam to Kadshbarna. Scouts Explor th Land "Thn, just as th Lord our God commandd us, w lft Mount Sinai and travld through th grat and trrifying wildrnss, as you yourslvs rmmbr, and hadd toward th hill country of th Amorits. Whn w arrivd at Kadsh-barna,. Thn w lft Horb, as th Etrnal, our Tru God, commandd us; and w wnt through that awful, vast wildrnss-non of us will vr forgt th sight! W hadd toward th Amorit highlands until w got to Kadsh-barna. Partially litral and partially paraphrasd translations: Amrican English Bibl Christian Community Bibl God s Word Nw Advnt (Knox) Bibl Nw Amrican Bibl Nw Amrican Bibl (R.E.) NIRV Nw Jrusalm Bibl Nw Simplifid Bibl 'So, just as Jhovah our God had instructd us, w lft that Dry Plac (Horb) and travld through th grat and trribl dsrt that you saw, to th mountains of th Amorits and to Kadsh Barn. Rbllion at Kadsh Finally, having lft Horb, w passd through that wid and trribl dsrt that w saw, on th way to th hill country of th Amorits, as Yahwh had commandd us, and arriving at Kadsh- Barna,... So w lft Mount Horb, as th LORD our God had commandd. W travld through all that vast and dangrous dsrt you saw on th way to th mountain rgion of th Amorits. At last w cam to Kadsh Barna. So w lft Horb, and travrsd that wid dsrt whos trribl aspct is wll known to you, on th way to th hill country of th Amorrhits, as th Lord bad us. And whn w rachd Cads-Barn. "Thn, in obdinc to th command of th LORD, our God, w st out from Horb and journyd through th whol dsrt, vast and farful as you hav sn, in th dirction of th hill country of th Amorits. W had rachd Kadsh-barna. Th Twlv Scouts. Thn w st out from Horb and journyd through that whol vast and farful wildrnss that you hav sn, in th dirction of th hill country of th Amorits, as th LORD, our God, had commandd; and w cam to Kadsh-barna. Twlv Mn Chck Out th Land of Canaan Th Lord our God commandd us to start out from Mount Horb. So w did. W wnt toward th hill country of th Amorits. W travld all through th hug and trribl dsrt you saw. Finally, w rachd Kadsh Barna. 'So, as Yahwh our God had ordrd, w lft Horb and mad our way through that vast and trribl dsrt, which you saw on th way to th Amorit highlands, and arrivd at Kadsh-Barna.»Whn w lft Horb, w wnt through that ntir grat and trribl wildrnss. You saw it by way of th mountain of th Amorits, as Jhovah our God commandd us. W wnt to Kadsh-barna. Mostly litral rndrings (with som occasional paraphrasing): Ancint Roots Translinar W journyd from Horb. W all wnt in th grat and fard wildrnss, which you saw on th way to th mountains in North-Jordan, as Yahwh our God commandd us. W cam unto th rst-stop in Barna.

155 Dutronomy Chaptr Bibl in Basic English Th Expandd Bibl Frar-Fnton Bibl NET Bibl NIV, 2011 Thn w wnt on from Horb, through all that grat and crul wast which you saw, on our way to th hill-country of th Amorits, as th Lord gav us ordrs; and w cam to Kadsh-barna. Spis Entr th Land L Thn, as th Lord our God commandd us, w lft Mount Sinai [ Horb; 1:6] and wnt toward th mountain country of th Amorit popl. W wnt through that larg [vast] and trribl dsrt [wildrnss] you saw, and thn w cam to Kadsh Barna. Thn w marchd from Horb and procdd through all that grat and trribl dsrt, which you saw on th way to th Hills of th Amorits, whn our Evr-living God commandd us to advanc to Kadsh-Barna... Thn w lft Horb and passd through all that immns, forbidding wildrnss that you saw on th way to th Amorit hill country as th Lord our God had commandd us to do, finally arriving at Kadsh Barna. Spis Snt Out Thn, as th Lord our God commandd us, w st out from Horb and wnt toward th hill country of th Amorits(AY) through all that vast and dradful wildrnss [Dut. 2:7; 8:15; 32:10; Ps 136:16; Jr 2:2, 6; Hos 13:5] that you hav sn, and so w rachd Kadsh Barna [vr 2; Nu 13:26]. Jwish/Hbrw Nams Bibls: Complt Jwish Bibl xgss companion Bibl Kaplan Translation Orthodox Jwish Bibl Th Scripturs 1998 "So w lft Horv and wnt through all that vast and farsom dsrt which you saw on th way to th hill-country of th Emori, as ADONAI our God ordrd us; and w arrivd at Kadsh-Barna. RESUME' ON SENDING EXPLORERS TO ESHCOL And whn w pulld staks from Horb, w wnt through all that grat and awsom wildrnss, you saw by th way th mountain of th Emoriy, as Yah Vh our Elohim misvahd us; and w cam to Qadsh Barna. W thn movd on from Horb [S Numbrs 10:33 (Chizzkuni).] and travld all through that grat, trrifying dsrt that you hav sn, [going] by way of th Amorit highlands, as God our Lord commandd us. W finally cam to Kadsh Barna [S Dutronomy 1:2.]. And whn w dpartd from Chorv, w wnt through all that grat and trribl midbar, which y saw on th way to th Har HaEmori, just as Hashm Elohinu commandd us; and w cam to Kadsh-Barna. Thn w st out from Hòor b, and wnt through all that grat and awsom wildrnss which you saw on th way to th mountains of th Amorits, as éäåä our Elohim had commandd us. And w cam to Qa d sh Barn a. Litral, almost word-for-word, rndrings: Concordant Litral Vrsion Contxt Group Vrsion English Standard Vrsion W journyd from Horb and wnt through all that vast and far-inspiring wildrnss which you saw by way of th Amorit hill-country, just as Yahwh our Elohim had instructd us, and w cam as far as Kadsh-barna. And w journyd from Horb, and wnt through all that grat and trribl wildrnss which you { pl } saw, by th way to th hill-country of th Amorits, as YHWH our God commandd us; and w cam to Kadsh-barna. "Thn w st out from Horb and wnt through all that grat and trrifying wildrnss that you saw, on th way to th hill country of th Amorits, as th LORD our God commandd us. And w cam to Kadsh-barna.

156 229 Th Book of Dutronomy Grn s Litral Translation Nw King Jams Vrsion Nw RSV Wbstr s Bibl Translation World English Bibl Young s Updatd LT Th gist of this vrs: And w pulld up staks from Horb and wnt through all that grat and farful wildrnss which you hav sn, th way of th hills of th Amorits, as Jhovah our God commandd us. And w cam into Kadsh-barna. Isral's Rfusal to Entr th Land "So w dpartd from Horb, and wnt through all that grat and trribl wildrnss which you saw on th way to th mountains of th Amorits, as th LORD our God had commandd us. Thn w cam to Kadsh Barna. Thn, just as th Lord our God had ordrd us, w st out from Horb and wnt through all that grat and trribl wildrnss that you saw, on th way to th hill country of th Amorits, until w rachd Kadsh-barna. And whn w dpartd from Horb, w wnt through all that grat and trribl wildrnss, which y saw by th way of th mountain of th Amorits, as th LORD our God commandd us; and w cam to Kadsh-barna. W travld from Horb, and wnt through all that grat and trribl wildrnss which you saw, by th way to th hill-country of th Amorits, as Yahwh our God commandd us; and w cam to Kadsh-barna. And w journy from Horb, and go through all that grat and farful wildrnss which you [all] hav sn--th way of th hill-country of th Amorit, as Jhovah our God has commandd us, and w com in unto Kadsh-Barna. God commandd and guidd th childrn of Isral until thy cam to Kadshbarna. Dutronomy 1:19a Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs wa (or va) (åç) [pronouncd wah] and so, and thn, thn, and; so, that, yt, thrfor, consquntly; bcaus wâw conscutiv BDB #253 nâça (ðèñçò) [pronouncd naw-sahì] to pull up [staks], to pull out, to brak camp and mov out, to st out, to journy, to march, to dpart; to bnd a bow st 1 prson plural, Qal imprfct Strong s #5265 BDB #652 min (îäï) [pronouncd mihn] from, away from, out from, out of from, off, on account of, sinc, abov, than, so that not, byond, mor than prposition of sparation Strong's #4480 BDB #577 Chôrêb (çéøåá) B [pronouncd khoh-re V] wast, dsrt and is translitratd Horb propr noun Strong s #2722 BDB #352 Translation: So w pulld up staks in Horb... Moss continus rcounting history to th gnration of promis. Sinc this dos bgin a nw sction, it would b corrct to bgin this with anothr st of quotation marks. Howvr, as mntiond arlir, bcaus of th natur of th book of Dutronomy, I am only going to hav quotations in th chaptrs whr Moss is spcifically said to b spaking; and thn, only at th bginning and at th nd of th ntir chaptr. God told thm to mov out, and so thy pulld up thir tnts and movd out. Thy lft Horb (Mount Sinai). Two things hav prpard thm to mov out: (1) Moss st up systms of authority within this moving popl and (2) Moss has convyd all of th commands of God to thm rgarding bcoming a nw nation. This xplains,

157 Dutronomy Chaptr to som dgr, th books of Exodus, Lviticus and th first half of Numbrs. God brings th Isralits out of Egypt, and givs thm laws and authoritis; and thn H taks thm to th Land of Promis. In th scond portion of Numbrs, Isral bcam a nation without a gographical ara. Thy livd in th dsrt, but that was all tmporary. God put thm in a holding pattrn until all of Gn X had bn killd. Bcaus of th incidnt soon to b dscribd, vry prson of Gn X did th sin unto dath (th notabl xcptions bing 73 Joshua and Calb ). Lt m b a bit mor prcis. It is unlikly that vry singl prson in Gn X was compltly and totally afraid and compltly and totally unabl to go into th Land of Promis. Rlativ to Dutronomy, Aaron and Miriam just rcntly did (thy wr from th gnration to prcd Gn X); and it is not unlikly that som of Gn X livd out thir normal livs, but did in th dsrt. Howvr, thr wr not nough popl lik Joshua and Calb. By thmslvs, ths two mn could not hav takn th land. Among Gn X, thy could not hav raisd up nough of an army to mak any impact on th Amorits. So, many of Gn X did off soon aftr thy rfusd to go into th land; howvr, thr wr probably som who, although not prsonally couragous, wr not compltly lost. God probably lt thos liv out thir natural livs. Application: If you ar part of a dgnrat gnration, thn you suffr with thm. If you ar on th fnc about th truth of God; and you liv in a gnration of thos who curs God, thn you may vry wll suffr thir fat or, at th vry last, you suffr bcaus of thos around you. Application: This is not a difficult situation to undrstand. This yar, 2013, Obamacar is bginning to roll out (I writ this in lat Octobr of 2013), and it is clar that th popl in charg hav not th slightst clu as to what thy ar doing. As a rsult, popl ar losing thir mdical insuranc covrag at a fastr rat than thos who sign up for Obamacar; and mor popl ar signing up for mdicaid than for Obamacar (which is going to b mor xpnsiv). Bcaus approximatly half of th public votd for popl who strongly favord Obamacar, w ar all going to suffr bcaus of Obamacar. I prsonally am vry much against th govrnmnt involvmnt in mdicin yt I will b forcd to suffr th sam problms as vryon ls, bcaus thr ar nough popl who think that govrnmnt is a wondrful problm-solvr. Application: Anothr xampl: th housing bubbl of Th govrnmnt dcidd to up thir control of th housing markt. At onc tim, FNMA and FHLMC insurd or guarantd about 5% of th housing markt. Howvr, sinc fw popl undrstand th scondary mortgag markt, th govrnmnt took ovr 95% of th markt, which was a sizur of, ssntially, a $5 trillion businss; and thn thy, in lss than a dcad, ran this businss into th ground. If thr ar nough popl around who lack divin viwpoint, thy will do things lik this, and vryon suffrs. In Dutronomy, Moss is giving thm a rviw of who thy ar, what thir history is; and h givs thm som laws and guidanc for this nw gnration who will soon bcam a nation with a tru land. Dutronomy 1:19b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs wa (or va) (åç) [pronouncd wah] and so, and thn, thn, and; so, that, yt, thrfor, consquntly; bcaus wâw conscutiv BDB #253 hâlak (äèìçêà) [pronouncd haw-lahk ] to go, to com, to dpart, to walk; to advanc st 1 prson plural, Qal imprfct Strong s #1980 (and #3212) BDB # Moss is actually from a prvious gnration.

158 231 Th Book of Dutronomy Dutronomy 1:19b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs êth (àæç) [pronouncd ayth] untranslatd gnrally; occasionally to, toward indicats that th following substantiv is a dirct objct Strong's #853 BDB #84 kôl (ëìéì) [pronouncd kohl] th whol, all of, th ntirty of, all; can also b rndrd any of masculin singular construct followd by a dfinit articl Strong s #3605 BDB #481 mid bâr (îäãàáèø) [pronouncd mid - BAWR] wildrnss, unpopulatd wildrnss, dsrt wildrnss; mouth masculin singular noun with th dfinit articl Strong s #4057 BDB #184 gâdôwl (âìèãåéì) [pronouncd gaw-dohl] larg, grat or mighty [in powr, nobility, walth; in numbr, or magnitud and xtnt], loud, oldr, important, distinguishd; vast, unyilding, immutabl, significant, astonishing masculin singular adjctiv with a dfinit articl Strong s #1419 BDB #152 w (or v ) (åà or åì) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though; as wll as simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 yârê (éèøàà) [pronouncd yaw-ray] that which is farful, a trribl [thing, prson], dradful [thing]; awsom; vnrabl, August [thing]; stupndous, admirabl [thing] masculin singular, Niphal participl Strong s #3372 BDB #431 hûw (äåìà) [pronouncd hoo] h, it; himslf as a dmonstrativ pronoun: that, this (on); sam rd 3 prson masculin singular, prsonal pronoun; somtims th vrb to b, is implid Strong s #1931 BDB #214 Translation:...and wnt toward all th grat and farful dsrt-wildrnss... Thy wnt toward th grat and fard dsrt-wildrnss. This was an unpopulatd ara and rlativly dry. Howvr, I do not think that it was anything lik it looks today, but thr wr fwr and fwr sourcs of watr in that ara as tim wnt on. That was th main problm whn thr ar 2 million popl moving through th land. Thy ndd a rgular sourc of watr and of food. Jamison, Fausst and Brown s dscription of it: It is a drary wast of rock and of calcarous soil covrd with black sharp flints; all travllrs, from a fling of its complt isolation from th world, 74 dscrib it as a grat and trribl wildrnss. From th Pulpit Commntary: It bars now th nam of Et-Tih, i.. Th Wandring, a nam "doubtlss drivd from th wandrings of th Isralits, th tradition of which has bn handd down through 74 Robrt Jamison, A. R. Fausst and David Brown; Commntary Critical and Explanatory on th Whol Bibl; 1871; from -sword, Dut. 1:19 21.

159 Dutronomy Chaptr a priod of thr thousand yars It is a pastoral country; unfittd as a whol for cultivation, bcaus 75 of its scanty soil and scarcity of watr" (Dr. Portr, in Kitto"s "Biblical Cyclopdia," vol. 3. p. 1075). Dutronomy 1:19c Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs ãshr (àâéùæø) [pronouncd ash-er] that, which, whn, who, whom rlativ pronoun Strong's #834 BDB #81 râ âh (øèàèä) [pronouncd raw-awh] to s, to look, to look at, to viw, to bhold; to obsrv; to prciv, to undrstand, to larn, to know nd 2 prson masculin plural, Qal imprfct Strong's #7200 BDB #906 drk (ãìæøæêó) [pronouncd DEH-rk ] way, distanc, road, path; journy, cours; dirction, towards; mannr, habit, way [of lif]; of moral charactr masculin singular construct Strong's #1870 BDB #202 har (äçø) [pronouncd har] hill; mountain, mount; hillcountry, a mountainous ara, mountain rgion masculin singular construct Strong s #2022 (and #2042) BDB #249 môrîy (àáîéøäé) [pronouncd h-moh- REE] mountainr (possibly); and is translitratd Amorit gntilic adjctiv; with th dfinit articl Strong s #567 BDB #57 kaph or k (ëìà) [pronouncd k ] lik, as, according to; about, approximatly prposition BDB #453 ãshr (àâéùæø) [pronouncd ash-er] that, which, whn, who, whom rlativ pronoun Strong's #834 BDB #81 Togthr, ka ãshr (ëìçàâùæø) [pronouncd kah-uh-sher] mans as which, as on who, as, lik as, just as; bcaus; according to what mannr, in a mannr as. Back in 1Sam. 12:8, I rndrd this for xampl. tsâvâh (öèåèä) [pronouncd tsaw-vaw] to commission, to mandat, to appoint; to ordain; to lay charg upon, to giv charg to, charg, command, ordr; to instruct [as in, giving an ordr] rd 3 prson masculin singular, Pil prfct Strong's #6680 BDB #845 YHWH (éäåä) [pronunciation is possibly yhoh-wah] translitratd variously as Jhovah, Yahwh, Y howah propr noun Strong s #3068 BDB #217 Ìlôhîym (àìéääéí) [pronouncd l-o-heem] God; gods, forign gods, god; rulrs, judgs; suprhuman ons, angls; translitratd Elohim masculin plural noun st with th 1 prson plural suffix Strong's #430 BDB #43 75 Th Pulpit Commntary; ; by Josph S. Exll, Hnry Donald Mauric Spnc-Jons, courtsy of -sword, Dut. 1:19 26.

160 233 Th Book of Dutronomy Dutronomy 1:19c Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs êth (àæç) [pronouncd ayth] us; untranslatd mark of a dirct objct; occasionally to, toward sign of th dirct objct st affixd to a 1 prson plural suffix Strong's #853 BDB #84 Translation:...which you saw on th way to th hill country of th Amorit, just as Y howah our Elohim commandd us;... In a way, God was giving th Jws a littl prviw of what thir lif might b lik living in a dsrt, as thy walk through a portion of that dsrt, as thy mov toward th hill country of th Amorits. God ld thm in this particular dirction. Evn though this movmnt took plac thirty-ight yars ago, this is still vivid in th mind of Moss and his harrs; thy wr in thir youth during that tim, having known vry littl othr than child slavry in a slightly mor hospitabl nvironmnt prior to this march. Howvr, th dscriptors grat and trribl, rpatd in Dut. 8:15, indicat a graphic rcalling of what had occurrd bfor, tchd forvr in th mind of Moss and his listnr. Barns writs: This languag is such as mn would mploy aftr having passd with toil and suffring through th worst part of it, th southrn half of th arabah; and mor spcially whn thy had but rcntly rstd from thir marchs in th plain of Shittim, th largst and richs oasis in th whol 76 district on th Eastrn bank nar th mouth of th Jordan. Moving two million Isralits from point A to point B in a wildrnss/dsrt is a nightmar of logistics. Much of this procss was accompanid with a sris of miracls. Th books of th Law nvr hdg on that point. "For Y howah your God has blssd you in all that you hav don; H has known your wandrings through this grat wildrnss. Ths forty yars, Y howah your God has bn with you; you hav not lackd a thing." (Dut. 2:7). "H ld you through th vast and farful [or, dradful] wildrnss, srpnts and scorpions and thirsty ground whr thr was no watr; H brought watr for you out of th rock of flint. In th wildrnss, H fd you manna, which your fathrs did not know, that H might humbl you and that H might tst you, to do good for you in th nd." (Dut. 8:15 16; also s Dut. 32:10 12). Th word Amorit is usd svral ways in th Bibl. In Gn. 15:16 and this passag, it rfrs to th pr-isralit population in th land of Canaan. Th implication might b that th Canaanits, as wll as othr groups such as th Moabits or th Phœnicians, may hav thir origins in th Amorit. This gnral usag of th trm, as found in this vrs, along with th grat similaritis in languag as found in th Mari txts, is closly rlatd to Ugaritic, Canaanit, Hbrw and Arabic. In fact, thr ar crtain ancint words which ar found only in th Mari txts and in th Biblical Hbrw. Rathr than indicating a univrsal trad languag (or a languag of convninc to facilitat trad), thr ar likly common origins. Gn. 10:15 16 rlats th Canaanits to th Amorits (Canaan was th fathr of th Amorits). Thr was, in Gn. 11, a languag confusion brought on by th Holy Spirit; so w do not know how many similaritis btwn languags rmaind. Howvr, this hlps to xplain why two sparat groups of popl, th Amorits (dscndd from Ham) and th Hbrws (dscndd from Shm) would hav striking similaritis in thir languag thy had th sam fathr, Noah and God obviously allowd som ovrlap in th languags. 76 Barns' Nots, Vol. II, p. 271.

161 Dutronomy Chaptr Dutronomy 1:19d Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs wa (or va) (åç) [pronouncd wah] and so, and thn, thn, and; so, that, yt, thrfor, consquntly; bcaus wâw conscutiv BDB #253 bôw (áìåéà) [pronouncd boh] to com in, to com, to go in, to go, to ntr, to advanc st 1 prson plural, Qal imprfct Strong s #935 BDB #97 ad (òçã) [pronouncd ìahd] as far as, vn to, up to, until prposition of duration or of limits Strong s #5704 BDB #723 Qâdêsh ( ÈãÅ) [pronouncd kaw- DAYSH] sacrd, holy, st apart; translitratd Kadsh propr noun; location Strong s #6946 and #6947 BDB #873 Bar nêa (áìçøàðåòç) [pronouncd bahr-nayaì] dsrt of a fugitiv; translitratd Barna propr noun; location Strong s #6947 BDB #873 Togthr, thy man holy plac in th dsrt of wandring; and thy ar translitratd Kadsh-barna; Kadsh of [th] Wildrnss of Wandring. Translation:...and w cam as far as Kadsh-barna. Kadsh-barna is in th far southrn rgion of Judah (what would bcom Judah). Thy hav approachd it from th south. North of thm is th Land of Promis. Th Opn Bibl: Kadsh-barna was an important caravan stop on th ast-wst road btwn th Mditrranan coast and th king s road on th ast sid of th Dad Sa. It was locatd on th 77 northrn dg of th worst of th wildrnss. This travlogu is from Mount Sinai to th hill country blow Juda, south-southwst of th Salt Sa, thn across to Kadsh Barna. And so I say unto you [all], You [all] hav com as far as th hill country of th Amorit which Y howah our Elohim is giving to us. Dutronomy 1:20 And I said to you, You hav com as far as th hill country of th Amorit, which [country] Y howah our Elohim is giving to us. At that tim I said to you, You hav com as far as th hill country of th Amorit, which land Jhovah our God is giving us. Hr is how othrs hav translatd this vrs: Ancint txts: Targum of Onklos Latin Vulgat And I said to you, Y ar com to th mountain of th Amoraah, which th Lord our God will giv to us. I said to you: You ar com to th mountain of th Amorrhit, which th Lord our God will giv to us. 77 Th Opn Bibl; th Nw Living Translation; Thomas Nlson Publishrs, Nashvill, TN; 1996, p. 239 (footnot).

162 235 Th Book of Dutronomy Masortic Txt (Hbrw) Pshitta (Syriac) Sptuagint (Grk) Significant diffrncs: And so I say unto you [all], You [all] hav com as far as th hill country of th Amorit which Y howah our Elohim is giving to us. And I said to you, You hav com to th mountain of th Amorits, which th LORD our God has givn us. And I said to you, You hav com as far as th mountain of th Amorit, which th Lord our God givs to you. Non. Thought-for-thought translations; paraphrass: Contmporary English V. Easy English Good Nws Bibl (TEV) Th Mssag Nw Cntury Vrsion Th Voic...and I told you, "W hav rachd th hill country. It blongs to th Amorits now, but th LORD our God is giving it to us. H is th sam God our ancstors worshipd, and h has told us to go in and tak this land, so don't hsitat and b afraid." Th CEV has combins vv hr. Thn I said to you, "You hav rachd th hills of th *Amorits. Th *Lord our God is giving this to us. I told you, 'You hav now com to th hill country of th Amorits, which th LORD our God, th God of our ancstors, is giving us. Look, thr it is. Go and occupy it as h commandd. Do not hsitat or b afraid.' Th GNB also includs v. 21 hr. Thr I told you, "You'v mad it to th Amorit hill country that GOD, our God, is giving us. I said to you, "You hav now com to th mountain country of th Amorits, to th land th Lord our God will giv us. I told you, "You'v rachd th Amorit highlands, and th Etrnal our God is going to giv thm to us soon. Partially litral and partially paraphrasd translations: Amrican English Bibl Christian Community Bibl Nw Advnt (Knox) Bibl Nw Simplifid Bibl Thn, as w wr approaching th mountains of th Amorits, I told you: {Look!} Jhovah your God has givn you all th land that lis bfor you. A portion of v. 21 is includd for contxt....and arriving at Kadsh-Barna, I said to you: W hav com to th mountain of th Amorits which Yahwh, our God, givs us. A portion of v. 19 is includd for contxt. I told you, Now you hav mad your way to ths mountains of th Amorrhits, which th Lord mans to giv you for your own.»i said to you: You hav arrivd at th mountain of th Amorits. Jhovah givs this mountain to us. Mostly litral rndrings (with som occasional paraphrasing): Ancint Roots Translinar Th Expandd Bibl Frar-Fnton Bibl NET Bibl I said to you, "Com to th mountains in North-Jordan, which Yahwh our God givs to us." I said to you, "You hav now com to th mountain country of th Amorits, to th land th Lord our God will giv us. Thn w marchd from Horb and procdd through all that grat and trribl dsrt, which you saw on th way to th Hills of th Amorits, whn our Evr-living God commandd us to advanc to Kadsh-Barna, whr I said, " You ar now arrivd at th Hills of th Amorits, which our Evr-living God has givn us. Prvious contxt is includd. Thn I said to you, "You hav com to th Amorit hill country which th Lord our God is about to giv [Th Hbrw participl has an imminnt futur sns hr,

163 Dutronomy Chaptr Jwish/Hbrw Nams Bibls: although many English vrsions trat it as a prsnt tns ("is giving us," NAB, NIV, NRSV) or a prdictiv futur ("will giv us," NCV).] us. xgss companion Bibl Hbrw Nams Vrsion JPS (Tanakh 1985) Kaplan Translation Orthodox Jwish Bibl And I said to you, Com to th mountain of th Emoriy which Yah Vh our Elohim givs us:... I said to you, You ar com to th hill country of th Amori, which th LORD our God givs to us. Whn w rachd Kadsh-barna, I said to you, You hav com to th hill country of th Amorits which th LORD our God is giving to us. A portion of v. 19 is includd for contxt. I said to you, 'You hav com to th Amorit highlands, which God our Lord is giving us. And I said unto you, Y ar com unto th Har HaEmori which Hashm Elohinu doth giv unto us. Litral, almost word-for-word, rndrings: Concordant Litral Vrsion Contxt Group Vrsion English Standard Vrsion Th updatd Gnva Bibl Grn s Litral Translation Nw RSV Wbstr s Bibl Translation Young s Updatd LT Th gist of this vrs: Thn I said to you: You hav com as far as th Amorit hill-country that Yahwh our Elohim is giving to us. And I said to you { pl }, You { pl } hav com to th hill-country of th Amorits, which YHWH our God givs to us. And I said to you, 'You hav com to th hill country of th Amorits, which th LORD our God is giving us. And I said unto you, you [all] ar com unto th mountain of th Amorits, which th LORD our God givs us. So that th fault was in thmslvs, that thy did not soonr possss th inhritanc promisd. And I said to you, You hav com into th hills of th Amorits, which Jhovah our God is giving to us. I said to you, `You hav rachd th hill country of th Amorits, which th Lord our God is giving us. And I said to you, Y hav com to th mountain of th Amorits, which th LORD our God doth giv to us. And I say unto you [all], you [all] hav com in unto th hill-country of th Amorit, which Jhovah our God is giving to us. Moss is rcounting how thy cam to th hill country, and h tlls th popl that thy hav com to th hill country that God is giving thm. Dutronomy 1:20a Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs wa (or va) (åç) [pronouncd wah] and so, and thn, thn, and; so, that, yt, thrfor, consquntly; bcaus wâw conscutiv BDB #253 âmar (àèîçø) [pronouncd aw-mahr] to say, to spak, to uttr; to say [to onslf], to think; to command; to promis; to xplain; to intnd st 1 prson singular, Qal imprfct Strong s #559 BDB #55

164 237 Th Book of Dutronomy Dutronomy 1:20a Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs l (àæì) [pronouncd hl] unto; into, among, in; toward, to; against; concrning, rgarding; bsids, togthr with; as to dirctional prposition (rspct or dfrnc may b implid) with th nd 2 prson masculin plural suffix Strong's #413 BDB #39 bôw (áìåéà) [pronouncd boh] to com in, to com, to go in, to go, to ntr, to advanc nd 2 prson masculin singular, Qal prfct Strong s #935 BDB #97 ad (òçã) [pronouncd ìahd] as far as, vn to, up to, until prposition of duration or of limits Strong s #5704 BDB #723 har (äçø) [pronouncd har] hill; mountain, mount; hillcountry, a mountainous ara, mountain rgion masculin singular construct Strong s #2022 (and #2042) BDB #249 môrîy (àáîéøäé) [pronouncd h-moh- REE] mountainr (possibly); and is translitratd Amorit gntilic adjctiv; with th dfinit articl Strong s #567 BDB #57 Translation: And I said to you, You hav com as far as th hill country of th Amorit,... This is a quot within a quot. Moss is spaking to th gnration of promis about what h said to all of thm as th approach th Land of Promis. Whn thy originally arrivd to th outskirts of Amorit trritory, Moss spaks to thm. H tlls thm thy hav com to th hill country of th Amorit. Ptr Ptt: [Amorit] is a dscription which can hav diffrnt manings which must b dcidd in contxt. Somtims it is usd to dscrib all th inhabitants of Canaan (.g. Gnsis 15:16). Somtims, as hr, it is usd to dscrib th dwllrs in th hill country in contrast with `th Canaanits' who dwlt in th plain. At othrs it dscribs particular groups such as th Amorits ovr 78 whom Sihon was king (compar Judgs 1:34-35). Dutronomy 1:20b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs ãshr (àâéùæø) [pronouncd ash-er] that, which, whn, who, whom rlativ pronoun Strong's #834 BDB #81 YHWH (éäåä) [pronunciation is possibly yhoh-wah] translitratd variously as Jhovah, Yahwh, Y howah propr noun Strong s #3068 BDB # From accssd Novmbr 5, 2013.

165 Dutronomy Chaptr Dutronomy 1:20b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs Ìlôhîym (àìéääéí) [pronouncd l-o-heem] God; gods, forign gods, god; rulrs, judgs; suprhuman ons, angls; translitratd Elohim masculin plural noun st with th 1 prson plural suffix Strong's #430 BDB #43 nâthan (ðèúçï) [pronouncd naw-thahn] is giving, granting, is placing, putting, stting; is making Qal activ participl Strong's #5414 BDB #678 lâmd (ìà) [pronouncd l ] to, for, towards, in rgards to dirctional/rlational prposition with th 1 st prson plural suffix BDB #510 Translation:...which [country] Y howah our Elohim is giving to us. th Jws. This is th vry country that God is giving to Intrstingly nough, I do not find ths words or thir approximation in th book of Numbrs. Howvr, Moss and th popl would all rmmbr this, vn if it was not rcordd arlir in Scriptur. Again, in prvious books, Moss was vry carful to tach all th words from God; and h also gav a paralll summary of thir movmnt; but h did not rfrnc his own words as oftn. This was th first approach of Isral to th Promisd Land. Moss will not b giving a compltly chronological srmon hr, bcaus (1) h is not approaching this matrial chronologically and (2) this is a collction of svral srmons givn to prhaps slightly diffrnt audincs at diffrnt tims. Howvr, various sctions of his srmon will b chronological. Thy will hav a bginning, a story and an nd and Moss will xplain how all of this is rlatd to whr thy ar right now. Vv rads: So w pulld up staks in Horb and movd out, going toward that grat and fard dsrtwildrnss ara, which you saw along th way to th hill country of th Amorits, just as Jhovah our God commandd us. Thus w cam as far as Kadsh-barna. At that tim I said to you, You hav com as far as th hill country of th Amorit, which land Jhovah our God is giving us. Thr was a catch to this th Jws would hav to dstroy th popls of th land God has givn thm. Back in Gn. 19, God usd angls to dstroy a dspratly dgnrat popl; now H will us His popl, th Jws. Look, has givn Y howah your Elohim to your facs th land. Go up tak possssion as which said Y howah Elohim of your fathrs to you. You will not far and you will not b dismayd. Dutronomy 1:21 Look [at] th land bfor you [which] Y howah your Elohim has givn you. Go up [and] tak possssion [of it], just as Y howah, th Elohim of your fathrs, said to you. You will not far and you will not b dismayd. Just look at that land which lis bfor you th land which Jhovah your God has givn you. Go up and tak possssion of that land, just as Jhovah th God of your fathrs dirctd you. Do not b afraid or dismayd. Hr is how othrs hav translatd this vrs: Ancint txts:

166 239 Th Book of Dutronomy Targum of Onklos Bhold, th Lord our God hath givn you th land; aris and possss it, as th Lord your God hath told you; far not, nor b dismayd (brokn). Latin Vulgat S th land which th Lord thy God givth th: go up and possss it, as th Lord our God hath spokn to thy fathrs: far not, nor b any way discouragd. Masortic Txt (Hbrw) Look, has givn Y howah your Elohim to your facs th land. Go up tak possssion as which said Y howah Elohim of your fathrs to you. You will not far and you will not b dismayd. Pshitta (Syriac) Bhold, th LORD your God has givn th land bfor you; go up and possss it, as th LORD God of your fathrs has said to you; far not, nithr b trrifid. Sptuagint (Grk) Bhold, th Lord your God has dlivrd to us th land bfor you; go up and inhrit it as th Lord God of your fathrs said to you; far not, nithr b afraid. Significant diffrncs: In th Latin, it appars that God is spaking to thir fathrs; but in th Hbrw, God is spaking to this youngr gnration. Thought-for-thought translations; paraphrass: Common English Bibl Easy English Easy-to-Rad Vrsion Th Mssag Nw Cntury Vrsion Nw Lif Bibl Th Voic Look! Th LORD your God has laid out th land bfor you. Go up and tak it, just as th LORD, your ancstors' God, has promisd you. Don't b afraid! Don't b frightnd! Look! Th *Lord your God has givn you this country. Go in and mak it your country. Th *Lord God of your fathrs has told you to do this. Do not b afraid. Do not run away." Look, thr it is! Go up and tak th land for your own! Th Lord, th God of your ancstors [Litrally, "fathrs," maning a prson s parnts, grandparnts, and all th popl thy ar dscndd from.], told you to do this. So don t b afraid. Don t worry about anything! Look, GOD, your God, has placd this land as a gift bfor you. Go ahad and tak it now. GOD, th God-of-Your-Fathrs, promisd it to you. Don't b afraid. Don't los hart." Look, hr it is! Go up and tak it. Th Lord, th God of your ancstors, told you to do this, so don't b afraid and don't worry." S, th Lord your God has st th land in front of you. Go and tak it for your own, as th Lord, th God of your fathrs, has told you. Do not b afraid or troubld.' Look! Th Etrnal, your Tru God, has put this land within your grasp! Go up into ths highlands, and tak possssion of thm as th Etrnal, th God of your ancstors, promisd you would. Go! Don't b afraid, and don't b intimidatd!" Th Book of Dutronomy, vn as it follows a covnant-traty form, has almost a cinmatic quality to it. Much of th action taks plac in flashbacks as Moss rcalls vnts and dscribs thm to th Isralits in a drama. As w'v bn sing in this opning historical sction of th book, somtims thr ar vn layrs of voics. At on point, Moss spaks in th voic of th popl as thy spak in th voic of th spis. Shortly w'll s Moss spaking in th voic of th Lord as H spaks in Moss' own voic! It bgins by showing a storytllr and thn shifts locations rpatdly in spac and tim to dpict th various pisods h's dscribing, with his voic providing continuity throughout. Dutronomy has a timlss, ancint-modrn fl bcaus th story of God's work on arth rally is writtn and told by popl as thy struggl, with varying dgrs of succss, to undrstand God's purposs and to join with thos popl of God who hav gon bfor us. Partially litral and partially paraphrasd translations:

167 Dutronomy Chaptr Amrican English Bibl Christian Community Bibl God s Word Nw Advnt (Knox) Bibl Nw Amrican Bibl NIRV Nw Jrusalm Bibl {Look!} Jhovah your God has givn you all th land that lis bfor you. So, go thr and inhrit it. and just as Jhovah th God of your ancstors said to you: Don't b afraid! Look, Isral, at th land which Yahwh givs you; tak possssion of that which was promisd to your ancstors. Do not b afraid or discouragd. Th LORD your God is giving you this land. Go ahad! Tak possssion of it, as th LORD God of your ancstors told you. Don't b afraid or trrifid." Th land you s bfor you is th Lord's gift to you, a divin gift; march in and tak possssion of it, in fulfilmnt of th promiss h mad to your fathrs; lt thr b no cowardic, no shrinking hr. Th LORD, your God, has givn this land ovr to you. Go up and occupy it, as th LORD, th God of your fathrs, commands you. Do not far or los hart.' Th Lord your God has givn you th land. Go up and tak it. Do what th Lord says. H's th God of your popl. Don't b afraid. Don't los hop." Look, Yahwh your God has givn you this country. March in, tak possssion of it as Yahwh, th God of your ancstors, has said; do not b afraid or discouragd." Mostly litral rndrings (with som occasional paraphrasing): Ancint Roots Translinar Bibl in Basic English Th Expandd Bibl Frar-Fnton Bibl NET Bibl Nw Hart English Bibl S, Yahwh your God givs th land in front of you. Ascnd and possss as Yahwh God of your fathrs spok to you. Far not, and do not dismay. S now, th Lord your God has put th land into your hands: go up and tak it, as th Lord, th God of your fathrs, has said to you; hav no far and do not b troubld. Look, hr it is! Go up and tak [possss] it. Th Lord, th God of your ancstors [fathrs], told you to do this, so don't b afraid and don't worry [b dismayd]." Look! your Evr-living God has providd th country bfor you to possss. Go up, siz it as th EVER-LIVING GOD of your fathrs commands you, - far not nor b trrifid.' Look, h [Hb "th Lord your God." Th pronoun ("h") has bn usd in th translation for stylistic rasons, to avoid rptition.] has placd th land in front of you [Or "has givn you th land" (cf. NAB, NIV, NRSV).]! Go up, tak possssion of it, just as th Lord, th God of your ancstors, said to do. Do not b afraid or discouragd!" Bhold, th LORD your God has st th land bfor you: go up, tak possssion, as th LORD, th God of your fathrs, has spokn to you; do not b afraid, nithr b dismayd." Jwish/Hbrw Nams Bibls: xgss companion Bibl Kaplan Translation Orthodox Jwish Bibl...s, Yah Vh your Elohim givs th land at your fac: ascnd and possss it, as Yah Vh Elohim of your fathrs words you; nithr aw, nor dismay. S! God has placd th land bfor you. Had north and occupy it, as God, Lord of your fathrs, has told you. Do not b afraid and do not b concrnd.' S, Hashm Elohicha hath st ha'artz bfor th; go up and possss it, as Hashm Elohi Avoticha hath said unto th; far not, nithr b discouragd. Litral, almost word-for-word, rndrings:

168 241 Th Book of Dutronomy Concordant Litral Vrsion Contxt Group Vrsion English Standard Vrsion Grn s Litral Translation NASB Nw RSV Wbstr s updatd Bibl Young s Updatd LT Th gist of this vrs: S! Yahwh your Elohim has st th land bfor you. Ascnd! Tnant it just as Yahwh Elohim of your fathrs promisd to you. Do not far, and do not b dismayd. Look, YHWH your God has st th land { or arth } bfor you: go up, tak possssion, as YHWH, th God of your fathrs, has spokn to you; don't b afraid, nithr b dismayd. S, th LORD your God has st th land bfor you. Go up, tak possssion, as th LORD, th God of your fathrs, has told you. Do not far or b dismayd.' S, Jhovah your God has givn th land bfor you; go up, possss it, as Jhovah th God of your fathrs has spokn to you; do not far or b afraid. S, th Lord your God has placd th land bfor you; go up, tak possssion, as th Lord, th God of your fathrs, has spokn to you. Do not far or b dismayd.' Josh 1:6, 9 S, th Lord your God has givn th land to you; go up, tak possssion, as th Lord, th God of your ancstors, has promisd you; do not far or b dismayd.' Bhold, th LORD your God has st th land bfor you: go up [and] possss [it], as th LORD God of your fathrs has said to you; far not, nithr b discouragd. S, Jhovah your God has st bfor you th land; go up, possss, as Jhovah, God of your fathrs, has spokn to you; far not, nor b affrightd. As thy cam to th land, Moss told thm, God has put this land bfor you. Go in and tak it; do not b afraid. Dutronomy 1:21a Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs râ âh (øèàèä) [pronouncd raw-awh] look, s, bhold, viw, s hr, listn up nd 2 prson masculin singular, Qal imprativ Strong's #7200 BDB #906 nâthan (ðèúçï) [pronouncd naw-thahn] to giv, to grant, to plac, to put, to st; to mak rd 3 prson masculin singular, Qal prfct Strong's #5414 BDB #678 YHWH (éäåä) [pronunciation is possibly yhoh-wah] translitratd variously as Jhovah, Yahwh, Y howah propr noun Strong s #3068 BDB #217 Ìlôhîym (àìéääéí) [pronouncd l-o-heem] God; gods, forign gods, god; rulrs, judgs; suprhuman ons, angls; translitratd Elohim masculin plural noun nd with th 2 prson masculin singular suffix Strong's #430 BDB #43 lâmd (ìà) [pronouncd l ] to, for, towards, in rgards to dirctional/rlational prposition BDB #510 pânîym (ôìèðäéí) [pronouncd paw- NEEM] fac, facs countnanc; prsnc masculin plural noun (plural acts lik English singular); with th 2 nd prson masculin singular suffix Strong s #6440 BDB #815 Togthr, thy man bfor you, bfor your fac, in your prsnc, in your sight, in front of you. Whn usd with God, it can tak on th mor figurativ maning in Your judgmnt.

169 Dutronomy Chaptr Dutronomy 1:21a Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs êth (àæç) [pronouncd ayth] untranslatd gnrally; occasionally to, toward indicats that th following substantiv is a dirct objct Strong's #853 BDB #84 rts (àæøæõ) [pronouncd EH-rts] arth (all or a portion throf), land, trritory, country, continnt; ground, soil; undr th ground [Shol] fminin singular noun with th dfinit articl Strong's #776 BDB #75 Translation: Look [at] th land bfor you [which] Y howah your Elohim has givn you. I took som librtis with th first part of this vrs. Th first word should stand by itslf, as in look, s, bhold. Howvr, thy ar ssntially bing told to look at th land which is bfor thm, so I translatd it in that way. Prviously, thy wr on th southrn outskirts of th land of promis, looking north. This was th land which God had promisd to thir fathrs, Abraham, Isaac and Jacob. God did not just suddnly pull th popl of Isral out of Egypt and thn say, Hy, I v got an ida; lt s go up north; I hav som land for you thr. This gos back 400 yars. God promisd this land to Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob and to thir dscndants 400 yars ago. Th Jws of this gnration ar supposd to fulfill this promis of God. Thy nd to s and bliv in th grand arc of God s plan. Application: Evn though you hav vry littl apprciation for th tim that mankind has bn on this arth, th plan of God has workd through mn ovr th past 6000 yars. It did not suddnly happn in your liftim; God s plan has bn around for a long tim. You can choos to gt with it or you can choos to lt it pass you by, and miss out on th gratst rid of your lif. Christianity is basd upon an historical God and historical vnts. Application: Surly, at som tim, you wr invitd to do this or that, and you blw it off, not ralizing what a grat vnt it was that you had bn invitd to. In rtrospct, you can s that you rally missd out; and that this vnt was not going to b rpatd. I am rmindd of th Garrison Killor story, of on particular guy Carl Krsbock, I bliv who, unfortunat for him, was th only ral handyman; th only prson who knw how things workd. At his parnts hom, thir sptic systm backd up until it was at a crisis situation. So, h lookd th situation ovr and dcidd th only plac to put in a nw sptic systm was whr th old on was, unlss you wr going to install a sptic tank uphill from th hous, which was crtainly not th txtbook way of doing things. So h bgan digging and digging and discovrd that what had bn burid thr and usd as thir sptic tank was an old chvy apparntly a vhicl which thy did not hold in high rgard. His only choic was to dig it up and haul it to th dump, and thn com back and put in a nw sptic systm. Wll, this was th homcoming parad day, and his daughtr was th homcoming princss who would rid on a float, but h couldn t rally go bcaus h had to complt this projct. As I said, this had rachd a crisis point, so h digs and thn pulls this chvy out and is hauling th chvy to th dump in all of its glory. A shift in th winds blows th smll in his dirction, and h gts a littl disorintd, and nds up on main strt, and suddnly finds himslf in th middl of a hug crowd of popl standing around to s th homcoming parad. And Carl coms down th road in on dirction, pulling along th family hirloom, as it wr; and thr, coming towards him, is his daughtr as homcoming qun coming toward him on hr float. Luckily, thy ar abl to bring both floats to a complt halt, but, bfor th parad can go any furthr, Carl has to turn around and go th othr dirction. Wll, this is no asy mattr for a truck hauling a burdnd down chvy; and h would go back and forth, forward, and mak a hard turn, and thn back and forth again, manwhil, th crowd is chring and his daughtr is cringing in prsonal disblif. A onof-a-kind homcoming parad, that would b talkd about for yars, but nvr rpatd. Th on homcoming parad you wishd that you had gon to whn you wr askd.

170 243 Th Book of Dutronomy Application: In this sam way, you hav bn askd to join in on th plan of God. You hav a uniqu plac from which to s vrything and from which to act; and this plan is dsignd by God to b th gratst thing for your lif. Evn mor ntrtaining and mmorabl than that homcoming parad. You just hav to choos to participat. Intrstingly, in this vrs, w hav gon from masculin plural vrbs and suffixs to masculin singular vrbs and suffixs. God has placd thm at a particular plac at a particular tim in history. H has brought thm to this plac and thy should know that. This should not b confusion to thm. Thy should not suddnly opn thir ys and wondr, how did I gt to b hr? What s going on? Thy hav sn som of th most amazing things a prson can s, and all of it was to tak thm to this plac whr thy ar. It is a grat tim to b aliv. Application: W as blivrs fac this sort of thing all th tim as w grow spiritually. Now and again, th growing blivr nds to opn his ys, look around, and rcogniz that God has takn you right to this plac in tim and this plac on arth. You ar whr you ar right now, not as a mattr of random vnts and chanc occurrncs, but bcaus this is th will of God for you lif. This sam thing is tru if you ar a scrw up as a blivr, and that you hav wastd your tim on this arth up until now. Thr might b a numbr of things occurring in your lif many of thm unplasant and that is God guiding you to gt back into fllowship and to larn His Word. You ar whr you ar right now, not as a mattr of random vnts and chanc occurrncs, but bcaus this is th will of God for you lif. This Isralits ndd to tak stock of thir livs and mov into th Land of Promis basd upon thir trust in God. Dutronomy 1:21b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs âlâh (òèìèä) [pronouncd ìaw-lawh] go up, ascnd, com up, ris, to climb nd 2 prson masculin singular, Qal imprativ Strong's #5927 BDB #748 yârash ( éèøç) [pronouncd yaw-rash] possss, tak possssion of, occupy a gographical ara [by driving out th prvious occupants], tak possssion of anyon [or thir goods]; possss; xpl, driv out nd 2 prson masculin singular, Qal imprativ Strong s #3423 BDB #439 kôl (ëìéì) [pronouncd kohl]; also kol (ëçìì) [pronouncd kol] all, all things, th whol, totality, th ntirty, vrything masculin singular noun without th dfinit articl Strong s #3605 BDB #481 ãshr (àâéùæø) [pronouncd ash-er] that, which, whn, who, whom rlativ pronoun Strong's #834 BDB #81 K kôl ashr (ëìàëéì) appars to man as all, according to all that, just as all that, just as, xactly as, xactly as all which.

171 Dutronomy Chaptr Dutronomy 1:21b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs dâbar (ãìèáçø) [pronouncd b daw -VAHR] to spak, to talk [and back with action], to giv an opinion, to xpound, to mak a formal spch, to spak out, to promis, to propos, to spak kindly of, to dclar, to proclaim, to announc rd 3 prson masculin singular, Pil prfct Strong s #1696 BDB #180 YHWH (éäåä) [pronunciation is possibly yhoh-wah] translitratd variously as Jhovah, Yahwh, Y howah propr noun Strong s #3068 BDB #217 Ìlôhîym (àìéääéí) [pronouncd l-o-heem] God; gods, forign gods, god; rulrs, judgs; suprhuman ons, angls; translitratd Elohim masculin plural construct Strong's #430 BDB #43 âb (àèá)[pronouncd b aw v] fathr, both as th had of a houshold, clan or trib; foundr, civil ladr, military ladr masculin plural noun nd with th 2 prson masculin singular suffix Strong s #1 BDB #3 lâmd (ìà) [pronouncd l ] to, for, towards, in rgards to dirctional/rlational prposition with th 2 nd prson masculin singular suffix BDB #510 Translation: Go up [and] tak possssion [of it], just as Y howah, th Elohim of your fathrs, said to you. Th land was bfor thm; thy had all of th laws of God. Th nxt stp was for thm to go into th land and tak it, just as God had told thm to do. Lt m hypothsiz that most of th popl standing bfor Moss knw about Abraham, Isaac and Jacob; thy knw about thir own past. This is why Moss is abl to tll thm about th God of thir fathrs. Thy know about thir ancstors. Thy know th God Who had mad promiss to thir ancstors. Th Isralits know that thy ar not just som random popl subjctd to slavry in Egypt, but that God put thm thr and now God has takn thm out of thr. Howvr, th nxt fw stps, thy will hav to tak on thir own. Dutronomy 1:21c Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs lô (ìéà or ìåéà) [pronouncd low] not, no ngats th word or action that follows; th absolut ngation Strong s #3808 BDB #518 yârê (éèøàà) [pronouncd yaw-ray] to far, to b afraid; to farrspct, to rvrnc, to hav a rvrntial rspct nd 2 prson masculin singular, Qal imprfct Strong s #3372 BDB #431

172 245 Th Book of Dutronomy Dutronomy 1:21c Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs w (or v ) (åà or åì) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though; as wll as simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 lô (ìéà or ìåéà) [pronouncd low] not, no ngats th word or action that follows; th absolut ngation Strong s #3808 BDB #518 châthath (çèúçú) [pronouncd khaw- THAHTH] to b dismayd, discouragd; brokn in pics; to b afraid nd 2 prson masculin singular, Niphal imprfct Strong s #2865 BDB #369 Translation: You will not far and you will not b dismayd. And God ordrs thm not to b afraid and not to b dismayd or discouragd. Thos ar mntal attitud sins, and thy ndd to rmain in fllowship with God as thy took th land which H has givn thm. This is what stoppd thir forfathrs. Ths ar th words of God coming through Moss to th popl of God. At that tim, thy wr about to snd spis into th land, and thy would confirm all that God has told thm about th Land of Promis. Calb and Joshua backd Moss on this. Whn thy first stood bfor th land, rady to go in, thy said: "Th land, which w passd through to spy it out, is an xcdingly good land. If th LORD dlights in us, H will bring us into this land and giv it to us, a land that flows with milk and hony. Only do not rbl against th LORD. And do not far th popl of th land, for thy ar brad for us. Thir protction is rmovd from thm, and th LORD is with us; do not far thm." (Num. 14:7 9; ESV capitalizd) Th God who dstroyd th army of th Egyptians was with thm; and is with thm now. And as th writr of Hbrws said: So w can confidntly say, "Th Lord is my hlpr; I will not far; what can man do to m?" (Hb 13:6; ESV) Vv rad: At that tim I said to you, You hav com as far as th hill country of th Amorit, which land Jhovah our God is giving us. Just look at that land which lis bfor you th land which Jhovah your God has givn you. Go up and tak possssion of that land, just as Jhovah th God of your fathrs dirctd you. Do not b afraid or dismayd. Intrstingly nough, although Moss said ths words to th popl as thy stood bfor th Land of Promis, ths words ar not rcordd back in th book of Numbrs, but only hr and in v. 29. Moss crtainly did spak ths words to thm, but did not rcord that fact until this chaptr. God had givn th Land of Promis, th land of Canaan to th Jws, and all thy had to do was to go up into th land and tak it. God had sarchd out th land and had dtrmind that it was good. Howvr, h land was filld with dgnrat, cancrous groups of popl who ndd to b wipd out. This was not a racial or a rligious or a cultural problm; this was strictly spiritual. Th inhabitants of th land had rjctd God as god had rvald Himslf to thm and had chosn to worship th cratur rathr than th crator. For whn thy knw God, thy did not honor Him as God or giv thanks; in fact, thy bcam futil in thir spculations, and thir foolish hart was darknd. Profssing to b wis, thy bcam fools, and xchangd th glory of th incorruptibl God for an imag in th form of corruptibl man and of birds and four-footd animals and crawling craturs. Thrfor, God gav thm ovr in th lusts of thir harts to an immoral status, that thir bodis might b dishonord among thm. For thy xchangd th truth of God for a li, and worshipd and srvd th cratur rathr than th Crator, Who is blssd forvr, Amn (Rom. 1:21 26). Th Jws had just sn th prmir army of thir tim dstroyd bfor thir ys God burid th Egyptian armd forcs undr millions of gallons of watr right bfor thir ys. God had prformd miracl aftr miracl bfor th ys of ths popl. Thrfor, thy did not hav to far any of th inhabitants of th Land of Promis.

173 Dutronomy Chaptr It oftn hlps to stand back and gt an ovrall viw. Th first 16 vrss of Moss srmon rad as follows: Y howah our Elohim spok to us in Horb, saying, You hav rmaind at this mountain [for too] long. Turn and pull up staks [to mov] and go to th hill country of th Amorit and to all of his nighbors in th Arabah, in th mountainous ara, in th Shphlah, in th Ngv and along th coastal rgion to th land of th Canaanit and [to] Lbanon as far as th Grat Rivr, th Rivr Euphrats. Look, I hav givn th land bfor you go into [it] and tak possssion of th land which Y howah swor to your fathrs to Abraham, to Isaac and to Jacob to giv [this vry land] to thm and to thir dscndants aftr thm. So I spok to you at that tim, saying, I am unabl to carry you. Y howah your Elohim has multiplid you and, obsrv, you [ar] [this] day as th stars of th havns [as] to multitud. (May Y howah, th Elohim of your fathrs, incras you a thousandfold and [may] H blss you xactly as H said H would [lit., as H said to you].) How do I alon bar your wight and your burdn and your strif? [Thrfor, I said], Provid for yourslvs mn [who ar] wis and prcptiv and knowldgabl rgarding your trib, and I will appoint thm [as] your hads [or, to b among your officrs]. Thn you answrd m and said, [This] ida which you said to do is good. Thrfor, I took th hads of your tribs mn [who ar] wis and knowldgabl and I placd thm as hads ovr you, [as] commandrs of thousands, commandrs of hundrds, commandrs of fiftis, and commandrs of tns; as wll as officials of your tribs. I also ordaind [or, chargd] judgs at that tim, saying, Listn [to disputs] btwn your brothrs and judg rightously btwn a man and a fllow Isralit [or btwn this man] and an immigrant [lit., btwn a man and btwn his brothr and btwn his immigrant]. You will not b partial [toward] popl whn [you] judg. As to th small [and] th grat, you will har [thm all]. You will not far th fac of man bcaus [all] judgmnt blongs to Elohim Himslf. Also whn a cas is [too] difficult for you, [just] bring [that cas] to m and I will har it. Thus I commandd you at that tim all th things that you [should] do. So w pulld up staks in Horb and wnt toward all th grat and farful dsrt-wildrnss which you saw on th way to th hill country of th Amorit, just as Y howah our Elohim commandd us; and w cam as far as Kadsh-barna. And I said to you, You hav com as far as th hill country of th Amorit, which [country] Y howah our Elohim is giving to us. Look [at] th land bfor you [which] Y howah your Elohim has givn you. Go up [and] tak possssion [of it], just as Y howah, th Elohim of your fathrs, said to you. You will not far and you will not b dismayd. Th Logical Progrssion of Dut. 1: How Moss is rcounting thir history is both logical and chronological. 2. Thy had bn at Mount Sinai (Horb) rciving th Law and Moss taught thm th Law. But now, it was tim for thm to mov towards th Land of Promis. 3. Moss thn dscribs som of th aras of th land, which indicats that h bothr undrstood th promiss which God mad to th Jws; and h knw th gography of th land that li bfor thm. 4. Two of God s promiss to Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob wr to incras th population of thir popl and to giv thm th land bfor thm. 5. All thos in th audinc ndd to do was to look lft and look right and thy could s that God s promis to prospr thm as a population had takn plac. Th fact that ths promiss go back to Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob; and th fact that thy could confirm on of thos promiss by looking at thir own numbrs should hav givn thm th confidnc to mov forward. 6. As an asid, h says that h is not complaining, but that h continus to pray for God to incras thir numbrs. 7. Howvr, bcaus of thos larg numbrs and bcaus of what a larg population rquirs, Moss had

174 247 Th Book of Dutronomy Th Logical Progrssion of Dut. 1:6 21 to st up systms of military, judicial and rligious authoritis. 8. Moss gav spcial instructions to th judgs, to plac justic abov all ls. 9. Thn thy pulld up staks and wnt toward th land, stopping in Kadsh-barna. 10. Moss tlls thm to look toward this land and to rcogniz that God has givn thm this land. Thy must go in and tak th land, just as Y howah Elohim said to thm. 11. And thy wr not to b afraid. Logical and chronological. Chaptr Outlin Charts, Maps and Short Doctrins Thr is anothr aspct to ntring into th land and taking it, and that is, What about th morality of taking this land that blongs to othr groups of popl? Th Morality of Taking th Land of Promis 1. In th book of Gnsis, w travld with Moss throughout th Land of Promis; and ths popl wr not so bad. In fact, thr wr a fw instancs whr th popl of th land wr actually a littl bit bttr than Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. 2. Bar in mind that Egypt was a fairly nic country too, whn Josph was takn into slavry thr. H ros from slavry to bcom prim ministr. Thy rcognizd his ladrship qualitis, his snap, and his rlationship to God, and thrfor, thy promotd him. 3. Howvr, that sam Egypt which wlcomd th Jws with loving arms turnd against thm and put thm into slavry. 4. With rgards to th Land of Promis, th potntial for going rally bad was always thr. Rcall Sodom and Gomorrah. This was a plac that Lot originally lookd down into and thought, That is whr I want to liv. Howvr, this modrn st of citis fll into grat dgnracy, with th chif sport of th day bing, hunt down nw popl who hav ntrd th land and subjct thm to homosxual rap. 5. Apparntly, th rst of th Land of Promis fll into grat dgnracy as wll. 6. On of th things which is difficult for som popl to grasp is, God s popl hav uniqu rsponsibilitis, which can includ going into a country and dstroying its population. Whn a population rachs a lin of dgnracy, thn thy ar to b put down lik a mad dog. Evn dog lovrs, who hat th ida of dstroying any dog, undrstand that a rabid dog must b put down. Th sam is tru for humans. 7. Th childrn of Isral wr not to go into th Land of Promis at any tim and tak it. Rcall that, th iniquity of th Amorits was not yt full (Gn. 15:16b). God knw th dirction in which thy would go; but whn th population was bnign and thy blivd in Jsus Christ (i.., th Rvald Lord), God would not dstroy thm (w hav th xampl of Jonah and th popl of Ninvh). 8. But, by this point in tim, thy had rachd an horrndous lvl of human dgnracy. 9. Th Bibl dos not go into much dtail as to th ways that ths popl had bcom dgnrat. Lv. 18:24 30 rads: Do not dfil yourslvs in any of ths things. For in all ths th nations ar dfild, which I cast out bfor you. And th land is dfild. Thrfor I visit its wickdnss on it, and th land itslf vomits out thos who liv in it. You shall thrfor kp My statuts and My judgmnts, and shall not commit any of ths abominations, nithr th nativ, nor any strangr that livs among you. For th mn of th land who wr bfor you hav don all ths abominations, and th land is dfild. You shall not do ths so that th land may not spw you out also whn you dfil it, as it spwd out th nations that wr bfor you. For whovr shall commit any of ths abominations, vn th souls who commit thm shall b cut off from among thir popl. And you shall kp My ordinanc, so as not to do any of ths abominabl customs which wr committd bfor you, and that you do not dfil yourslvs in thm. I am Jhovah your God. (MKJV) Dut. 12:29 31 Whn Jhovah your God shall cut off th nations bfor you, whr you go to possss thm, and you tak thir plac and dwll in thir land, tak hd to yourslf that you do not bcom snard by following thm, aftr thy ar dstroyd from bfor

175 Dutronomy Chaptr Th Morality of Taking th Land of Promis you, and that you do not ask about thir gods, saying, How did ths nations srv thir gods, that I too may do likwis? You shall not do so to Jhovah your God. For vry abomination to Jhovah, which H hats, thy hav don to thir gods; vn thir sons and thir daughtrs thy hav burnd in th fir to thir gods. (MKJV) So, primarily, ths popl had gottn dgnrat to a point whr thy burnd thir own childrn with fir to placat thir gods. R. B. Thim, Jr. (who was also a brilliant historian) usd to dscrib hathn tmpls whr mn and womn would ngag in sxual intrcours whil thir childrn wr burnd with fir at th hathn altar. Graphic: From Charls Fostr s Offring to Molch. From wikimdia accssd Octobr 24, Caption: This is an idol namd Molch. A grat many popl usd to pray to this idol. It had th had of a calf, and was mad of brass, and it was hollow insid. Thr was a plac in th sid to mak a fir in it. Whn it got vry hot th wickd popl usd to put thir littl childrn in its arms. Th littl childrn wr burnd to dath thr. This man in th pictur is just going to put a littl child in th idol's arms. Othr mn ar blowing on trumpts and bating on drums, and making a grat nois, so that no on can har th poor littl child cry.1 R. B. Thim, Jr. suggstd that th child s cris hightnd th plasur of thos having sx at th sam tim. John V. Collyr dscribs what sort of things hav bn uncovrd: Archaology has givn us th answr. Inscribd bakd clay tablts at Ras Shamra (Ugarit) in Syria, and at othr sits, hav rvald somthing of th horribl natur of th Amorit rligious practics. Thy worshippd gods who hav bn shown to b sxual prvrts of th most grotsqu kind, and who had no rspct for th sanctity of human lif. Countlss childrn wr sacrificd to thir gods by bing thrown into th firs of thir god Moloch. Isral was forwarnd about this abominabl practic in Lviticus 18:21. Also, funrary jars hav bn found containing th rmains of young childrn distortd by suffocation as thy struggld for lif, aftr having bn burid aliv as a sacrific to Canaanit gods. Such childrn hav bn found in th foundations of Canaanit houss. Thus archaological discovris hav rvald a popl whos moral sns was so dbasd that th God of Isral could not tolrat thm in His land. Insurgnt Isral, undr God's instructions, was to purg out this popl who wr not fit to liv. It was an ssntial task to b accomplishd bfor th land was fit to b occupid. Ths Amorits wr to b judgd by thir own standard of th xpndability of human lif, vn of thir own childrn.2 Crtainly, you ar thinking, wll, that is all vry nic, but what dos this hav to do with m? Now for th application. Vry, vry young childrn in many Muslim culturs ar bing raisd to sacrific thmslvs for Allah at a young ag. Thy ar raisd to hat God s popl, th Jws. This is not th ida to fight for frdom or to fight for indpndnc, but to find a larg group of innocnt citizns (prfrably Amricans or Jws; but othr Muslims ar fin to us in a pinch) and to kill thm through som suicidal act. This approach is taught to b plasing to Allah and to insur th prson committing this atrocity trnity with Allah (which is tru, to som dgr, as thy will spnd trnity with Satan). In this way, thir childrn ar bing sacrificd to th human idol, Allah. This is not to b confusd with th function of th military in th Unitd Stats. W do not bring up our childrn to hat Muslims or any othr group of popl; w do not, as a nation, tach grat falshoods about any othr group of popl, and promis grat things from God to 3-yar-old childrn who kill lots

176 249 Th Book of Dutronomy Th Morality of Taking th Land of Promis of ths popl. In fact, most of us parnts try to protct our childrn from th uglinss and vil of th world for as long as possibl. W lik our childrn to b happy and carfr bfor thy find out how th world rally is. 1 From accssd Octobr 24, From accssd Octobr 24, If you do not undrstand how vil Islam is, I rcommnd Obsssion th Movi, also availabl on You Tub. Also rcommndd: Military Doctrins Rlatd to th Word of God (HTML) (PDF) (WPD). Within this study is What is a Rightous War? Chaptr Outlin Charts, Maps and Short Doctrins And so you [all] will com nar unto m, all of you, and you will say, Lt us snd mn to Thrfor, all of you cam nar to m and you said, Lt us [first] snd spis [lit., mn] bfor our facs and thy will sarch out for us th Dutronomy us and thy will sarch out th land for us. land and thy will caus to bring back to us a word, th way which w will go up into hr and th citis which w will ntr unto thm. 1:22 Thn thy will bring back to us a rport, th way in which w will go up into th land [lit., hr] and th citis that w will ntr into. Thrfor, many of you approachd m and suggstd that w snd out spis to sarch out th land for us. Thn thy would bring back a rport as to th way by which w will ntr into th land and which citis that w will ntr into first. Hr is how othrs hav translatd this vrs: Ancint txts: Targum of Onklos Latin Vulgat Masortic Txt (Hbrw) Pshitta (Syriac) Sptuagint (Grk) Significant diffrncs: And all of you cam to m in a body, and said, W will snd mn bfor us to xamin th land for us, and bring us back word by what way w shall go up to it, and th citis w should ntr. And you cam all to m, and said: Lt us snd mn who may viw th land, and bring us word what way w shall go up, and to what citis w shall go. And so you [all] will com nar unto m, all of you, and you will say, Lt us snd mn to our facs and thy will sarch out for us th land and thy will caus to bring back to us a word, th way which w will go up into hr and th citis which w will ntr unto thm. Thn all of you cam nar to m and said, Lt us snd mn bfor us, and thy shall spy out th land for us, and bring us word again and show us th way by which w must go up and th citis into which w shall com. And you all cam to m, and said, Lt us snd mn bfor us, and lt thm go up to th land for us; and lt thm bring back to us a rport of th way by which w shall go up, and of th citis into which w shall ntr. Ths ar all prtty clos. Thought-for-thought translations; paraphrass:

177 Dutronomy Chaptr Common English Bibl Contmporary English V. Easy English Easy-to-Rad Vrsion Good Nws Bibl (TEV) Th Mssag Nw Brkly Vrsion Nw Cntury Vrsion Th Voic Thn all of you approachd m, saying, "Lt's snd spis ahad of us-thy can chck out th land for us. Thn thy can rturn with word about th rout w should us and bring a rport about th citis that w'll b ntring." Thn all of you cam to m and said, "Bfor w go into th land, lt's snd som mn to xplor it. Whn thy com back, thy can tll us about th towns w will find and what roads w should tak to gt thr." Thn all of you cam to m. You said, "Lt us snd som mn in front of us. Thy can xplor th country. Thn thy can bring back a rport to us. Thy can tll us th bst road to travl. Thy can tll us about th towns that w will com to." But you all cam to m and said, Lt s snd som mn to look at th land first. Thy can look for all th strong and wak placs thr. Thn thy can com back and tll us th way w should go. Thy can also tll us about th citis w will com to. "But you cam to m and said, 'Lt's snd mn ahad of us to spy out th land, so that thy can tll us th bst rout to tak and what kind of citis ar thr.' But thn you all cam to m and said, "Lt's snd som mn on ahad to scout out th land for us and bring back a rport on th bst rout to tak and th kinds of towns w can xpct to find." You thn cam to m, all of you, and you said, Lt us snd mn ahad of us to xplor th land for us and to bring back a rport with rgard to th road by which w shall go up, and th citis w would b ntring. Thn all of you cam to m and said, "Lt's snd mn bfor us to spy out th land. Thy can com back and tll us about th way w should go and th citis w will find." But you approachd m with idas of your own: "Couldn't w snd a fw popl in to invstigat first? Thy could xplor th land, com back, and tll us what rout w should tak and what citis w'd com to along th way." Partially litral and partially paraphrasd translations: Amrican English Bibl Christian Community Bibl God s Word Nw Advnt (Knox) Bibl Nw Amrican Bibl Nw Amrican Bibl (R.E.) NIRV Nw Jrusalm Bibl 'But you all cam to m and said, Lt's snd mn ahad of us into th land and hav thm bring back a rport about which way w should travl and which of th citis w should ntr. Thn all of you gathrd around m and said to m: Bttr snd som mn bfor us to xplor th land and map out th roads lading to th citis whr w ar to go. All of you cam to m and said, "Lt's snd mn ahad of us to gathr information about th land for us. Hav thm rport to us about th rout w should tak and th citis w'll com to." Whrupon you all prfrrd a rqust to m that mn should b snt out to viw th land, and bring back word how bst to approach it, what citis you should first assail; and I, listning to your words with approval, chos out twlv such mn, on from ach trib. V. 23 is includd for contxt. Thn all of you cam up to m and said, 'Lt us snd mn ahad to rconnoitr th land for us and rport to us on th road w must follow and th citis w must tak.' Thn all of you approachd m and said, "Lt us snd mn ahad to spy out th land for us and rport to us on th road w should follow and th citis w will com upon." Thn all of you cam to m. You said, "Lt's snd som mn ahad of us. Thy can chck out th land for us and bring back a rport. Thy can suggst to us which way to go. Thy can tll us about th towns w'll com to." Thn you all cam to m and said, "Lt us snd mn ahad of us to xplor th country; thy shall rport to us which way w ought to tak and what towns w shall com to."

178 251 Th Book of Dutronomy Today s NIV Thn all of you cam to m and said, "Lt us snd mn ahad to spy out th land for us and bring back a rport about th rout w ar to tak and th towns w will com to." Mostly litral rndrings (with som occasional paraphrasing): Ancint Roots Translinar All of you nard to m, saying, "Snd mn in front of us to dig in th land for us, and rturn to us a word of th way for us ascnd, and th citis w will com into." Bibl in Basic English And you cam nar to m, vry on of you, and said, Lt us snd mn bfor us to go through th land with car and giv us an account of th way w ar to go and th towns to which w will com. Th Expandd Bibl Thn all of you cam to m and said, "Lt's snd mn bfor us to spy out th land. Thy can com back and tll us [bring back a rport] about th way w should go and th citis w will find [Num ]." Frar-Fnton Bibl But all of you approachd m, asking to snd mn bfor you to xamin th country, and to rport to you about th road by which you could go up to it ; and about th citis that you wr to go to. HCSB "Thn all of you approachd m and said, 'Lt's snd mn ahad of us, so that thy may xplor th land for us and bring us back a rport about th rout w should go up and th citis w will com to.' NET Bibl So all of you approachd m and said, "Lt's snd som mn ahad of us to scout out th land and bring us back word as to how w should attack it and what th citis ar lik thr." NIV, 2011 Thn all of you cam to m and said, "Lt us snd mn ahad to spy [Nu 13:1-3] out th land [G 42:9] for us and bring back a rport about th rout w ar to tak and th towns w will com to." Jwish/Hbrw Nams Bibls: Complt Jwish Bibl xgss companion Bibl JPS (Tanakh 1985) Kaplan Translation Orthodox Jwish Bibl "You approachd m, vry on of you, and said, 'Lt's snd mn ahad of us to xplor th country for us and bring back word concrning what rout w should us in going up and what th citis w will ncountr ar lik.' And you approachd m, vry on of you, and said, W snd mn from our fac to xplor th land and rturn word of which way to ascnd and into what citis to com. Thn all of you cam to m and said, Lt us snd mn ahad to rconnoitr th land for us and bring back word on th rout w shall follow and th citis w shall com to. All of you thn approachd m and said, 'Snd mn ahad of us to xplor th land. Lt thm bring back a rport about th way ahad of us and th citis that w shall ncountr.' And y cam nar unto m vry on of you, and said, Lt us snd anashim ahad of us, and thy shall spy out ha'artz, and bring us word again by what way w must go up, and into what towns w shall com. Litral, almost word-for-word, rndrings: Concordant Litral Vrsion Thn you cam nar to m, all of you, and said:lt us snd mn bfor us that thy may rconnoitr in th land for us and bring us back word about th way by which w should ascnd, and about th citis to which w shall com.

179 Dutronomy Chaptr Contxt Group Vrsion Darby Translation English Standard Vrsion Grn s Litral Translation Nw RSV Wbstr s Bibl Translation Young s Updatd LT Th gist of this vrs: And you { pl } cam nar to m vry on of you { pl }, and said, Lt us snd mn bfor us, that thy may sarch th land { or arth } for us, and bring us word again of th way by which w must go up, and th citis to which w shall com. And y cam nar to m all of you, and said, W will snd mn bfor us, who shall xamin th land for us, and bring us word again of th way by which w must go up, and of th citis to which w shall com. Thn all of you cam nar m and said, 'Lt us snd mn bfor us, that thy may xplor th land for us and bring us word again of th way by which w must go up and th citis into which w shall com.' And you cam nar to m, vry on of you, and said, Lt us snd mn bfor us, and thy shall sarch out th land for us, and thy shall bring us back word as to th way in which w shall go up, and th citis to which w shall com. All of you cam to m and said, `Lt us snd mn ahad of us to xplor th land for us and bring back a rport to us rgarding th rout by which w should go up and th citis w will com to.' And y cam nar to m vry on of you, and said, W will snd mn bfor us, and thy shall xplor th land for us, and bring us word again by what way w must go up, and into what citis w shall com. And you [all] com nar unto m, all of you, and say, Lt us snd mn bfor us, and thy sarch for us th land, and thy bring us back word concrning th way in which w go up into it, and th citis unto which w com in. Popl cam to Moss and said that thr should b spis snt into th land first. Dutronomy 1:22a Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs wa (or va) (åç) [pronouncd wah] and so, and thn, thn, and; so, that, yt, thrfor, consquntly; bcaus wâw conscutiv BDB #253 qârab ( ÈøÇá) [pronouncd B kaw-ra V] to com nar, to approach, to draw nar nd 2 prson masculin plural, Qal imprfct Strong #7126 BDB #897 l (àæì) [pronouncd hl] unto; into, among, in; toward, to; against; concrning, rgarding; bsids, togthr with; as to dirctional prposition (rspct or dfrnc may b implid) with th st 1 prson singular suffix Strong's #413 BDB #39 kôl (ëìéì) [pronouncd kohl]; also kôl (ëìéì) [pronouncd kohl] all, all things, th whol, totality, th ntirty, vrything masculin singular noun nd with th 2 prson masculin plural suffix Strong s #3605 BDB #481 Translation: Thrfor, all of you cam nar to m... Intrstingly nough, Moss is spaking to th gnration of promis, but h is spaking as if thy did what is found hr, but it was thir parnts who did this. Howvr, as a singular group, thy ar considrd to b acting togthr, vn though th childrn did not mak any of ths dcisions (th childrn who ar adults at this point in tim). 79 Gill: Not vry individual of thm, but th hads of thir tribs, that rprsntd thm; this is not to b undrstood of th prsnt gnration prsonally, but of thir fathrs, who all did in th wildrnss, 79 sav a vry fw of thm. Dr. John Gill, John Gill s Exposition of th Entir Bibl; from -Sword, Dut. 1:22.

180 253 Th Book of Dutronomy So, prviously, ths popl approach Moss and thy mad som suggstions to him. Again, this is actually th parnts of th popl to whom Moss spok at this tim. Dutronomy 1:22b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs wa (or va) (åç) [pronouncd wah] and so, and thn, thn, and; so, that, yt, thrfor, consquntly; bcaus wâw conscutiv BDB #253 âmar (àèîçø) [pronouncd aw-mahr] to say, to spak, to uttr; to say [to onslf], to think; to command; to promis; to xplain; to intnd nd 2 prson masculin plural, Qal imprfct Strong s #559 BDB #55 shâlach (ùèìçç) [pronouncd shaw- LAKH] to snd, to snd for [forth, away], to dismiss, to dploy, to put forth, to strtch out, to rach out st 1 prson plural, Qal imprfct with th voluntativ hê Strong s #7971 BDB #1018 Th hê at th nd is calld a voluntativ hê and th vrb itslf is known as a cohortativ and is oftn translatd with th additional word lt, may, might, ought, should. ãnâshîym (àâðèùäéí) [pronouncd uh-nawshm]; also splld îyshîym (àäéùäéí) [pronouncd -SHEEM] mn; inhabitants, citizns; companions; soldirs, followrs masculin plural noun Strong's #376 BDB #35 lâmd (ìà) [pronouncd l ] to, for, towards, in rgards to dirctional/rlational prposition BDB #510 pânîym (ôìèðäéí) [pronouncd paw- NEEM] fac, facs countnanc; prsnc masculin plural noun (plural acts lik English singular); with th 1 st prson plural suffix Strong s #6440 BDB #815 Togthr, thy man bfor us, bfor our facs, in our prsnc, in our sight, in front of us. Translation:...and you said, Lt us [first] snd spis [lit., mn] bfor us... This is a normal approach. Evn though God was with ths popl, this did not lt thm off th hook from prforming normal military manuvrs. Thy wr not to just charg into th land and start attacking citis. Thy had to know just xactly what thy would com across. Thr is nothing wrong with bing snsibl; thr is nothing wrong with facing th nmy aftr having first scopd thm out. So this suggstion is good. Dutronomy 1:22c Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs w (or v ) (åà or åì) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though; as wll as simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251

181 Dutronomy Chaptr Dutronomy 1:22c Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs châphar (çèôçø) [pronouncd chaw- FAHR] to dig [a wll or pit]; to dig for, to sarch for, to sarch for that which is hiddn, to sarch by digging; to xplor rd 3 prson masculin plural, Qal imprfct Strong s #2658 BDB #343 lâmd (ìà) [pronouncd l ] to, for, towards, in rgards to dirctional/rlational prposition with th 1 st prson plural suffix BDB #510 êth (àæç) [pronouncd ayth] untranslatd gnrally; occasionally to, toward indicats that th following substantiv is a dirct objct Strong's #853 BDB #84 rts (àæøæõ) [pronouncd EH-rts] arth (all or a portion throf), land, trritory, country, continnt; ground, soil; undr th ground [Shol] fminin singular noun with th dfinit articl Strong's #776 BDB #75 Translation:...and thy will sarch out th land for us. Ths ar normal military tactics. It would mak sns for ths popl to ntr into th land surrptitiously to look things ovr. Dutronomy 1:22d Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs w (or v ) (åà or åì) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though; as wll as simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 shûwb (ùåìá) b [pronouncd shoo v] to caus to rturn, to bring, to b causd to turn back mntally, rminisc, to rturn somthing, to rstor, to bring back, to snd back, to rgain, to rcovr, to mak rstitution, rconsidr, think again, to b causd to rturn rd 3 prson masculin plural, Hiphil imprfct Strong's #7725 BDB #996 êth (àæç) [pronouncd ayth] us; untranslatd mark of a dirct objct; occasionally to, toward sign of th dirct objct st affixd to a 1 prson plural suffix Strong's #853 BDB #84 dâbâr (ãìèáèø) [pronouncd b daw -VAWR] word, saying, doctrin, thing, mattr, command; businss, occupation; cas; somthing; mannr masculin singular noun Strong's #1697 BDB #182 Translation: Thn thy will bring back to us a rport,... Th spis wr going to look th plac ovr and dtrmin a numbr of things. Thy would also bring back a rport.

182 255 Th Book of Dutronomy 12 spis will b snt, bcaus diffrnt mn will s and rmmbr diffrnt things. Furthrmor, it is clar that this many mn can go into this land without bing considrd dangrous. Dutronomy 1:22 Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs êth (àæç) [pronouncd ayth] untranslatd gnrally; occasionally to, toward indicats that th following substantiv is a dirct objct Strong's #853 BDB #84 drk (ãìæøæêó) [pronouncd DEH-rk ] way, distanc, road, path; journy, cours; dirction, towards; mannr, habit, way [of lif]; of moral charactr masculin singular noun with th dfinit articl Strong's #1870 BDB #202 ãshr (àâéùæø) [pronouncd uh-sher] that, which, whn, who, whom rlativ pronoun Strong's #834 BDB #81 âlâh (òèìèä) [pronouncd ìaw-lawh] to go up, to ascnd, to com up, to ris, to climb st 1 prson plural, Qal imprfct Strong's #5927 BDB #748 h b (áìà) [pronouncd b ] in, into, through; among, in th midst of; at, by, nar, on, bfor, in th prsnc of, upon; with; to, unto, upon, up to; in rspct to, on account of; by mans of, about, concrning primarily a prposition of proximity; howvr, it has a multitud of functions; with th 3 rd prson fminin singular suffix BDB #88 Translation:...th way in which w will go up into th land [lit., hr]... First thing thy would dtrmin is th bst rout into th land of promis. Som of th translations translat th last portion of this vrs: th way which w must go up into it and th citis unto which w must go in. Ths vrbs ar in th Qal imprfct, so I don't altogthr follow from whnc coms th implid imprativ; howvr, I though this should b notd. This vrs tlls us that th ida of snding out a spy forc first into Canaan was an ida of th popl. Thy wantd to know what thy wr gtting into. On th surfac, thr dos not appar to b anything wrong with this particular mov in fact, if anything, it smd to b a prudnt thing to do. Som of thos who had th ar of Moss thos h had st in positions of ladrship suggstd this and Moss took this ida to God, as h was wont to do. Y howah said, "Snd out for yourslf mn so that thy may spy out th land of Canaan, which I am going to giv to th sons of Isral; you will snd a man from ach of thir fathrs' tribs, vryon on a ladr among thm." So Moss snt thm from th wildrnss of Paran at th mouth of Y howah, all of thm mn who wr hads of th sons of Isral (Num. 13:2). Thrfor, snding spid into th land is God's will. God knows what th lay of th land is and H knows who th popl ar who dwll thrin. God dos not nd to hav th land carfully rconnoitrd. W do not know th motivation of th popl, whthr thy wr stalling or bing prudnt. Application: Howvr, on thing that w larn in th Bibl is on of th worst things you can do is appoint a committ to study somthing and giv thir collctiv opinion. Th board of dacons for a church, with a fw wondrful xcptions, ar th waknss of th church. R. B. Thim, Jr. says this is why many churchs ar paintd gray th rsult of a committ dcision. Oftn thy stand in opposition to a pastor, somtims to on who is taching God's Word faithfully. This is totally wrong in God's plan.

183 Dutronomy Chaptr Dutronomy 1:22f Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs w (or v ) (åà or åì) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though; as wll as simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 êth (àæç) [pronouncd ayth] untranslatd gnrally; occasionally to, toward indicats that th following substantiv is a dirct objct Strong's #853 BDB #84 îyr (òäéø) [pronouncd ìr] ncampmnt, city, town fminin plural noun with th dfinit articl Strong's #5892 BDB #746 ãshr (àâéùæø) [pronouncd uh-sher] that, which, whn, who, whom rlativ pronoun Strong's #834 BDB #81 bôw (áìåéà) [pronouncd boh] to com in, to com, to go in, to go, to ntr, to advanc st 1 prson plural, Qal imprfct Strong s #935 BDB #97 l (àæì) [pronouncd hl] unto; into, among, in; toward, to; against; concrning, rgarding; bsids, togthr with; as to dirctional prposition (rspct or dfrnc may b implid) with th rd 3 prson fminin plural suffix Strong's #413 BDB #39 Translation:...and th citis that w will ntr into. Scondly, thy would dtrmin which citis that would b invadd first. Barns: Th plan of snding th spis originatd with th popl; and, as in itslf a rasonabl on, it approvd itslf to Moss; it was submittd to God, sanctiond by Him, and carrid out undr spcial 80 divin dirction. Th Pulpit Commntary: Caution is in itslf a virtu. It is nvr wis to rush into undrtakings without wll-plannd masurs. Th mor knowldg w hav to guid us in ntring upon difficult duty th bttr. Th snding out of ths spis was fittd to procur for th Isralits valuabl information as 81 to th natur of th land, th bst mod of attack, th stat of fling among th inhabitants, tc. V. 22 rads, in its ntirty: Thrfor, all of you cam nar to m and you said, Lt us [first] snd spis [lit., mn] bfor us and thy will sarch out th land for us. Thn thy will bring back to us a rport, th way in which w will go up into th land [lit., hr] and th citis that w will ntr into. Th fact that this ida was th gnral sntimnt of th ladrs also indicats that thr popl had dvisd a way of gtting information to on anothr rathr quickly. If thy hav just com up to th southrn part of th land and thy hav ladrs chosn to lad thm, but all of ths ladrs hav com up to Moss saying, Lt s spy out this land first; this suggsts quit a ntwork of communication xistd within ach trib (Moss himslf may hav st this information ntwork up, as thr wr commandrs ovr 1000, ovr 100, ovr 50 and ovr 10). Application: Much is said about th lins of communication within a marriag; but this vrs suggsts that it is important to hav lins of communication opn btwn citizns and thir ladrs. 80 Albrt Barns, Barns Nots on th Old Tstamnt; from -Sword, Dut. 1: Th Pulpit Commntary; ; by Josph S. Exll, Hnry Donald Mauric Spnc-Jons, courtsy of -sword, Dut. 1:22.

184 257 Th Book of Dutronomy Thr is th sovrignty of God and th fr will of man, and thy mt in many placs. Th Sovrignty of God vrsus th Fr Will of Man Th Fr Will of Man Dut. 1:22 rads: Thrfor, many of you approachd m and suggstd that w snd out spis to sarch out th land for us. Thn thy would bring back a rport as to th way by which w will ntr into th land and which citis that w will ntr into first. You will not that w viw this sam incidnt from two vantag points: in Dutronomy, w s this from th human viwpoint... Th popl standing bfor Moss is going to know about how thir fathrs approachd Moss, suggsting that thy spy out th land (probably many of th ladrs that Moss appointd cam to him and suggstd this). Probably with ach man, thr was a slightly diffrnt plan as to how many mn would b snt and whr xactly thy would travl to. This suggsts that thr was a systm of communication in plac. Moss was a grat ladr, and it is clar by this that h was not isolatd from th popl (somthing which oftn happns as a ladr gts oldr). Th Sovrignty of God This incidnt is also rcordd in Num. 13:1 3 And Jhovah spok to Moss, saying, Snd mn for you, and thy shall spy out th land of Canaan which I am giving to th sons of Isral; you shall snd on man for th trib of his fathrs, on man, vry on a ladr among thm. And by th command of Jhovah Moss snt thm from th wildrnss of Paran thy wr all of thm mn, hads of th sons of Isral. (Grn s litral translation; quotation marks addd)...and from Numbrs, w s th divin viw of what is going on. Moss, unsur of what to do, thn gos to God and says, What should w do? Moss knows th popl want him to spy out th land first, but thr wr probably a numbr of suggstions as to thos dtails givn to him. So Moss asks God and God tlls Moss to slct a man from ach trib to go into th land and to spy it out. This suggsts that thr was a systm of communication in plac btwn Moss and God. Moss did not hav to go back to Mount Sinai but was abl to communicat with God fac to fac. Bcaus thr is a quotation hr, this was a vrbal communication, and not simply a ys or no rspons. What w hav hr is th idal situation, whr th fr will of man lins up with th sovrignty of God. Chaptr Outlin Charts, Maps and Short Doctrins Th Pulpit Commntary: W s from two instancs in this chaptr how God"s plans lav wid room for th indpndnt action of th human mind. Moss got th suggstion of appointing judgs from 82 Jthro; th ida of snding spis to rconnoitr th Holy Land originatd with th popl. And so is good in my [two] ys th word This ida was good in my stimation so I took Dutronomy and so I tak from you [all] two-tn mn, a from you [all] twlv mn, on man for [ach] 1:23 man on for th trib. trib. Sinc I thought that this was an xcllnt ida, I chos 12 mn, on from ach trib. Hr is how othrs hav translatd this vrs: 82 Th Pulpit Commntary; ; by Josph S. Exll, Hnry Donald Mauric Spnc-Jons, courtsy of -sword, Dut. 1:22.

185 Dutronomy Chaptr Ancint txts: Targum of Onklos Latin Vulgat Masortic Txt (Hbrw) Pshitta (Syriac) Significant diffrncs: And th thing was propr in my ys; and I took from you twlv chosn mn, on man for a trib,... And bcaus th saying plasd m, I snt of you twlv mn, on of vry trib:... And so is good in my [two] ys th word and so I tak from you [all] two-tn mn, a man on for th trib. And th saying plasd m wll; and I took twlv mn of you, on man of ach trib;... No significant diffrncs. Thought-for-thought translations; paraphrass: Easy English Nw Lif Bibl Nw Living Translation Th Voic I thought that this was a good ida. I chos 12 mn, on from ach of your familis. What you said plasd m. I took twlv of your mn, on man for ach family group. "This smd lik a good ida to m, so I chos twlv scouts, on from ach of your tribs. I agrd this was a good ida, so I chos 12 of you to go, on from ach trib. Partially litral and partially paraphrasd translations: Amrican English Bibl 'Wll, that soundd good to m; so, I chos twlv mn, on from ach trib. Bck s Amrican Translation I likd th ida, and so I chos twlv of your mn, on for ach trib. Christian Community Bibl That was a good suggstion, so I took twlv mn from among you, on from ach trib, who st out and climbd th mountains on foot until thy cam to th Vally of th Grapvins. And onc thr, thy took with thm th fruits of th vally, and upon thir rturn rcountd to us what thy had sn. Thy told us: Th land which Yahwh givs us is a good land. Vv ar includd for contxt. Nw Amrican Bibl (R.E.) Agring with th proposal, I took twlv mn from your numbr, on from ach trib. NIRV That smd lik a good ida to m. So I chos 12 of you. I pickd on man from ach trib. Today s NIV Th ida smd good to m; so I slctd twlv of you, on man from ach trib. Mostly litral rndrings (with som occasional paraphrasing): Ancint Roots Translinar Th Expandd Bibl NET Bibl NIV, 2011 Th words wr-good in my y. I took twlv of your mn, on from a rod. L I thought that was a good ida [ Th mattr was good/right in my ys], so I chos [took] twlv of your mn, on for ach trib. I thought this was a good ida [Hb "th thing was good in my ys."], so I snt [Or "slctd" (so NIV, NRSV, TEV); Hb "took."] twlv mn from among you, on from ach trib. Th ida smd good to m; so I slctd [Nu 13:1-3] twlv of you, on man from ach trib. Jwish/Hbrw Nams Bibls: Complt Jwish Bibl Th ida smd good to m, so I took twlv of your mn, on from ach trib; 24 and thy st out, wnt up into th hills, cam to th Eshkol Vally and rconnoitrd it. V. 24 is includd for contxt. JPS (Tanakh 1985) I approvd of th plan, and so I slctd twlv of your mn, on from ach trib.

186 259 Th Book of Dutronomy Kaplan Translation Orthodox Jwish Bibl I approvd [At God's word; Numbrs 13:2.] and appointd twlv mn, on for ach trib. And th proposal plasd m wll; and I took Shnym Asar, (Twlv) of you, on of ach shvt (trib);... Litral, almost word-for-word, rndrings: Concordant Litral Vrsion Contxt Group Vrsion Darby Translation English Standard Vrsion Third Millnnium Bibl World English Bibl Young's Litral Translation Th gist of this vrs: Now th word was good in my ys, so I took twlv mn from you, on man for ach trib. And th thing plasd m wll; and I took twlv mn of you { pl }, on man for vry trib:... And th mattr was good in min ys; and I took twlv mn of you, on man for a trib. Th thing smd good to m, and I took twlv mn from you, on man from ach trib. And th saying plasd m wll; and I took twlv mn of you, on from a trib. Th thing plasd m wll; and I took twlv mn of you, on man for vry trib:... And th thing is good in min ys, and I tak of you twlv mn, on man for a trib. Moss was in favor of this ida, so h took on man from ach trib to spy out th land. Dutronomy 1:23a Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs wa (or va) (åç) [pronouncd wah] and so, and thn, thn, and; so, that, yt, thrfor, consquntly; bcaus wâw conscutiv BDB #253 yâþab (éèèçá) [pronouncd B yaw-ta V] to b good [wll, commndabl, plasing]; to do good [wll, commndably], to mak glad, to mak a thing good rd 3 prson masculin singular, Qal imprfct Strong s #3190 BDB #405 h b (áìà) [pronouncd b ] in, into, at, by, nar, on, with, bfor, against, by mans of, among, within a prposition of proximity BDB #88 êynayim (òåéðçéäí) [pronouncd ìay-nah- YIM] ys, two ys, litral y(s), spiritual ys; fac, apparanc, form; surfac fminin dual noun with st th 1 prson singular suffix Strong s #5869 (and #5871) BDB #744 Togthr, th bêyth prposition and ayin litrally man, in my ys; togthr, thy ar oftn usd to man, in my sight; in my opinion, to my way of thinking, as I s it. dâbâr (ãìèáèø) [pronouncd b daw -VAWR] word, saying, doctrin, thing, mattr, command; businss, occupation; cas; somthing; mannr masculin singular noun with th dfinit articl Strong's #1697 BDB #182 Translation: This ida was good in my stimation... Moss continus to rcount what got th popl of Isral to whr thy stood at this momnt. Th ida of organizing som spis to go into th land was an xcllnt ida.

187 Dutronomy Chaptr Thr was nothing wrong with this ida. This was a prudnt thing for an aggrssiv army to do. Faith in Jsus Christ dos not man that w ought to act lik imbcils to prov our faith. Although som commntators mak som mistaks impugning vil to th Isralits about suggsting spis b snt in, Moss says h liks th ida; and God concurs, spcifying xactly how thy should do it. Latr, whn Joshua lads th popl into th land, h snds two spis ahad of thm into th city of Jricho (Joshua 2:1 2). Application: If you pray to God for a job, thn you also go out and look for a job and st up intrviws and, whn ncssary, improv your skill st. You do not, aftr praying to God, thn go sit on a park bnch in ordr to prov your faith. Just lik, it is rasonabl to pray bfor an opration. I know an oral surgon who prays bfor a surgry. Howvr, at th sam tim, sh is faithful in hr work and hr skills, and xrciss grat car whn oprating. W ar givn th ability to think and rason by God; and thrfor, thr is no rason why w should just charg into things without thinking. As w s ths vnts from two vantag points, w do not know if Moss was plasd bfor or aftr h brought this ida to God. I would rasonably guss, basd upon his training to b pharaoh ovr Egypt, that h thought about this approach and dtrmind that it was a good ida bfor h wnt to God about it. Dutronomy 1:23b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs wa (or va) (åç) [pronouncd wah] and so, and thn, thn, and; so, that, yt, thrfor, consquntly; bcaus wâw conscutiv BDB #253 lâqach (ìè Çç) [pronouncd law- KAHKH] to tak, to tak away, to tak in marriag; to siz st 1 prson singular, Qal imprfct Strong s #3947 BDB #542 min (îäï) [pronouncd mihn] from, away from, out from, out of from, off, on account of, sinc, abov, than, so that not, byond, mor than prposition of sparation nd with th 2 prson masculin plural suffix Strong's #4480 BDB #577 sh nêym (ùàðåéí) [pronouncd sh -NÂM] two, two of, a pair of, a duo of; both of dual numral construct Strong s #8147 BDB #1040 âsâr (òèùòèä) [pronouncd ìaw-sawr] tn; tn [rsulting in numbrs 11 19] masculin/fminin singular noun Strong s #6240 BDB #797 ãnâshîym (àâðèùäéí) [pronouncd uh-nawshm]; also splld îyshîym (àäéùäéí) [pronouncd -SHEEM] mn; inhabitants, citizns; companions; soldirs, followrs masculin plural noun Strong's #376 BDB #35 Translation:...so I took from you [all] twlv mn,... Moss dcidd to go with 12 spis, which is quit a lot of mn to snd into th land. Howvr, thy will travl throughout th land without incidnt (insofar as w know). My guss is, thy appard to b a caravan of tradrs or prhaps thy wnt as shp hrdrs (th formr sms to mak mor sns).

188 261 Th Book of Dutronomy Two of ths spis will b namd in this chaptr: Calb and Joshua. Th othr tn spis, thos who rblld against God, will not b namd again. Thy did off in th dsrt-wildrnss, probably undr disciplin. Ths mn ar all namd in Num. 13:4 15; and it is rasonabl to ask, why? Ths wr ladrs of mn; Moss chos thm bcaus thy wr ladrs of thir tribs (just as Calb and Joshua wr). Thy rprsnt potntial which was dstroyd bcaus of thir ntanglmnts with th world. Thy succumbd to th prssurs of th world; thy gav in to human viwpoint. I bliv that all of th 2 million who lft Egypt with Moss had blivd in th Rvald God, which would hav includd ths mn. So thy hav natural ladrship ability; thy ar savd; but, thir impact on this lif was against God, not for Him. This dscribs most blivrs today. At bst, th blivr today livs according to th laws of divin stablishmnt, to som limitd dgr. But thir livs hav absolutly no spiritual impact. Thy ar good for thir nation; thy ar good for thir socity. Th mor popl who adhr to th laws of divin stablishmnt, th strongr and vn mor blssd that socity will b. But thir livs lack spiritual impact. Thir production is wood, hay and stubbl, which will b burnd at th valuation of our works as blivrs (but w will b savd, so as through fir 1Cor. 3:10 15). Dutronomy 1:23c Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs îysh (àäéù) [pronouncd sh] a man, a husband; anyon; a crtain on; ach, ach on, vryon masculin singular noun (somtims found whr w would us a plural) Strong's #376 BDB #35 châd (àæçèã) [pronouncd h- KHAWD] on, first, crtain, only; ach, vry; but it can also man a composit unity; possibly particular; anyon numral adjctiv Strong's #259 BDB #25 lâmd (ìà) [pronouncd l ] to, for, towards, in rgards to dirctional/rlational prposition BDB #510 shêbþ (ùåáæè) B [pronouncd SHAY -vt] rod, staff, club; spar; scptr and figurativly for a trib, subdivision of a trib or family and for a rulr (scptr-barr), govrnor masculin singular noun with th dfinit articl, pausal form Strong s #7626 BDB #986 Translation:...on man for [ach] trib. On man would b takn out of ach trib to go into th land, to spy it out. Throughout th Pntatuch, thr ar rprsntations of ach trib for many diffrnt activitis. Thr was a sort of quality stablishd btwn th tribs. That is, it was common for thm to hav sort of an qual say or involvmnt in what all of Isral did. Moss was to tak mn who wr undoubtdly ladrs of th tribs, mn upon whom h could dpnd (or at last, mn upon whom h thought h could dpnd). As things wnt, ths mn did what thy wr supposd to, cooly and profssionally, thn actd lik a bunch of ninnis whn thy rturnd. Vv rad: Thrfor, all of you cam nar to m and you said, Lt us [first] snd spis [lit., mn] bfor us and thy will sarch out th land for us. Thn thy will bring back to us a rport, th way in which w will go up into th land [lit., hr] and th citis that w will ntr into. This ida was good in my stimation so I took from you [all] twlv mn, on man for [ach] trib. Howvr, back in Num. 13:2, God spcifically stats, Snd mn for you, and thy shall spy out th land of Canaan which I am giving to th sons of Isral; you shall snd on man for th trib of his fathrs, on man, vry on a ladr among thm. Thrfor, w nd to s how this all wnt down.

189 Dutronomy Chaptr Th Likly Ordr of Evnts in Choosing Spis to Go into th Land 1. God mad it clar to Moss that it was tim for thm to go north and to tak th land which H had givn thm. Dut. 1: Th ladrs of th popl cam to Moss, ithr as individuals, or in small groups, or as a whol, and said that th prudnt thing would b to snd spis into th Land of Promis. 3. This sounds lik a good ida to Moss. H tlls thm: This ida was good in my stimation so I took from you [all] twlv mn, on man for [ach] trib. (Dut. 1:23) 4. Thrfor, bfor choosing on man from ach trib, Moss gos and spaks to God. 5. Moss has nough of a convrsation with God so that God spcifically stats, Snd mn for you, and thy shall spy out th land of Canaan which I am giving to th sons of Isral; you shall snd on man for th trib of his fathrs, on man, vry on a ladr among thm. (Num. 13:1 2) This is why Moss dcidd to choos on man for ach trib; God told him to. 6. So God, haring th rqust of th popl in ral tim, and knowing of this rqust in trnity past, approvs this rqust and givs som spcifics on spy to b takn out of ach trib. 7. God knw th rsult would b, 2 in favor of obying Him and taking th land; and 10 in favor of doing nothing. 8. So, brifly, God tlls thm to tak th land; th popl com to Moss and suggst that thy spy out th land first. This sounds good to Moss, but h spaks to God first. God tlls thm to choos on man pr trib; and thn Moss tlls th popl to choos on man pr trib to spy out th land. This is how ths vnts fit togthr. Chaptr Outlin Charts, Maps and Short Doctrins And so thy turn and so thy go up hill-ward and so thy go in as far as a brook of Eshcol and so thy mov about hr. And so thy tak in thir hand from a fruit of th land and so thy bring down unto us. And so thy caus to rturn to us a word and so thy say, Good th land which Y howah our Elohim is giving to us. Dutronomy 1:24 25 Thn thy turnd and wnt up [into] th hill country and thy wnt in as far as th Vally of Eshcol and thy [continu] to xplor th land [lit., hr]. Thy also took in thir hands [som of] th fruit from th land and brought [it] down to us. Thn thy causd a saying to rturn us, by saying, Th land which Y howah our Elohim is giving to us [is] good. Thn thy turnd and wnt up into th hill country, going as far as th Vally of Eshcol, continuing to xplor th land. Thy also brought back som sampls of th fruit grown in th land for us to xamin. This causd us to rcall that th land which Jhovah our God is giving us is a good land. Hr is how othrs hav translatd this vrs: Ancint txts: Targum of Onklos Latin Vulgat...and thy turnd and wnt up into th mountain, and cam to th stram of Ethkla, and xplord it. [JERUSALEM. And thy prpard and wnt up into th mountain, and cam to th stram of th Graps, and survyd it.] And thy took in thir hands of th produc of th land and brought to us. And thy rturnd us word; and Kalb and Jhoshua said, Th land which th Lord our God hath givn us is good. Who, whn thy had st forward and had gon up to th mountains, cam as far as th vally of th clustr: and having viwd th land, Taking of th fruits throf,

190 263 Th Book of Dutronomy Masortic Txt (Hbrw) Pshitta (Syriac) Sptuagint (Grk) Significant diffrncs: to shw its frtility, thy brought thm to us, and said: Th land is good, which th Lord our God will giv us. And so thy turn and so thy go up hill-ward and so thy go in as far as a brook of Eshcol and so thy mov about hr. And so thy tak in thir hand from a fruit of th land and so thy bring down unto us. And so thy caus to rturn to us a word and so thy say, Good th land which Y howah our Elohim is giving to us. And thy turnd and wnt up into th mountain, and cam as far as th vally of Sgola, and spid out th land. And thy took som of th fruit of th land in thir hands, and brought it down to us, and thy brought us word again and said to us, It is a good land which th LORD our God dos giv to us. And thy turnd, and wnt up to th mountain, and thy cam as far as th Vally of th Clustr, and survyd it. And thy took in thir hands of th fruit of th land, and brought it to you, and said, Th land is good which th Lord our God givs us. Th Syriac and Latin appar to hav th words th land rathr than th fminin singular suffix. Thought-for-thought translations; paraphrass: In th Hbrw, th fruits of th land ar brought to us; in th Grk, this appars to b to you. Th targum spcifis who brings back th good rport of th land. Common English Bibl Contmporary English V. Easy English Easy-to-Rad Vrsion Good Nws Bibl (TEV) Th Mssag Nw Brkly Vrsion Nw Cntury Vrsion Nw Lif Bibl Ths st out and wnt up into th hills, going as far as th Clustr[c] ravin. Thy walkd all around that ara. Thy took som of th land's fruit and thn cam back down to us. Thy rportd to us: "Th land that th Lord our God is giving to us is wondrful!" Thy xplord th hill country as far as Bunch Vally and vn brought back som of th fruit. Thy said, "Th LORD our God is giving us good land." Thy lft and wnt up into th hills. Thy cam to th vally of Eshcol and thy xplord it. Thy took som of th fruit that thy found. Thy brought it back to us. And thy rportd, "Th *Lord our God is giving us a good country." Thn thos mn lft and wnt up to th hill country. Thy cam to th Vally of Eshcol and xplord it. Thy took som of th fruit from that land and brought it back to us. Thy told us about th land. Thy said, Th Lord our God is giving us a good land! Thy wnt into th hill country as far as Eshcol Vally and xplord it. Thy brought us back som fruit thy found thr, and rportd that th land which th LORD our God was giving us was vry frtil. Thy st out, climbing through th hills. Thy cam to th Eshcol Vally and lookd it ovr. Thy took sampls of th produc of th land and brought thm back to us, saying, "It's a good land that GOD, our God, is giving us!" Thy turnd and mad thir way up to th hill country as far as th vally of Eshcol [nar Hbron], and xplord it Taking along in thir hands som of th fruit of th land, thy brought it down to us and gav thir rport: It is a good land which th LORD our God is giving us. Thy lft and wnt up to th mountains, and whn thy cam to th Vally of Eshcol thy xplord it. Thy took som of th fruit from that land and brought it down to us, saying, "It is a good land that th Lord our God is giving us." Thy wnt up into th hill country, cam to th vally of Eshcol, and saw what was thr. Thy took som of th fruit of th land in thir hands and brought it down to us. And thy told us that it is a good land which th Lord our God is giving us.

191 Dutronomy Chaptr Nw Living Translation Th Voic Thy hadd for th hill country and cam to th vally of Eshcol and xplord it. Thy pickd som of its fruit and brought it back to us. And thy rportd, `Th land th Lord our God has givn us is indd a good land.' Thy wnt up into th highlands. Thy xplord th Eshcol Vally and pickd som of th normous fruit growing thr. Thn thy cam back down to us with th fruit and a rport: "This is a wondrful land that th Etrnal our God is going to giv to us!" Partially litral and partially paraphrasd translations: Amrican English Bibl God s Word Nw Advnt (Knox) Bibl Nw Amrican Bibl (R.E.) NIRV Nw Jrusalm Bibl Rvisd English Bibl Today s NIV Thn thy turnd and ascndd th mountains and travld as far as th Vally of th [grap] Clustrs and survyd it. Thn thy took som of th fruit of th land and brought it back to you, and thy said, Th land that Jhovah our God is giving us is good! Thy lft and wnt into th mountains. Whn thy cam to th Eshcol Vally, thy xplord it. Thy took som of th rgion's fruit with thm and brought it back to us. Thy rportd, "Th land that th LORD our God is giving us is good." Ths st out, and travrsd th hill country as far as th Vally of Graps; viwd th whol land, and brought back with thm such sampl of its fruits as would show us how frtil it was; This is a fair land, thy said, that th Lord mans to giv us. S Num. 13 and 14. In that passag, th dmand of th popl for a rconnaissanc is not mntiond. Thy st out into th hill country as far as th Wadi Eshcol, and xplord it. Thn, taking along som of th fruit of th land, thy brought it down to us and rportd, "Th land th LORD, our God, is giving us is good." Thy lft and wnt up into th hill country. Thr thy cam to th Vally of Eshcol. Thy chckd it out. Thy got som of th fruit of that land. Thy brought it down to us and gav us thir rport. Thy said, "Th Lord our God is giving us a good land." Ths mn mad towards th highlands and wnt up into thm; thy rachd th Vally of Eshcol and rconnoitrd it. Thy collctd som of th produc of th country and brought it down to us; and thy mad us this rport, "Yahwh our God has givn us a fin country." Thy st out and mad thir way up into th hill-country which thy rconnoitrd as far as th wadi of Eshcol. Thy collctd sampls of th fruit of th country to bring back to us, and in thir rport thy said: It is a rich land that th LORD our God is giving us. Thy lft and wnt up into th hill country, and cam to th Vally of Eshkol and xplord it. Taking with thm som of th fruit of th land, thy brought it down to us and rportd, "It is a good land that th LORD our God is giving us." Mostly litral rndrings (with som occasional paraphrasing): Ancint Roots Translinar Bibl in Basic English Th Expandd Bibl Thy facd and ascndd th mountain, and cam unto th rivrbd of Eshcol, and spid it. Thy took th fruit of th land in thir hands, and dscndd it to us, and rturnd th word to us, saying, "Yahwh our God givs us a good land!" And thy wnt up into th hill-country and cam to th vally of Eshcol, and saw what was thr. And taking in thir hands som of th fruit of th land, thy cam down again to us, and gav us thir account, saying, It is a good land which th Lord our God is giving us. L Thy lft [ turnd fac] and wnt up to th mountains, and whn thy cam to th Vally of [Wadi] Eshcol thy xplord [spid on] it. Thy took som of th fruit L from that land and brought it down to us, saying [ and gav us a rport, saying], "It is a good land that th Lord our God is giving us."

192 265 Th Book of Dutronomy Frar-Fnton Bibl NET Bibl NIV, 2011 And th rqust smd good in my opinion, and I appointd twlv princs, - on from ach trib ; - and thy turnd and wnt up to th hills, and dscndd to th val of Eshkol, and slandrd it. But thy took into thir hands som of tha produc of th country and cam back to us, and rportd th mattr, saying ; " It is a bautiful country that our EVER-LIVING GOD has givn us." V. 23 is includd for contxt. Thy lft and wnt up to th hill country, coming to th Eshcol Vally [Or "th Wadi Eshcol" (so NAB).] [Th Eshcol Vally is a vrdant vally nar Hbron, still famous for its viticultur (cf. Num 13:22-23). Th Hbrw nam "Eshcol" mans "trstl," that is, th fram on which grap vins grow.], which thy scoutd out. Thn thy took [Th Hbrw txt includs "in thir hand," which is unncssary and somwhat rdundant in English styl.] som of th produc of th land and carrid it back down to us. Thy also brought a rport to us, saying, "Th land that th Lord our God is about to giv us is good." Thy lft and wnt up into th hill country, and cam to th Vally of Eshkol [Num. 13:21-25; S 32:9] and xplord it. Taking with thm som of th fruit of th land, thy brought it down to us and rportd [S Nu 13:27], "It is a good land [S Nu 14:7] that th Lord our God is giving us [Jos 1:2]." Jwish/Hbrw Nams Bibls: xgss companion Bibl Kaplan Translation Orthodox Jwish Bibl...and thy turnd thir fac and ascndd th mountain and cam to th wadi of Eshcol to spy: and thy took of th fruit of th land in thir hands and dscndd it to us, and rturnd word to us, and said, It is a good land Yah Vh our Elohim givs us. Thy st out [Litrally, 'turnd around.'] and hadd north toward th hill country, going as far as Clustr Vally [Nachal Eshkol; s Numbrs 13:23.] and xploring th trritory. Thy took sampls of th ara's fruit and brought it back to us. Th rport that thy brought back was, 'Th land that God our Lord is giving us is good.' And thy turnd and wnt up into th hill country, and cam unto th Eshkol Vally, and xplord it. And thy took of th pri ha'artz in thir hands, brought it down unto us, brought us word, and said, It is a tovah ha'artz which Hashm Elohinu doth giv us. Litral, almost word-for-word, rndrings: Concordant Litral Vrsion Contxt Group Vrsion Darby Translation Nw King Jams Vrsion Thy turnd around, ascndd toward th hill-country and cam back to th watrcours of Eshcol and spid it out. Thn thy took in thir hand som of th fruit of th land and brought it down to us; thy brought us back word and said:th land that Yahwh our Elohim is giving to us is good....and thy turnd and wnt up into th hill-country, and cam to th vally of Eshcol, and spid it out. And thy took of th fruit of th land { or arth } in thir hands, and brought it down to us, and brought us word again, and said, It is a good land { or arth } which YHWH our God givs to us. And thy turnd and wnt up into th mountain, and cam to th vally of Eshcol, and sarchd it out. And thy took of th fruit of th land in thir hand, and brought it down unto us, and brought us answr, and said, Th land is good that Jhovah our God hath givn us. And thy dpartd and wnt up into th mountains, and cam to th Vally of Eshcol, and spid it out. Thy also took som of th fruit of th land in thir hands

193 Dutronomy Chaptr Nw RSV Wbstr s updatd Bibl T Young s Updatd LT Th gist of this vrs: and brought it down to us; and thy brought back word to us, saying, `It is a good land which th Lord our God is giving us.' Thy st out and wnt up into th hill country, and whn thy rachd th Vally of Eshcol thy spid it out and gathrd som of th land's produc, which thy brought down to us. Thy brought back a rport to us, and said, `It is a good land that th Lord our God is giving us.' And thy turnd and ascndd th mountain, and cam to th vally of Eshcol, and xplord it. And thy took of th fruit of th land in thir hands, and brought [it] down to us, and brought us word again, and said, [It is] a good land which th LORD our God givs us. And thy turn and go up to th hill-country, and com in unto th vally of Eshcol, and spy it, and thy tak with thir hand of th fruit of th land, and bring down unto us, and bring us back word, and say, Good is th land which Jhovah our God is giving to us. Th spis go up into th hill country and com down into th vally of Eshcol, looking ovr th land. Thy bring back fruit and a rport that th land is good that God is giving thm. Dutronomy 1:24a Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs wa (or va) (åç) [pronouncd wah] and so, and thn, thn, and; so, that, yt, thrfor, consquntly; bcaus wâw conscutiv BDB #253 pânâh (ôìèðèä) [pronouncd paw-nawh] to turn, to turn away from, to turn toward, to turn on s fac away from, to turn on s fac to rd 3 prson masculin plural, Qal imprfct Strong's #6437 BDB #815 wa (or va) (åç) [pronouncd wah] and so, and thn, thn, and; so, that, yt, thrfor, consquntly; bcaus wâw conscutiv BDB #253 âlâh (òèìèä) [pronouncd ìaw-lawh] to go up, to ascnd, to com up, to ris, to climb rd 3 prson masculin plural, Qal imprfct Strong's #5927 BDB #748 êth (àæç) [pronouncd ayth] untranslatd gnrally; occasionally to, toward indicats that th following substantiv is a dirct objct Strong's #853 BDB #84 har (äçø) [pronouncd har] hill; mountain, mount; hillcountry, a mountainous ara, mountain rgion masculin singular noun with th dirctional hê Strong s #2022 (and #2042) BDB #249 Th dirctional hê is th âh (äç] nding to a noun, usually found aftr a vrb of motion. This is calld th dirctiv hê or th h local, which oftn indicats dirction and puts somwhat of an advrbial spin on th noun. Essntially, it answrs th qustion whr? Th pronunciation of th word dos not chang. Th dirctional hê indicats th dirction in which somthing movs. It is oftn usd with th noun havn and th most litral rndring in th English would b havnward. W can also indicat th xistnc of th hê dirctional by supplying th prpositions to or toward. Translation: Thn thy turnd and wnt up [into] th hill country... Whn th Jws wnt north and slightly ast, thy would b in th hill country of Judah. This hilly ara continus all along th Jordan Rivr.

194 267 Th Book of Dutronomy Dutronomy 1:24b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs wa (or va) (åç) [pronouncd wah] and so, and thn, thn, and; so, that, yt, thrfor, consquntly; bcaus wâw conscutiv BDB #253 bôw (áìåéà) [pronouncd boh] to com in, to com, to go in, to go, to ntr, to advanc rd 3 prson masculin plural, Qal imprfct Strong s #935 BDB #97 ad (òçã) [pronouncd ìahd] as far as, vn to, up to, until prposition of duration or of limits Strong s #5704 BDB #723 nachal (ðçççì) [pronouncd NAHKH-al ] brook, torrnt; vally masculin singular construct Strong's #5158 BDB #636 Esh kôl (àæùàëìéì) [pronouncd sh-kohl] clustr; translitratd Eshcol masculin singular propr noun Strong s #812 BDB #79 Translation:...and thy wnt in as far as th Vally of Eshcol... Th Vally of Eshcol is not too dp into th Land of Promis. This taks us up to Hbron, which is right blow th Vally of Eshcol, which is about 30 mils south of Jrusalm. Thrfor, w ar still in th land which will b givn ovr to Judah. Thy hav movd from th southrn outskirts of Judah to cntral Judah. Th land around th Salt Sa is hill country; blow that to th wst is th vally, which runs to th Mditrranan Sa. This vally ara is mostly forstd, surroundd by grassland, surroundd by (prhaps) som dsrt ara (although, at that tim, it could hav bn mostly forst). This vally, running through th midst of Isral was th ara which was xamind carfully by th spis. It is from this vally that th spis brought back th normous grap clustr. Th word Eshcol mans a clustr of graps. Th Opn Bibl: [Th vally of Eschol was] North of Hbron in th vinyard country btwn thr 83 and Jrusalm. Dutronomy 1:24c Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs wa (or va) (åç) [pronouncd wah] and so, and thn, thn, and; so, that, yt, thrfor, consquntly; bcaus wâw conscutiv BDB #253 râgal (øèâçì) [pronouncd raw-gahl] to mov th ft, to foot it, to trad, to go about, to go about as an xplorr, to go about as a spy, to go on foot to scop somthing out; to slandr rd 3 prson masculin singular, Pil prfct Strong s #7270 BDB #920 êth (àæç) [pronouncd ayth] hr, it; untranslatd gnrally; occasionally to, toward sign of th dirct objct rd with th 3 prson fminin singular suffix Strong's #853 BDB #84 83 Th Opn Bibl; th Nw Living Translation; Thomas Nlson Publishrs, Nashvill, TN; 1996, p. 240 (footnot).

195 Dutronomy Chaptr Translation:...and thy [continu] to xplor th land [lit., hr]. Ths 12 spis continus to walk about th land of Judah, xploring and spying it out. Dutronomy 1:25a Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs wa (or va) (åç) [pronouncd wah] and so, and thn, thn, and; so, that, yt, thrfor, consquntly; bcaus wâw conscutiv BDB #253 lâqach (ìè Çç) [pronouncd law- KAHKH] to tak, to tak away, to tak in marriag; to siz rd 3 prson masculin plural, Qal imprfct Strong s #3947 BDB #542 h b (áìà) [pronouncd b ] in, into, through; at, by, nar, on, upon; with, bfor, against; by mans of; among; within a prposition of proximity BDB #88 yâd (éèã) [pronouncd yawd] gnrally translatd hand fminin singular noun rd with th 3 prson masculin plural suffix Strong's #3027 BDB #388 This combination of th bêyth prposition and hand mans in thir hand; in thir powr, undr thir control; with thm; through thm, by thm, by mans of thm; at thir hand [i.., bfor thm, in thir sight]. min (îäï) [pronouncd mihn] from, away from, out from, out of from, off, on account of, sinc, abov, than, so that not, byond, mor than prposition of sparation nd with th 2 prson masculin plural suffix Strong's #4480 BDB #577 p rîy (ôìàøäé) [pronouncd p r] fruit, produc (of th ground); fruit, offspring, childrn, progny (of th womb); fruit (of on s actions, labor) masculin singular construct Strong s #6529 BDB #826 rts (àæøæõ) [pronouncd EH-rts] arth (all or a portion throf), land, trritory, country, continnt; ground, soil; undr th ground [Shol] fminin singular noun with th dfinit articl Strong's #776 BDB #75 Translation: Thy also took in thir hands [som of] th fruit from th land... Thy wr quit amazd by th fruits of th land. Rmmbr, ths wr th young childrn of th Jwish slavs of Egypt, and what thy found in th Land of Promis was quit amazing looking. Thy did not find frsh fruit and vggis in th dssrt wildrnss. You may rcall that, on at last on occasion, thy rminiscd about th lks and garlics of Egypt (Num. 11:5). Ths wr th sam popl who crid out to God bcaus thir slavry was so hard yt aftr sing th wondrful produc of th Land of Promis, thy longd for th good old days in Egypt.

196 269 Th Book of Dutronomy Dutronomy 1:25b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs wa (or va) (åç) [pronouncd wah] and so, and thn, thn, and; so, that, yt, thrfor, consquntly; bcaus wâw conscutiv BDB #253 yârad (éèøçã) [pronouncd yaw-rahd] to caus to go down, to caus to com down, to bring down, to lad down rd 3 prson masculin plural, Hiphil imprfct Strong s #3381 BDB #432 l (àæì) [pronouncd hl] unto; into, among, in; toward, to; against; concrning, rgarding; bsids, togthr with; as to dirctional prposition (rspct or dfrnc may b implid) with th st 1 prson plural suffix Strong's #413 BDB #39 Translation:...and brought [it] down to us. Thy mad a point of bringing this fruit down to show to th rst of th popl of Isral. Th grap clustrs wr so larg, two mn carrid a larg clustr btwn thm on a stick (Num. 13:23). Dutronomy 1:25c Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs wa (or va) (åç) [pronouncd wah] and so, and thn, thn, and; so, that, yt, thrfor, consquntly; bcaus wâw conscutiv BDB #253 shûwb (ùåìá) b [pronouncd shoo v] to caus to rturn, to bring, to b causd to turn back mntally, rminisc, to rturn somthing, to rstor, to bring back, to snd back, to rgain, to rcovr, to mak rstitution, rconsidr, think again, to b causd to rturn rd 3 prson masculin plural, Hiphil imprfct Strong's #7725 BDB #996 êth (àæç) [pronouncd ayth] us; untranslatd mark of a dirct objct; occasionally to us, toward us sign of th dirct objct st affixd to a 1 prson plural suffix Strong's #853 BDB #84 dâbâr (ãìèáèø) [pronouncd b daw -VAWR] word, saying, doctrin, thing, mattr, command; businss, occupation; cas; somthing; mannr masculin singular noun Strong's #1697 BDB #182 Translation: Thn thy causd a saying to rturn us,... What this action did was caus a saying or a promis to rturn to th thinking of th childrn of Isral.

197 Dutronomy Chaptr Dutronomy 1:25d Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs wa (or va) (åç) [pronouncd wah] and so, and thn, thn, and; so, that, yt, thrfor, consquntly; bcaus wâw conscutiv BDB #253 âmar (àèîçø) [pronouncd aw-mahr] to say, to spak, to uttr; to say [to onslf], to think; to command; to promis; to xplain; to intnd rd 3 prson masculin plural, Qal imprfct Strong s #559 BDB #55 þôwb (èåéá) [pronouncd b toh v] plasant, plasing, agrabl, good, bttr; approvd fminin singular adjctiv which can act lik a substantiv Strong s #2896 BDB #373 rts (àæøæõ) [pronouncd EH-rts] arth (all or a portion throf), land, trritory, country, continnt; ground, soil; undr th ground [Shol] fminin singular noun with th dfinit articl Strong's #776 BDB #75 ãshr (àâéùæø) [pronouncd uh-sher] that, which, whn, who, whom rlativ pronoun Strong's #834 BDB #81 YHWH (éäåä) [pronunciation is possibly yhoh-wah] translitratd variously as Jhovah, Yahwh, Y howah propr noun Strong s #3068 BDB #217 Ìlôhîym (àìéääéí) [pronouncd l-o-heem] God; gods, forign gods, god; rulrs, judgs; suprhuman ons, angls; translitratd Elohim masculin plural noun st with th 1 prson plural suffix Strong's #430 BDB #43 nâthan (ðèúçï) [pronouncd naw-thahn] is giving, granting, is placing, putting, stting; is making Qal activ participl Strong's #5414 BDB #678 lâmd (ìà) [pronouncd l ] to, for, towards, in rgards to dirctional/rlational prposition with th 1 st prson plural suffix BDB #510 This is a rpat of portions of v. 21. Translation:...by saying, Th land which Y howah our Elohim is giving to us [is] good. Th spis actually spok th words of this saying, that th land th Jhovah God was giving thm was vry good; it was a land flowing with 84 milk and hony. At last two of th spis idntifid th land in this way (Num. 13:27). This is all in accordanc with th promis of God. This particular ara, particularly compard to th surrounding rgions, was bautiful and prosprous, much mor so thn than now. It is vry likly that this is th minority rport. That is, this is what Joshua and Calb say. Thy may hav all participatd in bringing this fruit back to th camp of Isralits, but Joshua and Calb would b th most gung-ho on taking this land. 84 Th txt is not clar; so all 12 of th spis may hav agrd on th wondrfulnss of th land.

198 271 Th Book of Dutronomy Chaptr Outlin Charts, Maps and Short Doctrins Numbrs 13 Intrlud: W ar going to go back to Num. 13, and quickly xamin this passag. Th translation ssntially coms from th English Standard Bibl. Num 13:1 2 Th LORD spok to Moss, saying, "Snd mn to spy out th land of Canaan, which I am giving to th popl of Isral. From ach trib of thir fathrs you shall snd a man, vry on a chif among thm." As w hav alrady studid, God told Moss to lad th popl into th land and tak it. Th ladrs, apparntly, all spok to Moss at various tims and suggstd that thy snd spis into th land. This smd rasonabl to Moss, and h wnt to God about this, and God gav it th okay. In fact, God approvd of this plan. So, at this point in tim, God, Moss, and, it appars, th popl of Isral ar all in synch. Num 13:3 So Moss snt thm from th wildrnss of Paran, according to th command of th LORD, all of thm mn who wr hads of th popl of Isral. Thy ar campd out in th dsrt blow what would bcom Judah and Moss dtrmind that on man from ach trib should ntr into th land to spy it out. Num 13:4 5 And ths wr thir nams: From th trib of Rubn, Shammua th son of Zaccur; from th trib of Simon, Shaphat th son of Hori; of ths mn w will nvr har from again. Thy will b spokn of as a group hr; and spokn of as a group in Num. 14. Th trib of Rubn ought to b th lading trib, as Rubn was th firstborn (Gn. 29:32). Howvr, you may rcall th Jacob said th Rubn is as unstabl as watr, maning that h would adjust to whatvr situation h was in, and not lad thos around him to a diffrnt and bttr cours of action. With rgards to Josph, his halfbrothr, Rubn kpt his brothrs from killing Josph, but thy ndd up slling Josph into slavry instad. Rubn should up upbraidd all of his brothrs and told thm, Josph is our brothr. If you dsir to kill him, you must kill m first. That is what a ladr might hav said. Rubn was simply not a ladr. Hr, his trib ladr chosn will lad th popl against God s will. Simon was th scond-born (Gn. 29:33) and should hav bn lading, if Rubn faild to lad. But h was not ladrship matrial, nor is his dscndant hr. Num 13:6...from th trib of Judah, Calb th son of Jphunnh;... th Th trib of Judah would bcom th ruling trib. Judah was actually th 4 born, aftr Lvi. Lvi bcam th pristly trib. Calb, as w will s, rspondd to God s dirction and was nthusiastic about ntring into th land. Num 13:7...from th trib of Issachar, Igal th son of Josph;... Igal bn Josph is on th losrs in this group. Num 13:8...from th trib of Ephraim, Hosha th son of Nun;...

199 Dutronomy Chaptr Hosha is anothr nam for Joshua, and Joshua would lad Isral aftr Moss. H would bring back a good rport with Calb. Num 13:9...from th trib of Bnjamin, Palti th son of Raphu; from th trib of Zbulun, Gaddil th son of Sodi; from th trib of Josph (that is, from th trib of Manassh), Gaddi th son of Susi; from th trib of Dan, Ammil th son of Gmalli; from th trib of Ashr, Sthur th son of Michal; from th trib of Naphtali, Nahbi th son of Vophsi; from th trib of Gad, Gul th son of Machi. Ths ar th rst of thos who bring back a bad rport about th popl of th land. Thy ar namd hr only and aftr this, thir nams ar lost to history. Num 13:16 Ths wr th nams of th mn whom Moss snt to spy out th land. And Moss calld Hosha th son of Nun Joshua. Hosha in th Hbrw is Hôwshêa (äåéùåòç) [pronouncd hoh-shay-ahì], which mans dlivranc, salvation. Strong s #1954 BDB #448. W might think that this is a prtty good nam. Howvr, Moss rnamd him Joshua, which is Y hôwshûa (éàäåéùåìòç) [pronouncd y hoh-shoo-ahì]. It mans whos salvation [dlivranc] is Y howah or Y howah is salvation. Th English quivalnt from th Grk is Jsus. Strong s #3091 BDB #221. This rcognizs that salvation or dlivranc is always of God. Num 13:17 20 Moss snt thm to spy out th land of Canaan and said to thm, "Go up into th Ngb and go up into th hill country, and s what th land is, and whthr th popl who dwll in it ar strong or wak, whthr thy ar fw or many, and whthr th land that thy dwll in is good or bad, and whthr th citis that thy dwll in ar camps or strongholds, and whthr th land is rich or poor, and whthr thr ar trs in it or not. B of good courag and bring som of th fruit of th land." Now th tim was th sason of th first rip graps. This is th plac whr all volitions appar to mt. Th popl suggst that thy spy out th land. This sms good to Moss. H asks God and God approvs of this plan. Throughout th Bibl, thr is a lot said about th military. What w find again and again ar good military tactics and sound military action. Whn th popl act outsid of God s will and outsid of sound military tactics, thir army would fail (w will s this in Num. 14). Map of th Trk of th Spis. A map showing th journy of ths spis is to th right. This was takn from ng.usf.du, accssd Octobr 11, Num 13:21 22 So thy wnt up and spid out th land from th wildrnss of Zin to Rhob, nar Lbohamath. Thy wnt up into th Ngb and cam to Hbron. Ahiman, Shshai, and Talmai, th

200 273 Th Book of Dutronomy dscndants of Anak, wr thr. (Hbron was built svn yars bfor Zoan in Egypt.) Although w ar not told anything about ths mn and how thy got through th land, my guss is, thy posd as tradrs. Num 13:23 And thy cam to th Vally of Eshcol and cut down from thr a branch with a singl clustr of graps, and thy carrid it on a pol btwn two of thm; thy also brought som pomgranats and figs. Th siz of th fruit was amazing to thm (it would b amazing to us). On clustr of graps had to b carrid on a pol carrid by two mn. Th spis had to surviv in part by ating what thy cam across, and thy cam across food that was absolutly amazing to thm. Ths soldirs would hav nvr atn any of ths foods bfor. Num 13:24 That plac was calld th Vally of Eshcol, bcaus of th clustr that th popl of Isral cut down from thr. Esh kôl (àæùàëìéì) [pronouncd sh-kohl], mans clustr; translitratd Eshcol. Strong s #812 BDB #79. Num 13:25 At th nd of forty days thy rturnd from spying out th land. By milag, this trip would hav takn at last 3 or 4 wks, and that is moving quickly. This tlls us that thy wr in th land narly 6 wks. Num 13:26 And thy cam to Moss and Aaron and to all th congrgation of th popl of Isral in th wildrnss of Paran, at Kadsh. Thy brought back word to thm and to all th congrgation, and showd thm th fruit of th land. Ths mn had a job to do, and thy wr quit amazd by th fruit that thy found, so thy brought it back. thy wr confirming what God had promisd thm. Num 13:27 And thy told him, "W cam to th land to which you snt us. It flows with milk and hony, and this is its fruit. God said that th land was flowing with milk and hony (Ex. 3:8, 17 13:5). Although w ar not told who says what, it is vry likly that Joshua and Calb wr th most nthusiastic about th Land of Promis. Num 13:28 Howvr, th popl who dwll in th land ar strong, and th citis ar fortifid and vry larg. And bsids, w saw th dscndants of Anak thr. At this point, th othr tn chim in. This was not spokn by on man; it appars that svral of this group of 12 spok. Th adjctiv usd to dscrib th popl is az (òçæ) [pronouncd ìahz], and it mans strong, mighty, firc. Strong s #5794 BDB #738. Thy actually usd a coupl of adjctivs hr to dscrib th popl of th land, which w will s latr on in th spch of Moss. Th popl in th land ar calld th dscndants of Ãnâq (òâðè ) [pronouncd ìuh-nawk], which mans long nck (s); and is translitratd Anak. It is a gnral trm rfrring to th statur of th popl who occupid th land and it taks in most of th popl who occupid th land of Canaan. This is probably not a spcific rac of popl, but just an indication that, nxt to th Jws, th mn of th land smd quit larg. Strong s #6061 BDB #778. From human viwpoint, thr is no way that this rag tag sons of slavs without much military xprinc can go into th land and tak it from ths giants in thir hug, wll-fortifid citis.

201 Dutronomy Chaptr Num 13:29 Th Amalkits dwll in th land of th Ngb. Th Hittits, th Jbusits, and th Amorits dwll in th hill country. And th Canaanits dwll by th sa, and along th Jordan." Th spis wr quit thorough, and thy dtrmind whr ths groups of popl livd. Map of Isral s Early Inhabitants abov is from Biblhistory.com, accssd Octobr 11, Although I am not sur if ths ar all accuratly laid out, this at last givs us an ida as to what ths Jws wr up against. Although w do not know th tnor in th voics of ths spis, my guss would b that th tn spis wr spaking quickly and farfully of th popl in th land, ach man backing up what his brothr has said. Thy hav not yt xprssd complt far; but th ida is, lt ths facts spak for thmslvs, which should allow Moss to r-think this invasion stuff. Num 13:30 But Calb quitd th popl bfor Moss and said, "Lt us go up at onc and occupy it, for w ar wll abl to ovrcom it." Rmmbr, I told you that ths ar svral popl spaking at onc or on aftr anothr. Calb has to quit thm all down, and thn h spaks. H spaks with confidnc, bcaus h blivs th Lord. H said, Lt s go up at onc and tak th land. Num 13:31 Thn th mn who had gon up with him said, "W ar not abl to go up against th popl, for thy ar strongr than w ar." Th tn cowards dtrmin that thy should just com right out and say it thy cannot vn think about dfating all of ths popl. Thy us th adjctiv châzâq (çèæè ) [pronouncd khaw-zawk], which mans strong, mighty; firc; intns. Strong s #2389 BDB #305. Whn found with th min prposition, this adjctiv oftn acts lik a comparativ advrb. It is clar to th tn spis that thy cannot dfat th popl of Canaan. Num 13:32 So thy brought to th popl of Isral a bad rport of th land that thy had spid out, saying, "Th land, through which w hav gon to spy it out, is a land that dvours its inhabitants, and all th popl that w saw in it ar of grat hight. Thy continu, svral of thm spaking, and thy mphasiz thir hight onc again. Num 13:33 And thr w saw th Nphilim (th sons of Anak, who com from th Nphilim), and w smd to ourslvs lik grasshopprs, and so w smd to thm." Th Jws knw of th Nphilim and that fact is intrsting. Saying that th popl ar lik th Nphilim would hav littl ffct if thy did not know who th Nphilim ar. This is anothr indication that th popl of Isral knw th book of Gnsis. Th Nphilim wr a cross btwn th human rac and anglic cration and th dscndants of sam. This was at a tim whn God allowd th co-mingling of anglic cration and mankind (crtainly Satan suggstd in his appal trial that, if h could hav som hands-on ability with rspct to th arth, that h would mak it gratr than what God had first cratd). Th dmonic acts includd sxual rlations with womn and th arth bcam filld with part man, part angl inhabitants. In fact, thr was so much violnc in

202 275 Th Book of Dutronomy th world, that, by th tim of Noah, that thr wr fw if any 100% human mals on th arth, apart from Noah and his immdiat family. All flsh had bcom corruptd. It was this rac that God rmovd from th arth with a flood (God usd watr to clans th arth). This rac of partial man was known throughout th ancint worlds, bcoming a part of thir mythologis (almost all grat ancint popls hav a mythological history of an arth with half-man, half-god bings xisting at on tim). Th accurat account is found in Gnsis 6 and ths craturs wr known as Nphilim; and for this xaggration to dissuad th warriors of Isral, thy had to know th account of Gn. 6 (HTML) (PDF) (WPD). No on said, Nphilim? Who ar thy? Howvr, th problm is, ths cannot b Nphilim as found back in Gn. 6 bcaus th flood dstroyd all of thm. Thrfor, this nam is ithr an xaggration or a nam givn to city-nations of mn who ar quit tall. W hav all sn th comdy routin whr somon who is afraid facs a man with a gun, and, whn latr tlling othrs about it, a small.38 sms to turn into a.44 magnum. Th Jwish popl wr likly shortr than avrag. I hat to put any numbrs on this, but lt's say thir mals wr along th lins of fiv foot to fiv foot six, for th most part. Th giants in th land don't hav to b svn or ight foot tall. Thy wr likly around six foot tall. Tn of th spis, rathr than just calling ths popl tall, thy xaggratd somwhat. Thy rfrrd to th popl of Palstin as Nphilim. "Thr also w saw th Nphilim th sons of Anak of th Nphilim and w bcam lik grasshopprs in our own sight, and so w wr in thir sight." (Num. 13:33). This is pur xaggration. Thy conclud that Jws ar lik grasshopprs bfor th popl in this land. W will talk about th sons of Anak whn w com to Dut. 1:28. In any cas, ths mn wr much tallr than th spis wr, and this gratly concrnd th spis and thos who listnd to thm. Chaptr Outlin Charts, Maps and Short Doctrins Historic vnt: Th Farful Jws Rfus to Tak th Land Num. 13:31 14:4 Psalm 106:24 25 And so you wr not willing to go up and so you rsistd a mouth of Y howah your Elohim. And so you murmur in your tnts and so you say, In a hatrd of Y howah [of] us, h brought us forth from a land of Egypt to giv us into a hand of th Amorit to dstroy us. Dutronomy 1:26 27 But you wr not willing to go up [to tak th land]; [instad] you rsistd th command of Y howah your Elohim, murmuring in your tnts. You said, With th hatrd of Y howah, H brought us out of th land of Egypt in ordr to giv us into th hand of th Amorits to dstroy us. Howvr, you wr not willing to go up to tak th land. Instad, you rsistd th command of Jhovah your God, rmaining in your tnts and murmuring against Him. You vn claimd, Bcaus Jhovah hatd us, H brought us out of th land of Egypt in ordr to giv us to th Amorits to dstroy us. Hr is how othrs hav translatd this vrs: Ancint txts: Targum of Onklos But you wr not willing to go up, but blivd th words of th tn wickd ons, and rblld against th Word of th Lord your God. And you crid in your tnts, taking your sons and your daughtrs to your brasts, saying, Wo to you, y strickn ons! tomorrow y will b slain. Why hath th Lord hatd us, to hav

203 Dutronomy Chaptr Latin Vulgat Masortic Txt (Hbrw) Pshitta (Syriac) Sptuagint (Grk) Significant diffrncs: brought us out of th land of Mizraim, to dlivr us into th hand of th Amorits to dstroy us? And you would not go up, but bing incrdulous to th word of th Lord our God, You murmurd in your tnts, and said: Th Lord hatth us, and thrfor h hath brought us out of th land of Egypt, that h might dlivr us into th hand of th Amorrhit, and dstroy us. And so you wr not willing to go up and so you rsistd a mouth of Y howah your Elohim. And so you murmur in your tnts and so you say, In a hatrd of Y howah [of] us, h brought us forth from a land of Egypt to giv us into a hand of th Amorit to dstroy us. But in spit of this, you would not go up, but rblld against th commandmnt of th LORD your God; And you murmurd in your tnts and said, It is bcaus th LORD hatd us that h has brought us forth out of th land of Egypt, to dlivr us into th hand of th Amorits, to dstroy us. Yt you would not go up, but rblld against th words of th Lord our God. And you murmurd in your tnts, and said, Bcaus th Lord hatd us, H has brought us out of th land of Egypt to dlivr us into th hands of th Amorits, to dstroy us. Both th Syriac and th targum hav additional txt (lots of additional txt in th targum). Thought-for-thought translations; paraphrass: Common English Bibl Contmporary English V. Easy English Good Nws Bibl (TEV) Th Mssag Nw Cntury Vrsion Nw Lif Bibl Nw Living Translation Th Voic But you wrn't willing to go up. You rjctd th Lord your God's instruction. You complaind in your tnts, saying things lik, "Th Lord hats us! That's why h brought us out of Egypt-to hand us ovr to th Amorits, to dstroy us! You did not want to go into th land, and you rfusd to oby th LORD your God. You stayd in your tnts and grumbld, "Th LORD must hat us--h brought us out of Egypt, just so h could hand us ovr to th Amorits and gt rid of us. Th popl rfus to oby th *Lord. But you did not want to go into th country. You rfusd to oby th *Lord your God. You spok bad words in your *tnts. You said, "Th *Lord hats us. H ld us out of Egypt to giv us to th *Amorits. H wantd to kill us. "But you rblld against th command of th LORD your God, and you would not ntr th land. You grumbld to on anothr: 'Th LORD hats us. H brought us out of Egypt just to hand us ovr to ths Amorits, so that thy could kill us. But thn you wrn't willing to go up. You rblld against GOD, your God's plain word. You complaind in your tnts: "GOD hats us. H hauld us out of Egypt in ordr to dump us among th Amorits--a dath sntnc for sur! Isral Rfuss to Entr But you rfusd to go. You would not oby th command of th Lord your God, but grumbld in your tnts, saying, "Th Lord hats us. H brought us out of Egypt just to giv us to th Amorits, who will dstroy us. "Yt you would not go up. You wnt against what th Lord your God told you to do. You complaind in your tnts, saying, 'Bcaus th Lord hats us H has brought us out of th land of Egypt to giv us to th Amorits to dstroy us. Isral's Rbllion against th Lord "But you rblld against th command of th Lord your God and rfusd to go in. You complaind in your tnts and said, `Th Lord must hat us. That's why h has brought us hr from Egypt-to hand us ovr to th Amorits to b slaughtrd. But vn aftr all this ncouragmnt, you still wrn't willing to go up and fight. You rblld against what th Etrnal your God told you to do. In your homs, you

204 277 Th Book of Dutronomy Partially litral and partially paraphrasd translations: complaind to ach othr, "Th Etrnal hats us! That's why H brought us out of th land of Egypt-so H could hand us ovr to th Amorits. Amrican English Bibl Christian Community Bibl Nw Advnt (Knox) Bibl Nw Amrican Bibl (R.E.) NIRV Nw Jrusalm Bibl Nw Simplifid Bibl Rvisd English Bibl Today s NIV 'Howvr, you rfusd to ntr it and you rblld against th words of our God, Jhovah. Thn you wnt back to your tnts and startd complaining, saying, Jhovah hats us, bcaus h has brought us out of th land of Egypt just to put us into th hands of th Amorits who will dstroy us! Nvrthlss, you did not want to go up into th mountains but rblld against th commands of Yahwh. And you bgan to murmur in your tnts: Yahwh dos not lik us; h mad us lav Egypt to turn us ovr to th Amorits who in turn will kill us all. But you had no hart for th ntrpris, put no trust in th promiss of th Lord your God. Th whispr wnt round in your tnts, Th Lord wishs us ill; that is why h has brought us away from Egypt, to lav us at th mrcy of th Amorrhits, and so mak an nd of us. But you rfusd to go up [Dt 9:23.]; you dfid th command of th LORD, your God. You st to murmuring in your tnts, "Out of hatrd for us th LORD has brought us out of th land of Egypt [Dt 9:28.], to dlivr us into th powr of th Amorits and dstroy us. Num. 13:28-14:38. Isral Rfuss to Oby th Lord But you wouldn't go up. You rfusd to oby th command of th Lord your God. You spok against him in your tnts. You said, "Th Lord hats us. That's why h brought us out of Egypt to hand us ovr to th Amorits. H wantd to dstroy us. You, howvr, rfusd to go up thr and rblld against th voic of Yahwh your God. You muttrd in your tnts, saying, "Yahwh hats us, and that is why h has brought us out of Egypt, to put us into th Amorits' powr and so dstroy us. Evn so thy wr not willing to go. Thy rblld against th command of Jhovah your God:»You complaind in your tnts, and said: Jhovah hats us so h brought us out of th land of Egypt, to dlivr us into th hand of th Amorits, to dstroy us. Howvr, you rfusd to go up, rblling against th command of th LORD your God, muttring trason in your tnts and saying, It was bcaus th LORD hatd us that h brought us out to Egypt to hand us ovr to th Amorits to b wipd out. Rbllion Against th LORD But you wr unwilling to go up; you rblld against th command of th LORD your God. You grumbld in your tnts and said, "Th LORD hats us; so h brought us out of Egypt to dlivr us into th hands of th Amorits to dstroy us. Mostly litral rndrings (with som occasional paraphrasing): Ancint Roots Translinar Bibl in Basic English Th Expandd Bibl But you would not ascnd, and disobyd th mouth of Yahwh your God. You gossipd in your tnts, saying, "Yahwh hats us! H procdd us from th land of Egypt, and givs us in th hand of th North-Jordanians to annihilat us. But going against th ordr of th Lord your God, you would not go up: And you mad an angry outcry in your tnts, and said, In his hat for us th Lord has takn us out of th land of Egypt, to giv us up into th hands of th Amorits for our dstruction. Isral Rfuss to Entr But you rfusd to go. You would not oby [rblld against] th command of th Lord your God, but grumbld in your tnts, saying, "Th Lord hats us. H brought us out of Egypt just to giv us to th Amorits, who will dstroy us.

205 Dutronomy Chaptr Frar-Fnton Bibl NET Bibl But you wr not willing to go up ; and rblld against th ordr of your EVER-LIVING GOD ; and murmurd in your tnts and xclaimd, " Bcaus th EVER-LIVING hatd us H brought us out of th land of th Mitzraim, and would giv us into th hands of th Amorits to dstroy us! Disobdinc at Kadsh Barna You wr not willing to go up, howvr, but instad rblld against th Lord your God [Hb "th mouth of th Lord your God." To includ "th mouth" would mak for odd English styl. Th mouth stands by mtonymy for th Lord's command, which in turn rprsnts th Lord himslf.]. You complaind among yourslvs privatly [Hb "in your tnts," that is, privatly.] and said, "Bcaus th Lord hats us h brought us from Egypt to dlivr us ovr to th Amorits so thy could dstroy us!. Jwish/Hbrw Nams Bibls: Complt Jwish Bibl xgss companion Bibl JPS (Tanakh 1985) Judaica Prss Complt T. Kaplan Translation Orthodox Jwish Bibl "But you would not go up. Instad you rblld against th ordr of ADONAI your God; and in your tnts you complaind, 'It's bcaus ADONAI hatd us that h has brought us out of th land of Egypt, only to hand us ovr to th Emori to dstroy us. RESUME' OF THE REBELLION OF THE SONS OF YISRA EL But you willd to not ascnd and rblld against th mouth of Yah Vh your Elohim: and you murmurd in your tnts and said, Bcaus of th hatrd of Yah Vh, h brings us from th land of Misrayim, to giv us into th hand of th Emoriy, to dsolat us. Yt you rfusd to go up, and floutd th command of th LORD your God. You sulkd in your tnts and said, It is bcaus th LORD hats us that H brought us out of th land of Egypt, to hand us ovr to th Amorits to wip us out. But you did not want to go up, and you rblld against th commandmnt of th Lord, your God. You murmurd in your tnts and said, '"Bcaus th Lord hats us, H took us out of th land of Egypt, to dlivr us into th hands of th Amorits to xtrminat us." You did not want to had north, howvr, and you rblld against God your Lord. You protstd [(Ralbag). Ragan in Hbrw; s Provrbs 16:28, 26:22. Or, 'complaind' (Rashi), 'sprad fals rumors' (Saadia; Rashi); 'bcam agitatd' (Hirsch); 'bcam confusd' (Ibn Janach); Or, 'sprad hypocritical rumors' (Radak, Shrashim).] in your tnts, and said, 'God brought us out of Egypt bcaus H hatd us! H wantd to turn us ovr to th Amorits to dstroy us!. Notwithstanding y would not go up, but rblld against th commandmnt of Hashm Elohichm; And y murmurd in your oholim, and said, Bcaus Hashm hatd us, H hath brought us forth out of Ertz Mitzrayim, to dlivr us into th hand of HaEmori, to dstroy us. Litral, almost word-for-word, rndrings: Th Amplifid Bibl Contxt Group Vrsion Yt you would not go up, but rblld against th commandmnt of th Lord your God. You wr pvish and discontntd in your tnts, and said, Bcaus th Lord hatd us, H brought us forth out of th land of Egypt to dlivr us into th hand of th Amorits to dstroy us. Yt you { pl } would not go up, but rblld against th commandmnt of YHWH your { pl } God: and you { pl } murmurd in your { pl } tnts, and said, Bcaus YHWH spurnd us, h has brought us out of th land of Egypt, to dlivr us into th hand of th Amorits, to dstroy us.

206 279 Th Book of Dutronomy NASB Nw RSV Wbstr s Bibl Translation Young s Updatd LT Th gist of this vrs: "Yt you wr not willing to go up [Num 14:1-4], but rblld [Dut 9:23] against th command [Lit mouth] of th Lord your God; and you grumbld [Dut 9:28; Ps 106:25] in your tnts and said, `Bcaus th Lord hats us, H has brought us out of th land of Egypt to dlivr us into th hand of th Amorits to dstroy us. But you wr unwilling to go up. You rblld against th command of th Lord your God; you grumbld in your tnts and said, `It is bcaus th Lord hats us that h has brought us out of th land of Egypt, to hand us ovr to th Amorits to dstroy us. Notwithstanding, y would not go up, but rblld against th commandmnt of th LORD your God: And y murmurd in your tnts, and said, Bcaus th LORD hatd us, h hath brought us forth from th land of Egypt, to dlivr us into th hand of th Amorits, to dstroy us. And you [all] hav not bn willing to go up, and you [all] provok th mouth of Jhovah your God, and murmur in your tnts, and say, In Jhovah s hating us H has brought us out of th land of Egypt, to giv us into th hand of th Amorit to dstroy us. Th popl wr not willing to go up to war against th popl of th land, rblling against God s command. Thy complaind that God brought thm thr to kill thm. Dutronomy 1:26a Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs w (or v ) (åà or åì) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though; as wll as simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 lô (ìéà or ìåéà) [pronouncd low] not, no ngats th word or action that follows; th absolut ngation Strong s #3808 BDB #518 âbâh (àèáèä) [pronouncd b aw -VAWH] to b willing, to consnt nd 2 prson masculin plural, Qal prfct Strong s #14 BDB #2 âbâh with th ngativ mans to choos not to, not to b willing to, to b unwilling to, to rfus consnt, to rfus, to rfus to do. lâmd (ìà) [pronouncd l ] to, for, towards, in rgards to dirctional/rlational prposition BDB #510 âlâh (òèìèä) [pronouncd ìaw-lawh] to go up, to ascnd, to com up, to ris, to climb Qal infinitiv construct Strong's #5927 BDB #748 Translation: But you wr not willing to go up [to tak th land];... God had told thm that th land was thirs to tak. Now, bar in mind, Moss is spaking to ths popl about thir fathrs. It was actually thir fathrs who did this, but Moss addrsss thm as if this was thir choic. Although it sms possibl that tns as young as 14 or 15 wr xpctd to join in this fight, usually whn th armis ar numbrd, thy stay with thos young adults who ar 20 and oldr (Ex. 38:26 Num. 1:2 3 26:2). Thrfor, most of thos in th armis of Isral ar probably 20 and oldr. So w cannot rally blam this rspons on tns who ar too young to snd to war.

207 Dutronomy Chaptr Tn of th spis wr guilty of th sin of far hr. Ths tn campaignd hard to kp from having to go into th land aggrssivly, and th popl blivd thm. Joshua and Calb, two of th spis, had th whrwithal to know that God would protct thm and dlivr th land into thir hands. God had fulfilld all of His promiss to thm and thy wr willing to trust God. Dspit th minority rport and dspit th signs and wondrs that thy had obsrvd first hand, th popl chos instad to far th giants of th land and rfusd to go against thm. Dutronomy 1:26b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs wa (or va) (åç) [pronouncd wah] and so, and thn, thn, and; so, that, yt, thrfor, consquntly; bcaus wâw conscutiv BDB #253 mârâh (îèøèä) [pronouncd maw- RAWH] to rsist, to oppos, to rbl, to rbl against, to b contntious nd 2 prson masculin plural, Hiphil imprfct Strong s #4784 BDB #598 êth (àæç) [pronouncd ayth] untranslatd gnrally; occasionally to, toward indicats that th following substantiv is a dirct objct Strong's #853 BDB #84 ph (ôìæä) [pronouncd ph] mouth [of man, animal; as an organ of spch]; opning, orific [of a rivr, wll, tc.]; dg; xtrmity, nd masculin singular construct Strong s #6310 BDB #804 This word can b usd mtaphorically for a spoksman, a mssngr, an orator; a commandmnt, xprssd purpos. In 2Sam. 13:32, this is rndrd command, intnt, ordr, appointmnt by translators who ar gnrally vry litral in thir translation. YHWH (éäåä) [pronunciation is possibly yhoh-wah] translitratd variously as Jhovah, Yahwh, Y howah propr noun Strong s #3068 BDB #217 Ìlôhîym (àìéääéí) [pronouncd l-o-heem] God; gods, forign gods, god; rulrs, judgs; suprhuman ons, angls; translitratd Elohim masculin plural noun st with th 1 prson plural suffix Strong's #430 BDB #43 Translation:...[instad] you rsistd th command of Y howah your Elohim,... bring back th bad rport, it is all of Isral who will far going into th land. Evn though it is th tn spis who This was a command for ths Jws to tak th land. It was not an option. God did not tll thm, Look, hang in th dsrt or go up and tak th land; whatvr. I am with you no mattr what. That was not th way God laid it out. God gav thm th land and thy wr supposd to go up and tak it.

208 281 Th Book of Dutronomy Dutronomy 1:27a Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs wa (or va) (åç) [pronouncd wah] and so, and thn, thn, and; so, that, yt, thrfor, consquntly; bcaus wâw conscutiv BDB #253 râgan (øèâçï) [pronouncd raw-gahn] to murmur, to whispr, to backbit, to slandr nd 2 prson masculin plural, Niphal imprfct Strong s #7279 BDB #920 h b (áìà) [pronouncd b ] in, into, through; at, by, nar, on, upon; with, bfor, against; by mans of; among; within a prposition of proximity BDB #88 ohl (àéäæì) [pronouncd OH-hl] tnt, tabrnacl, hous, tmporary dwlling masculin plural noun nd with th 2 prson masculin plural suffix Strong's #168 BDB #13 Translation:...murmuring in your tnts. Instad, thy wr thr in thir tnts, murmuring and crying th whol night, afraid to gt into military units. Rmmbr that this bgan with just tn spis. Somhow, ths tn spis managd to infct th ntir congrgation of Jws. In ordr to do this, ths tn mn would hav had to go from tnt to tnt, and tll about thir fars. Thn th popl that thy spok to, thy would also fan out, going to othr tnts and gtting othr Jws upst. This rquird coordination and prsvranc. Ths spis had to dvlop somwhat of a stratgy to spak to as many popl as possibl; and thn to ncourag thm to spak to as many popl as possibl. So, by th tim th night was don, almost all of th Jws wr afraid thy wr not willing to go into battl against God s nmis. Guzik: Essntially, th tn spis and all Isral said, "W wnt into th land of Canaan and found it to b a wondrful land, just as th Lord said it would b. God's word was tru on that point. Nvrthlss (ssntially saying, 'dspit all that'), w don't bliv God whn H says H will nabl to ovrcom th nmis of th land and to posss it." 85 W find this dscribd in Psalm 106:24 25 Thn thy dspisd th plasant land, having no faith in his promis. Thy murmurd in thir tnts, and did not oby th voic of th LORD. Dutronomy 1:27b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs wa (or va) (åç) [pronouncd wah] and so, and thn, thn, and; so, that, yt, thrfor, consquntly; bcaus wâw conscutiv BDB #253 âmar (àèîçø) [pronouncd aw-mahr] to say, to spak, to uttr; to say [to onslf], to think; to command; to promis; to xplain; to intnd nd 2 prson masculin plural, Qal imprfct Strong s #559 BDB #55 85 David Guzik s Commntary on th Old Tstamnt; courtsy of -sword; 2006; Dut. 1:26 33.

209 Dutronomy Chaptr Dutronomy 1:27b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs h b (áìà) [pronouncd b ] in, into, through; at, by, nar, on, upon; with, bfor, against; by mans of; among; within a prposition of proximity BDB #88 sin âh (ùòäààèä) [pronouncd sihn-aw] hat, hating, hatrd fminin singular construct Strong s #8135 BDB #971 YHWH (éäåä) [pronunciation is possibly yhoh-wah] translitratd variously as Jhovah, Yahwh, Y howah propr noun Strong s #3068 BDB #217 êth (àæç) [pronouncd ayth] us; untranslatd mark of a dirct objct; occasionally to us, toward us sign of th dirct objct st affixd to a 1 prson plural suffix Strong's #853 BDB #84 Translation: You said, With th hatrd of Y howah,... Moss dos not distinguish btwn th gnrations. H is spaking to th gnration of promis about Gn X; but h says, You [all] said. What thy said to Moss will b rcord in this vrs and th nxt, and it will includ anothr quotation as wll. At that tim, thy actually put this on God and said it was His hatrd of thm that brought thm to this point. It is tru that God was so upst with th Jws that H wantd to kill thm. Although, at first glanc, this may sm lik an insan thing which ths popl said, it is not. God was rady to kill thm all. God did say, I loathd that gnration. Of ths mn, God said, For forty yars I loathd that gnration and said, "Thy ar a popl who go astray in thir hart [that is, thir thinking], and thy hav not known My ways." (Psalm 95:10; ESV capitalizd). In Dut. 2:14, w will rad: And th tim from our laving Kadsh-barna until w crossd th brook Zrd was thirty-ight yars, until th ntir gnration, that is, th mn of war, had prishd from th camp, as th Lord had sworn to thm. (ESV) Now, this oldr gnration had mad many mistaks, but thy could still go into th land and tak it. Howvr, thy xprss thir rcalcitrant harts in ths vrss. Dutronomy 1:27c Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs yâtsâ (éèöèà) [pronouncd yaw-tzawh] to caus to go out, to lad out, to bring out, to carry out, to draw out, to tak out; [of mony:] to put forth, to lay out, to xact; to promulgat; to produc rd 3 prson masculin singular, Hiphil prfct st with th 1 prson plural suffix Strong's #3318 BDB #422 min (îäï) [pronouncd mihn] from, away from, out from, out of from, off, on account of, sinc, abov, than, so that not, byond, mor than prposition of sparation Strong's #4480 BDB #577

210 283 Th Book of Dutronomy Dutronomy 1:27c Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs rts (àæøæõ) [pronouncd EH-rts] arth (all or a portion throf), land, trritory, country, continnt; ground, soil; undr th ground [Shol] fminin singular construct Strong's #776 BDB #75 Mits rayim (îäöàøçéäí) [pronouncd mits-rahyim] doubl straights; translitratd Mizraim; also Egypt, Egyptians propr noun Strong s #4714 BDB #595 lâmd (ìà) [pronouncd l ] to, for, towards, in rgards to dirctional/rlational prposition BDB #510 nâthan (ðèúçï) [pronouncd naw-thahn] to giv, to grant, to plac, to put, to st; to mak Qal infinitiv construct Strong's #5414 BDB #678 êth (àæç) [pronouncd ayth] us; untranslatd mark of a dirct objct; occasionally to us, toward us sign of th dirct objct st affixd to a 1 prson plural suffix Strong's #853 BDB #84 h b (áìà) [pronouncd b ] in, into, at, by, nar, on, with, bfor, against, by mans of, among, within a prposition of proximity BDB #88 yâd (éèã) [pronouncd yawd] gnrally translatd hand fminin singular construct Strong's #3027 BDB #388 This combination of th bêyth prposition and hand litrally mans in [th] hand of; and can b rndrd by th hand of; in [undr] th powr [control] of; by th powr of; with; through, by, by mans of; bfor, in th sight of. môrîy (àáîéøäé) [pronouncd h-moh- REE] mountainr (possibly); and is translitratd Amorit gntilic adjctiv; with th dfinit articl Strong s #567 BDB #57 lâmd (ìà) [pronouncd l ] to, for, towards, in rgards to dirctional/rlational prposition BDB #510 shâmad (ùèîçã) [pronouncd shaw- MAHD] to dstroy, to lay wast, to annihilat, to xtrminat Hiphil infinitiv construct st with th 1 prson plural suffix Strong's #8045 BDB #1029 Translation:...H brought us out of th land of Egypt in ordr to giv us into th hand of th Amorits to dstroy us. Many of th popl dcidd that God had brought thm to this point to kill thm in th land. Such thinking is hard to xplain; it maks littl sns. Bar in mind that God has shown this popl nothing but lov and protction, and th ida that thy ar brought hr to kill is absurd. It is amazing how asily ths Jws wr dissuadd. Thy had hard two conflicting rports; th minority rport of Calb and Joshua who urgd thm to go up into th land and to tak it; and th majority rport that th giants of th land wr just too big for th Jws to go in and conqur. Th first rport agrd with th promiss of Y howah and th scond did not. Th popl had fr will and thy chos to go against th promiss of God. Aftr haring both sids, th popl crid and mumbld and complaind to on anothr, and th consnsus th nxt morning was Thn all th congrgation liftd up thir voics and crid, and th popl wpt that night. And

211 Dutronomy Chaptr all th sons of Isral grumbld against Moss and Aaron; and th ntir congrgation said to thm, "Would that w had did in th land of Egypt! Or would that w had did in this wildrnss! And why is Y howah bringing us into this land, to fall by th sword? Our wivs and our littl ons will bcom plundr. Would it not b bttr for us to rturn to Egypt?" (Num. 14:1 3). And th irony is that Moss is now spaking to th littl ons who thir parnts said would bcom plundr. Th Psalmist many yars latr rminds thm: Thy had forgot th God thir Savior, Who had don grat things in Egypt wondrs in th land of Ham; awsom things by th rd Sa. Thrfor, H said that H would dstroy thm, had not Moss His chosn on stood in th brach bfor Him, to turn away His wrath from dstroying thm. Thn thy dspisd th plasant land; thy did not bliv in His Word, but thy grumbld in thir tnts; thy did not listn to th voic of Y howah; thrfor, H swor to thm that H would cast thm down in th wildrnss (Psalm 106:21 26). Application: This is how ngativ volition works. Popl who do not bliv in God or choos not to bliv in God will gravitat toward anything which sms to support thir point of viw. W s this with athists on th intrnt all of th tim. Thy find this or that graphic which thy shar rgardlss of its accuracy or (lack of) logic. I rcntly rad on graphic whr on plant was watrd and anothr was prayd ovr and, amazingly, th watrd plant did wll and th othr plant did. Somhow, this provd to thm that God was not powrful and that H was not listning to our prayrs. Moss continus to spak, and h is saying what th rcalcitrant Jws had said; and in this vrs, thy will blam thos who told thm how scary th popl in th land wr. So w hav a quot within a quot within a quot. Whr w [had plannd] to go up, our brothrs Whr w ar going up? Our brothrs hav causd our harts to mlt, saying, Th popl causd to mlt our hart, to say, A popl Dutronomy [thr] [ar] gratr and tallr than us; [thir] grat and tallr from us; citis grat and 1:28 citis [ar] mighty and fortifid up to th fortifid in th [two] havns; and also sons havns; and, morovr, w hav sn th of Anakim w hav sn thr. sons of th Anakim thr. Our brothrs causd our harts to mlt, warning us about th plac whr w had plannd to go and conqur. Thy told us, Th popl thr ar gratr and tallr than w ar; thir citis ar mighty and wllfortifid; and, morovr, w hav sn sons of th Giants living thr. Hr is how othrs hav translatd this vrs: Ancint txts: Targum of Onklos Latin Vulgat Masortic Txt (Hbrw) Pshitta (Syriac) Sptuagint (Grk) How shall w go up? Our brthrn hav dissolvd our harts, saying, Th popl ar gratr and mightir than w; thir citis ar vast and walld to th hight of havn, and w saw thr also th sons of Ephron th giant. Whithr shall w go up? th mssngrs hav trrifid our harts, saying: Th multitud is vry grat, and tallr than w: th citis ar grat, and walld up to th sky, w hav sn th sons of th Enacims thr. Whr w ar going up? Our brothrs hav causd to mlt our hart, to say, A popl grat and tallr from us; citis grat and fortifid in th [two] havns; and also sons of Anakim w hav sn thr. Whithr shall w go up? Our brthrn hav discouragd our hart, saying, Th popl ar gratr and tallr than w; th citis ar grat and walld up to havn; and morovr w hav sn th sons of giants thr. Whr do w go up? And your brthrn drw away your hart, saying, It is a grat nation and populous, and mightir than w; and thr ar citis grat and walld up to havn. Morovr w saw th sons of th giants thr.

212 285 Th Book of Dutronomy Significant diffrncs: Th Latin appars to hav mssngrs rathr than brothrs. Thought-for-thought translations; paraphrass: Common English Bibl Contmporary English V. Easy English Easy-to-Rad Vrsion Good Nws Bibl (TEV) Th Mssag Nw Cntury Vrsion Nw Lif Bibl Nw Living Translation Th Voic What ar w doing? Our brothrs hav mad our harts sick by saying, `Popl far strongr and much tallr than w liv thr, and th citis ar hug, with walls sky-high! Wors still, w saw th dscndants of th Anakits thr!'" W ar afraid, bcaus th mn who xplord th land told us that th citis ar larg, with walls that rach to th sky. Th popl who liv thr ar tallr and strongr than w ar, and som of thm ar Anakim. W hav nowhr to go." W do not know whr to go. Our brothrs hav mad us afraid. Thy say, `Ths popl ar tallr and strongr than w ar. Th citis ar larg. Thy hav walls that rach up to th sky. W vn saw som *dscndants of Anak thr.' " Whr can w go now? Our brothrs (th twlv spis) hav mad us afraid with thir rport. Thy said: Th popl thr ar biggr and tallr than w ar! Th citis ar big and hav walls as high as th sky! And w saw giants [Litrally, "Anakits," dscndants of Anak, a family famous for tall and powrful fighting mn. S Num. 13:33.] thr! Why should w go thr? W ar afraid. Th mn w snt tll us that th popl thr ar strongr and tallr than w ar, and that thy liv in citis with walls that rach th sky. Thy saw giants thr!' How can w go up? W'r trappd in a dad nd. Our brothrs took all th wind out of our sails, tlling us, 'Th popl ar biggr and strongr than w ar; thir citis ar hug, thir dfnss massiv--w vn saw Anakit giants thr!'" Whr can w go now? Th spis w snt hav mad us afraid, bcaus thy said, `Th popl thr ar strongr and tallr than w ar. Th citis ar big, with walls up to th sky. And w saw th Anakits thr!'" Whr would w b going? Our brothrs hav mad our harts wak with far, saying, 'Th popl ar biggr and tallr than w. Th citis ar larg, with walls as high as th havns. And w hav vn sn th sons of th Anakim thr.' '' Whr can w go? Our brothrs hav dmoralizd us with thir rport. Thy tll us, "Th popl of th land ar tallr and mor powrful than w ar, and thir towns ar larg, with walls rising high into th sky! W vn saw giants thr-th dscndants of Anak!"' H tlls us, `Go up,' but go up whr? Th rport of th rst of thos w snt out was trrifying: `Th popl thr ar biggr and tallr than w ar. Thir citis ar hug, with walls as high as th sky! W vn saw giants thr-dscndants of th Anakim.'" Partially litral and partially paraphrasd translations: Amrican English Bibl Why would w want to go thr? 'Thn your brothrs grabbd at your hart strings whn thy said, It's a big country and thy hav many mor popl who ar strongr than w ar. Why, thir citis ar hug, with walls that ar as high as th sky! And w saw th sons of th giants thr! Bck s Amrican Translation What kind of plac ar w going up to? Our own mn of Isral hav discouragd us by saying, W saw thr a popl strongr and tallr than w ar, big citis with walls sky-high, and giants! Christian Community Bibl Whr shall w go? Th mssngrs hav frightnd us with what thy told us: Th popl who liv in th land ar gratr and tallr than us. Th citis ar grat and ar fortifid with high walls. W hav sn giants thr as in tims past.

213 Dutronomy Chaptr God s Word Nw Advnt (Knox) Bibl Nw Amrican Bibl Nw Amrican Bibl (R.E.) NIRV Nw Jrusalm Bibl Nw Simplifid Bibl Rvisd English Bibl Today s NIV Whr ar w going anyway? Our own mn hav discouragd us by saying, 'Th popl thr ar tallr and strongr than w ar. Th citis ar big with sky-high walls! W vn saw th popl of Anak thr.'" What ntrpris is this? Th mssngrs w snt hav takn th hart out of us, with thir tals of a grat multitud of mn, tallr in statur than w ar, of citis walld up to th skis, of th sons of Enac thy saw thr. What shall w mt with up thr? Our kinsmn hav mad us fainthartd by rporting that th popl ar strongr and tallr than w, and thir citis ar larg and fortifid to th sky; bsids, thy saw th Anakim thr.' What shall w mt with up thr? Our mn hav mad our harts mlt by saying, `Th popl ar biggr and tallr than w, and thir citis ar larg and fortifid to th sky; bsids, w saw th Anakim* thr.'" Dt 1:28; 2:10-11, 21; 9:2; Nm 13:22, 28, 33; Jos 11:21-22; 14:12, 15; 15:13-14; 21:11; Jgs 1:20. Whr can w go? Th mn who chckd out th land hav mad us los hop. Thy say, `Th popl ar strongr and tallr than w ar. Th citis ar larg. Thy hav walls that rach up to th sky. W vn saw th Anakits thr.'" What kind of plac ar w making for? Our brothrs hav discouragd us by saying that th popl ar strongr and tallr than w ar, th citis immns, with walls raching to th sky. And w hav sn Anakim thr too."» Whr can w go up? Our brothrs causd us to los hart. Thy said: Th popl ar strongr and tallr than w ar. Th citis ar larg and th walls go up to th sky. Morovr w hav sn th sons of th Anakims thr.«what shall w find up thr? Our kinsmn hav discouragd us by thir rport of a popl biggr and tallr than w ar, and of grat citis with fortifications towring to th sky. Bsids, thy saw th dscndants of th Anakim thr. Whr can w go? Our brothrs hav mad our harts mlt in far. Thy say, 'Th popl ar strongr and tallr than w ar; th citis ar larg, with walls up to th sky. W vn saw th Anakits thr.' " Mostly litral rndrings (with som occasional paraphrasing): Ancint Roots Translinar Bibl in Basic English Th Expandd Bibl Frar-Fnton Bibl NET Bibl "Whr do w ascnd? Our brothrs mltd our hart, saying, 'Th popl ar upliftd and gratr than us. Th citis ar grat and protctd to havn. Also w saw th sons of th Anakim (giants) thr.' " Whr ar w going up? Our brothrs hav mad our harts fbl with far by saying, Th popl ar gratr and tallr than w ar, and th towns ar grat and walld up to havn; and mor than this, w hav sn th sons of th Anakim thr. L Whr can w go now? Th spis w snt hav [ Our rlativs/brothrs] mad us L afraid [ our harts mlt], bcaus thy said, `Th popl thr ar strongr and tallr than w ar. Th citis ar big, with walls up to th sky [havns]. And w saw th Anakits thr [Num. 13:28-33]!'" Alas for our advanc! Our brothrs hav dprssd our harts, by saying thy ar a popl finr and tallr than us! Thir citis ar larg and fortifid up to th skis; and w also saw th sons of Anak thr! " What is going to happn to us? Our brothrs hav draind away our courag [Hb "hav causd our harts to mlt."] by dscribing popl who ar mor numrous [Hb "gratr." Many English vrsions undrstand this to rfr to physical siz or strngth rathr than numbrs (cf. "strongr," NAB, NIV, NRSV; "biggr," NASB).] and tallr than w ar, and grat citis whos dfnss appar to b as high as havn [Or as th sky. Th Hbrw trm ùèîçéäí (shamayim) may b translatd havn(s) or sky dpnding on th contxt.] itslf! Morovr, thy said thy saw [Hb "w hav sn."] Anakits [Hb "th sons of th Anakim."] [Anakits wr giant popl (Num 13:33; Dut 2:10, 21; 9:2) dscndd from a crtain Anak whos

214 287 Th Book of Dutronomy NIV, 2011 own forfathr Arba foundd th city of Kiriath Arba, i.., Hbron (Josh 21:11).] thr." Whr can w go? Our brothrs hav mad our harts mlt in far. Thy say, `Th popl ar strongr and tallr [S Nu 13:32] than w ar; th citis ar larg, with walls up to th sky. W vn saw th Anakits [S Nu 13:33; Dt 9:1-3] thr.'" Jwish/Hbrw Nams Bibls: Complt Jwish Bibl xgss companion Bibl JPS (Tanakh 1985) Kaplan Translation Orthodox Jwish Bibl Th Scripturs 1998 What sort of plac is it that w'r hading for? Our brothrs mad our courag fail whn thy said, "Th popl ar biggr and tallr than w ar; th citis ar grat and fortifid up to th sky; and finally, w hav sn 'Anakim thr."' Whr ascnd w? Our brothrs mltd our hart, saying, Th popl is gratr and mor xaltd than w; th citis ar grat and fortifid to th havns; and w also saw th sons of th Anakiy thr. What kind of plac [Prcis maning of Hbrw uncrtain] ar w going to? Our kinsmn hav takn th hart out of us, saying, W saw thr a popl strongr and tallr than w, larg citis with walls sky-high, and vn Anakits. Whr ar w hading? Our brothrs took away our courag by tlling us [Litrally, '...saying, 'W saw...' '] that thy saw thr a rac that was largr and tallr than w, with grat citis fortifid to th skis, as wll as childrn of th giants [Anakim.].' Whr shall w go up? Our brthrn hav discouragd lvavnu (our harts), saying, Th popl is gratr and tallr than w; th citis ar grat and walld up to Shomayim; morovr w hav sn th Bni Anakim thr. Whr ar w going to? Our brothrs hav mad our harts mlt, saying, Th popl ar gratr and tallr than w, th citis ar grat and walld up to th havns, and w saw th sons of th Anaqim thr too. Litral, almost word-for-word, rndrings: Th Amplifid Bibl Contxt Group Vrsion Darby Translation English Standard Vrsion Th Gnva Bibl Grn s Litral Translation Modrn KJV To what ar w going up? Our brthrn hav mad our harts mlt, saying, Th popl ar biggr and tallr than w ar; th citis ar grat and fortifid to th havns. And morovr w hav sn th [giantlik] sons of th Anakim thr. Whr ar w going up? Our brothrs hav mad our hart to mlt, saying, Th popl ar gratr and mor numrous than w; th citis ar grat and fortifid up to th skis { or havns }; and morovr w hav sn th sons of th Anakim thr. Whithr shall w go up? Our brthrn hav mad our harts mlt, saying, [Thy ar] a popl gratr and tallr than w; th citis ar grat and walld up to havn; and morovr w hav sn th sons of th Anakim thr. Whr ar w going up? Our brothrs hav mad our harts mlt, saying, "Th popl ar gratr and tallr than w. Th citis ar grat and fortifid up to havn. And bsids, w hav sn th sons of th Anakim thr."' Whithr shall w go up? our brthrn [Th othr tn, not Calb and Joshua. ] hav discouragd our hart, saying, Th popl [is] gratr and tallr than w; th citis [ar] grat and walld up to havn; and morovr w hav sn th sons of th Anakims thr. Whr shall w go up? Our brothrs hav mltd our harts, saying, W hav sn thr a popl gratr and tallr than w, citis grat and walld up to th havns, and also th sons of Anak. Whr shall w go up? Our brothrs hav brokn our hart, saying, W hav sn thr a popl gratr and tallr than w ar. Th citis ar grat and walld up to th havns, also th sons of th giants.

215 Dutronomy Chaptr NASB Nw RSV Wbstr s Bibl Translation Young s Updatd LT Th gist of this vrs: Whr can w go up? Our brthrn hav mad our harts mlt, saying, "Th popl ar biggr and tallr than w; th citis ar larg and fortifid to havn. And bsids, w saw th sons of th Anakim [Num 13:28, 33; Dut 9:2] thr."' Whr ar w hading? Our kindrd hav mad our harts fail by rporting, "Th popl ar strongr and tallr than w ar; th citis ar larg and fortifid up to havn! W actually saw thr th offspring of th Anakim!" ' Whithr shall w go up? our brthrn hav discouragd our hart, saying, Th popl [ar] gratr and tallr than w; th citis [ar] grat and walld up to havn; and morovr, w hav sn th sons of th Anakims thr. Whr ar w going up? Our brothrs hav mltd our hart, saying, A popl gratr and tallr than w, citis grat and fncd to havn, and also sons of Anakim--w hav sn thr. Th popl xprss grat concrn about going into th Land of Promis, rmarking that th popl of th land ar largr and tllr than thy ar with grat fortifid citis. Dutronomy 1:28a Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs ânâh (àèðèä) [pronouncd awn-aw] whr, whthr, whr advrb with th hê local Strong s #575 BDB #33 ãnach nûw (àâðççàðåì) [pronouncd uh-nahkhnoo] w; (somtims a vrb is implid) st Strong s #587 1 prson plural pronoun BDB #59 âlâh (òèìèä) [pronouncd ìaw-lawh] going up, ascnding, coming up, climbing Qal activ participl Strong's #5927 BDB #748 âch (àèç) [pronouncd awhk] brothr, half-brothr; kinsman or clos rlativ; on who rsmbls masculin plural noun st with th 1 prson plural suffix Strong's #251 BDB #26 mâçâh (îèñèä) [pronouncd maw- SAWH] to caus to mlt, to mak flow down [away]; to mak dissolv; to mak farful rd 3 prson plural, Hiphil imprfct Strong s #4529 BDB #587 êth (àæç) [pronouncd ayth] untranslatd gnrally; occasionally to, toward indicats that th following substantiv is a dirct objct Strong's #853 BDB #84 lêbab (ìåáçá) [pronouncd V lay-bahb ] mind, innr man, innr bing, hart masculin singular noun st with th 1 prson plural suffix Strong s #3824 BDB #523 Translation: Whr w [had plannd] to go up, our brothrs causd our harts to mlt,... In this vrs, thr is st st a continud us of th 1 prson plural vrb and 1 prson plural suffixs. Thrfor, this continus th quotation from v. 27. This is mor likly a qustion, whr can w go up? Th ida is, th walls of ths citis wr so tall that thr was no plac for thm to go up. It just smd impossibl to scal thos city walls. Now, rmmbr, this is basd upon th tstimony of tn mn. Th popl who ar complaining hav nvr sn ths walls. Thy hav sn God s powr; but thy hav nvr sn ths walls. Th gnral population blivs that scaling th walls is

216 289 Th Book of Dutronomy almost impossibl, but thy ar taking this blif on faith. Thy ar choosing to bliv tn of th spis rathr than bliv God. This far of th popl of th land is a choic. Application: Thr is a grat powr in othr popl s opinions. Thy may b basd on nothing or narly nothing, but thy do sway a grat many. Evolution is on of thos opinions, which has prtty much no basis in xprimntal scinc, and yt is sold as bing th scintific mthod. Howvr, th problm was, Moss and th popl wr going to go up and conqur th land givn thm by God, but tn of th spis causd th harts of Isral to mlt. Thy told thm disconcrting storis about th popl who livd in th land of promis. Arno Gablin's Annotatd Bibl: Unblif and disobdinc had brought judgmnt upon th popl. God's dmands hr and throughout this book ar faith and obdinc as th xprssion of faith. Confidnc in Him and obdinc, unswrving obdinc H asks of us; H can nvr dispns with ths. W find ths dmands of Jhovah vrywhr. Obdinc is th way to blssing and th njoymnt of what Jhovah is, whil disobdinc plungs into darknss and dspair. And how significant ar th burning xhortations to obdinc from th lips of th srvant of God, whos failur by bing disobdint and slf-willd had dprivd him from ntring into th land! 86 Vv a rad: Howvr, you wr not willing to go up to tak th land. Instad, you rsistd th command of Jhovah your God, rmaining in your tnts and murmuring against Him. You vn claimd, Bcaus Jhovah hatd us, H brought us out of th land of Egypt in ordr to giv us to th Amorits to dstroy us. Whr w [had plannd] to go up, our brothrs causd our harts to mlt,... So thy claim hr two things: first that God, out of hatrd, had brought thm to that point to kill thm; and thn thy blam thir brothrs for causing thir harts to mlt. W ar talking about 600,000 mn who would b soldirs; ovr 500,000 of thm (or mor) wr told, prtty much all in on night, about th popl of th land and how powrful thy wr. For this, thy cannot blam th 10 spis, vn though, right hr, thy do. It is impossibl for 10 spis to gt out thr and spak to this many popl. Thy had to vangliz for far and thir convrts had to go out and furthr vangliz for far. Thy claimd that thy could not fight th popl of th land (1) bcaus God brought thm to this point to kill thm and (2) thy wr mad to b afraid. Howvr, a majority of th popl would hav bn among thos sprading this far on that first night. Dutronomy 1:28b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs lâmd (ìà) [pronouncd l ] to, for, towards, in rgards to dirctional/rlational prposition BDB #510 âmar (àèîçø) [pronouncd aw-mahr] to say, to spak, to uttr; to say [to onslf], to think; to command; to promis; to xplain; to intnd Qal infinitiv construct Strong s #559 BDB #55 am (òçí) [pronouncd ìahm] popl; rac, trib; family, rlativs; citizns, common popl; companions, srvants; ntir human rac; hrd [of animals] masculin singular collctiv noun Strong s #5971 BDB # From accssd Novmbr 4, 2013.

217 Dutronomy Chaptr Dutronomy 1:28b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs gâdôwl (âìèãåéì) [pronouncd gaw-dohl] larg, grat or mighty [in powr, nobility, walth; in numbr, or magnitud and xtnt], loud, oldr, important, distinguishd; vast, unyilding, immutabl, significant, astonishing masculin singular adjctiv Strong s #1419 BDB #152 w (or v ) (åà or åì) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though; as wll as simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 rûwm (øåìí) [pronouncd room] rising up, arising, raising up, growing; bing xaltd, bcoming high, bcoming powrful; bing high and lofty; bing rmot, bing in th far distanc Qal activ participl Strong's #7311 BDB #926 min (îäï) [pronouncd mihn] from, away from, out from, out of from, off, on account of, sinc, abov, than, so that not, byond, mor than prposition of sparation st with th 1 prson plural suffix Strong's #4480 BDB #577 Translation:...saying, Th popl [thr] [ar] gratr and tallr than us;... At this point, w hav a quot within a quot within a quot. Moss is spaking. H now tlls thm what thy told him. Among thir xcuss was that thy hard from thir brothrs (th spis and whovr thy convincd) that thir nmis in th land wr too powrful to dfat. Th spis first warnd that th popl wr gratr (largr, mor mighty, mor in numbr) than th Isralits. Furthrmor, thy wr tallr and mor powrful. Dutronomy 1:28c Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs îyr (òäéø) [pronouncd ìr] ncampmnt, city, town fminin plural noun Strong's #5892 BDB #746 gâdôwl (âìèãåéì) [pronouncd gaw-dohl] larg, grat or mighty [in powr, nobility, walth; in numbr, or magnitud and xtnt], loud, oldr, important, distinguishd; vast, unyilding, immutabl, significant, astonishing fminin plural adjctiv Strong s #1419 BDB #152 w (or v ) (åà or åì) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though; as wll as simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 bâtsar (áìèöçø) [pronouncd baw-tzar] walld-up, fncd, fortifid fminin plural, Qal passiv participl Strong's #1219 BDB #130

218 291 Th Book of Dutronomy Dutronomy 1:28c Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs h b (áìà) [pronouncd b ] in, into, at, by, nar, on, with, bfor, against, by mans of, among, within a prposition of proximity BDB #88 shâmayîm (ùèîçéäí) [pronouncd shaw-mahyim] havn, havns, skis; th visibl havns, as in as abod of th stars or as th visibl univrs, th sky, atmosphr, tc.; Havn (as th abod of God) masculin dual noun with th dfinit articl; pausal form Strong s #8064 BDB #1029 Translation:...[thir] citis [ar] mighty and fortifid up to th havns;... Th citis that th Jws would hav to attack wr grat citis, with hug walls that smd to ris up to th havns. Th xaggration is mor apparnt by th rmark walld up to havn. Th noun is mib tsâr (îäáàöèø) [pronouncd v mib -TZAR] and it is translatd strongholds, fncd, fortrss. It rfrs to a city whr thr hav bn prcautions takn in ordr to prsrv its intgrity from attack from without. This noun is usd in Num. 13:19 to dscrib ths walls that th Jws facd. Strong's #4013 BDB #131 Th corrsponding vrb, which is found hr, is th Qal passiv participl of bâtsar (áìèöçø) [pronouncd baw-tzar], which mans walld-up, fncd, fortifid in th Qal passiv participl; in th Qal activ participl, it is translatd grap-gathrr (Jr. 6:9 49:9 Obad. 5*). Strong's #1219 BDB #130 Th xaggration is obvious whn w ar told ths citis ar walld-up to havn. It is anothr on of thos portions of th Bibl whn it is clar that this is not to b takn litrally. Howvr, th spis who did not want to go into battl against ths giants usd this xaggration in ordr to similarly dissuad th othrs of thir camp. Gill: th citis ar grat, and walld up to havn; [This is] an hyprbolical xprssion; thir fars xaggratd th account of th spis; thy told thm thy wr grat, larg, and populous, walld, and strongly fortifid; which appard in thir frightnd imaginations as if thir walls wr so high as 87 to rach up to havn, so that it was impossibl to scal thm, or gt possssion of thm. Th wstrn Samaritan and th Sptuagint codics rad gratr and mor in numbr than w; howvr thr wr vry fw populations which rivald th siz of th Jwish rac. Th inordinatly larg population of Isral has bn attackd from svral sids, including from fundamntalist Christianity. Thr ar many rasonabl argumnts put forth to dcras th siz of Isral, but thn God's promis to mak thm as th stars of havn bcoms lss significant in th procss. Furthrmor, as things stand, all th numbrs in Scriptur mak sns; rduc th population by claiming that th word thousand stands for family, and th numbrs no longr add up. Dutronomy 1:28d Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs w (or v ) (åà or åì) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though; as wll as simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 gam (âçí) [pronouncd gahm] also, furthrmor, in addition to, vn, morovr advrb Strong s #1571 BDB # Dr. John Gill, John Gill s Exposition of th Entir Bibl; from -Sword, Dut. 1:28.

219 Dutronomy Chaptr Dutronomy 1:28d Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs Togthr, th wâw conjunction and th gam particl might man togthr with, along with, joind with, and, furthrmor, and furthrmor. bânîym (áìèðäéí) [pronouncd baw- NEEM] sons, dscndants; childrn; popl; somtims rndrd mn masculin plural construct Strong s #1121 BDB #119 Ãnâqîym (òâðè Äéí) [pronouncd ìuh-nawk- EEM] long ncks; and is translitratd Anakim masculin plural noun Strong s #6062 BDB #778 râ âh (øèàèä) [pronouncd raw-awh] to s, to look, to look at, to viw, to bhold; to obsrv; to prciv, to undrstand, to larn, to know st 1 prson plural, Qal prfct Strong's #7200 BDB #906 shâm (ùèí) [pronouncd shawm] thr; at that tim, thn; thrin, in that thing advrb of plac Strong s #8033 BDB #1027 Translation:...and, morovr, w hav sn th sons of th Anakim thr. Also, thr wr giants who livd in this ara. Anaq mans nck, long-nckd; and th im nding is th Hbrw plural. And so, th popl of Isral had all of ths visions of just how tall and imposing ths popl wr. Th trm usd back in Num. 13:33 was Nphilim, but, In point of fact, ths popl in Palstin wr not th Nphilim that was an xaggration to th n dgr, as discussd in gratr dtail back in Num. 13:33. Lt s just hav a fw points on th Anakim. Th Anakim 1. Th Anakim ar mntiond in th sam brath as th Nphilim. Th Nphilim no longr xist thy wr all killd in th flood, so that Nphilim is ithr an xaggration or a dscriptor. 2. Th rfrnc to th Anakim is first found in Num. 13. W hav no complt gnalogy lading us to thm. Howvr, thy wr wll-known to th Isralits. Ths Jws do hav an acadmic background; that is, vn during thir tim in Egypt, vn undr grat slavry, thy wr awar of som of th things which wnt on in th outsid world and th siz and powr of th Anakim was lgnd. 3. Throughout th books of Exodus through Judgs, w hav various groups of popl namd who liv in th land: th Canaanits, th Jbusits, th Amalkits. At no tim, in any of ths lists, do w hav th Anakim namd. 4. W do not hav a clar path from any group of popl spcifically to th Anakim. 5. This suggsts that Anakim is not a rac of popl; it is not a family of popl; it is not a group who liv hr or thr; but simply a way of indicating that th popl wr quit tall. 6. This nam actually mans long nck; so its maning could b rally what is found in this passags, rathr than Anak bing a propr noun. For mor information, s: Th Anakim Part On (HTML) (PDF). Th Anakim Part Two (HTML) (PDF). Ths ar short doctrins which rally nd to b combind.

220 293 Th Book of Dutronomy Chaptr Outlin Charts, Maps and Short Doctrins A group of popl with a high protin dit will tnd to grow tallr and bulkir as thir gnrations continu. This dscribs probably th popl of th Land of Promis. Howvr, cotrminous to this, th Jws hav spnd th past yars in slavry. Rmmbr what thy spok of as ating in Egypt?...cucumbrs, watrmlons, lks, onions, and garlic... (Num. 11:5b). This is crtainly a good dit; and thy also had fish in Egypt. Howvr, sinc thy s thmslvs as bing so much smallr than th popl of th land, thn it is rasonabl to suppos that ths Jws ar th rsult of svral gnrations whr not a lot of protin was ingstd, whil th popl of th land hav atn a grat dal of mat thus, in part, accounting for th grat diffrnc in siz. Furthrmor, th citis in Palstin wr fortifid. Th Jws wr not allowd a fortifid city; it is likly that th citis in Egypt wr not walld so thy hav th qustion, how can thy go up? Whr can thy go up? How is it possibl to invad this city? Th citis ar surroundd by grat walls and bhind th walls ar giants. "But th mn who had gon up with Calb [and Joshua] said, "W ar not abl to go up against th popl, for thy ar too strong for us." So thy gav out to th sons of Isral a bad rport of th land which thy had spird out, saying, "Th land through which w hav gon in spying it out is a land that dvours in inhabitants; and all th popl whom w saw in it ar mn of statur. Th popl who liv in th land ar strong and th citis ar fortifid vr larg; and morovr, w saw th dscndants of Anak thr. Amalk is living in th land of th Ngv and th Hittits and th Jbusits and th Amorits ar living in th hill country, and th Canaanits ar living by th sa and by th sid of th Jordan." (Num. 13:31 32, 28b). Now lt s put ths last 3 vrss togthr: Howvr, you wr not willing to go up to tak th land. Instad, you rsistd th command of Jhovah your God, rmaining in your tnts and murmuring against Him. You vn claimd, Bcaus Jhovah hatd us, H brought us out of th land of Egypt in ordr to giv us to th Amorits to dstroy us. Our brothrs causd our harts to mlt, warning us about th plac whr w had plannd to go and conqur. Thy told us, Th popl thr ar gratr and tallr than w ar; thir citis ar mighty and wllfortifid; and, morovr, w hav sn sons of th Giants living thr. Thy first blam God, saying that H had plannd to kill thm; thrfor H wnt to th troubl of bringing thm to th dsrt. Thn th popl blam thir brothrs, bcaus thir brothrs told thm about how powrful th popl of th land wr. Howvr, in ordr for ths things to prmat th ntir camp of Isral, many (of not most) of th Isralits had to tak part in sprading this information. Th Pulpit Commntary: Th spis, with two xcptions, brought back a most dishartning and illadvisd rport. W s hr th dangr of a policy of caution, whn that springs from ovr-farfulnss or an original indisposition to advanc. Whn caution is divorcd from courag, and gts th uppr hand, its natural tndncy is to nutraliz nthusiasm, to concntrat attntion on difficultis, to play into th hands of thos who don"t want to do anything, and to furnish thm with xcuss and 88 argumnts for dlay. Chaptr Outlin Charts, Maps and Short Doctrins Numbrs 14:1 38 intrlud: At this point, w should look at th rst of this narrativ from Num. 14 (th ESV translation, capitalizd): Num 14:1 Thn all th congrgation raisd a loud cry, and th popl wpt that night. 88 Th Pulpit Commntary; ; by Josph S. Exll, Hnry Donald Mauric Spnc-Jons, courtsy of -sword, Dut. 1:22 32.

221 Dutronomy Chaptr You will rcall from Num. 13 that th popl had com up to th southrn bordr of th land of Canaan, and God told thm to tak th land, and thy agrd, but first thy wantd to snd spis in. Th spis spnt 40 days in th land and two of thm said, This land is what God has bn promising us; lt s go up and tak it; but th othr tn spis said, Ths popl ar much too powrful for us. W ar lik ants in thir sight. So th night of th rport, popl wnt out lik vanglists, convincing thir brothrs that thy cannot possibly dfat th giants in ths land. As a rsult, all of th popl crid that night, bliving that God brought thm to th dg of Canaan to kill thm. Num 14:2 And all th popl of Isral grumbld against Moss and Aaron. Th whol congrgation said to thm, "Would that w had did in th land of Egypt! Or would that w had did in this wildrnss! Som of th things which wr said that night ar hr: I wish that w had did in th land of Egypt! Or I wish that w had did in th dsrt wildrnss! As if this maks sns. Thy ar worrid about dying in battl, so thy xprss a dsir to hav alrady did. What sns dos it mak to b afraid of dath, and thn to say, Why didn t w di alrady? Num 14:3 Why is th LORD bringing us into this land, to fall by th sword? Our wivs and our littl ons will bcom a pry. Would it not b bttr for us to go back to Egypt?" Thy thn claim that God brought thm to this land so that thy would di by th sword; and that thir wivs and childrn would bcom th pry of th popl of Canaan (maning that thy would b nslavd). Again, notic just how illogical thy ar. Thy ar worrid that thy will b killd and thir childrn would bcom slavs. Thn thy say, Wouldn t it b bttr to rturn to Egypt? What do thy think would happn in Egypt? Th rbllious adults would b killd and thir childrn would bcom slavs. Far maks popl illogical. Num 14:4 And thy said to on anothr, "Lt us choos a ladr and go back to Egypt." Thr ar fw mn who ar as grat as Moss; and yt, this popl was rady to choos anothr ladr to do thir bidding. Num 14:5 Thn Moss and Aaron fll on thir facs bfor all th assmbly of th congrgation of th popl of Isral. Th popl wr rady to riot; and Moss and Aaron s livs wr actually at risk at this point. Num 14:6 And Joshua th son of Nun and Calb th son of Jphunnh, who wr among thos who had spid out th land, tor thir cloths Thy wr joind by two of th spis, powrful mn who had spid out th land. Thy cam bfor th popl and tor thir cloths bfor thm. Num 14:7 and said to all th congrgation of th popl of Isral, "Th land, which w passd through to spy it out, is an xcdingly good land. Joshua and Calb bgin making thir cas. Th land that thy passd through was a wondrful land, which was what God had promisd thm (and had promisd thir fathrs bfor thm). Num 14:8 If th LORD dlights in us, H will bring us into this land and giv it to us, a land that flows with milk and hony. If God shows thm grac, thn H will bring thm into th land and giv it to thm.

222 295 Th Book of Dutronomy Num 14:9 Only do not rbl against th LORD. And do not far th popl of th land, for thy ar brad for us. Thir protction is rmovd from thm, and th LORD is with us; do not far thm." Joshua and Calb warn th popl not to rbl against God. Num 14:10 Thn all th congrgation said to ston thm with stons. But th glory of th LORD appard at th tnt of mting to all th popl of Isral. Th Jws did not lik what thy hard. Joshua and Calb mrly told thm to b calm and to tak th land as God had promisd thm, and thy wr rady to kill Moss, Aaron, Calb and Joshua. God intrvnd. Num 14:11 And th LORD said to Moss, "How long will this popl dspis m? And how long will thy not bliv in M, in spit of all th signs that I hav don among thm? God xprsss som rathr unkind thoughts about th popl of Isral. God is prodding Moss to stand in th gap, to stand btwn God and thm to prvnt thir dstruction; to b a kind of intrmdiary, a typ of Christ. Num 14:12 I will strik thm with th pstilnc and disinhrit thm, and I will mak of you a nation gratr and mightir than thy." God promiss thm dstruction, bcaus thy dsrv it. Moss will stand in th gap. Num 14:13 14 But Moss said to th LORD, "Thn th Egyptians will har of it, for You brought up this popl in Your might from among thm, and thy will tll th inhabitants of this land. Thy hav hard that You, O LORD, ar in th midst of this popl. For You, O LORD, ar sn fac to fac, and your cloud stands ovr thm and You go bfor thm, in a pillar of cloud by day and in a pillar of fir by night. Moss argus that, what sns would it mak to bring God s popl out of Egypt with a grat hand, and thn to kill thm off two yars latr? This would not glorify God. Th popl of Canaan know all about God; and thy know all about His rlationship with His popl. So how God trats His Own popl is a witnss to th world. Moss thn suggsts th kind of thing that will b allgd. Num 14:15 16 Now if You kill this popl as on man, thn th nations who hav hard your fam will say, 'It is bcaus th LORD was not abl to bring this popl into th land that h swor to giv to thm that h has killd thm in th wildrnss.' Hr is how this would play on th world stag: it would b claimd that God is not abl to bring this popl into th land which H gav to thm. Instad, H killd thm all in th dsrt-wildrnss. Num 14:17 18 And now, plas lt th powr of th Lord b grat as You hav promisd, saying, 'Th LORD is slow to angr and abounding in stadfast lov, forgiving iniquity and transgrssion, but h will by no mans clar th guilty, visiting th iniquity of th fathrs on th childrn, to th third and th fourth gnration.' (Ex. 34:6 7) Moss tlls God to kp to His promiss. Thn Moss quots on of ths promiss. Moss quots Ex. 34:6 7. Ths ar th vry words which God spok dirctly to Moss. Num 14:19 Plas pardon th iniquity of this popl, according to th gratnss of your stadfast lov [= graciousnss], just as you hav forgivn this popl, from Egypt until now."

223 Dutronomy Chaptr Moss stands btwn God and th popl, asking that thir vil b pardond. Moss, by this, is acting as a typ of Christ, standing btwn th popl who ar condmnd and dsrv dstruction and God s justic. Bcaus Moss stands btwn God and th popl, th popl ar prsrvd. It is Jsus Christ who stands btwn us and God, Who protcts us and intrcds for us th pictur of which is stablishd hr in th book of Numbrs. Num 14:20 Thn th LORD said, "I hav pardond, according to your word. This is what God wantd. God wantd Moss to say ths things, to put himslf in th way, to stand up for his own rcalcitrant popl. Num 14:21 23 But truly, as I liv, and as all th arth shall b filld with th glory of th LORD, non of th mn who hav sn My glory and My signs that I did in Egypt and in th wildrnss, and yt hav put M to th tst ths tn tims and hav not obyd My voic, shall s th land that I swor to giv to thir fathrs. And non of thos who dspisd m shall s it. God promiss that th arth will b filld with His glory. Ths adults who tstd God would di th sin unto dath; thy would all di in th dsrt. Thy would nvr s th land of promis. God would dstroy that gnration. Num 14:24 But my srvant Calb, bcaus h has a diffrnt spirit and has followd m fully, I will bring into th land into which h wnt, and his dscndants shall possss it. Calb and Joshua wr xcptions. God would honor th truth that is in thir souls. Num 14:25 Now, sinc th Amalkits and th Canaanits dwll in th vallys, turn tomorrow and st out for th wildrnss by th way to th Rd Sa." God would turn this train around. Ths popl cannot ntr into th land. H would lt thir sons and daughtrs ntr into th Land of Promis. Num 14:26 27 And th LORD spok to Moss and to Aaron, saying, "How long shall this wickd congrgation grumbl against M? I hav hard th grumblings of th popl of Isral, which thy grumbl against M. God givs Moss a solution, which taks into account Moss acting as an intrmdiary. Num 14:28 30 Say to thm, 'As I liv, dclars th LORD, what you hav said in my haring I will do to you: your dad bodis shall fall in this wildrnss, and of all your numbr, listd in th cnsus from twnty yars old and upward, who hav grumbld against m, not on shall com into th land whr I swor that I would mak you dwll, xcpt Calb th son of Jphunnh and Joshua th son of Nun. Hr, God pronouncs th sin unto dath upon Gn X. Ths ar thos who wr 20 yars and oldr, who lft Egypt undr God s might arm, sing His powr and might again and again; and thn rjcting Him at th nd. Num 14:31 But your littl ons, who you said would bcom a pry, I will bring in, and thy shall know th land that you hav rjctd. Thy claimd that thir childrn would bcom a pry, and b forcd into slavry thos childrn would tak th land. Application: Childrn ar usd all of th tim in politics. As th us of food stamps grw, I rcall somon who postd a graphic of som hungry dirty child who ndd a bath and a mal; and indicatd that anyon who was against this wantd to s such childrn di of starvation.

224 297 Th Book of Dutronomy Num 14:32 But as for you, your dad bodis shall fall in this wildrnss. God promiss that thos who wr against Him would di off in th dsrt. Num 14:33 And your childrn shall b shphrds in th wildrnss forty yars and shall suffr for your faithlssnss, until th last of your dad bodis lis in th wildrnss. Onc th final body drops dad in th wildrnss, thn God would lad th childrn of Isral into th Land of Promis to tak it. That is whr w ar in th Dutronomy narrativ. Num 14:34 According to th numbr of th days in which you spid out th land, forty days, a yar for ach day, you shall bar your iniquity forty yars, and you shall know my displasur.' God chos to pnaliz thm on yar for vry day ths spis spnd in th Land of Promis, spying it out, confirming th gratnss of th land, which is what God had promisd thm. Num 14:35 I, th LORD, hav spokn. Surly this will I do to all this wickd congrgation who ar gathrd togthr against M: in this wildrnss thy shall com to a full nd, and thr thy shall di." For standing against God, Gn X would di th sin unto dath in th dsrt. Thy did not los thir salvation. All of ths popl had blivd in Y howah Elohim; but thy wr not willing to tak thir faith any furthr. Num 14:36 37 And th mn whom Moss snt to spy out th land, who rturnd and mad all th congrgation grumbl against him by bringing up a bad rport about th land--th mn who brought up a bad rport of th land-- did by plagu bfor th LORD. As a rsult, what God promisd cam to pass. Thos who opposd Him did th sin unto dath in th dsrtwildrnss. Num 14:38 Of thos mn who wnt to spy out th land, only Joshua th son of Nun and Calb th son of Jphunnh rmaind aliv. Two mn wr faithful, and God kpt thm aliv. Num 14:39 Whn Moss told ths words to all th popl of Isral, th popl mournd gratly. At this point, th popl blivd God, and thy mournd, as thy knw thy would di in th dsrt-wildrnss without taking th Land of Promis. Chaptr Outlin Charts, Maps and Short Doctrins Ngativ volition is somtims hiddn in rationalization. This mans that thy com to thir conclusion first, and thn thy start coming up with rasons why thir conclusion is accurat. Th Jws, Ngativ to th Plan of God, Rationaliz thir Ngativ Volition What thy choos to s: 1. Most of th spis noticd th grat fortifid citis and th siz of thir nmis. This is th only obsrvation upon which thy can cit as vidnc that God wants to kill thm. 2. Thy claim that God has brought thm to this point to kill thm, which is totally illogical. 3. Thy claim that thir childrn will b a pry. 4. Thy did agr that this was a land rich in natural rsourcs (this would hav bn hard to dny, givn th things which thy hauld back to thir camp).

225 Dutronomy Chaptr Th Jws, Ngativ to th Plan of God, Rationaliz thir Ngativ Volition What thy choos to ignor: 1. Thy hav ignord th fact that God dstroyd on of th gratst armis right bfor thir vry ys th Egyptian army. 2. Thy hav ignord th fact that thy hav just sn many grat signs and wondrs from th Rvald God. Ths signs wr spctacular in a way that narly all of th popl saw thm. Thy wr not simpl clos-in magic tricks which wr dscribd to thm latr by othrs. What God did was big and spctacular, so that all could s His grat powr. 3. Thy hav ignord that God ld thm as a cloud by day and as a pillar of fir by night. 4. Thy hav ignord how God has providd thm food and watr in a dsrt ara. 5. Thy ignor th promiss which God mad to Abraham. 6. Th ignor th promiss which God mad to thm. 7. God is glorifid by lading th Jws out of Egypt and into th Land of Promis to giv it to thm. God is not glorifid if H taks th Jws out of slavry and thn allows th Amorits to kill thm as thy try to ntr into Canaan. That just maks no sns. And yt, this is th kind of conclusion which thy draw. I hav sn this on so-calld scintific, anti-god wbsits. Sinc God has not prsonally appard to thm, thy mak claims that God cannot or dos not xist; and that thy ar simply bing rational bings for taking this position. Thy ignor th amount of faith that thy thmslvs hav in a grat many things (such as, in 89 volution ); and thy ignor th fact that thy bliv in many things which thy cannot s. This is simply ngativ volition. It dos not mattr what objction you answr (whthr it is som itm in th Bibl or som articl of th Christian faith), thy will still rfus to bliv. In fact, such sits ar vry vanglistic in thir athism, so if thy put up a dishonst graphic, and you xplain how it is dishonst, thy will not rmov it. Thir approach is not on of truth; thir approach is not vn scintific to chang a prson s mind whn dmonstrabl vidnc is prsntd thir approach is on of ngativ volition, and that thy will stand by, no mattr what. I, howvr, hav bn bannd from many of ths sits. So thy will ban m and what I say; but thy will nvr rmov a dishonst graphic. Chaptr Outlin Charts, Maps and Short Doctrins Historic vnt: Moss Rminds th Popl of God's Powr and Faithfulnss And so I say unto you [all], You [all] will not Dutronomy But I said to you, You should not b in drad b in drad and you [all] will not b afraid 1:29 nor should you b afraid on account of thm. from thm. But I said to you, You should not b in drad nor should you b afraid of thm. Hr is how othrs hav translatd this vrs: Ancint txts: Targum of Onklos Latin Vulgat And I said to you, B not brokn down, nor b afraid of thm:... And I said to you: Far not, nithr b y afraid of thm. Thy hav nvr sn on spcis of animal volv into anothr spcis of animal; and yt thy bliv with all thir hart 89 that this occurrd.

226 299 Th Book of Dutronomy Masortic Txt (Hbrw) Pshitta (Syriac) Sptuagint (Grk) Significant diffrncs: And so I say unto you [all], You [all] will not b in drad and you [all] will not b afraid from thm. Thn I said to you, Far not, nithr trmbl of thm. And I said to you, Far not, nithr b afraid of thm;... Non. Thought-for-thought translations; paraphrass: Contmporary English V. Easy-to-Rad Vrsion Th Mssag Nw Cntury Vrsion Th Voic Thn I said, "Don't worry! So I said to you, Don t b upst! Don t b afraid of thos popl! I trid to rliv your fars: "Don't b trrifid of thm. Thn I said to you, "Don't b frightnd; don't b afraid of thos popl. So I told you, "Don't b scard! Don't b afraid of thm! Partially litral and partially paraphrasd translations: Amrican English Bibl 'But I told you: Don't b afraid and don't far thm! Bck s Amrican Translation Thn I told you, Don t lt thm trrify or frightn you. Christian Community Bibl Thn I said to you: Hav no far and do not b afraid of thm. God s Word Thn I said to you, "Don't trmbl. Don't b afraid of thm. Nw Advnt (Knox) Bibl And I rasond with you, Do not b afraid, do not shrink bfor thm; will not th Lord God who is your ladr fight on your sid, as h did in Egypt for all to s? V. 30 is includd for contxt. Nw Jrusalm Bibl 'And I said to you, "Do not tak fright, do not b afraid of thm. Mostly litral rndrings (with som occasional paraphrasing): Ancint Roots Translinar Bibl in Basic English Th Expandd Bibl NET Bibl I said to you, "Nvr cowr, and nvr far thm! Thn I said to you, Hav no far of thm. Thn I said to you, "Don't b frightnd; don't b afraid of thos popl. So I rspondd to you, "Do not b trrifid [Hb "do not trmbl and do not b afraid." Two synonymous commands ar combind for mphasis.] of thm!. Jwish/Hbrw Nams Bibls: Complt Jwish Bibl xgss companion Bibl Judaica Prss Complt T. Kaplan Translation "I answrd you, 'Don't b farful, don't b afraid of thm. Thn I said to you, Nithr drad nor aw thm. And I said to you, "Do not b brokn or afraid of thm. I said to you, 'Don't b so imprssd [(HaKthav VHaKabbalah; Hirsch). Aratz in Hbrw. Or, 'don't lt your spirit b brokn' (Radak, Shrashim; Ibn Janach).]! Don't b afraid of thm! Litral, almost word-for-word, rndrings: Contxt Group Vrsion English Standard Vrsion Grn s Litral Translation NASB Nw RSV Young s Litral Translation Th gist of this vrs: Thn I said to you { pl }, Don't drad, nithr b afraid of thm. Thn I said to you, 'Do not b in drad or afraid of thm. And I said to you, do not b trrifid; nor b afraid of thm;... Thn I said to you, `Do not b shockd, nor far thm. I said to you, `Hav no drad or far of thm. And I say unto you, B not trrifid, nor b afraid of thm. Moss rcounts that h told th popl not to b intimidatd by th popl of th land.

227 Dutronomy Chaptr Intrstingly nough, this quotation, which runs through v. 31, is not rcordd in th book of Numbrs. Dutronomy 1:29a Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs wa (or va) (åç) [pronouncd wah] and so, and thn, thn, and; so, that, yt, thrfor, consquntly; bcaus wâw conscutiv BDB #253 âmar (àèîçø) [pronouncd aw-mahr] to say, to spak, to uttr; to say [to onslf], to think; to command; to promis; to xplain; to intnd st 1 prson singular, Qal imprfct Strong s #559 BDB #55 l (àæì) [pronouncd hl] unto; into, among, in; toward, to; against; concrning, rgarding; bsids, togthr with; as to dirctional prposition (rspct or dfrnc may b implid) with th nd 2 prson masculin plural suffix Strong's #413 BDB #39 lô (ìéà or ìåéà) [pronouncd low] not, no ngats th word or action that follows; th absolut ngation Strong s #3808 BDB #518 ârats (òèøçõ) [pronouncd ìaw-rahts] to caus to trmbl, to trmbl, to trrify, to fl drad nd 2 prson masculin plural, Qal imprfct Strong s #6206 BDB #791 Translation: But I said to you, You should not b in drad... Th Jws ar quit concrnd. Thir harts ar in trror. Thy ar vry difficult to rason with. Thy hav a fling of impnding doom. Moss tris to rason with thm. Apparntly Moss had gon bfor th popl, hoping to qull thir fars. Hr and back in v. 21 h rminds th popl that h said this. Calb and Joshua cho ths words as wll (this is rcordd in Num. 14). Dutronomy 1:29b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs w (or v ) (åà or åì) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though; as wll as simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 lô (ìéà or ìåéà) [pronouncd low] not, no ngats th word or action that follows; th absolut ngation Strong s #3808 BDB #518 yârê (éèøàà) [pronouncd yaw-ray] to far, to b afraid; to farrspct, to rvrnc, to hav a rvrntial rspct nd 2 prson masculin plural, Qal imprfct Strong s #3372 BDB #431 min (îäï) [pronouncd mihn] from, away from, out from, out of from, off, on account of, sinc, abov, than, so that not, byond, mor than prposition of sparation rd with th 3 prson masculin plural suffix Strong's #4480 BDB #577

228 301 Th Book of Dutronomy Translation:...nor should you b afraid on account of thm. It dos not mattr what th spis saw. Thy ar not to b afraid of th popl who liv in th land that God has givn thm. Thr ar two kinds of far hrin xhibitd; just a gnral, unshakabl, unrasoning drad; and a spcific far of th inhabitants of Palstin. Moss was orintd to God's plan; howvr, ths popl wr not. Moss said this to th childrn of Isral; howvr, h did not rcord this in th book of Numbrs. H and Aaron fll bfor th popl of Isral and h spok th words of Dut. 1:29 31, rcordd hr, but not in Num. 14. All that w ar told in Num. 14:5 is: And Moss and Aaron fll on thir facs bfor all th assmbly of th congrgation of th sons of Isral. (Grn s litral translation) What Moss actually said at that tim is rcordd hr. Although Num 14:9 rads: Only do not rbl against th LORD. And do not far th popl of th land, for thy ar brad for us. Thir protction is rmovd from thm, and th LORD is with us; do not far thm." Ths wr th words of Calb or Joshua. Moss also said this to thm whn thy facd Egypt: But Moss said to th popl, "Do not far! Stand by and s th dlivranc of Y howah which H will accomplish for you today; for th Egyptians whom you hav sn today, you will nvr s thm again forvr. Y howah will fight for you whil you kp silnt." (Ex. 14:13 14). 90 God knw about th giants in trnity past and, had Isral marchd into th land as pr God's command, thy would hav batn ths giants. H knows about vry advrsity in our livs and has mad provision for thm and God did this in trnity past. H had don th sam for Isral, and 600,000 mn did, along with most of thir wivs, bcaus thy fard whn God told thm not to far. It is okay to hav a ralistic assssmnt of th situation. It is rasonabl to considr all that is involvd in such an aggrssiv war against th hathn of th land. Howvr, what th tn spis ar forgtting is, God is with thm. God has ordrd thm to tak this land. Thrfor, that is th gratst factor in this discussion, and th tn farful spis do not considr God. Thy hav all bn ywitnsss to th grat powr of th God Who will lad thm into th Land of Promis. Application: Th Unitd Stats is at war in Afghanistan today (I writ this in 2013) and will crtainly ngag in mor wars. It appard for a tim that w might b pulld into a war in Syria. Ths ar things ovr which w hav no control as individuals. Howvr, w should bar in mind that Muslim nations ar inspird by Satan and that, at various points in tim, w will b at war with various Muslim nations. In fact, I prsonally s on th horizon a grat war, probably within my liftim, btwn th Unitd Stats and svral Muslim nations allid. I don t hav th gift of prophcy hr; I am simply considring what th futur likly holds. Islam can bcom a vry aggrssiv and vicious rligion, prying on thos thy prciv as wak. Right now, th Unitd Stats sms wak. W simply pulld our troops out of Iraq without stablishing bass nar Iran (which is probably a part of th ovrall stratgy that took us into Iraq in th first plac). W will probably withdraw from Afghanistan in vry much th sam way and again, without stablishing military bass nxt to Iran (Iraq and Afghanistan ar on both sids of Iran and would hav bn idal placs for Amrican military bass). Sinc w hav not don th logical, stratgic thing, w appar wak. Sinc w ar pulling out of ths countris within any clar victory, w also appar wak. Whn atomic wapons ar assmbld in Iran (which is th dirction thy appar to b hading), this could mak Iran th point country against Isral and against th Unitd Stats. Basd upon ths things, I would say that a war with Islam is likly. In such a situation, w nd to undrstand that God opposs Islam; God opposs thir thology and thir govrnmnts. God opposs th hatrd that ths popl carry dp within thir souls. So, our confidnc nds to b bolstrd basd upon thos facts. Application: In wartim situations, w ar not going to hav Moss or Calb or Joshua stand in front of us, tlling us not to far bcaus God is with us. Your captain, srgant or gnral will probably not say ths sam words ithr. This is somthing which you nd to hav within your soul. You nd to undrstand who you ar; what your rlationship is to God; who your nmy is and what thir rlationship is to God. If your nmis ar Muslims, thn thy ar vicious and trachrous, but God is not with thm. 90 Bar in mind that ths could hav simply bn tall mn, but not rally giants.

229 Dutronomy Chaptr Application: As an asid, I am not trying to gnrat nthusiasm for a war against Islam. I am saying that such a war appars to b on th horizon. Thrfor, if and whn that occurs, all blivrs in th military hav to undrstand thir plac in history. Just as God put ths Jws hr at th southrn dg of th Land of Promis, intnding for thm to go in and tak th land, and stack up th dad bodis of thir vil fos; this is also God s rquirmnt for you. Application: I rcogniz that not but a handful of popl will rad ths words. Howvr, if you ar on of thos popl and you find yourslf in a war against Muslims, kp all of this in your soul. Thr ar a lot of churchs which will not go into any sort of dtail whn it coms to you and war; thy will not go into any dtails whn it coms to your plac in world history if that plac involvs bing at war. Howvr, such things do nd to b splld out. Application: I hav usd th xampl of Prsidnt Gorg Bush, Prsidnt Barack Obama and th wars in Iraq and Afghanistan. Bush undrstood th go-political situation much bttr than Obama dos; but Bush did not fully apprciat th spiritual implications of this war. If w cannot tak th gospl of Jsus Christ to th popl of Iraq or Afghanistan, thn why ar w rally thr? What good ar w unlss th popl of ths nations undrstand what givs many of our soldirs thir courag and honor? This is Bush s failing as a Christian. H was a couragous man and a man with a grat dal of wisdom (far mor than h is givn crdit for); but h lackd th doctrin to fully undrstand how our prsnc in Iraq could hav bn xploitd for th good of th world by bringing th gospl of Jsus Christ to ths popl. Application: You may ask, Givn th political climat during th tim of Gorg Bush, what could h hav actually don? Soldirs of thir own volition and at thir own cost wr bringing in Bibls into both Iraq and Afghanistan. Soldirs on thir own tim wr witnssing to th popl thr. Although thr might hav bn som rgulations concrning this witnss, it should not hav bn wholly curtaild as it was. Furthrmor, if a pastor wantd to st up a church in th grn zons, thn h should hav bn givn that privilg and h should hav bn givn protction. Guarantd, thr would hav bn a willing and rady congrgation from among th soldirs and from among th popl of thos war-torn countris. Right now, w hav a fair amount of chaos in both of thos countris with no promis. Tangnt: Crtainly you hav obsrvd that I am critical of both Prsidnt Barrack Obama and Prsidnt Gorg Bush; but that, in this criticism, it is also clar that I s Bush as bing far suprior as a prsidnt. Should I hav such and opinion and should I xprss such an opinion in an xamination of a chaptr of th Bibl? As blivrs in Jsus Christ, God allows us to intrprt history and to valuat our ladrs and our own nation. This is a normal thing. This dos not man that I will spnd hours ach day walking my prcinct for th Rpublican party or that I giv hug sums of mony to th Rpublicans; nor dos it man that I am trying to talk you into doing this sam thing. A good Bibl tachr is going to us th world around him to mak this or that bit of doctrin undrstandabl. You may not rlat to this or that passag whr Moss is taking his popl into th land; but you occasionally rad a nwspapr or a nws wbsit, and you ar awar of crtain currnt vnts. By rfrncing ths currnt vnts, you gt to s parallls btwn thm. You gt to s this history as found in Dutronomy placd sid-by-sid a rcnt vnt concrning which you hav som knowldg. Th ida is, you will b abl to tak your currnt knowldg and bttr undrstand th tim of Moss with that knowldg. Furthrmor, th Bibl is filld with rfrncs to ladrs of that day w find this particularly in th history books of th Old Tstamnt, th gospls and th book of Acts. Many blivrs throughout ths historical priods hav had th ar of various ladrs; just as, for many yars, Billy Graham had th ar of many diffrnt prsidnts of diffrnt political partis. This is a part of ral lif, and it is lgitimat for a blivr with doctrin to, from tim to tim, advis a world or a local ladr on thir actions. Tangnt: Furthrmor, it is lgitimat to tak th Bibl doctrin in your soul and to intrprt currnt vnts. You may or may not b abl to do anything about ths vnts byond praying; but this undrstanding is a part of your Christian walk.

230 303 Th Book of Dutronomy Thr ar two rasons I s war on th horizon for th Unitd Stats: (1) w hav bcom a trrifically dgnrat nation, to th point whr thr ar as many popl today who liv off th govrnmnt as thos who actually work for a living and produc a product. (2) Radical Islam is growing throughout th world. Thr ar about 40 or 50 wars going on right this momnt (I countd 60 on Octobr 31, 2013), and most of thm involv som faction of Islam. Th Unitd Stats, on of th last bastions of frdom in th world, must xud powr and rsolv, or th forcs of vil will continu to ris up. Th Christian and War Links Th Doctrin of th Military (HTML) (PDF) (WPD). Historical Military Evnts and Prsonnl in Isral (HTML) (PDF). Th Doctrin of War (HTML) (PDF) (WPD). Th Doctrin of War Is War Moral or Immoral? (This includs th Doctrin of War) War and God by Tod Knndy Frdom through Military Victory by R. B. Thim, Jr. (must b ordrd) R. B. Thim, Jr. also put out a book War Moral or Immoral (Th Biblical Doctrin of War); which appars to b out of print at this tim. No doubt, you will notic Th Doctrin of War occurs abov 3 tims. Each st of points is diffrnt. Thr will b som ovrlap; but for th most part, ths ar individually dvlopd doctrins from th Word of God. Givn th tim and th way things ar going, vry blivr nds to undrstand ths things; particularly young blivrs. Chaptr Outlin Charts, Maps and Short Doctrins Y howah your Elohim th on going to your facs, H Himslf will fight for you [all] as all which H has don with you in Egypt to your [two] ys; and in th dsrt-wildrnss which you hav sn which bor you Y howah your Elohim as which bars a man his son in all th way which you wnt as far as your coming as far as th plac th this. Dutronomy 1:30 31 Y howah your Elohim gos bfor you; H Himslf will fight for you [all] just as h did for you in Egypt bfor your [own] ys; and [just as H has don for you] in th dsrt- wildrnss, as you hav sn. Y howah Elohim carrid you along as a man carris his [own] son all [this] way that you hav gon, as far as your coming to this plac. Jhovah your God will go bfor you and H Himslf will fight on your bhalf, just as h did in Egypt right bfor your ys; and just as h has don for you in this dsrt-wildrnss whr Jhovah your God carrid you along just as a man would bar his own son and H has brought you all this distanc that you hav com so far up to this plac. Hr is how othrs hav translatd this vrs: Ancint txts: Targum of Onklos...th Word of th Lord your God who gos bfor you will Himslf fight for you, according to all that H did for you in Mizraim bfor your ys. And in th dsrt, whr you saw burning srpnts full of dadly vnom, th Lord your God bar you with th glorious clouds of His Shkinah, as a man carris his child, all th way that you wnt, until you hav com to this plac.

231 Dutronomy Chaptr Latin Vulgat Masortic Txt (Hbrw) Pshitta (Syriac) Sptuagint (Grk) Significant diffrncs: Th Lord God, who is your ladr, himslf will fight for you, as h did in Egypt in th sight of all. And in th wildrnss (as you hav sn) th Lord your God has carrid you, as a man is wont to carry his littl son, all th way that you hav com, until you cam to this plac. Y howah your Elohim th on going to your facs, H Himslf will fight for you [all] as all which H has don with you in Egypt to your [two] ys; and in th dsrtwildrnss which you hav sn which bor you Y howah your Elohim as which bars a man his son in all th way which you wnt as far as your coming as far as th plac th this. Th LORD your God, who gos bfor you, shall fight for you, just as h did for you in Egypt bfor your ys; And in th wildrnss, whr you saw how th LORD your God nourishd you, just as a man nourishs his son, in all th way that you wnt, until you cam to this plac....th Lord your God, who gos bfor your fac, H shall fight against thm togthr with you ffctually, according to all that H did for you in th land of Egypt; and in this wildrnss which you saw, by th way of th mountain of th Amorit; how th Lord your God will bar you lik a son, as if any man should carry his son, through all th way which you hav gon, until you cam to this plac. Th Latin lavs out that th Lord God will go bfor thir facs. Th targum has xtra txt, as usual. Th Syriac appars to hav nourishd rathr than carry. Thought-for-thought translations; paraphrass: Th Latin also appars to hav an additional phras. Common English Bibl Contmporary English V. Easy English Easy-to-Rad Vrsion Good Nws Bibl (TEV) Th Mssag Nw Brkly Vrsion Th LORD your God is going bfor you. H will fight for you just as h fought for you in Egypt whil you watchd, and as you saw him do in th dsrt. Throughout your ntir journy, until you rachd this vry plac, th LORD your God has carrid you just as a parnt carris a child. Th LORD our God will lad th way. H will fight on our sid, just as h did whn w saw him do all thos things to th Egyptians. And you know that th LORD has takn car of us th whol tim w'v bn in th dsrt, just as you might carry on of your childrn." Th *Lord your God is going in front of you. H will fight for you, as h fought for you in Egypt. You watchd him do it. And h was with you in th *dsrt. H carrid you as a fathr carris his son. You saw how h carrid you all th way. H carrid you until you rachd this plac." Th Lord your God will go bfor you and fight for you. H will do this th sam as h did in Egypt. You saw him go bfor you thr and in th dsrt. You saw how th Lord your God carrid you, lik a man carris his son. Th Lord brought you safly all th way to this plac. Th LORD your God will lad you, and h will fight for you, just as you saw him do in Egypt and in th dsrt. You saw how h brought you safly all th way to this plac, just as a fathr would carry his son.' GOD, your God, is lading th way; h's fighting for you. You saw with your own ys what h did for you in Egypt; you saw what h did in th wildrnss, how GOD, your God, carrid you as a fathr carris his child, carrid you th whol way until you arrivd hr. Th LORD your God who gos bfor you, will Himslf fight for you in agrmnt with all H did in your bhalf in Egypt bfor your ys, and in th dsrt, whr you hav sn how th LORD your God Himslf bor you up as man carris his son throughout your whol journy until you rachd this plac.

232 305 Th Book of Dutronomy Nw Lif Bibl Th Voic Th Lord your God Who gos bfor you will Himslf fight for you. H did this for you in Egypt in front of your ys, and in th dsrt. Thr you saw how th Lord your God carrid you, as a man carris his son, in all th way you hav walkd until you cam to this plac.' You won't hav to fight this battl yourslvs; th Etrnal your God, who always gos ahad of you, will fight for you just as H did in Egypt-you saw Him do it! And hr in this wildrnss, all along th rout you'v travld until you rachd this plac, havn't you sn th Etrnal, your Tru God, carrying you th way a parnt carris a child? Partially litral and partially paraphrasd translations: Amrican English Bibl God s Word Nw Advnt (Knox) Bibl Nw Amrican Bibl (R.E.) NIRV Nw Jrusalm Bibl Rvisd English Bibl Today s NIV Bcaus, Jhovah your God is travling bfor you and H will fight thm with you. and H will win, just lik H did for you in th land of Egypt! Why, you'v sn this happn [many tims] whil you wr in this dsrt on th way to th mountains of th Amorits. Jhovah your God has carrid you as darly as any man could nurs his child throughout your travls on th way to this plac. Th LORD your God, who is going ahad of you, will fight for you as you saw him fight for you in Egypt and in th dsrt." Thr you saw how th LORD your God carrid you, as parnts carry thir childrn. H carrid you whrvr you wnt until you cam to this plac. And I rasond with you, Do not b afraid, do not shrink bfor thm; will not th Lord God who is your ladr fight on your sid, as h did in Egypt for all to s? Your own ys hav witnssd how th Lord your God carrid you through th dsrt as a man carris his littl son, all th long road you hav travlld to rach this spot. V. 29 is includd hr for contxt. Th LORD, your God, who gos bfor you, is th on who will fight for you, just as h actd with you bfor your vry ys in Egypt, as wll as in th wildrnss, whr you saw how th LORD, your God, carrid you, as on carris his own child, all along your journy until you arrivd at this plac." Dt 3:22; 8:15; 32:10; Ex. 14: Th Lord your God will go ahad of you. H will fight for you. With your own ys you saw how h fought for you in Egypt. "You also saw how th Lord your God brought you through th dsrt. H carrid you vrywhr you wnt, just as a fathr carris his son. And now you hav arrivd hr." Yahwh your God gos ahad of you and will b fighting on your sid, just as you saw him act in Egypt. You hav sn him in th dsrt too: Yahwh your God continud to support you, as a man supports his son, all along th road you followd until you arrivd hr." Th LORD your God, who gos at your had, will fight for you; h will do again what you saw him do for you in Egypt and in th wildrnss. You saw thn how th LORD your God carrid you all th way to this plac, as a fathr carris his son. Th LORD your God, who is going bfor you, will fight for you, as h did for you in Egypt, bfor your vry ys, and in th wildrnss. Thr you saw how th LORD your God carrid you, as a fathr carris his son, all th way you wnt until you rachd this plac." Mostly litral rndrings (with som occasional paraphrasing): Ancint Roots Translinar Yahwh your God gos in front of you. H will fight for you, as all that h did for you in Egypt to your ys." In th wildrnss, you saw that Yahwh your God liftd you, as a man lifts his son all th way that you wnt, until you cam unto this plac.

233 Dutronomy Chaptr Bibl in Basic English Th Expandd Bibl Frar-Fnton Bibl NET Bibl NIV, 2011 Th Lord your God who gos bfor you will b fighting for you, and will do such wondrs as h did for you in Egypt bfor your ys; And in th wast land, whr you hav sn how th Lord was supporting you, as a man dos his son, in all your journying till you cam to this plac. Th Lord your God will go ahad of you and fight for you as h did in Egypt; you L saw him do it [ bfor your ys]. And in th dsrt [wildrnss] you saw how th Lord your God carrid you, lik on carris a child [Ps. 131]. And h has brought you safly all th way to this plac." Your EVER-LIVING GOD Who gos bfor you, H will fight for you, in th way H did in your sight among th Mitzraim, and in th dsrt whr you saw how th EVER-LIVING carrid you as a woman carris hr child, along all th way that you wnt, until H brought you to this spot." Th Lord your God is about to go [Th Hbrw participl indicats imminnt futur action hr, though som English vrsions trat it as a prdictiv futur ("will go ahad of you," NCV; cf. also TEV, CEV)] ahad of you; h will fight for you, just as you saw him do in Egypt [Hb "according to all which h did for you in Egypt bfor your ys."] and in th dsrt, whr you saw him [Hb "th Lord your God." Th pronoun ("him") has bn mployd in th translation for stylistic rasons.] carrying you along lik a man carris his son. This h did vrywhr you wnt until you cam to this vry plac." Th Lord your God, who is going bfor you, will fight [S Ex 14:14] for you, as h did for you in Egypt, bfor your vry ys, and in th wildrnss. Thr you saw how th Lord your God carrid [Ex 19:4; Dt 32:10-12; Ps 28:9; Isa 46:3-4; 63:9; Hos 11:3; Ac 13:18] you, as a fathr carris his son, all th way you wnt until you rachd this plac [Jr 31:32]." Jwish/Hbrw Nams Bibls: Complt Jwish Bibl xgss companion Bibl JPS (Tanakh 1985) Kaplan Translation Orthodox Jwish Bibl Th Scripturs 1998 ADONAI your God, who is going ahad of you, will fight on your bhalf, just as h accomplishd all thos things for you in Egypt bfor your ys, and likwis in th dsrt, whr you saw how ADONAI your God carrid you, lik a man carris his child, along th ntir way you travld until you arrivd at this plac. Yah Vh your Elohim, who gos at your fac, fights for you, according to all h workd for you in Misrayim in front of your ys: and in th wildrnss, whr you saw how Yah Vh your Elohim bor you as a man bars his son, in all th way you go, until you cam to this plac. Non othr than th LORD your God, who gos bfor you, will fight for you, just as H did for you in Egypt bfor your vry ys, and in th wildrnss, whr you saw how th LORD your God carrid you, as a man carris his son, all th way that you travld until you cam to this plac. God your Lord is going bfor you. H will fight for you, just as you watchd Him do in Egypt. In th dsrt, you [also] saw that God your Lord carrid you along th road you travld to this plac, just as a man carris his son. Hashm Elohichm which goth bfor you, H shall fight for you, according to all that H did for you in Mitzrayim bfor your ys; And in th midbar, whr thou hast sn how that Hashm Elohicha did bar th, as a man doth carry his bn, in all th way that y wnt, until y cam into this plac. éäåä your Elohim, who is going bfor you, H dos fight for you, according to all H did for you in Mitsrayim bfor your ys, and in th wildrnss, whr you saw

234 307 Th Book of Dutronomy Litral, almost word-for-word, rndrings: how éäåä your Elohim has born you, as a man bars his son, in all th way that you wnt until you cam to this plac. Contxt Group Vrsion YHWH your { pl } God who gos bfor you { pl }, h will fight for you { pl }, according to all that h did for you { pl } in Egypt bfor your { pl } ys, and in th wildrnss, whr you hav sn how that YHWH your God bor you, as a man dos carry his son, in all th way that you { pl } wnt, until you { pl } cam to this plac. English Standard V. UK Th Lord your God who gos bfor you will himslf fight for you [ch. 3:22; Ex. 14:14, 25; Josh. 10:14, 42; 23:3, 10; [Nh. 4:20]], just as h did for you in Egypt bfor your ys, and in th wildrnss, whr you hav sn how th Lord your God carrid you [ch. 32:11, 12; Ex. 19:4; Isa. 46:3, 4; 63:9; Hosa 11:3], as a man carris his son, all th way that you wnt until you cam to this plac.' Nw RSV Th Lord your God, who gos bfor you, is th on who will fight for you, just as h did for you in Egypt bfor your vry ys, and in th wildrnss, whr you saw how th Lord your God carrid you, just as on carris a child, all th way that you travlld until you rachd this plac. Young s Updatd LT Jhovah your God, who is going bfor you H dos fight for you, according to all that H has don with you in Egypt bfor your ys, and in th wildrnss, whr you hav sn that Jhovah your God has born you as a man bars his son, in all th way which you [all] hav gon, till your coming in unto this plac. Th gist of this vrs: Moss promiss that God will fight for thm, just as H fought for thm in Egypt; and with th car of a man carrying his own son. Thy should know this basd upon whr thy ar at this tim. This is th rmaindr of th things which Moss said to th popl whn thy wr south of th Land of Promis. Ths things wr not rcordd in Scriptur until this chaptr of Dutronomy. Dutronomy 1:30a Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs YHWH (éäåä) [pronunciation is possibly yhoh-wah] translitratd variously as Jhovah, Yahwh, Y howah propr noun Strong s #3068 BDB #217 Ìlôhîym (àìéääéí) [pronouncd l-o-heem] God; gods, forign gods, god; rulrs, judgs; suprhuman ons, angls; translitratd Elohim masculin plural noun nd with th 2 prson masculin plural suffix Strong's #430 BDB #43 hâlak (äèìçêà) [pronouncd haw-lahk ] th on walking, th on who is going, th on is dparting, th on who is advancing [travling] Qal activ participl with th dfinit articl Strong s #1980 (and #3212) BDB #229 lâmd (ìà) [pronouncd l ] to, for, towards, in rgards to dirctional/rlational prposition BDB #510

235 Dutronomy Chaptr Dutronomy 1:30a Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs pânîym (ôìèðäéí) [pronouncd paw- NEEM] fac, facs countnanc; prsnc masculin plural noun (plural acts lik English singular); with th 2 nd prson masculin plural suffix Strong s #6440 BDB #815 Togthr, thy man bfor you, bfor your fac, in your prsnc, in your sight, in front of you. Whn usd with God, it can tak on th mor figurativ maning in Your judgmnt. hûw (äåìà) [pronouncd hoo] h, it; himslf as a dmonstrativ pronoun: that, this (on); sam rd 3 prson masculin singular, prsonal pronoun; somtims th vrb to b, is implid Strong s #1931 BDB #214 lâcham (ìèççí) [pronouncd law- KHAHM] to ngag in battl, to ngag in war, to wag war; to fight, to battl rd 3 prson masculin singular, Niphal imprfct Strong s #3898 BDB #535 lâmd (ìà) [pronouncd l ] to, for, towards, in rgards to dirctional/rlational prposition with th 2 nd prson masculin plural suffix BDB #510 Translation: Y howah your Elohim gos bfor you; H Himslf will fight for you [all]... What all of th spis had to say was accurat. Thr wr wll-fortifid citis in th Land of Promis. Whras, thir outsid walls did not go up into th skis, thy wr probably quit tall. This is known as hyprbol, somthing which w oftn s in politics. Whn somon is liknd to Hitlr or to a trrorist with a bomb strappd to his chst, this is known as hyprbol. Oftn, such statmnts ar usd for innocuous situations, but th ida is to gt th bas all hoppd up. Dutronomy 1:29 30a (graphic); from Dviant Art accssd Novmbr 7, From th vry bginning, Y howah Elohim bgan to lad ths popl through th dsrt, as a cloud by day and as a fir by night. Thy knw whn to mov out, in which dirction to go, and whn to stop. All of this was by God s dirction, and lik narly all of God s prvious miracls, ths wr things obsrvabl by a grat many popl. Whn Moss talks about lading th popl, thy should immdiatly think to God and not to Moss. Whn God said that H would fight for thm, th Isralits saw this with thir own ys. It should not mattr how tall th popl of th land ar; it should not mattr how high up thir walls ar. Isral is not going against thm alon; Isral had God on thir sid. Thir trust should b in God.

236 309 Th Book of Dutronomy Dutronomy 1:30 (graphic); from 365 Promiss; accssd Novmbr 7, In this, you can fl th frustration in th voic of Moss. Rcall that h intrcdd for this popl. God wantd to dstroy thm all and start from scratch and Moss pladd to lt thm liv. Now h rminds thm that Y howah thir God would go bfor thm and H would fight for thm. Thrfor, it dos not mattr how big th popl ar or how wll fortifid thir citis ar; it dos not mattr if thy hav horss or chariots or any othr human advantag, bcaus God would go bfor thm. God would fight for thm. How can you worry if God is going bfor you? Dutronomy 1:30b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs kaph or k (ëìà) [pronouncd k ] lik, as, according to; about, approximatly prposition BDB #453 kôl (ëìéì) [pronouncd kohl]; also kol (ëçìì) [pronouncd kol] all, all things, th whol, totality, th ntirty, vrything masculin singular noun without th dfinit articl Strong s #3605 BDB #481 ãshr (àâéùæø) [pronouncd ash-er] that, which, whn, who, whom rlativ pronoun Strong's #834 BDB #81 K kôl ashr (ëìàëéì) appars to man as all, according to all that, just as all that, just as, xactly as, xactly as all which. âsâh (òèùéèä) [pronouncd ìaw-sawh] to do, to mak, to construct, to fashion, to form, to prpar, to manufactur rd 3 prson masculin singular, Qal prfct Strong's #6213 BDB #793 êth (àæç) [pronouncd ayth] with, at, nar, by, among, dirctly from prposition (which is idntical to th sign of th dirct objct) with th nd 2 prson masculin plural suffix Strong's #854 BDB #85 h b (áìà) [pronouncd b ] in, into, at, by, nar, on, with, bfor, against, by mans of, among, within a prposition of proximity BDB #88 Mits rayim (îäöàøçéäí) [pronouncd mits-rahyim] doubl straights; translitratd Mizraim; also Egypt, Egyptians propr noun Strong s #4714 BDB #595 lâmd (ìà) [pronouncd l ] to, for, towards, in rgards to dirctional/rlational prposition BDB #510

237 Dutronomy Chaptr Dutronomy 1:30b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs êynayim (òåéðçéäí) [pronouncd ìay-nah- YIM] ys, two ys, litral y(s), spiritual ys; fac, apparanc, form; surfac fminin dual noun with nd th 2 prson masculin plural suffix Strong s #5869 (and #5871) BDB #744 Th lâmd prposition + ayin man, litrally to [for] [on s] ys; bfor [on s] ys. Th sns is bfor any on. Translation:...just as h did for you in Egypt bfor your [own] ys;... Moss is spaking to th gnration of promis about what h said to Gn X, th adults thir fathrs who lft with him out of Egypt. Both ths adults and thir childrn, Moss s audinc at this point, saw with thir own ys what God had don. Thy saw what God did to th Egyptians bfor pharaoh lt th popl go; and thy saw what God did on thir bhalf whil in th dsrt-wildrnss. Th first fw chaptrs of Exodus tll just what God did on bhalf of th Jws, to dfat th Egyptians. Thr should b no qustion in thir minds as to how much God did on thir bhalf. Although thr wr many Jws, thy did not hav wapons; thy did not hav any training. And thy withstood th grat army of pharaoh, which had all mannr of wapons and chariots and horss. Th ida that th Jws could ris up against thm is absurd, and yt, it happnd. God mad it possibl for ths 2 million slavs to xit Egypt, in dfianc of th pharaoh and on of th gratst armis in military history. Th ida is, th popl should build confidnc basd upon what thy hav sn. Thy saw God dfat th army of pharaoh; thrfor, thy should not hav bn concrnd about th popl of th land of Canaan. As Paul wrot to th Romans: What thn shall w say to ths things? If God b for us, who can b against us? (Rom 8:31; Grn s litral translation) Or as God warmd Isral s nmis through Isaiah: O popls, suffr vil, and b brokn! And listn, all from th far placs of th arth; gird yourslvs, and b brokn. Gird yourslvs and b brokn! Counsl a counsl, and it is frustratd; spak a word, and it shall not ris; for God is with us. (Isa. 8:9 10; Grn s litral translation) This only stands to rason th purpos of laving Egypt was to go to th Land of Promis, which God had promisd for cnturis to th sd of Abraham and it would b illogical for God to lad th popl out of Egypt with grat signs against grat odds, and thn dsrt th popl at th dg of Palstin. Th Jws hav sn God prform grat miracls; why would H not kp His word and continu to prform ths miracls, whr ndd? Moss rpats this promis in Dut. 3:22 and 20:4. Dutronomy 1:31a Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs w (or v ) (åà or åì) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though; as wll as simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 mid bâr (îäãàáèø) [pronouncd mid - BAWR] wildrnss, unpopulatd wildrnss, dsrt wildrnss; mouth masculin singular noun with th dfinit articl Strong s #4057 BDB #184 ãshr (àâéùæø) [pronouncd ash-er] that, which, whn, who, whom rlativ pronoun Strong's #834 BDB #81

238 311 Th Book of Dutronomy Dutronomy 1:31a Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs râ âh (øèàèä) [pronouncd raw-awh] to s, to look, to look at, to viw, to bhold; to obsrv; to prciv, to undrstand, to larn, to know nd 2 prson masculin singular, Qal prfct Strong's #7200 BDB #906 Translation:...and [just as H has don for you] in th dsrt-wildrnss, as you hav sn. Whn thy wr in th dsrt-wildrnss, God providd for thm vry stp of th way. In fact, for a long priod of tim, vry morning thy wok up and thr was manna on th ground, a food which sustaind th Jws for yars in th dsrt-wildrnss, ach nw day bringing additional vidnc of God s faithfulnss to thm. Gn X saw this and th gnration of promis saw this. Clark: [God] fd thm with manna, brought watr out of rocks for thm, protctd thm from vry hurtful cratur, had fought thir battls for thm, and givn thm victory ovr Amalk, Sihon, and 91 Og. Thr is a big dal that is mad out of mpiricism. You s somthing and thrfor, you bliv it is tru. Gn Ex has sn wondrs wrought by God such as w will nvr s; but how is thir faithfulnss? Do thy trust God? Thy do not. Th discipls in th public ministry of Jsus saw miracl aftr miracl aftr miracl. Jsus vn xplaind this miracls to thm. And yt, whn Jsus wnt to th cross, all of th discipls sav John fld from Him; Ptr dnying Him thr tims. Now, if Jsus dos hundrds of miracls that you prsonally witnss and if H tlls you in advanc about th cross, would you not b convincd? Would you not trust in Him? According to th rcord of th Bibl, sing somthing is not nough. That will not ncssarily giv you grat confidnc in God. John stayd with Jsus whn H was on th cross; Mary th mothr of His humanity did; Mary Magdaln did; but most of His discipls fld for thir livs. Th jig was up; th dram was ovr. Anothr xampl about mpiricism? No volutionist has vr sn on animal chang into anothr; no volutionist has sn a primat bcom a man; thy hav nvr sn a nw appndag grow and thn b passd along (a scond nos, a third y; or som snsory apparatus). Nvr vr bn obsrvd bfor. But, ths sam popl will hold to volution lik it is th only accptabl xplanation; and will argu to th dath ovr volution. Dutronomy 1:31b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs ãshr (àâéùæø) [pronouncd ash-er] that, which, whn, who, whom rlativ pronoun Strong's #834 BDB #81 nâsâ (ðèùòèà) [pronouncd naw-saw] to lift up, to bar, to carry rd 3 prson masculin singular, Qal prfct with nd th 2 prson masculin singular suffix Strong s #5375 (and #4984) BDB #669 YHWH (éäåä) [pronunciation is possibly yhoh-wah] translitratd variously as Jhovah, Yahwh, Y howah propr noun Strong s #3068 BDB # Adam Clark, Commntary on th Bibl; from -Sword, Dut. 1:31.

239 Dutronomy Chaptr Dutronomy 1:31b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs Ìlôhîym (àìéääéí) [pronouncd l-o-heem] God; gods, forign gods, god; rulrs, judgs; suprhuman ons, angls; translitratd Elohim masculin plural noun nd with th 2 prson masculin singular suffix Strong's #430 BDB #43 kaph or k (ëìà) [pronouncd k ] lik, as, according to; about, approximatly prposition BDB #453 ãshr (àâéùæø) [pronouncd ash-er] that, which, whn, who, whom rlativ pronoun Strong's #834 BDB #81 Togthr, ka ãshr (ëìçàâùæø) [pronouncd kah-uh-sher] mans as which, as on who, as, lik as, just as; bcaus; according to what mannr, in a mannr as. Back in 1Sam. 12:8, I rndrd this for xampl. nâsâ (ðèùòèà) [pronouncd naw-saw] to lift up, to bar, to carry rd 3 prson masculin singular, Qal imprfct Strong s #5375 (and #4984) BDB #669 îysh (àäéù) [pronouncd sh] a man, a husband; anyon; a crtain on; ach, ach on, vryon masculin singular noun (somtims found whr w would us a plural) Strong's #376 BDB #35 êth (àæç) [pronouncd ayth] untranslatd gnrally; occasionally to, toward indicats that th following substantiv is a dirct objct Strong's #853 BDB #84 bên (áìåï) [pronouncd ban] son, dscndant masculin singular noun rd with th 3 prson masculin singular suffix Strong s #1121 BDB #119 Translation: Y howah Elohim carrid you along as a man carris his [own] son... Jhovah God carrid ths popl along in th dsrt-wildrnss, in a plac whr all 2 million of thm should hav did and h carrid thm along just as a man would carry along his own son. Dutronomy 1:31 (graphic); from 365 Promiss; accssd Novmbr 7, How should thy hav undrstood this? Just as a man would carry his own son in a difficult tim and would do anything to prsrv th lif of that son, so God was prdisposd toward Isral. Th childrn of Isral should hav undrstood this rlationship; and bn abl to dpnd upon God just as a child would dpnd upon his fathr.

240 313 Th Book of Dutronomy Dutronomy 1:31c Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs h b (áìà) [pronouncd b ] in, into, through; at, by, nar, on, upon; with, bfor, against; by mans of; among; within a prposition of proximity Strong s# non BDB #88 kôl (ëìéì) [pronouncd kohl] th whol, all of, th ntirty of, all; can also b rndrd any of masculin singular construct followd by a dfinit articl Strong s #3605 BDB #481 Litrally, in all. Although I don t hav this in th lxicons, it is rndrd by th most litral translations as among all, through all, throughout all, with all. drk (ãìæøæêó) [pronouncd DEH-rk ] way, distanc, road, path; journy, cours; dirction, towards; mannr, habit, way [of lif]; of moral charactr masculin singular noun with th dfinit articl Strong's #1870 BDB #202 ãshr (àâéùæø) [pronouncd uh-sher] that, which, whn, who, whom rlativ pronoun Strong's #834 BDB #81 hâlak (äèìçêà) [pronouncd haw-lahk ] to go, to com, to dpart, to walk; to advanc nd 2 prson masculin plural suffix, Qal prfct Strong s #1980 (and #3212) BDB #229 ad (òçã) [pronouncd ìahd] as far as, vn to, up to, until prposition of duration or of limits Strong s #5704 BDB #723 bôw (áìåéà) [pronouncd boh] to com in, to com, to go in, to go, to ntr, to advanc Qal infinitiv construct nd with th 2 prson masculin plural suffix Strong s #935 BDB #97 ad (òçã) [pronouncd ìahd] as far as, vn to, up to, until prposition of duration or of limits Strong s #5704 BDB #723 mâqôwm (îè åéí) [pronouncd maw- KOHM] plac, situatd; for a soldir, it may man whr h is stationd; for popl in gnral, it would b thir plac of abod (which could b thir hous or thir town) masculin singular noun with th dfinit articl Strong s #4725 BDB #879 zh (ææä) [pronouncd zh] hr, this, this on; thus; possibly anothr masculin singular dmonstrativ adjctiv with a dfinit articl Strong s #2088, 2090 (& 2063) BDB #260 Translation:...all [this] way that you hav gon, as far as your coming to this plac. All of this has takn plac right up to this point in tim. You will notic how Moss is both tlling th gnration of promis what h had prviously said to thir fathrs (and to thm); but ths words still apply to th gnration of promis. Thy hav bn with Moss this whol tim. Thy ar th tnagrs and youngr who travld out of Egypt, and thn spnt 40 yars in th dsrtwildrnss, watching th spiritual failurs of thir parnts; and obsrving th faithfulnss of God.

241 Dutronomy Chaptr Moss is taking thir history that which thy hav undrstood and hav watchd throughout thir tim and h has corrctly intrprtd this history for thm. Hr is how thy should hav undrstood ths things to play out. Hr is why thy should hav had confidnc in God. Hr is why thy should not hav bn afraid to go into th Land of Promis. Th movmnt of two million popl through dsrts and wildrnss in aras which could potntially b filld with nmis, through priods of no food and watr, providing such ncssitis by miracls. Th Jws witnssd ths things day aftr day assisting thm in th invasion of Palstin would b a small thing for God to do. Paul spok to a group of Jws in th synagogu at Pisidian Antioch on his first missionary journy: "And for a priod of about forty yars, H bor thm up in His arms as a nurs in th wildrnss." (Acts 13:18). Furthrmor, Isral is God's forvr: "Listn to M, O hous of Jacob, and all th rmnant of th hous of Isral; You who hav bn born by M from birth and hav bn carrid from th womb; vn to your old ag, I will b th sam and vn to your graying yars I will bar [you]. I am H and I will carry [you]; and I will bar [you] and I will dlivr [you]." (Isa. 46:3). Vv : But I said to you, You should not b in drad nor should you b afraid of thm. Jhovah your God will go bfor you and H Himslf will fight on your bhalf, just as h did in Egypt right bfor your ys; and just as h has don for you in this dsrt-wildrnss whr Jhovah your God carrid you along just as a man would bar his own son and H has brought you all this distanc that you hav com so far up to this plac. Ths ar som of th words which Moss spok to th popl about taking th Land of Promis; but it is not rcordd back in th book of Numbrs; only hr. Guzik: With ths words, Moss did his bst to ncourag th popl. H calld on thm to spcifically rmmbr God's past faithfulnss and considr that H was abl to giv thm victory in th land of Canaan. Thn Guzik adds: Satan lovs to mak us forgt what w should rmmbr (th past victoris and miracls of God on our bhalf). H also lovs to mak us rmmbr what w should 92 forgt (our past of sin and th slf-lif). And in th word th this not you [all] bliving in Y howah your Elohim, th On going to your facs in th way to sarch out for you [all] a plac to camp; in th fir nightly to show you [all] in th way which you ar going in hr and in th cloud daily. Dutronomy 1:32 33 And vn against this word you [all] ar not trusting in Y howah your Elohim, th On Who gos bfor you along th way to sarch out a [suitabl] plac for you [all] to stay. H showd you th way that you should go in th land [lit., in hr] with a fir [ach] night and with th cloud by day. And dspit knowing all of ths things, you still do not trust Jhovah your God, th On Who gos bfor you along th rout, sarching out a suitabl plac for you all to camp. H guids you at night with fir and by day with th cloud. Hr is how othrs hav translatd this vrs: Ancint txts: Targum of Onklos Latin Vulgat But in this thing you blivd not in th Word of th Lord your God, who ld bfor you in th way to prpar for you th plac of your ncampmnts, in th pillar of fir by night to light you in th way you should go, and in th pillar of th cloud by day. And yt for all this you did not bliv th Lord your God, Who wnt bfor you in th way, and markd out th plac, whrin you should pitch your tnts, in th night showing you th way by fir, and in th day by th pillar of a cloud. 92 Both quots ar from David Guzik s Commntary on th Old Tstamnt; courtsy of -sword; 2006; Dut. 1:26 33.

242 315 Th Book of Dutronomy Masortic Txt (Hbrw) Pshitta (Syriac) Sptuagint (Grk) Significant diffrncs: And in th word th this not you [all] bliving in Y howah your Elohim, th On going to your facs in th way to sarch out for you [all] a plac to camp; in th fir nightly to show you [all] in th way which you ar going in hr and in th cloud daily. Yt in this thing you did not bliv th LORD your God, Who wnt in th way bfor you to prpar a plac for you to ncamp in it, in fir by night to show you by what way you should go, and in a cloud by day. And in this mattr you blivd not th Lord our God, who gos bfor you in th way to choos you a plac, guiding you in th fir by night, showing you th way by which you should go, and a cloud by day. Th targum twic adds pillar; and th Syriac adds it onc (assuming that th English translation is proprly rprsntativ). Thought-for-thought translations; paraphrass: Common English Bibl Contmporary English V. Easy English Good Nws Bibl (TEV) Th Mssag Nw Brkly Vrsion Nw Lif Bibl Nw Living Translation Th Voic But you had no faith in th Lord your God about this mattr, vn though h wnt ahad of you, scouting placs whr you should camp, in fir by night, so you could s th road you wr taking, and in cloud during th daytim. But you still would not trust th LORD, vn though h had always bn with us in th dsrt. During th daytim, th LORD was in th cloud, lading us in th right dirction and showing us whr to camp. And at night, h was thr in th fir. But you did not bliv in th *Lord your God. But h wnt in front of you, on your journy. H was thr in a fir by night and in a cloud by day. H found placs for you to put your *tnts. H showd you th way that you should go. But in spit of what I said, you still would not trust th LORD, vn though h always wnt ahad of you to find a plac for you to camp. To show you th way, h wnt in front of you in a pillar of fir by night and in a pillar of cloud by day. But now that you'r hr, you won't trust GOD, your God--this sam GOD who gos ahad of you in your travls to scout out a plac to pitch camp, a fir by night and a cloud by day to show you th way to go." But, in spit of this statmnt you continud distrusting th LORD your God, who wnt bfor you in your journying to sarch out for you a plac to ncamp, in a fir by night to show you th road to tak, and in a cloud by day. But vn so, you did not trust th Lord your God, Who gos bfor you on your way. H finds a plac for you to st up your tnts. H uss fir to show you th way to go during th night. During th day H uss a cloud to lad you. "But vn aftr all h did, you rfusd to trust th Lord your God, who gos bfor you looking for th bst placs to camp, guiding you with a pillar of fir by night and a pillar of cloud by day. But you still don't trust th Etrnal your God, vn though H always gos ahad of you as you travl and finds placs for you to camp. In a pillar of fir by night and in a cloud by day, H always shows you th right way to go." Partially litral and partially paraphrasd translations: Amrican English Bibl Christian Community Bibl God s Word 'But you didn't bliv Jhovah your God, who travls bfor you and chooss whr you will stay. who guids you with a fir ach night and shows you th way to go with a cloud ach day. But still you would not bliv Yahwh, our God, who wnt bfor you in all your journys, and has instructd you whr to st up camp; by night h has shown you th way with fir and by day with a cloud. In spit of this, you didn't trust th LORD your God, who wnt ahad of you to find placs for you to camp. H appard in a column of fir at night and in a column of smok during th day to show you which rout to tak.

243 Dutronomy Chaptr Nw Advnt (Knox) Bibl Nw Amrican Bibl (R.E.) NIRV Nw Jrusalm Bibl Nw Simplifid Bibl Rvisd English Bibl But vn so you had no confidnc in th Lord your God, that had ld you on th march and markd out your ncampmnts for you, guiding you on your journy in fir by night, in cloud by day. Dspit this, you would not trust th LORD, your God, who journys bfor you to find you a plac to camp-by night in th fir, and by day in th cloud, to show you th way to go. Ex 13:21; 40:38; Nm 9:15-16; 10:33-34; 14:14. In spit of that, you didn't trust in th Lord your God. H wnt ahad of you on your journy. H was in th fir at night and in th cloud during th day. H found placs for you to camp. H showd you th way you should go. But for all this, you put no faith in Yahwh your God, going ahad of you on th journy to find you a camping ground, by night in th fir to light your path, and in th cloud by day.»yt in all this you did not trust Jhovah your God.»H wnt ahad of you to find placs for you to camp. H offrd fir by night and cloud by day to show you th way you should go. In spir of this you prsistd in not trusting th LORD your God, who wnt ahad on th journy to find a plac for your camp. H wnt in fir by night and in a cloud by day to show you th rout you should tak. Mostly litral rndrings (with som occasional paraphrasing): Ancint Roots Translinar Frar-Fnton Bibl NET Bibl But you nvr blivd in this word. Yahwh your God wnt in front of you to scout a way and a plac for you to camp, with fir by night for you to s th way to go, and in a cloud in th daytim. But on that occasion you wr not rlying upon your EVER-LINING GOD, Who marchd bfor you in th journy to choos your ncampmnts, as a fir at night, to show th way you should go, and as a cloud by day. Howvr, through all this you did not hav confidnc in th Lord your God, th on who was constantly going bfor you to find placs for you to st up camp. H appard by fir at night and cloud by day, to show you th way you ought to go. NIV, 2011 In spit of this [S Nu 14:11], you did not trust [Dt 9:23; Ps 78:22; 106:24; Zp 3:2; Hb 3:19; Jud 1:5] in th Lord your God, who wnt ahad of you on your journy, in fir by night and in a cloud by day [Ex 13:21; Nu 9:15-23; N 9:12; Ps 78:14], to sarch [S Nu 10:33] out placs for you to camp and to show you th way you should go. Jwish/Hbrw Nams Bibls: Complt Jwish Bibl xgss companion Bibl JPS (Tanakh 1985) Judaica Prss Complt T. Yt in this mattr you don't trust ADONAI your God, vn though h wnt ahad of you, sking out placs for you to pitch your tnts and showing you which way to go, by fir at night and by a cloud during th day.' Yt, in this word you trustd not Yah Vh your Elohim, who wnt in th way at your fac, to xplor a plac for you to ncamp, in fir by night, to s which way to go; and in a cloud by day:... Yt for all that, you hav no faith in th LORD your God, who gos bfor you on your journys to scout th plac whr you ar to ncamp in fir by night and in cloud by day, in ordr to guid you on th rout you ar to follow. But rgarding this mattr, you do not bliv th Lord, your God, Who gos bfor you on th way, to sarch out a plac for you, in which to ncamp, in fir at night, to nabl you to s on th way you should go, and in a cloud by day."

244 317 Th Book of Dutronomy Kaplan Translation Orthodox Jwish Bibl Th Scripturs 1998 But now, hr, you hav no faith in God your Lord! H gos bfor you in fir by night and in cloud by day to show you th path to follow, just lik a scout finding you a plac to camp.' Yt in this thing y wr not ma'aminim (blivrs) in Hashm Elohichm, Who wnt in th way bfor you, to sarch you out a plac to pitch your tnts in, in ish by lailah, to show you by what way y should go, and in an anan (cloud) by day. Yt in this mattr you ar putting no trust in éäåä your Elohim, who is going bfor you in th way to sk out a plac for you to pitch your tnts, to show you th way you should go, in fir by night and in a cloud by day. Litral, almost word-for-word, rndrings: Th Amplifid Bibl Contxt Group Vrsion Emphasizd Bibl Modrn KJV NASB Nw RSV Third Millnnium Bibl Wbstr s Bibl Translation Young s Updatd LT Th gist of this vrs: Yt in spit of this word you did not bliv (trust, rly on, and rmain stadfast to) th Lord your God, Who wnt in th way bfor you to sarch out a plac to pitch your tnts, in fir by night, to show you by what way you should go, and in th cloud by day. Yt in this thing you { pl } did not trust YHWH your { pl } God, who wnt bfor you { pl } in th way, to sk you { pl } out a plac to pitch your { pl } tnts in, in fir by night, to show you { pl } by what way you { pl } should go, and in th cloud by day. But in this firing, y wr putting no trust in Yahwh your God; who was going bfor you in th way to sarch out for you a plac, whr y might ncamp, in th fir by night, that y might gt sight of th way whrin y should go, and in th cloud, by day. Yt in this thing you did not bliv Jhovah your God, who wnt in th way bfor you to sarch you out a plac to pitch your tnts, in fir by night, to show you by what way you should go, and in a cloud by day. But for all this [Lit in this mattr] [Num 14:11; Ps 106:24; Hb 3:19; 4:2; Jud 5], you did not trust th Lord your God, who gos bfor you [Ex 13:21; Num 9:15-23; Nh 9:12; Ps 78:14] on your way, to sk out [Num 10:33] a plac for you to ncamp, in fir by night and cloud by day, to show you th way in which you should go. But in spit of this, you hav no trust in th Lord your God, who gos bfor you on th way to sk out a plac for you to camp, in fir by night, and in th cloud by day, to show you th rout you should tak.' Yt in this thing y did not bliv th LORD your God, who wnt in th way bfor you to sarch you out a plac to pitch your tnts, in fir by night to show you by what way y should go, and in a cloud by day. Yt in this thing y did not bliv th LORD your God, Who wnt in th way bfor you, to sarch out for you a plac to pitch your tnts [in], in fir by night, to show you by what way y should go, and in a cloud by day. And in this thing you [all] ar not stadfast in Jhovah your God, who is going bfor you in th way to sarch out to you a plac for your ncamping, in fir by night, to show you in th way in which you [all] go, and in a cloud by day. God travld bfor Isral for narly 2 yars, as both a fir at night and as a cloud by day, to guid thm on th corrct rout; yt, dspit this guidanc, thy do not trust God with coming into th land H has givn thm. Moss is going to rmind this popl of xactly how God ld thm, with a fir at night and a cloud by day and all of th popl could s this thy wr all abl to s th guidanc of God. And ach day, this ld thm to th propr plac to camp.

245 Dutronomy Chaptr Dutronomy 1:32 Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs w (or v ) (åà or åì) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though; as wll as simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 h b (áìà) [pronouncd b ] in, into, through; at, by, nar, on, upon; with, bfor, against; by mans of; among; within a prposition of proximity Strong s# non BDB #88 dâbâr (ãìèáèø) [pronouncd b daw -VAWR] word, saying, doctrin, thing, mattr, command; businss, occupation; cas; somthing; mannr masculin singular noun with th dfinit articl Strong's #1697 BDB #182 zh (ææä) [pronouncd zh] hr, this, this on; thus; possibly anothr masculin singular dmonstrativ adjctiv with a dfinit articl Strong s #2088, 2090 (& 2063) BDB #260 êyn (àåéï) [pronouncd ân] nothing, not, [is] not; not prsnt, not rady; xprsss nonxistnc, absnc or nonpossssion; [thr is] no [non, not on, no on, not] particl of ngation; substantiv of ngation nd with th 2 prson masculin plural suffix Strong s #369 BDB #34 âman (àèîçï) [pronouncd aw-mahn] thos standing firm, th ons bliving, thos trusting, th ons bing causd to bliv masculin plural, Hiphil participl Strong's #539 BDB #52 Kil and Dlitzsch: Th participl àéðëí îàîéðí, y wr not bliving, is intndd to dscrib thir unblif as a prmannt condition. This unblif was all th mor grivous a sin, bcaus th Lord thir God wnt bfor 93 thm all th way in th pillar of cloud and fir, to guid and to dfnd thm. h b (áìà) [pronouncd b ] in, into, through; at, by, nar, on, upon; with, bfor, against; by mans of; among; within a prposition of proximity Strong s# non BDB #88 YHWH (éäåä) [pronunciation is possibly yhoh-wah] translitratd variously as Jhovah, Yahwh, Y howah propr noun Strong s #3068 BDB #217 Ìlôhîym (àìéääéí) [pronouncd l-o-heem] God; gods, forign gods, god; rulrs, judgs; suprhuman ons, angls; translitratd Elohim masculin plural noun nd with th 2 prson masculin plural suffix Strong's #430 BDB #43 Translation: And vn against this word you [all] ar not trusting in Y howah your Elohim,... Th Jws following Moss knw what God had don for thm. Thy knw how H had dlivrd thm out of Egypt. Howvr, vn with this knowldg, thy did not put thir complt trust in Him. Th first gnration, gnration X, placd littl or no faith in God. God mad continud promiss to thm; H showd thm grat signs and miracls; and thy rfusd to trust Him. Moss trustd God in almost all things. Whn God gam him dirctions, h followd ths dirctions xplicitly. Gnration Ex was just th opposit. 93 Kil and Dlitzsch, Commntary on th Old Tstamnt; from -Sword; Dut. 1:32 33.

246 319 Th Book of Dutronomy "Thrfor, I was angry with this gnration, and said, 'Thy always go astray in thir hart; and thy did not know My ways.' As I swor in My wrath, 'Thy will not ntr My rst.' " (Hb. 3:9 10). Jud was vn mor harsh than th writr of Hbrws: Now I dsir to rmind you, thought you know all things onc for all, that th Lord, aftr saving a popl out of th land of Egypt, subsquntly dstroyd thos who did not bliv (Jud 5). How do you think that you will prsonally fair in this lif if you choos not to trust th Lord Who bought you? Guzik: It was not sin that kpt Isral out of th Promisd Land. Instad, it was unblif (though crtainly, unblif is sin). Isral's sin could b covrd through atoning sacrific; but thir unblif and doubt of God's lov for thm mad thm unabl to trust God. Thn Guzik adds: W oftn think that it is rally som sin that hindrs us from going on with th Lord. It is tru that th Lord wants to dal with th sin and gt it out of th way, but th way that happns is by dpning th rlationship of lov 94 and trust in th Lord. Unblif and lack of trust is th ral nmy. Matthw Hnry: [As if Moss is saying to th popl], All your disobdinc to God's laws, and distrust 95 of his powr and goodnss, flow from a disblif of His word. Th grat problm of th popl of Isral is thir unblif. Psalm 78:21 24 Thrfor, whn th LORD hard, H was full of wrath; a fir was kindld against Jacob; His angr ros against Isral, bcaus thy did not bliv in God and did not trust His saving powr. Yt H commandd th skis abov and opnd th doors of havn, and H raind down on thm manna to at and gav thm th grain of havn. (ESV capitalizd) Thy did not ntr into th good land bcaus of thir unblif. Psalm 106:24 Thy rjctd th dsirabl land; thy did not bliv His word. (JPCT) Thir sins, thir idolatry and thir failurs all stm from unblif. This is what stops th blivr cold. This is what kps th blivr from advancing. Hb. 3:12 Pay attntion, brothrs, so that thr will not b in any on of you an vil hart of unblif, [rsulting] in falling away from th living God. (AUV NT) So Moss asks thm: And dspit knowing all of ths things, you still do not trust Jhovah your God? Taking this on stp furthr, do you s th paralll? God would tak thm into th land of blssing, had thy simply blivd Him; but thy did not. Thy did not bliv God; and thrfor, thy would not ntr into th land of His blssing; thy would not ntr into th land of plnty. Thy would not participat in th blssings God promisd to th dscndants of Abraham. As it is said, "Today, if you har His voic, do not hardn your harts as in th rbllion." For who wr thos who hard and yt rblld? Was it not all thos who lft Egypt ld by Moss? And with whom was H provokd for forty yars? Was it not with thos who sinnd, whos bodis fll in th wildrnss? And to whom did H swar that thy would not ntr His rst, but to thos who wr disobdint? So w s that thy wr unabl to ntr bcaus of unblif. (Hb. 3:15 19; ESV capitalizd) Thr ar two sts of popl who do not go along wholly with God. Thr ar unblivrs thos who hav spnt vry waking momnt rjcting His Son. Thy spnt vry momnt of thir livs pushing God away; and thrfor, thy logically choos to liv apart from God in trnity. What sns would it maks to rjct all that God is in this lif; and thn turn around and say, But I want to spnd trnity with You, God? That is compltly illogical. Surly you hav known anothr prson in this lif that you hav avoidd whnvr possibl. How much sns would it mak to say, But I want to spnd trnity living nxt door to that sunuva dog? Unblivrs will hav no part in trnity with God. Thy rjct all that God is; all that H has providd. Thrfor, thy will want nothing to do with Him in trnity. Thr is also th blivr who, aftr th point of salvation, gos ngativ toward th plan of God; h gos ngativ toward Bibl doctrin. This man will spnd trnity with God, but thr will b no rwards. Thr will b no ovrand-abov trnal blssings. Thy will gt th standard trnity blssings that all blivrs gt; but thr will b nothing byond that. Such an trnity will b grat; but it could hav bn gratr. Man has 3 systms of prcption: faith, mpiricism and rason (or rationalism). A long tim ago, I usd to tach th lattr systm of prcption to my gomtry studnts (and to studnts of highr math). Mathmatics is built into this grat structur of knowldg through rason and dduction. A lads to B which lads to C. But, all of David Guzik s Commntary on th Old Tstamnt; courtsy of -sword; 2006; Dut. 1: Matthw Hnry, Commntary on th Whol Bibl; from -Sword, Dut. 1:19 46.

247 Dutronomy Chaptr that suprstructur sits upon a st of axioms, or a st of truths which w accpt by faith. All mathmatics is basd upon faith, bcaus it must bgin with som assumptions. In most gomtry books, ths ar calld postulats, which ar statmnts of truth which w accpt without proof (that is, w accpt thm by faith). You chang ths undrlying assumptions, and you chang th vry structur of mathmatics. This is from whnc w gt non- Euclidian gomtry, which has a whol st of diffrnt ruls and rsults than th gomtry which w all larn in school (othrwis known as Euclidian gomtry). Th undrlying postulats (in this cas, thr is on postulat which changs vrything) is ky. Th sam is tru for mpiricism. Just bcaus you s somthing, that dos not man you know what it is. Just bcaus you obsrv somthing on many occasions, that dos not man you know what is going on. Chmists for many yars xplaind th rsults of thir chmistry xprimnts upon th rsults of molcular function so undrnath all of thir xplanation as to what happns whn you pour salt into a glass of watr wr a numbr of postulats about th actions of molculs undr various circumstancs and conditions. Howvr, it was not until 2009 that w hav bn abl to actually s molculs. Bfor that, chmists dvlopd this ntir systm of xplanation for why things do what thy basd upon molcular thory. Now that w hav bn abl to s molculs, thr is mor mpiricism and lss thory to molcular thory, but thr ar still a whol host of undrlying assumptions. Faith is, by far, th basis for most of what w bliv. I hav assumd, by faith, that thos two articls on th intrnt which I alludd to, ar factual. I hav assumd by faith that th scintists who wr abl to photograph molculs using an Atomic Forc Microscop is all on th up and up. Faith is th basis for volution. Popl who hav not prsonally sn God (which is prtty much vryon who is aliv right now) hav dtrmind, by faith, that if thy cannot s God, thn H cannot xist. If God cannot xist, thn all that w s had to com about in som othr way. Do you s th undrlying assumption followd by th logical dduction? That is rason building upon faith. Th faith part is, I don t s God; I hav nvr sn God; no on ls has sn God; thrfor, God dos not xist. Now, that sam prson has nvr sn his own soul. H cannot draw you a pictur of his mntality, his motion, or his volition. H blivs that ths things xist bcaus of things that h thinks, fls and dos; but no on can tak a pictur of ths things and show thm to you. That it takn by faith. So thy accpt on st of things by faith; and rjct God on th basis of faith. Thn thy rason from this postulat God dos not xist to th ida that, th world and mankind must hav a diffrnt rason for thir origin. That is rason or logical, rational thought. But th undrlying basis for it is a statmnt of faith. Thrfor, th volutionists can look at this pil of bons that thy call a homo rctus and that pil of bons that thy call a hominoid and mak th statmnt that th first pil volvd from th scond pil. Th crationist blivs that ys, this is a pil. But w do not draw th sam conclusions. W just s it as a pil. Plas allow m this tangnt. You can go to imbd.com and find a listing of prtty much vry film that has vr bn mad, vryon who is in that film, vry film that thy hav bn in, vryon who workd on ths films, and all of it cross-rfrncd. But, what you cannot do is go to volution.com and find a listing of vry singl st of ancint bons that has bn found, how many bons thr ar, from what part of th body thy ar, how ths bons hav bn classifid, from th ag that ths bons com from, who is in possssion of ths bons, photographs of ths bons, and a list of dissnting opinions. Thr ar far mor movis than thr ar sts of human and pr-human bons; but thr would b a problm rvaling this amount of information about th bons w hav found and volutionists hav mad thoris about: thr is a grat dal of disagrmnt on ths bons. For instanc, KNM-ER 1590 is cranium pics discovrd in Knya. Som hav dtrmind that ths ar 2 96 million yars old; and yt thy ar idntical to th bons of modrn Homo sapins. That is vry problmatic, bcaus you cannot hav Homo sapins' bons from ovr a million yars ago. Thr ar many othr sts of such bons (KNM-ER 1470, 1481; KNM-ER 1472; KNM-ER 1570) all which ar 1.5 million yars old, but idntical to 97 homo sapins' bons. Thr ar Latoli footprint trails in Tanzania, dtrmind to b 4 million yars old and an Marvin L. Lubnow, Bons of Contntion (Crationist Assssmnt of Human Fossils; Bakr Books, 1992, p Marvin L. Lubnow, Bons of Contntion (Crationist Assssmnt of Human Fossils; Bakr Books, 1992, p. 170.

248 321 Th Book of Dutronomy 98 arm fragmnt (KP 271) also ovr 4 million yars old, and indistinguishabl from homo sapins. According to volution, non of ths things ar possibl. This calls into qustion thir mthods of dating, thir classification of bons, and th vry arbitrarinss of this scinc. But you will nvr walk into a cours on volution and hav th profssor say, Thr ar a whol mss of bons that w ar compltly unsur about. Physically, w could classify thm as X or Y; th dating mthod w ar using is suspct bcaus of this or that; so that som of th vidnc that w us in this class is not vidnc at all but discovris which w hav finagld ithr to support th thory; or to lav as unclassifid, bcaus classifying thm will do damag to volutionary thought. Again, all of this is basd upon faith. Th avrag prson viws th workings of volutionary scintists as honst and compltly abov-board. Th crationist dos not ncssarily s th volutionary movmnt as a grand conspiracy, but as a movmnt populatd by tru blivrs who ar going to tak whatvr vidnc is discovrd and fit it into thir ovrall schm of things. In both cass, thr is a trmndous amount of faith involvd. How many popl that you know who bliv in volution hav actually sn KNM-ER 1590 with thir own ys, and hav takn all th rlvant masurmnts and hav collctd all th rlvant data in ordr to classify thm as to typ and tim? No on. Our faith in th classification of ths various pils of bons ar mostly basd on th work of th on individual who found thos bons; or upon a small staff of individuals, all who bliv first and formost in volution. What you bliv in is a mattr of volition. You choos to bliv in X; you choos not to bliv in Y. It all gos back to your fr will. My point in all of this is, most of what w bliv is basd upon faith; not upon mpiricism and not upon logic. I hav sn th figur placd at 70 90% of what th avrag prson prcivs (I cannot for th lif of m rcall whr I saw that figur). Howvr, it striks m as rasonabl. Thr is simply not nough tim in this lif to vrify vrything that w do and think mpirically or logically. W simply hav to do. W do not run a battry of tsts on our food bfor vry mal to dtrmin that it is saf. W just at it. W know that som popl gt sick and vn di by mans of foodborn illnsss, but w just at it anyway. You may say, Wll, th numbr is just so small that, I don t nd to tst my food. That would b silly. Yt, 1 out of 6 Amricans vry yar will bcom sick from a food-born illnss. Yt, knowing this, you ar not going to put ach bit of food undr a microscop bfor or during ach and vry mal, looking for vil bactria, viruss, and microbs that might b on or in th food. W tak it, at last in part, by faith, that th food w at will not mak us sick. Now, to bring this full circl. Ths Jws hav obsrvd what God has don for thm. Thy hav hard His voic and thy hav sn His grat works. In ordr for thm to go into th land, it will rquir thm to hav faith in this sam God. This is th point at which thir livs mbrac failur, bcaus thy choos not to bliv in God. What you bliv in is a mattr of volition. You choos to bliv in X; you choos not to bliv in Y. It all gos back to your fr will. And, again, Moss asks you: And dspit knowing all of ths things, you still do not trust Jhovah your God? A nw blivr ssntially blivs in on thing thy hav placd thir faith in Jsus Christ. But, as you grow in grac and knowldg of th Lord Jsus Christ, your faith has tim to mov forward. You larn, idally with ach passing day, to hav mor and mor faith in God, His Word, and His plan (His plan and His prson ar compltly found within th Word of God). Your faith dvlops, xpands and strngthns. That is what God s plan is for your lif. This dos not man that you ar going to bcom som kind of a nutbar, lik somon who braks his arm, and, rathr than go to th hospital, you driv to th narst church to hav it prayd right. You don t catch a bug and rfus antibiotics, instad opting to go to th narst church to hav that bug prayd right out of you (in th procss, you giv vryon around you that sam bug). Faith in Jsus Christ and faith in God s plan dos not turn you into a nutty, nutbar. But this tmporal incras in faith not only maks your lif bttr, but it glorifis God. 98 Marvin L. Lubnow, Bons of Contntion (Crationist Assssmnt of Human Fossils; Bakr Books, 1992, p. 170.

249 Dutronomy Chaptr Dutronomy 1:33a Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs hâlak (äèìçêà) [pronouncd haw-lahk ] th on walking, th on who is going, th on is dparting, th on who is advancing [travling] Qal activ participl with th dfinit articl Strong s #1980 (and #3212) BDB #229 This parallls th participl abov. All th tim that th Isralits wr not bliving, God was th On walking bfor thm. lâmd (ìà) [pronouncd l ] to, for, towards, in rgards to dirctional/rlational prposition BDB #510 pânîym (ôìèðäéí) [pronouncd paw- NEEM] fac, facs countnanc; prsnc masculin plural noun (plural acts lik English singular); with th 2 nd prson masculin plural suffix Strong s #6440 BDB #815 Togthr, thy man bfor you, bfor your fac, in your prsnc, in your sight, in front of you. Whn usd with God, it can tak on th mor figurativ maning in Your judgmnt. h b (áìà) [pronouncd b ] in, into, through; at, by, nar, on, upon; with, bfor, against; by mans of; among; within a prposition of proximity Strong s# non BDB #88 drk (ãìæøæêó) [pronouncd DEH-rk ] way, distanc, road, path; journy, cours; dirction, towards; mannr, habit, way [of lif]; of moral charactr masculin singular noun with th dfinit articl Strong's #1870 BDB #202 lâmd (ìà) [pronouncd l ] to, for, towards, in rgards to dirctional/rlational prposition BDB #510 tûwr (úìåìø) [pronouncd toor] to spy, to sarch out, to xplor; to go about Qal infinitiv construct Strong's #8446 BDB #1064 lâmd (ìà) [pronouncd l ] to, for, towards, in rgards to dirctional/rlational prposition with th 2 nd prson masculin plural suffix BDB #510 mâqôwm (îè åéí) [pronouncd maw- KOHM] plac, situatd; for a soldir, it may man whr h is stationd; for popl in gnral, it would b thir plac of abod (which could b thir hous or thir town) masculin singular noun Strong s #4725 BDB #879 lâmd (ìà) [pronouncd l ] to, for, towards, in rgards to dirctional/rlational prposition BDB #510 chânah (çèðçä) [pronouncd khaw-naw] to bivouac, to camp, to ncamp in [or, against], to st up camp; to lay sig to; to inclin, to dclin, to bnd down Qal infinitiv construct nd with th 2 prson masculin plural suffix Strong's #2583 BDB #333

250 323 Th Book of Dutronomy Translation:...th On Who gos bfor you along th way to sarch out a [suitabl] plac for you [all] to stay. God would go bfor th popl of Isral and H would find a plac which was suitabl for thm to bivouac in. With this many popl, thr wr a grat many nds which ndd to b dalt with. God thought about all of ths popl as H found a nw plac for thm to lodg (a list of many of thos placs is found in Num. 33). Vv a: And vn against this word you [all] ar not trusting in Y howah your Elohim, th On Who gos bfor you along th way to sarch out a [suitabl] plac for you [all] to stay. Thr ar two participls hr which ar in contrast to on anothr. Th popl of Isral continu not to trust (th participl can indicat a continuous, prsistnt action); all th whil, God is th On continually going bfor thm. Thr is this contrast of a lack of faith in thir souls toward God; and yt, all of this tim, God is guiding thm, vry stp of th way. Dutronomy 1:33b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs h b (áìà) [pronouncd b ] in, into, through; at, by, nar, on, upon; with, bfor, against; by mans of; among; within a prposition of proximity Strong s# non BDB #88 sh (àæù) [pronouncd aysh] fir, lightning, suprnatural fir; prsnc of Y howah, th attndanc of a thophany fminin singular noun with th dfinit articl Strong's #784 BDB #77 lay lâh (ìçéàìèä) [pronouncd LAY-law] night; nightly, at night, in th night, during th night masculin singular noun; this word can tak on advrbial qualitis Strong s #3915 BDB #538 lâmd (ìà) [pronouncd l ] to, for, towards, in rgards to dirctional/rlational prposition BDB #510 râ âh (øèàèä) [pronouncd raw-awh] to caus to s, to caus to look; to show; to caus to s [with plasur]; to caus to know, to caus to larn; to caus to xprinc [vil or good] Hiphil infinitiv construct nd with th 2 prson masculin plural suffix Strong's #7200 BDB #906 h b (áìà) [pronouncd b ] in, into, through; at, by, nar, on, upon; with, bfor, against; by mans of; among; within a prposition of proximity Strong s# non BDB #88 drk (ãìæøæêó) [pronouncd DEH-rk ] way, distanc, road, path; journy, cours; dirction, towards; mannr, habit, way [of lif]; of moral charactr masculin singular noun with th dfinit articl Strong's #1870 BDB #202 ãshr (àâéùæø) [pronouncd uh-sher] that, which, whn, who, whom rlativ pronoun Strong's #834 BDB #81 hâlak (äèìçêà) [pronouncd haw-lahk ] to go, to com, to dpart, to walk; to advanc nd 2 prson masculin plural suffix, Qal imprfct Strong s #1980 (and #3212) BDB #229 h b (áìà) [pronouncd b ] in, into, through; at, by, nar, on, upon; with, bfor, against; by mans of; among; within a prposition of proximity rd with th 3 prson fminin singular suffix Strong s# non BDB #88

251 Dutronomy Chaptr Translation:.H showd you th way that you should go in th land [lit., in hr] with a fir [ach] night... God guidd th childrn of Isral with a fir at night. I rcall this as bing a pillar of fir; and it is nvr mad clar just xactly what this phnomna was. Dutronomy 1:33c Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs w (or v ) (åà or åì) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though; as wll as simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 h b (áìà) [pronouncd b ] in, into, through; at, by, nar, on, upon; with, bfor, against; by mans of; among; within a prposition of proximity Strong s# non BDB #88 ânân (òèðèï) [pronouncd ìaw-nawn] cloud (as a viling ovr or covring of havn) masculin singular noun with th dfinit articl Strong s #6051 BDB #777 yômâm (éåéîèí) [pronouncd yoh- MAWM] substantiv: day, daily, daytim; advrb: by day, in th daytim substantiv/advrb Strong s #3119 BDB #401 Translation:...and with th cloud by day. In th daytim, God providd a cloud, and as th cloud movd in th 99 day, th popl of Isral would follow it. Gill suggsts also that this cloud would provid thm protction from th sun as wll. God gav ths popl somthing that thy could all s, ach and vry day. Whn thy wr moving toward th Land of Promis, God ld thm with a cloud and with fir, and thy could all visually s that. And th LORD wnt bfor thm by day in a pillar of cloud to lad thm along th way, and by night in a pillar of fir to giv thm light, that thy might travl by day and by night. Th pillar of cloud by day and th pillar of fir by night did not dpart from bfor th popl. (Ex. 13:21 22) Now on th day that th tabrnacl was rctd, th cloud covrd th tabrnacl, th tnt of th tstimony, and in th vning it was lik th apparanc of fir ovr th tabrnacl, until morning. so it was continuously; th cloud would covr it, and th apparanc of fir by night. And whnvr th cloud was liftd from ovr th tnt, aftrward th sons of Isral would thn st out; and in th plac whr th cloud sttld down, thr th sons of Isral would camp. at th mouth of Y howah th sons of Isral would st out and at th mouth of Y howah thy would camp; as long as th cloud sttld ovr th tabrnacl, thy rmaind campd. Evn whn th cloud lingrd ovr th tabrnacl for many days, th sons of Isral would kp Y howah's charg and thy rmaind campd. Thn according to th mouth of Y howah thy st out...whthr it was two days or a month or a yar that th cloud lingrd ovr th tabrnacl, staying abov it, th sons of Isral rmaind campd and did not st out; but whn it was liftd, thy did st out (Num. 9:15 20, 22). This cloud and fir thing was mntiond bcaus vry Jw who wantd to could, on any givn day, go to th tabrnacl and s th cloud or th fir. Daily, thr was a sign to thm that God was faithful; that God could b trustd. This is apart from th daily sign that God providd thm with manna. Hr, as in many othr aras, th Jws wr totally illogical if God is going to lad thm all th way from Egypt to Palstin, it maks absolutly no sns for Him to dsrt thm at th foot of Palstin. W blivrs find th sam thing in our livs. God lads us or dposits us in a particular gographical ara, and prhaps du to a small amount of advrsity w suddnly stop trusting Him, vn though h has opnd all th doors up until that point in tim. God dos not tak us somwhr and suddnly drop out of sight and lav us to th wolvs, as it wr. Whn God lads, H rmains with us. Evn whn w scrw up, God rmains with us. Howvr, our problms and th mss that w mak of our livs ar to b solvd by Him in His way. 99 Dr. John Gill, John Gill s Exposition of th Entir Bibl; from -Sword, Dut. 1:33.

252 325 Th Book of Dutronomy Vv : But I said to you, You should not b in drad nor should you b afraid of thm. Jhovah your God will go bfor you and H Himslf will fight on your bhalf, just as h did in Egypt right bfor your ys; and just as h has don for you in this dsrt-wildrnss whr Jhovah your God carrid you along just as a man would bar his own son and H has brought you all this distanc that you hav com so far up to this plac. And dspit knowing all of ths things, you still do not trust Jhovah your God, th On Who gos bfor you along th rout, sarching out a suitabl plac for you all to camp. H guids you at night with fir and by day with th cloud. Kil and Dlitzsch: [As if Moss is saying to th popl, Evn though] I rmindd you of all th 100 gracious hlp that h had xprincd from your God, y prsistd in your unblif. Chaptr Outlin Charts, Maps and Short Doctrins Historic vnt: God Judgs Gn X Bcaus of Thir Lack of Faith Num. 14:20 38 Psalm 106:24 26, And so hars Y howah sound of your words and so H is angry and so H swars, to say, If ss a man in th mn th ths th gnration th vil th this th land th good which I swor to giv to your fathrs; xcpt Calb bn Jphunnh h [vn h] will s hr and to him I will giv th land which h has walkd in hr and to his sons bcaus which h has filld up aftr Y howah. Dutronomy 1:34 36 Y howah hard th sound of your words and H is angry; so H mad a solmn oath, saying, Not [lit., if] [on] man of ths mn [from] this vil gnration will s th good land which I swor I would giv to your fathrs; with th xcption of Calb bn Jphunnh h [this man] will s th land [lit., hr] and I will giv th land to him [th land] which h has walkd in [and I will giv this land] to his childrn bcaus h fully followd aftr Y howah. Jhovah hard your cris of far and it mad Him angry. Thrfor, H took a solmn oath, saying, Not on adult mal from this vil gnration will s th good land which I swor to giv to your fathrs; th only xcption will b Calb th son of Jphunnh h will s th land; I will giv a portion of this land to him th vry land which h scopd out. Hr is how othrs hav translatd this vrs: Ancint txts: Targum of Onklos Latin Vulgat Masortic Txt (Hbrw) And th voic of your words was hard bfor th Lord, and H was displasd, and did mak oath saying, If any on of th mn of this vil gnration shall s th good land which I covnantd to giv unto thir fathrs, xcpt Kalb bar Jphunnh, who shall s it, and to whom I will giv th good land, th land of Hbron through which h walkd, and to his childrn, bcaus h hath followd with intgrity th far of th Lord. And whn th Lord had hard th voic of your words, h was angry and swor, and said: Not on of th mn of this wickd gnration shall s th good land, which I promisd with an oath to your fathrs: Excpt Calb th son of Jphon: for h shall s it, and to him I will giv th land that h hath troddn upon, and to his childrn, bcaus h hath followd th Lord. And so hars Y howah sound of your words and so H is angry and so H swars, to say, If ss a man in th mn th ths th gnration th vil th this th land 100 Kil and Dlitzsch, Commntary on th Old Tstamnt; from -Sword; Dut. 1:32 33.

253 Dutronomy Chaptr Pshitta (Syriac) Sptuagint (Grk) Significant diffrncs: th good which I swor to giv to your fathrs; xcpt Calb bn Jphunnh h [vn h] will s hr and to him I will giv th land which h has walkd in hr and to his sons bcaus which h has filld up aftr Y howah. And th LORD hard th voic of your complaining, and was angry, and swor, saying, Surly thr shall not on of ths mn of this vil gnration s th good land which I swor to giv to your fathrs, Excpt Calb th son of Jophaniah; h shall s it, and to him will I giv th land upon which h has troddn, and to his childrn, bcaus h has wholly followd th LORD. And th Lord hard th voic of your words, and bing gratly provokd, H swor, saying, Not on of ths mn shall s this good land, which I swor to thir fathrs, xcpt Calb th son of Jphunnh, h shall s it; and to him I will giv th land on which h wnt up, and to his sons, bcaus h attndd to th things of th Lord. Th Hbrw has sound of your words; th Syriac appars to hav th sound of your complaining. Although th oath may sm to start out diffrntly, actually th way that it is found in othr languags hr is lgit. Thought-for-thought translations; paraphrass: Th final vrb is somwhat difficult to translat. Common English Bibl Contmporary English V. Easy English Easy-to-Rad Vrsion Good Nws Bibl (TEV) Th Mssag Th LORD hard what you said. H was angry and h swor: Not vn on of ths popl-this wickd gnration!-will s th wondrful land that I promisd to giv to your ancstors. Th only xcption is Calb, Jphunnh's son. H will s it. I will giv th land h walkd on to him and his childrn for this rason: h was compltly dvotd to th LORD. You had mad th LORD angry, and h said: You popl of this gnration ar vil, and I rfus to lt you go into th good land that I promisd your ancstors. Calb son of Jphunnh is th only on of your gnration that I will allow to go in. H obyd m compltly, so I will giv him and his dscndants th land h xplord. Whn th *Lord hard what you said, h was angry. H mad a srious promis. "Non of you bad mn will s th good country. I promisd to giv this country to your fathrs. Only Calb, th son of Jphunnh will s it. I will giv to him and to his family th land that h walks on. This is bcaus h obyd th *Lord compltly." Th Lord hard what you said, and h bcam angry. H mad a strong promis. H said, Non of you vil popl who ar living now will go into th good land that I promisd to your ancstors [Litrally, "fathrs," maning a prson s parnts, grandparnts, and all th popl thy ar dscndd from.]. Only Calb son of Jphunnh will s that land. I will giv Calb th land h walkd on. And I will giv that land to Calb s dscndants [A prson s childrn and thir futur familis.]. Why? Bcaus Calb did all that I commandd. "Th LORD hard your complaints and bcam angry, and so h solmnly dclard, 'Not on of you from this vil gnration will ntr th frtil land that I promisd to giv your ancstors. Only Calb son of Jphunnh will ntr it. H has rmaind faithful to m, and I will giv him and his dscndants th land that h has xplord.' Whn GOD hard what you said, h xplodd in angr. H swor, "Not a singl prson of this vil gnration is going to gt so much as a look at th good land that I promisd to giv to your parnts. Not on--xcpt for Calb son of Jphunnh. H'll s it. I'll giv him and his dscndants th land h walkd on bcaus h was all for following GOD, hart and soul."

254 327 Th Book of Dutronomy Nw Brkly Vrsion Nw Lif Bibl Nw Living Translation Th Voic So whn th LORD hard your words H was indignant and swor: Not on of ths mn of this vil gnration will s th good land which I promis to giv your fathrs, no on xcpt Calb th son of Jphunnh; h shall s it and to him and to his sons I will giv this land upon which h has st foot, bcaus in this h has followd th LORD compltly. "Th Lord hard your words and was angry. H swor, 'Not on of ths mn of ths sinful popl will s th good land I promisd to giv your fathrs, xcpt Calb th son of Jphunnh. H will s it. I will giv th land on which h has walkd to him and his childrn bcaus h has always followd th Lord.' "Whn th Lord hard your complaining, h bcam vry angry. So h solmnly swor, `Not on of you from this wickd gnration will liv to s th good land I swor to giv your ancstors, xcpt Calb son of Jphunnh. H will s this land bcaus h has followd th Lord compltly. I will giv to him and his dscndants som of th vry land h xplord during his scouting mission.' Whn th Etrnal hard your untrusting words, H angrily swor an oath: "Not a singl prson in this wickd gnration will s th good land I swor to giv to your ancstors! Thr'll b only on xcption: Calb (Jphunnh's son). H will s it. I'll giv th vry land h walkd through whn h spid it out to him and his dscndants bcaus h rmaind compltly loyal to th Etrnal." Partially litral and partially paraphrasd translations: Amrican English Bibl 'And whn Jhovah hard th things you wr saying, H bcam vry angry. So, H swor and said: Non of ths mn will s th good land that I swor to giv to thir ancstors, xcpt Calb (th son of JphonN). h will s it and I'll giv this land that h travld to, to him and his sons; bcaus, h did what Jhovah said. Bck s Amrican Translation Non of ths mn ths wickd popl of this ag, will vr s this fin land I swor to giv your fathrs, xcpt Calb, Jphunnh s son. H will s it and to him and his dscndants I will giv this land h walkd on, bcaus h followd th LORD fully. Christian Community Bibl And whn Yahwh hard th rumblings of your complaints, h was angry and h swor: Not on from this prvrs gnration will s th bautiful land which I swor to giv to your ancstors xcpt Calb, th son of Jphunnh. H shall s it and I will giv him and his childrn th land upon which h trod bcaus h has faithfully followd Yahwh. Nw Advnt (Knox) Bibl Listning to this talk of yours, th Lord was angry with you, and h took an oath that non of that worthlss gnration should liv to s th fair land that was his promisd gift to your fathrs, xcpt Calb th son of Jphon. H was to s it, h and his sons should hav th gift of th ground his ft had troddn, bcaus h had carrid out th Lord's will. Nw Amrican Bibl Whn th LORD hard your words, h was angry; and h swor, 'Not on man of this vil gnration shall look upon th good land I swor to giv to your fathrs, xcpt Calb, son of Jphunnh; h shall s it. For to him and to his sons I will giv th land h trod upon, bcaus h has followd th LORD unrsrvdly.' Excpt Calb: Joshua also was allowd to ntr, but h is not rfrrd to hr bcaus spcial mntion is mad of him in Dut 1:38 as th succssor of Moss. Nw Amrican Bibl (R.E.) Whn th LORD hard your words, h was angry, and took an oath: Not a singl on of this vil gnration shall look upon th good land I swor to giv to your ancstors, xcpt Calb,* son of Jphunnh. H shall s it, for to him and to his dscndants I will giv th land h trod upon [Jos 14:6-14.], bcaus h has fully followd th LORD.

255 Dutronomy Chaptr NIRV Nw Jrusalm Bibl Nw Simplifid Bibl Rvisd English Bibl Today s NIV Th Lord hard what you said. So h bcam angry. H took an oath and mad a promis. H said, "I promisd to giv this good land to your popl long ago. But not on of you vil mn who ar aliv today will s it. "Only Calb will s th land. H is th son of Jphunnh. I will giv him and his childrn aftr him th land h walkd on. H followd m with his whol hart." 'Yahwh hard what you wr saying and in his angr swor this oath, "Not on of ths popl, this prvrs gnration, will s th fin country I swor to giv your ancstors, xcpt Calb son of Jphunnh. H will s it. To him and to his childrn I shall giv th land h has st foot on, for h has bn prfctly obdint to Yahwh."»Jhovah hard what you said. H was angry and solmnly swor:» Not on man of this vil gnration will s that good land, which I swor to giv your fathrs,» Excpt Calb son of Jphunnh. H will s it. I will giv him and his dscndants th land h walks on. This is bcaus h followd Jhovah wholhartdly. Whn th LORD hard your complaints, h was angry and solmnly swor, Not on of ths mn, this wickd gnration, will s th good land which I swor to giv your forfathrs, non xcpt Calb son of Jphunnh; h will s it, and to him and his dscndants, I shall giv th land on which h has st foot, bcaus h followd th LORD loyally. Whn th LORD hard what you said, h was angry and solmnly swor: "No on from this vil gnration shall s th good land I swor to giv your ancstors, xcpt Calb son of Jphunnh. H will s it, and I will giv him and his dscndants th land h st his ft on, bcaus h followd th LORD wholhartdly." Mostly litral rndrings (with som occasional paraphrasing): Ancint Roots Translinar Bibl in Basic English Th Expandd Bibl Frar-Fnton Bibl NET Bibl Yahwh hard th voic of your words, and nragd, and swor, saying, "But of ths mn of this vil gnration that saw th good land I swor to giv to your fathrs, no man bsid Calb th son of Jphunnh! H saw it and to him I will giv th land that h trod, and to his sons, sinc h was fully aftr Yahwh." And th Lord, haring your words, was angry, and said with an oath, Truly, not on of this vil gnration will s that good land which I said I would giv to your fathrs, But only Calb, th son of Jphunnh, h will s it; and to him and to his childrn I will giv th land ovr which his ft hav gon, bcaus h has bn tru to th Lord with all his hart. Whn th Lord hard what you said, h was angry and mad an oath [swor], saying, "I promisd a good land to your ancstors [fathrs], but non of you vil popl [this vil gnration] will s it. Only Calb son of Jphunnh will s it [Num. 14:24]. I will giv him and his dscndants th land h walkd on, bcaus h followd th Lord compltly [Josh. 15:13-19; Judg. 1:9-15]." And th EVER-LIVING hard th sound of your words and was angry, and swor, saying; "This vil gnration shall nvr s th bautiful land which I promisd to giv to thir fathrs; only Calb th son of Jfunah shall s it ; and I will giv to him and his sons th country which h travlld through, for h wnt up confidntly, following th EVER-LIVING. Judgmnt at Kadsh Barna Whn th Lord hard you, h bcam angry and mad this vow [Hb "and swor," i.., mad an oath or vow.]: "Not a singl prson [Hb "Not a man among ths mn."] of this vil gnration will s th good land that I promisd to giv to your ancstors! Th xcption is Calb son of Jphunnh [Calb had, with Joshua, brought back to Isral a minority rport from Canaan urging a conqust of th land, for h was confidnt of th Lord's powr (Num 13:6, 8, 16, 30; 14:30, 38).]; h will

256 329 Th Book of Dutronomy NIV, 2011 s it and I will giv him and his dscndants th trritory on which h has walkd, bcaus h has wholhartdly followd m [Hb "th Lord." Th pronoun ("m") has bn mployd in th translation, sinc it sounds strang to an English radr for th Lord to spak about himslf in third prson.]." Whn th Lord hard [S Nu 11:1] what you said, h was angry [S Nu 32:14] and solmnly swor [S Nu 14:23, 28-30; Ez 20:15; Hb 3:11]: "No on from this vil gnration shall s th good land [S Nu 14:29] I swor to giv your ancstors, xcpt Calb [S Nu 13:6] son of Jphunnh. H will s it, and I will giv him and his dscndants th land h st his ft on, bcaus h followd th Lord wholhartdly [S Nu 14:24]." Jwish/Hbrw Nams Bibls: Complt Jwish Bibl xgss companion Bibl Kaplan Translation Orthodox Jwish Bibl Th Scripturs 1998 "ADONAI hard what you wr saying, bcam angry and swor, 'Not a singl on of ths popl, this whol vil gnration, will s th good land I swor to giv to your ancstors, xcpt Kalv th son of Y'funh -h will s it; I will giv him and his dscndants th land h walkd on, bcaus h has fully followd ADONAI.'...and Yah Vh hard th voic of your words and nragd and oathd, saying, Surly not on of ths mn of this vil gnration ss that good land, which I oathd to giv to your fathrs - xcpt Kalb th son of Yphunnh; h ss; and I giv th land h trods to him and to his sons, bcaus h fulfills to follow Yah Vh. Whn God hard what you said, H angrily swor, 'No man [Litrally, 'If any man,' an oath form. S Numbrs 14:22, 32:11.] of this vil gnration will s th good land that I swor to giv your fathrs. Th only xcption will b Calb son of Yfunh [S Numbrs 13:6.]. Sinc h followd God wholhartdly, not only will h s it, but I will giv him and his dscndants th land h walkd [S Num. 14:24]. And Hashm hard th sound of your words, and was angry, and on oath, said, Surly thr shall not on of ths mn of this dor harah s ha'artz hatovah, which I swor to giv unto Avotichm. Excpt Kalv bn Yphunnh; h shall s it, and to him will I giv ha'artz that h hath troddn upon, and to his childrn, bcaus h hath wholly followd Hashm. And éäåä hard th voic of your words, and was wroth, and took an oath, saying, Not on of ths mn of this vil gnration shall s that good land of which I swor to giv to your fathrs, xcpt Kal b? son of Yphunnh. H shall s it, and to him and his childrn I giv th land on which h walkd, bcaus h followd éäåä compltly. Litral, almost word-for-word, rndrings: Th Amplifid Bibl Contxt Group Vrsion And th Lord hard your words, and was angrd and H swor, Not on of ths mn of this vil gnration shall s that good land which I swor to giv to your fathrs, Excpt [Joshua, of cours, and] Calb son of Jphunnh; h shall s it, and to him and to his childrn I will giv th land upon which h has walkd, bcaus h has wholly followd th Lord. And YHWH hard th voic of your { pl } words, and was angry, and swor, saying, Surly not a man of ths mn of this vil gnration shall s th good land { or arth }, which I swor to giv to your { pl } fathrs, xcpt Calb th son of

257 Dutronomy Chaptr Jphunnh: h shall s it; and to him I will giv th land { or arth } that h has troddn on, and to his sons, bcaus h has wholly followd YHWH. Nw King Jams Vrsion Th Pnalty for Isral's Rbllion "And th Lord hard th sound of your words, and was angry, and took an oath, saying, `Surly not on of ths mn of this vil gnration shall s that good land of which I swor to giv to your fathrs, xcpt Calb th son of Jphunnh; h shall s it, and to him and his childrn I am giving th land on which h walkd, bcaus h wholly followd th Lord.'. Nw RSV Whn th Lord hard your words, h was wrathful and swor: `Not on of ths-not on of this vil gnration-shall s th good land that I swor to giv to your ancstors, xcpt Calb son of Jphunnh. H shall s it, and to him and to his dscndants I will giv th land on which h st foot, bcaus of his complt fidlity to th Lord.' Syndin/Thim And Jhovah/God hard th voic of your words/'doctrinal communications' {dabar}, and was angry/wroth, and swor, saying, Surly thr shall not on of ths mn of this vil gnration s that good land, which I swor to giv unto your fathrs... xcpt Calb, th son of Jphunnh, h shall s it, and to him will I giv th land that h has troddn upon, and to his childrn, bcaus h has wholly followd Jhovah/God. Third Millnnium Bibl "And th LORD hard th voic of your words and was wroth, and swor, saying, `Surly thr shall not on of ths mn of this vil gnration s that good land which I swor to giv unto your fathrs, sav Calb th son of Jphunnh; h shall s it, and to him will I giv th land that h hath troddn upon, and to his childrn, bcaus h hath wholly followd th LORD.' Wbstr s Bibl Translation And th LORD hard th voic of your words, and was wroth, and swor, saying, Surly thr shall not on of ths mn of this vil gnration s that good land, which I swor to giv to your fathrs, Sav Calb th son of Jphunnh; h shall s it, and to him will I giv th land that h hath trod upon, and to his childrn, bcaus h hath wholly followd th LORD. Young s Updatd LT And Jhovah hars th voic of your words, and is wroth, and swars, saying, Not on of ths mn of this vil gnration dos s th good land which I hav sworn to giv to your fathrs, sav Calb son of Jphunnh h dos s it, and to him I giv th land on which h has troddn, and to his sons, bcaus that h has bn fully aftr Jhovah. Th gist of this vrs: Y howah God was angry at what th Isralits said, and H swor an oath saying that non of th mn from Gn X would b abl to ntr into th land, with th xcption of Calb and his sons. Dutronomy 1:34a Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs wa (or va) (åç) [pronouncd wah] and so, and thn, thn, and; so, that, yt, thrfor, consquntly; bcaus wâw conscutiv BDB #253 shâma (ùèîçò) [pronouncd shaw- MAHÌ] to listn [intntly], to har, to listn and oby, [or, and act upon, giv hd to, tak not of], to harkn to, to b attntiv to, to listn and b cognizant of rd 3 prson masculin singular, Qal imprfct Strong's #8085 BDB #1033

258 331 Th Book of Dutronomy Dutronomy 1:34a Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs YHWH (éäåä) [pronunciation is possibly yhoh-wah] translitratd variously as Jhovah, Yahwh, Y howah propr noun Strong s #3068 BDB #217 êth (àæç) [pronouncd ayth] untranslatd gnrally; occasionally to, toward indicats that th following substantiv is a dirct objct Strong's #853 BDB #84 qôwl ( åéì) [pronouncd kohl] sound, voic, nois; loud nois, thundring masculin singular construct Strong s #6963 BDB #876 d bârîym (ãìàáèøäéí) b [pronouncd daw -vawr- EEM] words, sayings, doctrins, commands; things, mattrs, rports masculin plural noun nd with th 2 prson masculin plural suffix Strong's #1697 BDB #182 Translation: Y howah hard th sound of your words... Whn th popl of Isral hard how big th giants wr and how wll-fortifid thir citis wr, thy bgan to cry and complain, and work on anothr up into a lathr. Matthw Pool: Your words - That is to say, your murmurings, your unthankful, impatint, distrustful 101 and rbllious spchs. Dutronomy 1:34b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs wa (or va) (åç) [pronouncd wah] and so, and thn, thn, and; so, that, yt, thrfor, consquntly; bcaus wâw conscutiv BDB #253 qâtsaph ( ÈöÇó) [pronouncd kaw-tsaf] to b wroth, to b angry, to b in a rag rd 3 prson masculin singular, Qal imprfct Strong s #7107 BDB #893 Translation:...and H is angry;... Thr ar two ways to look at this situation: on th basis of what God has promisd and on th basis of how th popl of Isral fl. If thir concntration is upon God, thn thy could go into th land and tak it. But thy ar thinking about thmslvs and thir circumstancs and, dspit all that thy hav sn, thy ar afraid. As a rsult, God is angry with thm. God has mad both His powr and prsnc known to all of th popl of Isral. That thy do not trust Him is a grat problm. 101 Matthw Pool, English Annotations on th Holy Bibl; h1685; from -Sword, Dut. 1:34.

259 Dutronomy Chaptr Dutronomy 1:34c Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs wa (or va) (åç) [pronouncd wah] and so, and thn, thn, and; so, that, yt, thrfor, consquntly; bcaus wâw conscutiv BDB #253 shâba (ùèáçò) b [pronouncd shaw - VAHÌ] to swar, to imprcat, to curs, to swar an oath, to tak a solmn oath, to swar allgianc rd 3 prson masculin singular, Niphal imprfct Strong's #7650 BDB #989 lâmd (ìà) [pronouncd l ] to, for, towards, in rgards to dirctional/rlational prposition BDB #510 âmar (àèîçø) [pronouncd aw-mahr] to say, to spak, to uttr; to say [to onslf], to think; to command; to promis; to xplain; to intnd Qal infinitiv construct Strong s #559 BDB #55 Translation:...so H mad a solmn oath, saying,... Moss is rminding his audinc that, whn ths adult mn who had sn God s graciousnss, rjctd Him and rjctd His promiss, thn God mad a solmn oath against thm. Dutronomy 1:35a Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs îm (àäí) [pronouncd m] if, though; lo, bhold; oh that, if only; whn, sinc, though whn (or, if followd by a prfct tns which rfrs to a past vnt) primarily an hypothtical particl Strong's #518 BDB #49 Whn following an oath, ithr statd or implid, îm, by itslf, functions as an mphatic ngativ. According to th Gnva Bibl: Th Hbrws in swaring bgin commonly with "If" and undrstand th rst, that is, that God will punish him who braks th oath: hr th wickd show that thy ar afraid lst that happn to thm 102 which thy would do to othrs. râ âh (øèàèä) [pronouncd raw-awh] to s, to look, to look at, to viw, to bhold; to obsrv; to prciv, to undrstand, to larn, to know rd 3 prson masculin singular, Qal imprfct Strong's #7200 BDB #906 îysh (àäéù) [pronouncd sh] a man, a husband; anyon; a crtain on; ach, ach on, vryon masculin singular noun (somtims found whr w would us a plural) Strong's #376 BDB #35 h b (áìà) [pronouncd b ] in, into, through; at, by, nar, on, upon; with, bfor, against; by mans of; among; within a prposition of proximity Strong s# non BDB # From accssd March 10, 2013

260 333 Th Book of Dutronomy Dutronomy 1:35a Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs ãnâshîym (àâðèùäéí) [pronouncd uh-nawshm]; also splld îyshîym (àäéùäéí) [pronouncd -SHEEM] mn; inhabitants, citizns; companions; soldirs, followrs masculin plural noun with th dfinit articl Strong's #376 BDB #35 êllh (àåììæä) [pronouncd ALE-lh] ths, ths things dmonstrativ plural adjctiv (oftn th vrb to b is implid) Strong's #428 BDB #41 dôwr (ãìåéø) [pronouncd dohr] gnration; rac; popl; ag, priod, tim priod [of a gnration], a tim slic masculin singular noun with th dfinit articl Strong s #1755 BDB #189 ra (øçò) [pronouncd rahì] vil, bad, wickd; vil in apparanc, dformd; misry, distrss, injury; that which is displasing [disagrabl, unhappy, unfortunat, sad] masculin singular adjctiv/noun with th dfinit articl Strong s #7451 BDB #948 zh (ææä) [pronouncd zh] hr, this, this on; thus; possibly anothr masculin singular dmonstrativ adjctiv with a dfinit articl Strong s #2088, 2090 (& 2063) BDB #260 êth (àæç) [pronouncd ayth] untranslatd gnrally; occasionally to, toward indicats that th following substantiv is a dirct objct Strong's #853 BDB #84 rts (àæøæõ) [pronouncd EH-rts] arth (all or a portion throf), land, trritory, country, continnt; ground, soil; undr th ground [Shol] fminin singular noun with th dfinit articl Strong's #776 BDB #75 þôwb (èåéá) [pronouncd b toh v] plasant, plasing, agrabl, good, bttr; approvd fminin singular adjctiv which can act lik a substantiv; with th dfinit articl Strong s #2896 BDB #373 Translation:... Not [lit., if] [on] man of ths mn [from] this vil gnration will s th good land... Whn th hypothtical particl is usd as a part of an oath, thn it bcoms a strong ngativ. No on not on man from this vil gnration will s th good land... is what God vowd. Now, lt s go back and pick up th whol story: th night prior to th ntranc into th land, Gn X crid and complaind, bitchd and moand, as thy wr famous for. Thn all th congrgation liftd up thir voics and crid, and th popl wpt that night. And all th sons of Isral grumbld against Moss and Aaron; and th whol congrgation said to thm, "It would hav bn prfrabl to di in th land of Egypt or to di in th wildrnss!" (Num. 14:1 2). God's statd prfrnc was to kill vry Jw and bgin His nation anw with Moss. Moss would b th fathr and only his childrn would ntr into th land. And Y howah said to Moss, "How long will this popl spurn M? And how long will thy not bliv in M, dspit all th signs which I hav prformd in thir midst? I will strik thm down with pstilnc and dispossss thm, and I will mak you into a nation gratr

261 Dutronomy Chaptr and mightir than thy." (Num. 14:11 12). Moss dosn't tll this gnration, at last in ths mssags, that God was rady to kill thm all and bgin all ovr again. This may strik you as bing a littl wird. God says, Look, I want to kill vry last on of thos Isralits and start ovr with just you, Moss. Moss says, No, giv thm anothr chanc and God says, Okay. Why all of this? Did Moss, with just a fw words, actually caus God to chang His mind? God Wants to Kill All Isral and thn H Changs His Mind 1. God has mad His powr and prsnc known to th popl of Isral. Thy hav sn grat wondrs unlik anything you and I hav vr sn. Yt, thy do not trust God to tak thm into th Land of Promis. 2. God gos to Moss and says, Ths popl piss M off so much, I am rady to kill thm all and start ovr with just you, Moss. Bar in mind that this is all languag of accommodation; thr is nothing to indicat that God is motional. 3. Moss plads for th popl, and gts God to back off. This is both amazing and somwhat disconcrting at th sam tim. Is God rally this asy to talk into things? 4. What s th dal? If God has a dsir to do somthing, but a godly man stands up and says, Don t so that God can b dissuadd? 5. Moss, although flawd, is light yars ahad of ths Jws. So thy ar analogous to th popl of th world and Moss is analogous to Jsus Christ. 6. Moss plads for thir livs just as Jsus Christ plads for our livs. 7. Jsus Christ, bcaus H dis for our sins, may ask for our pardon. Thr is no longr a barrir btwn our sins and God s rightousnss and justic. Bcaus of th cross, God can forgiv us; bcaus of th cross, w can b givn lif in th Land of Promis. 8. Moss, as standing btwn God and th popl, is a pictur of Jsus Christ as mdiator btwn God and th popl. 9. Moss asks for forgivnss for th popl of Isral; Jsus asks for forgivnss for th popl of th arth. Moss is simply stablishing a paralll, lik th many parallls w find throughout th Old Tstamnt. God wants His mssag of rdmption and intrcssion to rsound throughout th Old Tstamnt. Chaptr Outlin Charts, Maps and Short Doctrins Lt s lay out this paralll: Th Paralll that Moss Sts Up as Isral s Mdiator Moss as a Typ of Christ Moss stands in th gap btwn th popl of Isral and th justic of God. Th popl of Isral dsrv to b dstroyd. Moss intrvns; h acts as a mdiator btwn God and th popl. Moss will di; h will not ntr into th Land of Promis. Som of th popl will di (Gn X) and som of thm will go into th Land of Promis (th gnration of promis). Jsus, th Antityp Jsus stands in th gap btwn mankind and th justic of God. Mankind dsrvs dstruction. Jsus intrvns; H acts as a mdiator btwn God and th popl. Jsus did for our sins. Som popl will spnd trnity sparatd from God; and som will spnd trnity with God.

262 335 Th Book of Dutronomy Th Paralll that Moss Sts Up as Isral s Mdiator Moss as a Typ of Christ Moss, who rprsnts th Law, will not lad th popl into th Land of Promis. It is Joshua 103 (= savior) who will lad th popl into th land. Jsus, th Antityp W ar not savd by works of th Law, but by Jsus Christ, our Savior. Throughout th Old Tstamnt, w find hundrds of instancs of typs popl, things and vnts which point toward Jsus Christ or His work on th cross. So you s that situations lik this, whr Moss appars to chang God s mind, is rally about somthing ls altogthr. Chaptr Outlin Charts, Maps and Short Doctrins Dutronomy 1:35b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs ãshr (àâéùæø) [pronouncd uh-sher] that, which, whn, who, whom rlativ pronoun Strong's #834 BDB #81 shâba (ùèáçò) b [pronouncd shaw - VAHÌ] to swar, to imprcat, to curs, to swar an oath, to tak a solmn oath, to swar allgianc st 1 prson singular, Niphal imprfct Strong's #7650 BDB #989 lâmd (ìà) [pronouncd l ] to, for, towards, in rgards to dirctional/rlational prposition BDB #510 nâthan (ðèúçï) [pronouncd naw-thahn] to giv, to grant, to plac, to put, to st; to mak Qal infinitiv construct Strong's #5414 BDB #678 lâmd (ìà) [pronouncd l ] to, for, towards, in rgards to dirctional/rlational prposition BDB #510 âb (àèá)[pronouncd b aw v] fathr, both as th had of a houshold, clan or trib; foundr, civil ladr, military ladr masculin plural noun nd with th 2 prson masculin plural suffix Strong s #1 BDB #3 Translation:...which I swor I would giv to your fathrs;... God mad promiss of this land to Abraham, Isaac and Jacob on many occasions. Ths ar th fathrs or th patriarchs. God had promisd th land of Canaan to ths mn and it would b givn to thir dscndants but not to Gn X. God was actually much mor graphic than this. And Y howah said to Moss and Aaron, saying, "How long [must I rmain] with this vil gnration who ar grumbling against M? I hav hard th complaints of th sons of Isral, which thy ar making against M. Say to thm, 'As I liv,' says Y howah, 'just as you hav spokn in My haring, so I will surly do to you; your corpss will fall in this wildrnss, vn all your numbrd mn, according to your complt numbr from twnty yars old and upward, who hav grumbld against M.' " (Num. 14:26 29). Moss dosn't xactly sugar coat what God told him; howvr, h isn't quit as graphic as your corsps will fall in this wildrnss. On of th things which this Gn X chantd was it would hav bn bttr to hav did in th wildrnss; God hard thir voic and answrd thir prayr, so to spak. Howvr, Moss is spaking to th 103 Gill mad this obsrvation, writing, so th havnly inhritanc is not by th law of Moss, and th works of it, but by Joshua, or Jsus, th Saviour, by his achivmnts, victoris, and conqusts. Dr. John Gill, John Gill s Exposition of th Entir Bibl; from -Sword, Dut. 1:38.

263 Dutronomy Chaptr childrn who hav, ovr th past thirty-ight yars, bn bravd of thir parnts, so Moss softns what God said; h is a bit mor diplomatic bcaus of his audinc. Gn X could not s past th giants and th fortifid walls th land was xactly as God had promisd. God had an agnda which dals with th world, not just with th Jws (w might do wll to rmmbr that God's agnda still is with th world and it dos not confind to ourslvs or our church). Part of this plan includd th dstruction of th cancrous growth of popl who rcognizd th bauty and walth of Palstin and thrin sttld. Part of God's plan includd thir limination. So far in mdicin, th most ffctiv way to stop cancrous growth, whn it is possibl, it to rmov it compltly to cut it out. God must prform such an opration on various groups of popl. W s grat aras whr thr is continual warfar. W s grat disass dcimating various populations. Ths things ar not random this is a part of God's plan. This dos not man that vry prson struck down with a horribl disas is an unblivr or a blivr out of fllowship. God has som of us di in this way as a witnss to th unblivr and to th blivr who is out of fllowship. W hav nothing to far from dath. Dath is immdiat dlivranc from pain and discomfort, from distrss and unhappinss, to prfct happinss and no mor sorrow and no mor tars. W hav this confidnc which taks us through th door of dath. Our Lord has conqurd dath. Dutronomy 1:36a Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs zûlâh (æåììèä) [pronouncd zoo-lah] xcpt, bsids, only, sav that, with th xcption of prposition, conjunction Strong s #2108 BDB #265 Klb (ëìèìåá) [pronouncd B dog; translitratd Calb masculin propr noun kaw-lay V] Strong s #3612 BDB #477 bên (áìåï) [pronouncd ban] son, dscndant masculin singular construct Strong s #1121 BDB #119 Y phunnh (éàôëðìæä) [pronouncd yf-oon- NEH] h will b prpard; h will b facing; translitratd Jphunnh masculin singular propr noun Strong s #3312 BDB #819 Translation:...with th xcption of Calb bn Jphunnh... On of th xcptions was Calb bn Jphunnh. 12 spis wnt into th land to tak it, and Calb and Joshua wr both rady to lad th Isralit troops back into th land to tak it. It was th othr tn spis who crid and whind and lobbid against going into th land to tak it. Dutronomy 1:36b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs hûw (äåìà) [pronouncd hoo] h, it; himslf as a dmonstrativ pronoun: that, this (on); sam rd 3 prson masculin singular, prsonal pronoun; somtims th vrb to b, is implid Strong s #1931 BDB #214 râ âh (øèàèä) [pronouncd raw-awh] to s, to look, to look at, to viw, to bhold; to obsrv; to prciv, to undrstand, to larn, to know rd 3 prson masculin singular, Qal imprfct rd with th 3 prson fminin singular suffix Strong's #7200 BDB #906

264 337 Th Book of Dutronomy Translation:... h [this man] will s th land [lit., hr]... W hav Calb rfrncd twic in this vrs first with th prsonal pronoun and thn as a part of th vrb. This maks his prson stand out. W might rndr this h and only h will s th land, h vn h will s th land. Dutronomy 1:36c Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs w (or v ) (åà or åì) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though; as wll as simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 lâmd (ìà) [pronouncd l ] to, for, towards, in rgards to dirctional/rlational prposition with th 3 rd prson masculin singular suffix BDB #510 nâthan (ðèúçï) [pronouncd naw-thahn] to giv, to grant, to plac, to put, to st; to mak st 1 prson singular, Qal imprfct Strong's #5414 BDB #678 êth (àæç) [pronouncd ayth] untranslatd gnrally; occasionally to, toward indicats that th following substantiv is a dirct objct Strong's #853 BDB #84 rts (àæøæõ) [pronouncd EH-rts] arth (all or a portion throf), land, trritory, country, continnt; ground, soil; undr th ground [Shol] fminin singular noun with th dfinit articl Strong's #776 BDB #75 ãshr (àâéùæø) [pronouncd uh-sher] that, which, whn, who, whom rlativ pronoun Strong's #834 BDB #81 dârak ( ãìèøç) [pronouncd daw-rahk] to march, to trampl, to walk ovr, to walk; to bnd [a bow by stpping on it]; to ntr [a plac by walking] rd 3 prson masculin singular, Qal imprfct Strong s #1869 BDB #201 h b (áìà) [pronouncd b ] in, into, through; at, by, nar, on, upon; with, bfor, against; by mans of; among; within a prposition of proximity rd with th 3 prson fminin singular suffix Strong s# non BDB #88 Translation:...and I will giv th land to him [th land] which h has walkd in... Calb was faithful. Thrfor, h will b givn his shar in this land. Unblivrs and immatur blivrs ar oftn concrnd about, what if w drop a bomb hr or thr; what if som blivrs ar killd? God is abl to sort this out. W hav incidnt aftr incidnt whr vryon but on or two go on way, and God honors thos on or two. Hr, it is Calb and Joshua. In all of Gn X, w hav th lavn of far which has sprad throughout ths mn but it has not sprad to Moss, Calb or Joshua. So God is prfctly abl of rmoving ths popl from th rst, and daling with th rst. Whn th Jws will tak Jricho, thr will b on woman and hr family who will b spard. God workd that problm out. Sh favord Isral and God took that into account. Application: You may b th last blivr in som dgnrat city lik San Francisco, and thr is a grat tidal wav or an attack along th wst coast. If God still has a plan for your lif, thn you will surviv whatvr disastr is brought to that gographical ara.

265 Dutronomy Chaptr Dutronomy 1:36d Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs w (or v ) (åà or åì) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though; as wll as simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 lâmd (ìà) [pronouncd l ] to, for, towards, in rgards to dirctional/rlational prposition BDB #510 bânîym (áìèðäéí) [pronouncd baw- NEEM] sons, dscndants; childrn; popl; somtims rndrd mn masculin plural noun rd with th 3 prson masculin singular suffix Strong s #1121 BDB #119 ya an (éçòçï) [pronouncd yah-ìahn] bcaus, thrfor, bcaus that, in that, on account of (conjunction); bcaus of, on account of (prposition); why (with intrrogativ pronoun) (prposition) prposition/conjunction Strong's #3282 BDB #774 ãshr (àâéùæø) [pronouncd uh-sher] that, which, whn, who rlativ pronoun Strong's #834 BDB #81 Togthr, ya an ãshr (àâéùæø éçòçï) [pronouncd yah-ìahn ash-er] man bcaus that, bcaus; in that, that. mâlê (îèìåà) [pronouncd maw-lay] to fill, to mak full, to fill up, to fulfill; to ovrflow rd 3 prson masculin singular, Pil prfct Strong's #4390 BDB #569 achãrêy (àççâøåé) [pronouncd ah-kuh- RAY] bhind, aftr; following; aftr that, aftrwards; hindr parts prposition; plural form Strong s #310 BDB #29 Togthr, ths words appar to man to fully follow aftr, to follow in complt obdinc. YHWH (éäåä) [pronunciation is possibly yhoh-wah] translitratd variously as Jhovah, Yahwh, Y howah propr noun Strong s #3068 BDB #217 Translation:...[and I will giv this land] to his childrn bcaus h fully followd aftr Y howah. God would giv a plot of land to Calb bcaus h followd Him. Translating th final phras is somwhat difficult, but this sms to b what most translators hav agrd upon. Th twlv mn who wnt into th land obsrvd diffrnt things. Th tn who formd th majority rport saw th giants and th fortifid citis and did vrything in thir powr to dissuad th childrn of Isral from going into th land of Palstin. Howvr, Calb and Joshua saw th land just as God had promisd thy saw th bauty of th land and its grat prosprity. Th giants and th fortifid citis wr just a dtail. Thy no doubt obsrvd th tall warriors and th high walls, but thy knw that God was abl. Th ky is that Calb and Joshua knw God's Word and thy blivd God. That is knowldg of doctrin and faith-rst. You, as a blivr, nd to start thr, along with th filling of th Holy Spirit. God has trmndous arthly blssings which h has st bfor you you nd only tak thm by faith. Calb was forty yars old whn h was snt out to spy th land. At th tim of this srmon, h was ighty. It will tak Isral only fiv yars to conqur most of th land givn thm by God, and Calb will ntr th land as strong and as youthful as h was at forty; Calb told Joshua, "And now bhold, Y howah has lt m liv, just as H spok, ths forty-fiv yars, from th tim that Y howah spok this word to Moss, whn Isral walkd in th

266 339 Th Book of Dutronomy wildrnss; and now, obsrv, I am ighty-fiv yars old today. I am still as strong today as I was in th day Moss snt m; as my strngth was thn, so my strngth is now, for war and for going out and coming in." (Joshua 14:10 11). That is God's grac. Moss too was blssd with youthfulnss and halth throughout his 120 yars on this arth (Dut. 34:7). This is by no mans a promis to any of us, but God dos blss by providing strngth, halth and youthfulnss. On of th first popl who coms to mind is R.B. Thim, whos fathr and uncl all did at rlativly young ags; howvr, h always appard to b vigorous and in th bst of halth, with 104 vry littl chang in physical apparnc ovr th final twnty or thirty yars of his ministry. Th fact that God has givn such strngth and blssing to som would b a damn good rason to gt with His Word. McG: Calb and Joshua wr diffrnt from th othrs. Thy wr spis who blivd God and had brought back an accurat rport, a good rport. Th fact of th mattr is that Calb will lay hold of th land that h wantd. W will find latr, in th Book of Joshua, that h was a rmarkabl man. H walkd up and down th land, and h claimd th mountain whr th giants livd! "This is what I 105 want," h said, and God gav it to him for an inhritanc. Calb also took this statmnt to man that h could claim whatvr pic of land that h wantd, and that h did in Joshua 14 15, which w will discuss latr. Th Pulpit Commntary summarizs all of this: Passing by th way of th Amorits, as thy had bn commandd (vr. 7), thy cam to Kadsh barna. (s Num. 12:16) Thir discontnt brok out oftnr than onc, bfor thy rachd this plac; (s Num 11:11 12) but Moss, in this rcapitulation, passs ovr ths arlir instancs of thir rblliousnss, and hastns to rmind thm of th rbllion at Kadsh, (Num ) bcaus it was this which ld to th nation bing doomd to wandr in th wildrnss until th gnration that cam out of Egypt had did. It was through faith in God that Canaan was to b gaind and occupid by Isral; but this faith thy lackd, and so thy cam short of what God had summond thm to attain...hnc, whn thy had com to th vry bordrs of th Promisd Land, and th hills of Canaan wr bfor thir ys, and Moss said to thm, in th nam of God, Go up, possss ("asyndton mphaticum," Michalis), thy hung back, and proposd that mn should b snt out to survy th land and bring a rport concrning it. This was approvd of by Moss; but whn th spis rturnd and gav thir rport, th popl wr discouragd, and rfusd to go up. Thy wr thus rbllious against th commandmnt (litrally, th mouth, th xprss will) of Jhovah thir God; and not only so, but with signal ingratitud and impity thy murmurd against him, and attributd thir dlivranc out of Egypt to God"s hatrd of thm, that H might dstroy thm. 106 Thrfor, whn th LORD hard, H was full of wrath; a fir was kindld against Jacob; His angr ros against Isral, bcaus thy did not bliv in God and did not trust His saving powr. (Psalm 78:11 12; ESV capitalizd) Thy forgot God, thir Savior, Who had don grat things in Egypt, wondrous works in th land of Ham, and awsom dds by th Rd Sa. Thrfor H said H would dstroy thm-- had not Moss, His chosn on, stood in th brach bfor him, to turn away His wrath from dstroying thm. Thn thy dspisd th plasant land, having no faith in his promis. Thy murmurd in thir tnts, and did not oby th voic of th LORD. Thrfor H raisd His hand and swor to thm that H would mak thm fall in th wildrnss, and would mak thir offspring fall among th nations, scattring thm among th lands. (Psalm 106:21 27; ESV capitalizd) As it is said, "Today, if you har his voic, do not hardn your harts as in th rbllion." For who wr thos who hard and yt rblld? Was it not all thos who lft Egypt ld by Moss? And with whom was H provokd for forty yars? Was it not with thos who sinnd, whos bodis fll in th wildrnss? And to whom did H swar that thy would not ntr His rst, but to thos who wr disobdint? So w s that thy wr unabl to ntr bcaus of unblif. (Hb. 3:15 19; ESV capitalizd) 104 At th tim that I am writing this, his ministry to th sam church is in it's forty-svnth yar. 105 From accssd Novmbr 6, Th Pulpit Commntary; ; by Josph S. Exll, Hnry Donald Mauric Spnc-Jons, courtsy of -sword, Dut. 1:19 26.

267 Dutronomy Chaptr In othr words, Gn X all did th sin unto dath in th dsrt undr th hand of Y howah Elohim. God told thm in advanc that H would do this, and H fulfilld His promis. Just as H had promisd thm that thy could hav takn th land, had thy faith in Him; so H mad a scond promis to kill vry singl on of thm in th dsrt bfor stpping into th land of Canaan again. J. Vrnon McG givs us a fw words of application: By th way, what do you want of God, frind? Ar you a parnt? Ar you a young prson starting out in lif? What do you want of God? Lt m say this: If you think you can sit on th sidlins and gt it, you ar wrong. Thr ar a grat many folk who think thy should just sit and pray and pray and pray. I crtainly agr that w must pray and liv in fllowship with Him, but, my frind, you ar going to hav to go out thr and tak it. Did you know that? God said H would giv to Calb th land that h had troddn upon. A grat many of us today ar not bing blssd bcaus w ar spnding too much tim sitting down. That is th wrong plac to b if w want th blssing of God. W ar to walk. Thr is a grat dal said in th Scripturs about th Christian's walk and vry littl said about th Christian's sitting down. W nd to lay hold of God's 107 promiss. Now, if you ar a normal prson, and rading this (or haring it, as did th gnration of promis), you should b saying to yourslf, But what about Joshua? Didn t h follow th Lord fully? This is a spaking tchniqu. Moss has spokn of Calb, whras most of th popl think that h should b spaking of Calb and Joshua. Now, thy cannot intrrupt him; but thy can b thinking, in th back of thir minds, But what about Joshua? Aftr all, Joshua is standing right thr nxt to Moss. So th way that Moss says this grabs thir attntion and focuss th popl on Joshua, vn though h has not said Joshua s nam. That s prtty cool, don t you think? God was not just angry with Gn X; God was also angry with Moss. Moss suddnly movs forward in tim in this spch, from God swaring not to lt anyon from Gn X into th land (with th xcption of Calb and Joshua); to God not allowing vn Moss into th land, as h had not himslf fully obyd God. Th way ths vrss ar put togthr, it sounds as if God swars that H will not allow Gn X into th land; and thn H turns to Moss and says, You won t b going into th land ithr. But ths words of God to Moss ar actually spokn 37 yars latr. Also in m was angry Y howah in your Y howah was also angry with m on your Dutronomy account, to say, Also you will not go in account, [and H] said, Furthrmor, you will 1:37 thr. not go in thr [ithr]. Jhovah was also angry with m bcaus of you, and H told m, Furthrmor, you will not go into th land ithr. Hr is how othrs hav translatd this vrs: Ancint txts: Targum of Onklos Latin Vulgat Masortic Txt (Hbrw) Pshitta (Syriac) Sptuagint (Grk) Against m also was thr displasur bfor th Lord on your account, saying, You too ar not to go in thr;... Nithr is His indignation against th popl to b wondrd at, sinc th Lord was angry with m also on your account, and said: Nithr will you go in thr. Also in m was angry Y howah in your account, to say, Also you will not go in thr. Also th LORD was angry with m on your account, saying, You also shall not go in thithr. And th Lord was angry with m for your sak, saying, Nithr shall you by any mans ntr thrin. 107 From accssd Novmbr 6, 2013.

268 341 Th Book of Dutronomy Significant diffrncs: Th targum dos now hav God as th subjct of bing angrd, bing displasurd, as dos th Hbrw. Th Grk adds an additional phras at th nd. Thought-for-thought translations; paraphrass: Contmporary English V. Easy English Good Nws Bibl (TEV) Th Mssag Nw Living Translation Th Voic Th LORD was vn angry with m bcaus of you popl, and h said, "Moss, I won't lt you go into th land ithr. Th *Lord bcam angry with m also, bcaus of you. H said to m, "Nithr will you go into this country." Bcaus of you th LORD also bcam angry with m and said, 'Not vn you, Moss, will ntr th land. But I also got it. Bcaus of you GOD's angr spilld ovr onto m. H said, "You arn't gtting in ithr. "And th Lord was also angry with m bcaus of you. H said to m, `Moss, not vn you will ntr th Promisd Land! And H was angry with m, too, bcaus of th way you actd. H told m, "Not vn you will go into th land! Partially litral and partially paraphrasd translations: Amrican English Bibl Christian Community Bibl Nw Advnt (Knox) Bibl Today s NIV 'Thn Jhovah bcam angry with m bcaus of you. For h told m: You won't ntr th land ithr. Yahwh was angry with m as wll bcaus of your fault, and h said to m: Nithr will you ntr thr; but your assistant, Joshua, th son of Nun, will... A portion of v. 38 is includd for contxt. And what marvl that th popl should fl his displasur, whn th Lord was angry with m too for your saks? Thr is no ntring thr, h told m, for th ithr. Bcaus of you th LORD bcam angry with m also and said, "You shall not ntr it, ithr. Mostly litral rndrings (with som occasional paraphrasing): Ancint Roots Translinar Bibl in Basic English Th Expandd Bibl Frar-Fnton Bibl NET Bibl NIV, 2011 Also Yahwh punishd m for your saks, saying, "You also will not com thr." And, in addition, th Lord was angry with m bcaus of you, saying, You yourslf will not go into it:... Bcaus of you, th Lord was also angry with m and said, "You won't ntr th L land ithr [Num. 20:12], but your assistant [ th on who stands bfor you], Joshua son of Nun, will ntr it. A portion of v. 38 is includd for contxt. Th EVER-LIVING was also angry with m on account of you, and said, "You shall not go thr! As for m, th Lord was also angry with m on your account. H said, "You also will not b abl to go thr. Bcaus of you th Lord bcam angry [Ps 106:32] with m also and said, "You shall not ntr [S Nu 27:13] it, ithr. Jwish/Hbrw Nams Bibls: Complt Jwish Bibl JPS (Tanakh 1985) "Also, bcaus of you ADONAI was angry with m and said, 'You too will not go in thr. Bcaus of you th LORD was incnsd with m too, and H said: You shall not ntr it ithr.

269 Dutronomy Chaptr Kaplan Translation Orthodox Jwish Bibl Th Scripturs 1998 God also displayd angr [(Targum Yonathan; HaKthav VHaKabbalah). S Numbrs 20:12 (Ralbag).] at m bcaus of you [and] H said, 'You too will not ntr [th land]. Also Hashm was angry with m bcaus of you, saying, Thou also shalt not go in thr. And éäåä was nragd with m for your saks, saying, You do not go in thr, ithr. Litral, almost word-for-word, rndrings: Th Amplifid Bibl Concordant Litral Vrsion Contxt Group Vrsion Emphasizd Bibl English Standard Vrsion Grn s Litral Translation Nw RSV Young s Updatd LT Th gist of this vrs: Th Lord was angry with m also for your saks, and said, You also shall not ntr Canaan. Morovr Yahwh showd Himslf angrd with m owing to you, saying:not vn you shall ntr thr. Also YHWH was angry with m for your { pl } saks, saying, You also shall not go in thr:... Evn with m, did Yahwh show himslf angry, for your saks, saying, Evn thou, shalt not ntr thrin. Evn with m th LORD was angry on your account and said, 'You also shall not go in thr. And Jhovah was angry with m for your sak, saying, Also you shall not go in thr. Evn with m th Lord was angry on your account, saying, `You also shall not ntr thr. Also with m has Jhovah bn angry for your sak, saying, Also, you will not go in thr. God was also displasd with Moss and H told Moss that h would not bing going into th land ithr. Moss artfully gos from God s curs of Gn X 37 yars arlir to a similar promis that God mad to Moss, that h would not go into th land ithr. Dutronomy 1:37a Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs gam (âçí) [pronouncd gahm] also, furthrmor, in addition to, vn, morovr advrb Strong s #1571 BDB #168 h b (áìà) [pronouncd b ] in, into, through; at, by, nar, on, upon; with, bfor, against; by mans of; among; within a prposition of proximity st with th 1 prson singular suffix Strong s# non BDB #88 ânaph (àèðçó) [pronouncd aw-nahf] to b angry (always of God), to show onslf to b angry rd 3 prson masculin singular, Hithpal prfct Strong s #599 BDB #60 YHWH (éäåä) [pronunciation is possibly yhoh-wah] translitratd variously as Jhovah, Yahwh, Y howah propr noun Strong s #3068 BDB #217 h b (áìà) [pronouncd b ] in, into, through; at, by, nar, on, upon; with, bfor, against; by mans of; among; within a prposition of proximity Strong s# non BDB #88

270 343 Th Book of Dutronomy Dutronomy 1:37a Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs gâlâl (âìèìèì) [pronouncd gaw-lawl] an circumstanc, caus, rason masculin singular noun nd with th 2 prson masculin singular suffix Strong s #1558 BDB #164 Togthr, th bêyth prposition and gâlâl man bcaus of, on account of, for th sak of. Th Pulpit Commntary: Th Hbrw word gâlâl (âìèìèì) [pronouncd gaw-lawl] coms from a root maning to roll, and signifis primarily a turn in vnts, a circumstanc, an occasion or rason. Moss [is not shifting th blam hr; h simply] rminds th Isralits that th misconduct of th popl was what ld to God s bing 108 angry also with him. Bcaus this srmon has bcom a part of th Word of God, thn what Moss is saying hr has to b factual. Moss is to blam for his disobdinc to th Word of God. Howvr, th occasion of this disobdinc is th murmuring and complaining of th popl whn thy had no watr. Translation: Y howah was also angry with m on your account,... Moss tlls ths popl that God was angry with him on thir account. Now, thy wr in part to blam bcaus thy had no watr; but Moss also mad th mistak of not following God s instructions xplicitly. Hr is what happnd: Originally, Gn X murmurd against God and against Moss bcaus thy had no watr. God had Moss strik a rock and from that rock flowd living watrs. Howvr, 37 yars latr, th Jws rblld against Moss again du to th lack of watr. This was th scond occasion and this was th scond gnration, th gnration of hop and Moss mad th mistak of striking th rock twic rathr than spaking to it (Num. 20:11 12). Such a mistak confusd th prfct analogy which God had st up. This is somwhat tricky. Moss cannot rally pass th blam off on th childrn of Isral, vn though thy ar class A jrks. Rmmbr, this taching that Moss is doing is inspird; thrfor, what Moss is saying hr has to b accurat. Thr is a shard rsponsibility hr. God knw to b angry with Moss. God did not giv Moss som sort of brak and say, Don t worry about it; I know what you ar daling with. Had it bn up to M, I would hav killd thm all alrady. Moss is still rsponsibl for his dcision and his action, and thrfor God s angr is dirctd toward him. Evn with th shard rsponsibility, Moss still was 100% rsponsibl for his own action. Sur you hav sn an oldr and a youngr brothr togthr, and suddnly, th oldr brothr hauls off and punchs th youngr on. Although it may appar as if this happnd for no rason, usually thr was a rason. Oftn th youngr brothr knows which buttons to push to gt th goad of his oldr sibling; and oftn that is what st th oldr brothr off. H is not absolvd of his guilt hr and should b punishd for it; but without th stimulus of th youngr brothr s taunting, it would not hav occurrd. Th parnt would say, Don t hit your youngr brothr; and thn assign whatvr punishmnt is appropriat; and to th youngr child would say, S, this is what happns whn you run your mouth, kid. 108 Th Pulpit Commntary; ; by Josph S. Exll, Hnry Donald Mauric Spnc-Jons, courtsy of -sword, Dut. 1:37 (ditd).

271 Dutronomy Chaptr Dutronomy 1:37b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs lâmd (ìà) [pronouncd l ] to, for, towards, in rgards to dirctional/rlational prposition BDB #510 âmar (àèîçø) [pronouncd aw-mahr] to say, to spak, to uttr; to say [to onslf], to think; to command; to promis; to xplain; to intnd Qal infinitiv construct Strong s #559 BDB #55 gam (âçí) [pronouncd gahm] also, furthrmor, in addition to, vn, morovr advrb Strong s #1571 BDB #168 attâh (àçúìèä) [pronouncd aht-taw] you (oftn, th vrb to b is implid) nd 2 prson masculin singular, prsonal pronoun Strong s #859 BDB #61 lô (ìéà or ìåéà) [pronouncd low] not, no ngats th word or action that follows; th absolut ngation Strong s #3808 BDB #518 bôw (áìåéà) [pronouncd boh] to com in, to com, to go in, to go, to ntr, to advanc nd 2 prson masculin singular, Qal imprfct Strong s #935 BDB #97 shâm (ùèí) [pronouncd shawm] thr; at that tim, thn; thrin, in that thing advrb of plac Strong s #8033 BDB #1027 Translation:...[and H] said, Furthrmor, you will not go in thr [ithr]. Bcaus of Moss failur, h also would not go into th land. This was probably th first tim that h announcd this publically. For Moss, this probably smd lik th right tim to giv this information to his popl. H just told thm how Gn X, thir fathrs, had did in th dsrt-wildrnss bcaus of thir hardnss of hart; and that Calb (as wll as Joshua) would b th xcption that from gnration. Thn h says, And, I guss I might as wll tll you, I won t b going into that land ithr. This would hav bn a rathr shocking statmnt, if this is th first tim Moss is tlling th popl. Lt s tak a look at that incidnt: Num. 20:2 13 Thr was no watr for th community, so thy bandd togthr against Moss and Aaron. Th popl laid th blam on Moss. 'W would rathr hav did', thy said, 'as our brothrs did bfor Yahwh! Why hav you brought Yahwh's community into this dsrt, for us and our livstock to di hr? Why did you lad us out of Egypt, only to bring us to this wrtchd plac? It is a plac unfit for sowing, it has no figs, no vins, no pomgranats, and thr is not vn watr to drink!' Laving th assmbly, Moss and Aaron wnt to th ntranc of th Tnt of Mting. Thy thrw thmslvs on thir facs, and th glory of Yahwh appard to thm. Yahwh thn spok to Moss and said, 'Tak th branch and call th community togthr, you and your brothr Aaron. Thn, in full viw of thm, ordr this rock to rlas its watr. You will rlas watr from th rock for thm and provid drink for th community and thir livstock.' Moss took up th branch from bfor Yahwh, as h had dirctd him. Moss and Aaron thn calld th assmbly togthr in front of th rock. H thn said to thm, 'Listn now, you rbls. Shall w mak watr gush from this rock for you?' Moss thn raisd his hand and struck th rock twic with th branch; watr gushd out in abundanc, and th community and thir livstock drank. Yahwh thn said to Moss and Aaron, 'Bcaus you did not bliv that I could assrt my holinss bfor th Isralits' ys, you will not lad this assmbly into th country which I am giving thm.' Ths wr th Watrs of Mribah, whr th Isralits laid th blam on Yahwh and whr,

272 345 Th Book of Dutronomy by thir mans, h assrtd his holinss. (NJB) Dut. 1:37 Yahwh was angry with m too, bcaus of you. "You will not go in ithr," h said. (NJB) Moss, this Statmnt and th Inspiration of Dutronomy 1. Ths words of Moss ar Scriptur; thy ar rcordd in th book of Dutronomy. Thrfor, thy hav to b accurat. Moss cannot b undrstood as shifting th blam ovr to th gnration of promis, who stand bfor him. Moss is to blam for his disobdinc to God. 2. H facd two no-watr situations with th childrn of Isral. 3. In th first cas, God told Moss to hit that rock with his stick and from that rock flowd rivrs of lif. This was not lik som kind of watr fountain, as I hav sn a painting rprsntation of, but a grat rivr which gushd out, providing nough watr for all 2 million popl. 4. This rprsntd God judging th Rock, His Son, Jsus Christ, and living watr flowing from Jsus giving vryon who drank from it trnal lif. Jsus rfrncd this whn H said, If anyon is thirsty, lt him com to M and drink. H who blivs in M, as th Scriptur said, 'From his [His?] innrmost bing will flow rivrs of living watr.'" (John 7:37b 38; Nh. 9:15 Psalm 78:20 105:41 Isa. 58:11 Zch. 14:8) As an asid, Jsus ithr was quoting from a Scriptur which no longr xists, or this is a loos paraphras of th passags suggstd. 5. Jsus is judgd but on tim for our sins. H will not rturn to th cross. W do not crucify our Lord again. Thrfor, for a similar situation, judgmnt for sins cannot b a part of th nw illustration. 6. So th nw gnration of popl complaind again in Num. 20, and God told Moss to spak to th rock, and from it would com watrs of lif. Howvr, Moss was mad at th popl. This was stupid that h had to do this again. H knw that God providd watr bfor and th popl knw this as wll. So Moss, bcaus of th popl, was mad and out of fllowship, so h struck th rock hard twic, and watr flowd out. 7. Howvr, this is not what God wantd to illustrat. Jsus would not di for our sins two mor tims. This ruind th typ and antityp. Whn a man dsirs trnal lif today, h simply spaks to th Rock (Jsus) and from Jsus flows rivrs of lif (this is anothr way of saying that th man xprsss faith in Jsus Christ). 8. Howvr, Moss was out of fllowship bcaus h allowd th popl to mak him mad. H allowd th popl to gt his goad. So, in this way, thy participatd in this wrong thing that Moss did. In this way, thy wr partly rsponsibl for his mistakn action. 9. Thrfor, Moss can say that, bcaus of th popl, God would not allow Moss to go into th land with thm. It was thir murmuring and complaining that was th straw that brok th caml s back and got Moss mad and out of fllowship. 10. This dos not, in any way, rmov th rsponsibility from Moss. H allowd himslf to gt mad and gt out of fllowship; and it was h who hit th rock twic whn God told him only to spak to th rock. 11. Whn Moss says, Bcaus of you... h is rfrring to th occasion of this scond no-watr situation; h is not putting th blam upon ths popl. 12. From th Hbrw xgsis: Th Pulpit Commntary: Th Hbrw word gâlâl (âìèìèì) [pronouncd gaw- LAWL] coms from a root maning to roll, and signifis primarily a turn in vnts, a circumstanc, an occasion or rason. Moss [is not shifting th blam hr; h simply] rminds th Isralits that th 1 misconduct of th popl was what ld to God s bing angry also with him. Bcaus this srmon has bcom a part of th Word of God, thn what Moss is saying hr has to b factual. Moss is to blam for his disobdinc to th Word of God. Howvr, th occasion of this disobdinc is th murmuring and complaining of th popl whn thy had no watr. 13. Moss could b undrstood to b sharing th blam, to th xtnt that, whn h transfrs his authority ovr to Joshua, that th popl ar thus ncouragd not to trat Joshua as thy tratd Moss. I cannot go into th land with you. Thrfor, try not to pull this crap with Joshua, my succssor, might giv th gist of what Moss is saying in vv In th Old Tstamnt, this is sn simply as a mattr of disobdinc. Whn w com to th Nw Tstamnt, and s how this lins up as a typ-antityp, w undrstand why God judgd Moss so harshly hr.

273 Dutronomy Chaptr Thr is actually a grat dal mor to b said about this judgmnt that God laid upon Moss, but Moss will wait and spak of that in Dut. 3: What Moss says hr is by way of announcmnt and contxt; h is announcing that h is going into th land; and h is going to nam his succssor as wll. 1 Th Pulpit Commntary; ; by Josph S. Exll, Hnry Donald Mauric Spnc-Jons, courtsy of -sword, Dut. 1:37 (ditd). Chaptr Outlin Charts, Maps and Short Doctrins This is th first tim that Moss appars to b spaking of this incidnt. Th popl wantd watr, and Moss got thm watr. It appars that is all that thy knw about this situation. Howvr, thn God took Moss asid and told him, You ar not going into th land, bcaus you disobyd M. This would hav hit Moss hard; this would hav bn difficult for him to har and procss. So a fw wks hav passd sinc this incidnt and Moss spaking to th popl hr, and it is rasonabl that Moss tlls th popl for th first tim that h will not go into th Land of Promis with thm (howvr, Moss has alrady namd Joshua as his succssor in 109 Num. 27:18 23 ). Kil and Dlitzsch: Moss did not wish to fr himslf from guilt. Evn in this book his sin at th watr of strif is not passd ovr in silnc (cf. Dut. 32:51). But on th prsnt occasion, if h had givn prominnc to his own fault, h would hav waknd th objct for which h rfrrd to this vnt, viz., to stimulat th conscincs of th popl, and instil into thm a wholsom drad of sin [disobdinc and unblif], by holding up bfor thm th magnitud of thir guilt. But in ordr that h might giv no ncouragmnt to fals scurity rspcting thir own sin, on th ground that vn highly giftd mn of God fall into sin as wll, Moss simply pointd out th fact, that th quarrlling 110 of th popl with him occasiond th wrath of God to fall upon him also. In othr words, Moss was not shifting th blam hr nor was h spaking from sour graps ( Damn you all, if not for you, I would b going into th land too ), but h was simply warning th popl to listn to God and to oby Him. H is saying, Listn, I won t b allowd into th land ithr in part bcaus of you. Moss is now going to transfr his authority to Joshua; and th intntion hr is for ths popl not to act lik jrks bfor Joshua. Thy nd to rspct him as thir ladr. Thy don t nd to whin and complain; thy don t nd to rbl against him. That is whr Moss is going with this. Joshua bn Nun th on standing to your [Also], th man standing bfor you, Joshua facs h, vn h, will ntr thr-ward; Dutronomy bn Nun, h will ntr thr; [so] giv him him you strngthn, for h, vn h, will caus Isral to inhrit hr. 1:38 strngth [and rspct], for h will caus Isral to inhrit th land [lit., hr]. And this man who is standing bfor you Joshua son of Nun h will ntr thr as wll. Thrfor, giv him your rspct and mpowr him, for h will caus Isral to inhrit th land. Hr is how othrs hav translatd this vrs: Ancint txts: Targum of Onklos Latin Vulgat...Jhoshua bar Nun, who ministrs in your hous of instruction, h is to go in thr: strngthn him, for h is to mak Isral possss it. But Josu th son of Nun, your ministr, h will go in for you: xhort and ncourag him, and h will divid th land by lot to Isral It dos not appar as if Moss told th popl, at that tim, that h was not going into th land with thm. Kil and Dlitzsch, Commntary on th Old Tstamnt; from -Sword; Dut. 1:37.

274 347 Th Book of Dutronomy Masortic Txt (Hbrw) Pshitta (Syriac) Sptuagint (Grk) Significant diffrncs: Joshua bn Nun th on standing to your facs h, vn h, will ntr thr-ward; him you strngthn, for h, vn h, will caus Isral to inhrit hr. But Joshua th son of Nun, who stands bfor you, h shall go in thr; ncourag him; for h shall caus Isral to inhrit it. Joshua th son of Nun, who stands by you, h shall ntr in thr; strngthn him, for h shall caus Isral to inhrit it. Th targum and th Latin hav Joshua ministring rathr than simply standing. Th targum adds som additional txt. Th Latin has Joshua dividing up th land rathr than causing Isral to inhrit it; howvr, this is a lgitimat maning for th word found hr. Thought-for-thought translations; paraphrass: Common English Bibl Contmporary English V. Easy English Easy-to-Rad Vrsion Good Nws Bibl (TEV) Th Mssag Nw Cntury Vrsion Nw Living Translation Th Voic (Th Lord was vn angry with m bcaus of what you did. "You won't ntr th land ithr," God said. "But Nun's son Joshua, your assistant, will ntr it. Strngthn him bcaus h's th on who will hlp Isral inhrit th land.") v. 37 is includd for contxt. Instad, I will lt Joshua your assistant lad Isral to conqur th land. So ncourag him." "But your srvant Joshua, th son of Nun, will go into th country. You must mak him strong by good words. H will lad Isral's popl into th country. It will bcom thir country. But your hlpr, Joshua son of Nun will go into th land. Encourag Joshua, bcaus h will lad th popl of Isral to tak th land for thir own. But strngthn th dtrmination of your hlpr, Joshua son of Nun. H will lad Isral to occupy th land.' Your assistant, Joshua son of Nun, will go in. Build up his courag. H's th on who will claim th inhritanc for Isral....but your assistant, Joshua son of Nun, will ntr it. Encourag him, bcaus h will lad Isral to tak th land for thir own. Joshua th son of Nun, who stands in front of you, will go in thr. Tll him to b strong, for h will bring Isral into thir nw land. It will b Joshua (Nun's son), a man you'v alrady ntrustd with important rsponsibilitis, who will ntr it instad. Encourag him, bcaus h will lad th popl into th land and giv it to Isral as thir possssion. Partially litral and partially paraphrasd translations: Amrican English Bibl Rathr, JoShua (th son of NaWh) who stands at your sid will ntr [th land]. So, you must giv him [your] strngth; bcaus, h will hlp IsraEl to inhrit it. Bck s Amrican Translation Joshua, Nun s son, who srvs you, will go thr. Encourag him, bcaus h will distribut th land to Isral. Nw Advnt (Knox) Bibl Josu th son of Nun, thy srvant, shall go in instad of th; bid him tak hart and play th man; it shall b for him to apportion Isral its lands. Nw Amrican Bibl...but your aid Joshua, son of Nun, shall ntr. Encourag him, for h is to giv Isral its hritag. Nw Amrican Bibl (R.E.) Th LORD was angrd against m also on your account, and said, You shall not ntr thr ithr [Dt 4:21; 34:4; Nm 20:12.], but Joshua [Dt 31:3, 7-8; Num. 27:18-23; 34:17; Jos 1:1-9.], son of Nun, your attndant, shall ntr. Encourag him, for h is th on who is to giv Isral its possssion. V. 37 is includd for contxt. NIRV But Joshua, th son of Nun, is your hlpr. Joshua will ntr th land. Hlp him to b brav. Giv him hop. H will lad Isral to tak th land as thir own.

275 Dutronomy Chaptr Nw Jrusalm Bibl Nw Simplifid Bibl Today s NIV "Your assistant, Joshua son of Nun, will b th on to ntr. Encourag him, sinc h is to bring Isral into possssion of th country.» Your assistant Joshua son of Nun will go thr. H will lad th popl into th land. Encourag him to go thr. But your assistant, Joshua son of Nun, will ntr it. Encourag him, bcaus h will lad Isral to inhrit it. Mostly litral rndrings (with som occasional paraphrasing): Ancint Roots Translinar Bibl in Basic English Th Expandd Bibl Frar-Fnton Bibl HCSB NET Bibl NIV, 2011 Joshua, th son of Nun, standing in front of you, h will com thr. Fortify him, for h inhrits it for Isral. Joshua, th son of Nun, your srvant, h will go into th land: say to him that h is to b strong, for h will b Isral's guid into thir hritag. Bcaus of you, th Lord was also angry with m and said, "You won't ntr th L land ithr [Num. 20:12], but your assistant [ th on who stands bfor you], Joshua son of Nun, will ntr it. Encourag him, bcaus h will lad Isral to tak th land for thir own. V. 37 is includd for contxt. Joshua th son of Nun, your liutnant, shall go. Encourag him, for h shall put Isral into possssion. Joshua son of Nun, who attnds you, will ntr it. Encourag him, for h will nabl Isral to inhrit it. Howvr, Joshua son of Nun, your assistant [Hb "th on who stands bfor you"; NAB "your aid"; TEV "your hlpr."], will go. Encourag him, bcaus h will nabl Isral to inhrit th land [Hb "it"; th rfrnt (th land) has bn spcifid in th translation for clarity.]. But your assistant, Joshua [S Nu 11:28] son of Nun, will ntr it. Encourag [Dt 31:7] him, bcaus h will lad [Dt 3:28] Isral to inhrit [Jos 11:23; Ps 78:55; 136:21] it. Jwish/Hbrw Nams Bibls: Complt Jwish Bibl xgss companion Bibl JPS (Tanakh 1985) Kaplan Translation Orthodox Jwish Bibl Y'hoshua th son of Nun, your assistant -h will go in thr. So ncourag him, bcaus h will nabl Isra'l to tak possssion of it. Yah Shua th son of Nun, who stands at your fac, h gos in thr: you, strngthn him: for h has Yisra El to inhrit it:... Joshua son of Nun, who attnds you, h shall ntr it. Imbu him with strngth, for h shall allot it to Isral. Joshua son of Nun [Numbrs 27:18.], who stands bfor you, will b th on to ntr, and h will giv Isral thir hrditary proprty. But Yhoshua bn Nun, th on assisting th, h shall go in thr; ncourag him, for h shall caus Yisrol to inhrit it. Litral, almost word-for-word, rndrings: Concordant Litral Vrsion English Standard Vrsion Grn s Litral Translation Modrn KJV Joshua son of Nun, who is standing bfor you, h shall ntr thr. Encourag him, for h shall allot it to Isral. Joshua th son of Nun, who stands bfor you, h shall ntr. Encourag him, for h shall caus Isral to inhrit it. Joshua th son of Nun, who stands bfor you, h shall go in thr; you shall strngthn him; for h shall caus Isral to inhrit. Joshua th son of Nun, who stands bfor you, h shall go in thr. Mak him strong, for h shall caus Isral to inhrit it.

276 349 Th Book of Dutronomy NASB Joshua th son of Nun, who stands bfor you, h shall ntr thr [Num 14:30]; ncourag him, for h will caus Isral to inhrit it [Num 34:17; Dut 3:28; 31:7; Josh 11:23]. Nw RSV Joshua son of Nun, your assistant, shall ntr thr; ncourag him, for h is th on who will scur Isral's possssion of it. Young s Updatd LT Th gist of this vrs: Joshua son of Nun, who is standing bfor th, h goth in thr; him strngthn thou; for h doth caus Isral to inhrit. Th popl ar to ncourag Joshua bn Nun, as h will b th man to lad Isral into th Land of Promis. Dutronomy 1:38a Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs Y hôwshûa (éàäåéùåìòç) [pronouncd y hoh- SHOO-ahì] whos salvation is Y howah or Y howah is salvation; translitratd Joshua or Yshuah masculin propr noun Strong s #3091 BDB #221 bên (áìåï) [pronouncd ban] son, dscndant masculin singular construct Strong s #1121 BDB #119 Nûwn (ðåìï) [pronouncd noon] to propagat, to incras; postrity; fish; translitratd Nun masculin singular propr noun Strong s #5126 BDB #630 âmad (òèîçã) [pronouncd ìaw-mahd] th on taking a stand, him standing [narby]; th nduring on; th on waiting, th on rmaining Qal activ participl with th dfinit articl Strong's #5975 BDB #763 lâmd (ìà) [pronouncd l ] to, for, towards, in rgards to dirctional/rlational prposition BDB #510 pânîym (ôìèðäéí) [pronouncd paw- NEEM] fac, facs countnanc; prsnc masculin plural noun (plural acts lik English singular); with th 2 nd prson masculin singular suffix Strong s #6440 BDB #815 Togthr, thy man bfor you, bfor your fac, in your prsnc, in your sight, in front of you. Whn usd with God, it can tak on th mor figurativ maning in Your judgmnt. hûw (äåìà) [pronouncd hoo] h, it; himslf as a dmonstrativ pronoun: that, this (on); sam rd 3 prson masculin singular, prsonal pronoun; somtims th vrb to b, is implid Strong s #1931 BDB #214 bôw (áìåéà) [pronouncd boh] to com in, to com, to go in, to go, to ntr, to advanc rd 3 prson masculin singular, Qal imprfct Strong s #935 BDB #97 shâm (ùèí) [pronouncd shawm] thr; at that tim, thn; thrin, in that thing advrb with th dirctional hê Strong s #8033 BDB #1027 This simply mans thr; hê acts almost lik a dmonstrativ.

277 Dutronomy Chaptr Translation: [Also], th man standing bfor you, Joshua bn Nun, h will ntr thr;... Momnts ago, Moss spok of not going into th land with th gnration of promis, and this must b on thir minds, many of thm who sm him as a fathr figur, thir fathrs having did th sin unto dath in th dsrt-wildrnss. So Moss introducs Joshua as thir nxt ladr. Only two mn from Gn X would ntr into th land: Calb and Joshua. Thy ar th two spis who not only brought back a good rport, but wr rady to ntr into th land and tak it som 38 yars ago. Rcall how Moss said that Calb would rmain aliv to ntr th land. No doubt that th popl knw of Calb and Joshua s rport. And Joshua is standing thr right bfor thm, nxt to or bhind Moss. So whn Moss tlls thm who God will spar of Gn X, thy also think of Joshua; which is who Moss now spaks of. I was a math tachr, and somtims, whn my brain was working wll, I would xplain things in such a way that, bfor I was don xplaining thm, that som of th popl in th room would hav arrivd at th dstination (whatvr principl I was taching) bfor I got thr. I would logically put togthr a varity of lmnts, and b going in a particular dirction, so that a smart kid who is listning carfully, can s th dirction I am going in and gos ahad of m somwhat. This is what th words of Moss wr dsignd to do. Bfor h mntions Joshua by nam, th popl ar thinking about Joshua. That Joshua is Moss rplacmnt, that is known to th popl (Num. 27). Howvr, thr is no indication in Num. 27 that Moss said, I will only b with you for anothr fw months. Joshua will not just b my rplacmnt, but h will b my rplacmnt in th vry nar futur. All Moss had don thr was to st up a prson to tak ovr for him, whnvr that tim coms. Insofar as th Isralits knw, that could b yars in th futur. Dutronomy 1:38b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs êth (àæç) [pronouncd ayth] him; untranslatd mark of a dirct objct; occasionally to him, toward him sign of th dirct objct rd affixd to a 3 prson masculin singular suffix Strong's #853 BDB #84 châzaq (çèæç ) [pronouncd khaw- ZAHK] to bind somon with a girdl; to mak strong, to strngthn; to fortify [a city]; to hal; to hardn, to mak obstinat nd 2 prson masculin singular, Pil imprativ Strong s #2388 BDB #304 In th imprativ with an objct, this may possibly man, giv him rspct, rspct his authority, stand bhind him. kîy (ëìäé) [pronouncd k] for, that, bcaus; whn, at that tim, which, what tim xplanatory or tmporal conjunction; prposition Strong's #3588 BDB #471 hûw (äåìà) [pronouncd hoo] h, it; himslf as a dmonstrativ pronoun: that, this (on); sam rd 3 prson masculin singular, prsonal pronoun; somtims th vrb to b, is implid Strong s #1931 BDB #214 nâchal (ðèççì) [pronouncd naw- KHAHL] to giv (as a possssion), to caus to inhrit; to distribut rd 3 prson masculin singular, Hiphil imprfct rd with th 3 prson fminin singular suffix Strong s #5157 BDB #635 êth (àæç) [pronouncd ayth] untranslatd gnrally; occasionally to, toward indicats that th following substantiv is a dirct objct Strong's #853 BDB #84

278 351 Th Book of Dutronomy Dutronomy 1:38b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs Yis râ êl (éäùòàøçàåì) [pronouncd yis-raw- ALE] God prvails; contndr; soldir of God; translitratd Isral masculin propr noun Strong s #3478 & #3479 BDB #975 Translation:...[so] giv him strngth [and rspct], for h will caus Isral to inhrit th land [lit., hr]. Th vrb usd hr in th imprativ is th Pil of châzaq (çèæç ) [pronouncd khaw-zahk], which mans to bind somon with a girdl; to mak strong, to strngthn; to fortify [a city]; to hal; to hardn, to mak obstinat. I think that Moss is ssntially transfrring ovr his authority to Joshua in this public forum, so what h wants ths popl to do is to giv Joshua rspct; to rspct his authority; to stand bhind him. That is my conclusion basd upon th word and th contxt in which it is found. Strong s #2388 BDB #304. This is also th rason that Moss spok of th rcnt murmuring and complaining about having no watr, and how that st Moss off. Moss dos not want thm to do this to Joshua. That is how w logically movd from Moss saying that, For rasons rlatd to you all, I will not go into th land with you. Thn h says, Joshua will b my rplacmnt; trat him wll. Support him. Joshua coms out of Gn X. H and Calb ar th only grat mn from that gnration. Thy will b th nw ladrs. Not what Moss dos not do h dos not find a young, charismatic ladr who is a contmporary of this popl and put him up as his nomination. That is a mistak, and occasionally (too oftn, in fact), w lct prsidnts who ar too young and too inxprincd. Unfortunatly, such mn oftn appal to th youngr gnrations, so thy [mistaknly] fl that thy ar gtting rprsntation in th Whit Hous. Similarly, womn will vot for th mor handsom man (not all womn, but nough to mak a significant diffrnc). In fact, thr is a clar laning toward th youngr, mor handsom candidat by som who know nothing about th issus. Application: Moss chooss a man who knows th Word of God and who has som maturity as his succssor. This ought to b our approach for most of our ladrs somon who is snsibl and matur nvr somon who sms to b fun, young and cool. Exprinc is 100x mor important. In fact, in most cass, bing young and cool is a good rason to vot against somon. This phras could also rad Strngthn [or, rspct] him for h will distribut th land to Isral. Aftr thy tak th land undr Joshua s ladrship, thn th land would b dividd up or distributd by Joshua. This is th scond half of th book of Joshua. Thn Gill maks a brilliant obsrvation: So th havnly inhritanc is not by th law of Moss, and 111 th works of it, but by Joshua, or Jsus, th Saviour, by his achivmnts, victoris, and conqusts. Matthw Hnry says roughly th sam thing: What th law could not do, in that it was wak, Jsus, 112 our Joshua, dos by bringing in th bttr hop. Now, tak a stp back from this incidnt and rcogniz what is rally happning. Moss is compltly and totally associatd with th Law of God. God dictatd th Law to him and h brought th Law to th popl (hnc it is mor oftn calld th Mosaic Law than th Law of God). But Moss will not b bringing th popl into th land; Joshua will. Th Law cannot bring th popl into th Land of Promis. Now you may objct: Moss mad on minor mistak. Sinc Moss bgan lading th popl of Isral, thr is only on mistak that h mad, and it smd to b a small on. Why is God so man? But God is prfct holinss. H cannot ignor vn th smallst sin. For whovr kps th whol law and yt stumbls at just on point is guilty of braking all of it Dr. John Gill, John Gill s Exposition of th Entir Bibl; from -Sword, Dut. 1:38. Matthw Hnry, Commntary on th Whol Bibl; from -Sword, Dut. 1:34 38.

279 Dutronomy Chaptr (Jams 2:10: NIV) Consquntly, who lads th popl into th land? Joshua, whos nam mans savior. Thrfor, Paul writs to th Romans: Th law of Moss was unabl to sav us bcaus of th waknss of our sinful natur. So God did what th law could not do. H snt his own Son in a body lik th bodis w sinnrs hav. And in that body God dclard an nd to sin's control ovr us by giving his Son as a sacrific for our sins. (Rom. 8:3; NLT) So you s that all of this is a grand parabl, vn though ths ar all accurat, historical incidnts. Now hr is an intrsting thing: Moss, whn h faild, immdiatly askd God to tak car of his popl and askd God to provid for thm a ladr. H was not vn prsumptuous nough to choos a ladr on thir bhalf, knowing that mn mak srious mistaks in this rgard. Howvr, notic what is said as compard to what occurrd. Th Y howah said to Moss, "Go up to this mountain of Abarim and s th land which I hav givn to th sons of Isral. And whn you hav sn it, you too will b gathrd to your popl, as Aaron your brothr was; for in th wildrnss of Zin, during th strif of th congrgation, you rblld against My mouth to trat M as holy bfor thir ys at th watr." (Ths ar th watrs of Mribah of Kadsh in th wildrnss of Zin). Thn Moss spok to Y howah, saying, "May Y howah, th God of th spirits of all flsh, appoint a man ovr th congrgation, who will go out and com in bfor thm, and who will lad thm out and bring thm in, that th congrgation of Y howah may ot b lik shp which hav no shphrd." (Num. 27:12 17). Moss mntions vry littl of this to th gnration of promis. H dosn't go to th Jws and ask, "Do you think this is fair? Don't you think that God is bing too hard on m?" Nor dos h go to thm and tll thm that his first thought, haring that h would not ntr th land was for thm that thy hav a ladr. H only mntions that h will not go into th land and that Joshua will b his rplacmnt. Moss was vry grac-orintd and, unlss backd into a cornr, was not going to sing his own praiss to th congrgation of Isral. Moss gav up his position of ladrship graciously (who knows, prhaps h was rlivd). On svral occasions, h mad it clar that Joshua, son of Nun, would lad in his stad (Num. 34:17 Dut. 3:28 31:7). Tak not of vv : [Moss is spaking] Jhovah hard your cris of far and it mad Him angry. Thrfor, H took a solmn oath, saying, Not on adult mal from this vil gnration will s th good land which I swor to giv to your fathrs; th only xcption will b Calb th son of Jphunnh h will s th land; I will giv a portion of this land to him th vry land which h scopd out. Jhovah was also angry with m bcaus of you, and H told m, Furthrmor, you will not go into th land ithr. And this man who is standing bfor you Joshua son of Nun h will ntr thr as wll. Thrfor, giv him your rspct and mpowr him, for h will caus Isral to inhrit th land. Moss Exprtis in th Ralm of Public Spaking 1. A good public spakr must kp his audinc ngagd. This mans that his audinc nds to b thinking about what h is saying, but not drifting off on tangnts. 2. H tlls thm of th disobdinc of thir fathrs and how only Calb will go into th land. Immdiatly, th popl har and undrstand this, but, at th sam tim, thy ar wondring, What about you, Moss; and what about Joshua? Probably all thr mn ar standing right bfor thm. All th popl know ths thr mn, so whn Calb is spokn of as th xcption, th popl immdiatly wondr about Moss and Joshua. 3. In v. 37, Moss tlls thm that h is not going into th land. 4. In v. 38, Moss tlls thm that Joshua will b th on to lad thm into th land. 5. Furthrmor, to kp th attntion of an audinc, this may involv gtting thm to apply what thy har to thmslvs. 6. Moss spaks of th fathrs of th popl bfor him and of thir disobdinc and how thy had all did th sin unto dath in th dsrt. 7. Howvr, Moss dos not allow ths popl to gt all suprior and think that thy ar so much bttr than thir parnts, H announcs that h will not b going into th land ithr, and that this is, in part, bcaus of thir sinful bhavior. 8. In this way, Moss is tlling th popl, Listn to Joshua and oby him. Don t b a-hols as h lads you into th Land of Promis.

280 353 Th Book of Dutronomy By using ths tchniqus dscribd abov, th popl in Moss audinc would hav bn fully ngagd in what h was saying. Chaptr Outlin Charts, Maps and Short Doctrins And your littl ons [of] whom you hav said, For a pry thy will bcom and your sons Furthrmor, [God said to you], Your littl ons, of whom you hav said Thy will who do not know good and vil, thy, vn Dutronomy bcom a pry; and [vn] your childrn who thy, will go in thr-ward. And to thm I giv hr and thy, vn thy, will possss hr. 1:39 do not yt [lit., today] know good and vil, thy will go in thr [into th land]. I giv th land [lit., hr] to thm and thy will possss it. Furthrmor, God also said to you, Your littl ons, of whom you hav said, Thy will b a pry in war; and thos childrn who did not yt know good from vil, that gnration will go into th land. I giv this land to thm and thy ar th ons who will possss it. Hr is how othrs hav translatd this vrs: Ancint txts: Targum of Onklos Latin Vulgat Masortic Txt (Hbrw) Pshitta (Syriac) Sptuagint (Grk) Significant diffrncs: But your littl ons, of whom you said, Thy will b for pry, and your childrn, who as yt know not btwn good and vil, thy shall go in thr: I will giv it to thm, and thy shall possss it for an inhritanc. Your childrn, of whom you said that thy should b ld away captivs, and your sons who know not this day th diffrnc of good and vil, thy shall go in: and to thm I will giv th land, and thy shall possss it. And your littl ons [of] whom you hav said, For a pry thy will bcom and your sons who do not know good and vil, thy, vn thy, will go in thr-ward. And to thm I giv hr and thy, vn thy, will possss hr. Morovr your littl ons, who you said would b a pry, and your childrn, who in that day had no knowldg btwn good and vil, shall go in thr, and to thm will I giv it, and thy shall possss it. And vry young child who this day knows not good or vil, thy shall ntr thrin, and to thm I will giv it, and thy shall inhrit it. Th Latin appars to hav land, whr th Hbrw has a suffix; howvr, in th lss prcis translations, I wnt with land also. Thought-for-thought translations; paraphrass: Common English Bibl Contmporary English V. Easy English Now as for your toddlrs, thos you said would b takn in war, and your young childrn who don't yt know right and wrong-thy will ntr th land. I will giv it to thm. Thy will possss it! Thn th LORD spok to you again: Popl of Isral, you said that your innocnt young childrn would b takn prisonr in th battl for th land. But somday I will lt thm go into th land, and with my hlp thy will conqur it and liv thr. Your childrn, too, will go into th country. Ths childrn do not yt know th diffrnc btwn good and bad. You said that thy would bcom slavs. I say that thy will go into th country. I will giv it to thm and it will bcom thir country.

281 Dutronomy Chaptr Easy-to-Rad Vrsion Good Nws Bibl (TEV) Th Mssag Nw Cntury Vrsion Nw Lif Bibl Nw Living Translation Th Voic And th Lord said to us, You said your littl childrn would b takn by your nmis. But thos childrn will go into th land. {I don t blam your childrn for your mistak, bcaus} thy ar still too young to know if somthing is right or wrong. So I will giv th land to thm. Your childrn will tak th land for thir own. "Thn th LORD said to all of us, 'Your childrn, who ar still too young to know right from wrong, will ntr th land---th childrn you said would b sizd by your nmis. I will giv th land to thm, and thy will occupy it. And your babis of whom you said, 'Thy'll b grabbd for plundr,' and all ths littl kids who right now don't vn know right from wrong--thy'll gt in. I'll giv it to thm. Ys, thy'll b th nw ownrs. "Your littl childrn that you said would b capturd, who do not know right from wrong at this tim, will go into th land. I will giv th land to thm, and thy will tak it for thir own. And your littl ons whom you said would b takn by strang hands, and your childrn who do not yt know th diffrnc btwn good and bad, will go in thr. I will giv th land to thm. It will b thirs. I will giv th land to your littl ons-your innocnt childrn. You wr afraid thy would b capturd, but thy will b th ons who occupy it. You said that if you fought, all your soldirs would b killd and your littl ons would bcom plundr for your nmis. But it will b thos childrn undr ag 20, who don't know right from wrong yt, who will ntr th land. I'll giv it to thm, and it will blong to thm. Partially litral and partially paraphrasd translations: Amrican English Bibl Howvr, only th young childrn who havn't yt com to know good from vil will ntr [th land with him]. I'm going to giv it to thm and thy will inhrit it! Bck s Amrican Translation But your babis, who you said would b carrid off by th nmis, your childrn, who now can t tll what is good or bad, will go thr. I will giv it to thm, and thy will tak it. Christian Community Bibl Your childrn will ntr thr; to thm will I giv th land, and thy will possss it although you fard thy would bcom th pry of your nmis. God s Word Although you thought th littl childrn would b capturd in war, your childrn, who ar still too young to know th diffrnc btwn good and vil, will ntr that land. I will giv it to thm, and thy will tak possssion of it. Nw Advnt (Knox) Bibl Ths littl ons of yours, that wr to pass, you thought, into captivity, ths sons of yours, that cannot yt discrn right from wrong, shall hav lav to ntr; thirs th land shall b, my promisd gift. Nw Amrican Bibl Your littl ons, who you said would bcom booty, and your childrn, who as yt do not know good from bad - thy shall ntr; to thm I will giv it, and thy shall occupy it. NIRV "You said your littl ons would b takn prisonr. But thy will ntr th land. Thy do not know right from wrong yt. But I will giv thm th land. Thy will tak it as thir own. Nw Jrusalm Bibl And your littl ons too, who, you said, would b sizd as booty, ths childrn of yours who do not yt know good from vil, thy will go in; I shall giv it to thm and thy will own it. Nw Simplifid Bibl» Th littl ons that you said would b takn captiv will ntr th land. Your childrn who do not know good from bad will go in. I will giv it to thm and thy will possss it. Mostly litral rndrings (with som occasional paraphrasing):

282 355 Th Book of Dutronomy Ancint Roots Translinar Bibl in Basic English Th Expandd Bibl Frar-Fnton Bibl NET Bibl NIV, 2011 Your childrn, of which you said, 'Thy will b plundrd,' and your sons, which today do not know good and vil, thy will com thr. I will giv it to thm, and thy will possss it." And your littl ons, who, you said, would com into strang hands, your childrn, who now hav no knowldg of good or vil, thy will go into that land, and to thm I will giv it and it will b thirs. "Your littl childrn that you said would b capturd [plundr], who do not know right from wrong at this tim, will go into th land. I will giv th land to thm, and thy will tak it for thir own [possss it]. But your infants whom you said would b capturd ; and your sons who to-day know nithr good nor vil, - thy shall go thr and I will giv it to thm, and thy shall possss it. Also, your infants, who you thought would di on th way [Hb "would b a pry."], and your childrn, who as yt do not know good from bad [Do not know good from bad. This is a figur of spch calld a mrism (suggsting a whol by rfrring to its xtrm opposits). Othr xampls ar th tr of "th knowldg of good and vil" (Gn 2:9), th boy who knows nough "to rjct th wrong and choos th right" (Isa 7:16; 8:4), and thos who "cannot tll thir right hand from thir lft" (Jonah 4:11). A young child is charactrizd by lack of knowldg.], will go thr; I will giv thm th land and thy will possss it. And th littl ons that you said would b takn captiv [S Nu 14:3], your childrn who do not yt know [Isa 7:15-16] good from bad-thy will ntr th land. I will giv it to thm and thy will tak possssion of it. Jwish/Hbrw Nams Bibls: Complt Jwish Bibl JPS (Tanakh 1985) Kaplan Translation Orthodox Jwish Bibl Morovr, your littl ons, who you said would b takn as booty, and your childrn who don't yt know good from bad -thy will go in thr; I will giv it to thm, and thy will hav possssion of it. Morovr, you littl ons who you said would b carrid off, your childrn who do not yt know good from bad, thy shall ntr it; to thm will I giv it and thy shall possss it. Th ons to ntr th [land] will b th childrn whom you fard would b takn captiv and your littl ons who vn now do not know good from bad. To thm I will giv [th land] and thy will occupy it. Morovr your littl ons, which y said would b takn captiv, and your childrn, which as yt do not hav knowldg btwn tov and rah, thy shall go in thr, and unto thm will I giv it, and thy shall possss it. Litral, almost word-for-word, rndrings: Th Amplifid Bibl Concordant Litral Vrsion Morovr, your littl ons whom you said would bcom a pry, and your childrn who at this tim cannot discrn btwn good and vil, thy shall ntr Canaan, and to thm I will giv it and thy shall possss it. And your littl ons of whom you said, Thy shall com to b for plundr, and your sons who today do not know good or vil, thy shall ntr thr; to thm shall I giv it, and thy shall tnant it. Contxt Group Vrsion Morovr your { pl } littl ons, that you { pl } said should b a pry, and your { pl } sons, that this day hav no knowldg of good or vil, thy shall go in thr, and to thm I will giv it, and thy shall possss it. English Standard Vrsion And as for your littl ons, who you said would bcom a pry, and your childrn, who today hav no knowldg of good or vil, thy shall go in thr. And to thm I will giv it, and thy shall possss it.

283 Dutronomy Chaptr Th Gnva Bibl Morovr your littl ons [Who wr undr twnty yars of ag, (Numbrs 14:31).], which y said should b a pry, and your childrn, which in that day had no knowldg btwn good and vil, thy shall go in thr, and unto thm will I giv it, and thy shall possss it. Nw King Jams Vrsion `Morovr your littl ons and your childrn, who you say will b victims, who today hav no knowldg of good and vil, thy shall go in thr; to thm I will giv it, and thy shall possss it. Nw RSV And as for your littl ons, who you thought would bcom booty, your childrn, who today do not yt know right from wrong, thy shall ntr thr; to thm I will giv it, and thy shall tak possssion of it. World English Bibl Morovr your littl ons, whom you said should b a pry, and your childrn, who this day hav no knowldg of good or vil, thy shall go in thr, and to thm will I giv it, and thy shall possss it. Young s Updatd LT And your infants, of whom you [all] hav said, For a pry thy ar, and your sons who hav not known to-day good and vil, thy go in thr, and to thm I giv it, and thy possss it. Th gist of this vrs: Gn X usd th xcus that thir childrn would b takn in war and put into slavry. God tlls thm that thy will tak th land. Dutronomy 1:39a Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs w (or v ) (åà or åì) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though; as wll as simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 þaph (èçó) [pronouncd tahf] childrn, littl childrn, littl ons, young boys; young popl up to th ag of 20; familis masculin singular (collctiv) noun with th nd 2 prson masculin plural suffix Strong s #2945 BDB #381 Although th þaph (èçó) [pronouncd tahf] can rfr to littl ons, it also can rfr to young mn who ar undr th ag of 20 (Ex. 12:37) and to familis as wll (2Chron. 20:13). ãshr (àâéùæø) [pronouncd uh-sher] that, which, whn, who rlativ pronoun Strong's #834 BDB #81 âmar (àèîçø) [pronouncd aw-mahr] to say, to spak, to uttr; to say [to onslf], to think; to command; to promis; to xplain; to intnd nd 2 prson masculin plural, Qal imprfct Strong s #559 BDB #55 lâmd (ìà) [pronouncd l ] to, for, towards, in rgards to dirctional/rlational prposition BDB #510 baz (áìçæ) [pronouncd bahz] a robbry, spoil, booty, that which is takn in war masculin singular noun: Strong s #957 BDB #103 hâyâh (äèéèä) [pronouncd haw-yaw] to b, is, was, ar; to bcom, to com into bing; to com to pass rd 3 prson masculin singular, Qal imprfct Strong's #1961 BDB #224 Whn th objct of this vrb is prcdd by th lâmd prposition, hâyâh oftn mans to bcom [somthing that it was not bfor].

284 357 Th Book of Dutronomy Translation: Furthrmor, [God said to you], Your littl ons, of whom you hav said Thy will bcom a pry;... This passag is rathr tricky whn it coms to intrprting it. Moss spaks of thir littl ons, but h is still back in Num Th Jws gav thir littl ons as an xcus. Thy could not ntr into th land bcaus thir littl ons would b takn in war and nslavd. Howvr, th popl to whom Moss is spaking ar thos littl ons. Application: Narly anytim a politician tris to sll a proposal, thy will cit th bnfits to th childrn; or thy will warn of harm which might com to th childrn. Now what thy say may or may not b accurat, but it is th childrn that thy throw into th mix in ordr to pass thir proposal. As a rul of thumb, if th good don for th childrn involvs haping a hug amount of dbt on thm, thn it is probably not to thir bnfit. This is what Gn X did. Thy wr worrid for thir childrn. If thy wnt to war, thn thy claimd that thir childrn would bcom a pry (Num. 14:3, 31). Now hr is whr th intrprtation is a littl tricky: Moss right now is spaking to ths sam childrn thir parnts thought would b takn as slavs in war. Thy ar grown up now. Thy stand bfor him. So h is not spaking of thir childrn, bcaus it is not th popl bfor him who rfusd to go into th land. For this rason, Moss is putting himslf back 38 yars in tim and h is spaking for God; th words that h spaks ar th words of God. God says to Gn X, Ths littl ons, whom you said would bcom a pry, thy will go into th land and tak it. Dutronomy 1:39b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs w (or v ) (åà or åì) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though; as wll as simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 bânîym (áìèðäéí) [pronouncd baw- NEEM] sons, dscndants; childrn; popl; somtims rndrd mn masculin plural noun nd with th 2 prson masculin plural suffix Strong s #1121 BDB #119 ãshr (àâéùæø) [pronouncd uh-sher] that, which, whn, who rlativ pronoun Strong's #834 BDB #81 lô (ìéà or ìåéà) [pronouncd low] not, no ngats th word or action that follows; th absolut ngation Strong s #3808 BDB #518 yâda (éèãçò) [pronouncd yaw-dahì] to know, to prciv, to acquir knowldg, to bcom acquaintd with, to know by xprinc, to hav a knowldg of somthing; to s; to larn; to rcogniz [admit, acknowldg, confss] rd 3 prson plural, Qal prfct Strong s #3045 BDB #393 yôwm (éåéí) [pronouncd yohm] day; tim; today (with a dfinit articl); possibly immdiatly masculin singular noun with th dfinit articl Strong s #3117 BDB #398 þôwb (èåéá) [pronouncd b toh v] plasant, plasing, agrabl, good, bttr; approvd fminin singular adjctiv which can act lik a substantiv; with th dfinit articl Strong s #2896 BDB #373

285 Dutronomy Chaptr Dutronomy 1:39b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs w (or v ) (åà or åì) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though; as wll as simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 ra (øçò) [pronouncd rahì] vil, bad, wickd; vil in apparanc, dformd; misry, distrss, injury; that which is displasing [disagrabl, unhappy, unfortunat, sad] masculin singular adjctiv/noun Strong s #7451 BDB #948 hêm (äåí) [pronouncd haym] thy, thos; thmslvs; ths [with th dfinit articl] rd 3 prson masculin plural prsonal pronoun; somtims th vrb to b is implid Strong s #1992 BDB #241 bôw (áìåéà) [pronouncd boh] to com in, to com, to go in, to go, to ntr, to advanc rd 3 prson masculin plural, Qal imprfct Strong s #935 BDB #97 shâm (ùèí) [pronouncd shawm] thr; at that tim, thn; thrin, in that thing advrb with th dirctional hê Strong s #8033 BDB #1027 This simply mans thr; hê acts almost lik a dmonstrativ. Translation:...and [vn] your childrn who do not yt [lit., today] know good and vil, thy will go in thr [into th land]. Evn as arly as th tim of Moss, childrn had two phrass in which thy livd thr was that tim priod bfor thy knw good from vil. This might b up to ag 3 or so in th Jwish community. So, at th tim of Num , thr wr also childrn who wr infants, on thir mothr s brasts, and thy did not know good from vil. Thos childrn would tak th land; thy would go into th land. Howvr, Moss is spaking of th childrn who ar not yt old nough to b warriors; which is ag 19 and youngr. For ths rason, som hav said that ag 19 could b considrd th ag of accountability. Thr is som good rasoning in that, as many young popl ar ovrly influncd by thir parnts until thy rach that ag. By that ag, thy ar bginning to think for thmslvs. Thrfor, a young man could b ag 17 and still rjct th Lord of Glory simply bcaus of his parnts having too much of an ffct upon him. For ths rasons, I would not want to discount this thory. I suspct that Moss was probably a dmonstrativ man, and h liftd up his arm in a gstur to indicat th land off to th wst, across th Jordan Rivr. Again, Moss is actually spaking to thos sam childrn right now. So h is not saying ths words to thm; h is spaking as if h is God spaking to th Isralits 38 yars ago. Application: History is important. You nd to know what happnd bfor you cam on th scn. Dutronomy 1:39c Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs w (or v ) (åà or åì) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though; as wll as simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251

286 359 Th Book of Dutronomy Dutronomy 1:39c Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs lâmd (ìà) [pronouncd l ] to, for, towards, in rgards to dirctional/rlational prposition BDB #510 hêm (äåí) [pronouncd haym] thy, thos; thmslvs; ths [with th dfinit articl] rd 3 prson masculin plural prsonal pronoun; somtims th vrb to b is implid Strong s #1992 BDB #241 nâthan (ðèúçï) [pronouncd naw-thahn] to giv, to grant, to plac, to put, to st; to mak st 1 prson singular, Qal imprfct with th 3 rd prson fminin singular suffix Strong's #5414 BDB #678 Translation: I giv th land [lit., hr] to thm... Moss cannot rally giv th land to anyon. God can. God will giv th land to all of th childrn of Gn X. This is anothr rason why Moss appars to b spaking for God. Now, Moss will do that mor and mor throughout th book of Dutronomy, to whr his words and God s words will bcom indistinguishabl. Dutronomy 1:39d Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs w (or v ) (åà or åì) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though; as wll as simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 hêm (äåí) [pronouncd haym] thy, thos; thmslvs; ths [with th dfinit articl] rd 3 prson masculin plural prsonal pronoun; somtims th vrb to b is implid Strong s #1992 BDB #241 yârash ( éèøç) [pronouncd yaw-rash] to possss, to tak possssion of, to occupy a gographical ara [by driving out th prvious occupants], to tak possssion of anyon [or thir goods]; to inhrit, to possss; to xpl, to driv out rd 3 prson masculin plural, Qal imprfct with rd th 3 prson fminin singular suffix Strong s #3423 BDB #439 Translation:...and thy will possss it. That gnration of childrn for whom Isral was concrnd childrn that thy usd as an xcus not to ntr into th land thy would tak th land; thy would possss th land. Moss is spaking to th infants, howvr, h is spaking of a tim forty yars ago whn God spok to Moss to spak to th popl, and in this way, spok to this dgnrat gnration, gn X. God promisd that th gnration of promis would tak th land, and now Moss is spaking to ths popl prior to thir invasion of th land. [Gnration X is complaining about thir ot in lif] "And why is Y howah bringing us into this land, to fall by th sword? Our wivs and our littl ons will bcom plundr. would it not b bttr for us to rturn to Egypt?" (Num. 14:3). God's rspons: "Your childrn, howvr, whom you said would bcom a pry I will bring thm in, and thy will know th land which you hav rjctd. But as for you, your corpss will fall in this wildrnss." (Num. 14:32).

287 Dutronomy Chaptr This passag givs us som clu as to th ag of accountability, but w hav to b carful hr. God had spcific dutis for th gnration of mn who wr twnty yars and oldr; thy wr to bliv God, ntr into th land and tak it from th population which livd thr. God had givn thm a spcific rsponsibility and thy faild at that rsponsibility. Thos who wr nintn and blow wr not yt givn this rsponsibility, so thy wr not yt rsponsibl. I hav hard on prson plac th ag of accountability at ag twnty bcaus of this passag. W hav that ag in this plac bcaus that is th ag cutoff that God assignd spcific rsponsibilitis to. Howvr, bar in mind th contxt and th dispnsation. Ths popl did not hav th Holy Spirit as w hav th Holy Spirit. It is my opinion that today th ag of accountability in a civilizd socity is much youngr. I hsitat to plac a numbr on it, but prhaps somwhr btwn ag four and twlv. Childrn can b savd somwhr btwn ags thr and six. Furthrmor, it should b clar to any of you who know anything about young popl and drugs that som childrn bgin taking drugs at ag ight or tn or twlv and it damags thir livs and psychs for th rst of thir tim on arth. If God allows young popl to do this to thmslvs, thn that would b th tim that a child has som rsponsibility in th prsnc of God. On thing is absolutly clar: if you hav childrn, you must bgin arly with thm. Thy nd to s you as an xampl of faith and thy nd to har th gospl. Thy nd to undrstand Who Jsus Christ is and that thy must mak a dcision from thir own soul. Train up a child in th way h should go; and whn h is old, h will not dpart from it (Prov. 22:6). As a child, I was stubborn, slf-willd and as hard-hadd as childrn go; and this carrid on into my arly twntis. Howvr, my parnts, who wr both unblivrs, gav m som of th vry good training and disciplin along with thir prsonal consistnt daily xampl of moral bhavior. Howvr, although I dpartd from thir xcllnt taching on a consistnt basis for many yars, I rturnd to it. Luckily, I was not too old bfor I bgan to raliz that my parnts had givn m a grat dal in th way of lov, training and disciplin. So all childrn nd consistnt training, guidanc, your good xampl, and thy nd th gospl. J. Vrnon McG points out that this passag tlls us that childrn who di in infancy ar automatically savd. Th childrn who wr not facd with th rsponsibility of going to war undr God's dirction did not di th sin unto dath as did thir parnts. Thy wr givn th xact sam chanc as thir parnts had. God allowd thm to liv and thn, whn th tim was right, placd th dcision bfor thm. McG: Somthing ls to not hr is that childrn who di in infancy ar savd. How do I know? God did not hold rsponsibl thos young folk who had not rachd th ag of accountability whn thir ldrs rfusd to ntr th land. H prmittd thm to ntr th land. You s, th oldr gnration had said thy did not want to ntr th land bcaus thy fard for thir childrn's safty - thy wr thinking of thir childrn. God mad it vry clar to thm that this was not thir ral rason. Thy wr insulting God; thy wr rally saying that God didn't car for thir childrn. In ffct God says to thm, "I do car for your childrn, and thos littl ons whom you thought would b in such dangr ar th vry ons who ar going to ntr th land." Now it is that gnration of young folk who hav com to th bordr of th land and ar rady to ntr th Promisd Land. It is to thm that 113 Moss is spaking. What w hav in th prvious fw vrss is an xampl of short-trm prophcy. God told Isral to go and tak th land; Isral did not, so God withdrw, for that gnration th promis of th land. H promisd to scattr thir corpss in th dsrt and bring thir childrn into th land. H promisd that only Joshua and Calb would rmain from gnration X. All of ths prdictions and prophcis cam tru. Th prophtic aspct of th Bibl is both long-trm (such as, Lv. 26) and short-trm. God's Word must stand, both to th gnration that it was writtn to and to th many gnrations that follow. 113 From accssd Novmbr 6, 2013.

288 361 Th Book of Dutronomy Thrfor, [all of] you, turn back (rgarding And you [all] turn [around] for yourslvs Dutronomy yourslvs) and journy to th dsrtwildrnss [in] th dirction of th Sa of and journy wildrnss-ward a way of a sa 1:40 of rds. Rds. Thrfor, turn back around and journy back into th dsrt-wildrnss going in th dirction of th Sa of Rds. Hr is how othrs hav translatd this vrs: Ancint txts: Targum of Onklos Latin Vulgat Masortic Txt (Hbrw) Pshitta (Syriac) Sptuagint (Grk) Significant diffrncs: As for you, turn, and go (back) into th wildrnss by th way of th Wdy Sa. But rturn you and go into th wildrnss by th way of th Rd Sa. And you [all] turn [around] for yourslvs and journy wildrnss-ward a way of a sa of rds. But as for you, turn you and tak your journy into th wildrnss by th way of th Rd Sa. And you turnd and marchd into th wildrnss, in th way by th Rd Sa. Non. Thought-for-thought translations; paraphrass: Common English Bibl Contmporary English V. Easy English Easy-to-Rad Vrsion Good Nws Bibl (TEV) Th Mssag Nw Brkly Vrsion Nw Cntury Vrsion Nw Living Translation Th Voic But you all must now turn around. Had back toward th wildrnss along th rout of th Rd Sa [Or Rd Sa]. Now, turn around and go back into th dsrt by way of Rd Sa Road. But as for you, turn round. Bgin your journy towards th *dsrt. Travl along th road to th Rd Sa." But you you must turn around and go back to th dsrt on th road that lads to th Rd Sa. But as for you popl, turn around and go back into th dsrt on th road to th Gulf of Aqaba.' But not you. Turn around and had back into th wildrnss following th rout to th Rd Sa." But as for th rst of you, turn around; follow th Rd Sa road, back into th dsrt. But you must turn around and follow th dsrt road toward th Rd Sa." As for you, turn around now and go on back through th wildrnss toward th Rd Sa.' But as for you, had back into th wildrnss, toward th Rd Sa." Partially litral and partially paraphrasd translations: Amrican English Bibl Christian Community Bibl God s Word Nw Advnt (Knox) Bibl Nw Amrican Bibl (R.E.) NIRV 'Thn you turnd around and marchd back into th dsrt, along th banks of th Rd Sa. But as for you, go back into th dsrt by th Rd Sa. Turn around, go back into th dsrt, and follow th road that gos to th Rd Sa." As for you, turn your stps back towards th Rd Sa again, back into th dsrt. But as for yourslvs: turn back and procd into th wildrnss on th Rd Sa road. As for you, turn around. Start out toward th dsrt. Go along th road that lads to th Rd Sa."

289 Dutronomy Chaptr Nw Jrusalm Bibl Rvisd English Bibl Today s NIV But, as rgards yourslvs, turn round, go back into th dsrt, towards th Sa of Suph." You yourslvs must turn and st out for th wildrnss making towards th Rd Sa. But as for you, turn around and st out toward th dsrt along th rout to th Rd Sa." Mostly litral rndrings (with som occasional paraphrasing): Ancint Roots Translinar But you yourslvs facd and journyd on th way in th wildrnss from th Sa of Rds. Bibl in Basic English But as for you, go back, journying into th wast land by th way of th Rd Sa. Th Expandd Bibl But you must turn around [L?fac] and follow th dsrt [wildrnss] road toward th Rd [or Rd] Sa [Ex. 10:19]." Frar-Fnton Bibl But you, turn back and march to th dsrt, towards th sa of Suf! " NET Bibl But as for you [Th Hbrw pronoun is plural, as ar th following vrbs, indicating that Moss and th popl ar addrssd (not v. 41).], turn back and had for th dsrt by th way to th Rd Sa [Hb th Rd Sa. Rd is a bttr translation of th Hbrw ñåìó (suf), traditionally rndrd rd. Th nam Rd Sa is basd on th LXX which rfrrd to it as ñõèñò èáëüóóçò (ruqra" qalassh", rd sa ). Nvrthlss, bcaus th body of watr in qustion is known in modrn tims as th Rd Sa, this trm was usd in th translation. Th part of th Rd Sa in viw hr is not th on crossd in th xodus but its astrn arm, now known as th Gulf of Eilat or Gulf of Aqaba.]." NIV, 2011 But as for you, turn around and st out toward th dsrt along th rout to th Rd Sa [Or th Sa of Rds]. S Ex 14:27; Jdg 11:16 Jwish/Hbrw Nams Bibls: Complt Jwish Bibl xgss companion Bibl JPS (Tanakh 1985) Kaplan Translation Orthodox Jwish Bibl Th Scripturs 1998 But as for yourslvs, turn around and had into th dsrt by th road to th Sa of Suf.'...and you, turn your fac, and pull staks into th wildrnss by th way of th Rd sa. As for you, turn about and march into th wildrnss by th way of th Sa of Rds. You must now turn around and had into th dsrt toward th Southrn Sa [Yam Suf in Hbrw, hr dnoting th Gulf of Aqaba. S Numbrs 14:25, Dutronomy 2:8.].' But as for you, turn, tak your journy into th midbar by th way of th Yam Suf. But you, turn and tak your journy into th wildrnss by th Way of th Sa of Rds. Litral, almost word-for-word, rndrings: Concordant Litral Vrsion Contxt Group Vrsion Grn s Litral Translation NASB Yt you, turn yourslvs around and journy toward th wildrnss by th Sa of Wds road. But as for you { pl }, you { pl } turn, and tak your { pl } journy into th wildrnss by th way to th Rd Sa. And you, turn yourslvs and pull up staks toward th wildrnss, th way of th Sa of Rds. But as for you, turn around [Num 14:25] and st out for th wildrnss by th way to th Rd Sa [Lit Sa of Rds].'

290 363 Th Book of Dutronomy Nw RSV Updatd Bibl Vrsion 2.11 A Voic in th Wildrnss World English Bibl Young s Updatd LT Th gist of this vrs: But as for you, journy back into th wildrnss, in th dirction of th Rd Sa [Or Sa of Rds].' But as for you+, you+ turn, and tak your+ journy into th wildrnss by th way to th Rd Sa. But as for you, turn and st out into th wildrnss by th way of th Rd Sa. But as for you, turn you, and tak your journy into th wildrnss by th way to th Rd Sa. And you [all], turn for yourslvs, and journy toward th wildrnss, th way of th Rd Sa. Sinc th Jws rfusd to mov forward, God told thm to turn around and march along th Sa of Rds road. Dutronomy 1:40a Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs w (or v ) (åà or åì) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though; as wll as simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 attm (àçúìæí) [pronouncd aht-tem] you all, you guys, you (oftn, th vrb to b is implid) nd 2 prson masculin plural, prsonal pronoun Strong s #859 BDB #61 pânâh (ôìèðèä) [pronouncd paw-nawh] turn, turn away from, turn toward, turn on s fac away from, turn on s fac to nd 2 prson masculin plural, Qal imprativ Strong's #6437 BDB #815 lâmd (ìà) [pronouncd l ] to, for, towards, in rgards to, with rfrnc to, as to, with rgards to; blonging to; by dirctional/rlational prposition with th 3 rd prson masculin plural suffix BDB #510 Translation: Thrfor, [all of] you, turn back (rgarding yourslvs)... Turn away from, turn back from is what God is tlling thm to do. Th phras rgarding yourslvs simply mans that thy turn around with rspct to th dirction that thy wr going in bfor. Thy marchd from Mount Sinai up to southrn Judah, and now, thy would b turning around; thy would b going backwards from that dirction. Application: Whn th Jws xrcisd clar ngativ volition toward th Word of God, thy go backwards. W hav th sam thing, no mattr what it is of th will or Word of God that w rjct. So this is both actual and rprsntativ. Dutronomy 1:40b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs w (or v ) (åà or åì) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though; as wll as simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 nâça (ðèñçò) [pronouncd naw-sahì] pull up [staks], pull out, brak camp and mov out, st out, journy, march, dpart; bnd a bow nd 2 prson masculin plural, Qal imprativ Strong s #5265 BDB #652

291 Dutronomy Chaptr Dutronomy 1:40b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs êth (àæç) [pronouncd ayth] untranslatd gnrally; occasionally to, toward indicats that th following substantiv is a dirct objct Strong's #853 BDB #84 mid bâr (îäãàáèø) [pronouncd mid - BAWR] wildrnss, unpopulatd wildrnss, dsrt wildrnss; mouth masculin singular noun with th dirctional hê Strong s #4057 BDB #184 Th dirctional hê is th âh (äç] nding to a noun, usually found aftr a vrb of motion. This is calld th dirctiv hê or th h local, which oftn indicats dirction and puts somwhat of an advrbial spin on th noun. Essntially, it answrs th qustion whr? Th pronunciation of th word dos not chang. Th dirctional hê indicats th dirction in which somthing movs. It is oftn usd with th noun havn and th most litral rndring in th English would b havnward. W can also indicat th xistnc of th hê dirctional by supplying th prpositions to or toward. drk (ãìæøæêó) [pronouncd DEH-rk ] way, distanc, road, path; journy, cours; dirction, towards; mannr, habit, way [of lif]; of moral charactr masculin singular construct Strong's #1870 BDB #202 yâm (éèí) [pronouncd yawm] sa, lak, rivr, saward, wst, wstward masculin singular construct Strong s #3220 BDB #410 Çûwph (ñåìó) [pronouncd soof] rd, rush, sa wd; translitratd Cuph, Suph masculin singular noun Strong s #5489 BDB #693 This word is mostly found as th Sa of Rds, also calld Th Rd Sa, but mor proprly, th Rd Sa. Translation:...and journy to th dsrt-wildrnss [in] th dirction of th Sa of Rds. Th way of th Sa of Rds is probably a trading trail or a trail which thy thmslvs stablishd, as all 2 million of ths Jws just cam from th Sa of Rds to Mount Sinai and on up to southrn Judah. If anything, that many popl would hav clarly poundd a trail into th ground. Hr, God is tlling thm to rturn on that trail. Thy ar not bing told to march back along that trail to th Sa of Rds; just to gt on that trail and to start marching. This vrs parallls Num. 14:25, which rads: [Jhovah is spaking to Moss: And th Amalkit and th Canaanit wr living in th vally. Tomorrow turn around and pull up staks for yourslvs; going [back] into th wildrnss, [by way of] th road of th Sa of Rds. ] This marks th nd of th quot of Moss spaking for God. W will undrstand that basd upon contxt and what follows. As has bn notd arlir, it is clar back in Exodus, Lviticus and Numbrs whn God is spaking and whn Moss is spaking. At this point, that is not quit as clar. If th Jws would not oby God, thn thr was no rason for thm to ntr into th land. Thy could not rmain right on th outskirts of th land, or th inhabitants would vntually storm down and kill many of thm. Thrfor, thy had to back off. From th dg of th land, thy wr instructd to rturn to Kadsh-barna. Howvr, in kping with thir habit of disobying God, thy did just th opposit. Rcall that this ordr will b disobyd. God tlls thm to gathr up thir things and mov out; thy will, instad, charg th Amorits and b soundly dfatd. God did not apprciat thm acting outsid of His will; and thir tars will not ndar this gnration to Him.

292 365 Th Book of Dutronomy Th Pulpit Commntary: In th conduct of ths Isralits, w hav a typical xhibition of human natur. Thy rvald thir folly, thir ficklnss, thir unrasonablnss, and thir obstinacy. Having bn clarly forbiddn to ntr Canaan, thy chang thir mood, and dcid to "go up" and do th thing thy had formrly said thy would not do xactly th opposit of what God tlls thm to do. Thy ar vocifrous in thir profssions of rpntanc, and will not b rasond out of thir slf-willd purpos, but prsist in following it up to thir own aftr discomfitur...thy disbliv God"s thratning, just as thy had rfusd to bliv his promis...thy will not do what God wills, but what thy will thmslvs...thy do not ask, "Will God prmit us to do this?" but thy tak th law into thir own hands, and ignor God"s wishs altogthr...thir wills ar wholly unsubmissiv. In rvolt 114 ystrday against thir duty, and today against thir punishmnt. You may b wondring, what was with thm? Why did thy try to attack th Amorits aftr God told thm that H is not with thm? God told thm to go back to th dsrt-wildrnss. Thy spnd about 2 yars in th dsrtwildrnss, surly thy did not lik it much, and now that is whr God is snding thm again. Application: As harsh as it may sm, thr is a point at which thr is no rturn in your lif. If you ar a blivr (and likly you hav blivd in Jsus Christ, if you hav rad this far), thn you cannot los your salvation. That is basd upon what Jsus Christ did for you. But you can los rward and your lif on arth can b cut short. Chaptr Outlin Charts, Maps and Short Doctrins Historic vnt: Gn X Attacks th Amorits and Loss; God is not With Thm Num. 14:39 45 And so you [all] answr and so you say unto m, W hav sinnd to Y howah. W, vn w, will go up and fight as all which commandd us Y howah our God. And you [all] girdd a man articls of his war and so you [all] [considrd it] asy to go up th hill country-ward. Dutronomy 1:41 Thn you answrd and said to m, W hav sinnd rgarding Y howah. W will go up and fight, just as Y howah our Elohim commandd us [to do]. Thn ach man strappd on wapons of war and you all considrd it asy to go up to th hill country [for battl]. Thn you answrd and said to m, W hav surly sinnd against Jhovah. Thrfor, w will go up and fight our nmis, just as Jhovah our God commandd us to do. Thn ach on of you strappd on his wapons, bcaus you considrd it asy to just go up for war in th hill country. Hr is how othrs hav translatd this vrs: Ancint txts: Targum of Onklos Latin Vulgat Masortic Txt (Hbrw) Thn answrd you, and said to m, W hav sinnd bfor th Lord ; w will go up and fight according to all that th Lord our God commandd us. And you girdd on vry man his arms, and bgan to ascnd th mountain. And you answrd m: W hav sinnd against th Lord: w will go up and fight, as th Lord our God hath commandd. And whn you wnt rady armd unto th mountain,... And so you [all] answr and so you say unto m, W hav sinnd to Y howah. W, vn w, will go up and fight as all which commandd us Y howah our God. And 114 Th Pulpit Commntary; ; by Josph S. Exll, Hnry Donald Mauric Spnc-Jons, courtsy of -sword, Dut. 1:40 (ditd).

293 Dutronomy Chaptr Pshitta (Syriac) Sptuagint (Grk) Significant diffrncs: you [all] girdd a man articls of his war and so you [all] [considrd it] asy to go up th hill country-ward. Thn you answrd and said to m, W hav sinnd against th LORD our God, w will go up and fight, just as th LORD our God commandd us. And whn you had girdd on vry man his wapons of war, you wr stirrd up to go up into th mountain. And you answrd and said, W hav sinnd bfor th Lord our God; w will go up and fight according to all that th Lord our God has commandd us. And vryon, having takn up thir wapons of war, and bing gathrd togthr, wnt up to th mountain. Thr ar som difficult words in that final sntnc, accounting for som diffrncs at th nd. Thought-for-thought translations; paraphrass: Common English Bibl Contmporary English V. Easy English Easy-to-Rad Vrsion Good Nws Bibl (TEV) Th Mssag Nw Brkly Vrsion Nw Lif Bibl Th Voic You rplid to m: "W'v sinnd against th Lord! W will go up! W will fight, just as th Lord our God commandd." Each on of you grabbd your wapons. You thought it would b asy [Hb uncrtain] to go up into th hills. Thn you told m, "W disobyd th LORD our God, but now w want to oby him. W will go into th hill country and fight, just as h told us to do." So you pickd up your wapons, thinking it would b asy to tak ovr th hill country. Thn you answrd, "W hav don wrong things against th *Lord. W will go and fight. W will oby th *Lord our God." So vry on of you pickd up his arms. You thought that you could go asily into th hills. Thn you said, Moss, w hav sinnd against th Lord. But now w will go and fight, lik th Lord our God commandd us bfor. Thn ach of you put on your wapons. You thought it would b asy to go and tak th hill country. "You rplid, 'Moss, w hav sinnd against th LORD. But now w will attack, just as th LORD our God commandd us.' Thn ach on of you got rady to fight, thinking it would b asy to invad th hill country. You spok up, "W'v sinnd against GOD. W'll go up and fight, following all th ordrs that GOD, our God, has commandd." You took your wapons and drssd for battl--you thought it would b so asy going into thos hills! Thn you answrd m, W hav sinnd against th LORD, w will go up, and w will sight, just as th LORD our God commandd us. So you girdd on your armor, ach on of you [Takn from th drownd Egyptians, Ex. 14:30.], and you rgardd lightly th mattr of climbing into th hill country. "Thn you said to m, 'W hav sinnd against th Lord. W will go up and fight, just as th Lord our God told us.' So vry man of you put on his sword and thought it an asy thing to go up into th hill country. Aftr God's judgmnt you rspondd, "W'v sinnd against th Etrnal! W'll go up and fight now, just as th Etrnal, our Tru God, commandd us." So ach of you strappd on your wapons and prpard to fight. You thought it would b asy to gt up into th highlands. Partially litral and partially paraphrasd translations: Amrican English Bibl 'But latr, you said: W hav sinnd against Jhovah our God. And now w will go thr and fight, just as Jhovah our God commandd us. So, vryon grabbd his wapons of war and assmbld to go back to th mountain. Bck s Amrican Translation Isral Dfatd

294 367 Th Book of Dutronomy Christian Community Bibl God s Word Nw Amrican Bibl (R.E.) NIRV Nw Jrusalm Bibl Nw Simplifid Bibl Thn you answrd m, W hav sinnd against th LORD. W ll go up and fight just as th LORD our God ordrd us to do. and ach of you fastnd on his wapons for fighting, and you thought you could asily go up into th hills. And you answrd m: W hav sinnd against Yahwh, our God. Now, w will go and fight as h has commandd us. So ach on took his wapons and thought it asy to climb th mountains. You rspondd, "W hav sinnd against th LORD. W'll go and fight, as th LORD our God commandd us to do." Each of you armd yourslf for war, thinking you could asily invad th mountain rgion. Unsuccssful Invasion. In rply you said to m, "W hav sinnd against th LORD. W will go up ourslvs and fight, just as th LORD, our God, commandd us." And ach of you girdd on his wapons, making light of going up into th hill country. Num. 14: Thn you rplid, "W hav sinnd against th Lord. W will go up and fight. W'll do just as th Lord our God has commandd us." So all of you got your swords and put thm on. You thought it would b asy to go up into th hill country. 'In rply, you thn said to m, "W hav sinnd against Yahwh our God. W shall go up and fight just as Yahwh our God has ordrd us." And ach on of you buckld on his arms and quippd himslf to march up into th highlands.»you answrd: W hav sinnd against Jhovah. W will fight just as Jhovah our God commandd us. Whn vry man puts on his armor and wapons of war thy will b rady to go to th mountain. Mostly litral rndrings (with som occasional paraphrasing): Ancint Roots Translinar Bibl in Basic English You answrd and said to m, "W sinnd to Yahwh. W will ascnd and fight for all that Yahwh our God commandd us." Your mn bltd articls for war, and procurd to ascnd th mountain. Thn you said to m, W hav don vil against th Lord, w will go up to th attack, as th Lord our God has givn us ordrs. And arming yourslvs vry on, you mad rady to go up without car into th hill-country. Frar-Fnton Bibl Thn you wr grivd and rplid ; " W hav sinnd against th EVER-LIVING! - W will now go up and conqur, according to all that th EVER-LIVING GOD commandd!" And ach on of you put on arms, and wnt up to th hill. NET Bibl NIV, 2011 Jwish/Hbrw Nams Bibls: Unsuccssful Conqust of Canaan Thn you rspondd to m and admittd, "W hav sinnd against th Lord. W will now go up and fight as th Lord our God has told us to do." So you ach put on your battl gar and prpard to go up to th hill country. Thn you rplid, "W hav sinnd against th Lord. W will go up and fight, as th Lord our God commandd us." So vry on of you put on his wapons, thinking it asy to go up into th hill country. Complt Jwish Bibl xgss companion Bibl "Thn you answrd m, 'W hav sinnd against ADONAI. Now w will go up and fight, in accordanc with vrything ADONAI our God ordrd us.'and vry man among you put on his arms, considring it an asy mattr to go up into th hill-country. Thn you answrd and said to m, W sin against Yah Vh; w ascnd and fight according to all Yah Vh our Elohim misvahs us. And vry man of you

295 Dutronomy Chaptr JPS (Tanakh 1985) Kaplan Translation Orthodox Jwish Bibl girdd on his instrumnts of war, and you wr rady to ascnd into th mountain. You answrd m, W hav sinnd against th LORD; w ourslvs shall go up and mak th attack just as th LORD our God commandd us. Evry man of you, thinking it an asy thing to invad th hill-country, fastnd on his wapons. Your answr to m was, 'W hav sinnd to God! W will had north and fight, just as God our Lord commandd us.' Each of you took his wapons, and you mad vry ffort [(Tzafnath Paanach from Avodah Zarah 66b). Hin in Hbrw. Or, 'wr prpard' (Rashi), 'hurrid' (Saadia), 'agrd' (Ibn Ezra), 'considrd it nough' (Hirsch), or, 'dsird' (Radak).] to had north to th highlands. Thn y answrd and said unto m, W hav sinnd against Hashm; w will go up and fight, according to all that Hashm Elohinu did command us. And whn y had girdd on vry man his wapons of war, y mad light of going up into th hill country. Litral, almost word-for-word, rndrings: Th Amplifid Bibl Concordant Litral Vrsion Contxt Group Vrsion Darby Translation English Standard Vrsion Th updatd Gnva Bibl Grn s Litral Translation Modrn KJV Nw King Jams Vrsion Nw RSV Thn you said to m, W hav sinnd against th Lord. W will go up and fight, as th Lord our God commandd us. And you girdd on vry man his battl wapons, and thought it a simpl mattr to go up into th hill country. Thn you answrd and said to m:w hav sinnd against Yahwh our Elohim. W shall ascnd, and w will fight according to all that Yahwh our Elohim has instructd us. So ach man of you girdd on his implmnts of war, and you thought it asy to ascnd to th hill-country. Thn you { pl } answrd and said to m, W hav disgracd YHWH, w will go up and fight, according to all that YHWH our God commandd us. And you { pl } fastnd on vry man his wapons of war, and wr forward to go up into th hill-country. -- And y answrd and said unto m, W hav sinnd against Jhovah, w will go up and fight, according to all that Jhovah our God hath commandd us. And y girdd on vry man his wapons of war, and y would go prsumptuously up th hill. "Thn you answrd m, 'W hav sinnd against th LORD. W ourslvs will go up and fight, just as th LORD our God commandd us.' And vry on of you fastnd on his wapons of war and thought it asy to go up into th hill country. Thn you [all] answrd and said unto m, W hav sinnd against th LORD [This dclars mans natur, who will do that which God forbids, and will not do that which h commands. ], w will go up and fight, according to all that th LORD our God commandd us. And whn you [all] had girdd on vry man his wapons of war, you [all] wr rady to go up into th hill. And you answrd and said to m, W hav sinnd against Jhovah; w shall go up, and w shall fight, according to all that which Jhovah our God has commandd us. And you ach on girdd on his wapons of war, and you thought it asy to go up to th hill country. And you answrd and said to m, W hav sinnd against Jhovah; w will go up and fight according to all that Jhovah our God commandd us. And whn ach on of you had buckld on his wapons of war, you wr rady to go up into th hill. "Thn you answrd and said to m, `W hav sinnd against th Lord; w will go up and fight, just as th Lord our God commandd us.' And whn vryon of you had girdd on his wapons of war, you wr rady to go up into th mountain. You answrd m, `W hav sinnd against th Lord! W ar rady to go up and fight, just as th Lord our God commandd us.' So all of you strappd on your battl gar, and thought it asy to go up into th hill country.

296 369 Th Book of Dutronomy Young s Updatd LT Th gist of this vrs: And you [all] answr and say unto m, W hav sinnd against Jhovah; w w go up, and w hav fought, according to all that which Jhovah our God has commandd us; and you [all] gird on ach his wapons of war, and you [all] ar rady to go up into th hill-country. Whn God had ordrd ths popl to go back into th dsrt-wildrnss, thy changd thir minds, claimd to hav sinnd bfor God, and thn thy got rady to do battl in th hill country. Dutronomy 1:41a Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs wa (or va) (åç) [pronouncd wah] and so, and thn, thn, and; so, that, yt, thrfor, consquntly; bcaus wâw conscutiv BDB #253 ânâh (òèðèä) [pronouncd ìaw-nawh] to answr, to rspond; to spak loudly, to spak up [in a public forum]; to tstify; to sing, to chant, to sing rsponsivly nd 2 prson masculin plural, Qal imprfct Strong's #6030 BDB #772 wa (or va) (åç) [pronouncd wah] and so, and thn, thn, and; so, that, yt, thrfor, consquntly; bcaus wâw conscutiv BDB #253 âmar (àèîçø) [pronouncd aw-mahr] to say, to spak, to uttr; to say [to onslf], to think; to command; to promis; to xplain; to intnd nd 2 prson masculin plural, Qal imprfct Strong s #559 BDB #55 l (àæì) [pronouncd hl] unto; into, among, in; toward, to; against; concrning, rgarding; bsids, togthr with; as to dirctional prposition (rspct or dfrnc may b implid) with th st 1 prson singular suffix Strong's #413 BDB #39 Translation: Thn you answrd and said to m,... Th adults in Gn X wr vry unstabl. For an ntir night, thy crid and lobbid against an attack on th Amorits in th north. Howvr, aftr rconsidring it all, thy spok with Moss. Dutronomy 1:41b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs châþâ (çèèèà) [pronouncd khaw-taw] to sin, to miss, to miss th mark, to violat th law, to rr; to do wrong, to commit a transgrssion st 1 prson plural, Qal prfct Strong s #2398 BDB #306 lâmd (ìà) [pronouncd l ] to, for, towards, in rgards to, with rfrnc to, as to, with rgards to; blonging to; by dirctional/rlational prposition BDB #510

297 Dutronomy Chaptr Dutronomy 1:41b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs YHWH (éäåä) [pronunciation is possibly yhoh-wah] translitratd variously as Jhovah, Yahwh, Y howah propr noun Strong s #3068 BDB #217 Translation:... W hav sinnd rgarding Y howah. ar fin. That is what thy ought to do. Thy rcognizd that thy had sinnd, which, so far, things Rcall what thir options wr. Thy wr not going to go up and tak th land, so God snt thm back into th dsrt. Thy did not suddnly gt a burst of courag hr. Thy thought things ovr, and dcidd th battl is bttr than rturning to th dsrt. But thy act without God s dirction. Dutronomy 1:41c Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs ãnach nûw (àâðççàðåì) [pronouncd uh-nahkhnoo] w; (somtims a vrb is implid) st Strong s #587 1 prson plural pronoun BDB #59 âlâh (òèìèä) [pronouncd ìaw-lawh] to go up, to ascnd, to com up, to ris, to climb st 1 prson plural, Qal imprfct Strong's #5927 BDB #748 w (or v ) (åà or åì) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though; as wll as simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 lâcham (ìèççí) [pronouncd law- KHAHM] to ngag in battl, to ngag in war, to wag war; to fight, to battl st 1 prson plural, Qal prfct Strong s #3898 BDB #535 kaph or k (ëìà) [pronouncd k ] lik, as, according to; about, approximatly prposition BDB #453 kôl (ëìéì) [pronouncd kohl]; also kol (ëçìì) [pronouncd kol] all, all things, th whol, totality, th ntirty, vrything masculin singular noun without th dfinit articl Strong s #3605 BDB #481 ãshr (àâéùæø) [pronouncd ash-er] that, which, whn, who, whom rlativ pronoun Strong's #834 BDB #81 K kôl ashr (ëìàëéì) appars to man as all, according to all that, just as all that, just as, xactly as, xactly as all which. tsâvâh (öèåèä) [pronouncd tsaw-vaw] to commission, to mandat, to appoint; to ordain; to lay charg upon, to giv charg to, charg, command, ordr; to instruct [as in, giving an ordr] rd 3 prson masculin singular, Pil prfct with st th 1 prson plural suffix Strong's #6680 BDB #845

298 371 Th Book of Dutronomy Dutronomy 1:41c Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs YHWH (éäåä) [pronunciation is possibly yhoh-wah] translitratd variously as Jhovah, Yahwh, Y howah propr noun Strong s #3068 BDB #217 Ìlôhîym (àìéääéí) [pronouncd l-o-heem] God; gods, forign gods, god; rulrs, judgs; suprhuman ons, angls; translitratd Elohim masculin plural noun st with th 1 prson plural suffix Strong's #430 BDB #43 Translation: W will go up and fight, just as Y howah our Elohim commandd us [to do]. Hr, thy hav not only shown a chang of attitud, but thy ar rady to go up and fight against th Amorits, which is what God had told thm to do. At this point, dspit th naming of thir sins to Moss, thy wr not in fllowship and thy wr going to act in th nrgy of th flsh. What thy should hav said was, W hav sinnd rgarding Y howah. W will go up and fight, just as Y howah our Elohim commandd us [to do] if Y howah Elohim will go up with us. Or, If God will still giv us a chanc; or If this is still God s will. Application: Thr is on many occasions an xpiration dat that w nd to b awar of. It might b tim to do thus and so; but a wk latr, it is no longr tim to do that. Similarly, thr ar som things which ar right for us to do on on occasion; and a wk or so latr, no longr right to do. Th mor doctrin that you hav in your soul, th asir it is to sort such things out. Dutronomy 1:41d Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs wa (or va) (åç) [pronouncd wah] and so, and thn, thn, and; so, that, yt, thrfor, consquntly; bcaus wâw conscutiv BDB #253 châgar (çèâçø) [pronouncd khaw- GAHR] to blt, to cinch, to gird, to ncircl, to bind, to ti, to rop, to fastn around [onslf] nd 2 prson masculin plural, Qal imprfct Strong s #2296 BDB #291 îysh (àäéù) [pronouncd sh] a man, a husband; anyon; a crtain on; ach, ach on, vryon masculin singular noun (somtims found whr w would us a plural) Strong's #376 BDB #35 êth (àæç) [pronouncd ayth] untranslatd gnrally; occasionally to, toward indicats that th following substantiv is a dirct objct Strong's #853 BDB #84 k lîy (ëìàìäé) [pronouncd k l] manufacturd good, artifact, articl, utnsil, vssl, wapon, armor, furnitur, rcptacl; baggag, valuabls masculin plural construct Strong s #3627 BDB #479

299 Dutronomy Chaptr Dutronomy 1:41d Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs mil châmâh (îäìàçèîèä) [pronouncd mil-khaw- MAW] battl, war, fight, fighting; victory; fortun of war fminin singular noun rd with th 3 prson masculin singular suffix Strong s #4421 BDB #536 Translation: Thn ach man strappd on wapons of war... I took som librtis with th txt hr. It actually rads, And you [all] put on wapons of war ach man. Rcall that Moss is addrssing th popl, most of whom ar actually sons of ths soldirs. Howvr, thy would hav bn aliv at this tim, and cognizant of what was going on; and som may hav bn calld upon th play a part in this attack. Dutronomy 1:41 Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs wa (or va) (åç) [pronouncd wah] and so, and thn, thn, and; so, that, yt, thrfor, consquntly; bcaus wâw conscutiv BDB #253 hûwn (äåìï) [pronouncd hoon] to b asy, to b light; to b rady; to b in asy circumstancs, to liv comfortably, to b rich nd 2 prson masculin plural, Hiphil imprfct Strong s #1951 BDB #223 lâmd (ìà) [pronouncd l ] to, for, towards, in rgards to, with rfrnc to, as to, with rgards to; blonging to; by dirctional/rlational prposition BDB #510 âlâh (òèìèä) [pronouncd ìaw-lawh] to go up, to ascnd, to com up, to ris, to climb Qal infinitiv construct Strong's #5927 BDB #748 har (äçø) [pronouncd har] hill; mountain, mount; hillcountry, a mountainous ara, mountain rgion masculin singular noun with th dfinit articl and with th dirctional hê Strong s #2022 (and #2042) BDB #249 Th dirctional hê is th âh (äç] nding to a noun, usually found aftr a vrb of motion. This is calld th dirctiv hê or th h local, which oftn indicats dirction and puts somwhat of an advrbial spin on th noun. Essntially, it answrs th qustion whr? Th pronunciation of th word dos not chang. Th dirctional hê indicats th dirction in which somthing movs. It is oftn usd with th noun havn and th most litral rndring in th English would b havnward. W can also indicat th xistnc of th hê dirctional by supplying th prpositions to or toward. Translation:...and you all considrd it asy to go up to th hill country [for battl]. Somhow, ths popl wnt from thinking that thy would all b dstroyd in battl, to thn bliving that thy can asily charg up th mountain and dfat thir nmis, with or without God. Th vrb wr rady might b rndrd thought it asy. It is a tough call, as this vrb occurs only hr in Scriptur.

300 373 Th Book of Dutronomy Barns on th translation: Rathr, prhaps, you mad light of going up; i.. you wr rady to attmpt it as a trifling undrtaking. 115 Num 14:32 35, 39 [God s Word to Gn X] But as for you, your dad bodis shall fall in this wildrnss. And your childrn shall b shphrds in th wildrnss forty yars and shall suffr for your faithlssnss, until th last of your dad bodis lis in th wildrnss. According to th numbr of th days in which you spid out th land, forty days, a yar for ach day, you shall bar your iniquity forty yars, and you shall know my displasur. I, th LORD, hav spokn. Surly this will I do to all this wickd congrgation who ar gathrd togthr against M: in this wildrnss thy shall com to a full nd, and thr thy shall di. Whn Moss told ths words to all th popl of Isral, th popl mournd gratly. Thy had an motional raction to what God told thm. Thy had an motional rspons whn God told thm to go into th land and tak it; and now that God tlls thm what is bhind door #2, thy hav an motional rspons to that. This was an intrsting turn of vnts. Th Jws whind and crid and rfusd to go up into th hill country to fight against th inhabitants. So God told thm that thy would not ntr into th land but that thir childrn would instad. This did not st wll with th Jws, so thy dcidd that thy had two choics: ithr go back into th dsrt and wildrnss whr thy had just spnt th bttr part of two yars in thirst and hungr or thy could attack th inhabitants of Palstin. This was not a choic which God had placd bfor thm ths wr options which thy manufacturd in thir own minds. God had alrady mad a ruling and H would affirm that ruling. If this dosn't mak sns to you, thn you just do not know human natur. Man is not ncssarily logical and h dos not tnd toward making th right dcision all of th tim. With th facts fully bfor him, man maks som xtrmly stupid dcisions. Thr ar crtain mn who ar adultrrs who giv it vry littl thought; but thr ar a considrabl numbr of mn who raliz, somtims for wks and months in advanc, that a dcision to commit adultry could ruin thir marriag, brak th hart of th woman thy lov or onc lovd, and caus yars of pain suffring to thir childrn and to thmslvs for yars to com and thn thy go right ahad and do it. That is th ssnc of human natur to know what is right, and thn to do just th opposit. Prov. 19:3 Th foolishnss of a man subvrts his way, and his hart rags against LORD. (ACV) Application: On of th fallacis of sx ducation in th public schools is that it is thought that if you prsnt this matrial intlligntly bfor th studnts that, vn if thy choos to hav sx as minors, at last thy will know nough to us contracption. Lt m ducat you as to how th adolscnt mind works. Thy first of all s this as a grn light to xprimnt, and somtims thy might us contracption (and somtims thy won't). This is human natur. I hav talkd to fiftn-yar-olds who thought that it was okay to gt wastd, to drink to xcss, just as long as thy didn't driv (and, most of th tim, thy don't driv; but somtims thy do). This gnration X of Isral wr givn th truth day in and day out; thy had sn grat miracls and thy had th lading of God and whatvr God told thm to do, somtims thy did it and somtims thy did thy xact opposit. Th insidiousnss of human viwpoint is lost hr in this shuffl. Thy hav bn told that thy can go and tak th land, yt, thir ladrs influncd thm for far. Moss xplains that God would hav ld thm and God would hav fought for thm, but no mor. Hr is whr human viwpoint crps in okay, thy could hav gon up and takn th land. So now thy will thy ar not placing thir faith in God or in His Word, but, sinc Moss has told thm that thy would hav bn abl to conqur th land, th rasoning is that th ability to conqur th land lis within thmslvs. That is, thy ar th ons abl to conqur th land, apart from God. Lt m mak this clar: apart from God, you ar nothing. You ar worthlss at bst and a spiritual dtrimnt to thos around you at worst. No mattr how much prsonal talnt that you hav, or innat intllignc, or good looks, or favord background, w ar nothing in this lif apart from God. Thr ar only two things that mov us into God's will and no, it is not sincr motion and a vow to do good it is God th Holy Spirit, Whos filling is achivd by naming your sins to God; and th study of God's Word. Th psychological hoops you jumpd through to walk out in front of vrybody and r-ddicat your lif; your promiss to God to nvr do this or that again; your frvnt motion ths things man nothing. This is th charg of th Isralits up into th hill country without God. God lft us His Holy Spirit and His Word. Jsus Christ, in th book of John particularly, tlls th discipls that H will lav, but His purpos in laving is to snd to thm God th Holy Spirit. Ths ar th two things which ar lft 115 Albrt Barns, Barns Nots on th Old Tstamnt; from -Sword, Dut. 1:41.

301 Dutronomy Chaptr hr on arth for us. If you nglct on or both of thm, thn your lif is maninglss. Hav you vr accumulatd walth or possssions or a particular possssion in a dram, and thn you wok up and you did not hav it? This is what your lif will b; you will stand bfor God at th nd of your lif and you will hav nothing worthwhil that you hav carrid from this lif into th nxt. Now, you will hav no mor sorrow, no mor tars, and your sham of wasting your lif will b momntary but you will b picking cotton on my plantation and your lif will not hav glorifid God. V. 40 rads: Thn you answrd and said to m, W hav surly sinnd against Jhovah. Thrfor, w will go up and fight our nmis, just as Jhovah our God commandd us to do. Thn ach on of you strappd on his wapons, bcaus you considrd it asy to just go up for war in th hill country. Ths blivrs appar to b doing what God wantd thm to do; what ar thy doing wrong? Gn X has rpntd and thy ar going to war; what ar thy doing wrong? 1. God, aftr many signs and wondrs, had givn thm marching ordrs. 2. Th spis spnt all vning lobbying against God s commands. Thy opposd going into th land; and thn thy talkd nough popl in Gn X to convinc othrs that sam night. As a rsult, ths popl whind and complaind all night long about what God wantd thm to do. 3. This is not th first tim this happnd. This is just th latst tim that thy hav xprssd ngativ volition to th plan of God. 4. God did not giv thm any options. God did not say, Okay, you hav got on mor chanc; and if you don t oby m, you will hav to rturn to th dsrt. God simply told thm, Turn around and mov out. 5. It is clar that ths mn from Gn X wr motional whn God told thm that thy would go into th land and tak it; and it is clar that thy ar still vry motional about this. 6. In othr words, thy ar going to act on thir motions and not on God s Word. 7. Thr is a lot of mphasis in Christianity about how you fl whthr it is how you fl about God or how your fl about your sin or your own salvation or whatvr. Gn X is acting hr with grat motion. 8. God nds mn who ar not controlld by thir motions but mak dcisions basd upon what is right and wrong. God nds mn who will mak dcisions basd upon His will. 9. John Calvin, in on plac, will say that thir rpntanc was too lat; and in anothr, thy did not truly and 1 sriously rpnt. Howvr, th tru problm is, thy wr bing ruld by thir motions. 10. Rpntanc is a chang of mind; it is not an motional rspons to doing th wrong thing (that is calld rgrt in th Bibl and it is a diffrnt word than rpnt). 11. Notic how confusd ths popl ar. Thy did not want to go back into th dsrt-wildrnss, vn though thy had rcntly wishd to hav did thr; thy did not want to rturn to Egypt, although thy rcntly wr rady to appoint captains to lad thm back thr. On on day, thy campaign against going into th land bcaus th popl ar so big and thir city walls so high; and hr, thy ar rady 2 to invad as if it is nothing at all. Thir thinking and thir actions ar all ovr th map. That is typical of a popl ruld by thir motions. 12. Furthrmor, bnath all of this motion was disobdinc toward God; that is what links thir bhavior togthr. God tlls thm to go into th land and thy rbl against His Word. God tlls thm to turn around and go back into th dsrt-wildrnss, and thy rfus that as wll. 13. Ths popl do not go to Moss and say, W hav had a chang of hart. W raliz that w hav don wrong. If God wants us to rturn to th dsrt w will; if God will giv us anothr chang to go to war with ths Amorits, w will do that as wll. That would hav bn th corrct mntal attitud to hav. W do not know what God would hav don at that point, but thy ndd to b willing to do God s will at that point. 14. Thy wr acting on thir own motions; not on God s will. God will giv thm dirct ordrs concrning going into th land. Contmporary libralism today is a political philosophy ruld by motions. If somon wants to rform wlfar or food stamps, immdiatly thr ar accusations that th rformrs want to starv childrn; and thy will trot out popl who hav bnfittd from food stamps or who ndd wlfar.

302 375 Th Book of Dutronomy 1 nd John Calvin, Calvin s Commntary on th Bibl; 2 bta vrsion from -Sword, Dut. 1:41. 2 I am paraphrasing Dr. John Gill, John Gill s Exposition of th Entir Bibl; from -Sword, Dut. 1:41. Chaptr Outlin Charts, Maps and Short Doctrins Application: God cannot us mn who ar controlld by thir motions; God crtainly cannot us popl who xhibit wid motional swings and allow thos motions to govrn thir livs. And so says Y howah unto m, Say to thm Thn Y howah said to m, Tll thm, you will you [all] will not go up and you [all] will not Dutronomy not go up and fight, for I am not in your midst. fight, for I am not in your midst and you will not b dfatd in to facs of your nmis. 1:42 [I tll you this] so that you will not b dfatd bfor your nmis. Thn Jhovah said to m, Tll thm this: do not go up and fight against your nmis in th hill country. I am warning you not to do this and I say this to you, so that you will not b dfatd bfor your nmis. Hr is how othrs hav translatd this vrs: Ancint txts: Targum of Onklos Latin Vulgat Masortic Txt (Hbrw) Pshitta (Syriac) Sptuagint (Grk) Significant diffrncs: But th Lord said to m, Say to thm, Go not up, nor prpar for battl, for My Shkinah goth not among you; that you b not crushd bfor your nmis. Th Lord said to m: Say to thm: Go not up, and fight not, for I am not with you: lst you fall bfor your nmis. And so says Y howah unto m, Say to thm you [all] will not go up and you [all] will not fight, for I am not in your midst and you will not b dfatd in to facs of your nmis. And th LORD said to m, Say to thm, You shall not go up, nithr fight; for I am not among you; lst you b dfatd bfor your nmis. And th Lord said to m, Tll thm, You shall not go up, nithr shall you fight, for I am not with you; lst you b dstroyd bfor your nmis. Thr is no lst in th Hbrw. Howvr, that appars to b a rasonabl way to undrstand this. Thought-for-thought translations; paraphrass: Common English Bibl Contmporary English V. Easy English Easy-to-Rad Vrsion Th Mssag Nw Living Translation But th Lord told m: Tll thm: Don't go up! Don't fight bcaus I will not b with you. You will b dfatd by your nmis. But th LORD said, "Moss, warn thm not to go into th hill country. I won't hlp thm fight, and thir nmis will dfat thm." But th *Lord said, "Do not go up th hill to fight. I will not b with you. Your nmis will bat you." But th Lord said to m, Tll th popl not to go up thr and fight. Why? Bcaus I will not b with thm, and thir nmis will dfat thm! But GOD told m, "Tll thm, 'Don't do it; don't go up to fight--i'm not with you in this. Your nmis will wast you.'" "But th Lord told m to tll you, `Do not attack, for I am not with you. If you go ahad on your own, you will b crushd by your nmis.'

303 Dutronomy Chaptr Th Voic Th Etrnal trid to warn you that it was too lat by tlling m, "Tll thm not to go up and not to fight! I am not with thm. Thy'll b crushd by thir nmis.". Partially litral and partially paraphrasd translations: Amrican English Bibl 'Howvr, Jhovah said to m: Tll thm not to go and fight, bcaus I'm not with thm. So, thir nmis will dstroy thm! Bck s Amrican Translation But th LORD told m, Tll thm, Don t go up and fight, bcaus I m not among you. Othrwis your nmis will dfat you. Nw Advnt (Knox) Bibl Ah no, you answrd m, w confss our fault against th Lord; w ourslvs ar rady to st forth and do battl, as th Lord our God would hav us. And vn as you wr on your way to th hill country, all armd, th Lord gav m a mssag for you, Do not march to th attack, or you will b ovrthrown by your nmis; I am at your sid no longr. V. 41 is includd for contxt. Nw Amrican Bibl (R.E.) But th LORD said to m, Warn thm: Do not go up and fight-for I will not b in your midst-lst you b batn down bfor your nmis. NIRV But th Lord spok to m. H said, "Tll thm, `Do not go up and fight. I will not b with you. Your nmis will win th battl ovr you.'" Rvisd English Bibl But th LORD said to m, Warn thm not to go up and fight, for I shall not b with thm, and th nmy will dfat thm. Mostly litral rndrings (with som occasional paraphrasing): Ancint Roots Translinar Bibl in Basic English Th Expandd Bibl Frar-Fnton Bibl NET Bibl Yahwh said to m, "Say to thm, Do not ascnd and do not fight. Nothing will plagu your nmis in front of you: for I am not in your cntr." And th Lord said to m, Say to thm, Do not go up to th attack; for I am not among you, and you will b ovrcom by thos who ar against you. But th Lord said to m, "Tll th popl, `You must not go up thr and fight. I will not b with you, and your nmis will dfat you.'" But th EVER-LIVING said to m, "Ordr thm, Go not up, and fight not, for I am not with you ; - thrfor you will fly bfor your nmis." But th Lord told m: "Tll thm this: `Do not go up and fight, bcaus I will not b with you and you will b dfatd by your nmis.'" Jwish/Hbrw Nams Bibls: Complt Jwish Bibl Kaplan Translation Orthodox Jwish Bibl But ADONAI said to m, 'Tll thm, "Don't go up, and don't fight, bcaus I am not thr with you; if you do, your nmis will dfat you."' God said to m, 'Tll thm not to [Actually a dirct quot.] go and not to fight, sinc I will not b with thm. Lt thm not b killd by thir fos.' And Hashm said unto m, Say unto thm. Go not up, nithr fight; for I am not in your midst; lst y b struck down bfor your nmis. Litral, almost word-for-word, rndrings: Th Amplifid Bibl Concordant Litral Vrsion Contxt Group Vrsion Th Gnva Bibl And th Lord said to m, Say to thm, Do not go up or fight, for I am not among you-lst you b dangrously hurt by your nmis. Yt Yahwh said to m: Say to thm, You shall not ascnd, and you shall not fight (sinc I am not among you), that you may not b strickn bfor your nmis. And YHWH said to m, Say to thm, Don't go up, nithr fight; for I am not among you { pl }; lst you { pl } b struck bfor your { pl } nmis. And th LORD said unto m, Say unto thm, Go not up, nithr fight; for I [am] not among you; lst y b smittn bfor your nmis. Signifying that man has no strngth, but whn God is at hand to hlp him.

304 377 Th Book of Dutronomy Grn s Litral Translation NASB Nw RSV World English Bibl Young s Updatd LT Th gist of this vrs: And th LORD said to m, 'Say to thm, Do not go up or fight, for I am not in your midst, lst you b dfatd bfor your nmis.' And th Lord said to m, `Say to thm, "Do not go up nor fight, for I am not among you; othrwis you will b dfatd [Lit smittn] bfor your nmis."' Num. 14:41-43 Th Lord said to m, `Say to thm, "Do not go up and do not fight, for I am not in th midst of you; othrwis you will b dfatd by your nmis." ' Yahwh said to m, Tll thm, Don't go up, nithr fight; for I am not among you; lst you b struck bfor your nmis. And Jhovah says unto m, Say to thm, you [all] do not go up, nor fight, for I am not in your midst, and you [all] ar not smittn bfor your nmis. God tlls Moss to tll this worthlss gnration that H is not with thm, so thy should not go up and fight. Dutronomy 1:42a Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs wa (or va) (åç) [pronouncd wah] and so, and thn, thn, and; so, that, yt, thrfor, consquntly; bcaus wâw conscutiv BDB #253 âmar (àèîçø) [pronouncd aw-mahr] to say, to spak, to uttr; to say [to onslf], to think; to command; to promis; to xplain; to intnd rd 3 prson masculin singular, Qal imprfct Strong s #559 BDB #55 YHWH (éäåä) [pronunciation is possibly yhoh-wah] translitratd variously as Jhovah, Yahwh, Y howah propr noun Strong s #3068 BDB #217 l (àæì) [pronouncd hl] unto; into, among, in; toward, to; against; concrning, rgarding; bsids, togthr with; as to dirctional prposition (rspct or dfrnc may b implid) with th st 1 prson singular suffix Strong's #413 BDB #39 âmar (àèîçø) [pronouncd aw-mahr] say, spak, uttr; say [to onslf], think; command; promis; xplain; intnd nd 2 prson masculin singular, Qal imprativ Strong s #559 BDB #55 lâmd (ìà) [pronouncd l ] to, for, towards, in rgards to, with rfrnc to, as to, with rgards to; blonging to; by dirctional/rlational prposition with th 3 rd prson masculin plural suffix BDB #510 lô (ìéà or ìåéà) [pronouncd low] not, no ngats th word or action that follows; th absolut ngation Strong s #3808 BDB #518 âlâh (òèìèä) [pronouncd ìaw-lawh] to go up, to ascnd, to com up, to ris, to climb nd 2 prson masculin plural, Qal imprfct Strong's #5927 BDB #748

305 Dutronomy Chaptr Translation: Thn Y howah said to m, Tll thm, you will not go up... God mad His will clar to Moss, and Moss would shar this with th popl. God told Moss to tll ths popl not to go up. At this point, Moss is rminding ths popl of this. Th popl hav to mak a choic will thy oby God or not? Lt m rmind you that thos of Gn X ar prtty much all savd. Thy did follow Moss out of Egypt; thir problm was that, post-salvation, thy wr not willing to oby God. This will b clarly illustratd in ths final fw vrss of Dut. 1. Dutronomy 1:42b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs w (or v ) (åà or åì) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though; as wll as simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 lô (ìéà or ìåéà) [pronouncd low] not, no ngats th word or action that follows; th absolut ngation Strong s #3808 BDB #518 lâcham (ìèççí) [pronouncd law- KHAHM] to ngag in battl, to ngag in war, to wag war; to fight, to battl nd 2 prson masculin plural, Qal imprfct Strong s #3898 BDB #535 kîy (ëìäé) [pronouncd k] for, that, bcaus; whn, at that tim, which, what tim xplanatory or tmporal conjunction; prposition Strong's #3588 BDB #471 êyn (àåéï) [pronouncd ân] nothing, not, [is] not; not prsnt, not rady; xprsss nonxistnc, absnc or nonpossssion; [thr is] no [non, not on, no on, not] particl of ngation; substantiv of ngation st with th 1 prson singular suffix Strong s #369 BDB #34 h b (áìà) [pronouncd b ] in, into, at, by, nar, on, with, bfor, upon, against, by mans of, among, within a prposition of proximity Strong s #non BDB #88 qrb ( ÆøÆá) [pronouncd b KEH-r v] midst, among, from among [a group of popl]; an [actual, physical] inward part; th innr prson with rspct to thinking and motion; as a faculty of thinking or motion; hart, mind, innr bing; ntrails [of sacrificial animals] masculin singular noun Strong s #7130 BDB #899 With th bêyth prposition, it mans in th midst of, among, into th midst of (aftr a vrb of motion). Translation:...and fight, for I am not in your midst. God tlls thm not to go and fight, bcaus H would not b with thm. Almost no tim has passd sinc th popl had crid and wr in far of th Amorits and th rst of thos who liv in th Land of Promis. Now thy wr rady to go to war. It was prhaps an hour or so latr; or prhaps a day latr. But thy ky is not th timing, but whthr or not God is with thm. Without God, all of our ntrprising work is doomd to fail.

306 379 Th Book of Dutronomy Application: What God says hr is fundamntal to th spiritual lif. Thr is nothing which you can do which is lasting. All that w crat with our own hands using our own nrgy is doomd to fail or to rot. Only whn God is with us ar w abl to do that which is divin good; th gold, prcious ston and silvr which lasts. For no on can lay any othr foundation than that which has bn laid, which is Jsus Christ. But if anyon builds on th foundation with gold, silvr, costly stons, wood, hay, or stubbl; ach man's work will b rvald. For th Day will dclar it, bcaus it is rvald in fir; and th fir itslf will tst what sort of work ach man's work is. If any man's work rmains which h built on it, h will rciv a rward. If any man's work is burnd, h will suffr loss, but h himslf will b savd, but as through fir. (1Cor. 3:11 15; WEB) Thy cannot mov forward against th Amorits and b succssful unlss God is with thm. Dutronomy 1:42c Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs w (or v ) (åà or åì) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though; as wll as simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 lô (ìéà or ìåéà) [pronouncd low] not, no ngats th word or action that follows; th absolut ngation Strong s #3808 BDB #518 Although I cannot find justification for this, it sms rasonabl that in a list of things which som cannot do, th wâw conjunction plus th ngation togthr may b translatd nor, lst. Th KJV translats this lst in Dut. 1:42. nâgaph (ðèâçó) [pronouncd naw-gahf] to b struck down, to b smittn, to b hit; [possibly] batn, woundd rd 3 prson masculin singular, Niphal imprfct Strong's #5062 BDB #619 lâmd (ìà) [pronouncd l ] to, for, towards, in rgards to dirctional/rlational prposition BDB #510 pânîym (ôìèðäéí) [pronouncd paw- NEEM] fac, facs, countnanc; prsnc masculin plural construct (plural acts lik English singular) Strong s #6440 BDB #815 Togthr, thy man upon th fac of, bfor, bfor th fac of, in th prsnc of, in th sight of, in front of. Whn usd with God, it can tak on th mor figurativ maning in th judgmnt of. This can also man forwards; th front part [or, th dg of a sword]. L pânîym (ìàôìèðäéí) can tak on a tmporal sns as wll: bfor, of old, formrly, in th past, in past tims. âyab (àèéçá) [pronouncd B aw-ya V] nmy, th on bing at nmity with you; nmity, hostility masculin plural Qal activ participl with th nd 2 prson masculin plural suffix Strong s #340 & #341 BDB #33 B As a singular substantiv, this is splld ôyêb (àééåá) [pronouncd oh-yay V]. As Strong s #340, this is th Qal activ participl of th vrb; as Strong s #341, this is th substantiv. It is prcisly th sam word, dspit th diffrnt Strong s # s. Translation: [I tll you this] so that you will not b dfatd bfor your nmis. Th translation hr is rathr difficult. Litrally, this rads...and you will not b dfatd in to facs of your nmis. Eithr, th wâw conjunction with th ngation should b translatd lst; quit obviously, God told Moss to call ths mn off, bcaus H would not b in thir midst and thy would b dfatd bfor thir nmis without God. That is

307 Dutronomy Chaptr th ida; but th translation is difficult to mak work. It is possibl that on or two words wr droppd out of th txt. Th Jws wr out of fllowship. Thy did not confss thir sins to God. Thy did confss thm to Moss, and thn immdiatly wnt against God's will. Naming your sins to God dos not do you a whol lot of good if you put yourslf out of fllowship a tnth of a scond latr. Thy wr oprating undr th strngth of th flsh and thy had dtrmind in thir minds that thy had options which thy rally did not hav. God had not, aftr that night of grat far, giv thm two options. H told thm that it was tim to back up, rturn to th dsrt, and thir childrn would com back and tak th land. So that thr was no confusion, God spok to Moss and Moss told th popl that thy no longr had th option of ntring into th land and fighting against th inhabitants thrin. God would not b with thm if thy did such a thing and thy wr njoind not to go into th land, or thy would b struck down by thir nmis. F. B. Myr: W cannot obtain by our imptuosity and insistnc what God offrs only as a fr gift to our faith. Th Land of Promis is not to b obtaind by strngth of hand, but by th soul that livs 116 in th will of God. Vv : Thn you answrd and said to m, W hav surly sinnd against Jhovah. Thrfor, w will go up and fight our nmis, just as Jhovah our God commandd us to do. Thn ach on of you strappd on his wapons, bcaus you considrd it asy to just go up for war in th hill country. Thn Jhovah said to m, Tll thm this: do not go up and fight against your nmis in th hill country. I am warning you not to do this and I say this to you, so that you will not b dfatd bfor your nmis. God is clar in His dirction hr. H told thm to turn around and go back into th dsrt; and h told thm that, if thy go up against th Amorits, that H will not b with thm, and thy will b dfatd. God unquivocally says, Do not go up into th hill country to fight your nmis. God s dirction cannot b misundrstood. Application: Bliv it or not, God s dirction is qually clar for th blivr in th Church Ag. If you know Bibl doctrin; if you ar growing in grac and knowldg of th Lord Jsus Christ, thn God will lad you. It won t b by flings; it won t b by tingling in your lft or right hand; it won t b by mans of som mystical xprinc. You will mov forward by God s will which you will undrstand by knowing God s Word. S th Doctrin of th Will of God (HTML) (PDF). Application: Thr is a grat dal of rsponsibility that coms from bing God s chosn. If you hav blivd in Jsus Christ, thn you ar among God s chosn. God has a purpos for you in this lif. Now, His burdn is light, which Jsus promisd us, but God dos hav a purpos for us. Furthrmor, this purpos is in lin with our training and our prsonal liks and disliks. Thr may b som difficultis along th way, but God ss us through thos difficultis; and oftn tims, thr ar rwards which accompany our victoris. Just as a succssful army divids up th possssions of th popl thy hav conqurd; God allows us th spoils of victory as wll. Th childrn citd by Gn X as an xcus not to fight th Amorits will tak th Land of Promis. Thy will do it in about 5 yars, and thy will all b givn homs and land. W hav a simpl illustration in lif that, if you work hard in school and you prpar yourslf in a fild that intrsts you, thn, mor than likly, you will both b succssful in that fild and you will njoy tmporal rwards in your succss (a nic hous, tc.). th sam thing is tru of th Christian lif. Ths blivrs had th opportunity to liv in th good land; it would hav rquird 5 yars of hard work, but God would hav bn with thm th ntir way. Thy rfusd, and for this rason, God will tak thm out via th sin unto dath in th dsrt-wildrnss. For th blivr today, which do you want, th Land of Promis or th dsrtwildrnss? 116 From accssd Novmbr 5, 2013.

308 381 Th Book of Dutronomy And so I spok unto you [all] and you [all] would not har; and so you [all] rblld against a mouth of Y howah; and so you act prsumptuously and so you go up th hill country-ward. Dutronomy 1:43 I spok to you [all] but you would not listn [to m]. You rblld against th command of Y howah, and thn actd prsumptuously going up toward th hill country [to war against th Amorits]. I warnd all of you but you would not listn to m. You rblld against th command of Jhovah, acting prsumptuously and going up to th hill country to do battl. Hr is how othrs hav translatd this vrs: Ancint txts: Targum of Onklos Latin Vulgat Masortic Txt (Hbrw) Pshitta (Syriac) Sptuagint (Grk) Significant diffrncs: And I spak with you, but you would not oby but wr rbllious against th Word of th Lord, and did wickdly, and wnt up to th mountain. I spok, and you harknd not: but rsisting th commandmnt of th Lord, and swlling with prid, you wnt up into th mountain. And so I spok unto you [all] and you [all] would not har; and so you [all] rblld against a mouth of Y howah; and so you act prsumptuously and so you go up th hill country-ward. So I spok to you; and you would not listn, and you rblld against th commandmnt of th LORD, and wnt prsumptuously up into th mountain. And I spok to you, and you did not listn to m; and you transgrssd th commandmnt of th Lord; and you forcd your way and wnt up into th mountain. Th scond-to-th-last phras is difficult to translat; do you s thr ar diffrnt taks on it. Thought-for-thought translations; paraphrass: Common English Bibl Contmporary English V. Easy English Easy-to-Rad Vrsion Th Mssag Nw Brkly Vrsion Th Voic I rportd this to you but you wouldn't listn. You disobyd th Lord's instruction. Hothaddly, you wnt up into th hills. I told you what th LORD had said, but you paid no attntion. You disobyd him and wnt into th hill country anyway. You thought you wr so grat! So I rpatd th *Lord's words to you, but you would not listn. You did not oby th *Lord's words. With your *prid, you marchd up into th hills. I spok to you, but you did not listn. You rfusd to oby th Lord s command. You thought you could us your own powr. So you wnt up into th hill country. I told you but you wouldn't listn. You rblld at th plain word of GOD. You thrw out your chsts and struttd into th hills. So I warnd you, but you would not listn. You rblld against th LORD s command; foolhardily you marchd into th hills. I told you vrything, but you wouldn't listn. You rblld against th Etrnal's command, and you wnt up arrogantly into th highlands. Partially litral and partially paraphrasd translations: Amrican English Bibl 'And that's what I told you. but you wouldn't listn to m! You disobyd Jhovah's Commandmnts and you forcd your way up th mountain. Bck s Amrican Translation So I talkd to you, but you wouldn t listn. You rblld against th LORD s ordr and wr brazn nough to go up into th hills. Christian Community Bibl I told you this but you did not listn. You disobyd th ordr of Yahwh and wnt up to th mountains instad.

309 Dutronomy Chaptr God s Word Nw Amrican Bibl Nw Amrican Bibl (R.E.) NIRV Rvisd English Bibl I told you, but you wouldn't listn. You dfid th LORD'S command and invadd th mountain rgion. I gav you this warning but you would not listn. In dfianc of th LORD'S command you arrogantly marchd off into th hill country. I gav you this warning but you would not listn. You dfid th LORD's command and arrogantly wnt off into th hill country. So I told you what th Lord said. But you wouldn't listn. You rfusd to oby his command. You wr so filld with prid that you marchd up into th hill country. I told you this, but you would not listn; you rblld against th LORD s command and dfiantly wnt up to th hill-country. Mostly litral rndrings (with som occasional paraphrasing): Ancint Roots Translinar Bibl in Basic English Th Expandd Bibl Frar-Fnton Bibl HCSB NET Bibl NIV, 2011 I spok to you, and you did not har, but disobyd th mouth of Yahwh, rvoltd, and ascndd th mountain. This I said to you, but you gav no attntion and wnt against th ordrs of th Lord, and in your prid wnt up into th hill-country. So I told you, but you would not listn. You would not oby [rblld against] th Lord's command. You wr proud [prsumptuous], so you wnt on up into th mountains, and th Amorits who livd in thos mountains cam out and fought you. A portion of v. 44 is includd for contxt. So I spok to you, but you would not har, and you rblld against th ordr of th Evr-living, and wr insolnt, and wnt up to th Hill, - and th Amorits who occupid th Hill advancd against you, and drov you, lik bs would do, and routd you lik a tmpst to th vally. V. 44 is includd for contxt. So I spok to you, but you didn't listn. You rblld against th LORD's command and dfiantly wnt up into th hill country. I spok to you, but you did not listn. Instad you rblld against th Lord [Hb "th mouth of th Lord." S not at 1:26.] and rcklssly wnt up to th hill country. So I told you, but you would not listn. You rblld against th Lord's command and in your arroganc you marchd up into th hill country. Jwish/Hbrw Nams Bibls: xgss companion Bibl Kaplan Translation Orthodox Jwish Bibl And I wordd to you and you harknd not, but rblld against th mouth of Yah Vh and ascndd th mountain, sthing:... I spok to you, but you would not listn. You rblld against God's word, and willfully hadd north to th highlands. So I spok unto you; and y would not har, but rblld against th commandmnt of Hashm, and wnt prsumptuously up into th hill country. Litral, almost word-for-word, rndrings: Concordant Litral Vrsion Contxt Group Vrsion Darby Translation Grn s Litral Translation So I spok to you, yt you did not harkn; you dfid th bidding of Yahwh and showd arroganc, and you ascndd to th hill-country. So I spok to you { pl }, and you { pl } didn't listn; but you { pl } rblld against th commandmnt of YHWH, and wr prsumptuous, and wnt up into th hill-country. And I spok unto you, but y would not har, and y rblld against th word of Jhovah, and actd prsumptuously, and wnt up th hill. And I spok to you, and you did not listn, and rblld against th mouth of Jhovah, and actd proudly, and wnt up into th hills.

310 383 Th Book of Dutronomy Nw RSV Third Millnnium Bibl World English Bibl Young s Updatd LT Th gist of this vrs: Although I told you, you would not listn. You rblld against th command of th Lord and prsumptuously wnt up into th hill country. So I spok unto you, and y would not har, but rblld against th commandmnt of th LORD, and wnt prsumptuously up onto th hill. So I spok to you, and you didn't listn; but you rblld against th commandmnt of Yahwh, and wr prsumptuous, and wnt up into th hill-country. And I spak unto you, and you [all] hav not listnd, and provok th mouth of Jhovah, and act proudly, and go up into th hill-country. Th army, which prviously crid and rfusd to fight, now says that thy ar rady to go into th hill country; and so thy did. Dutronomy 1:43a Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs wa (or va) (åç) [pronouncd wah] and so, and thn, thn, and; so, that, yt, thrfor, consquntly; bcaus wâw conscutiv BDB #253 dâbar (ãìèáçø) [pronouncd b daw -VAHR] to spak, to talk [and back with action], to giv an opinion, to xpound, to mak a formal spch, to spak out, to promis, to propos, to spak kindly of, to dclar, to proclaim, to announc st 1 prson singular, Pil prfct Strong s #1696 BDB #180 l (àæì) [pronouncd hl] unto; into, among, in; toward, to; against; concrning, rgarding; bsids, togthr with; as to dirctional prposition (rspct or dfrnc may b implid) with th rd 3 prson masculin plural suffix Strong's #413 BDB #39 w (or v ) (åà or åì) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though; as wll as simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 lô (ìéà or ìåéà) [pronouncd low] not, no ngats th word or action that follows; th absolut ngation Strong s #3808 BDB #518 shâma (ùèîçò) [pronouncd shaw- MAHÌ] to listn [intntly], to har, to listn and oby, [or, and act upon, giv hd to, tak not of], to harkn to, to b attntiv to, to listn and b cognizant of nd 2 prson masculin plural, Qal prfct Strong's #8085 BDB #1033 Translation: I spok to you [all] but you would not listn [to m]. God told Moss to spak to this popl, and so Moss did. H warnd thm that God would not b with thm. But thy wnt up anyway. What is th ida hr? Thy wr going to win back God s hart through thir powr of th flsh. God thrw thm asid, so thy wr going to prov thmslvs to God. Thy wr going to arn God s rspct. Thy wr going to dsrv God s approbation.

311 Dutronomy Chaptr Ths ar thir two problms: (1) whatvr God tlls thm to do, thy want to do somthing ls; and (2) thy think that thy can arn God s approbation. This is th vry dfinition of rligion. Dutronomy 1:43b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs wa (or va) (åç) [pronouncd wah] and so, and thn, thn, and; so, that, yt, thrfor, consquntly; bcaus wâw conscutiv BDB #253 mârâh (îèøèä) [pronouncd maw- RAWH] to rsist, to oppos, to rbl, to rbl against, to b contntious nd 2 prson masculin plural, Hiphil imprfct Strong s #4784 BDB #598 êth (àæç) [pronouncd ayth] untranslatd gnrally; occasionally to, toward indicats that th following substantiv is a dirct objct Strong's #853 BDB #84 ph (ôìæä) [pronouncd ph] mouth [of man, animal; as an organ of spch]; opning, orific [of a rivr, wll, tc.]; dg; xtrmity, nd masculin singular construct Strong s #6310 BDB #804 This word can b usd mtaphorically for a spoksman, a mssngr, an orator; a commandmnt, xprssd purpos. In 2Sam. 13:32, this is rndrd command, intnt, ordr, appointmnt by translators who ar gnrally vry litral in thir translation. YHWH (éäåä) [pronunciation is possibly yhoh-wah] translitratd variously as Jhovah, Yahwh, Y howah propr noun Strong s #3068 BDB #217 All of this coms narly xactly from v. 26 Translation: You rblld against th command of Y howah,... God first told thm to go in and tak th land; and thy rfusd. Thn God told thm to hold back, to not go into th land, and now thy dcidd to attack. Thy did xactly th opposit of what God commandd. Dutronomy 1:43c Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs wa (or va) (åç) [pronouncd wah] and so, and thn, thn, and; so, that, yt, thrfor, consquntly; bcaus wâw conscutiv BDB #253 zûd (æëã) [pronouncd zood] to cook; to sth, to act proudly, to act prsumptuously, to act with insolnc nd 2 prson masculin plural, Hiphil imprfct Strong s #2102 BDB #267 This is also splld zîyd (æäéã) [pronouncd zd].

312 385 Th Book of Dutronomy Dutronomy 1:43c Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs Kil and Dlitzsch: äæéã from æåìã, to boil, or boil ovr (Gn. 25:29), signifis to act thoughtlssly, haughtily, or 117 rashly. wa (or va) (åç) [pronouncd wah] and so, and thn, thn, and; so, that, yt, thrfor, consquntly; bcaus wâw conscutiv BDB #253 âlâh (òèìèä) [pronouncd ìaw-lawh] to go up, to ascnd, to com up, to ris, to climb nd 2 prson masculin plural, Qal imprfct Strong's #5927 BDB #748 har (äçø) [pronouncd har] hill; mountain, mount; hillcountry, a mountainous ara, mountain rgion masculin singular noun with th dfinit articl and with th dirctional hê Strong s #2022 (and #2042) BDB #249 Th dirctional hê is th âh (äç] nding to a noun, usually found aftr a vrb of motion. This is calld th dirctiv hê or th h local, which oftn indicats dirction and puts somwhat of an advrbial spin on th noun. Essntially, it answrs th qustion whr? Th pronunciation of th word dos not chang. Th dirctional hê indicats th dirction in which somthing movs. It is oftn usd with th noun havn and th most litral rndring in th English would b havnward. W can also indicat th xistnc of th hê dirctional by supplying th prpositions to or toward. Translation:...and thn actd prsumptuously going up toward th hill country [to war against th Amorits]. God told thm not to go up into th hill country to fight th Amorits, and so, that is xactly what thy did. Thy wnt 118 up th hill, by mans of thir own strngth, doing xactly what God told thm not to do. That gnration X did xactly th opposit of what God had commandd thm to do. In th morning, howvr, thy ros up arly and wnt up to th ridg of th hill country, saying, "Hr w ar; w hav indd sinnd, but w will go up to th plac which Y howah has promisd." But Moss said, "Why thn ar you transgrssing th commandmnt of Y howah, whn it will not succd? Do not go up, so that you will not b struck down bfor your nmis, for Y howah is not among you." (Num. 14:40 42). Thy wr givn fair warning that this would not fall within th will of God and thy wr told that thy would not win. Howvr, gn X was not known for listning to God or to rason. Rom. 8:5 8 For thy who ar according to th flsh mind th things of flsh, but thy who ar according to th Spirit th things of th Spirit. For to b carnally mindd is dath, but to b spiritually mindd is lif and pac bcaus th carnal mind is nmity against God, for it is not subjct to th Law of God, nithr indd can it b. So thn thy who ar in th flsh cannot plas God. (MKJV) Gn X actd according to th flsh, allowing thir motions rathr than God s will to dirct thm. Clark writs: [Ths rcalcitrant Jws] found thmslvs on th vry bordrs of th land, and thy hard God say thy should not ntr it, but should b consumd by a forty yars wandring in th wildrnss; notwithstanding, thy ar dtrmind to rndr vain this purpos of God, probably supposing that th tmporary sorrow thy flt for thir lat rbllion would b accptd as a sufficint atonmnt for thir crims. Thy accordingly wnt up, and wr cut down by thir nmis; and why? God wnt not with thm. How vain is th counsl of man against th wisdom of God! Natur, poor, falln human natur, is vr running into xtrms. This misrabl popl, a short tim ago, thought Kil and Dlitzsch, Commntary on th Old Tstamnt; from -Sword; Dut. 1: Paraphrasing Dr. John Gill, John Gill s Exposition of th Entir Bibl; from -Sword, Dut. 1:43.

313 Dutronomy Chaptr that though thy had Omnipotnc with thm thy could not conqur and possss th land! Now thy imagin that though God himslf go not with thm, yt thy shall b sufficint to driv out th inhabitants, and tak possssion of thir country! Man is vr supposing h can ithr do all things 119 or do nothing; h is thrfor somtims prsumptuous, and at othr tims in dspair. And so coms out th Amorit, th on living Th Amorits, thos living in this hill country in th hill country th this to mt you [all]. cam out to mt you. Thy thn pursud you Dutronomy And so thy pursu aftr you as which do th as bs do. Thy routd you in Sir [chasing 1:44 bs. And so thy bat you down in Sir as you] as far as Hormah [or, vn to (your) far as Hormah. dstruction]. Th Amorits livd in th hill country, and thy cam out to mt you in battl. Thy quickly showd thir supriority and chasd your as bs would. Thy routd you in Sir and chasd you as far as Hormah. Hr is how othrs hav translatd this vrs: Ancint txts: Targum of Onklos Latin Vulgat Masortic Txt (Hbrw) Pshitta (Syriac) Sptuagint (Grk) Significant diffrncs: And th Amoraah who dwlt in that mountain cam out to mt you, and pursud you, as thy driv away and dstroy hornts, and smot you from Gbal unto Hormah [JERUSALEM. And thy chasd you as bs ar chasd, and slw you in Gbal unto dstruction.]. And th Amorrhit that dwlt in th mountains coming out, and mting you, chasd you, as bs do: and mad slaughtr of you from Sir as far as Horma. And so coms out th Amorit, th on living in th hill country th this to mt you [all]. And so thy pursu aftr you as which do th bs. And so thy bat you down in Sir as far as Hormah. And th Amorits, who dwlt in that mountain, cam out against you and chasd you as smokd-out bs do, and drov you away from Sir, as far as Hirmah. And th Amorit who dwlt in that mountain cam out to mt you, and pursud you as bs do, and woundd you from Sir to Hormah. In don t know about this Gbal stuff in th targum. Th Jrusalm targum sms to b half off, but thy tak th word Hormah not as a propr noun but as a dscription of stat. According to Cok: Th Syriac, Onklos, and an Arabic MS. which Bochart saw in 120 Swdn, hav it, as bs do whn irritatd by smok. Although I don t s it in my targum, I simply us an English translation from th targum. Thought-for-thought translations; paraphrass: Common English Bibl Contmporary English V. And th Amorits who livd in thos hills cam out to mt you in battl. Thy chasd you lik bs giv chas! Thy gav you a bating from Sir all th way to Hormah. But whn th Amorits in th hill country attackd from thir towns, you ran from thm as you would run from a swarm of bs. Th Amorits chasd your troops into Sir as far as Hormah, killing thm as thy wnt Adam Clark, Commntary on th Bibl; from -Sword, Num. 14:40. From accssd Novmbr 4, 2013.

314 387 Th Book of Dutronomy Easy English Easy-to-Rad Vrsion Th Mssag Nw Cntury Vrsion Nw Living Translation Th Voic Th *Amorit popl livd in thos hills and thy cam out against you. Thy ran aftr you lik a larg group of bs. Thy attackd you and you ran down from Sir, all th way to Hormah. Bs ar inscts that fly. Thy hurt us whn thy attack our bodis. But th Amorit popl living thr cam out to fight against you. Thy wr lik a swarm of bs chasing you. Thy chasd you all th way from Sir to Hormah. And thos Amorits, who had livd in thos hills all thir livs, swarmd all ovr you lik a hiv of bs, chasing you from Sir all th way to Hormah, a stinging dfat. So I told you, but you would not listn. You would not oby th Lord's command. You wr proud, so you wnt on up into th mountains, and th Amorits who livd in thos mountains cam out and fought you. Thy chasd you lik bs and dfatd you from Edom to Hormah. V. 43 is includd for contxt. But th Amorits who livd thr cam out against you lik a swarm of bs. Thy chasd and battrd you all th way from Sir to Hormah. Th Amorits who livd thr cam out and attackd you, and you ran away from thm as if thy wr a swarm of bs! Thy crushd mor and mor of your soldirs all th way from Sir to Hormah, until thy gav up th chas. Partially litral and partially paraphrasd translations: Amrican English Bibl Thn th Amorits who livd thr cam out to mt you and chasd you lik bs all th way from [Mount] Sir to [Mount] Hrman. Bck s Amrican Translation Th Amorits living in thos hills cam out against you and lik bs chasd you and struck you down in Sir will you cam to Hormah. God s Word Th Amorits who livd thr cam out and attackd you and chasd you lik a swarm of bs. Thy dfatd you, chasing you from Sir all th way to Hormah. Nw Advnt (Knox) Bibl My warning wnt unhard; puffd up with prid, you disobyd th Lord's word and marchd on into th hill country, till th Amorrhit mountain-dwllrs cam out to mt you, and chasd you away, thick as a swarm of bs, cut you down all th way from Sir to Horma. V. 43 is includd for contxt. Nw Amrican Bibl (R.E.) Thn th Amorits living in that hill country cam out against you and put you to flight th way bs do, cutting you down in Sir as far as Hormah. NIRV Th Amorits who livd in thos hills cam out and attackd you. Lik larg numbrs of bs thy chasd you. Thy bat you down from Sir all th way to Hormah. Nw Jrusalm Bibl Th Amorits, who liv in that country of hills, cam swarming out against you lik bs, pursud you and bat you from Sir to Hormah. Rvisd English Bibl Thn th Amorits living thr cam out against you and swarmd aftr you lik bs; thy crushd you at Hormah in Sir. Today s NIV Th Amorits who livd in thos hills cam out against you; thy chasd you lik a swarm of bs and bat you down from Sir all th way to Hormah. Mostly litral rndrings (with som occasional paraphrasing): Ancint Roots Translinar Bibl in Basic English Th Expandd Bibl Frar-Fnton Bibl Th North-Jordanians dwlling in that mountain grtd you and pursud you, as bs do, bating you from Sir unto Hormah. And th Amorits who wr in th hill-country cam out against you and put you to flight, rushing aftr you lik bs, and ovrcam you in Sir, driving you vn as far as Hormah....and th Amorits who livd in thos mountains cam out and fought you. Thy L chasd [swarmd ovr] you lik bs and dfatd [ struck] you from Edom L C [ Sir; anothr nam for Edom] to Hormah [Num. 14:39-45]....and th Amorits who occupid th Hill advancd against you, and drov you, lik bs would do, and routd you lik a tmpst to th vally.

315 Dutronomy Chaptr HCSB NET Bibl Nw Hart English Bibl NIV, 2011 Thn th Amorits who livd thr cam out against you and chasd you lik a swarm of bs. Thy routd you from Sir as far as Hormah. Th Amorit inhabitants of that ara [Hb "in that hill country," rpating th nd of v. 43.] confrontd [Hb "cam out to mt."] you and chasd you lik a swarm of bs, striking you down from Sir as far as Hormah [Hormah is probably Khirbt l- Mshash, 5.5 mi (9 km) wst of Arad and 7.5 mi (12 km) SE of Br Shba. Its nam is a drivativ of th vrb çèøèí (kharam, to ban; to xtrminat ). S Num 21:3.]. Th Amorits, who livd in that hill country, cam out against you, and chasd you, as bs do, and bat you down in Sir, vn to Hormah. Th Amorits who livd in thos hills cam out against you; thy chasd you lik a swarm of bs [Ps 118:12] and bat you down from Sir [S Nu 24:18] all th way to Hormah [S Nu 14:45]. Jwish/Hbrw Nams Bibls: Complt Jwish Bibl xgss companion Bibl JPS (Tanakh 1985) Judaica Prss Complt T. Kaplan Translation Orthodox Jwish Bibl So I told you, but you wouldn't listn. Instad, you rblld against ADONAI's ordr, took mattrs into your own hands and wnt up into th hill-country; whr th Emori living in that hill-country cam out against you lik bs, dfatd you in S'ir and chasd you back all th way to Hormah. V. 43 is includd hr for contxt....and th Emoriy, sttling that mountain, cam out confronting you and pursud you, as bs work; and crushd you in Sir, vn to Hormah:... Thn th Amorits who livd in thos hills cam out against you lik so many bs and chasd you, and thy crushd you at Hormah in Sir. And th Amorits, dwlling in that mountain, cam out towards you and pursud you as bs do, and bat you down in Sir, as far as Hormah. Th Amorits who livd in th highlands cam out to confront you, and chasd you lik bs. Thy struck you down in Sir as far as Chormah [S Numbrs 14:45. Hr it appars that Chormah was in Sir.]. And HaEmori, which dwlt in that hill country, cam out against you, and chasd you, as bs do, and dstroyd you in Sir, vn unto Chormah. Litral, almost word-for-word, rndrings: Concordant Litral Vrsion Contxt Group Vrsion Darby Translation English Standard Vrsion Grn s Litral Translation NASB Nw King Jams Vrsion Third Millnnium Bibl Young s Updatd LT Yt th Amorit who was dwlling in that hill-country cam forth to mt you; thy pursud you just as bs do, and thy poundd you in Sir as far as Hormah. And th Amorits, that dwlt in that hill-country, cam out against you { pl }, and chasd you { pl }, as bs do, and bat you { pl } down in Sir, vn to Hormah. And th Amorit that dwlt on that hill cam out against you, and chasd you, lik as bs do, and cut you in pics in Sir, as far as Hormah. Thn th Amorits who livd in that hill country cam out against you and chasd you as bs do and bat you down in Sir as far as Hormah. And th Amorits who livd in that hill country cam out to mt you and thy chasd you, as th bs do, and struck you in Sir, to Hormah. Th Amorits [Num 14:45] who livd [Lit dwlt] in that hill country cam out against you and chasd you as bs do [Ps 118:12], and crushd you from Sir to Hormah. And th Amorits who dwlt in that mountain cam out against you and chasd you as bs do, and drov you back from Sir to Hormah. And th Amorits, who dwlt in that mountain, cam out against you and chasd you as bs do, and dstroyd you in Sir, vn unto Hormah. And th Amorit who is dwlling in that hill-country comth out to mt you, and thy pursu you as th bs do, and strik you down in Sir unto Hormah.

316 389 Th Book of Dutronomy Th gist of this vrs: Th Amorits mt ths rcalcitrant Jws and bat thm down, chasing thm as far as Hormah. Dutronomy 1:44a Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs wa (or va) (åç) [pronouncd wah] and so, and thn, thn, and; so, that, yt, thrfor, consquntly; bcaus wâw conscutiv BDB #253 yâtsâ (éèöèà) [pronouncd yaw-tzawh] to go [com] out, to go [com] forth; to ris; to flow, to gush up [out] rd 3 prson masculin singular, Qal imprfct Strong's #3318 BDB #422 môrîy (àáîéøäé) [pronouncd h-moh- REE] mountainr (possibly); and is translitratd Amorit gntilic adjctiv; with th dfinit articl Strong s #567 BDB #57 yâshab (éèùçá) [pronouncd yaw- SHAHBV] th on inhabiting, th on staying, th on dwlling in, th inhabitant of, th dwllr of, th on sitting [hr] Qal activ participl with th dfinit articl Strong's #3427 BDB #442 h b (áìà) [pronouncd b ] in, into, at, by, nar, on, with, bfor, upon, against, by mans of, among, within a prposition of proximity Strong s #non BDB #88 har (äçø) [pronouncd har] hill; mountain, mount; hillcountry, a mountainous ara, mountain rgion masculin singular noun with th dfinit articl Strong s #2022 (and #2042) BDB #249 hûw (äåìà) [pronouncd hoo] h, it; himslf as a dmonstrativ pronoun: that, this (on); sam rd 3 prson masculin singular, prsonal pronoun; somtims th vrb to b, is implid Strong s #1931 BDB #214 lâmd (ìà) [pronouncd l ] to, for, towards, in rgards to dirctional/rlational prposition BDB #510 qârâ ( ÈøÈà) [pronouncd kaw-raw] to ncountr, to bfall, to mt; to assmbl [for th purpos of ncountring God or xgting His Word]; to com, to assmbl Qal infinitiv construct nd with th 2 prson masculin plural suffix Strong s #7122 & #7125 BDB #896 Translation: Th Amorits, thos living in this hill country cam out to mt you. Th Jws wr vry succssful in spying out th land, and cam from thr undtctd. Howvr, whn thy rturnd in full combat rgalia, to do battl against th Amorits, th Amorits quickly cam out to mt thm. Although w do not know xactly how God works in som arnas, thr ar many tims in Scriptur whr H is said to go bfor somon or to snd an angl bfor somon, and to prpar th way. Thr was no way prpard hr, and xactly what th spis moand about occurrd. Th Amorits in th land wr too much for thm.

317 Dutronomy Chaptr Th Amorits had th most powrful nation at that tim in th land of Canaan, so thir nam is lnt hr to rprsnt all of th inhabitants of Canaan (spcifically th Amalkits and th Canaanits of th hill country Num. 14:45). This is th mor gnral usag of th trm Amorits, which appars to man wstrnr. Whn somon says to m, a rsidnt of Houston, you popl of th South, in rfrnc to myslf and thos in Houston, h dos not tak into account that a vry larg numbr of us movd hr from somwhr ls. W ar calld southrnrs, although our cultur and background ar dciddly diffrnt. Moss is using th nam Amorit in a similar fashion. Th Intrprtations Of Dutronomy 1:44 Th problm is this: in Num. 14, Isral is pushd back by th inhabitants of th hill country, which ar said to b Canaanits and Amalkits. In this passag, thy car calld Amorits Th most common xplanation is what I hav givn alrady: th trm Amorit has a gnral and a spcific usag. In gnral, it mans wstrnrs and rfrs to th divrs popls in th land of Canaan. Moss was making a point in Dut. 1 which did not rquir him to spcifically nam th groups who bat Isral down. For his flow of spch, it was simplr to nam thm by on nam. W oftn find th trm Canaanit usd in gnral, but it is bcaus th groups rfrrd to ar Canaanit in origin. Th Amalkits ar not Canaanit, thy ar a Smitic popl, dscndd from Esau (Gn. 36: Chron. 1:36). Thrfor, using th trm Canaanit would b incorrct if rfrring to both groups. Howvr, as has bn mntiond, Amorit is mor of a gnral trm which alluds to factious groups in a particular trritory, rathr than rfrring to any particular racial group. All thr groups could hav bn in thos hills. In Num. 14, th Amalkits and Canaanits ar rfrncs and in Dutronomy, th Amorits ar mntiond. Th biggst problm hr is th consistncy with which w find ths trms throughout all of Num. 14, w hav Amalkits and Canaanits; throughout all of Dut. 1, w find th trm Amorit usd xclusivly. A third possibility is that Moss simply mad a mistak. This would contradict th doctrin of th inspiration of Scriptur. A similar xplanation is that th prson who wrot this, somon who is not Moss, mad a mistak. Again, this contradicts th inspiration of Scriptur. Chaptr Outlin Charts, Maps and Short Doctrins As Barns simply xplains it: Th Amorits, as th most powrful nation of Canaan, lnd thir nam 121 hr, as in othr passags (g. Dut. 1:7) to th Canaanit tribs gnrally. Dutronomy 1:44b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs wa (or va) (åç) [pronouncd wah] and so, and thn, thn, and; so, that, yt, thrfor, consquntly; bcaus wâw conscutiv BDB #253 râdaph (øèãçó) [pronouncd raw-dahf] to pursu, to follow aftr; to chas with hostil intnt, to prscut rd 3 prson masculin plural, Qal imprfct Strong s #7291 BDB # Albrt Barns, Barns Nots on th Old Tstamnt; from -Sword, Dut. 1:44.

318 391 Th Book of Dutronomy Dutronomy 1:44b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs êth (àæç) [pronouncd ayth] you; untranslatd mark of a dirct objct; occasionally to, toward sign of th dirct objct nd affixd to a 2 prson masculin plural suffix Strong's #853 BDB #84 kaph or k (ëìà) [pronouncd k ] lik, as, according to; about, approximatly prposition BDB #453 ãshr (àâéùæø) [pronouncd ash-er] that, which, whn, who, whom rlativ pronoun Strong's #834 BDB #81 Togthr, ka ãshr (ëìçàâùæø) [pronouncd kah-uh-sher] mans as which, as on who, as, lik as, just as; bcaus; according to what mannr, in a mannr as. Back in 1Sam. 12:8, I rndrd this for xampl. âsâh (òèùéèä) [pronouncd ìaw-sawh] to do, to mak, to construct, to fashion, to form, to prpar, to manufactur rd 3 prson fminin plural, Qal prfct Strong's #6213 BDB #793 d bôwrâh (ãìàáåéøèä) b [pronouncd d -voh- RAW] b fminin plural noun with th dfinit articl Strong s #1682 BDB #184 Translation: Thy thn pursud you as bs do. Thy wr lik bs in thir pursuit of th Jws. Th Jws could not shak thm. Thy wr vrywhr, swarming at thm from all sids. Thr was nowhr to run whr ths Amorits did not continu going aftr thm. As mntiond back in Ex. 23:28, th maning of this Hbrw word translatd bs has bn lost to history. Th Sptuagint translatd it wasp; howvr, that was likly a guss. It is prcdd by th prposition for as, maning that, in any cas, this is analogous. It dos not rfr to a spcific popl in history. Gill: Bs, whn disturbd in thir hivs, will com out in grat numbrs, and with grat fury and ardour (for, though a small cratur, it has a grat dal of spirit); and pursu th aggrssor, and lav him not till thy hav stung him, though thrby thy los thir stings, and quickly thir livs, at last thir usfulnss; so ths Amorits, bing irritatd at th approach of th Isralits on thir bordrs, cam out in grat numbrs and with grat wrath, and fll upon thm and smot thm, and pursud 122 thm a long way, as is aftr xprssd, though ths in th issu wr dstroyd thmslvs. Th Trasury of Scriptural Knowldg gos into vn gratr dtail: Whn bs ar provokd or disturbd, th whol swarm attack and pursu whatvr annoys thm, with grat courag and fury, and somtims ar a most formidabl nmy. Thy wr so troublsom in som districts of Crt, that, according to Pliny, th inhabitants wr actually complld to forsak thir homs. Alian rports, that som placs in Scythia wr formrly inaccssibl on account of th numrous swarms of bs with which thy wr infstd. Mr. Park rlats, that som of his associats imprudntly attmptd to rob a numrous hiv which thy found in thir way. Th xaspratd littl animals rushd out to dfnd thir proprty, and attackd thm with so much fury, that thy quickly complld th whol company of mn, horss, and asss, to scampr off in all dirctions. Th horss wr nvr 123 rcovrd, and a numbr of th asss wr so svrly stung, that thy did th nxt day. 122 Dr. John Gill, John Gill s Exposition of th Entir Bibl; from -Sword, Dut. 1: Trasury of Scriptural Knowldg; by Cann, Brown, Blayny, Scott, and othrs about 1880, with introduction by R. A. Torry; courtsy of E-sword, Dut. 1:44.

319 Dutronomy Chaptr Dutronomy 1:44c Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs wa (or va) (åç) [pronouncd wah] and so, and thn, thn, and; so, that, yt, thrfor, consquntly; bcaus wâw conscutiv BDB #253 kâthath (ëìèúçú) [pronouncd kaw- THAHTH] to bat into pics, to shattr; to rout [an nmy] rd 3 prson masculin plural, Hiphil imprfct Strong s #3807 BDB #510 êth (àæç) [pronouncd ayth] you; untranslatd mark of a dirct objct; occasionally to, toward sign of th dirct objct nd affixd to a 2 prson masculin plural suffix Strong's #853 BDB #84 h b (áìà) [pronouncd b ] in, into, at, by, nar, on, with, bfor, upon, against, by mans of, among, within a prposition of proximity Strong s #non BDB #88 Sê îyr (ùòåòäéø) [pronouncd say-ìeer] hairy, shaggy; translitratd Sir masculin singular, propr noun Strong s #8165 BDB #973 ad (òçã) [pronouncd ìahd] as far as, vn to, up to, until prposition of duration or of limits Strong s #5704 BDB #723 Chor mâh (çéøàîèä) [pronouncd khor - MAW] dvotd [to God]; ddicatd to dstruction; cursd thing; and it is translitratd Hormah propr noun; location Strong s #2767 BDB #356 Th Jrusalm targum taks this word in its dscriptiv sns; whr it dscribs th stat of th rcalcitrant Jwish soldirs. Thy wr pursud unto dstruction. Translation: Thy routd you in Sir [chasing you] as far as Hormah [or, vn to (your) dstruction]. Th Jws wr bat down by thir nmis. Sir is usually associatd with Edom, south of th Dad Sa and th xact location of Hormah is not known. From this contxt, w know that at last this group of Amorits occupid ara nar to or adjacnt with th Edomits. Ptr Ptt: Th nt rsult could only b disastr. Thy had mt th Amorits on thir own trritory, mn who had had plnty of xprinc at dfnding it and knw vry inch of th ground, whil thir own ladrs wr inxprincd. Thus th Amorits had com out lik a swarm of bs and had drivn thm back so that thy wr batn down in Edom (Sir), and thn fld to Hormah. `As bs do' probably rfrs to a dscnding swarm. All had known of cass of popl who, bing attackd by a swarm of bs, could not gt away from thm. And that was how it had flt bfor ths firc 124 Amorits who did not stop until thy wr wll clar of th hill country. Whn this gnration wnt bfor th mn of Palstin, thy, whn facd with ths mn of war without God bing with thm, turnd tail and ran. But thy wnt up hdlssly to th ridg of th hill country; nithr th ark of th covnant of Y howah nor Moss lft th camp. Thn th Amalkits and th Canaanits who livd in that hill country cam down and struck thm and bat thm down as far as Hormah (Num. 14:44 45). Th inhabitants of Palstin took this as grat sport and pursud thm, chasing thm but moving slow nough to gt thm out of 124 From accssd Novmbr 5, 2013.

320 393 Th Book of Dutronomy th land. Thy probably didn't know whr th ncampmnt of th Jws wr and chasd thm far nough to gt clos to it. It wasn't that thy could not catch th Jws part of th fun was th chas and th obsrvanc of th far; and, th closr thy could gt to th ncampmnt of th Jws, th bttr. This would b an xampl to th othrs and thr might b som mor killing that could tak plac. Map of Numbrs from harlypinon.com, accssd Octobr 12, It appars as if th Isralits had a smi-prmannt camp in Kadsh Barna, at th nd of th Dsrt of Paran (Num. 13:26 Dut. 1:46). Whn it says that thy go up, this suggsts lvation rathr than going northward. Sir is gnrally thought to b ast of th Arabah, which is gnrally undrstood to b th vally blow th Dad Sa, btwn th two sts of mountains (although somtims it is undrstood to b furthr northward). I did find on map with Sir bing on th wst sid of th Arabah as wll. Sir rfrs gnrally to th land of Esau, known also as Edom (Gn. 32:3 33:16 36:8). It is not impossibl to imagin that th Edomits controlld both sts of mountains on both sids of th Arabah from tim to tim; or that rcnt control of th wst sid gav that ara th nam Sir as wll (at last for a tim). This givs us two gnral options: th rcalcitrant Isralit army gos north into th hill country of Judah or thy go ast into th land of Sir. Th Amorits do not hav to liv in th ara of Sir for th Israli army to b pushd back as far as Sir. What appars to b th cas and this is an ducatd guss is that Isral wnt north, fought against th Amorits, wr pushd back and scapd toward th ast (this would not giv up th ara whr thir familis wr campd). At Sir going as far as Hormah (which location is uncrtain), is whr thy wr pushd to, whn th Amorits stoppd chasing thm. Whthr Sir and Hormah ar locatd ast or wst of th Arabah is uncrtain (again, thr may hav bn tims whn th Edomits controlld both mountainous rgions). As suggstd in th translation, Hormah may not b a propr noun but th dscription of th Jwish army; th Amorits pursud thm until thy wr dstroyd. Surprisingly nough, I cannot find a translation which undrstands this vrs in this way, apart from th Jrusalm targum. Numbrs 14:40 45 Intrlud: Moss is looking back to th historical vnts of Num Thy occurrd 38 yars ago. Although Moss spaks to th Jws bfor him as if thy ar guilty; it was actually thir parnts who mad ths dcisions; and thir parnts who paid for ths dcisions. Th historical incidnt to which Moss alluds coms from Num. 14:40 45, which follows blow (in th ESV): Num 14:40 And thy ros arly in th morning and wnt up to th hights of th hill country, saying, "Hr w ar. W will go up to th plac that th LORD has promisd, for w hav sinnd." Thy wr going up to fight against th Amorits in th hill country; thy admittd that thy had sinnd.

321 Dutronomy Chaptr Num 14:41 2 But Moss said, "Why now ar you transgrssing th command of th LORD, whn that will not succd? Do not go up, for th Lord is not among you, lst you b struck down bfor your nmis. Moss tlls thm that this act is against God. God would not prospr thm. Num 14:43 For thr th Amalkits and th Canaanits ar facing you, and you shall fall by th sword. Bcaus you hav turnd back from following th LORD, th LORD will not b with you." Moss guarants thm that thy will los bcaus God will not b with thm. Num 14:44 But thy prsumd to go up to th hights of th hill country, although nithr th ark of th covnant of th LORD nor Moss dpartd out of th camp. Thy go up anyway, dspit Moss making it abundantly clar that this was not God s will. Num 14:45 Thn th Amalkits and th Canaanits who livd in that hill country cam down and dfatd thm and pursud thm, vn to Hormah. Thy ar clarly dfatd by thir nmis. Chaptr Outlin Charts, Maps and Short Doctrins vv rad: Thn Jhovah said to m, Tll thm this: do not go up and fight against your nmis in th hill country. I am warning you not to do this and I say this to you, so that you will not b dfatd bfor your nmis. I warnd all of you but you would not listn to m. You rblld against th command of Jhovah, acting prsumptuously and going up to th hill country to do battl. Th Amorits livd in th hill country, and thy cam out to mt you in battl. Thy quickly showd thir supriority and chasd your as bs would. Thy routd you in Sir and chasd you as far as Hormah. McG maks som application hr: I think thr is a vry fin distinction btwn faith and prsumption. In th cours of my ministry, I hav counsld with many popl. On man told m, "You know, Brothr McG, I blivd God and I thought H would blss my businss. I wnt into businss bliving H would blss m, but H didn't. In fact, I wnt bankrupt." Wll, frind, was it faith in God or was it prsumption? Whn w got down to th nitty-gritty, I larnd that this man had hard anothr businss man spak at a banqut. His mssag had bn that h had takn as his motto, "God is my partnr," and h had bn vry succssful in businss. H told about how h had takn God into partnrship with him, and God had blssd and prosprd him. Obviously, God ld that man; I'm confidnt of that. Howvr, I bliv that my frind wnt hom and prsumptuously said, "Wll, if God will mak m prosprous, I'll tak Him as my partnr in businss." God didn't lad him, you s. 125 Bliv m, frinds, thr is a diffrnc btwn faith and prsumption. And so you rturn and so your wp to facs of Y howah and did not listn in your voic Y howah and H did not giv ar to you [all]. Dutronomy 1:45 Thn you rturnd and wpt bfor Y howah, but Y howah did not har your voic and H did not listn to you [all]. Thn you rturnd in sham and wpt bfor Jhovah, but H did not listn to your crying at all. Hr is how othrs hav translatd this vrs: Ancint txts: 125 From accssd Novmbr 6, 2013.

322 395 Th Book of Dutronomy Targum of Onklos Latin Vulgat Masortic Txt (Hbrw) Pshitta (Syriac) Sptuagint (Grk) Significant diffrncs: And you rturnd, and wpt bfor th Lord: but th Lord would not rciv your prayrs, nor harkn to your words. And whn you rturnd and wpt bfor th Lord, h hard you not, nithr would h yild to your voic. And so you rturn and so your wp to facs of Y howah and did not har Y howah and H did not giv ar to you [all]. Thn you sat down and wpt bfor th LORD; but th LORD would not harkn to your voic nor giv ar to you. And you sat down and wpt bfor th Lord our God, and th Lord would not listn to your voic, nithr did H tak hd to you. Non. Thought-for-thought translations; paraphrass: Common English Bibl Contmporary English V. Easy English Easy-to-Rad Vrsion Th Mssag Nw Lif Bibl Th Voic Whn you cam back, you crid bfor th Lord, but h wouldn't rspond to your tars or giv you a haring. Thn you cam back to th plac of worship at Kadsh-Barna and wpt, but th LORD would not listn to your prayrs. You cam back and you wpt. But th *Lord did not s that you wpt. H would not listn to you. Thn you cam back and crid to th Lord for hlp. But th Lord rfusd to listn to you. You cam back and wpt in th prsnc of GOD, but h didn't pay a bit of attntion to you; GOD didn't giv you th tim of day. And you rturnd and crid bfor th Lord but th Lord did not listn to you. You cam back and wpt bfor th Etrnal. But H wouldn't listn to a word you said. Partially litral and partially paraphrasd translations: Christian Community Bibl Nw Advnt (Knox) Bibl Nw Amrican Bibl NIRV Nw Jrusalm Bibl Today s NIV And you rturnd with much wping in th prsnc of Yahwh who did not want to har you nor listn to your voic. Many wr th plaints you uttrd in th Lord's prsnc whn you cam back, but h would not listn to you, and long you waitd in idlnss, thr at Cads-Barn. V. 46 is includd for contxt. On your rturn you wpt bfor th LORD, but h did not listn to your cry or giv ar to you. You cam back and sobbd in front of th Lord. But h didn't pay any attntion to your sobs. H wouldn't listn to you. On your rturn, you wpt in Yahwh's prsnc, but h would not listn to your cris or pay attntion. You cam back and wpt bfor th LORD, but h paid no attntion to your wping and turnd a daf ar to you. Mostly litral rndrings (with som occasional paraphrasing): Bibl in Basic English Th Expandd Bibl Frar-Fnton Bibl And you cam back, wping bfor th Lord; but th Lord gav no attntion to your cris and did not giv ar to you. So you cam back and crid bfor th Lord, but th Lord did not listn to you; h rfusd to pay attntion to you. So you rturnd, and wpt bfor th EVER-LIVING. But th EVER-LIVING would not har your voic, nor listnd.

323 Dutronomy Chaptr NET Bibl NIV, 2011 Thn you cam back and wpt bfor th Lord, but h [Hb "th Lord." Th pronoun ("h") has bn mployd in th translation hr for stylistic rasons, to avoid rdundancy.] paid no attntion to you whatsovr [Hb "did not har your voic and did not turn an ar to you."]. You cam back and wpt bfor th Lord [S Nu 14:1], but h paid no attntion [Job 27:9; 35:13; Ps 18:41; 66:18; Pr 1:28; Isa 1:15; Jr 14:12; La 3:8; Mic 3:4; S Jn 9:31] to your wping and turnd a daf ar [Ps 28:1; 39:12; Pr 28:9] to you. Jwish/Hbrw Nams Bibls: Complt Jwish Bibl xgss companion Bibl Kaplan Translation Orthodox Jwish Bibl You rturnd and crid bfor ADONAI, but ADONAI nithr listnd to what you said nor paid you any attntion....and you rturnd and wpt at th fac of Yah Vh; and Yah Vh nithr harknd to your voic nor harknd to you:... You cam back and wpt bfor God, but God would nithr listn to you nor pay attntion to you. And y rturnd and wpt bfor Hashm; but Hashm would not listn to your voic, nor giv ar unto you. Litral, almost word-for-word, rndrings: Concordant Litral Vrsion Contxt Group Vrsion Th Gnva Bibl Nw RSV World English Bibl Young s Updatd LT Th gist of this vrs: Thn you rturnd and lamntd bfor Yahwh. Yt Yahwh did not harkn to your voic nor giv ar to you. And you { pl } rturnd and wpt bfor YHWH; but YHWH didn't listn to your {pl} voic, nor gav ar to you { pl }. And y rturnd and wpt bfor th LORD; but th LORD would not harkn to your voic, nor giv ar unto you. Bcaus you rathr showd your hypocrisy, than tru rpntanc; rathr lamnting th loss of your brthrn, than rpnting for your sins. Whn you rturnd and wpt bfor th LORD, th LORD would nithr hd your voic nor pay you any attntion. You rturnd and wpt bfor Yahwh; but Yahwh didn't listn to your voic, nor gav ar to you. And you [all] turn back and wp bfor Jhovah, and Jhovah has not harknd to your voic, nor has h givn ar unto you. Dspit all of th crying of this dfatd army, God paid no attntion to thm. Dutronomy 1:45a Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs wa (or va) (åç) [pronouncd wah] and so, and thn, thn, and; so, that, yt, thrfor, consquntly; bcaus wâw conscutiv BDB #253 shûwb (ùåìá) b [pronouncd shoo v] to rturn, to turn, to turn back, to rminisc, to rstor somthing, to bring back somthing, to rviv, to rcovr somthing, to mak rstitution nd 2 prson masculin plural, Qal imprfct Strong's #7725 BDB #996

324 397 Th Book of Dutronomy Dutronomy 1:45a Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs wa (or va) (åç) [pronouncd wah] and so, and thn, thn, and; so, that, yt, thrfor, consquntly; bcaus wâw conscutiv BDB #253 bâkâh (áìçëèä) [pronouncd baw-kaw] to wp [for] (in grif, humiliation, or joy), to wp [bittrly], to wp upon [i.., to mbrac and wk], to cry [for], to bwail nd 2 prson masculin plural, Qal imprfct Strong s #1058 BDB #113 lâmd (ìà) [pronouncd l ] to, for, towards, in rgards to dirctional/rlational prposition BDB #510 pânîym (ôìèðäéí) [pronouncd paw- NEEM] fac, facs, countnanc; prsnc masculin plural construct (plural acts lik English singular) Strong s #6440 BDB #815 Togthr, thy man upon th fac of, bfor, bfor th fac of, in th prsnc of, in th sight of, in front of. Whn usd with God, it can tak on th mor figurativ maning in th judgmnt of. This can also man forwards; th front part [or, th dg of a sword]. L pânîym (ìàôìèðäéí) can tak on a tmporal sns as wll: bfor, of old, formrly, in th past, in past tims. YHWH (éäåä) [pronunciation is possibly yhoh-wah] translitratd variously as Jhovah, Yahwh, Y howah propr noun Strong s #3068 BDB #217 Translation: Thn you rturnd and wpt bfor Y howah,... rturnd to thir camp and crid bfor Y howah. Many of thm did surviv this dfat, and thy Dutronomy 1:45b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs w (or v ) (åà or åì) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though; as wll as simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 lô (ìéà or ìåéà) [pronouncd low] not, no ngats th word or action that follows; th absolut ngation Strong s #3808 BDB #518 shâma (ùèîçò) [pronouncd shaw- MAHÌ] to listn [intntly], to har, to listn and oby, [or, and act upon, giv hd to, tak not of], to harkn to, to b attntiv to, to listn and b cognizant of rd 3 prson masculin singular, Qal prfct Strong's #8085 BDB #1033 This plays off v. 43.

325 Dutronomy Chaptr Dutronomy 1:45b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs YHWH (éäåä) [pronunciation is possibly yhoh-wah] translitratd variously as Jhovah, Yahwh, Y howah propr noun Strong s #3068 BDB #217 h b (áìà) [pronouncd b ] in, into, at, by, nar, on, with, bfor, upon, against, by mans of, among, within a prposition of proximity Strong s #non BDB #88 qôwl ( åéì) [pronouncd kohl] sound, voic, nois; loud nois, thundring masculin singular noun nd with th 2 prson masculin plural suffix Strong s #6963 BDB #876 Translation:...but Y howah did not har your voic... Howvr, God did not listn to thm. H did not har thir voic. God told thm xactly what to do, and thy did xactly th opposit, and thn wr upst whn things wnt badly. Gn X ran out of tim. God gav thm many chancs, and ovr and ovr again, thy disobyd God, thy qustiond His motivs; thy murmurd about Moss bhind his back, and thy rblld against Moss in many diffrnt ways. Thy ran out of tim, and God had givn up on thm. Now, ths ar blivrs. Thy hav trnal lif. Thy will spnd trnity with God; but thy ar spiritual failurs. Thr is a point at which you can no longr play th gam. Lt s us th illustration of th musical gnius who has all th potntial in th world, but, h scrws it up by doing drugs. H might wast 20 yars of his lif fding his habit, draining him of his crativity. And thr will com a point in his lif whn h is no longr you and frsh; or rlvant to that gnration. That is Gn X. God had givn thm th land th land H promisd to thm back 400 yars prvious and thy showd tim and tim again that thy wr not up to it. Finally, God just st thm asid, waitd for som of thm to di and killd off th othrs; waiting for th nxt gnration to com along, hoping that thy might b mor willing to gt with God s plan. Application: Our livs only last so long; and our yars of maximum productivity only go for so long. In our lif and in our spiritual lif, thr is always a clock running. In whatvr profssion you ar in, thr can b th conflunc of nrgy, prparation and accumulation of knowldg; or you might spnd many of thos yars in dissipation, without dirction, poorly prpard, lacking an accumulation of wisdom in your fild. And bfor you know it, th nw gnration coms along, and thy do it bttr and smartr than you vr did. Instad of bing th prson who inspirs and motivats th nxt gnration, you ar th prson vryon wishs would rtir; or you ar th prson who, in your fild, has bn quickly forgottn. Application: Th sam is tru of your spiritual production. You do not start out on day on of your Christian lif doing grat things for God. If you grow spiritually, thn, your prparation, your spiritual maturity, and your accumulat wisdom rsult in grat spiritual productivity. This rsults in grat rwards in trnity. Or, if you skip out on Bibl class, or you chas plasur at vry opportunity; or, you try to arn somthing from God; suddnly, your lif is coming to a clos, and thr is nothing that you hav don that amounts to anything. Your spiritual influnc is lacking and your ntir lif, in th ralm of God s plan, is lacklustr at bst. Th mdiocr spiritual lif dscribs Gn X. Thy had thir tim; thy could hav bn th gratst gnration; and thy wr ngativ to th plan of God; and thir spiritual production was ngligibl. And thy had so much potntial.

326 399 Th Book of Dutronomy Dutronomy 1:45c Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs w (or v ) (åà or åì) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though; as wll as simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 lô (ìéà or ìåéà) [pronouncd low] not, no ngats th word or action that follows; th absolut ngation Strong s #3808 BDB #518 âzan (àèæçï) [pronouncd aw-zahn] to broadn out th ar with th hand in ordr to har; to giv ar and answr; to listn and oby; to listn; to wigh rd 3 prson masculin singular, Hiphil prfct Strong s #238 BDB #24 l (àæì) [pronouncd hl] unto; into, among, in; toward, to; against; concrning, rgarding; bsids, togthr with; as to dirctional prposition (rspct or dfrnc may b implid) with th nd 2 prson masculin plural suffix Strong's #413 BDB #39 Translation:...and H did not listn to you [all]. Quit obviously, God is omniprsnt and omniscint, so how is it possibl that H dos not har ths Isralits crying? Litrally, what is found in th Hbrw is...and H did not giv ar to you [all]. This is an idiom, matchd rasonably wll to our idioms turnd a daf ar to you or H would not listn to a word that you had to say. So, th ida is, what thy hav to say has no impact on what God dos. God obviously can har thm; but no mattr what thy say or how much thy cry, it is not going to chang what H dos. So God not haring thm is an anthropopathism. H is omniscint; but thir tars ar no longr nough to rach Him. Ptr Ptt: So th paramtrs hav now bn laid down [by Moss]. Although his harrs did not ralis it th whol history of Isral has bn laid out in microcosm. Moss has laid down th foundations for th futur. Th land and th futur is Yahwh's. It is availabl for all who will rspond to Him in blif and will oby Him. H has don His part. H has multiplid thm. H has stablishd thm as a rightous nation. Now it is up to thm. If thy rspond to His covnant thy may ntr into it and njoy its blssing and Yahwh's protction. If thy do so rspond H will lad thm and fight for thm. H will b to thm lik a fathr baring his son. But if thy fail to go on bliving, if thy fail to go on obying Him, thn H will also driv thm out of th land, as H drov out thir fathrs, so 126 that thy too will b for vr wandring around, gtting nowhr. Th choic lis with thm. This vrs rads: Thn you rturnd and wpt bfor Y howah, but Y howah did not har your voic and H did not listn to you [all]. What thy had to say was unimportant. Surly you hav dalt with a drunkn frind or rlativ and thy will start muttring all kinds of things which sound vry sincr. Or prhaps on of your xgirlfrinds or boyfrinds calls you on th phon and thy ar drunk. It rally dos not mattr what thy say. It dos not mattr how sincr thy sound. It dos not mattr what thy promis to do. Onc thy ar sobr, it will b as if this nvr occurrd. Lt m giv you an analogous situation. Many of us hav known crying drunks; mn who hav dstroyd thir livs with alcohol, and, somtims whn undr th influnc of alcohol, will dspair of thir livs, most of th damag of which was causd by thm spnding so much tim drunk. A sobr prson just dos not want to har that crap. Thy don t want to sit thr and say, Thr, thr, it will b alright whn it won t b. And, ths drunks will forgt this whol convrsation, and continu to ruin thir livs with thir drunknnss. 126 From accssd Novmbr 5, 2013.

327 Dutronomy Chaptr At a young ag, I had th opportunity to know som spctacular drinkrs; and thy would go on drunks that might last months or vn yars. Onc thy lost thir hous and family, thy livd in th car; and onc thy lost thir car, thy would bgin th unstady rturn to sobrity. It is a grat tstimony to th construction of th human body that ths popl could subjct thir bodis to so much abus, and yt still b aliv. At that tim thy wr ntrtaining; and at tims thy wr sad; but th last thing I vr wantd to do was to spnd an hour listning to thm mourn about thir livs that thy thmslvs scrwd up. God has bn vry up-front with this gnration, as to how H would intract with thm; what His will was and what H would do on thir bhalf. If thy hav chosn against God, tim aftr tim, thn thr is a point at which God no longr wants to har about it. Gill summarizs this: Thos that rmaind whn th Amorits lft pursuing thm, rturnd to th camp at Kadsh, whr Moss and th Lvits wr, and th rst of th popl; and hr thy wpt at th door of th tabrnacl of th congrgation, and hnc said to b "bfor th Lord"; thy wpt bcaus of th slaughtr that had bn mad among thm, and bcaus of thir sin in going contrary to th will of God, and bcaus thy wr ordrd into th wildrnss; and vry probably thy crid and prayd unto th Lord, that thy might not b turnd back, but that H would go with thm, and bring thm now into th promisd land; [howvr] th Lord would not harkn to your voic, nor giv ar unto you;...and [H] would not rpal th ordr to go into th wildrnss again, whr H had sworn 127 in His wrath thir carcasss should fall; th sntnc was irrvocabl. Or as Matthw Hnry vn mor succinctly put it: Th Lord would not harkn to your voic, bcaus 128 you would not harkn to His. W rad in Psalm 78:32 34 For all this thy still sinnd, and did not bliv bcaus of His wondrful works. Thrfor H ndd thir days in vanity and thir yars in troubl. Whn H killd thm, thn thy lookd for Him; and thy turnd back and sought aftr God. (MKJV) It appars by ths vrss that thr is a point at which God s patinc givs out. Th popl of Isral to appar to hav gon too far at this point, and God will not bar thos of Gn X any longr. So v. 45 rads: Thn you rturnd in sham and wpt bfor Jhovah, but H did not listn to your crying at all. As an asid, thr is this intrsting phnomnon found in Scriptur whr what popl say sms to hav som affct in this world. Whthr it is an oath that somon taks, a pronouncmnt mad by a patriarch, ths things sm to both having maning and impact somtims long trm impact (as with Jacob s blssing/valuation of his sons). I don t know xactly how or why; or if this somhow can st God or His angls in motion. It is an odd thing which might b intrsting to xplor at som point. Not in a wird, fantasy throw-somthing-out-into-thunivrs typ way. Similarly, thr sms to b somthing to what w think as having an impact on our livs as wll. I don t man simply with mntal attitud sins or lack of sam, but a prson s rsolv at last appars to gt som popl through vry difficult tims. Howvr, in this cas, what ths popl say and mot will b compltly ignord by God. It will man nothing to Him. W rad in 2Cor. 7:10 For th sorrow that God dsirs producs rpntanc [i.., a chang of hart and lif] that lads to salvation, and which brings no rgrts. But th sorrow of th world [i.., sorrow for wrongdoing for rasons unrlatd to God or moral principls] producs [spiritual] dath. (AUV NT) McG: Did thy wp bcaus thy disobyd God? No. Thy wpt bcaus th Amorits had chasd thm. Thir dfat was th rason for thir wping. You know of incidnts whn a thif is caught, and h bgins to shd tars and rpnt. But wait a minut. What kind of tars ar thy? Dos h wp bcaus h is a thif? No, h wps bcaus h has bn caught. Thr is a world of 129 diffrnc in that. This is xactly th cas with ths popl Dr. John Gill, John Gill s Exposition of th Entir Bibl; from -Sword, Dut. 1:45 (ditd). Matthw Hnry, Commntary on th Whol Bibl; from -Sword, Dut. 1: From accssd Novmbr 6, 2013.

328 401 Th Book of Dutronomy God is omniprsnt, and, vn though th rumors wr quitly sprad throughout th camp, and that thos vry dmonstrativ Jws who crid aloud in public as wll as th ons who did in privat, wr all obsrvd by God. Evrything that w do is don bfor God. Now ths popl hav bn batn down and thy ar in tars again. God mad it clar to th popl th squnc of vnts and H mad clar to thm His powr and whn H would b with thm or not. Whn thy chos to ignor Him, H chos to ignor thm. Whn you ar out of fllowship, you hav no contact with God. W ar vry willful in our livs and w mak dozns, if not hundrds of wrong choics which strictly rval our own will and our own lusts. God is not with us in ths. God dos not stay with us whn w push Him away. W hav on way back to Him and that is rbound and His Word. Prhaps you hav gon through som difficult tims and prhaps it has bn bcaus you hav bn out of fllowship and bcaus you hav opposd God's will. And now, th disciplin is so grat, that you ar causd to cry bfor God. Som popl, undr various typs of psychological prssur, wandr up bfor a church and cry thr. Arn't ths tars indicativ of rpntanc? Did not th Isralits who crid in front of God aftr this dfat was this not rpntanc bfor God? W liv in a world of tars and tars somtims ar maningful and somtims thy ar not. I now rjoic, not that you wr mad sorrowful, but that you wr mad sorrowful to th changing of [your] mind; for you wr mad sorrowful according to [th norm or standard of] God in ordr that you might not suffr loss in anything through us. For th sorrow that is according to [th norm or standard of] God producs a chang of mind lading to a salvation [or dlivranc] without rgrt; but th sorrow of th world producs dath (2Cor. 7:9 10). You wr wrong, you wr disciplind by God, and, it hurt so bad that you ar now crying. Th ky, is this a sorrow causd by hurting, by disciplin, by not gtting just what you wantd? Or is this a sorrow according to th norm and standard of God? Ths sons of Isral crid on thr occasions with rspct to this incidnt. Th night bfor thy wr to ntr th land; aftr thy ralizd that thy had missd th opportunity to ntr th land du to thir unblif and that God had placd thm undr th sin unto dath; and aftr thy had bn dfatd whn thy prsumptiously attackd th Canaanits of th land. "Thr also w saw th Nphilim (th sons of Anak ar part of th Nphilim); and w bcam lik grasshopprs in our own sight, and so w wr in thir sight." Thn all th congrgation liftd up thir voics and crid, and th popl wpt that night. And all th sons of Isral grumbld against Moss and Aaron; and th whol congrgation said to thm, "Would w had did in th land of Egypt! Or would that w had did in this wildrnss!" "Your corpss will fall in this wildrnss, vn all your numbrd mn, according to your complt numbr from twnty yars old and upward, [thos of you] who hav grumbld against [God]" And whn Moss spok ths words to all th sons of Isral, th popl mournd gratly. [Moss is spaking]: "Thn you answrd and said to m, 'W hav sinnd against Y howah; w will indd go up and fight, just as Y howah our god commandd us.' And vry man of you girdd on his wapons of war, and rgardd it as asy to go up into th hill country. And Y howah said to m, 'Say to thm, "Do not go up, nor fight, for I am not among you; or you will b dfatd bfor your nmis." ' So I spok to you, but you would not listn. Instad, you rblld against th oath of Y howah and actd prsumptiously and wnt up into th hill country. And th Amorits who livd in that hill country cam out against you and chasd you as bs do, and crushd you from Sir to Hormah. Thn you rturnd and wpt bfor Y howah, but Y howah did not listn to your voic, nor giv ar to you." (Num. 13:33 14:2b, 29, 39 Dut. 1:41 45). Som criminals, whn thy ar caught or whn thy ar sntncd to jail, wp. Do thy wp bcaus thy raliz thy ar wrong and wish thy could undo th wrong that thy did? Somtims; but, usually, thy wp bcaus thy wr caught and bcaus thy will now suffr as a rsult 130 of that. And so you [all] rmain in Kadsh days many as th days which you [all] rmaind. Aftr that, you all just livd in Kadsh for awhil. Hr is how othrs hav translatd this vrs: Dutronomy 1:46 Thrfor, you livd [for] many days in Kadsh according to th days you rmaind [thr]. 130 Takn from an xampl of J. Vrnon McG, Dutronomy, p. 18.

329 Dutronomy Chaptr Ancint txts: Targum of Onklos Latin Vulgat Masortic Txt (Hbrw) Pshitta (Syriac) Sptuagint (Grk) Significant diffrncs: So you abod in Rkm many days, according to th days that you abod. So you abod in Cadsbarn a long tim. And so you [all] rmain in Kadsh days many as th days which you [all] rmaind. So you rmaind in Rakim many days, according to th days that you rmaind thr. And you dwlt in Kadsh many days, as many days as you dwlt thr. Th Latin appars to translat th idiom of th Hbrw. Thought-for-thought translations; paraphrass: Common English Bibl Contmporary English V. Easy English Easy-to-Rad Vrsion Good Nws Bibl (TEV) Th Mssag Nw Brkly Vrsion Nw Lif Bibl Nw Living Translation Th Voic And so you stayd in Kadsh-barna for quit som tim. Aftr w had bn in Kadsh for a fw months, w obyd th LORD and hadd back into th dsrt by way of Rd Sa Road. Th CEV taks in a portion of Dut. 2:1, and maks an assumption that thy stayd in Kadsh for only a fw months. And so you stayd in Kadsh for many days. You rmaind thr for a long tim. So you stayd at Kadsh a long tim. "So thn, aftr w had stayd at Kadsh for a long tim, w finally turnd and wnt into th dsrt, on th road to th Gulf of Aqaba, as th LORD had commandd, and w spnt a long tim wandring about in th hill country of Edom. Dut. 2:1 is includd for contxt. You stayd thr in Kadsh a long tim, about as long as you had stayd thr arlir. Th LORD, howvr, did nithr har nor listn to you, so you rmaind at Kadsh many a day, th many days you spnt thr. So you stayd in Kadsh. Many days you stayd thr. So you stayd thr at Kadsh for a long tim. So you just stayd in Kadsh and didn't lav for a long tim. Partially litral and partially paraphrasd translations: Amrican English Bibl Christian Community Bibl God s Word Nw Amrican Bibl (R.E.) NIRV Rvisd English Bibl Today s NIV So thn you sat down and bawld bfor our God Jhovah, but H wouldn't listn to you or pay any attntion to you. And following that, you spnt a long tim living in Kadsh.' V. 45 is includd for contxt. So you wr to rmain at Kadsh for many days; and you know how long it was. Through th dsrt W, thrfor, turnd back and st out towards th dsrt by th way lading to th Rd Sa, as Yahwh had commandd m, and w walkd around th mountains of Sir for a long tim. Dut. 2:1 is includd for contxt. That's why you stayd in Kadsh as long as you did. On your rturn you wpt bfor th LORD, but th LORD did not listn to your voic or giv ar to you. That is why you had to stay as long as you did at Kadsh. Thn w turnd and procdd into th wildrnss on th Rd Sa road, as th LORD had told m, and circld around th highlands of Sir for a long tim. Dut. 1:45 and 2:1 ar includd for contxt. So you stayd in Kadsh for many yars. You spnt a long tim in that ara. That is why you rmaind in Kadsh as long as you did. And so you stayd in Kadsh many days--all th tim you spnt thr. Mostly litral rndrings (with som occasional paraphrasing):

330 403 Th Book of Dutronomy Ancint Roots Translinar Bibl in Basic English Th Expandd Bibl Frar-Fnton Bibl HCSB NET Bibl NIV, 2011 You dwlld in th rst-stop many days, th days of your dwlling. So you wr kpt waiting in Kadsh for a long tim. So you stayd in Kadsh a long tim. Consquntly you wr dtaind at Kadsh for many days. You rmaind thr a long tim ; until you turnd back and marchd to th dsrt towards th Sa of Suf, as th EVER-LIVING commandd m, and wandrd about th hills of Sair a long tim. Dut. 2:1 is includd for contxt. For this rason you stayd in Kadsh as long as you did. Thrfor, you rmaind at Kadsh for a long tim - indd, for th full tim. Hb "lik th days which you livd." This rfrs to th rst of th forty-yar priod in th dsrt bfor Isral arrivd in Moab. And so you stayd in Kadsh [S Nu 20:1] many days-all th tim you spnt thr. Jwish/Hbrw Nams Bibls: Complt Jwish Bibl xgss companion Bibl JPS (Tanakh 1985) Kaplan Translation Orthodox Jwish Bibl This is why you had to stay in Kadsh as long as you did....and you sttld in Qadsh many days, according to th days you sttld thr. Thus, aftr you had rmaind at Kadsh all that long tim [Lit., Many days, lik th days that you rmaind. ], w marchd back into th wildrnss by th way of th Sa of Rds, as th LORD had spokn to m, and skirtd th hill country of Sir a long tim. Th JPS placs this final vrs with chaptr 2. I hav addd in v. 1 of Dut. 2 for contxt. You rmaind in Kadsh Barna for a long tim, as long as you rmaind [in all th othr placs]. (Saadia; Rashi). Som say that th Isralits wr in Kadsh Barna for 19 yars (Sdr Olam 8; Rashi; Lkach Tov), whil othrs indicat that thy wr thr for 18 (Morh Nvukhim 3:50; Midrash HaGadol). S not on Num. 33:18. That is why y abod in Kadsh as long as y did. Litral, almost word-for-word, rndrings: Th Amplifid Bibl Concordant Litral Vrsion Darby Translation English Standard Vrsion Grn s Litral Translation Nw King Jams Vrsion Nw RSV Updatd Bibl Vrsion 2.11 Wbstr s updatd Bibl World English Bibl Young s Updatd LT Th gist of this vrs: So you rmaind in Kadsh; many days you rmaind thr. So you dwlt at Kadsh many days, according to th days which you dwlt. And y abod in Kadsh many days, according unto th days that y abod [thr]. So you rmaind at Kadsh many days, th days that you rmaind thr. And you livd many days in Kadsh, according to th days that you rmaind thr. "So you rmaind in Kadsh many days, according to th days that you spnt thr. Aftr you had stayd at Kadsh as many days as you did, w journyd back into th wildrnss, in th dirction of th Rd Sa,* as th Lord had told m, and skirtd Mount Sir for many days. Dut. 2:1 is includd for contxt. So you+ rmaind in Kadsh many days, according to th days that you+ rmaind [thr]. So you [all] abod in Kadsh many days, according to th days that you [all] abod [thr]. So you abod in Kadsh many days, according to th days that you abod thr. And you [all] dwll in Kadsh many days, according to th days which you [all] had dwlt. Th Isralits livd in Kadsh for a long tim.

331 Dutronomy Chaptr Dutronomy 1:46a Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs wa (or va) (åç) [pronouncd wah] and so, and thn, thn, and; so, that, yt, thrfor, consquntly; bcaus wâw conscutiv BDB #253 yâshab (éèùçá) [pronouncd yaw- B SHAH V] to rmain, to stay; to dwll, to liv, to inhabit; to sit nd 2 prson masculin plural, Qal imprfct Strong's #3427 BDB #442 h b (áìà) [pronouncd b ] in, into, at, by, nar, on, with, bfor, upon, against, by mans of, among, within a prposition of proximity Strong s #non BDB #88 Qâdêsh ( ÈãÅ) [pronouncd kaw- DAYSH] sacrd, holy, st apart; translitratd Kadsh propr noun; location Strong s #6946 and #6947 BDB #873 yâmîym (éèîäéí) [pronouncd yaw- MEEM] days, a st of days; tim of lif, liftim; a spcific tim priod, a yar masculin plural noun Strong s #3117 BDB #398 rab (øçá) [pronouncd b rah v] many, much, grat (in th sns of larg or significant, not acclaimd) masculin plural adjctiv Strong's #7227 BDB #912 Translation: Thrfor, you livd [for] many days in Kadsh... This vrs bgins simply nough. Thy liv for awhil in Kadsh. This is far nough away that th Amorits do not com to attack thm. Th Isralits did not wandr all ovr th dsrt looking for th Land of Promis. Thy knw whr it was; thy had just spid it out. Howvr, thy wr bat down and thy dcidd just to stay right thr in Kadsh for awhil. V. 46 is a good vrs to xpand upon, as it is crucial to th activity of th Jws during thir tim in th dsrt: Th Amplifid Bibl Th Emphasizd Bibl KJV NASB NIV NRSV Young's Lit. Translation So you rmaind in Kadsh; many days you rmaind thr. And y abod in Kadsh many days, how many wr th days that y abod [thr]! "So you abod in Kadsh many days, according unto th days that y abod thr." "So you rmaind in Kadsh many days, th days that you spnt thr." And so you stayd in Kadsh many days all th tim you spnt thr. Aftr you stayd at Kadsh as many days as you did, [w journyd back into th wildrnss, in th dirction of th Rd Sa... (part of Dut. 2:1 was addd hr)...and y dwll in Kadsh many days, according to th days which y had dwlt. Th first half of th vrs is gnrally corrctly rndrd: w hav th Qal imprfct of yâshab (éèùçá) [pronouncd B yaw-shah V] and it mans to rmain, sit, dwll. Strong's #3427 BDB #442 Many days is a phras w first find in Gn. 21:34, which could hav indicatd a priod of tim from 5 yars to prhaps 20. This prhas is found again in Gn. 37:34 whn Jacob has found out (incorrctly) that his son Josph has did his mourning for many days wnt on for yars. H still hld his childrn rsponsibl as lat as Gn. 42:38, which is quit a numbr of yars latr. Many days hr was an inordinat amount of tim, svral yars at last. Lv. 15:25 has th sam phras, which may not rfr to mor than a wk or two, but th ky is w ar talking about an unusual amount of tim mor than what is ordinary. Thy Jws rmaind at th foot of Mount Sinai for about a yar, which was bcaus Moss was obtaining th Law from God. Thr wr two trips involvd and this was not a priod of many

332 405 Th Book of Dutronomy days, as this was a rasonabl amount of tim. Howvr, th tim that thy spnt at Kadsh-barna fll undr th phras many days an unrasonabl amount of tim. To mphasiz this, w follow this with th kâph prposition, which mans lik, as;. which in turn is followd by th nd phras th days. Thn thr is th rlativ pronoun which, and th 2 masculin plural, Qal prfct of yâshab again. Dutronomy 1:46b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs kaph or k (ëìà) [pronouncd k ] lik, as, just as; according to, aftr; about, approximatly; combind with an infinitiv, it can also tak on th maning as, oftn, whn, as soon as prposition of comparison, rsmblanc or approximation BDB #453 yâmîym (éèîäéí) [pronouncd yaw- MEEM] days, a st of days; tim of lif, liftim; a spcific tim priod, a yar masculin plural noun with th dfinit articl Strong s #3117 BDB #398 ãshr (àâéùæø) [pronouncd ash-er] that, which, whn, who, whom rlativ pronoun Strong's #834 BDB #81 yâshab (éèùçá) [pronouncd yaw- B SHAH V] to rmain, to stay; to dwll, to liv, to inhabit; to sit nd 2 prson masculin plural, Qal prfct Strong's #3427 BDB #442 Translation:...according to th days you rmaind [thr]. This is an odd thing to say, whr th vrb is rpatd, along with th plural of days. Not sur xactly how this is to b intrprtd, byond, knowing that thy stayd in Kadsh for awhil. V. 46 rads: Thrfor, you livd [for] many days in Kadsh according to th days you rmaind [thr]. This final phras was somwhat difficult, but apparntly, I am not th only prson who struggld with it. Explaining th Final Phras of Dut. 1:46 Sourc Kil and Dlitzsch Th Pulpit Commntary Matthw Pool Intrprtation 131 Kil and Dlitzsch intrprt this as maning, You know how long you spnt in Kadsh; I don t nd to tll you th numbr of yars w stayd thr; you livd it. Or as th Pulpit Commntary rads: It was unncssary that Moss should tll th popl th prcis lngth of tim thy abod in Kadsh aftr this, bcaus that was wll known to thm. And thn thy add How long thy actually rmaind thr cannot b dtrmind, 132 for th xprssion, many days, is wholly indfinit. Pool s tak on th tim: So you also abod thr many days, or a long tim aftr, and 133 wr not now prmittd to mak any furthr progrss towards Canaan. 131 Kil and Dlitzsch, Commntary on th Old Tstamnt; from -Sword; Dut. 1: Th Pulpit Commntary; ; by Josph S. Exll, Hnry Donald Mauric Spnc-Jons, courtsy of -sword, Dut. 1: Matthw Pool, English Annotations on th Holy Bibl; h1685; from -Sword, Dut. 1:46.

333 Dutronomy Chaptr Explaining th Final Phras of Dut. 1:46 Sourc Th Orthodox Jwish Bibl Th Complt Jwish Bibl Intrprtation Th Orthodox Jwish Bibl givs an intrsting spin to this vrs: That is why y abod in Kadsh as long as y did. Thy undrstand this to b mor of an xprssion of summarizing th dfat with th ida that th Jws aftrward livd in Kadsh for quit awhil bcaus of this military dfat. Th Complt Jwish Bibl sms to hav a similar tak: This is why you had to stay in Kadsh as long as you did. As an asid, I hav noticd som profound diffrncs in various sts of translations. Most translations appar to b profoundly affctd by th King Jams Vrsion. Evn whn thr ar tims that a particular translation is shown to b anachronistic or just outright wrong, if it is found in th KJV, many tims it is carrid ovr into anothr 10 to 20 othr translations. Th Jwish translations oftn hav an intrsting viw of a passag, whr thy do, on many occasions, tak mor librty with thir translation. Whras, with th KJV translation and many of th litral translations, w can almost match thm up word-for-word or phras-for-phras with th original Grk or Hbrw, this is not gnrally th cas with th Jwish translations. Howvr, thr ar tims, lik this, whn th Jwish spin put on a translation, appars to giv us a bttr undrstanding of what is bing said. This is on of th rasons I includ so many diffrnt translations of ach vrs. Somtims, a word-forword rndring dos not always convy all th information that w nd. Kukis Kukis Prhaps this was simply an idiom to indicat that thy spnt a long tim aftr that in Kadsh, spinning thir whls. Howvr, it is possibl that God Himslf xplains what is mant hr: According to th numbr of th days in which you sarchd th land, forty days, ach day for a yar you shall bar your iniquitis, forty yars; and you shall know My alination. (Num. 14:34; MKJV) So God told thm how long thy would b in th dsrt. Thr wr 2 yars of tim alrady srvd; and 38 mor yars to go. I fl as if I am on th right track whn, now and again, I com across a phras, and wondr, Now what th hck dos that man? and thn find that many popl in th past hav wondrd th sam thing. Chaptr Outlin Charts, Maps and Short Doctrins Thr is an mphasis hr not just upon an inordinat amount of tim, which would hav bn th first phras all by itslf, but that is followd by a scond phras which furthr mphasizs th first phras. This is why Th Emphasizd Bibl translats it as how many wr th days that y abod [thr]! This indicats that thy spnd a grat dal of tim in Kadsh-barna; of no othr stopping plac in th dsrt was it said that thy spnt many days. (Num. 9:19 was likly a rtrospctiv addition to th chronological narrativ, not addd latr but addd whn Moss and th childrn of Isral wr rsiding in Kadsh-barna and Moss was rcording God's Word for th first tim). W will also hav th sons of Isral wandring around Mount Sir for many days in th following vrs. Joshua usd this trm many days to dscrib th amount of tim that th sons of Rubn, Gad and Manassh rmaind with thir childrn of Isral to conqur th land, vn aftr thy had chosn thir own trritory. This was a priod of prhaps svral dcads. W know narly nothing about thos 38 silnt yars, apart from Korah s rbllion in Num. 16. Thr ar two rasons why this is th cas: (1) Most of ths blivrs from Gn X will di th sin unto dath. Som will di of old ag; but, for th most part, thy hav nothing to tach us. Thy wr disobdint so that w cannot look to thm to st up a typ. (2) God may b giving ths popl som privacy. W alrady know what failurs thy ar; and th Korah rvolution suggsts that thy nvr stoppd bing failurs. Prhaps God dtrmind that, w hav sn nough of ths popl. W do not nd to follow any of thm individually to thir daths by divin disciplin.

334 407 Th Book of Dutronomy This lads m to a thological tangnt. Obviously, thr ar millions of hours of vnts in th lif of ancint popls and Isral in particular which ar not found in th Bibl. God th Holy Spirit rcords spcific information for spcific rasons. In this on chaptr, w hav sn 4 situations which ar typs, and th antityp is th cross or som aspct of Jsus. Th Holy Spirit is awar of this. But thr ar som historical tims whn thr is nothing that ths popl do that looks forward to Jsus. Thrfor, much of that history is not rcordd. Although thr ar diffrnt rabbinical viws as to how long th Isralits stayd in Kadsh (18 yars, 19 yars, yars); it is possibl that this is whr thy livd for narly 38 yars. W hav th xprssion wandring Jw and th ida of Moss wandring through th dsrt for whatvr rason. Howvr, givn Moss s background, it is unlikly that h vr was confusd about whr thy wr in th dsrt or whr thy wr in comparison to th Land of Promis. Moss could hav plottd out a rout, in my opinion, to anywhr in th Land of Promis, du to his background and training to bcom th nxt pharaoh. Although thr is a lot of wandring dscribd in Exodus and Numbrs; thr ar about 38 unaccountd for yars in thr (btwn Num. 19 and 20). Thr is no rason for us to assum that th popl of Isral just simply wandrd throughout this dsrt ara. It is rasonabl to suppos that thy livd right hr in Kadsh for most or all of thos 38 yars. Num. 20:1 rads: Th childrn of Isral, vn th whol congrgation, cam into th wildrnss of Zin in th first month: and th popl abod in Kadsh; and Miriam did thr, and was burid thr. (WEB) Miriam, th sistr of Moss, would hav bn on of th popl to di from Gn X (sh was actually a fw yars oldr than Moss, as sh followd 135 him as an infant whn placd into th Nil rivr in th ark). Chabad.org has Miriam as dying at ag 126 or almost xactly on yar bfor th childrn of Isral would ntr into th Land of Promis. If w hav Isral rtratd to Kadsh at th nd of Num. 14, and hr thy ar in Kadsh 38 yars latr whil Miriam is dying, it is not impossibl to imagin that this is whr thy hav livd for most of thos 38 yars. Num. 16:36 50 appar to b th last bit of rcordd history, which would hav takn plac somtim aftr th failur of th Jws to tak th Land of Promis. And Jhovah spok to Moss saying, Spak to Elazar th son of Aaron th prist, that h tak up th fir-pans out of th burning, and scattr th fir yondr. For thy ar holy. Th fir-pans of ths sinnrs against thir own souls, lt thm mak thm into broad plats, a covring for th altar; for thy offrd thm bfor Jhovah, thrfor thy ar mad holy. And thy shall b a sign to th sons of Isral. And Elazar th prist took th bronz fir-pans, th ons with which thos who had bn burnd up had offrd, and thy wr mad into broad plats, a covring of th altar, a mmorial to th sons of Isral, that no strangr not of th sd of Aaron may com nar to offr incns bfor Jhovah, so that h may not b as Korah and as his company, as Jhovah said to him by th hand of Moss. But on th nxt day all th congrgation of th sons of Isral murmurd against Moss and against Aaron saying, You hav killd th popl of Jhovah. And it happnd whn th congrgation was gathrd togthr against Moss and against Aaron, thy lookd toward th tabrnacl of th congrgation. And bhold! Th cloud covrd it, and th glory of Jhovah appard. And Moss and Aaron cam bfor th tabrnacl of th congrgation. And Jhovah spok to Moss saying, Gt away from this congrgation so that I may consum thm as in a momnt. And thy fll upon thir facs. And Moss said to Aaron, Tak a fir-pan, and put fir in it from th altar, and put on incns, and go quickly to th congrgation and mak an atonmnt for thm. For wrath has gon out from Jhovah. Th plagu has bgun. And Aaron did as Moss commandd and ran into th midst of th congrgation. And bhold! Th plagu had bgun among th popl. And h put on incns, and mad an atonmnt for th popl. And h stood btwn th dad and th living, and th plagu was stayd. And thos who did in th plagu wr fourtn thousand, svn hundrd, bsids th ons who did about th mattr of Korah. And Aaron rturnd to Moss to th door of th tabrnacl of th congrgation, and th plagu was stayd. This all taks plac aftr th Korah rbllion. Thn th nxt historical incidnt is rcordd in Num 20:1 Thn th sons of Isral cam, th whol congrgation, into th dsrt of Zin in th first month. And th popl stayd in Kadsh. And Miriam did thr and was burid thr. (MKJV) W do not know how far into ths 38 yars that th rbllion of Korah taks plac (Num. 16). W just do not hav any sort of a countdown of tim. But Num. 20:1 is th first plac that w can bgin dating th popl of Isral in th dsrt. 134 S Dr. John Gill, John Gill s Exposition of th Entir Bibl; from -Sword, Dut. 1: Accssd Octobr 12, Hr ag is not givn in Ex. 2; and hr actions rasonably plac hr btwn th ags of 7 and 12, as pr Bibl.org, accssd Octobr 12, 2013.

335 Dutronomy Chaptr Now lt s s whr w ar in Dutronomy. Thr ar no chaptr divisions in th original Hbrw, so lt s look at v. 46 with th first vrs of Dut. 2:1: So you wr to rmain at Kadsh for many days; and you know how long it was. W, thrfor, turnd back and st out towards th dsrt by th way lading to th Rd Sa, as Yahwh had commandd m, and w walkd around th mountains of Sir for a long tim. (CCB) Thr was a gnral ara in which th Isralits livd, which includd Kadsh, th mountains of Sir (rmmbr, that is whr th Amorits stoppd pursuing thm); and thr was a rout going to th Rd Sa. So, it appars that th Isralits livd in this gnral vicinity for ths 38 silnt yars. What appars to b th cas is, th Jws livd in Kadsh for ths 38 silnt yars, and that Dut. 2:1 picks up aftr that, whr God lads th Isralits toward th ast and thn up north, to ntr into th land of promis from a diffrnt plac. With this undrstanding, th final vrs of this chaptr maks a grat dal of sns. Th actual movmnt is pickd up in Num. 20:22 And th sons of Isral, th whol congrgation, pulld up staks from Kadsh and cam to Mount Hor. This would hav bn aftr Miriam s dath, as Isral movs toward th Land of Promis onc again, but by mans of a diffrnt rout than bfor. This appars to b confirmd in Judgs 11:16 17, which rads: But whn thy cam up from Egypt, Isral walkd through th wildrnss to th Rd Sa, and cam to Kadsh. And Isral snt mssngrs to th king of Edom, saying, I pray you, lt m pass through your land. But th king of Edom would not listn. And in th sam way thy snt to th king of Moab, but h would not. And Isral stayd in Kadsh. (MKJV) This apprciats thir rout from Egypt, into th wildrnss to th Sa of Rds, and vntually to Kadsh. Aftr that, Isral bgan to mak plans to mov ast and thn north, as God has commandd thm. Thrfor, what appars to b th cas is, btwn Num. 19 and 20, thr ar 38 silnt yars (or fwr in th book of Numbrs); and that ths sam 38 silnt yars also ar found btwn Dut. 1:46 and 2:1. Lt s look at thos two vrss again, with all of this in mind: Dut. 1:46 2:1: So you wr to rmain at Kadsh for many days; and you know how long it was. W, thrfor, turnd back and st out towards th dsrt by th way lading to th Rd Sa, as Yahwh had commandd m, and w walkd around th mountains of Sir for a long tim. (CCB) Surly, at som point in your lif, you hav flt as if you wr spinning your whls. Many tims this occurs for a rcnt collg grad who cannot sm to find a job. H may spnd a yar or two or thr in a plac whr h sms to b going nowhr. H has all of th training ncssary, and yt h cannot put that training to us. H is working a nar minimum wag job at a position which uss non of his acadmic background; and h fls as if his lif has stoppd progrssing. This is what is going on with ths Jws. Thy ar stuck in Kadsh prhaps for th ntirty of ths 38 yars, and thy just run-in-plac until all of Gn X dis. And thn, God s plan for thir livs picks up again. Application: If you ar not growing spiritually or if you ar spnding a lot of tim out of fllowship; thn you ar spinning your whls spiritually spaking; you ar running-in-plac, and you ar going nowhr in your spiritual lif. For som blivrs, thy ar ithr waiting to di or waiting for God to tak thm out by th sin unto dath, as thir livs ar without maning, purpos or dfinition. If I hav just dscribd you, you thn ar lik Gn X. Clark sums up th application to our own livs lik this: If vry Christian wr thus to call his past lif into rviw, h would s qual proofs of God s gracious rgards to his body and soul; qual proofs of trnal mrcy in providing for his dlivranc from th galling yok and opprssiv tyranny of sin [and unblif], as th Isralits had in thir dlivranc from Egypt; and qual displays of a most gracious providnc, that had also bn his incssant companion through all th changs and chancs of this mortal lif, guiding him by its counsl, that h might b at last rcivd into glory. O radr, rmmbr what God has don for you during your forty, fifty, tc., yars! H has nourishd, fd, clothd, protctd, and savd you. How oftn and how powrfully has His Spirit strivn with you! How oftn and how imprssivly you hav hard His voic in His Gospl and in His providncs! Rmmbr th good rsolutions you hav mad, th ingratitud and disobdinc that hav markd your lif; how His vows ar still upon you, and how His mrcy still spars you! And will you liv so as to prish for vr? God forbid! H still waits to b gracious, and rjoics ovr you to do you good. Larn from what is bfor you how you should far, lov, bliv in, and oby your God. Th Lamb of God, that taks away th sin of th world, is still bfor th thron; and whovr coms unto God

336 409 Th Book of Dutronomy through Him will in nowis b cast out. H who blivs ths things with an upright hart will soon 137 b nabld to liv a sanctifid lif. What Moss must do, at this point, aftr Gn X is dad and gon, is r-orint this nw gnration, th gnration of promis, to th plan of God for Isral. This is why h is taching thm; this is th purpos of th book of Dutronomy. Thy nd to s whr thy ar in history and whr God is going to tak thm. Chaptr Outlin Forward Charts, Maps and Short Doctrins Doctrins Covrd and Alludd to Chaptrs of th Bibl Alludd To Psalms Appropriatly Exgtd with this Chaptr Othr Chaptrs of th Bibl Appropriatly Exgtd with this Chaptr Dfinition of Trms Introduction Txt Addndum Exgtical Studis in Dutronomy Addndum Ptr Ptt draws a conclusion from this chaptr: W may s in this chaptr a parabl of th Christian lif. For th nwly convrtd Christian, lif oftn sms lik a wildrnss journy, but as h larns to trust Christ mor h can ntr into rst, th rst of trust and obdinc. Sadly, howvr, many far what obdinc to God will rsult in and so do not go forward, thus sntncing thmslvs to a lif in th wildrnss. Th writr to th Hbrws usd it as an illustration of lif as an unblivr in contrast 138 with lif as a blivr (Hbrws 3-4). Thr wr a grat many lssons which w larnd in this chaptr; a fw ar listd blow. What W Larn from Dutronomy 1 1. W larn right away about th uniqunss of th book of Dutronomy. This book is quit diffrnt from th rst of th books of th Law. Th way that Moss spaks in this book sts it compltly apart from Exodus, Lviticus and Numbrs. 2. On of th things that w nd to know is, why is thr a book of Dutronomy? Why do w nd a scond law? W xamind this qustion nar th bginning of this chaptr. 3. It is bnficial for a popl to undrstand thir tru history and b abl to proprly intrprt it. This is an ara whr w ar sorly lacking in th Unitd Stats. 4. At no tim was Moss lost in th dsrt-wildrnss. H knw xactly whr h was th ntir tim. 5. It is not th Law (rprsntd by Moss) which brings th popl into th land, but thir Savior (Joshua mans savior). 6. W undrstand th corrct way to intrprt th xodus, and what it symbolizs. 7. Th promis of th land of Canaan is basd upon far mor than Moss and Joshua bing charismatic ladrs. Th popl who took th land had abundant vidnc that God was with thm. 8. It ought to b clar that th Mosaic Law did not com from th Cod of Hammurabi. 9. Th laws and guidlins which Moss st up for judgs is in fact vn bttr than our systm today. Th Law of God, rvald by Moss, is had and shouldrs abov th Cod of Hammurabi Adam Clark, Commntary on th Bibl; from -Sword, Dut. 1:46 (ditd). From accssd Novmbr 5, 2013.

337 Dutronomy Chaptr What W Larn from Dutronomy Thr ar at last 4 parallls in this chaptr, which look forward to th Lord Jsus Christ and His work on th cross. Ths ar all 4 typs. a. Th xodus out of Egypt. b. Moss striking th rock which rsults in living watrs for all Isral. c. Moss arguing with God, asking Him to spar th popl. d. Joshua, whos nam mans salvation, lads th popl into th land. Moss, who is closly associatd with th Mosaic Law, cannot lad thm into th land. 11. Thr is a tim limit givn to our livs and our spiritual production. 12. Th purpos of th book of Dutronomy is to tach this nxt gnration how thir fathrs faild, a corrct undrstanding of history, and what God has for thm to do. 13. God th Holy Spirit rcords spcific vnts bcaus thy point toward Jsus Christ or to th cross. Chaptr Outlin Charts, Maps and Short Doctrins Th ancint historian Josphus sms to tak th Old Tstamnt txts at fac valu and uss thm to rcord th history of this ra. Josphus History of this Tim Priod CHAPTER 8. THE POLITY SETTLED BY MOSES; AND HOW HE DISAPPEARED FROM AMONG MANKIND. 1. WHEN forty yars wr compltd, within thirty days, Moss gathrd th congrgation togthr nar Jordan, whr th city Abila now stands, a plac full of palm-trs; and all th popl bing com togthr, h spak thus to thm: - 2. "O you Isralits and fllow soldirs, who hav bn partnrs with m in this long and unasy journy; sinc it is now th will of God, and th cours of old ag, at a hundrd and twnty, rquirs it that I should dpart out of this lif; and sinc God has forbiddn m to b a patron or an assistant to you in what rmains to b don byond Jordan; I thought it rasonabl not to lav off my ndavors vn now for your happinss, but to do my utmost to procur for you th trnal njoymnt of good things, and a mmorial for myslf, whn you shall b in th fruition of grat plnty and prosprity. Com, thrfor, lt m suggst to you by what mans you may h happy, and may lav an trnal prosprous possssion throf to your childrn aftr you, and thn lt m thus go out of th world; and I cannot but dsrv to b blivd by you, both on account of th grat things I hav alrady don for you, and bcaus, whn souls ar about to lav th body, thy spak with th sincrst frdom. O childrn of Isral! thr is but on sourc of happinss for all mankind, th favor of God (15) for h alon is abl to giv good things to thos that dsrv thm, and to dpriv thos of thm that sin against him; towards whom, if you bhav yourslvs according to his will, and according to what I, who wll undrstand his mind, do xhort you to, you will both b stmd blssd, and will b admird by all mn; and will nvr com into misfortuns, nor cas to b happy: you will thn prsrv th possssion of th good things you alrady hav, and will quickly obtain thos that you ar at prsnt in want of, - only do you b obdint to thos whom God would hav you to follow. Nor do you prfr any othr constitution of govrnmnt bfor th laws now givn you; nithr do you disrgard that way of Divin worship which you now hav, nor chang it for any othr form: and if you do this, you will b th most couragous of all mn, in undrgoing th fatigus of war, and will not b asily conqurd by any of your nmis; for whil God is prsnt with you to assist you, it is to b xpctd that you will b abl to dspis th opposition of all mankind; and grat rwards of virtu ar proposd for you, if you prsrv that virtu through your whol livs. Virtu itslf is indd th principal and th first rward, and aftr that it bstows abundanc of othrs; so that your xrcis of virtu

338 411 Th Book of Dutronomy Josphus History of this Tim Priod towards othr mn will mak your own livs happy, and rndr you mor glorious than forignrs can b, and procur you an undisputd rputation with postrity. Ths blssings you will b abl to obtain, in cas you harkn to and obsrv thos laws which, by Divin rvlation, I hav ordaind for you; that is, in cas you withal mditat upon th wisdom that is in thm. I am going from you myslf, rjoicing in th good things you njoy; and I rcommnd you to th wis conduct of your law, to th bcoming ordr of your polity, and to th virtus of your commandrs, who will tak car of what is for your advantag. And that God, who has bn till now your Ladr, and by whos goodwill I hav myslf bn usful to you, will not put a priod now to his providnc ovr you, but as long as you dsir to hav him your Protctor in your pursuits aftr virtu, so long will you njoy his car ovr you. Your high prist also Elazar, as wll as Joshua, with th snat, and chif of your tribs, will go bfor you, and suggst th bst advics to you; by following which advics you will continu to b happy: to whom do you giv ar without rluctanc, as snsibl that all such as know wll how to b govrnd, will also know how to govrn, if thy b promotd to that authority thmslvs. And do not you stm librty to consist in opposing such dirctions as your govrnors think fit to giv you for your practic, - as at prsnt indd you plac your librty in nothing ls but abusing your bnfactors; which rror if you can avoid for th tim to com, your affairs will b in a bttr condition than thy hav hithrto bn. Nor do you vr indulg such a dgr of passion in ths mattrs, as you hav oftntims don whn you hav bn vry angry at m; for you know that I hav bn oftnr in dangr of dath from you than from our nmis. What I now put you in mind of, is not don in ordr to rproach you; for I do not think it propr, now I am going out of th world, to bring this to your rmmbranc, in ordr to lav you offndd at m, sinc, at th tim whn I undrwnt thos hardships from you, I was not angry at you; but I do it in ordr to mak you wisr hraftr, and to tach you that this will b for your scurity; I man, that you nvr b injurious to thos that prsid ovr you, vn whn you ar bcom rich, as you will h to a grat dgr whn you hav passd ovr Jordan, and ar in possssion of th land of Canaan. Sinc, whn you shall hav onc procdd so far by your walth, as to a contmpt and disrgard of virtu, you will also forfit th favor of God; and whn you hav mad him your nmy, you will b batn in war, and will hav th land which you possss takn away again from you by your nmis, and this with grat rproachs upon your conduct. You will b scattrd ovr th whol world, and will, as slavs, ntirly fill both sa and land; and whn onc you hav had th xprinc of what I now say, you will rpnt, and rmmbr th laws you hav brokn, whn it is too lat. Whnc I would advis you, if you intnd to prsrv ths laws, to lav non of your nmis aliv whn you hav conqurd thm, but to look upon it as for your advantag to dstroy thm all, lst, if you prmit thm to liv, you tast of thir mannrs, and thrby corrupt your own propr institutions. I also do furthr xhort you, to ovrthrow thir altars, and thir grovs, and whatsovr tmpls thy hav among thm, and to burn all such, thir nation, and thir vry mmory with fir; for by this mans alon th safty of your own happy constitution can b firmly scurd to you. And in ordr to prvnt your ignoranc of virtu, and th dgnracy of your natur into vic, I hav also ordaind you laws, by Divin suggstion, and a form of govrnmnt, which ar so good, that if you rgularly obsrv thm, you will b stmd of all mn th most happy." 3. Whn h had spokn thus, h gav thm th laws and th constitution of govrnmnt writtn in a book. Upon which th popl fll into tars, and appard alrady touchd with th sns that thy should hav a grat want of thir conductor, bcaus thy rmmbrd what a numbr of dangrs h had passd through, and what car h had takn of thir prsrvation: thy dspondd about what would com upon thm aftr h was dad, and thought thy should nvr hav anothr govrnor lik him; and fard that God would thn tak lss car of thm whn Moss was gon, who usd to intrcd for thm. Thy also rpntd of what thy had said to him in th wildrnss whn thy wr angry, and wr in grif on thos accounts, insomuch that th whol body of th popl fll into tars with such bittrnss, that it was past th powr of words to comfort thm in thir affliction. Howvr, Moss gav thm som consolation; and by calling thm off th thought how worthy h was of thir wping for him, h xhortd thm to kp to that form of govrnmnt h had givn thm; and thn th congrgation was dissolvd at that tim. From: accssd Octobr 13, Josphus Antiquitis of th Jws; Book IV, Chaptr 8.

339 Dutronomy Chaptr Chaptr Outlin Charts, Maps and Short Doctrins It may b hlpful to s this chaptr as a contiguous whol: A Complt Translation of Dutronomy 1 A Rasonably Litral Translation A Rasonably Litral Paraphras Prlud to th Book of Dutronomy Ths [ar] th words which Moss spok to Isral in th rgion byond th Jordan, in th wildrnss, in th Arabah opposit Suph and in btwn Paran and Tophl, Laban, Hazroth and Di-zahab. [It taks] lvn days [to go] from Horb, [along th] way of Mount Sir, [to gt] to Kadsh-barna. And it is in th fortith yar in th lvnth month at th first of th month [whn] Moss spok to th sons of Isral according to all that Y howah had commandd him concrning thm aftr h dfatd Sihon, th king of th Amorits (who livd in Hshbon) and Og, th king of Bashan (who livd in Ashtaroth in Edri in th rgion byond th Jordan in th land of Moab). Moss bgan to clarify [and xplain] th law [of God], saying,... Moss spok th following words whil h was ast of th Jordan, in th wildrnss, in th Arabah which is opposit Suph and in btwn Paran, Tophl, Laban, Hzroth and Di-zahab. It taks lvn days to go from Horb, along th road around Mount Sir, to gt to Kadsh-barna. th th And it cam about in th 11 month of th 40 yar, on th first day of th month that Moss spok to th sons of Isral according to all that Jhovah had commandd him aftr h dfatd Sihon and Og (Sihon was th king of th Amorits who livd in Hshbon and Og was th king of Bashan who livd ast of th Jordan in th land of Moab). Moss, thrfor, bgan to clarify and r-xplain this law of God, saying,... Prviously, God had told th Isralits to go into th land and tak it Y howah our Elohim spok to us in Horb, saying, You hav rmaind at this mountain [for too] long. Turn and pull up staks [to mov] and go to th hill country of th Amorit and to all of his nighbors in th Arabah, in th mountainous ara, in th Shphlah, in th Ngv and along th coastal rgion to th land of th Canaanit and [to] Lbanon as far as th Grat Rivr, th Rivr Euphrats. Look, I hav givn th land bfor you go into [it] and tak possssion of th land which Y howah swor to your fathrs to Abraham, to Isaac and to Jacob to giv [this vry land] to thm and to thir dscndants aftr thm. Jhovah your God spok to us in Horb, saying, You hav rmaind at this mountain for too long. Turn around from hr and go toward th hill country of th Amorits as wll as to all of his nighbors in th Arabah, th mountainous aras, th Shphlah, th Ngv and along th costal rgions to th land of th Canaanit and to Lbanon, vntually going as far as th Grat Rivr, th Rivr Euphrats. Look, I hav put you fac to fac with this land which is bfor you this is your land. Go into this land and tak it th vry land which Jhovah swor to giv to your fathrs, Abraham, Isaac and Jacob. This is th vry land which H promisd to giv to thm and to giv to you, thir dscndants. Moss appoints othr authoritis ovr th Isralits

340 413 Th Book of Dutronomy A Complt Translation of Dutronomy 1 A Rasonably Litral Translation So I spok to you at that tim, saying, I am unabl to carry you. Y howah your Elohim has multiplid you and, obsrv, you [ar] [this] day as th stars of th havns [as] to multitud. (May Y howah, th Elohim of your fathrs, incras you a thousandfold and [may] H blss you xactly as H said H would [lit., as H said to you].) How do I alon bar your wight and your burdn and your strif? [Thrfor, I said], Provid for yourslvs mn [who ar] wis and prcptiv and knowldgabl rgarding your trib, and I will appoint thm [as] your hads [or, to b among your officrs]. Thn you answrd m and said, [This] ida which you said to do is good. Thrfor, I took th hads of your tribs mn [who ar] wis and knowldgabl and I placd thm as hads ovr you, [as] commandrs of thousands, commandrs of hundrds, commandrs of fiftis, and commandrs of tns; as wll as officials of your tribs. I also ordaind [or, chargd] judgs at that tim, saying, Listn [to disputs] btwn your brothrs and judg rightously btwn a man and a fllow Isralit [or btwn this man] and an immigrant [lit., btwn a man and btwn his brothr and btwn his immigrant]. You will not b partial [toward] popl whn [you] judg. As to th small [and] th grat, you will har [thm all]. You will not far th fac of man bcaus [all] judgmnt blongs to Elohim Himslf. Also whn a cas is [too] difficult for you, [just] bring [that cas] to m and I will har it. Thus I commandd you at that tim all th things that you [should] do. A Rasonably Litral Paraphras And I said to you at that tim, I am unabl to carry you. Jhovah your God has multiplid you bfor my ys, and this vry day, you ar as th stars of th havns in numbr. Jhovah, th God of your fathrs, continus to incras you a thousandfold and H continus to blss you, xactly as H said H would. How can I bar by myslf bar your problms and your prsonal disputs? Thrfor, I said, Giv m a list of popl who ar wis, prcptiv and knowldgabl from your various tribs and I will appoint thm as authoritis ovr you. Thn you answrd m by saying, This is a vry good ida. Thrfor, I took ths mn whom you suggstd mn who wr chosn for thir wisdom and knowldg and I placd thm in various positions of authority, ovr a thousand, ovr a hundrd, ovr fifty and ovr tn. I also mad thm officials within your tribs. I also ordaind judgs at that tim, tlling thm, Listn to th various disputs and court cass which ar btwn your brothrs and judg rightously and fairly btwn all mn, whthr fllow Isralits or immigrants. You will not show partiality toward various popl whn you judg. You will har thm all, small or grat. You will not far any man bcaus God ultimatly is our judg. If thr is any cas that is too difficult for you, thn bring that cas to m and I will har it and rndr a vrdict. Thus I commandd you at that tim in all th things that you should do. Th Isralits mov toward th land of promis So w pulld up staks in Horb and wnt toward all th grat and farful dsrt-wildrnss which you saw on th way to th hill country of th Amorit, just as Y howah our Elohim commandd us; and w cam as far as Kadsh-barna. So w pulld up staks in Horb and movd out, going toward that grat and fard dsrt-wildrnss ara, which you saw along th way to th hill country of th Amorits, just as Jhovah our God commandd us. Thus w cam as far as Kadsh-barna.

341 Dutronomy Chaptr A Complt Translation of Dutronomy 1 A Rasonably Litral Translation And I said to you, You hav com as far as th hill country of th Amorit, which [country] Y howah our Elohim is giving to us. Look [at] th land bfor you [which] Y howah your Elohim has givn you. Go up [and] tak possssion [of it], just as Y howah, th Elohim of your fathrs, said to you. You will not far and you will not b dismayd. A Rasonably Litral Paraphras At that tim I said to you, You hav com as far as th hill country of th Amorit, which land Jhovah our God is giving us. Just look at that land which lis bfor you th land which Jhovah your God has givn you. Go up and tak possssion of that land, just as Jhovah th God of your fathrs dirctd you. Do not b afraid or dismayd. Th Isralits snd spis into th land of promis Thrfor, all of you cam nar to m and you said, Lt us [first] snd spis [lit., mn] bfor us and thy will sarch out th land for us. Thn thy will bring back to us a rport, th way in which w will go up into th land [lit., hr] and th citis that w will ntr into. This ida was good in my stimation so I took from you [all] twlv mn, on man for [ach] trib. Thn thy turnd and wnt up [into] th hill country and thy wnt in as far as th Vally of Eshcol and thy [continu] to xplor th land [lit., hr]..thy also took in thir hands [som of] th fruit from th land and brought [it] down to us. Thn thy causd a saying to rturn us, by saying, Th land which Y howah our Elohim is giving to us [is] good. Thrfor, many of you approachd m and suggstd that w snd out spis to sarch out th land for us. Thn thy would bring back a rport as to th way by which w will ntr into th land and which citis that w will ntr into first. Sinc I thought that this was an xcllnt ida, I chos 12 mn, on from ach trib. Thn thy turnd and wnt up into th hill country, going as far as th Vally of Eshcol, continuing to xplor th land. Thy also brought back som sampls of th fruit grown in th land for us to xamin. This causd us to rcall that th land which Jhovah our God is giving us is a good land. Th popl ar too afraid to go up and tak th land But you wr not willing to go up [to tak th land]; [instad] you rsistd th command of Y howah your Elohim, murmuring in your tnts. You said, With th hatrd of Y howah, H brought us out of th land of Egypt in ordr to giv us into th hand of th Amorits to dstroy us. Whr w [had plannd] to go up, our brothrs causd our harts to mlt, saying, Th popl [thr] [ar] gratr and tallr than us; [thir] citis [ar] mighty and fortifid up to th havns; and, morovr, w hav sn th sons of th Anakim thr. Howvr, you wr not willing to go up to tak th land. Instad, you rsistd th command of Jhovah your God, rmaining in your tnts and murmuring against Him. You vn claimd, Bcaus Jhovah hatd us, H brought us out of th land of Egypt in ordr to giv us to th Amorits to dstroy us. Our brothrs causd our harts to mlt, warning us about th plac whr w had plannd to go and conqur. Thy told us, Th popl thr ar gratr and tallr than w ar; thir citis ar mighty and wllfortifid; and, morovr, w hav sn sons of th Giants living thr. Moss tlls thm why thy ought to trust God on taking th land

342 415 Th Book of Dutronomy A Complt Translation of Dutronomy 1 A Rasonably Litral Translation But I said to you, You should not b in drad nor should you b afraid on account of thm. Y howah your Elohim gos bfor you; H Himslf will fight for you [all] just as h did for you in Egypt bfor your [own] ys; and [just as H has don for you] in th dsrt-wildrnss, as you hav sn. Y howah Elohim carrid you along as a man carris his [own] son all [this] way that you hav gon, as far as your coming to this plac. And vn against this word you [all] ar not trusting in Y howah your Elohim, th On Who gos bfor you along th way to sarch out a [suitabl] plac for you [all] to stay. H showd you th way that you should go in th land [lit., in hr] with a fir [ach] night and with th cloud by day. A Rasonably Litral Paraphras But I said to you, You should not b in drad nor should you b afraid of thm. Jhovah your God will go bfor you and H Himslf will fight on your bhalf, just as h did in Egypt right bfor your ys; and just as h has don for you in this dsrt-wildrnss whr Jhovah your God carrid you along just as a man would bar his own son and H has brought you all this distanc that you hav com so far up to this plac. And dspit knowing all of ths things, you still do not trust Jhovah your God, th On Who gos bfor you along th rout, sarching out a suitabl plac for you all to camp. H guids you at night with fir and by day with th cloud. Th consquncs of thir cowardic Y howah hard th sound of your words and H is angry; so H mad a solmn oath, saying, Not [lit., if] [on] man of ths mn [from] this vil gnration will s th good land which I swor I would giv to your fathrs; with th xcption of Calb bn Jphunnh h [this man] will s th land [lit., hr] and I will giv th land to him [th land] which h has walkd in [and I will giv this land] to his childrn bcaus h fully followd aftr Y howah. Y howah was also angry with m on your account, [and H] said, Furthrmor, you will not go in thr [ithr]. [Also], th man standing bfor you, Joshua bn Nun, h will ntr thr; [so] giv him strngth [and rspct], for h will caus Isral to inhrit th land [lit., hr]. Furthrmor, [God said to you], Your littl ons, of whom you hav said Thy will bcom a pry; and [vn] your childrn who do not yt [lit., today] know good and vil, thy will go in thr [into th land]. I giv th land [lit., hr] to thm and thy will possss it. Thrfor, [all of] you, turn back (rgarding yourslvs) and journy to th dsrt-wildrnss [in] th dirction of th Sa of Rds. Jhovah hard your cris of far and it mad Him angry. Thrfor, H took a solmn oath, saying, Not on adult mal from this vil gnration will s th good land which I swor to giv to your fathrs; th only xcption will b Calb th son of Jphunnh h will s th land; I will giv a portion of this land to him th vry land which h scopd out. Jhovah was also angry with m bcaus of you, and H told m, Furthrmor, you will not go into th land ithr. And this man who is standing bfor you Joshua son of Nun h will ntr thr as wll. Thrfor, giv him your rspct and mpowr him, for h will caus Isral to inhrit th land. Furthrmor, God also said to you, Your littl ons, of whom you hav said, Thy will b a pry in war; and thos childrn who did not yt know good from vil, that gnration will go into th land. I giv this land to thm and thy ar th ons who will possss it. Thrfor, turn back around and journy back into th dsrt-wildrnss going in th dirction of th Sa of Rds. Aftr bing told not to, th Isralits invad th land

343 Dutronomy Chaptr A Complt Translation of Dutronomy 1 A Rasonably Litral Translation Thn you answrd and said to m, W hav sinnd rgarding Y howah. W will go up and fight, just as Y howah our Elohim commandd us [to do]. Thn ach man strappd on wapons of war and you all considrd it asy to go up to th hill country [for battl]. Thn Y howah said to m, Tll thm, you will not go up and fight, for I am not in your midst. [I tll you this] so that you will not b dfatd bfor your nmis. I spok to you [all] but you would not listn [to m]. You rblld against th command of Y howah, and thn actd prsumptuously going up toward th hill country [to war against th Amorits]. Th Amorits, thos living in this hill country cam out to mt you. Thy thn pursud you as bs do. Thy routd you in Sir [chasing you] as far as Hormah [or, vn to (your) dstruction]. Thn you rturnd and wpt bfor Y howah, but Y howah did not har your voic and H did not listn to you [all]. Thrfor, you livd [for] many days in Kadsh according to th days you rmaind [thr]. A Rasonably Litral Paraphras Thn you answrd and said to m, W hav surly sinnd against Jhovah. Thrfor, w will go up and fight our nmis, just as Jhovah our God commandd us to do. Thn ach on of you strappd on his wapons, bcaus you considrd it asy to just go up for war in th hill country. Thn Jhovah said to m, Tll thm this: do not go up and fight against your nmis in th hill country. I am warning you not to do this and I say this to you, so that you will not b dfatd bfor your nmis. I warnd all of you but you would not listn to m. You rblld against th command of Jhovah, acting prsumptuously and going up to th hill country to do battl. Th Amorits livd in th hill country, and thy cam out to mt you in battl. Thy quickly showd thir supriority and chasd your as bs would. Thy routd you in Sir and chasd you as far as Hormah. Thn you rturnd in sham and wpt bfor Jhovah, but H did not listn to your crying at all. Aftr that, you all just livd in Kadsh for awhil. Chaptr Outlin Charts, Maps and Short Doctrins Th following Psalms would b appropriatly studid at this tim: Psalm

344 417 Th Book of Dutronomy Word Cloud from a Rasonably Litral Paraphras of Dutronomy 1 Word Cloud from Exgsis of Dutronomy 1